MANIPAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

MANIPAL
(A constituent unit of MAHE, Manipal) 2018

Academic
Programme
Hand book
contents
1. Academic Regulations 06

2. Departments 14

14

46

61

72

86

100

117

136

155

184

200

237

282

282

274

05
 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
1. ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES 4.3 Academic Term:
1.1 The institute offers Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.), Master of 4.3.1 Semester system of 16 weeks duration with continuous and
Technology (M.Tech.) and Master of Computer Applications comprehensive assessment is followed.
(MCA) programmes of MAHE. 4.3.2 Each semester has a specified course structure.
1.1.1 Duration of the B.Tech. programme is 8 semesters. 4.3.3 The first year B.Tech. course structure is common to all branches
1.1.2 Duration of M.Tech. and MCA programme is 4 semesters. of Engineering.
1.1.3 The maximum duration for a student for complying with the 4.3.4 The medium of instruction for all courses offered is English.
Degree requirement is twice the duration of the academic 4.3.5 Eighth semester of B.Tech. programme, fourth semester of MCA
programme from the date of joining. programme as well as third & fourth semesters of M.Tech.
programme is fully dedicated to project work.
2. ADMISSION PROCEDURE
2.1 Undergraduate Programme (B.Tech.): 4.4 Course Numbering:
Eligible students are admitted on the basis of the rank obtained in 4.4.1 The courses offered by each Department are coded with 3 letters
the All India MAHE Online Entrance Test. Seats are reserved for indicating the department offering the course followed by 4 digits.
NRI / Foreign students. 4.4.2 First digit indicates the level, second digit indicates semester
2.2 Post Graduate Programmes (M.Tech. / MCA): offered ('1': offered in ODD; '2': offered in EVEN; '0': offered in
Eligible students are admitted on the basis of the rank obtained in BOTH) and the last two digits indicate the serial number.
the All India MAHE Online Entrance Test. Seats are reserved for 4.4.3 The following codes are used for different departments:
NRI / Foreign students.

3. ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION DEPARTMENT CODE

3.1 Undergraduate Programme (B.Tech.): Aeronautical and Automobile Engineering AAE
3.1.1 Pass in 10+2 or equivalent with Physics, Mathematics and Biomedical Engineering BME
English as compulsory subjects along with Chemistry /
Biotechnology BIO
Biotechnology / Biology / any technical vocational subjects as
optional; with a minimum of 50% marks taken together in Chemical Engineering CHE
Physics and Mathematics and any one of the optional subjects. Civil Engineering CIE
3.1.2 Holders of three years Diploma in Engineering awarded by the Computer Science and Engineering CSE
Board of Technical Education in Karnataka or equivalent / B.Sc.
Degree with Mathematics as one of the subjects; securing an Electronics and Communication Engineering ECE
aggregate of at least 50% marks are eligible to join Third Electrical and Electronics Engineering ELE
semester under lateral entry scheme. Information and Communication Technology ICT
3.1.3 Eligible NRI / Foreign students are admitted based on their
Instrumentation and Control Engineering ICE
qualifying examination performance.
Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering MME
3.2 Post Graduate Programmes: Mechatronics MTE
3.2.1 M.Tech.:
Media Technology MED
3.2.1.1 BE / B.Tech. / AMIE or equivalent in relevant branch with a
minimum of 50% aggregate marks in qualifying examination Physics PHY
3.2.1.2 Eligible NRI / Foreign students are admitted based on their Chemistry CHM
qualifying examination performance. Mathematics MAT
3.2.2 M.Tech. (Part-time):
Humanities and Management HUM
3.2.2.1 Faculty/Staff sponsored from MAHE only are eligible to do part-
time M.Tech. programme. Computer Applications MCA
3.2.2.2 Duration of M.Tech. (Part time) programme is 6 semesters.
3.2.3 MCA: 4.5 Credit Based System:
3.2.3.1 A bachelor's degree in Computer Applications / Computer 4.5.1 Each course, theory as well as practical, is expressed in terms of a
Science / Information Technology with a minimum of 50% certain number of credits. The credits are determined by the
aggregate marks in the qualifying examination. number of contact hours per week. For theory courses, 1 Hour
3.2.3.2 Eligible NRI / Foreign students are admitted based on their Lecture / Tutorial per week is assigned 1 Credit, where as for
qualifying examination performance. practical courses 3 contact hours per week is assigned 1 Credit.
4.5.2 Course work in each semester is expressed in terms of a specified
4. ACADEMIC PROCESS number of credits. A student successfully completes a particular
4.1 Registration: semester when he/she earns all the credits of that semester. A
4.1.1 Students have to register for the courses with the parent student earns full credits for a subject registered if he/she secures
department at the commencement of each semester on the day letter grade E or higher.
notified in the academic calendar. 4.5.3 Promotion of a student to higher semesters is based on securing a
prescribed minimum number of credits.
4.2 Pre-registration:
4.2.1 Students need to pre-register for elective courses (both program 4.6 Assessment:
& open electives) with their department for the next semester as 4.6.1 The academic performance of a student is assessed by the
notified in the academic calendar. course instructor/s concerned.

06
4.6.2 The student performance in each theory course is evaluated out of
100 marks, of which 50 marks are for in-semester assessments
and 50 marks are for end-semester assessments.
4.6.3 The in-semester assessment in theory courses is based on
periodic tests, assignments, quizzes, case presentations,
seminars etc. which shall be defined by the course instructor.
4.6.4 The student performance in laboratory courses is also evaluated
out of a maximum of 100 marks, and is based on in-semester
assessment of 60 marks and examination conducted for 40
marks.
4.6.5 Course Instructors are to give the complete course plan approved
by the HoD, at the beginning of the semester. Course plan includes
lesson plan & evaluation plan of the course offered.
4.6.6 Course instructors are to give regular feedback on the
performance of students.
4.6.7 The performance of a student in a course is reflected in the Letter
Grade awarded.
4.7 Attendance Requirements:
4.7.1 All students must attend every lecture, tutorial and practical
classes.
4.7.2 A student with less than 75% attendance in individual courses
shall not be permitted to write the end semester examination in that
course and will be given DT letter grade in the course.
4.7.3 The aggregate percentage of attendance of the student during the
semester will be entered in his/her grade sheet of that semester.
4.8 Grading System:
4.8.1 10 point grading system shown is used for awarding letter grade in
each course.
Letter Grade A+ A B C D E AP F/I/DT
Grade Points 10 9 8 7 6 5 0 0 total marks obtained by him / her out of 400 marks.
AP: Audit Pass F: Failure I: Incomplete DT: Attendance shortage
4.8.2 The overall performance of a student in each semester is indicated
by the Grade Point Average (GPA) which is the weighted average
of the grade points obtained in that semester expressed as
where
n=Number of courses graded per semester
C=Course credits
G=Grade points
4.8.3 The overall performance of the student for the entire programme is
indicated by the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) which is
the weighted average of the grade points obtained across all
semesters till date
where
N=Total number of courses
graded till date
4.8.4 Evaluation of Project Work Dissertation/ Thesis
4.8.4.1 Eighth Semester B.Tech.:
4.8.4.1.1 B.Tech. student shall carry out a Project Work for a minimum
of 16 weeks duration.
4.8.4.1.2 The Project Work can be carried out in the institution /
industry / research laboratory or any other institution where
facilities exist with approval of the parent Department.
07
4.8.4.1.3 There will be a mid-semester evaluation of the work done on
the project after 8-10 weeks. This evaluation will be done by
the department concerned and will be out of 100 marks.
4.8.4.1.4 The final evaluation and viva voce will be conducted after the
completion of the project work and submission of the project
report, by a panel of examiners including the internal guide.
4.8.4.1.5 In case of external projects, the feedback of the external guide
shall be considered during evaluation.
4.8.4.1.6 The end-semester evaluation of the project work is out of 300
marks.
4.8.4.1.7 The grade awarded to the student will be on the basis of the
total marks obtained by him / her out of 400 marks.
4.8.4.2 Second year M.Tech. / Fourth Semester MCA:
4.8.4.2.1 A student of M.Tech. shall carry out a Project Work for a
minimum of 36 weeks during the second year of the
programme, in the institution/ industry/ research laboratory
or any other institution where facilities exist with approval of
the parent Department.
4.8.4.2.2 There will be a mid-term evaluation of the work after about 18
weeks by the department concerned.This evaluation will be
out of 100 marks.
4.8.4.2.3 In the case of the Fourth Semester MCA students, the minimum
project duration is 16 weeks and there will be a mid-term
evaluation by the department concerned after about 8weeks.
4.8.4.2.4 The final evaluation will be conducted after the completion of
the project work and submission of the dissertation by a
panel of examiners consisting of an internal guide.
4.8.4.2.5 In case of external projects, the feedback of the external guide
shall be considered during evaluation.
4.8.4.2.6 The end-semester evaluation of the project work is out of 300
marks.
4.8.4.2.7 The grade awarded to the student will be on the basis of the
4.9 Class Committee:
4.9.1 A class committee headed by the Associate Director
(Academics) is formed for the first year B.Tech. progamme.
The section coordinators, course coordinators and student
representatives of all sections will be members of this
committee.
4.9.2 For III to VIII Semester of B.Tech. progamme and for every
semester of M.Tech. & M.C.A. progamme, separate class
committees are constituted by the Heads of the respective
departments. The committee is formed with a senior faculty of the
Department as Chairman & Course Coordinators/Course
Instructors of all courses & student representatives as members.
4.9.3 Course Coordinator: If there is more than one section, one of
the senior faculty member is nominated by the HOD as
Course Coordinator.
4.9.4 Functions of the Class Committee:
4.9.4.1 The class committee will meet thrice in a semester.
4.9.4.2 The first meeting will be held within two weeks from the
commencement of the semester in which the course plan,
evaluation plan etc. are discussed.
4.9.4.3 The second meeting will be held two weeks after the first test
to collect feedback and improve the effectiveness of the
teaching learning process. Performance of the students in the
tests may also be analyzed.
4.9.4.4 The Chairman of the class committee should send the
minutes of the class committee meeting to the Associate
Director (Academics) through the Head of the Department
after each class committee meeting.
4.9.4.5 The third meeting is to be held to analyse the performance of
the students in all courses of study and grade finalization.
However the student representatives are exempted from this
meeting.
4.9.4.6 The Associate Director (Academics) will declare the results
after processing.
4.10 Section Committee:
4.10.1 Each section of the first year will have a Section Committee,
consisting of the Section Coordinator, faculty members
handling both theory and practical classes for that section
and student representatives as members.
4.10.2 The Section Coordinator will be a senior faculty member who
teaches at least one subject for that section. The Section
Coordinators will be nominated by the Associate Director
(Academics), who will administer the functioning of all the
Section Committees.
4.10.3 The section committee will meet periodically to review the
overall effectiveness in the conduct of first year classes.
4.11 Faculty Advisors:
4.11.1 To help the students in planning their courses of study and for
general advice regarding academic programmes the Head of
the Department will assign one to two senior faculty
members in the III semester who will be Faculty Advisors for
the batch.
4.11.2 Faculty Advisor for a particular batch will continue till the
regular students complete the programme.
4.12 Promotion to Higher Semesters:
4.12.1 B.Tech. Programme:
4.12.1.1 Promotion of a student from an even semester to the next
higher (odd) semester is subject to securing the minimum
academic performance specified.
4.12.1.2 To be eligible for promotion to the third semester, a student
should have earned a minimum of 26 credits at the end of the
second semester.
4.12.1.3 To be eligible for promotion to the fifth semester, a student
should have earned a minimum of 72 credits at the end of the
fourth semester.
4.12.1.4 To be eligible for promotion to seventh semester, a student
should have earned a minimum of 118 credits at the end of
the sixth semester.
4.12.2 M.Tech. Courses:
4.12.2.1 A student can start the project work at the beginning of the
third semester only if she/he has acquired 40 credits at the
end of the second semester, and he/she has to earn all the
credits of the first and second semesters, before he /she is
permitted to submit the project thesis
4.12.2.2 A part-time M.Tech student can start the project work at the
beginning of the third year, but he/she has to earn all the
credits of course work, before he/she is permitted to submit
the project thesis
4.12.3 M.C.A. Course:
4.12.3.1 Promotion of a student from second semester to third
semester is subject to securing a minimum of 30 credits at
the end of the second semester.
4.13 Academic Probation and Termination of the registration to the
programme:
4.13.1 A student who is not eligible for promotion from an even
semester to the next higher semester for reasons of not
08
having earned the prescribed minimum number of credits will
be required to discontinue the academic programme
temporarily. In such case he/she will be put on academic
probation for the next academic year and a warning letter shall
be issued.
4.13.2 If a student is repeating a semester/s due to poor academic
performance, he/she will also be put on academic probation.
4.13.3 The student put on academic probation shall be periodically
monitored and mentored by the faculty advisor. He/she can
rejoin the academic programme after fulfilling the academic
requirements as in 4.12 at the end of the academic probation.
4.13.4 At the end of the academic probation year, if a student fails to
acquire the minimum credits to get promoted to next higher
semester, his/her registration for the academic programme
shall be terminated.
4.14 Rejoining a Programme:
A student who discontinues the academic programme for any
reason and rejoins the programme at a later date shall be
governed by the rules, regulations, courses of study and
syllabi in force at the time of his/her rejoining the programme.
4.15 End-Semester Examination:
4.15.1 The end semester examination will be conducted only in the
courses offered in the current semester.
4.15.2 A student should have appeared for the end-semester
examination of the prescribed course of study to be eligible
for the award of a passing grade in the course.
4.15.3 Only students with attendance ³ 75 % will be permitted to
appear for the end semester examination.
4.15.4 A separate minimum of 35% of marks in the end semester
examination is essential for awarding a passing grade in a
theory course.
4.15.5 A student who earns a minimum of 5 grade points (E grade) in
a course is declared to have successfully completed the
course, and earned the credits assigned to that course.
4.15.6 A course successfully completed cannot be repeated for
grade improvement. However in special cases students may
be allowed to reject and repeat the entire semester with the
consent of HoD/ Associate Director (Academics).
4.15.7 If a student is eligible for but fails to appear in the end-
semester examination due to valid reasons, he/she will be
awarded an 'I' grade (incomplete) on the grade sheet.
However, it needs approval of Associate Director
(Academics).
4.16 Make-up examinations:
4.16.1 Make-up examinations will be held at the end of the semester
break to help the students who have got F/I grade in the
courses offered during the semester.
4.16.2 The cut-off marks for grades in the make-up examination will
be same as those in the regular end-semester examination.
4.16.3 However, for students who have once failed (F grade) in any
course, a maximum of C grade only will be awarded in
subsequent examinations irrespective of their performance.
4.16.4 Those who miss regular examinations due to valid reasons (I
grade) will be allowed to retain whatever grade they secure in
make-up examinations.
4.17 Re-valuation of answer papers:
4.17.1 A student may apply for the revaluation of end-semester
examination by submitting an application along with the
specified fee.
4.17.2 Those who apply for reevaluation will be able to see their 6. TRANSFER OF CREDITS
answer papers along with the scheme of evaluation on a The courses credited elsewhere, in Indian/Foreign
scheduled date. University/Institutions/Colleges/certified MOOC by students
4.17.3 The fee will be refunded in case of any change in grade after during their study period at MIT Manipal may count towards
revaluation. the credit requirements for the award of degree. The credit
4.18 Re-registration of courses: transferred will reduce the number of courses to be registered
4.18.1 Students with F/I/DT Grade are allowed to re-register for by the student at MIT. The guidelines of such transfer of
subjects of lower semester along with their regular term credits are as follows:
subjects by paying the prescribed fees.
6.1 B.Tech student with consistent academic performance and
4.18.2 Students may not be permitted to re-register in courses if
CGPA ≥ 7 can credit the courses approved by the concerned
there are clashes in the time table.
Department Curriculum Committee (DCC) and ratified by
4.18.3 Students are allowed to register for a maximum of 36 credits
Board of Studies (BoS) in Engineering of Manipal University,
in a given semester.
in other institutions during 3rd and 4th year and during
4.18.4 Students are eligible to get actual grades in re-registered
semester breaks.
courses.
4.19 Withholding of Results: 6.2 Credit transferred will not be used for GPA/CGPA
Results will be withheld when a student has not paid his/her computation. However credit transferred will be considered
dues or there is a case of disciplinary action pending against for the overall credit requirements of the program.
him/her. 6.3 Students can earn external credits only from Indian/Foreign
4.20 Eligibility for the Award of Degree: Universities/Institutions with which MU/MIT has a MoU for
4.20.1 A student will be eligible for the award of the degree if: the above purpose.
4.20.1.1 He/she earns the required number of credits specified for all 6.4 Credit transfer can be considered only for the courses at
semesters. same level or above.
4.20.1.2 He/she has paid all dues to the Institute. 6.5 Student must provide all details for the course which he is
4.20.1.3 No case of disciplinary action is pending against him/her. requesting for credit transfer along with the acceptance letter
4.20.2 Total number of credits required for obtaining: for the scrutiny of the concerned DCC.
4.20.2.1 B.Tech. - 170*
6.6 Maximum number of credits that can be transferred by a
* Credit used for CGPA computation: 157. Open electives and
student shall be limited to 20.
industrial training are excluded from GPA/CGPA computation.
4.20.2.2 M.Tech. - 75 6.7 Student has to get minimum passing grades/marks for such
4.20.2.3 MCA - 80 courses for which credits transfer is to be made.
4.20.3 Minimum CGPA for Graduation is 5.0 and the Maximum that 6.8 Credit transfer availed by a student shall be properly
can be earned is 10. recorded on the academic record(s) of the student.
4.20.4 However, in the credits system class/rank is not awarded 7. B. Tech. Honours
4.21 Audit Courses: 7.1 Any student with CGPA ≥ 8.5 at the end of IV semester can opt for B.
4.21.1 Students have the option of Auditing additional courses with Tech (Honours)
the consent of the course instructor. 7.2 Student need to earn additional 12 credits of specified
4.21.2 On successful completion, the student will be given 'AP' letter subjects at level 500 or above (One each in V – VII
grade. Semesters)
4.21.3 The grade obtained in an audit course will not be used for 7.3 Student should take up a project work related to his/her
computation of CGPA. domain with at least ONE Scopus indexed publication from
4.22 Minor Specialization: the work, as First author (8 credits)
4.22.1 Students have the choice of getting a minor specialization 7.4 Total Credit will be 170+20 = 190.
along with their degrees by earning 12 credits in the 7.5 Student should maintain a minimum CGPA of 8.5 at the end of
prescribed set of subjects offered as electives. the program.
4.22.2 Minor specialization shall be mentioned in the VIII semester
marks card / Transcript along with CGPA. 8. TERMINATION FROM THE PROGRAMME
5. CHANGE OF BRANCH A student shall be required to leave the institute without the
5.1 Change of branch is allowed on request against vacancies award of the degree, under the following circumstances.
before commencement of the third semester based on 8.1 If a student fails to acquire minimum number of credits
academic performance of first year B.Tech. required to get promoted to next higher semester at the end
5.2 Applications for change of branch shall be submitted to the of academic probation year.
Associate Director (Academics), at the end of the second 8.2 If a student fails to acquire the requirements for the
semester. completion of the degree within the maximum permissible
5.3 Merit list will be prepared based on the CGPA after the period.
declaration of second semester results.
8.3 If a student is absent for more than 6 weeks at a stretch in a
5.4 Only students who have passed in all the subjects of I & II
semester without sanctioned leave.
semesters are eligible for change of branch.
5.5 Students who have secured seats under any scholarship 8.4 Based on disciplinary action, on recommendation of an
scheme and have opted for branch change will not be eligible appropriate committee and approved by the vice chancellor.
for the scholarship from the second year.
5.6 Mutual change of branch is not permitted.

09
 FIRST YEAR B.TECH.Curriculum 2018 (Common for all branches)
(Applicable to students admitted during 2018 and later)
First Year: Course Structure (Physics Group) Total: 44 Credits
Year FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 1151 Engineering Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4 MAT 1251 Engineering Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4
PHY 1051 Engineering Physics 2 1 0 3 CHM 1051 Engineering Chemistry 2 1 0 3
CIE 1051 Mechanics of Solids 2 1 0 3 BIO 1051 Biology for Engineers 2 1 0 3
ECE 1051 Basic Electronics 3 0 0 3 ELE 1051 Basic Electrical Technology 2 1 0 3
I MME 1051 Basic Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3 CSE 1051 Problem Solving Using Computers 2 1 0 3
HUM 1051 Communication skills in English 1 0 3 2 CIE 1052 Environmental Studies 1 0 3 2
PHY 1061 Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 3 1 CHM 1061 Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1
MME 1061 Workshop Practice 0 0 3 1 CSE 1061 PSUC Lab 0 0 3 1
MME 1161 Engineering Graphics - 1 0 1 3 2 MME 1261 Engineering Graphics - II 0 1 3 2
14 4 12 22 12 6 12 22

10
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30

First Year: Course Structure (Chemistry Group) Total: 44 Credits

Year FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 1151 Engineering Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4 MAT 1251 Engineering Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4
CHM 1051 Engineering Chemistry 2 1 0 3 PHY 1051 Engineering Physics 2 1 0 3
BIO 1051 Biology for Engineers 2 1 0 3 CIE 1051 Mechanics of Solids 2 1 0 3
ELE 1051 Basic Electrical Technology 2 1 0 3 ECE 1051 Basic Electronics 3 0 0 3
I CSE 1051 Problem Solving Using Computers 2 1 0 3 MME 1051 Basic Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3
CIE 1052 Environmental Studies 1 0 3 2 HUM 1051 Communication skills in English 1 0 3 2
CHM 1061 Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1 PHY 1061 Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 3 1
CSE 1061 PSUC Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 1061 Workshop Practice 0 0 3 1
MME 1161 Engineering Graphics - 1 0 1 3 2 MME 1261 Engineering Graphics - II 0 1 3 2
12 6 12 22 14 4 12 22
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30
 MAT 1151: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I [3 1 0 4]
Matrices-inverse and rank, solution of linear system of equations, Eigen
FIRST/SECOND
value problems. Vector spaces, basis,SEMESTER
linear transformations, inner
product spaces and Orthogonalization. First and higher order differential
equations and their solutions, Lagrange's and divided difference
interpolation. Numerical differentiation and integration. Solution of
algebraic and transcendental equations, solutions of ordinary differential
equations.
Reference Books:
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, (42e), Khanna
Publishers, 2013
2. Kreyzig E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (10e), Wiley
Eastern, 2011
3. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and applications, (3e), Pearson
Education, 2009
4. Sastry S. S., Introductory methods of Numerical analysis, (4e), PHI,
2007
5. Rainville E. D. and Bedient P.E., A short course in differential
equations, (4e), Macmillan Publishers, 1969
ECE 1051: BASIC ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Diode Characteristics, Breakdown phenomenon in diodes, Zener diode,
Diode rectifier, Zener regulator, Regulated Power supplies, Special
purpose diodes, BJT characteristics, CB, CE and CC configurations,
Transistor biasing, RC coupled Amplifier, Transistor as a Switch, Block
diagram and characteristics of Operational Amplifier, Inverting and non-
inverting amplifier, Difference amplifier, Op-amp based adder, subtractor,
integrator, differentiator, comparator and square wave generator,
Number systems and codes, Boolean algebraic theorems, simplification
of Boolean expressions, Logic gates, concept of Universal Logic, Flip
flops, Fundamentals of analog communication, Introduction to digital
communication and communication networks, Introduction to mobile
communication.
References:
1. Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky., Electronic Devices & Circuit
Theory (11e), PHI 2012.
2. Malvino and Leach., Digital Principles & applications (7e), TMH 2010.
3. George Kennedy, Bernad Davis., Electronic Communication
Systems, (4e), TMH, 2004
4. Garcia, Widjaja., Communication Networks, McGraw Hill 2006.
5. Raj Pandya, Mobile and Personal Communication Services and
Systems, Wiley-IEEE Press, 1999.
MME 1051: BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Properties of Steam and Boilers: Steam properties Working principle of
Babcock & Wilcox Boiler. Prime Movers: Classification, working
principle of steam, gas and water turbines Power plants: Working
principle of thermal, nuclear, hydel and solar power plants Refrigeration:
Principle and working of vapour compression refrigeration system, I.C.
Engines: Classification, Working of 2-stroke, 4 - stroke C.I and S.I
Engines Power Transmission: Belt drives, Introduction to rope drive and
chain drives, Gear Drives. Machine Tools: Introduction to Lathe, Drilling
Machine and operations Casting and Forging: Two box moulding
procedure, moulding sand and its desirable properties, Pattern
allowances, Introduction to forging. Welding: Principle of Resistance
spot welding, Electric arc welding and Oxy-acetylene gas welding,
Introduction to soldering and brazing
References:
1. K. R.Gopalakrishna, Text book of elements of Mechanical
Engineering, Subhash Publications, Bangalore, 2005.
2. Roy & Choudhury, Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Media
Promoters & Publishers Pvt. Ltd, Mumbai, 2000.
3. Mishra B.K., Mechanical Engineering Sciences, Kumar & Kumar
Publishers (P) Ltd, Bangalore, 1999
4. Trymbaka Murthy S., A text book of elements of Mechanical
Engineering, I. K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2010.
11
5. Rajput R. K., Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Fire Wall Media,
2005.
6. B.S. Raghuvanshi, A course in Workshop Technology, Vol. 1, Dhanpat
Rai & sons, New Delhi, 2005.
HUM 1051: COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH [1 0 3 2]
Reading- Analysis of reading passages – Articles, Text, Online reading
material; Types of reading- skimming, scanning, critical reading;
comprehension, analysis, response; Familiarization- pronunciation,
accent, intonation. Writing- Structures- grammar and usage
competence, writing a paragraph, writing an evaluative response, writing
an argumentative response, writing a creative response, writing a critical
response; Composition -editing and writing; Vocabulary building –
etymology, words of foreign origin; Sensitivity in communication- Social
Networks and Public communication – Etiquette. Speaking - Discussion
and debates on contemporary topics – current affairs, scientific enquiry,
philosophical debates, literary sensibilities, socio-political awareness
and cultural sensitivity; Exploring multiple perspectives- critical
reasoning, constructive feedback, persuasive arguments and effective
interpersonal communication. Listening - Response to audio/video
texts- comprehension, analysis, critical evaluation; Listening to groups
and individuals- active listening, feedback and response.
Reference:
1. Raman, M & Sharma, S., Technical Communication: Principles and
Practice. Oxford University Press, New Delhi 2014.
2. Swan, Michael, Practical English Usage, (4e) Oxford University
Press, London 2017
3. Lewis, Norman, Word Power Made Easy 2010.
4. Balasubramanian. P., Phonetics for Indian Students, (2e), Mc Milan,
Mumbai 2013.
PHY 1051: ENGINEERING PHYSICS [2 1 0 3]
Double-slit interference of light, Interference from thin films (Air-wedge,
Newton's rings), Michelson interferometer. Single-slit and Double-slit
diffraction of light, Circular apertures, Diffraction gratings and
applications, Diffraction of X-rays, Polarization of light, Double
refraction, Optical activity.
Black body radiation and Planck's hypothesis, Photoelectric effect, The
Compton effect, Wave packet, phase speed, group speed. Uncertainty
principle. One-dimensional wave functions and expectation values,
Particle in a box, Boundary conditions on particles in general, The
schrodinger equation, Particle in a well of finite height, Tunneling through
a potential barrier and its applications, The simple harmonic oscillator.
Atomic spectra of gases and Bohr's model of the hydrogen atom, The
quantum model of the hydrogen atom, The wave functions for hydrogen,
Quantum numbers, X-ray spectra, Spontaneous and stimulated
transitions, Lasers and applications.
Molecular bonds, Energy states and spectra of molecules, Bonding in
solids, Free electron theory of metals, Band theory of solids,
Electrical conduction in metals, Insulators and Semiconductors,
Superconductivity.
References:
1. Jewett & Serway; PHYSICS for Scientists and Engineers with Modern
Physics (7e), Cengage Learning 2008.
2. Halliday, Resnick, Krane, PHYSICS (5e), Volume 2, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc 2002.
CIE 1051: MECHANICS OF SOLIDS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to mechanics of rigid bodies, Resolution of force,
Composition of forces, Moment of a force, Varignon's theorem, couple,
Conditions of Equilibrium, Space and free body diagrams, Lami's
theorem, Types of beams, Support reactions, Types of loading, Friction,
Centroid and moment of inertia of simple and composite areas,
Introduction to rigid bodies, Normal stress and strain, Mechanical
properties of materials, Hooke's law, Modulus of elasticity, Stress –
Strain behaviour of ductile and brittle materials, Factor of safety,
Allowable stress, Stresses and deformations in tapered bars, Stepped 3. Punmia B. C, “Surveying”, Laxmi Publications, Bangalore, 2012
bars, Poisson's ratio, Shear stress and Shear strain, Modulus of rigidity, 4. Uppal S.L., Electrical Wiring, Estimating and Costing, Khanna
Relationship between modulus of elasticity, modulus of rigidity and Publishers, 1978
bulk modulus, Compound bars, stresses due to temperature, Stresses 5. Bishop Owen, Electronics: A First Course, (2e), NEWNES, An Imprint
in thin cylinders, Concepts of bending moment & shear force diagrams. of Elsevier, 2006.
References:
MAT 1251: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II [3 1 0 4]
1. Meriam J. L., Kraige L. G., Engineering Mechanics: Statistics (5e),
Mean value theorems, Taylor and Maclaurin's series expansions,
John wiley & sons, 2004.
indeterminate forms. Partial differentiation, total derivatives, errors and
2. Beer F. P., Johnston Jr. E. R., Dewolf J. T., Mazurek D. F., Sanghi S.,
expansions, Taylor's theorem, maxima and minima, Lagrange's method.
Mechanics of Materials (7e), Tata McGraw-Hill, 2017.
Infinite series, tests for convergence of series with positive terms,
3. Pytel A., Singer F.L., Strength of Materials (4e), HarperCollins College
alternating series, power series. Analytical solid geometry- spheres.
Div, 1987.
Cones and cylinders. Multiple integrals and their applications, beta and
4. Bhavikatti S. S., Strength of Materials (4e), Vikas Publishers, 2013.
gamma functions. Laplace transforms, periodic functions, step
5. Basavarajaiah B. S., Mahadevappa P., Strength of Materials (3e),
functions, inverse transforms, convolution, solution of differential
Universities Press, 2010.
equations and applications.
Reference Books:
MME 1161: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – I [1 0 3 2]
1. B. S. Grewal - Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
Introduction – Geometrical constructions, Dimensioning and
2. N. Piskunov-Differential Calculus, Vol I and II, Mir Pub.
conventions of lines. Projection of points in first Quadrant only.
3. Rainville E.D and Bedient P. E., A short course in differential
Projection of straight lines inclined to both horizontal and vertical planes,
equations, Macmillan Pub., Mumbai.
Traces of lines, Application problems on lines. Projection of regular plane
4. Kreyzig E, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Eastern, Delhi.
when the surface is inclined to both HP and VP. Projection of regular
5. Shanti Narayan, Differential Calculus, Shyam Lal Charitable Trust,
solids like prisms, pyramids cone and cylinder when the axis is inclined
Delhi.
to both HP and VP.
References:
ELE 1051: BASIC ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
1. Gopalkrishna K. R. and Sudhir Gopalkrishna., A textbook of Computer
DC circuits, Independent sources, Resistance, Network reduction
Aided Engineering Drawing, (37 e), Subhas Stores, Bangalore 2012.
techniques, Mesh and Node voltage analysis, Superposition, Thevenin's
2. Bhat N. D. and Panchal V. M., Engineering Drawing, (50 e), Charotar
and Maximum power transfer theorems, Transient behaviour of
Publishing House, Anand, India 2010.
inductance and capacitance, Series and Parallel magnetic circuits, Self
3. Venugopal K., Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD,
and Mutual inductances, Coupled coils, Dot rule, Average and RMS
Newage International Publishers, Delhi 2002.
values of sinusoidal waves, Series and Parallel AC circuits, Power factor
4. Narayana K. L. and Kannaiah P., Text book on Engineering Drawing,
improvement, Series and Parallel resonance, Three phase star and delta
Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2002.
connected loads, Measurement of power in three phase circuits,
5. Basant Agrawal and Agrawal C. M., Engineering Drawing, Tata
Electrical power system, Transformers, DC motors, BLDC, Induction
McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2010.
motors, Synchronous motors, Stepper motors, Measurement of energy.
References:
PHY 1061: ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
1. Hughes E., Electrical and Electronic Technology (9e), Pearson
Experiments on interference of mechanical waves, Experiments on
Education, 2008
interference, diffraction and double refraction of light. Experiments on
2. D. C. Kulshreshtha, Basic Electrical Engineering, McGraw Hill, 2012.
quantum theory of radiation. Experiments on free-electron theory of
3. Kothari D. P. & Nagarath I. J., Basic Electrical Engineering, TMH 2013
metals, band theory of solids, semiconductors. Experiments on
4. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/108108076/
resonance circuits, Hall-effect.
5. h t t p : / / w w w. n p t e l . a c . i n / c o u r s e s / We b c o u r s e c o n t e n t s /
References:
IIT%20Kharagpur/Basic%20Electrical%20Technology/New_
1. Jewett & Serway, PHYSICS for Scientists and Engineers with Modern
index1.htm
Physics (7e), Cengage Learning 2008.
2. Worsnop & Flint, Advanced Practical Physics for Students (9e),
BIO 1051: BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS [2 1 0 3]
Methuen & Co. Ltd, London 1987.
Chemistry of life: Elements of life and their bonding ability, importance of
carbon, elemental replacement, different types of bonds and interactions
MME 1061: WORKSHOP PRACTICE [0 0 3 1]
in biological systems, water and phospholipids as well as their
Mechanical Engineering Practices - Sheet metal, Plumbing exercises,
importance in the survival of life, Biomolecules such as carbohydrates
Study of Automotive systems like Transmission and Suspension,
and proteins, their structures, enzymes, effect of pH and Bioenergetics.
Demonstration on the working of Lathe and Drilling machine, Civil
Inheritance of life: Mendelian model and its testing, Location of factors
Engineering Practices - Material Testing by conducting Tensile test, Shear
and its mode of inheritance, Morgan concept on location of factors,
test and Compression test, Surveying exercises using chain and tape,
pedigree analysis. Molecular basis of inheritance: Discovery of DNA,
Prismatic compass, Dumpy level, Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Experimental evidence for the existing theories of molecular biology,
Practices – Study of wiring tools, Fuses, Circuit breakers, Lighting sources,
structure of DNA, DNA copying mechanism and its proof reading as well
Wiring, Electrical energy in Single phase and three phase circuits, Energy
as editing, RNA synthesis and processing, Protein synthesis and Genetic
tariff calculations. Testing of Electronic components, IC based experiments
code. Case studies: Mechanism of viral replications, Lac operon as an
comprising Digital counter, Buzzer and Musical door bell, Soldering
example of biological control system, Concepts of cloning, Recombinant
practice, Building a DC regulated power supply.
DNA technology, vaccination and ascent of sap. Evolution and origin of
References:
life: Darwin's theory, Mechanisms of Evolution, Evidence of evolution,
1. Hajra Choudhury S. K and Bose S. K, “Elements of Workshop
Constraints on evolution
Technology, Vol I”, Media Promoters & Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai,
References:
2012.
1. Sadava D. E., Hillis D. M., Heller H. C. and Hacker S. D. Life the
2. Raghuvanshi S.S, “Workshop Technology”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
science of biology, (11e), Macmillan Learning, USA ISBN-10: 1-319-
Delhi, 2002.
01016-4, 2107
12
2. Urry L. A., Cain M. L., Wasserman S. A., Minorsky P. V. and Reece J.
B., Campbell Biology, (11e), Pearson ISBN-10: 0134093410, 2017
3. Johnson A. T., Biology for Engineers, CRC Press Inc., USA, ISBN
9781420077636, 2010
CHM 1051: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY [2 1 0 3]
Principles and applications of electrochemistry, metal finishing.
Chemistry of primary and secondary batteries. Working principles of
fuels cells and their applications. Concept of corrosion and its
importance, types of corrosion, factors affecting corrosion, Corrosion
control methods. General methods of chemical analysis, Instrumental
methods. Introduction to spectroscopic methods of analysis:
Electromagnetic radiation (EMR), Interaction of EMR with matter,
Numerical Problems. Concepts of rotational, vibrational and electronic
spectra, Laws of spectrophotometry. Classification of Fuels, Gross
Calorific value and Net Calorific value. Solid, Liquid and Gaseous fuels.
basic principles and classification of materials, Effect of bonding on
properties of materials. Classification of advanced materials-polymers,
Liquid crystals, Ceramics, composites, bio materials, nanomaterials,
thin films and their properties and applications.
References:
1. Kuriacose J. C., Rajaram J., Chemistry in Engineering and
Technology, volume I/II Tata McGraw - Hill, New Delhi, 2001
2. Jain P. C., Jain M. Engineering Chemistry, (16e)., Dhanpat Rai and
Sons, New Delhi, 2015
3. Fischer T., Materials Science for Engineering Students, Academic
Press, London, 2009
CIE 1052: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES [1 0 3 2]
Meaning, multidisciplinary nature of environmental science, applications
in engineering disciplines, environmental ethics, sustainable
development, Renewable and non-renewable resources, Resource
consumption & conservation methods, different types of energy,
Conventional sources & Non-Conventional sources of energy, Types &
Structure of Ecosystem, Environmental Pollution and control , Disaster
Management meaning, natural disasters especially earthquakes & Man-
made disasters, Environmental crisis & legislations , Environmental acts,
Laws and Policies, EIA, Case studies of the past related to environmental
issues, crisis, disasters, hazard, pollution, climate change & its effects,
Practical activity related to environmental problems and its impacts on
environment.
References:
1. Mohan kanda, Disaster Management in India evolution of institutional
arrangements & operational strategies, 2017.
2. Y.Anjaneyulu, Introduction to Environmental science, 2017.
3. R.K.Trivedy, Handbook of Environmental laws, acts, guidelines,
compliances & standards, 3rd edition, 2nd volume, 2017.
4. Benny Joseph, Environmental Studies, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi , 2008.
5. Aloka Debi, “Environmental Science and Engineering”, Universities
Press (India) Pvt. Ltd. 2012.
6. R.J.Ranjit Daniels and Jagadish Krishnaswamy, “Environmental
Studies”, Wiley India Private Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
7. G.Swarajya Lakshmi, Environmental science: A Practical Manual,
2010.
8. Student guide: Environment Reader for Universities, based on UGC
syllabus published by Centre for Science and Environment, 2017.
CSE 1051: PROBLEM SOLVING USING COMPUTERS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to computing, Importance of Problem solving using
computers, Algorithms and Flow charts, Introduction to C language,
Simple C programs, Syntax and Logical Errors in compilation, Object and
executable code, Variable names and declaration, Data types, Sizes and
Constants, Various operators, Type conversion and expressions,
Precedence and order of evaluation, Statements and blocks, Control
13
flow, Break and continue, 1-D and 2-D Arrays and Strings, Searching and
Sorting, Multidimensional Arrays and Matrices, Modular programming
and Recursive functions, Structure and Pointers, Defining Structures and
Array of Structures, Pointer arithmetic, Pointer to Structures, File
Management and Cyber Security.
References:
1. Dromey. R. G, How to solve it by computers, Pearson, 1982.
2. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming
language (2e), Pearson Education, 1988.
3. Deital. P. J and Deitel. H. M, C: How to program (7e), Pearson
Education, 2010.
4. Balagurusamy, E, Computing fundamentals and C programming
(1e), McGraw-Hill, 2008.
CHM 1061: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY [0 0 3 1]
Alkalimetric titration; Estimation - Total hardness of water, percentage of
copper in brass, weight of iron in haematite, percentage of manganese
dioxide in pyrolusite, percentage of ammonia nitrogen in a fer tilizer; pK
value of a weak acid by potentiometric titration; Conductometric acid-
base titrations; Determination of concentration of copper using
colorimeter; Determination of coefficient of viscosity of liquid; Chloride
content of water; Analysis of lead pigment
References:
1. Vogel A.I. Text book of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, (5e), ELBS,
1998
2. Laboratory Manual for Engineering Chemistry Laboratory, M.I.T.,
2014
MME 1261: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – II [1 0 3 2]
Introduction to Engineering Graphics, Sections of solids – Drawing
sectional views and true shape of section, Development of surfaces
using parallel line development for prisms and cylinders, Radial line
development for pyramids and cones, Isometric projections of simple
and sectioned solids, Combined solids, Simple machine components.
Orthographic views of Simple and cut solids, combined solids, Simple
machine components.
References:
1. Gopalkrishna K. R. and Sudhir Gopalkrishna., A textbook of Computer
Aided Engineering Drawing, (37e), Subhas Stores, Bangalore 2012.
2. Bhat N. D. and Panchal V. M., Engineering Drawing, (50e), Charotar
Publishing House, Anand, India 2010.
3. Venugopal K., Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD,
Newage International Publishers, Delhi 2002.
4. Narayana K. L. and Kannaiah P., Text book on Engineering Drawing,
Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2002.
5. Basant Agrawal and Agrawal C. M., Engineering Drawing, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2010.
CSE 1061: PROBLEM SOLVING USING COMPUTERS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to Computing, Simple C programming, Branching Control
Structures, Looping Control Structures, 1D and 2D Array programming,
String programming, Modular and Recursive Function Programming –
Programs using Pointers, Structures and File manipulation – MATLAB
Programming with Simulink.
References:
1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming
language (2e), Pearson Education, 1988.
2. Deital. P. J and Deitel. H. M, C: How to program (7e), Pearson
Education, 2010.
3. Balagurusamy. E, Computing fundamentals and C programming
(1e), McGraw-Hill, 2008.
4. Duane Hanselman and Bruce Littlefield, Mastering Matlab 7, Pearson
Publication, 2008.
5. Stormy Attaway, Matlab: A practical Introduction to Programming
and Problem Solving, Elsevier, ISBN: 978-0-75-068762-1.
 Department of Aeronautical and Automobile Engineering

The Department of Aeronautical and Automobile Engineering was Programs offered

established in 2008 with the objective of offering world-class education Under Graduate Programs
and cutting-edge research environment. The department strives for a 4B.Tech in Aeronautical Engineering (2008)
healthy balance between teaching, research & development. Faculty of 4B.Tech in Automobile Engineering (2008)
the department draws upon a long history of technical excellence, Post Graduate Program
innovation and teaching performance, preparing graduates to contribute 4M.Tech in Automobile Engineering (2016)
to the society with technically imaginative and commercially viable
PhD
solutions. The mission is realised through its commitment to educational
excellence, to the creation, development and application of the
Faculty Strength
technologies critical to aerospace and automobile engineering. This
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
program aims to promote aeronautical & automobile engineering by
establishing close linkages between education, industry and research
1 6 3
activities. The department has highly successful Centres of Excellence 2
program to research best practices in unified approach to teaching and
17 19
learning.
The students will have abundant opportunities for working on projects
and internships across the globe, taking advantage of established
relationships with aeronautical & automobile companies and research PhD Professors
institutes. The students showcase their talent by developing several M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors
working models and presenting them in various prestigious national and
international events. The students have won various awards at national
and international level.

14
 B TECH in AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2151 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2251 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
AAE2151 Aerospace Materials and Manufacturing Technology 2 1 0 3 AAE 2251 Aerodynamics 3 1 0 4
AAE 2152 Aircraft Structures 3 1 0 4 AAE 2252 Aircraft Propulsion 3 1 0 4
AAE 2153 Fluid Dynamics 3 1 0 4 AAE 2253 Flight Mechanics 2 1 0 3
II
AAE 2154 Introduction to Aerospace Engineering 2 1 0 3 AAE 2254 Linear Control Theory 3 1 0 4
AAE 2155 Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 **** **** Open Elective – I 3
AAE 2161 Fluid Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1 AAE 2261 Aerodynamics & Propulsion Lab 0 0 6 2
AAE 2162 Structures Lab 0 0 6 2 AAE 2262 Numerical Computation Lab - I 0 0 3 1
15 6 9 24 13 5 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
AAE 3151 Aircraft Design 2 1 0 3 AAE 3251 Finite Element Method 2 1 0 3

15
AAE 3152 Avionics and Navigation Systems 3 1 0 4 AAE 3252 Theory of Vibrations 3 1 0 4
AAE 3153 Flight Dynamics 3 1 0 4 AAE **** Program Elective – I 2 1 0 3
III
AAE 3154 Gas Dynamics 3 1 0 4 AAE **** Program Elective – II 2 1 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – II 3 *** **** Open Elective – III 3
AAE 3161 Geometric Modelling Lab 0 0 6 2 AAE 3261 Avionics Lab 0 0 6 2
AAE 3162 Numerical Computation Lab - II 0 0 3 1 AAE 3262 Structural Analysis Lab 0 0 6 2
13 5 9 24 11 5 12 23
Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30 Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) + OE 28 + 3 = 31
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
AAE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 AAE 4298 Industrial Training 1
AAE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 AAE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
AAE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 AAE 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV AAE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
******* Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) + OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specializations
I. Aerodynamics
AAE 4031: Aerodynamics of Rockets and Missiles
AAE 4032: Computational Fluid Dynamics
AAE 4033: High-Speed Aerodynamics
AAE 4034: Turbomachinery Aerodynamics
II. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound
III. Business Management
HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management
IV. Computational Mathematics
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices
Programme Electives
AAE 4043: Advanced Propulsion Systems
AAE 4044: Aeroelasticity
AAE 4045: Air and Space Transportation Systems
AAE 4046: Aircraft Systems and Instruments
AAE 4047: Airship Technology
AAE 4048: Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
AAE 4049: Bio-Inspired computational Techniques
AAE 4050: Composite structures
AAE 4051: Computer Integrated Manufacturing
AAE 4052: Experimental stress analysis
AAE 4053: Exploration and Mapping using Autonomous systems
AAE 4054: Fracture Mechanics
AAE 4055: Global Positioning System Technology
AAE 4056: Industrial Automation
AAE 4057: Lightweight materials
AAE 4058: Metrology and Non-destructive Testing
AAE 4059: Navigation, Guidance and Control
AAE 4037: Noise Vibration and Harshness
AAE 4060: Operations and Supply chain Management
AAE 4061: Optimal Control
AAE 4062: Optimization Techniques
AAE 4063: Orbital Mechanics
AAE 4064: Product Design and Development
AAE 4065: Renewable Energy
AAE 4066: Robust Control
AAE 4067: Rocket Propulsion
AAE 4068: Spacecraft Dynamics and Control
AAE 4069: Statistical Quality control and Reliability
AAE 4070: Surface Engineering and Coating Technology
AAE 4071: Unsteady Aerodynamics
Open Electives
AAE 4301: Automotive pollution and control
AAE 4302: Introduction to Automobile Engineering
AAE 4303: Introduction to Aerospace Engineering
AAE 4304: Introduction to Avionics and Navigation systems
16
THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2151: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – III [2 1 0 3]
Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals.
Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals.
Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine transform.
Partial differential equation-Basic concepts, solutions of equations
involving derivatives with respect to one variable only. Solutions by
indicated transformations and separation of variables. One-dimensional
wave equation, one-dimensional heat equation and their solutions.
Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems, Laplace and Poisson
equations and heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
2. Sastry S. S., Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. Grewal B. S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers,
1989.
4. Murray R. Spiegel, Vector Analysis, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959.
AAE 2151: AEROSPACE MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING
TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Materials science and engineering: Crystalline structure and Miller
indices, Material characterization techniques, plastic deformation,
dislocation, strain hardening, Mechanical behavior of materials, fracture,
toughness, fatigue, S-N curve, creep, metals and alloys in aviation and
their applications, steels, Al and Mg alloys, Titanium and its alloys, heat
treatment of alloys, annealing stages, surface modification techniques,
Composites materials in aerospace industry, Manufacturing systems
and functions, production drawing, GDT symbols and interpretation,
Casting technology, Forming technology: cold and hot working, forging,
rolling, extrusion, sheet metal processing, laser shock peening,
electromagnetic forming and joining, Welding technology: friction stir
welding, laser welding, welding of dissimilar metals, solid state welding,
welding defects, Machining, technology, machine tools, CNC machining,
Advanced machining: abrasive water jet machining, ECM, EDM, wire-
EDM, LBM, chemical machining, Additive Manufacturing, overall
process chain, classification, process overview for AM used for
Aerospace components.
References:
1. Pradip K. Saha, Aerospace Manufacturing Processes, CRC Press,
2016.
2. Eswara Prasad, R. and J. H. Wanhill, Aerospace Materials and
Material Technologies, Vol 1 and II, Springer, 2017.
3. Callister W. and Balasubramaniam R., Materials Science and
Engineering, Wiley, 2014.
4. Mikell P Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing, John
Wiley, 2012.
5. Campbell, F.C, Manufacturing Processes for Advanced Composites,
Elsevier, 2004.
6. Barrie D. Dunn, Materials and Processes for Spacecraft and High-
Reliability Application, Springer Nature, 2016.
AAE 2152: AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
Loads on the airframe, functions of structural components, Stresses
Tensile, Compressive and Shear, determination of stresses on inclined
planes, principal stresses, strain. Elastic constants and strain energy.
Euler buckling of columns, Inelastic buckling, Effect of initial
imperfections, beam-columns, Stability of beams under transverse and
axial loads. Types of beams. Supports and loads. Shear force and
bending moment diagrams in beams. Theory of symmetrical and
unsymmetrical bending of beams. Bending of open and closed thin-
walled beams. Stress analysis of isotropic and composite beams, beam
deflection and slope. General stress, strain and displacement
relationships for open and single cell closed section thin-walled beams.
Shear of open and closed section beams. Torsion of solid sections, open
and closed section beams. Analysis of Combined open and closed
section beams under Bending and Torsion. Structural idealization, Effect
of idealization on the analysis of open and closed section beams Stress
analysis of aircraft components wing and fuselage.
References:
1. Megson THG, Aircraft Structures for Engineering students,
Elsevier/Butterworth Publication, 1998.
2. Donaldson, B. K, Analysis of Aircraft Structures – An Introduction,
(2e), McGraw Hill, 1993.
3. Timoshenko S., Strength of materials, Vols. I & II, CBS Pub, 2004.
4. Mott R. L., Applied Strength of materials, (6e) CRC Press, 2016.
5. Egor P. Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, PHI, 2014.
6. Peery, D. J, and Azar. J. J., Aircraft Structures, (2e), Mc Graw-Hill,
N.Y., 1993.
7. Rivello R. M., Theory and Analysis of Flight Structures, McGraw Hill,
1993.
AAE 2153: FLUID DYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Fluid Properties and Fluid Statics: Hydrostatic law, Piezometer, Simple and
differential manometers, pressure gauges, Fluid Kinematics: Continuity
equation in 3D flow, stream function, velocity potential function. F l u i d
Dynamics: Continuity equation in 3D flow, stream function, velocity
potential function. Similitude and Flow Measurement: Flow through
Venturimeter and Orifice meter, flow through notches and weirs.
Approximate solutions of Navier Stoke Equations: Prandtl contribution,
Characteristics of the boundary layer along a thin flat plate Exact Solutions
of Navier Stokes Equations, Flow of Compressible Fluid: Thermodynamic
relations, basic equations of compressible flow, the velocity of sound.
References:
1. Yunus A Cengel, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
2. Frank N white, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. Bruce R. Munson, Theodore H. Okiishi, Wade W. Huebsch, Alric P.
Rothmayer, Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley and Sons,
New Jersey, 2013.
4. Clayton T. Crowe et al, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley and
Sons, New Jersey, 2009.
AAE 2154: INTRODUCTION TO AEROSPACE ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and Overview of The History of Flight, Fundamental
Thoughts, Ballooning, Basic/Constructive Principles of Fluid Mechanics-
Bernoulli's Theorem and Control Volume Approaches, The Sources of all
Aerodynamic Forces, Equation of State for a Perfect Gas, Specific
Volume, Anatomy of Aircraft and Space Vehicles, Standard Atmosphere,
Hydrostatic Equation, Relation between Geopotential and Geometric
Altitudes, Basics of Aerodynamics, Airfoil Nomenclature, Lift, Drag and
Moment Coefficient, Elements of Airplane Performance, Astronautics,
Basics of Propulsion.
References:
1. Anderson Jr. JD, Introduction to Flight, McGraw Hill International
Edition, 2012.
2. Dava Newman, Interactive Aerospace Engineering and Design,
McGraw Hill International Edition, 2002.
3. A. C. Kermode, Flight without Formulae, Pearson Education (United
Kingdom), 1990.
17
4. Howard D Curtis., Orbital mechanics for Engineering Students,
Butterworth Heinemann, 2013.
5. Anderson Jr. JD, Fundamental of Aerodynamics, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 2017.
AAE 2155: THERMODYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Vocabulary associated with thermodynamics, basic concepts of
thermodynamics zeroth law of thermodynamics, temperature
measurement and temperature scales ideal gas and pure substance.
thermodynamic properties using tables of thermodynamic properties and
analyze the processes on T-v diagrams to solve advanced engineering
problems. first law of thermodynamics for closed and open systems
undergoing different thermodynamic processes. Use of the first law to
understand its application for open systems such as turbine, nozzle and
heat exchanger. The second law of thermodynamics. formulation of
entropy principle from the second law of thermodynamics for a cycle by
establishing the inequality of Clausius. the inequality of Clausius and
establish the property entropy of a system. various power cycles and
comparison of the otto, diesel, and dual cycle performance. Estimate the
efficiency of Brayton cycle for various engineering case studies
References:
1. Van Wylan G. & Sonntag R. E., Fundamentals of Classical
Thermodynamics, John Wiley 1997.
2. Jones J.B., & Dugan R.E., Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice
Hall, 1996.
3. Yunus Cengel & Boles, Thermodynamics-An Engineering Approach
(7e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
4. Holman J. P, Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill International, 1985.
5. Nag P. K., Engineering Thermodynamics, (3e) Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
AAE 2161: FLUID MECHANICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Irrigation Lab: Venturi meter, orifice meter, orifice, v-notch, rectangular
notch, friction in pipes. Fluids Lab: Closed cup and open cup flash point
and fire point, Saybolt viscometer, redwood viscometer, boys' gas
calorimeter. Thermal lab: Measurement of emissivity, natural convection
and forced convection.
References:
1. Yunus A Cengel, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Ethirajan Rathakrishnan, Fluid Mechanics An Introduction, PHI
publisher, 2013.
3. Kumar K. L., Chand S. & Co, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, 2005.
4. Frank N white, Fluid Mechanics, Mc-Graw Hill, 2011.
5. John F Douglas, Fluid Mechanics, (5e), Pearson Educations
publishers, 2005.
AAE 2162: STRUCTURES LAB [0 0 6 2]
Experiments based on Tensile, Torsion, Bending, Compression, Fatigue,
Impact and hardness properties of different structural materials.
Deflection of beams, Poisson ratio calculations, Non-destructive testing.
References:
1. Megson T. H. G., Aircraft Structures for Engineering students,
Elsevier/Butterworth Publication, 1999.
2. Donaldson, B. K, Analysis of Aircraft Structures – An Introduction
(2e), McGraw Hill, 1993
3. Timoshenko S., Strength of materials, Vols. I & II, Princeton, D.Von
Nostrand Co., 1988.
4. Mott, Applied Strength of materials, PHI, 1998.
5. Egor P Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, PHI, 2004.
6. Norman E. Dowling, Mechanical Behaviour of Materials, Pearson
Education, 2010.
 FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2251: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – IV [2 1 0 3]
Statistics: Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion,
Correlation coefficient, regression, least squares principles of curve
fitting. Probability: finite sample spaces, conditional probability and
independence, Baye's theorem, one-dimensional random variable,
mean, variance. Two and higher dimensional random variables: mean,
variance, correlation coefficient. Distributions: Binomial, Poisson,
uniform, normal, gamma, Chi-square and exponential distributions,
simple problems. Moment generating function, Functions of one
dimensional and two-dimensional random variables, Sampling theory,
Central limit theorem and applications. Optimization: Basic concepts,
Linear programming, Graphical and Simplex methods, penalty cost and
two-phase methods. Transportation problems.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
2. Meyer P. L., Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications
(2e). Addison-Wesley Educational Publishers Inc, 1970.
3. Grewal B. S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers,
1989.
4. Hamdy A Taha, Operation research (9e), Pearson, 2014.
AAE 2251: AERODYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Fluid motion Basics:- Streamline, pathline, types of flows, basic
aerodynamics forces, boundary layer, Potential flows: stream function,
velocity potential, their properties, Inviscid incompressible flows:
governing equations, Blasius theorem, boundary layer equations,
application of momentum theory, Low speed aerodynamics: airfoils:
elementary flows, kutta joukowsky theorems, kutta condition, circulation
theorem,Flow over a wing: vortex element, downwash , induced drag,
effect of aspect ratio, Conformal transformations, Zhokowsky
transformation and its application, Wind Tunnel Techniques, force
balancing system, PIV techniques, PDV techniques.
References:
1. Anderson, J. D., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, (5e), McGraw-Hill
International, 2011.
2. Houghton, E. L. and Carruthers N.B., Aerodynamics for Engineering
Students, Edward Arnold Publishers Ltd., London, 1989.
3. Clancy L. J., Aerodynamics, 1986.
4. Pitman, Milne Thomson, Theoretical Aerodynamics, Macmillan 1985.
AAE 2252: AIRCRAFT PROPULSION [3 1 0 4]
Understand and develop the importance of jet engine and ramjet
engine concepts. Understand the development of Stagnation values in
different regions of jet and propeller engine. Classify the type's jet
engines and Construct the charts and investigate and compare their
performance properties. Understand the concept of each type of
engine and in its derivations and problems related to the
corresponding type of jet engine. Understand about problems of
combustion problems and controlling combustion process.
Familiarize with much of the terminology used in all the jet engine in the
field of propulsion through sizing and matching of the engine.
References:
1. Kroes Michael J. & Wild Thomas W., Aircraft Powerplants, (7e), Tata-
Mcgraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Hill Philip, Peterson Carl, Mechanics and Thermodynamics of
Propulsion, Addison Wesly, 1992.
3. Roy Bhaskar, Aircraft Propulsion, Elsevier, 2008.
4. Mattingly J. D., Elements of Propulsion - Gas Turbines and Rockets,
AIAA Education series, 2006.
18
5. El-Sayed Ahmed, Aircraft Propulsion and Gas Turbine Engines, Taylor
and Francis (CRC Press), 2008.
6. Saravanamuttoo, H. I. H., Rogers G. F. C., Cohen H., Gas Turbine
Theory, Pearson, 2001.
AAE 2253: FLIGHT MECHANICS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Forces and Moments Acting on Vehicles in Flight, Review of
Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Equations of Motion and Simplification
for Performance Analysis, Earth's Atmosphere and International
Standard Atmosphere, Hydrostatic Equation, Density, Pressure And
Temperature Altitude, Low Subsonic Drag Polar, High Subsonic Drag
Polar, Drag Polar Estimation, Performance Analysis of Accelerated and
Un-accelerated Flight, Climb, Descent, Cruise, Take-Off and Landing,
Range, Endurance, Glide, V-N Diagram, Flight Manoeuvres.
References:
1. Anderson Jr. J D, Aircraft Performance and Design, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1999.
2. Ruijgrok GJ, Elements of Aircraft Performance, VSSD, 2009.
3. Pamadi B., Performance, Stability, Dynamics and Control of an
Airplane, AIAA Publications, 2015.
4. Phillips W. F., Mechanics of Flight, John Wiley, 2010.
5. Anderson Jr. J D, Introduction to Flight, McGraw Hill International
Edition, 2012.
6. Kermode A. C., Mechanics of Flight, Pearson Education (United
Kingdom), 2012.
AAE 2254: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Mathematical Modelling of System, Laplace Transforms, transfer
functions, block diagram representation. Block diagram reduction, Time
response characteristics. Introduction to stability, Routh Hurwitz stability
criterion. Root locus plots, stability margins. Frequency response
analysis: Nyquist stability criterion, Bode plots and stability margins in
the frequency domain. Basics of control design, the proportional,
derivative and integral actions. Design using Root Locus Design using
Bode plots Effects of zeros, minimum and non-minimum phase
systems. Introduction to state space methods, Linearization of nonlinear
systems.
References:
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Pearson Education
Inc.,2010.
2. Nagrath I. J. and Gopal M., Control Systems Engineering, New Age
Publications, 2015.
3. Farid Golnaraghi and Benjamin C Kuo, Automatic Control Systems
(9e), John Wiley and Sons, 2009.
4. Harry Trentelman, Anton A. Stoorvogel, Malo Hautus, Control Theory
for Linear Systems, Springer-Verlag, 2001.
AAE 2261: AERODYNAMICS & PROPULSION LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction to wind tunnels specification and calibration, Flow over
cylinder, Pressure distribution and calculation of lift over symmetrical
airfoil, Pressure distribution and calculation of lift over unsymmetrical
airfoil, boundary layer calculations, calculation of zero lift angle on a
cambered airfoil, Hotwire anemometer, Calculation of drag on cylinder
using wake survey method, Calculation of drag on airfoil using wake
survey method.
Measurement of Nozzle flow by varying the motor speeds. Free Jet and
Wall Jet measurements by varying speeds and position of the jet. The
efficiency of Axial flow fan by variable Guide vane Position. Forced and
natural Convection over a flat plate. Finding out the given fuel Calorific
value. Measurement of Burning velocity in a premixed flame. Find out the
performance of Mini Gas turbine.
References:
1. Anderson J. D., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 2011.
2. Houghton E. L. and Carruthers N. B., Aerodynamics for Engineering
Students, Edward Arnold Publishers Ltd., London, 1989 .
3. Hill, P. G. and Peterson, C. R., Mechanics and thermodynamics of
propulsion, (2e). Addison Wesley Publishing Company, 1992.
4. Sutton G. P. and Biblarj O., Rocket propulsion elements, (7e), Wiley
Interscience Publications, 2001.
5. Mukunda H. S., Understanding aerospace propulsion, Interline
Publishing, 2004.
AAE 2262: NUMERICAL COMPUTATION LAB -I [0 0 3 1]
Basic of the MATLAB/Simulink programming, Live script, array, loop,
function, plotting, Approximations and Error, Linear Algebraic Systems
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors-Matrices, Numerical Differentiation and
Integration, Curve fitting and Optimization and transportation planning,
Linear and Nonlinear Equation, Regression and Interpolation Ordinary
Differential Equations-Euler's Method, Runge-Kutta Methods, Multistep,
Boundary Value Problems- Partial Differential Equations, Finite Element
Method.
References:
1. Robert J. Schilling and Sandra L. Harries, Applied Numerical Methods
for Engineers using MATLAB and C, Thomson Learning Inc., 2000.
2. Brian R Hunt, et al, Guide To Matlab: For Beginners And Experienced
Users, (2e), Cambridge University Press, 2011.
3. Fausett L.V., Applied Numerical Analysis Using MATLAB, (2e).,
Pearson Education, 2007.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with the return, Rate of return method, an
Incremental approach for the economic analysis of alternatives,
Replacement analysis. Break-even analysis for single product and multi-
product firms, Break-even analysis for evaluation of investment
alternatives. Physical & functional depreciation, Straight-line
depreciation, Declining balance method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-
years digits method of depreciation, Sinking fund and service output
methods, Costing and its types – Job costing and Process costing,
Introduction to balance sheet and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis -
Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios,
and profitability ratios
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management, 12th
ed., Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, 5th edition Tata
19
McGraw Hill Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, 3rd edition,
Pearson Publication, 2013.
AAE 3151: AIRCRAFT DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Factors affecting aeroplane design, Preliminary Three-View Drawing
Based On Data Collection, Lading Distance. Estimation Of Empty-Weight
Fraction, Estimation Of Fuel Fraction; Guidelines For Drag Polar And Sfc
For Subsonic Airplanes, Choice Of Wing Loading Based On
Considerations Of Landing Field Length, Choice Of Engine,
Considerations For Choice Of Wing Parameters, Features Of The
Fuselages, Preliminary Sizing Of Horizontal And Vertical Tails,
Calculation Of C.G. Location, Introduction to aircraft structures, Planning
and Structural weights, Introduction to loads, aero elasticity, flight
maneuvers, Wing and fuselage internal structural designs, Performance
and function, design criteria and ground rules, structural life estimation.
References:
1. Leland Nicolai, Grant Carinchner, Fundamentals of aircraft and aircraft
design, AIAA Educational Series– Volume -1.
2. Daniel P Raymer, Aircraft Design – A Conceptual approach.
3. Niu M., Airframe structural design, Conmilit Press Ltd, 1993.
4. Megson T. H, Aircraft structures for engineering students, John Wiley
& Sons, 1999.
AAE 3152: AVIONICS AND NAVIGATION SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Avionics, Avionics Systems Essentials:-Displays, HMI,
I/O Devices and Power, Packaging, ARINC and DOD Types, System
Cooling, EMI/EMC Requirements; Electrical Power Generation and
Distribution Systems, Digital Communication, Digital Data Bus System,
ARINC-429,629, AFDX, MIL-STD-1553, Fiber Optic Comm., FMS, FBW,
Autopilot, LRU, IMA & Mission Systems, Inertial Sensors, Inertial
Navigation Systems, Multisensors Navigation Systems, Kalman filter
basics & Mechanization, GPS-INS Mechanization, Point source and
hyperbolic source systems, Satellites Radio Navigation:-Satellite
Navigation Systems, Orbital Mechanics & Clock Characteristics,
Atmospheric effects on satellite signals, NAVSTAR Global Positioning
Systems, Global Orbiting Navigation Satellites Systems, Radar & landing
systems, UAV Avionics, DO-178 B/C, Embedded safety and Security in
aerospace domain, Antenna Design, analysis and placement.
Reference:
1. Myron Kayton & Walter R. Fried, Avionics Navigation Systems, (2e),
Wiley-Interscience, 1997.
2. Siouris G. M., Aerospace Avionics systems: A Modern Synthesis,
Academic Press, 1993.
3. Collinson R. P. G., Introduction to Avionics Systems, Springer, 2002.
4. Ching-Fang Lin, Modern Navigation, Guidance, and Control
Processing, Prentice Hall, 1991.
5. Bradford W. Parkinson and James J. Spilker, The Global Positioning
System: Theory and Application, Volume I & II, AIAA Copyright, 2010.
6. Cary R. Spitzer, Digital Avionics Handbook: -Avionics Development
and Implementation (2e), CRC Press, 2007.
7. DO 178B/C software.
AAE 3153: FLIGHT DYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Aircraft Equations of Motion, Modelling of Longitudinal Aerodynamic
Forces and Moments in Steady State, Modelling of Longitudinal
Aerodynamic Forces and Moments in Perturbed State, Modelling of
Lateral Directional Aerodynamic Forces and Moments in Steady state,
Modelling of Lateral Directional Aerodynamic Forces and Moments in
Perturbed State, Static Stability, Modelling of Longitudinal and Lateral
Directional Thrust Forces and Moments in both Steady and Perturbed
State, Dynamic Stability, Solutions to Longitudinal Equations,
Longitudinal Dynamic Modes and Approximations: Short Period and
Phugoid, Lateral Directional Dynamic Modes and Approximations: Spiral,
Roll and Dutch Roll, sensitivity analysis and Cooper Harper Ratings.
References:
1. Napolitano M. R., Aircraft Dynamics from Modeling and Simulation,
Wiley Publications, 2012.
2. Schmidt L.V., Introduction to Aircraft Flight Dynamics, AIAA Education
Series, 2001.
3. McRuer Det. Al., Aircraft Dynamics and Automatic Control, Princeton
University Press, NJ, 2004.
4. Stengel R. F., Flight Dynamics, Princeton University Press, NJ, 2004
5. Jan Roskam, Airplane Flight Dynamics and Automatic Flight Controls,
DAR Corporation, 2001.
AAE 3154: GAS DYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Review of thermodynamics, governing equations, Introduction to total
and stagnation parameters,1D flows and its equations, Normal shocks,
oblique shocks, Expansion waves, nozzle flows, Supersonic jets, Non-
isentropic flows, experimental setup, flow visualization, a 2D method of
characteristics, unsteady flow phenomena, introduction to hypersonic
flows.
References:
1. Liepmann H. W., and Roshko A., Elements of Gas Dynamics, Dover
Publications, Inc., Mineola, NY, USA.
2. Oosthuizen P. H., and Carscallen, W. E., Compressible Fluid Flow,
McGraw-Hill international editions, McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Singapore.
3. Babu V., Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, Ane Books India, Chennai.
4. Anderson J. D., Introduction to modern compressible flow, McGraw-
Hill International, 2011
AAE 3161: GEOMETRIC MODELLING LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction to 2D entities, Mechanical Components, Aerospace
components, Introduction to 3D Entitles, Introduction to Assembly
commands, Aerospace Components assembly, Rocker Arm Assembly,
Plummer block assembly, Connecting rod, Engine Cross Head, Screw
Jack.
References:
1. Prof Sham Tickoo, CATIA V5R17 for engineers & Designers,
Dreamtech Press Publication, 2008.
2. Michael Michaud, CATIA Core Tools: computer-aided three-
dimensional interactive application, McGraw Hill Professional
Publication, 2012.
3. Kirstlie Plantenberg, An Introduction to CATIA V6 Release 2012,
Schroff Development Publication, 2011.
AAE 3162: NUMERICAL COMPUTATION LAB -II [0-0-3-1]
Basic of the MATLAB/Simulink programming, Basic of Antenna Design,
Analysis and Placement on Aircraft, DO 178 B/C Software-Embedded
Safety and Security for embedded system, LabVIEW-Basic Circuit Design
and Analysis, Finite Element Method-ODE, PDE application, Proteus
Software, Aircraft Simulation & Systems Identification, Mass-Spring-
Damper Systems, Characteristic Polynomial and Telescope Position
Control, Root finding and Suspension cable, -Link of robotic Arm, UAV
dynamics and instrumentation-GCS.
20
References:
1. Robert J. Schilling and Sandra L. Harries, Applied Numerical Methods
for Engineers using MATLAB and C, Thomson Learning Inc., 2000.
2. Fausett L. V. Applied Numerical Analysis Using MATLAB, (2e)., Pearson
Education 2007.
3. Balanis C. A., Antenna Theory - Analysis and Design, John Wiley.
4. Pradeep Oak and Renu Rajani, Software Testing – Effective Methods,
Tools and Techniques McGraw Hill.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of behaviour, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of the delegation, Decentralisation of authority.
HR planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership – leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial Grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
the unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits,
Creativity, Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan
concepts, Development of financial projections.
References:
1. Koontz D., Essentials of Management, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, Management, Task and Responsibility, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker, The practice of management, Butterworth Hein Mann,
2003.
AAE 3251: FINITE ELEMENT METHOD [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Finite Element Method, Difference between Finite Element
and, Finite Difference Methods, steps in Finite element method,
Displacement, one dimensional elements, derivation of bar element,
beam element, spring element stiffness matrix, bar element orientation,
beam element with UDL, hinge condition, 2D plane element, constant
strain triangle, linear strain triangle elements, energy method, weighted
residual method.
References:
1. Reddy J. N., An Introduction to Finite Element Method, McGraw Hill
Publication, 2003.
2. Segerlind L. S., Applied Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley & Sons,
1998.
3. Rao S S., The Finite Element Method in Engineering, Pergamon, 2004.
4. Logan D., The Frist course in finite element method, Cengage
Learning, 2016.
AAE 3252: THEORY OF VIBRATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Vibrations terminology. SDOF – undamped and damped
free vibrations. SDOF systems subjected to forced vibration. 2DOF
systems: Natural frequencies and modes of vibration by the classical
method of the spring-mass system, Coordinate coupling. Dynamic
vibration absorber, pendulum absorber. MDOF systems-influence
coefficients. Matrix method, Numerical methods. The vibration of
continuous systems and Critical speeds of shafts, critical speed of
shafts with damping. Importance of NVH in automobiles- tailpipe noise
measurement and vehicle pass by noise measurement. Introduction to
Modal analysis- Impact hammers, Electrodynamic shakers,
microphones and their applications in Automobile Industries.
References:
1. Singirisu Rao S, Mechanical Vibration, Pearson Education, Delhi,
2004.
2. Dukkapatti Rao V, Text Book of Mechanical Vibration, Prentice Hall of
India Ltd, 2004.
3. Daniel Imnan J., Engineering Vibration, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,
2001.
4. Groover G. K., Mechanical Vibrations, Nemchand And Bros, Roorkee,
2001.
5. Seto W. W., Theory and Problems in Mechanical Vibrations, MGH,
Singapore, 1989.
6. Rao J. S. and Gupta K., Introductory Course on Theory And Practice of
Mechanical Vibrations, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1984.
AAE 3261: AVIONICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Digital Circuit Verification, Assembly Programming-ADC, DAC Hardware
interface, Breadboard to Build Circuit, UAV instrumentation integration,
UAV Simulator-Mission Planner, , Satellite Trainer, Radar Trainer, Antenna
Design Software-Hardware & Software, Data bus, Aircraft Modelling,
Simulation based on MATLAB/SIMULINK, autopilot design based on
MATLAB & LabVIEW(Graphical Systems Design), UAV/MAV Telemetry,
Embedded Electronics/Autopilot and Mini Project based on
MATLAB/SIMULINK, LabVIEW, Flight Simulator –CESSNA 172 Flight
DATA ANALYSIS, Longitudinal and Lateral stability mode analysis, Flight
performance analysis, Antenna Design and Analysis, DO 178B/C
Software analysis, Circuit design using proteus.
References:
1. Myron Kyton, Walfred Fried, Avionics Navigation Systems, John Wiley
& Sons, (2e), 1997.
2. Albert Helfrick, Practical Aircraft Electronic Systems, Prentice Hall
Education, 1995.
3. Cary R.Spitzer, The Avionics Handbook (2e), CRC Press LLC, 2006.
4. Misza Kaiechman, Practical Matlab basics for Engineers, CRC Press,
2008.
5. Ronald W. Larsen, Lab VIEW for Engineers, Pearson, 2010.
AAE 3262: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction to Ansys Classic, introduction to elements, 1D element,
truss, beam element, 2D and 3D elements, Plane solid, brick element, 2D
and 3D modeling techniques, modal analysis, thermal analysis, shell
analysis, Introduction to Ansys Workbench, Modeling techniques,
importing models, Static analysis, beam, 2D and 3D structural analysis,
Modal, thermal analysis in workbench, Simple Crash analysis, Contact
analysis.
References:
1. Choudary R. B., Introduction to ANSYS10.0, IK International, 2009.
2. Esam M. A., Finite element simulation using ANSYS, Taylor & Francis
Publication, 2010.
3. Paleti Srinivas, Krishna ChaitanyaS ambana, Rajesh Kumar Datti,
Finite element using ANSYS 11.0, PHI Publications, 2010.
4. Stolavski T., Nakasone Y., Yoshimoto S., Engineering analysis with
Ansys software, Butterworth-Heinemann Publication, 2006.
21
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with a total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
AAE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of the third semester. The student has to submit to
the department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
AAE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. The student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
AAE 4031: AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES [2 1 0 3]
Airframe components of rockets and missiles- Forces acting on a missile
while passing through the atmosphere- Classification of missiles- Types
of design and control. Kinematics of flow, Mach and shock waves,
Theory of fluid flow about slender bodies. Method of describing
aerodynamic forces and moments-Lateral aerodynamic moment-Lateral
damping moment and longitudinal moment of a rocket-Lift and drag
forces-Drag estimation - Body upwash and downwash in the missiles-
Rocket dispersion. The non-linear potential equation, linearization of
potential equation, Bernoulli's equation, line pressure source,
aerodynamic characteristics of rectangular and triangular lift surfaces on
the basis of supersonic wing theory, simple sweep theory, conformal
mapping. Aerodynamic code requirements and uses in various missile
design stages, types of aeroprediction codes, conventional approximate
aerodynamic methods, new approximate aerodynamic methods.
References:
1. Jack N Nielsen, Missile Aerodynamics, Mc Graw Hill Publication,
1960.
2. Richard Dow, Fundamentals of Advanced Missiles, John Wiley and
sons.
3. Mark Pinney, Aerodynamics of Missiles and Rockets, McGraw-Hill
Professional, 2014.
AAE 4032: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Derivation of governing equations of fluid dynamics and discussion on a
characteristic of the governing equations, the initial and boundary
conditions. The mathematical behaviour of different classes of partial
differential equations. Discretization of governing equations using Finite
Difference and Control Volume approach. The basic solution techniques for
steady-state and transient equations. A solution of Diffusion Problems.
Numerical methods for steady 1D convective flow with diffusion. The need
for a staggered grid. Discussion on SIMPLE, SIMPLER and PISO
algorithms. Implementation of Boundary Conditions in CFD.
References:
1. John D Anderson Jr., Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Basics with
Applications, International Edition. McGraw Hill. New York, 1995.
2. Suhas V Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow,
Hemisphere / McGraw Hill New York, 1980.
3. Versteeg H. K., Malalasekera W. An Introduction to Computational
Fluid Dynamics- The Finite Volume Method, Longman Scientific &
Technical. England, 1995.
4. Anderson D. A, Tannehill J. C, and Pletcher R. H., Computational Fluid
Mechanics and Heat Transfer, Taylor and Francis Group. New York,
1997.
5. Chung T. J., Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University
Press South Asia Edition, 2003.
6. Fletcher C. A. J., Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics, Vol I
and Vol II., Springer- Verlag. Berlin, 1988.
AAE 4033: HIGH SPEED AERODYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Importance/properties of hypersonic flow-Basic equations boundary
conditions for inviscid flow, shock wave shapes, flow over a wedge-
Prandtl-Meyer flow- Axi-symmetric flow over a cone - Flow over a flat
plate -Flow over a wedge and a cone- Blast wave analogy,-Newtonian
impact theory- Busemann centrifugal correction -Shock expansion
method- Tangent cone and tangent wedge methods, Reference
temperature method-Entropy layer effects on aerodynamic heating-
Hypersonic viscous interactions-Strong and weak interactions-Shock
wave/ boundary layer interactions, Hypersonic propulsion and vehicle
design, Hypersonic Wind tunnels and its design.
References:
1. Anderson, J. D. Jr., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, (4e), McGraw-
Hill, 2007.
2. Anderson, J. D, Hypersonic and High-Temperature Gas Dynamics,
McGraw-Hill, 1989.
3. Bertin, J. J, Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics, AIAA, 1994.
4. Zuker, R. D., and Biblarz O., Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, John
Wiley & Sons Inc.
AAE 4034: TURBOMACHINERY AERODYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Classify the type's jet engine compressors and turbines and Construct
the charts and investigate and compare their performance properties.
Understand and develop the importance of aircraft engine fan,
compressors and turbines concepts. Understand the development of
Stagnation values in different regions of jet engine compressors and
turbines. Understand the concept of each type of compressors and
turbines and in its derivations and problems related to the corresponding
type of jet engine component. Familiarize with much of the terminology
used in all the jet engine turbomachinery in the field of propulsion through
sizing and matching of the engine.
References:
1. Nicholas Cumpsty, Compressor Aerodynamics, Kreiger
Publications, USA, 2004.
2. Johnson I. A., Bullock R.O. NASA-SP-36, Axial Flow Compressors,
NTIS, 2002.
3. El-Wakil M. M., Powerplant Technology, McGraw-Hill Pub, 1984.
4. NASA-SP-290, Axial Flow turbines, NTIS, USA, 2002.
5. Horlock J. H, Axial flow compressors, Butterworths, UK, 1958.
6. Horlock J. H, Axial Flow Turbines, Butterworths, UK, 1965.
7. Lakshminarayana B., Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer in
turbomachineries, Wiley USA, 1995.
22
AAE 4043: ADVANCED PROPULSION SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Scramjet and Ramjet engines: performance parameters, physical
significance through thermodynamics aspects, Electrical propulsion
systems: Definitions, thrust equations, performance parameters, related
numerical problems, Ion propulsion systems: Definitions, thrust
equations, performance parameters, related numerical problems,
Plasma Propulsion systems: Definitions, thrust equations, performance
parameters related numerical problems, Nuclear propulsion systems:
Definitions, thrust equations, performance parameters, related
numerical problems.
References:
1. Hill, P. G. and Peterson, C.R., Mechanics and thermodynamics of
propulsion, (2e), Reading, Massachusetts: Addison Wesley
Publishing Company, 1992.
2. Sutton, G. P. and Biblarj, O., Rocket propulsion elements, (7e), New
York: Wiley Interscience Publications, 2001.
3. Mukunda, H. S., Understanding aerospace propulsion, Bangalore:
Interline Publishing, 2004.
4. Ramamurthi, K., Rocket Propulsion, Macmillan (in press), 2009.
5. Mishra D. P., Fundamental of rocket propulsion CRC Press 2017.
AAE 4044: AEROELASTICITY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Aeroelastic problems and Aircraft Structures,
Deformation of Structures and Influence Coefficients, Energy Methods,
Lagrange's Equation, Static Aeroelasticity, Divergence of lifting surfaces,
Divergence of a 2D Airfoil, Control Reversal and Effectiveness,
Symmetric and Anti-Symmetric Flow Conditions. Effect of Sweep in
Divergence, Dynamic Aeroelasticity, Flutter Speed Calculations, Flutter
Conics, Buffeting.
References:
1. Wright J. and Cooper J., Introduction to Aircraft Aeroelasticity and
Loads, John Wiley and Sons UK, 2007.
2. Bisplingshoff R. L., Ashley H., Halfman R. L., Aeroelasticity, Dover
Publications Inc, New York, 1996.
3. Fung Y. C., An Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticity, Dover
Publications Inc, New York, 1993.
4. Ulgen Gulcat. Fundamentals of Modern Unsteady Aerodynamics,
Springer Publications, 2011.
5. Dowell E. H., Curtiss H.C, Scalan R. H., Sisto F, A Modern Course in
Aeroelasticity, Sijthoff and Noordhoff, 1978.
AAE 4045: AIR AND SPACE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM [2 1 0 3]
Objectives and Constraints: Definition, parts of aircraft functions.
Environment, operational conditions, safety, security, conditions.
Regulations of transportations, facility, equipment, airspace safety.
System elements: the aircraft, airlines, airports, airspace, compatibility
with objectives, and operational infrastructure, Efficiency and
effectiveness. Airlines: objectives, planning, operations – procedures.
Airspace: Airspace management, Communication, navigation,
surveillance systems, categories of airspace, sectors, separation
minima, capacity, demand, delay, ICAO future air navigation systems.
Systems Engineering And Systems Design Considerations: definition,
System engineer, Systems engineering cycle, Systems engineering
process, Doctrine of successive refinement, Systems engineering in a
DOD Context, Systems Engineering in a NASA Context, System
integration, System interfaces and control, Tools and methodologies,
Basic launch vehicle system trade analysis methodology. Transportation
system architecture, infrastructures and U.S. Space shuttle: Historical
drivers for space infrastructure, Political considerations, Historical
drivers for space infrastructure, Political considerations, National
mission model, Private sector and commercialization, Development of
commercial space transportation architecture and system concepts,
Recommended improvements to space transportation architectures,
Shuttle evolution and future growth.
References:
1. Hirst, The Air Transport System, M. Woodhead Publishing Ltd.,
2008.
2. Bazargan M., Ashgate, Airline Operations and Scheduling, 2004.
3. Wensveen J. G., Air Transportation – A Management Perspective,
Ashgate, 2007.
4. Belobaba, Global Airline Industry, P. et al., AIAA, 2009.
5. Walter Hammond, Space Transportation: A Systems Approach to
Analysis and Design, AIAA Education Series, American Institute of
Aeronautics and Astronautics Inc, 1999.
AAE 4046: AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS [2 1 0 3]
Flight Control Systems, Principles of Flight Control, Engine Control
Systems, Engine Technology and Principles of Operation, Fuel Systems,
Characteristics of Fuel Systems and its Components, Hydraulic
Systems, Hydraulic Circuit Design and Actuation. Electrical Systems,
Power Generation, Pneumatic Systems, Bleed Air and Its Control, Pitot
Static Systems, Environmental Control Systems, G-Tolerance, Misting
And Demisting, Deicing, Emergency Systems, Warning Systems, Fire
Detection, Advanced Systems, Introduction to Integrated Flight And
Propulsion Control, Vehicle Management System.
References:
1. Pallett E.H.J., Aircraft Instruments and Principles, Pitman and Co.,
1993.
2. Ian Moir and Allan Seabridge, Aircraft Systems, John Wiley and
Eastern Ltd. 2011.
3. Pallett E.H.J., Aircraft Instruments and Integrated systems, Addison
Wesley Longman Publications., 1993.
4. David Lombardo, Advanced Aircraft Systems, McGraw Hill
Education, 1993.
5. Barnhart R. K., Stephen B Hottman, Douglas M Marshall, Introduction
to Unmanned Aircraft Systems, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Group, 2012.
AAE 4047: AIRSHIP TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, basic principles, aerodynamics, stability and control,
propulsion, materials, structures, aerostatics, weight estimates and
control, systems, mooring, ground handling, meteorology,
performance, design synthesis, unconventional designs, Various types
of airships, Aerodynamic aspects of hybrid. Conceptual design and
analysis of hybrid airships.
References:
1. Gabriel Alexander Khoury, Airship Technology, Cambridge Aerospace
Series, 2012.
2. Leland M Nicolai, Grant Carichner, Fundamentals of Aircraft and
Airship Design: Airship Design and Case Studies, v. 2, AIAA
Education Series, 2013.
3. John A Taylor, Principles of Aerostatics: The Theory of Lighter-than-
air Flight, 2013.
4. Charles P Burgess, Airship Design, 2004.
AAE 4048: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND
MACHINE LEARNING [2 1 0 3]
Artificial Neural Network: Introduction, basic models, Hebb's learning,
Adaline, Perceptron, Multilayer feed forward network, Back propagation,
Different issues regarding convergence of Multilayer Perceptron,
Competitive learning, Types of learning,.Evolutionary and Stochastic
23
techniques: Genetic Algorithm (GA), different operators of GA, analysis
of selection operations, Hypothesis of building blocks, Simulated
annealing and Stochastic Hybrid Systems: Neural-Network-Based Fuzzy
Systems, Genetic Algorithm for Neural Network Design and Learning,
Machine Learning and data science: Machine learning, pattern
recognition, image processing, text processing, natural language
processing, graphics, cognition and computation, data mining,
Introduction to Computer Vision: Edge detection, Expert Systems:
fundamental blocks, case studies in various domains, concept of shells,
connectionist expert systems. Introduction to Natural Language
Understanding: problems of ambiguity, ellipsis and polysemy, Intelligent
System Applications: Intelligent Systems for Search and modelling,
Automated Training Using an Intelligent System.
References:
1. Rajsekharan S., Vijayalaxmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic and
Genetic Algorithms, Synthesis and applications. 2003.
2. Russell S. & Norvig P., Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1995.
3. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, (3e), MIT Press,
2014.
4. Stephen Marsland, Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective
(2e), CRC Press, 2014.
5. Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning.
Springer-Verlag, 2006.
6. Krishnakumar, K., Intelligent Control for Aerospace Systems, Global
Aerospace Technology, World Market Research Center, 2000.
AAE 4049: BIO-INSPIRED COMPUTATION [2 1 0 3]
Bio-inspired Computation Algorithms ,Ant Colony Optimization,
Biological Inspiration ,Principle of Ant Colony Optimization, Ant System
and Its Extensions, Particle Swarm Optimization, Biological Inspiration
,Principle of Particle Swarm Optimization ,Parameters and Population
Topology, Artificial Bee Colony ,Biological Inspiration, Principle of
Artificial Bee Colony, Algorithmic Structure of Artificial Bee Colony,
Differential Evolution , Biological Inspiration, Principle of Differential
Evolution, Control Parameters of Differential Evolution, Glowworm
Swarm Optimization, Bacteria Foraging Optimization, Bat-Inspired
Algorithm, Biological Vision-Based Surveillance and Navigation, A BC
Optimized Edge Potential Function Approach to Target Identification, The
Principle of Edge Potential Function ABC Optimized EPF Approach to
Target Identification , Chaotic Quantum-Behaved PSO Based on Lateral
Inhibition for Image Matching, The Quantum-Behaved PSO Algorithm,
Lateral Inhibition Mechanism , Chaotic Quantum-Behaved PSO Based on
Lateral Inhibition , Implementation of Autonomous Visual Tracking and
Landing for Low-Cost Quadrotor, The Quadrotor and Carrier Test
Computer Vision Algorithm , Control Architecture for Tracking and
Landing .
References:
1. Haibin Duan, Pei Li, Bio-inspired Computation in Unmanned Aerial
Vehicles, Springer ,2014.
2. Hagan M., et al., Neural Network Design, (2e), Martin Hagan, 2014.
3. Jacek M. Zuarda, Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems, Jaico
Publishing House, 1997.
4. Xin-She Yang and João Paulo Papa, Bio-Inspired Computation and
Applications in Image Processing, Elsevier, 2013.
AAE 4050: COMPOSITE STRUCTURES [2 1 0 3]
Classification characterization composites, Mechanical Behavior of
composite materials, Basic terminologies, Review of Basic Equations of
Mechanics and Materials and Linear Elasticity, Stress-Strain Relations
for a unidirectional and orthotropic lamina, Effective Moduli of a
continuous fibre reinforced, lamina - Models based on mechanics of
materials, the theory of elasticity. Numerical Examples. Stress-
displacement relationship, Stress-strain relationship, Laminate stiffness,
Determination of lamina stresses and strains. Special cases of laminate
stiffness. Inter-laminar Stresses. Numerical Examples. Failure of
Continuous Fibre-reinforced orthotropic Lamina. Maximum stress/strain
criteria, Tsai-Hill and Tsai-Wu criterion, Hygrothermal effects on material
properties on the response of composites. Design with Composites.
References:
1. Daniel and Ishai, Engineering Mechanics of Composite Materials,
(2e), Oxford University Press, 2005.
2. Ronald F. Gibson, Principles of Composite Material Mechanics, (3e),
CRC Press, 2012.
3. Kollar L. P., George S Springer, Mechanics of Composite Structures,
Cambridge University Press.
4. Agarwal B. D., Broutman L. J. and Chandrashekhara K., Analysis and
Performance of Fiber Composites, (3e), John Wiley & Sons, 2012
5. Autar K Kaw, Mechanics of Composite Materials, (2e), CRC Press,
2005.
6. Jones R. M., Mechanics of Composite materials, (2e), CRC Press,
1998.
AAE 4051: COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction- Historical background of Manufacturing, Definition of N.C.
Machine, Classification, Design consideration of N.C. Machine tools,
general construction requirements, Methods of improving machine
accuracy and productivity, Control loops of NC systems – Control loop of
a point to point systems, Control loop of contouring systems. Co-
ordinate systems, point to point and contour programming, manual
method (word address format only), Computer Numerical Control, Direct
Numerical Control, Adaptive Control Machining System, Programmable
Logic Controller, Introduction to Robotics, Robot anatomy physical
configurations, Manipulator Kinematics, Technical features, robotic
applications. Automated Inspection and Testing: Principle and Methods,
Part classification and coding, production flow analysis, machine cell
design, benefits of group technology, Computer Integrated
Manufacturing System, Types of Manufacturing System, Material
Handling System, Flexible Manufacturing System, Computer control in
CIM, Computer-aided Process planning, Computer integrated planning
systems. Material requirement planning. Capacity planning, shop floor
control, factory data collection systems, automatic identification
systems – Bar code technology, automated data collection systems.
References:
1. Mikel P Groover, Automation, Production Systems and computer
Integrated manufacturing, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Yoram Koren, Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems and
Computer Integrated Manufacturing, PHI, New Delhi, 2006.
3. Yoram Koren, Joseph Ben Uri, Numerical Control of Machine Tools,
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Mikell P Groover and Emory W Zimmers, Computer-aided design and
manufacturing, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
AAE 4052: EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS [2 1 0 3]
Extensometers and Displacement Sensors, Advantages and
disadvantages, electrical resistance strain gauges, Types and their uses,
Wheatstone bridge and potentiometer circuits for static and dynamic
strain measurements, strain indicators, Rosette analysis, stress gauges,
load cells, Data acquisition, six component balance, Two dimensional
photo elasticity, Photo elastic materials, Concept of light – photoelastic
effects, stress optic law, Transmission photoelasticity, Jones calculus,
24
plane and circular polariscopes, Interpretation of fringe pattern,
Calibration of photoelastic materials, Compensation and separation
techniques, Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity. The
relation between stresses in coating and specimen, use of failure
theories in the brittle coating, Moire method of strain analysis.
References:
1. Dally J. W. and Riley W.F., Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw Hill
Inc., New York, 1998.
2. Srinath L. S., Raghava, M. R., Lingaiah, K., Garagesha G., Pant B.,
and Ramachandra K., Experimental Stress Analysis, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 1984.
3. Sadhu Singh, Experimental Stress Analysis, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 1996.
4. Pollock A. A., Acoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration
Progress, Ed. Stephens R.W.B., Chapman and Hall,1993.
5. Ramesh K., Digital Photoelasticity, Springer, New York, 2000.
AAE 4053: EXPLORATION AND MAPPING USING
AUTONOMOUS SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Basic Techniques Mobile Robot Localization Using Particle
Filters.Grid Maps. Decision-Theoretic Exploration Using Coverage Maps.
, Definition of Coverage Maps, Updating Coverage Maps upon Sensory
Input. , Choosing the Closest Target Location, Exploration Using the
Information Gain. , Mapping with Noisy Sensors. , Comparing, the
Viewpoint Selection Strategies, Coordinating a Team of Robots during
Exploration, Cost of Reaching a Target Location. , Computing Utilities of
Frontier Cells, Target Point Selection, Coordination with Limited
Communication Range, Collaborative Mapping with Teams of Mobile
Robots. ,Comparison between Uncoordinated and, Coordinated
Exploration ,Exploration with Limited Communication ,Comparisons to
Other Coordination Techniques ,Semantic Place Labeling ,Estimating the
Label of a Goal Location ,Using Semantic Place Information for Efficient,
Multi-Robot Exploration ,Mapping and Exploration under Pose
Uncertainty, Using Laser Range Data to Compute an Improved, Proposal
Distribution . , Selective Resampling. , Actively Closing Loops During
Exploration. Detecting Opportunities to Close Loops. , Representing
Actions under Pose Uncertainty, Active Loop-Closing vs. Frontier-Based,
Exploration. . Mapping and Localization in Non-Static, Environments,
Learning Maps of Low-Dynamic Environments, Map Segmentation. ,
Learning Configurations of the Environment., Map Clustering.
Application in an Office Environment., Localizing the Robot and
Estimating the State of, the Environment, Global Localization.
References:
1. Cyrill S., Robotic Mapping and Exploration, Springer, 2009.
2. Feng Liang Xu, Extraterrestrial Robotic Exploration: Mapping and
Localization, VDM Verlag, 2009.
3. Bellman R. E., Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press,
Princeton, 1957.
AAE 4054: FRACTURE MECHANICS [2 1 0 3]
Fracture Mechanics Principles: Mechanisms of Fracture, the Graffiti s
criterion, Stress intensity approach. Stress Analysis for Members with
Cracks: Linear elastic fracture mechanics, Crack tip stress and
deformations; Relation between stress intensity factor and fracture
toughness, Plane stress and plane strain concepts. The Dugdale
approach. Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics: Elasto-plastic factor
criteria, crack resistance curve, Crack opening displacement.
Impor tance of R-curve in fracture mechanics, Experimental
determination of I-integral. Dynamic and Crack Arrest: the dynamic
stress intensity and elastic energy release rate, crack branching, the
principles of crack arrest, and the dynamic fracture toughness. Fatigue
and Fatigue Crack Growth Rate: Fatigue loading, Various stages of crack
propagation, the load spectrum, approximation of the stress spectrum,
the crack growth integration, fatigue crack growth laws. Fracture
Resistance of Materials: Fracture criteria, fatigue cracking criteria, the
effect of alloying and second phase particles.
References:
1. Karen Helen, Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, McGraw Hill Pub,
2000.
2. Jayatilake, Fracture of Engineering Brittle Materials Applied Science,
London, 2001.
3. Anderson T. L., Fracture Mechanics Application, CRC press, 1998.
4. David Broek, Elementary Engineering Fracture of Mechanics,
Martinus Nijhoff, London, 1999.
AAE 4055: GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and Heritage of NAVSTAR, The Global Positioning System,
Overview of GPS Operation And Design, Coordinate and time systems,
Definition of global and local coordinate systems, Relationship between
satellite and conventional geodetic systems, Satellite orbital motions,
Different Satellite Constellation And Geometric Dilution of Precision,
Indian satellite program-GAGAN/IRNS S constellation and Signal
structure, GPS Signal Structure And Theoretical GPS Navigation, GPS
Satellite And Payload , Fundamentals of Signal Tracking Theory ,GPS
Receivers, GPS Navigation Algorithms & GPS observables, estimation
procedure, GPS Operational Control Segment, GPS Error Analysis,
Ionospheric Effects on GPS Tropospheric Effects on GPS, Multipath
Effects , Foliage Attenuation For Land Mobile/aerospace Users,
Ephemeris and Clock Navigation Message Accuracy , Selective
Availability , Introduction to Relativistic Effects on The Global Positioning
System, Interference Effects and Mitigation Techniques , methods of
GPS processing data, Applications and examples of GPS data analysis
along with other space geodetic data, Satellite based augmentation
system and application, Kalman Filter in GPS, Front End Receiver.
References:
1. Hofmann-Wellenhof B., Lichtenegger H., and Collins J., GPS Theory
and Practice, Springer, 1994.
2. Parkinson, B. W., Spilker J., et al., Global Positioning System: Theory
and Applications, Vol. 1. American Institute of Aeronautics & Ast,
1996.
3. Parkinson, B. W., Spilker J., et al., Global Positioning System: Theory
and Applications, Vol. 2. American Institute of Aeronautics & Ast,
1996.
4. Pelton, Joseph N., Madry Scott, Camacho-Lara, Sergio (Eds.),
Handbook of Satellite Application,.2013.
5. John W. Betz, Wiley Online Library, Engineering Satellite-Based
Navigation and Timing: Global Navigation Satellite Systems, Signals,
and Receivers, 2015.
AAE 4056: INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Principles and strategies of automation, basic elements,
transfer lines. Material handling and identification technologies:
Overview, Principles and Design Consideration, Automatic Identification
Methods. Automated Manufacturing Systems: Components,
Classification and GT and Cellular Manufacturing, FMS. Quality Control
Systems: SPC Tools, Inspection Principles. Control Technologies in
Automation: Industrial Control Systems Continuous Versus Discrete
Control, Computer Process. Computer-Based Industrial Control:
Introduction & Automatic Process Control, Building Blocks of
Automation Systems Distributed Control System. Modelling and
Simulation for Plant Automation need for system Modelling Modern
Tools & Future Perspective.
25
References:
1. Shell R. L. and Hall E. L., Handbook of Industrial Automation, CRC
press, 2000.
2. Mikell P. Groover, Automation, Production System and Computer
Integrated Manufacturing, (4e), Pearson Higher Education, 2015.
3. Krishna Kant, Computer Based Industrial Control, (2e), EEE-PHI,
2010.
4. Viswanandham , Per formance Modeling of Automated
Manufacturing Systems, PHI, 2009.
AAE 4057: LIGHTWEIGHT MATERIALS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and use of lightweight materials, Aluminium alloys,
magnesium alloys, beryllium and titanium alloys: Application,
designation and heat treatment. Introduction to composite materials,
types of material and manufacturing methods. FRP constituents: fibres
and resins. Micromechanics of a lamina. Analysis of an individual ply.
Macro-mechanics of a laminate; stiffness, strength and analysis
techniques. Stress distribution around holes in laminates. Test methods;
determination of elastic constants, static strengths, fibre volume
fractions and void content. Metal matrix composites. Ceramic matrix
composites. Selection guidelines for lightweight materials.
References:
1. Ian Polmear et al, Light alloys, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2017.
2. Campbell F. C., Introduction to lightweight Materials, ASM
International, 2012.
3. Jones R. M., Mechanics of Composite Materials, (2e), Taylor and
Francis, 2017.
4. Kaw A. K., Mechanics of Composite Materials, (2e), Taylor and
Francis, 2006.
AAE 4058: METROLOGY AND NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING [2 1 0 3]
International Vocabulary in Metrology (VIM), essential terms and
interpretations, systematic and random errors, traceability, calibration,
uncertainty, type A and type B uncertainty, combined standard
uncertainty, coverage factor and expanded uncertainty, ISO method for
the quantification and reporting of uncertainty, uncertainty and
calibration, uncer tainty and product conformity assessment,
Geometrical Dimensioning and Tolerancing, GDT symbols and
interpretations, GDT rules, datum, MMC, LMC, virtual condition, reading
and interpreting blue prints, limits ,fits and tolerances, ISO tolerance
class, assembly tolerance, assembly shift ,tolerance stack up analyses:
worst case and statistical analyses, linear and angular measurements,
gauge design, CMM: constructional features and measurement strategy,
surface roughness, waviness, 2D and 3D parameters , bearing ratio
curve, measurements of roughness, form errors and form testing
device, roundness measurement, 3D scanners and laser trackers,
Measurement Systems Analyses, repeatability and reproducibility,
reporting Gauge R and R, NDT methods, Acoustic Emission Testing,
Electromagnetic Testing, Laser Testing Methods, Ultrasonic testing, Leak
Testing, Magnetic Flux Leakage Eddy-Current testing, Ultrasonic Testing ,
Radiographic Testing, Visual Testing, Infrared thermography, Bond
Testing, NDT for Structural Health Monitoring, Microwave Testing.
References:
1. Les Kirkup and Bob Frenkel, An Introduction to Uncertainty in
Measurement, Cambridge University Press, 2006.
2. Mark A. Curtis and Francis T. Farago, Handbook of Dimensional
Measurement, Industrial Press, 2014.
3. David Whitehouse, Surfaces and their Measurement, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2004.
4. Gene R. Cogorno, Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing for
Mechanical Design, McGraw-Hill, 2012.
5. Bryan R. Fischer, Mechanical Tolerance Stack-up and Analysis, CRC
Press, 2004.
6. ASNT, Aerospace NDT Industry Handbook, ASNT, 2014.
AAE 4059: NAVIGATION, GUIDANCE & CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Introduction of navigation, Inertial sensors and inertial navigation
system, multi-sensor navigation systems, radar and its types; types of
navigation, satellite-based navigation systems, Introduction of guidance,
guided missiles, classification and systems in missiles. Fundamentals of
guidance; Interception and Avoidance; Taxonomy of guidance laws,
Classical and empirical guidance laws; guidance laws: pursuit, LOS and
PN laws, Applied optimal control and optimal guidance laws; Differential
games and pursuit-evasion problems; Recent advances in guidance
theory; Collision detection and avoidance strategies; Applications to
guided missiles, Unmanned aerial vehicles and Mobile Robots. Classical
& modern control systems application in aerospace, Proteus, Antenna
Design Software and analysis.
References:
1. Myron Kayton & Walter R. Fried, Avionics Navigation Systems, (2e),
Wiley-Interscience, 1997.
2. Zarchan P., Tactical and Strategic Missile Guidance, (5e), AIAA
Series, 2007.
3. Ching-Fang Lin, Modern Navigation, Guidance, and Control
Processing, Prentice Hall, 1991.
4. Skolnik M. I., Introduction to Radar Systems, McGraw-Hill, 1982.
5. Nise N., Control Systems Engineering, Wiley , (4e), 2004.
6. Siouris G.M., Missile Guidance and Control Systems, Springer
Verlag, 2004.
7. Antenna Design Software-CEM ONE Solution.
AAE 4037: NOISE VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS [2 1 0 3]
Fundamentals of Vehicle Vibrations and sound- basics of vibrations and
sound, analysis of test procedures. Power-train vibrations and sound-
engine vibrations and noise, transmission vibrations and noise and
isolation. Vibrations and sounds of body and chassis systems- Interior
noise, structure-borne noise, wind noise, rattle and vehicle low-
frequency vibrations. Evaluation of vehicle vibrations and sound- noise
and sound quality evaluation and vibration evaluation.
References:
1. Gang Shen, Vehicle Noise, Vibration and Sound Quality, SAE
International, Warrendale, Pennsylvania, 2012.
2. Matthew Harrison, Vehicle Refinement: Controlling Noise and
Vibration in Road Vehicles, Mathew Harrison Publication, 2004.
3. Malcolm J. Crocker, Handbook of Noise and Vibration Control, John
Wiley & sons Publication, 2007.
4. Anton Fuchs, Eugenius and Hans, Automotive NVH Technology,
Springer publication, 2016.
5. Sujatha C., Vibration And Acoustics, Tata McGraw Hill publication,
2010.
AAE 4060: OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Forecasting, Need for forecasting, Quantitative methods, Facility layout
and location, Qualitative aspects, Quantitative models for layout
decisions. The product, process fixed position, group layout. Location
decisions-quantitative models, Capacity and aggregate planning,
Capacity measurement, Long-term and short term strategies, Aggregate
planning, Inventory management, Various costs in inventory
management and need, Deterministic models and discounts.,
Probabilistic inventory management, Scheduling models and
applications, Scheduling in MRP system, Sequencing rules and
applications, Batch production sequencing and scheduling, Introduction
26
to supply chain, complexity, ,key issues, Supply chain strategy and
performance measures, Centralized vs. decentralized systems, Value of
information and supply chain integration, Bullwhip effect ,Push-based,
pull based systems, Outsourcing : Make or buy decisions,
Transportation decision, Drivers of the decision., Network design
decisions, Cross-docking, transshipment, Distribution and logistics in
supply chains, Direct shipment/intermediate storage policies, Vehicle
routing models, Third-party logistics, Information Technology in supply
chain, Enabling supply chain through IT.,ERP vendor platforms, Service
oriented architecture (SOA).
References:
1. David A. Collier and James R. Evans, Operations Management,
Cengage Learning, 2016.
2. Jay Heizer and Barry Render, Operations Management, Pearson,
2013.
3. Ray R. Venkataraman and Jeffrey K. Pinto, Operations Management:
Managing Global Supply Chains, Sage Publisher, 2017.
4. Janat Shah, Supply Chain Management, Prentice Hall, 2013.
5. Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl, Supply Chain Management: Strategy,
Planning, and Operation, Pearson Education, 2018.
AAE 4061: OPTIMAL CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Nonlinear optimization, Formulation of optimal control problems,
Parameter optimization versus path optimization, Local and global
optima; general conditions on existence and uniqueness. Some basic
facts from finite-dimensional optimization, the Euler-Lagrange equation,
path optimization subject to constraints, weak and strong extrema,
Calculus of variations applied to optimal control, Pontryagin's minimum
principle, Optimal control with state and control constraints, Time-
optimal control, Singular solutions, Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman (HJB)
equation and dynamical programming, Finite-time and infinite-time state
(or output) regulators, Riccati equation and its properties, Tracking and
disturbance rejection, Kalman filter and duality, The LQR design, The
LQG design, ESTIMATORS/OBSERVERS:-MIMO System and SVD,
Holonomic & Nonholonomic System Optimal Control, Game Theoretic
Optimal Control Design, Signals and system norms and their
applications in aerospace vehicle design.
References:
1. Bryson A. E. and Ho Y. C., Applied Optimal Control, (2e), Blaisdel.,
1975.
2. Naidu D. S., Optimal Control Systems, CRC Press, 2002.
3. Sinha A., Linear Systems: Optimal and Robust Control, CRC Press,
2007.
4. Athans M. and Falb P. L., Optimal Control, McGraw Hill, 2007.
5. Kirk D. E., Optimal Control Theory: An Introduction, Prentice-Hall,
1970. (former textbook on deterministic control, Dover reprinted
2004), 2004.
6. Stengel R. F., Optimal Control and Estimation, Dover Paperback,
1994.
7. Dimitri P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control,
Volume I, (3e), Athena Scientific, 2005.
AAE 4062: OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to optimal design. Elements of an optimal design problem.
Formulation of optimal problem. Local and global optima. Single variable
optimization: region elimination methods, bracketing methods and
gradient-based methods. Multivariable optimization without constraints:
Direct search methods and gradient-based methods. Multivariable
optimization with constraints: Sequential Unconstrained Minimization
Techniques Constraint Scaling, Augmented Lagrange Method (ALM) for
Equality Constraints, ALM for Inequality Constraints and Generalized
ALM. Heuristic search methods: Tabu search, simulated annealing,
genetic algorithms. Multiobjective optimization and Pareto optimality.
Sensitivity, tradeoff analysis, goal programming. Multidisciplinary
design optimization and methods.
References:
1. Rao S. S., Engineering optimization, New Age Int., 2013.
2. Kalyanmoi Deb, Optimization for Engineering Design, Prentice Hall
India, 2004.
3. Ashok Belegundu and Chandragupta T., Optimization concepts and
applications in engineering, Cambridge University Press, 2011.
4. Arora J. S., Optimum Design, Academic press, 2012.
5. Kalyanmoi Deb, Multi-objective optimization using evolutionary
algorithms, John Wiley and sons, 2002.
6. Jaroslaw S. S., Moris A., Tooren M. V., Multidisciplinary design
optimization supported by knowledge-based engineering, John
Wiley and sons, 2015.
AAE 4063: ORBITAL MECHANICS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and overview, Space Technology Basic Definitions, Space
Environment And Missions, Two-body problem, Kepler's Laws,
LaGrange Points, Types of orbits, Transfer Trajectories, Orbit
determination various techniques, Relative Motion in Orbit, Orbit
Perturbations, Transfer Trajectories, Techniques involved, Space Debris,
Orbital Coverage.
References:
1. Howard Curtis, Orbital Mechanics for Engineering students, Elsevier/
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2013.
2. Chobotov, Orbital Mechanics, AIAA Education series, (3e), 2002.
3. Tom Logdson., Orbital Mechanics, Wiley Publications, 1998.
4. John E. Prussing, Bruce A. Conway, Orbital Mechanics, Oxford
University Press, 2012.
AAE 4064: PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Classification/ Specifications of Products. Product life
cycle. Product mix. Introduction to product design. Modern product
development process. Innovative thinking, TRIZ (TIPS), Morphology of
design. Conceptual Design: Generation, selection & embodiment of
concept. Product architecture. Industrial design: process, need. Robust
Design: Taguchi Designs & DOE. Design for Mfg & Assembly: Methods of
designing for Mfg & Assy. Designs for Environment. Product Costing.
Legal factors and social issues. Engg ethics and issues of society related
to the design of products. Value Engineering / Value Analysis. : Definition.
Methodology. Case studies. Economic analysis: Qualitative &
Quantitative. Ergonomics / Aesthetics: Gross human autonomy.
Anthropometry. Man-Machine interaction.
References:
1. Karl T Ulrich, Steven D Eppinger, Product Design & Development,
Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi, 2004.
2. David G Ullman, The Mechanical Design Process, McGrawhill Inc
Singapore, 1992.
3. Roozenberg N. J. M., Ekels J., Roozenberg N. F. M., Product Design
Fundamentals and Methods, John Willey & Sons, 1995.
4. Kevin Otto & Kristin Wood, Product Design: Techniques in Reverse
Engineering and New Product Development, Pearson Education New
Delhi, 2004.
5. Hollins B. & Pugh S., Successful Product Design, Butter worths
London, 2001.
6. Jones J. C., Design Methods, Seeds of Human Futures, John Willey
New York, 1992.
27
AAE 4065: RENEWABLE ENERGY [2 1 0 3]
Measuring energy, its conversion, carriers and its transportation,
Hydroelectricity, Wind energy, solar energy, biomass, geothermal
energy, tidal energy, ocean current and wave energy, factors influencing
energy use, Aerodynamics of wind energy,its resources, power curve,
energy yield, status and prospectus of PV technology, PV system
concepts, storage of PV systems, combustion and gasification,
Electrical loads, forms of storage.
References:
1. Fang Lin Luo, Ye Hong Renewable Energy Systems: Advanced
Conversion Technologies and Applications, CRC Press, 2017.
2. Boyle, Renewable Energy: Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford
University Press, 2004.
3. Kothari D. P., Singal K. C., Rakesh Ranjan, Renewable energy sources
and emerging technologies, PHI Learning, 2011.
4. Gil Masters, Renewable and efficient electric power systems (2e)
Wiley International, 2013.
AAE 4066: ROBUST CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Robust Control, Control system specifications for
aerospace vehicles, robustness issues: robust stability and robust
performance, describing functions. Robust Control of Linear & Nonlinear
Systems:-Introduction, Matched Uncertainty, Unmatched Uncertainty
Uncertainty in the Input Matrix, Problems, Kharitonov Approach:-
Introduction, Preliminary Theorems, Kharitonov theorem, Control Design
Using Kharitonov Theorem, Problems, Eigen structure assignment
techniques, Eigenstructure assignment, output feedback, Observer
design, Controller Synthesis by Robust Eigenstructure Assignment,
LQR, LQG/LTR, H2 and H∞ control optimization/H∞ Optimal Control,
Robustness Analysis, Nonlinear H∞ Control, Introduction to neuro-fuzzy
control, examples of state, output feedback and tracking control systems
for aerospace vehicles, Robust Adaptive control.
Reference:
1. Feng Lin., Robust Control Design: An Optimal Control Approach,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007.
2. Bhattacharya, Apellat, Keel, Robust Control-The Parametric
Approach. Prentice Hall PTR, 2000.
3. John Doyle, and Keith Glover, Robust and Optimal Control, Kemin
Zou, Prentice Hall, 1995.
4. Zhou, Kemin and Doyle C., John, Essentials of Robust Control,
Prentice Hall, 1999.
5. Morari, Manfred and Zafiriou, Evanghelos, Robust Process Control,
Prentice Hall, 1989.
6. Mahmoud S., Magdi Munro, Neil, Robust Control and Filtering for
Time-Delay Systems, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1989.
7. Balas G., Doyle J., Glover K., Packard A., and Smith R., Mu-Analysis
and Synthesis Toolbox: User's Guide, the MathWorks, 1995.
AAE 4067: ROCKET PROPULSION [2 1 0 3]
Classify the types of rockets and Construct the charts and investigate
and compare their properties. Understand the concept of each type of
propellant rockets and in its derivations and problems related to the
corresponding type of rocket. Understand about problems of
combustion instability and controlling combustion instability. Familiarize
with much of the terminology used in all the rockets in the field of
propulsion through TVC (Thrust Vector Control).
References:
1. Hill, P. G. and Peterson, C. R., Mechanics and thermodynamics of
propulsion, (2e), Reading, Massachusetts: Addison Wesley
Publishing Company, 1992.
2. Sutton, G. P. and Biblarj, O., Rocket propulsion elements, (7e), New
York: Wiley Interscience Publications, 2001.
3. Mukunda, H. S., Understanding aerospace propulsion, Bangalore:
Interline Publishing, 2004.
4. Ramamurthi K., Rocket Propulsion, Macmillan, 2009.
5. Misra D. P., Fundamentals of Rocket Propulsion, CRC Press, 2017.
AAE 4068: SPACECRAFT DYNAMICS AND CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Dynamic Systems Modeling and Analysis Dynamic Systems Control
Orbital Dynamics Orbital Maneuvers and Control Rotational Kinematics
Rigid Body Dynamics Rotational Maneuvers and Attitude Control
Structural Dynamics Attitude and Structural Control Robust Optimal
Maneuvers.
References:
1. Bong Wie, Space Vehicle Dynamics and Control, American Institute
of Aeronautics and Astronautics, 2008.
2. Curtis, Orbital Mechanics for Engineering students, Elsevier, 2010.
3. Goldstein, Classical Mechanics, (3e), Pearson,2001.
4. Anton H. de Ruiter, Christopher Damaren James R. Forbes,
Spacecraft Dynamics and Control: An Introduction, Wiley, 2013.
AAE 4069: STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL &
RELIABILITY [2 1 0 3]
Fundamentals of quality and quality control. A measure of central
tendencies. Probability Distributions. Tolerance allocation. Control chart
for variables and attributes. Process capability analysis and process
capability index. Acceptance sampling. Operating characteristic curves.
Dodge Romig and MIL-STD acceptance sampling tables. The concept of
reliability, Reliability systems, maintainability.
References:
1. Montgomery D. C., Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, (2e),
John Wiley & Sons, New York 2005.
2. Amitav Mitra, Fundamentals of quality control and improvement, (3e),
Wiley, 2008.
3. Grant E. L., Statistical Quality Control, (6e), McGraw Hill Publications,
New York, 1988.
4. Duncan, Quality Control and Industrial statistics, Irwin Press, New
York, 1960.
5. Juran J. M., Quality Planning and Analysis, (2e) McGraw Hill
Publications, Delhi, 1984.
6. Bertrand L. Hansen, Quality Control-theory and applications, Hall
India, Delhi, 1987.
AAE 4070: SURFACE ENGINEERING AND COATING
TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Sur face-dependent engineering proper ties, sur face-initiated
engineering failures; surface degradation of materials, mechanisms of
wear, abrasive and adhesive wear, contact fatigue – fretting corrosion;
importance and necessity of surface engineering; Surface Preparation
methods such as Chemical, Electrochemical and, Mechanical,
Classification, Properties and applications of Various Coatings. Surface
protection and surface modification techniques: Surface modification by
use of directed energy beams, Plasma, Sputtering, Ion Implantation.
Surface modification by Friction stir processing, Surface composites,
Anodizing, Thermochemical processes: Metallic coating, Electrolytic
and Electro less plating: Methodology used, mechanisms, Diffusion
28
coating Carburizing, Carbo-nitriding, Chromizing, Aluminizing, Thin film
Coating: PVD, and CVD, Diamond Like Carbon (DLC) coating, Nano
crystalline diamond coating, Thermal spray coatings- Processes, Types
of spray guns, Comparison of typical thermal spray processes, Selection
of coatings, Testing and inspection of coatings, ASTM and other
standards for the testing of engineering coating, Characterization of
Coatings, Assessment of Surface Roughness and Thickness of Coating,
Adhesion of Coating, Surface microscopy and topography by scanning
probe microscopy, Spectroscopic analysis of modified surfaces, Case
studies based on coatings and surface modification of important
engineering components.
References:
1. Surface Engineering, ASM Handbook Volume 5, American Society
of Metals, 1994.
2. Ian Hutchings, Philip Shipway, Tribology: Friction and Wear of
Engineering Materials, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2017.
3. Pierre L. Fauchais, Thermal Spray Fundamentals: From Powder to
Part, Springer, 2014.
4. Peter M. Martin, Handbook of Deposition Technologies for Films and
Coatings, William Andrew Publisher, 2009.
5. Yang Leng, Materials Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic
and Spectroscopic Methods, Wiley, 2008.
6. Sung Chul Cha and Ali Erdemir, Coating Technology for Vehicle
Applications, Springer, 2015.
AAE 4071: UNSTEADY AERODYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Steady Aerodynamics, Unsteady Aerodynamics, Compressible
Aerodynamics, Vortex Aerodynamics, Generation of Lift, Unsteady
Lifting Force Coefficient, Steady Aerodynamics of Thin Wings, Unsteady,
Aerodynamics of Slender Wings, Compressible Steady Aerodynamics,
Compressible Unsteady Aerodynamics, Slender Body Aerodynamic ,
Hypersonic Aerodynamics The Piston Theory, Calculation of pressure,
Incompressible unsteady two-dimensional lifting surface theory; Finite
wing in unsteady incompressible flow, method of solutions. Review of
incompressible ow concepts including potential ow, lift and drag, and the
Navier-Stokes equations. Vortex-dominated flow and vortex dynamics.
Unsteady flow including the unsteady Bernoulli equation, added mass,
and indicial flows.
References:
1. Kundu and Cohen, Fluid Mechanics, (3e), Elsevier Academic Press,
2004.
2. Ülgen Gülçat, Fundamentals of Modern Unsteady Aerodynamics,
(2e), Springer, 2010.
3. Bisplinghoff and Holt Ashley, Aeroelasticity, Dover Books, 2013.
4. Joseph Katz and Allen Plotkin, Low-Speed Aerodynamics: From Wing
Theory to Panel Methods, McGraw-Hill Int., 1991.
OPEN ELECTIVES
AAE 4301: AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Introduction- Historical background, Regulatory test procedures, Analysis
of pollutants, Pollution from Spark Ignition engines, Pollution from
Compression Ignition engines, Fuels for spark ignition and compression
ignition engines, Engine Variants- Lean Burn engines, Stratified charge
engines, Direct Injection in Gasoline engines, Instrumentation for pollution
measurements- Non Destructive Infrared analyzers, thermal conductivity
and flame ionization detectors, analysers for NOx, gas chromatograph,
Alternative Fuels- Hydrogen, Natural gas, Liquefied petroleum gas,
vegetable oil and biodiesel, Biomass Energy, Direct Energy conversion
methods- solar cells, thermo ionic converters.
References:
1. Ganesan V., Internal Combustion Engines, Tata Mcgraw-hill Education,
New Delhi, 2012.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., Internal Combustion Engines, Dhanpat
Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Colin R Ferguson and Allan T Kirkpatric, Internal Combustion Engines,
Wiley India Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
AAE 4302: INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMOBILE
ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction- Engine classifications, Cylinder arrangements, Engine
components, Valve operating mechanisms, valve timing diagrams, fuel
supply system, Battery ignition system, types of cooling and lubrication
system, classification and working of clutch system, design of clutch
components, Sliding and constant mesh gearbox, Calculation of power,
gear ratio and tractive efforts, Propeller shaft, Differential, Steering
mechanism and geometry, types of suspension system, types of brakes,
calculation of brake torque and stopping distance, Starting and lighting
circuit.
References:
1. Heldt.P. M., High-Speed Combustion Engines, Oxford and IBM
Publishers Co, 1985.
2. Newton and steeds, The Motor Vehicle, ELBS, 1980.
3. Narang G. B. S., Automobile Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 1990.
4. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering, Vol. I & II, Standard Publishers
Distributors, New Delhi, 1997.
AAE 4303: INTRODUCTION TO AEROSPACE ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and Overview of The History of Flight, Fundamental
Thoughts, Ballooning, Basic/Constructive Principles of Fluid Mechanics-
Bernoulli's Theorem and Control Volume Approaches, The Sources of all
Aerodynamic Forces, Equation of State for a Perfect Gas, Specific
Volume, Anatomy of Aircraft and Space Vehicles, Standard Atmosphere,
Hydrostatic Equation, Relation between Geopotential and Geometric
Altitudes, Basics of Aerodynamics, Airfoil Nomenclature, Lift, Drag and
Moment Coefficient, Elements of Airplane Performance, Astronautics,
Basics of Propulsion.
References:
1. Anderson Jr. J. D., Introduction to Flight, McGraw Hill International
Edition, 2012.
29
2. Dava Newman, Interactive Aerospace Engineering and Design,
McGraw Hill International Edition, 2002.
3. Kermode A. C., Flight without Formulae, Pearson Education (United
Kingdom), 1990.
4. Howard D Curtis., Orbital Mechanics for Engineering Students,
Butterworth Heinemann, 2013.
5. Anderson Jr. J. D., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 2017.
AAE 4304: INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS AND NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to aircraft, Introduction to flight mechanics and flight
dynamics of aircraft & UAV, Introduction to Avionics in aircraft &
spacecraft., Displays, HMI, I/O Devices and Power, Packaging, do
178B/C Software, ARINC and DOD Types, System Cooling, EMI/EMC
Requirements; Aircraft Power Systems: Electrical Power Generation and
Distribution Systems, Digital Communication, Digital Data Bus System,
ARINC-429,629, AFDX, MIL-STD-1553, Fiber Optic Comm. Satellite
Communication, Flight control laws, FBW, Autopilot, FMS, LRU, IMA &
Mission Systems. Inertial Sensors and Inertial Navigation Systems,
Multisensory Navigation Systems, Kalman filter basics & Mechanization.
Elements of Navigation Systems, Satellite Navigation Systems, Antenna
Design, Analysis and placement on aerospace vehicle, Aircraft circuit
design on proteas, Radar & Landing Systems.
References:
1. Myron Kayton & Walter R. Fried, Avionics Navigation Systems, (2e),
Wiley-Interscience, 1997.
2. Siouris G. M., Aerospace Avionics systems: A Modern Synthesis,
Academic Press, 1993.
3. Collinson R. P. G., Introduction to Avionics Systems, Springer, 2002.
4. Cary R. Spitzer, Digital Avionics Handbook, (2e), Avionics
Development and Implementation, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis
Group, 2007.
5. Ching-Fang Lin, Modern Navigation, Guidance and Control
Processing, Prentice Hall, 1991.
6. Cundy Dale R., Introduction to Avionics, Pearson Education India,
2010.
 B TECH in AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2151 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2252 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
AAE 2156 Automotive Engines 3 1 0 4 AAE 2255 Automotive transmission systems 3 1 0 4
AAE 2157 Fluid Mechanics 3 1 0 4 AAE 2254 Linear control theory 3 1 0 4
AAE 2158 Materials science and Metallurgy 2 1 0 3 AAE 2256 Manufacturing Engineering and Technology 2 1 0 3
II
AAE 2159 Strength of Materials 2 1 0 3 AAE 2257 Theory of Machines 3 1 0 4
AAE 2155 Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 **** **** Open Elective – I 3
AAE 2163 Automobile lab – I 0 0 3 1 AAE 2263 Automobile lab – II 0 0 3 1
AAE 2164 Geometric modelling lab 0 0 6 2 AAE 2264 Materials testing lab 0 0 6 2
15 6 9 24 13 5 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg. Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
AAE 3155 Automotive chassis and suspension 3 1 0 4 AAE 3251 Finite Element Method 2 1 0 3

30
AAE 3156 Combustion and Heat Transfer 3 1 0 4 AAE 3252 Theory of Vibrations 3 1 0 4
AAE 3157 Design of Machine Elements 3 1 0 4 AAE **** Program Elective – I 2 1 0 3
III
AAE 3158 Metrology and Digital Manufacturing 2 1 0 3 AAE **** Program Elective – II 2 1 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – II 3 *** **** Open Elective – III 3
AAE 3163 Automobile lab – III 0 0 6 2 AAE 3263 Automotive design lab 0 0 6 2
AAE 3164 Numerical Simulation lab 0 0 3 1 AAE 3264 Vehicle aerodynamics lab 0 0 6 2
13 5 9 24 11 5 12 23
Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30 Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) + OE 28 + 3 = 31
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
AAE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 AAE 4298 Industrial Training 1
AAE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 AAE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
AAE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 AAE 4296 20
IV
AAE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13

Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students)

Total Contact Hours (L+T+P) + OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specializations
I. Automotive System Design
AAE 4035: Design of IC Engines
AAE 4036: Drive line systems of Ground vehicles
AAE 4037: Noise Vibration and Harshness
AAE 4038: Vehicle Aerodynamics
II. Electric and Hybrid vehicles
AAE 4039: Electric and hybrid vehicles
AAE 4040: Autotronics
AAE 4041: Automotive communication system
AAE 4042: Battery and Fuel cell technology
III. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound
IV. Business Management
HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management
V. Computational Mathematics
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices
Program Electives
AAE 4072: Actuation systems
AAE 4048: Artificial Intelligence and machine learning
AAE 4073: Automotive Embedded System
AAE 4074: Automotive pollution and control
AAE 4049: Bio inspired computational techniques
AAE 4050: Composite structures
AAE 4075: Computational Fluid Dynamics
AAE 4051: Computer Integrated Manufacturing
AAE 4076: Crashworthiness and safety
AAE 4077: Ergonomics in automotive design
AAE 4052: Experimental stress analysis
AAE 4053: Exploration and Mapping using Autonomous systems
AAE 4078: Farm machinery and Earth moving equipment
AAE 4054: Fracture Mechanics
AAE 4055: Global Positioning System Technology
AAE 4079: Green Energy Technology
AAE 4056: Industrial Automation
AAE 4057: Lightweight materials
AAE 4060: Operations and Supply chain Management
AAE 4062: Optimization Techniques
AAE 4064: Product design and development
AAE 4066: Robust Control
AAE 4069: Statistical Quality Control and Reliability
AAE 4070: Surface Engineering and Coating Technology
AAE 4080: Two and three-wheeled vehicles
Open Electives
AAE 4301: Automotive pollution and control
AAE 4302: Introduction to Automobile Engineering
AAE 4303: Introduction to Aerospace Engineering
AAE 4304: Introduction to Avionics and Navigation systems
31
THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2151: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – III [2 1 0 3]
Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals.
Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis.Fourier integrals.
Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
transforms. Partial differential equation-Basic concepts, solutions of
equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables. One-
dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems, Laplace
and Poisson equations and heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
2. Sastry S. S., Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, (2e).
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. Grewal B. S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers,
1989.
4. Murray R. Spiegel, Vector Analysis, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959.
AAE 2156: AUTOMOTIVE ENGINES [3 1 0 4]
Fundamental operating principle, classification, characteristics, four and
two-stroke engines, valve and port timing diagram, scavenging system.
Introduction to CI and SI engine, fuel injection equipment, combustion
chambers, ignition system, mixture preparation, emission and catalyst,
electronic control of engine, numerical on engine performance. valve
actuating mechanism, mufflers, acoustic modelling techniques,
supercharging, turbocharging, engine cooling systems, engine
lubrication, Quasi-study engine instrument.
Reference:
1. Richard Stone, Introduction to internal combustion engines,
Macmillan Education UK, 1999.
2. Mathur and Sharma, Internal combustion engine, Dhanpat rai
publications, New Delhi, 2007.
3. Hung Nguyen-Schäfer, Rotordynamics of Automotive Turbochargers,
(2e), Springer International Publishing, 2015.
4. Kirpal singh, Automobile Engineering vol II, Standard publishers,
2014.
5. John B. Heyhood, Internal Combustion Engines Fundamentals,
McGraw Hill, 1988.
AAE 2157: FLUID MECHANICS [3 1 0 4]
Density, Specific weight, Specific gravity, viscosity, Surface Tension,
Capillarity, Vapour pressure, compressibility. Pressure at a point,
Pascal's law, pressure variation with temperature, density and attitude.
Hydro static law, Piezometer, Simple and differential manometers,
pressure gauges, total pressure and center of pressure – plane, vertical
and inclined surfaces, Buoyancy and stability of floating bodies. Stream
line, path line, streak line, stream tube, classification of flows, steady,
unsteady, uniform, non-uniform, laminar, turbulent, rotational,
irrotational flows, one, two and three-dimensional flows – continuity
equation in 3D flow, stream function, velocity potential function. Types of
forces, surface and body forces – Euler's and Bernoulli's equation
derivation, Impulse-Momentum equation – applications, forces on pipe
bends. Similarity laws, Dimensional Analysis, Flow Measurement
devices for closed and open conduits- Venturimeter, Orifice meter,
Pitot/Pitot-static tubes. Open channels- notches and weirs. Reynold's
experiment for closed conduit flow- laminar and turbulent. Fully
developed flows, Hagen Poiseuille equation for viscous flows, Darcy-
Weisbach equation and Chezy's formula for pipe flow. Major and Minor
energy losses. Multiple pipe systems- series and parallel. Free stream
velocity, Streamlined and bluff bodies, Boundary layer theory, Bernoulli's
equation for compressible flows, the velocity of the sound wave in a fluid
for the isothermal and adiabatic process, Mach number and its
applications, Propagation of Pressure waves and stagnation properties.
Reference:
1. Yunus Cengel, John M Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill
Publications, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Frank N. White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill Publications, New
Delhi, 2011.
3. Bruce R. Munson, Theodore H. Okiishi, Wade W. Huebsch, Alric P.
Rothmayer, Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley and Sons,
New Jersey, 2013.
4. Clayton T. Crowe, Donald F. Elger, Barbara C. Williams, John A.
Roberson, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley and Sons, New
Jersey, 2009.
AAE 2158: MATERIALS SCIENCE AND METALLURGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to crystal structures and imperfections, Miller indices and
brevis lattice. Crystal structure determination-X-ray diffraction
techniques, Microscopic examination. Strengthening mechanisms -
solid solution strengthening. Work hardening - recovery recrystallisation
and grain growth. Cast iron, steels, alloy steels, iron – iron carbide
equilibrium diagram. Steels and cast irons, stainless steels - types,
specific applications. Aluminium, Magnesium and Titanium alloys.
Wrought and cast alloys used in automotive applications - Types,
specifications. Definitions, Full annealing, spheroidizing, normalising,
hardening and tempering of steel. Isothermal transformation diagrams,
cooling curves, Hardenability, Jominy end quench test, Austempering,
martempering. Mechanical surface treatment and coating Case
hardening and hard facing, thermal spraying, vapour deposition, iron
implantation. Diffusion coating Electroplating and Electro less
Conversion coating– laser-based surface modification. Lightweight
materials, Micro-alloyed, high strength low alloy steel - High strength,
advanced High Strength and Ultra-high strength Steels. Composite
Materials, Introduction to SMART Materials, shape memory alloys
(SMA), Piezo-electric materials, MEMS, Metallic glass Quasi crystal
and Nanocrystalline materials, biomaterials, metal foams.
References:
1. Sydney H. Avner, Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, (2e), McGraw
Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2017.
2. Polmear I. J. David StJohn, Jian-Feng, Nie Ma Qian, Light Alloys:
Metallurgy of Light Metals, (5e), Butterworth-Heinemann 2017.
3. Sharma C. P., Engineering Materials: Properties and applications of
Metals and alloys, PHI, 2003.
4. Bhargava A. K., Engineering Materials: Polymers, ceramics and
composite, PHI, 2012.
5. Bandyopadhyay A. K., Nano Technology, New age international
publishers, 2017.
AAE 2159: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS [2 1 0 3]
Stress, strain and deformation of solids: Tension, Compression and
Shear Stresses, Deformation of simple and compound bars, Thermal
stresses, Elastic constants, Volumetric strains, principal stresses and
principal planes, strain rosette, Mohr's circle of stress. Bending moment
and shear force: Different types of beams, shear force and bending
moment diagrams relationship connecting intensity of loading, shear
force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate plane
32
frames. Torsion: Torsion of circular solid and hollow shafts - power
transmission - strain energy in shear and torsion - close coiled and open
coiled helical springs. Deflection of beams: Double Integration method,
Macaulay's method, Area moment method for computation of slopes
and deflections in beams, Conjugate beam and strain energy, Maxwell's
reciprocal theorems. Thin cylinders, spheres and thick cylinders:
Stresses in thin cylindrical shell due to internal pressure circumferential
and longitudinal stresses and deformation in thin and thick cylinders,
spherical shells subjected to internal pressure, Deformation in spherical
shells, Lame's theorem.
References:
1. Mott, Applied Strength of materials, PHI, 1998.
2. Egor P Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, PHI, 2004.
3. Norman E. Dowling, Mechanical Behavior of Materials: Engineering
Methods for Deformation, Fracture, and Fatigue, Pearson Education,
2013.
4. Bhavikatti, S.S., Strength of Materials, (4e), Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
5. Das Madan Mohan, Saikia Mimi Das, Das Bhargab Mohan, Basic
Engineering Mechanics and Strength of Materials, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd, 2010.
AAE 2155: THERMODYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Vocabulary associated with thermodynamics, basic concepts of
thermodynamics like the system, properties, equilibrium, pressure,
specific volume, temperature, zeroth law of thermodynamics,
temperature measurement and temperature scales ideal gas and pure
substance. thermodynamic properties using tables of thermodynamic
properties and analyze the processes on T-v diagrams to solve advanced
engineering problems. first law of thermodynamics for closed and open
systems undergoing different thermodynamic processes. use of the first
law to understand its application for open systems such as turbine,
nozzle and heat exchanger. the second law of thermodynamics.
formulation of entropy principle from the second law of thermodynamics
for a cycle by establishing the inequality of Clausius. the inequality of
Clausius and establish the property entropy of a system. various power
cycles and comparison of the otto, diesel, and dual cycle performance.
Estimate the efficiency of Brayton cycle for various engineering case
studies.
References:
1. Van Wylan G. & Sonntag R.E., Fundamentals of Classical
Thermodynamics, John Wiley Pub, 1997.
2. Jones J.B., & Dugan R.E., Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice
Hall, 1996.
3. Yunus Cengel & Boles, Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach,
(7e), TMH, 2000.
4. Holman J. P, Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill International, 1985.
5. Nag P. K., Engineering Thermodynamics, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
1998.
AAE 2163: AUTOMOBILE LAB - I [0 0 3 1]
Engine systems identification, servicing of air filter, fuel and oil filters,
rocker shaft, oil pump, piston and connecting rod assembly, Valve
refacing and lapping, valve seat cutting, cylinder reboring, honing,
crankshaft regrinding, line boring.
References:
1. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering vol II, Standard publishers,
2014.
2. Giri N. K., Automobile Mechanics, Khanna publications, New Delhi,
2005.

AAE 2164: GEOMETRIC MODELLING LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction to 2D entities, Mechanical Components, Automotive
components, Introduction to 3D Entitles, Introduction to Assembly
commands, Automotive Components assembly, Rocker Arm Assembly,
Plummer block assembly, IC Engine Connecting rod, Engine Cross Head,
Screw Jack
References:
1. Sham Tickoo, CATIA V5R17 for engineers & Designers, Dreamtech
Press Publication, 2008.
2. Michael Michaud, CATIA Core Tools: computer-aided three-
dimensional interactive application, McGraw Hill Professional
Publication, 2012.
3. Kirstlie Plantenberg, An Introduction to CATIA V6 Release 2012,
Schroff Development Publication, 2011.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2252: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – IV [2 1 0 3]
Statistics: Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion,
Correlation coefficient, regression, least squares principles of curve
fitting. Probability: finite sample spaces, conditional probability and
independence, Baye's theorem, one-dimensional random variable,
mean, variance. Two and higher dimensional random variables: mean,
variance, correlation coefficient. Distributions: Binomial, Poisson,
uniform, normal, gamma, Chi-square and exponential distributions,
simple problems. Moment generating function, Functions of one
dimensional and two-dimensional random variables, Sampling theory,
Central limit theorem and applications. Optimization: Basic concepts,
Linear programming, Graphical and Simplex methods, penalty cost and
two-phase methods. Transportation problems.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyzig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (7e), Wiley
Eastern, 2011.
2. Meyer P. L., Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications,
(2e). American Publishing Co, 1970.
3. Grewal B. S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers,
1989.
4. Hamdy A Taha, Operation research, (9e), Pearson, 2014.
AAE 2255: AUTOMOTIVE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Necessity, layouts of various transmission systems w r t engine position
and drive transmission. Power required for propulsion, resistances
encountered, maximum acceleration, tractive effort and reactions for
different wheel drives, critical speed for stability of vehicles, effective
weight of automobile, power to weight ratios, Clutches, friction and fluid,
gearboxes, drive shafts, critical speeds of shafts, constant velocity and
variable velocity U joints, differentials and final drive systems. Automatic
transmission systems, hydramatic and CVT systems, torque
converters, hydraulic control systems, Ford Hydramatic transmission
systems, Electronically controlled automatic transmission systems,
Hydrostatic drive systems, different pumps and motors for hydrostatic
drive systems.
References:
1. Kenneth Garrett, Kenneth Newton, W steeds, The motor vehicle,
(13e), Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, London, 2005.
2. Joseph Heitner, Automotive mechanics, (2e), PHI publishers, 2006.
3. Jack Erkavec, Automotive Engineering- Automatic Transmission &
transaxles, classroom and shop manual, Cengage learning India Pvt
Ltd, 2011.
4. Jack Erkavec, Automotive Technology- Manual transmission,
Cengage learning India Pvt Ltd, 2011.
33
5. Heinz Heisler, Advanced vehicle technology, (2e), Butterworth-
Heinemann, New York, 2002.
AAE 2254: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Mathematical Modelling of System, Laplace Transforms, transfer
functions, block diagram representation, Block diagram reduction, Time
response characteristics. Introduction to stability, Routh Hurwitz stability
criterion. Root locus plots, stability margins. Frequency response
analysis: Nyquist stability criterion, Bode plots and stability margins in
the frequency domain. Basics of control design, the proportional,
derivative and integral actions. Design using Root Locus Design using
Bode plots Effects of zeros, minimum and non-minimum phase
systems. Introduction to state space methods, Linearization of nonlinear
systems.
References:
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, (5e), Pearson
Education Inc, 2010.
2. Nagrath I. J. and Gopal M., Control Systems Engineering, (4e), New
Age Publications, 2015.
3. Farid Golnaraghi and Benjamin C Kuo, Automatic Control Systems,
(9e), John Wiley and Sons, 2009.
4. Harry Trentelman, Anton A. Stoorvogel, Malo Hautus, Control Theory
for Linear Systems, Springer-Verlag, 2001.
AAE 2256: MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING
AND TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Manufacturing: introduction and economic significance, manufacturing
systems and functions ,Casting processes: analysis of melting, pouring
and solidification phenomena; design of pattern, core, riser and gating
system; dispensable and permanent mold processes, casting defects
and inspection, injection molding process, Powder processing: powder
manufacture, characterization, compaction and sintering; metal
injection molding, hot and cold isostatic pressing, Bulk and Sheet
Forming processes: rolling, forging, extrusion and drawing; sheet metal
working; load calculations for bulk and sheet metal processing; forming
defects, Joining processes: fusion and solid-state welding; brazing and
soldering; weld joint design, heat affected zone and joint properties,
friction stir welding, welding of dissimilar metals, welding defects and
inspection., Material Removal Processes: chip formation, cutting tool
inserts, tool wear, tool life, Machine tools, CNC Technology, Advanced
machining processes: Abrasive water jet machining, EDM, ECM, LASER
machining, Additive Manufacturing: process chain and overview,
classifications, Fused Model Deposition, Stereolithography, Polyjet
materials printing, Selective Laser Sintering, Selective Laser Melting,
Electron Beam Melting , Laser Engineered Net Shaping, Production
tooling, Jigs and fixtures, principles of location and clamping, production
process plan, Case studies of automotive component manufacturing.
References:
1. Mikell P Groover, Fundamentals of modern manufacturing, Materials,
Processes, and Systems, (6e), John Wiley, 2015.
2. Serope Kalpakijian, Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering
and Technology, (7e), Pearson Education, 2013.
3. Degarmo Paul, Black, Kohser, Materials and Processes in
Manufacturing, (12e), Wiley, 2017.
4. Gibson, Ian, Rosen, David, Stucker, Brent, Additive Manufacturing
Technologies, (2e), Springer, 2015.
AAE 2257: THEORY OF MACHINES [3 1 0 4]
Mechanism and inversions. Degrees of freedom. Mathematical analysis
of velocity and accelerations of simple mechanisms. Synthesis of cams
and gears. Gear trains. Static and dynamic force analysis of linkages.
Balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses. Governors and its
characteristics. Gyroscope and gyroscopic effect on automobiles.
References:
1. Uicker J. J., Pennock G. R. and Shigley J. E., Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms, Oxford University Press, 2011.
2. Amitabh Gosh, Asok Kumar Malik, Theory of Mechanisms and
Machines, East-West Publishers, 2006.
3. Rao J. S., Dukkipati R. V. Mechanisms and Machines Theory, New
Age Int., 2007.
4. Rattan S. S. Theory of Machines, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008.
5. Ambekar, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Prentice Hall India,
2008.
AAE 2263: AUTOMOBILE LAB - II [0 0 3 1]
Clutches, gearbox, final drive and differential, master cylinder, wheel
cylinder, steering gear and linkages. Lighting circuits, spark plug testing,
headlamp alignment, starter motor, alternators, testing of battery, horn
and wiper
References:
1. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering vol II, Standard publishers,
2014.
2. Giri N. K., Automobile Mechanics, Khanna publications, New Delhi,
2005.
3. Rajput R. K., Automobile Engineering, Lakshmi publications(Pvt) Ltd,
New Delhi, 2008.
AAE 2264: MATERIAL TESTING LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction-Tensile test, load displacement and Stress-Strain curves,
Torsion Test, Compression Test, Bending Test, Impact Test, Impact test:
Izod and Charpy Test, Hardness Test, Brinell and Rockwell test, Fatigue
and Shear Test, Test on Helical Spring, Non-destructive testing.
References:
1. Bhavikatti, S.S., Strength of Materials, (4e), Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
2. Egor P Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, PHI, 2004.
3. Norman E. Dowling, Mechanical Behaviour of Materials, Pearson
Education, 2010.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with the return, Rate of return method, an
Incremental approach for the economic analysis of alternatives,
Replacement analysis. Break-even analysis for single product and multi-
product firms, Break-even analysis for evaluation of investment
alternatives. Physical & functional depreciation, Straight-line
depreciation, Declining balance method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-
years digits method of depreciation, Sinking fund and service output
methods, Costing and its types – Job costing and Process costing,
Introduction to balance sheet and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis
- Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over
ratios, and profitability ratios
34
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
12th ed., Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, 5th edition Tata
McGraw Hill Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, 3rd edition,
Pearson Publication, 2013.
AAE 3155: AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS AND SUSPENSION [3 1 0 4]
Automotive chassis and frames, functions, requirements, classification.
New techniques in chassis design, Braking systems, requirements, the
principle of operation, classification, different types of vehicle brakes,
and mechanics of brakes. Steering systems, condition for true steering,
steering linkages, power steering. Suspension systems, classification,
functions, rigid and independent suspension systems. Automotive
wheels and tyres.
References:
1. Newton K., Steeds W., Garrett T. K., The Motor Vehicle, SAE
Publications, 2004.
2. Joseph I Heitner, Automotive mechanics principles and practice,
CBS Publishers and distributors, 2004.
3. Banga T. R. & Nathu Singh, Automobile Engineering, Khanna
Publishers, 2007.
4. Rajput R. K., Automobile Engineering, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd,
2008.
AAE 3156: COMBUSTION AND HEAT TRANSFER [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to combustion processes- Classification of flames, Auto
Ignition temperature, Combustion in SI and CI engines, Introduction to
heat transfer- modes of heat transfer, combined modes, conductivity
and film coefficient of heat transfer, Thermal diffusivity, overall heat
transfer coefficient, thermal resistance and conductance. Conduction
Heat Transfer-Linear heat flow through Plane Wall, Composite Walls,
radial heat flow through cylinder, Composite Cylinders, radial heat flow
through Sphere and Composite spheres, Effect of Variable thermal
conductivity, Critical thickness of insulation, Heat Transfer from
Extended Surfaces, Convection Heat Transfer- Application of
dimensional analysis to free and forced convection, Dimensionless
numbers, Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer, Boiling heat
transfer, Heat Exchangers- Types, overall heat transfer coefficient,
fouling or scaling and fouling factor. Logarithmic mean temperature
difference, correction factor. Effectiveness and Number of transfer units,
Radiation-Black Bodies, emissive power, the intensity of radiation, heat
transfer due to radiation between black bodies and grey bodies.
References:
1. Nag P. K., Heat and Mass Transfer, Tata Mcgraw Hill Education Pvt
Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Yunus Cengel and Afshin Ghajar, Heat and Mass Transfer, Tata
Mcgraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Som S. K., Introduction to Heat Transfer, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New
Delhi, 2008.
4. Ganesan V., Internal Combustion Engines, Tata Mcgraw-hill
Education, New Delhi, 2012.
5. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., Internal Combustion Engines,
Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
AAE 3157: DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS [3 1 0 4]
Coil Springs- Helical-cylindrical compression/extension springs of
round/square/ rectangular wires, spring materials, Stress & deflection of
springs subjected to steady, Fluctuating & impact loads, Energy stored in
springs, Critical frequency, Concentric springs. Leaf Springs- Semi-
elliptic carriage springs, Deflection, Stresses in full length & graduate
leaves, Combination of leaf & coil springs. Spur Gears- Standard involute
gears, Beam strength of tooth, Lewis' equation, Form factor & velocity
factor, Stress in gear teeth, Dynamic loads on gear teeth, Wear Strength.
Helical Gears- the Formative number of teeth, Helix angle, Face width,
Velocity factor, Static Strength, Dynamic strength, Wear strength. Bevel
Gears-Straight teeth bevel gears, Cone angle, Virtual number of teeth,
Face width, Static strength, Dynamic Strength, Wear Strength. Worm
Gears- Nomenclature, Materials, Reversibility, Mechanical advantage,
Strength design, Efficiency, Heat dissipation. Sliding Contact Bearings,
Journal bearings, Viscosity and lubricants, bearing characteristic
number, Somerfield number, Coefficient of friction, Bearing modulus,
Mechanism of film lubrication, Minimum oil film thickness, Temperature
rise, Oil flow, Heat generation & dissipation. Rolling Contact Bearings-
Types of the ball and roller bearings, Life rating, Basic capacities,
Equivalent load, Loading ratio. Belt Drives- Power transmission, Flat and
V belts, Ratio of belt tensions, Centrifugal tension, Factors, Power rating,
V-flat drives, Pulleys, Selection of belts and pulleys. Fatigue and Creep
References:
1. Norton R.L., Machine Design: An Integrated Approach, (4e),
Pearson, 2010
2. Shigley J., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw Hill New York,
2016.
3. Spotts M.F., Shoup E.T., Hornberger L.E., Design of Machine
Elements, (8e), Pearson 2003.
4. Bhandari V. B., Design of Machine Elements, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2012.
5. Mahadevan K. & Balaveera Reddy K., Design Data Handbook, CBS
Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2010.
AAE 3158: METROLOGY AND DIGITAL MANUFACTURING [2 1 0 3]
International Vocabulary in Metrology (VIM), essential terms and
interpretations, unit, accuracy, precision, sensitivity, systematic and
random errors, traceability, calibration, introduction to uncertainty, type
A and type B uncertainty, combined standard uncertainty, coverage
factor and expanded uncertainty, ISO method for the quantification and
reporting of uncertainty, uncertainty and calibration, uncertainty and
product specifications, product conformity assessment, Geometrical
Dimensioning and Tolerancing, GDT symbols and interpretations, GDT
rules, datum, MMC, LMC, virtual condition, reading and interpreting blue
prints, limits ,fits and tolerances, ISO tolerance class, assembly
tolerance, assembly shift ,tolerance stack up analyses: worst case and
statistical analyses, linear and angular measurements, gauges, gauge
design, CMM: constructional features and measurement strategy,
Surface roughness, waviness , 2D and 3D parameters , bearing ratio
curve, measurements of roughness, form errors and form testing
device, roundness, measurement, 3D scanners and laser trackers,
Measurement Systems Analyses, bias, linearity, stability, repeatability
and reproducibility, reporting Gauge R and R, Digital Manufacturing and
Design, Industry 4.0, Industrial IoT, Cyber Physical Systems, sensor
interfacing, communication protocols, M2M technology, scanning to
modelling to fabrication, Digital Thread, Digital Twin, Data Procurement
35
Standards, Digital Manufacturing Commons, Model-Based Systems
Engineering, Digital Manufacturing Security, Intelligent Manufacturing.
References:
1. Les Kirkup and Bob Frenkel, An Introduction to Uncertainty in
Measurement, Cambridge University Press, 2006.
2. Mark A. Curtis and Francis T. Farago, Handbook of Dimensional
Measurement, Industrial Press, 2014.
3. David Whitehouse, Surfaces and their measurement, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2004.
4. Gene R. Cogorno, Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing for
Mechanical Design, McGraw-Hill, 2012.
5. Bryan R. Fischer, Mechanical Tolerance Stack-up and Analysis, CRC
Press, 2004.
AAE 3163: AUTOMOBILE LAB - III [0 0 6 2]
Thermomechanical lab, Lathe operations, turning, taper turning, thread
cutting, gear hobbing, CNC programming, Grinding. Determination of
viscosity, flash and fire points, compression ratio, obtaining the valve
timing diagrams, performance test on petrol and diesel engines, Morse
test, Refrigeration test rig.
References:
1. Lab manuals
2. Ganesan V., Internal Combustion Engines, Tata Mcgraw-hill
Education, New Delhi, 2012.
3. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., Internal Combustion Engines,
Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
AAE 3164: NUMERICAL SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Numerical computation-MATLAB, SIMULINK & LabVIEW, Linear
Algebraic Systems and Mass-Spring-Damper Systems, Eigenvalues
and Eigenvectors-Matrices, Characteristic Polynomial and Telescope
Position Control, Curve fitting and Nonlinear friction Model, Root finding
and Suspension cable, Optimization and transportation planning,
Differentiation and Integration-Link of robotic Arm, Ordinary Differential
Equations-Euler's Method, Runge-Kutta Methods, Multistep, Boundary
Value Problems-Chemical Reactor, UAV dynamics, Partial Differential
Equations, Twisted Bar, Aircraft Simulation & Systems Identification,
LabVIEW-Basic Circuit Design and Analysis, Mini Project-Aircraft
Design & Simulation, aerospace, automobile, robotics process
simulation, MATLAB/SIMULINK, LabVIEW, Robots, UAV telemetry.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of behaviour, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of the delegation, Decentralisation of authority.
HR planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership – leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial Grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
the unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits,
Creativity, Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan
concepts, Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D., Essentials of Management, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, Management, Task and Responsibility, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker, The practice of management, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003.
AAE 3251: FINITE ELEMENT METHOD [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Finite Element Method, Difference between Finite Element
and, Finite Difference Methods, steps in Finite element method,
Displacement, one dimensional elements, derivation of bar element,
beam element, spring element stiffness matrix, bar element orientation,
beam element with UDL, hinge condition, 2D plane element, constant
strain triangle, linear strain triangle elements, energy method, weighted
residual method.
References:
1. Reddy J. N., An Introduction to Finite Element Method, McGraw Hill
Publication, 2003.
2. Segerlind L. S., Applied Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley & Sons,
1998.
3. Rao S. S., The Finite Element Method in Engineering, Pergamon,
2004.
4. Logan D., The Frist course in finite element method, Cengage
Learning, 2016.
AAE 3252: THEORY OF VIBRATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Vibrations terminology. SDOF –undamped and damped
free vibrations. SDOF systems subjected to forced vibration. 2DOF
systems: Natural frequencies and modes of vibration by the classical
method of the spring-mass system, Coordinate coupling. Dynamic
vibration absorber, pendulum absorber. MDOF systems-influence
coefficients. Matrix method, Numerical methods. The vibration of
continuous systems and Critical speeds of shafts, critical speed of
shafts with damping. Importance of NVH in automobiles- tailpipe noise
measurement and vehicle pass by noise measurement. Introduction to
Modal analysis- Impact hammers, Electrodynamic shakers,
microphones and their applications in Automobile Industries.
References:
1. Singirisu Rao S., Mechanical Vibration Pearson Education, Delhi,
2004.
2. Dukkapatti Rao V., Text Book of Mechanical Vibration, Prentice Hall
of India Ltd, 2004.
3. Daniel Imnan J., Engineering Vibration Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
2001.
4. Groover G. K., Mechanical Vibrations Nemchand And Bros,
Roorkee, 2001.
5. Thomson W. T., Theory of Vibrations with Applications, (4e),
Chapman and Hall, 1993.
AAE 3263: AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction to ANSYS, Introduction to elements, One Dimensional
element: Beam, Truss, Two-Dimensional modelling analysis, Shell
Elements, 2D Solid Elements, 3D Solid Element and Analysis, thermal
analysis, aerodynamic analysis, a crash test of vehicles.
References:
1. Choudary R. B., Introduction to ANSYS10.0, I K International, 2009.
2. Esam M. A., Finite element simulation using ANSYS, Taylor & Francis
Publication, 2010.
36
3. Paleti Srinivas, Krishna Chaitanya S ambana, Rajesh Kumar Datti,
Finite element using ANSYS 11.0, PHI Publications, 2010.
4. Stolavski T, Nakasone Y, Yoshimoto S, Engineering analysis with
Ansys software, Butterworth-Heinemann Publication, 2006.
AAE 3264: VEHICLE AERODYNAMICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction-Calibration of the wind tunnel, Aerodynamic analysis of
different body, Drag of different bodies, Pressure distribution over an
aerofoil at a different angle of attacks, Measurement in wind tunnel such
as Boundary Layer measurements, Wake survey method, Flow
Visualization Techniques, Six component balance.
References:
1. Hucho W. H., Aerodynamic of Road Vehicles, Butterworths Co Ltd,
1997.
2. Pope A., Wind Tunnel Testing, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, Newyork,
1947.
3. Lab Manual, Wind Tunnel Manual.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with a total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
AAE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of the third semester. The student has to submit to
the department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
AAE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. The student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
AAE 4035: DESIGN OF IC ENGINES [2 1 0 3]
Principle parts of an IC Engine, systems of the engine, working overview.
Features of cylinders, dry and wet liners, the design of a cylinder, cylinder
thickness, bore and stroke, flange and stud design, the thickness of
cylinder head, problems on the cylinder and head design. Function,
Materials, Constructional details and design considerations for a piston,
design procedure considering the gas loads, thickness at the head, open
end, barrel, land, grooves, skirt, design of piston rings and piston pin.
Problems with piston design. Functions, materials, types, forces acting
on connecting rods, the design of connecting rod small end, large end,
shank, big end cap and bolts, problems on connecting rod design.
Functions, materials and manufacture, forces acting, bearing pressure
and stresses in shafts, types of crankshafts, the design of centre
crankshaft and over hung crankshaft, problems on crankshaft design.
Different types of mechanisms, valve requirements, materials, design,
thickness of valve disc, stem diameter, valve lift, rocker arm cross-
section and shaft design, tappet design, valve spring design problems on
valves, the design of fulcrum pin, push rods. Function, types, materials,
design of flywheels, problems on flywheel design.
References:
1. Bhandari V. B., Design of Machine Elements, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Education, 2010.
2. Kevin L. Hoag, M. S, Vehicular Engine Design, Springer-Verlag,
Wien, and the SAE International, 2006.
3. Newton K, Steeds W, Garrett TK, The Motor Vehicle, SAE
Publications, 2004.
4. Shigley J., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw Hill, SI-FPS
Edition, 1980.
5. Ganesan V., Internal Combustion Engines. Tata Mc Graw hill
publishing co ltd, 2008.
AAE 4036: DRIVELINE SYSTEM OF GROUND VEHICLES [2 1 0 3]
Outlines of Power Trains, Powertrain functions, Powertrain layout and
components, Main and Auxiliary functions, Requirements profile,
Interrelations: Direction of rotation, Transmission Ratio and Torque, Road
Profiles, Load Profiles, Typical Vehicle uses and Driver types,
Performance features of Vehicle Transmissions. Design trends in
Transmission, Numerical problems. Matching engine and transmission:
Traction diagram, vehicle performance, fuel consumption, emission, the
dynamic behaviour of the powertrain, comfort, Numerical problems. The
arrangement of transmission in a vehicle, transmission format and
design, basic gearbox construction, gear sets with a fixed axle,
countershaft transmission and epicyclic gear, passenger car
transmission, commercial vehicle transmission, transfer gearbox and
power take-off, final drives, differential gears, differential locks and
locking differential. Systematic classification of shifting elements,
synchronizer functional requirements, synchronizing process, the
design of synchronizer, engineering design, alternative transmission
synchronizer. Principles, Characteristic curves of Hydrodynamic
Clutches, Construction and operation of Torque Converter, Input/output
characteristics, Design Considerations, Trilok Conver ter, Torque
Converter test diagram, Interaction of engine and Trilok Converter,
Numerical problems. Manual gearboxes, semi-automatic manual
gearboxes, dual clutch transmission, fully automatic gearboxes,
continuously variable transmission, final drives, differential gears,
locking differential, four-wheel drive, transfer gearboxes. Truck
transmission, bus transmission, tractor transmission, motorcycle
transmission, racing transmission. Design of slip joint, universal joint,
dead & live axle, constant velocity joints, Bearing Design, Selection of
ball and roller bearing, Gearbox housing design.
References:
1. Gisbert Lechner, Harald Naunheimer, Automotive Transmissions:
Fundamentals, Selection, Design and Application, Springer- Verlag
Berlin Heidelberg, New York, 1999.
2. Robert Fischer, et al, Automotive transmission book, Springer
International Publishing Switzerland, 2015.
3. Alec Stokes, Manual gearbox design, SAE, 1992.
4. Design Practices: Passenger Car Automatic Transmissions, (3e),
AE-18, SAE, Warrendale, 1994.
5. Fenton J., Handbook of Automotive Powertrain and Chassis Design,
Professional Engineering Publishing, London, 1998.
37
AAE 4037: NOISE VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS [2 1 0 3]
Fundamentals of Vehicle Vibrations and sound- basics of vibrations and
sound, analysis of test procedures. Power-train vibrations and sound-
engine vibrations and noise, transmission vibrations and noise and
isolation. Vibrations and sounds of body and chassis systems- Interior
noise, structure-borne noise, wind noise, rattle and vehicle low-
frequency vibrations. Evaluation of vehicle vibrations and sound- noise
and sound quality evaluation and vibration evaluation.
References:
1. Gang Shen, Vehicle Noise, Vibration and Sound Quality. SAE
International, Warrendale, Pennsylvania, 2012.
2. Sujatha C., Vibration And Acoustics, Tata McGraw Hill publication,
2010.
3. Matthew Harrison, Vehicle Refinement: Controlling Noise and
Vibration in Road Vehicles, Mathew Harrison Publication, 2004.
4. Malcolm J Crocker, Handbook of Noise and Vibration Control, John
Wiley & sons Publication, 2007.
5. Anton Fuchs, Eugenius and Hans, Automotive NVH Technology,
Springer publication, 2016.
AAE 4038: VEHICLE AERODYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Historical development trends - Fundamental of fluid mechanics - Flow
phenomenon related to vehicles - External & Internal flow problem -
Resistance to vehicle motion - Performance - Fuel consumption and
performance - Potential of vehicle aerodynamics. Cars as a bluff body -
Flow field around the car - drag force - types of drag force - analysis of
aerodynamic drag - drag coefficient of cars - strategies for aerodynamic
development - low drag profiles. Front-end modification - front and rear
windshield angle - Boat tailing - Hatchback, fastback and square back,
Dust flow patterns at the rear - Effects of gap configuration - the effect of
fasteners. The origin of forces and moments on a vehicle - side wind
problems - method to calculate forces and moments - vehicle dynamics
underside winds - the effects of forces and moments - Characteristics of
forces and moments - Dirt accumulation on the vehicle, wind noise -
drag reduction in commercial vehicles. The principle of wind tunnel
technology - Limitation of simulation - Stress with scale models - full-
scale wind tunnels - measurement techniques - Equipment and
transducers - road testing methods - Numerical methods.
References:
1. Hucho W. H., Aerodynamics of Road vehicles, SAE International
Publications, 2006.
2. Barnard R. H., Road vehicles aerodynamics Desing - an
introduction, MechAero Publishing, 2009.
3. Mark Gleason, Vehicle aerodynamics design and technology,
Society of Automotive Engineers, Incorporated, 2001.
AAE 4039: ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLE [2 1 0 3]
Overview of electric vehicles, hybrid vehicles, hybrid and electric vehicle
components, vehicle mass and performance, electric motor and engine
ratings, EV and ICEV comparison, vehicle kinetics, dynamics of vehicle
motion, propulsion power, velocity and acceleration. Tyre road force
mechanics. Propulsion system design. Electric vehicle architecture,
hybrid vehicle architecture. Hybrids based on the degree of hybridization.
Plug-in the hybrid electric vehicle. Power train component sizing. vehicle
simulation (simulation model, standard drive cycles). Electric machine
fundamentals (motional voltage, EMF), simple DC machines (induced
voltage, force and torque, DC machine back emf and torque, simple
reluctance motor). DC machines, Three phase AC machines. Induction
machines. Permanent magnet machines. Switched reluctance
machines. Power electronic switches. DC/DC converters. case studies
on EVs and HEVs.
References:
1. Halderman James D Haldeman, Hybrid and Alternative Fuel
Vehicles, (2e), Pearson. Education, 2012.
2. Iqbal Hussain, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals,
(2e), CRC Press, 2010.
3. Allen E. Fuhs, Hybrid Vehicles and the Future of Personal
Transportation, CRC Press, 2009.
4. John German, Hybrid powered Vehicles, (2e), SAE International,
Product Code: T-125, 2011.
5. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid
Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Press,
2009.
AAE 4040: AUTOTRONICS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Automobile Electrical Systems, wiring harness, wiring
diagram, Standards, and fundamentals of wiring. Earthing system of an
automobile, types, and its advantages. Rectification process. Ignition
system Starter motors. Development of the Ignition system. Engine
Sensors - Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor, Mass Air Flow Sensor,
Crankshaft Positioning Sensor, Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, Knock Sensor.
Introduction to Switches, relays – types and functioning, Introduction to
solid state switches, JFET and MOSFET. DC Motors, Brushless DC
motors, Stepper Motors. Anti-lock braking system, Traction Control
System, Electronic Suspension systems, Variable Damping via Different
Oil Viscosity of Damper, Sensotronic Brake Control.
References:
1. Ribbens, Understanding Automotive Electronics, BH Publications,
2013.
2. Tom Denton, Automotive Electrical and electronics systems, Arnold
London, 2007.
3. Bosch Automotive Electrics & Automotive Electronics, (5e),
Springer View Meg, 2007.
AAE 4041: AUTOMOTIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [2 1 0 3]
Communications Protocols-Communication Between Sensors And
Systems (Power Train, Chassis Systems, Body Electronics, Instrument
Clusters, Infotainment Systems). Inter-Vehicle Communications- Co-
Operative Driving. Communication Fundamentals –Frequency,
Bandwidth, Power Measurement, SNR, Transmission Rate Constraints.
Radio Frequency Spectrum allocation—RADAR, Mesh Networking,
Networking formation and Area of coverage. LIN–Goals and
Applications. LIN Specification-Physical Layer, Master-Slave
relationship, Datalink Layer. CAN Evolution, CAN Bus Signaling states,
Physical Layer, Data Transmission. Wired Communication – Network
Comparison, Two Tier Approach LIN Applications. CAN Applications- In
vehicle operation, Infotainment Wireless Communication – Bluetooth
Vehicle applications. Satellite Services –Satellite Radio, Vehicle Care.
Vehicle Frequency Utilization –AM Radio, Bluetooth, FM Radio, GPS,
Short range RADAR, Wireless LAN. Evolving Smart Vehicle – ECU,
Wireless Networking, Forward RADAR, Side RADAR, GPS, Cellular
transmission and Event Recorder.
References:
1. Gilbert Held, Inter and Intra Vehicle Communications, Auerbach
Publications, 2008.
2. Tao Zhang, Luca Delgrossi, Vehicle Safety Communications
Protocols, Security, and Privacy, Information Communication
technology series, 2012.
3. Mohamed Kassab, Communication Technologies for Vehicles,
Springer, 2015.
4. Florian Solzbacher, Jürgen Valldorf, Wolfgang Gessner, Advanced
Microsystems for Automotive Applications, Springer Berlin
38
Heidelberg, 2003.
AAE 4042: BATTERY AND FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Functional Safety Following ISO 26262, Description of
Automotive Battery System Architecture, Classification and Application
of Safety Measures for Automotive Battery Systems, Organizational and
Technical Safety Measures, Application of Measures at Battery System
Units, Considering non-E/E Measures in the Concept Phase. Specific
Hazards of Electric Vehicles, Applicable Design Approach for Batteries,
Automotive Battery Design, Modularity and Battery Components, Safety-
Relevant Design Parameters, Structural Vehicle Design Process
Including Batteries, Standard Approach and Requirements, Batteries in
Crash Tests and Crash Simulation, Finite Elements Model of the Battery,
Modelling of Mechanical Deformation, Modelling of Material and Joint
Failure, Modelling of Electrical Contact and Leakage, Experimental ,
Thermal Runaway Experiment, , Gas Analysis, Empirical Models,
Equivalent Circuit Modelling, Parametrization, Mechanistic Models,
Charge Transfer, Ion Transport, Electron Transport, Porous Electrodes,
Intercalation, Heat Generation, Cell Ageing, Large-Scale Modelling,
Thermal Behaviour, Electrical Behaviour, Distributed-Micro-Structure
Modelling, Mobility Demands and Primary Energy Resources, Internal
Combustion Engines and Their Impact on Air Quality, Hydrogen
Production, Hydrogen Distribution, Hydrogen Storage, Basic Concepts
of Electrochemistry, Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells, Sensitivity
of PEM Stacks to Operating Conditions, Durability of PEM Fuel Cells,
Design of Hydrogen Fuel Cell Systems for Road Vehicles, Hydrogen Fuel
Cell Systems: Preliminary Remarks, Hydrogen Feeding System, Air
Feeding Systems, Thermal Management System, Integrated Fuel Cell
System: Efficiency, Dynamics, Costs.
References:
1. Pasquale Corbo, Fortunato Migliardini, Ottorino Veneri, Hydrogen
Fuel Cells for Road Vehicles, Springer London Dordrecht Heidelberg
New York, 2011.
2. Michael H. Westbrook, The Electric Car Development and future of
battery, hybrid and fuel-cell cars, Co-published by The Institution of
Engineering and Technology, London, United Kingdom, and Society
of Automotive Engineers, Warrendale, USA, 2007.
3. Alexander Thaler, Daniel Watzenig, Automotive Battery Technology,
Springer Cham Heidelberg New York Dordrecht London, 2009.
4. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid
Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Press,
2009.
5. Amir Khajepourj M. Saber Fallahi Avesta Goodarzi, Electric and
Hybrid Vehicles: Technologies, Modeling and Control - A
Mechatronic Approach, Wiley, 2010.
AAE 4072: ACTUATION SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
The composition of Air, Gas Laws, Production of compressed air, air
receivers, mains, dry and oil-free compressed air. Merits and demerits
of the pneumatic system. Constructional details and working of filter,
lubricator, pressure regulator, Linear actuator, rotary actuator.
Classification of Valves, Graphical representations, Direction Control
Valves, Nonreturn valves Pressure Control Valves, Flow control valves,
Time Delay Valves, counter, General approach to control system design,
symbols and drawings, travel step diagram, control modes. Design of
manually operated, pilot operated control of single acting, double acting
cylinder, multiple actuators; typical application circuits, computation of
force, speed, valve sizing, selection of cylinders, P/E converter, optical,
capacitance type, induction type, reflection nozzle, back pressure nozzle,
interruptible air jet, Relays, Solenoid valves, Latching Circuit, Logic
operations, Timer, Counter, Development of circuits. Structure of PLC,
Logic operations, Ladder Programming, Timers, Counters, Multiple
Actuator Circuits, Application Area, Physical principles in hydraulics,
hydraulic fluids, merits and demerits of hydraulic system, Hydraulic
Power Pack, Pumps, Construction and working of various types of
direction control, pressure control, and flow control valves, servo valve,
proportional valve, and accumulator. Regeneration, meter in, meter out,
bleed off, sequencing, counter balancing, pressure reducing and typical
application circuits.
References:
1. Werner Deppert and Kurt Stoll, Pneumatic Control VOGEL Buchverlag
Wurzburg, Germany, 1992.
2. Majumdar S. R, Pneumatic Systems Principles and Maintenance,
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Peter Croser, Frank Ebel, Pneumatics Basic Level TP 101 Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
4. Prede G. and Scholz D., Electropneumatics Basic Level Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
5. Hasebrink J. P. and Kobler R., Fundamentals of Pneumatic Control
Engineering, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
AAE 4048: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND
MACHINE LEARNING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, basic models, Hebb's learning, Adaline, Perceptron,
Multilayer feedforward network, Backpropagation, Different issues
regarding the convergence of Multilayer Perceptron, Competitive
learning, Types of learning, Self-Organizing Feature Maps, Adaptive
Resonance Theory, Associative Memories, Applications. Genetic
Algorithm (GA), different operators of GA, analysis of selection
operations, Hypothesis of building blocks, Schema theorem and
convergence of Genetic Algorithm, Simulated annealing and Stochastic
models, Boltzmann Machine, Applications. Neural-Network-Based
Fuzzy Systems, Genetic Algorithm for Neural Network Design and
Learning, Machine learning, pattern recognition, image processing, text
processing, natural language processing, graphics, cognition and
computation, data mining, Introduction to Computer Vision: Edge
detection, Point Correspondence and Stereopsis, Surface directions.
fundamental blocks, case studies in various domains, the concept of
shells, connectionist expert systems. Introduction to Natural Language
Understanding: problems of ambiguity, ellipsis and polysemy,
lexicalization and parsing. Intelligent Systems for Search and modelling,
Automated Training Using an Intelligent System, Intelligent Systems for
Control, Engine Estimator Design, Intelligent Control - A Planning
Controller Search for Optimal Air Combat Tactics.
Reference:
1. Rajsekharan S., Vijayalaxmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic and
Genetic Algorithms, Synthesis and applications. PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd.2003.
2. Russell, S. and Norvig, P., Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1995.
3. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, (3e), MIT Press
2014.
4. Stephen Marsland, Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective.
(2e) CRC press 2014.
5. Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning.
Springer-Verlag 2006.
6. Krishnakumar, K., Intelligent Control for Aerospace Systems, Global
Aerospace Technology, World Market Research Center, 2000.
39
AAE 4073: AUTOMOTIVE EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Automotive Vehicle Technology, Overview of Vehicle Categories, Various
Vehicle Sub Systems like Chassis, Body, Driveline, Engine, Fuel,
Emission, Brakes, Suspension, ,Emission, Brakes, Suspension, Doors,
Safety & Security , Comfort & Multimedia, Communication & Lighting,
Future Trends in Automotive Embedded Systems : Drive by Wire,
Autopilot, Robotics, Automotive Sensors and Transducers: Typical
Sensors Specifications & Microcontroller Interface Considerations,
Sensor Calibration, Concept to Market: Actuators, Sensors
,Semiconductor Components, Devices (MOSFET, JFET,SCR,BJT),
Integrated Circuits (ICs), SMD Components and Packages , PCBs etc.,
Electric Motors & Driving Techniques: Stepper Motors , DC Motor ,
BLDC, PM Motor etc. Printed Circuit Board Concepts for Thermal,
Reliability, EMI/EMC, Noise & Enclosure Selection. The need for Protocol,
Intra processor Communication Protocols: I2C & I2S, SPI, RS485
MODBUS & USB, Introduction to Automotive Protocols: LIN, CAN,
KWP2000, J1850 & J1939 Flex Ray & MOST Design, Test, Calibration
and Diagnostics tools for networking of electronic systems like ECU
Software and Testing Tools, ECU Calibration Tools, Diagnostic and Bus
Monitoring Tools, Vehicle Network Simulation. Advanced Trends in
Automotive Electronics: AUTOSAR Architecture, Infotainment &
Multimedia, Microcontroller Architecture : MSP430 , HCS12 , 32 Bit
ARM LPC2148 & Cortex M3 Architecture .Automotive Grade
Microcontrollers like ATMega164P , AT32UC3C2512C , Safety Critical
Microcontrollers like Hercules TMS470M ARM Cortex-M3 Series,
Microcontrollers with Built-in CAN Interface , Introduction to Software
Development Tools : Keil MDK, Win ARM, TI Code Composer Studio
And Atmel AVR Studio 6.0 Version Control Systems: Tortoise SVN,
Coding Standards and Guidelines: MISHRA C & AuroSar. The Validation
and Verification (V & V) Process, Introduction to NI Lab VIEW for
Automotive V & V. Test Categories like Functional Test, Black Box Test
EMI / EMC Tests as per IEC 1000-3, IEC 1000-4 & IEC 1000-5 standard,
Environmental Test, Vibration Tests, Protection against Dust, Water
Ingress and IP Standards Vehicle Diagnostic Interface ODB - II,
Documentation Techniques & Templates
References:
1. Nicolas Navet & Francoise Simonot-Lion, Automotive Embedded
Systems Handbook, CRC Press; (1e), 2009.
2. Eric Armengaud, Allan Tengg et al, Automotive Embedded Systems,
Springer, 2011.
3. Wilfried Voss, A Comprehensible Guide to Controller Area Network,
(2e), Copperhill Media Corporation, 2005.
AAE 4074: AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Introduction - Historical background, Regulatory test procedures,
Analysis of pollutants, Pollution from Spark Ignition engines, Pollution
from Compression Ignition engines, Fuels for spark ignition and
compression ignition engines, Engine Variants- Lean Burn engines,
Stratified charge engines, Direct Injection in Gasoline engines,
Instrumentation for pollution measurements- Non Destructive Infrared
analyzers, thermal conductivity and flame ionization detectors, analysers
for NOx, gas chromatograph, Alternative Fuels- Hydrogen, Natural gas,
Liquefied petroleum gas, vegetable oil and biodiesel, Biomass Energy,
Direct Energy conversion methods-solar cells, thermos-ionic
converters.
References:
1. Ganesan V., Internal Combustion Engines, Tata Mcgraw-hill
Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., Internal Combustion Engines,
Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Colin R Ferguson and Allan T Kirkpatric, Internal Combustion
Engines, Wiley India Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Willard W Pulkrabek, Engineering Fundamentals of Internal
 Combustion Engines, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
5. Sukatme S. P., Solar Energy Principles of Thermal Collection and
Storage, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2005.
AAE 4049: BIO-INSPIRED COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES [2 1 0 3]
Bio-inspired Computation Algorithms ,Ant Colony Optimization
,Biological Inspiration ,Principle of Ant Colony Optimization ,Ant System
and Its Extensions, Particle Swarm Optimization, Biological Inspiration
,Principle of Particle Swarm Optimization ,Parameters and Population
Topology, Artificial Bee Colony ,Biological Inspiration, Principle of
Artificial Bee Colony, Algorithmic Structure of Artificial Bee Colony,
Differential Evolution , Biological Inspiration, Principle of Differential
Evolution , Control Parameters of Differential Evolution ,Glowworm
Swarm Optimization, Bacteria Foraging Optimization ,Bat-Inspired
Algorithm, Biological Vision-Based Surveillance and Navigation, ABC
Optimized Edge Potential Function Approach to Target Identification, The
Principle of Edge Potential Function ABC Optimized EPF Approach to
Target Identification , Chaotic Quantum-Behaved PSO Based on Lateral
Inhibition for Image Matching, The Quantum-Behaved PSO Algorithm,
Lateral Inhibition Mechanism , Chaotic Quantum-Behaved PSO Based on
Lateral Inhibition ., Implementation of Autonomous Visual Tracking and
Landing for Low-Cost Quadrotor, The Quadrotor and Carrier Test
Computer Vision Algorithm , Control Architecture for Tracking and
Landing .
References:
1. Haibin Duan, Pei Li, Bio-inspired Computation in Unmanned Aerial
Vehicles, Springer, 2014.
2. Hagan, Demuth, Beale- Thomas Learning, Neural Network Design,
Vikas Publishing House.
3. Jacek M. Zuarda, Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems, Jaico
Publishing House, 1997.
4. Xin-She Yang and João Paulo Papa, Bio-Inspired Computation and
Applications in Image Processing, Elsevier, 2013.
AAE 4050: COMPOSITE STRUCTURES [2 1 0 3]
Classification characterization composites, Mechanical Behavior of
composite materials, Basic terminologies, Review of Basic Equations of
Mechanics and Materials and Linear Elasticity, Stress-Strain Relations
for a unidirectional and orthotropic lamina, Effective Moduli of a
continuous fibre reinforced, lamina - Models based on mechanics of
materials, the theory of elasticity. Numerical Examples. Stress-
displacement relationship, Stress-strain relationship, Laminate stiffness,
Determination of lamina stresses and strains. Special cases of laminate
stiffness. Inter-laminar Stresses. Numerical Examples. Failure of
Continuous Fibre-reinforced orthotropic Lamina. Maximum stress/strain
criteria, Tsai-Hill and Tsai-Wu criterion, Hygrothermal effects on material
properties on the response of composites. Numerical Examples.
References:
1. Gibson R. F., Principles of Composite Material, (4e), Mechanics,
CRC Press, 2016.
2. Kollar L. P., George S Springer, Mechanics of Composite Structures,
Cambridge University Press, 2009.
3. Agarwal B. D., Broutman L. J. and Chandrashekhara K., Analysis
and Performance of Fiber Composites, (3e), John Wiley & Sons,
2006.
4. R. M. Jones, Mechanics of Composite Materials, (2e), Taylor &
Francis, 2005.
5. Madhujit Mukhopadhyay, Mechanics of Composite Materials and
Structures, Orient Longman, 2004.
40
AAE 4075: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Derivation of governing equations of fluid dynamics and discussion on a
characteristic of the governing equations, the initial and boundary
conditions. The mathematical behaviour of different classes of partial
differential equations. Discretization of governing equations using Finite
Difference and Control Volume approach. The basic solution techniques
for steady-state and transient equations. Solutions of Diffusion
Problems. Numerical methods for steady 1-D convective flow with
diffusion. The need for a staggered grid. Discussion on SIMPLE,
SIMPLER and PISO algorithms. Implementation of Boundary Conditions
in CFD.
References:
1. John D Anderson Jr, Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Basics with
Applications, International Edition. McGraw Hill, New York, 1995.
2. Suhas V Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow,
Hemisphere / McGraw Hill. New York, 1980.
3. Versteeg H. K. and Malalasekera W., An Introduction to
Computational Fluid Dynamics - The Finite Volume Method,
Longman Scientific & Technical. England, 1995.
4. Muralidhar K. and Sundararajan T., Computational Fluid Flow and
Heat Transfer, Narosa Publishing House, NewDelhi, 2003.
5. Anderson D. A, Tannehill J. C, and Pletcher, R. H, Computational
Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, Taylor and Francis Group. New
York, 1997.
AAE 4051: COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING [2 1 0 3]
Historical background of Manufacturing, Definition of N.C. Machine,
Classification, Design consideration of N.C. Machine tools, general
construction requirements, Methods of improving machine accuracy
and productivity, Control loops of NC systems – Control loop of a point to
point systems, Control loop of contouring systems. Co-ordinate
systems, point to point and contour programming, manual method
(word address format only), Computer Numerical Control, Direct
Numerical Control, Adaptive Control Machining System, Programmable
Logic Controller, Introduction to Robotics, Robot anatomy physical
configurations, Manipulator Kinematics, Technical features, robotic
applications. Automated Inspection and Testing: Principle and Methods,
Part classification and coding, production flow analysis, machine cell
design, benefits of group technology, Computer Integrated
Manufacturing System, Types of Manufacturing System, Material
Handling System, Flexible Manufacturing System, Computer control in
CIM, Computer-aided Process planning, Computer integrated planning
systems. Material requirement planning. Capacity planning, shop floor
control, factory data collection systems, automatic identification
systems – Barcode technology, automated data collection systems.
References:
1. Mikel P Groover, Automation, Production Systems and computer
Integrated manufacturing, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Yoram Koren, Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems and
Computer Integrated Manufacturing, PHI, New Delhi, 2006.
3. Yoram Koren, Joseph Ben Uri, Numerical Control of Machine Tools,
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Mikell P Groover and Emory W Zimmers, Computer-aided design
and manufacturing, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
AAE 4076: CRASHWORTHINESS AND SAFETY [2 1 0 3]
Motor Vehicle Safety, The Automobile Structure, Materials,
Crashworthiness, Crashworthiness Goals, Achieving Crashworthiness,
Crashworthiness Tests, Crashworthiness Models Requirements.
Current Design Practice, Comparison Between LMS and FE-Based
Crashworthiness Processes, Lumped Mass-Spring Models,
Limitations of LMS Models, Crash/Crush Design Techniques for Front
Structures, Principles of Designing for Crash Energy Management,
Review of Analytical Design Tools for Crash Energy Management,
Analytical Design Tools, Axial Collapse, Folding Mechanism of Box
Column During Axial Collapse, Bending Collapse Mathematical Models,
Moment-rotation characteristics of thin-walled beam, Structural Joints,
Design of Substructures, Axial crash mode. Vehicle-to-Vehicle Frontal
Collisions, Preliminary Relationships in Head-on Frontal Collision.
Overview of Explicit FE Technology, Explicit Integration, Shell Element,
Plasticity, Contact Treatment, Limitations of Current Technology,
Applications. Basic Laws and Concepts of Motion, Basic Principles of
Postulates, Particle Under Given Forces, Interactions, Two Additional
Postulates, Idealizations, Application of Concepts to Vehicle/Occupant
Analysis, Vehicle Response, Occupant Response, Axioms for Good
Occupant Restraint Performance and Design, Compatibility Between
Restraint System and Vehicle Front Structure, Supplemental Airbag
Restraint System (SARS), Restrained Occupant Models (Analytical
Approach). Human Body Modeling, Lumped Mass Models, Multi-Body
Models, Finite Element Models, Multi-Body Models Versus Finite
Element Models, MADYMO Set-Up, MADYMO Multi-Body Algorithm.
Introduction, Injury Mechanisms, Head Injury Mechanisms, Neck Injury
Mechanisms, Compression Injuries, Tension-Flexion Injuries,
Compression-Extension Injuries, Thoracic Injury Mechanisms,
Abdominal Injury Mechanisms, Pelvic Injury Mechanisms
References:
1. Paul Du Bois Clifford C. Chou Bahig B. Fileta Tawfik B. Khalil Albert I.
King Hikmat F. Mahmood Harold J. Mertz Jac Wismans, Vehicle
Crashwor thiness and Occupant Protection, Automotive
Applications Committee American Iron and Steel Institute
Southfield, Michigan, 2004.
2. CAE Methods for Vehicle Crashworthiness and Occupant Safety,
and Safety-critical Systems, SAE special publication: Society of
Automotive Engineers, 2004.
3. Narayan Yoganandan, Alan M. Nahum, John W. Melvin, Accidental
Injury: Biomechanics and Prevention, The Medical College of
Wisconsin Inc, 2015.
4. Jorge A. C. Ambrosio, Crashworthiness: Energy Management and
Occupant Protection, Springer-Verlag Wein publication Newyork,
2001.
AAE 4077: ERGONOMICS IN AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Ergonomics in vehicle design, ergonomics approach, problem solving
methodologies, importance of ergonomics, Use of anthropometry in
designing vehicles, biomechanics consideration in seat design, seat
design consideration related to driver accommodation, Vehicle
packaging, package layout, driver package development procedure,
Controls and display interfaces, Introduction to filed view, types of filed
view, forward field of view and evaluation, mirror design issue, methods
of measuring field of view, other visibility issues, Introduction, problem
during entry and exit, vehicle feature and dimensions related to entry and
exit, method of evaluating entry and exit.
References:
1. Vivek D Bhise, Ergonomics in automotive design process, CRC
Press Publications, 2012.
2. Nikolaos Gkikas, Automotive ergonomics – Driver vehicle
interaction, CRC Press Publication, 2013.
3. Mark R Lehto, James R Buck, Introduction to human factors and
ergonomics for engineers, Taylor and Francis Group publication,
2008.
4. Gavriel Salvendy (Editor), Handbook of Human Factors and
Ergonomics (4e), John Wiley and Sons, 2012.
41
AAE 4052: EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS [2 1 0 3]
Extensometers and Displacement Sensors, Advantages and
disadvantages, electrical resistance strain gauges, Types and their uses,
Wheatstone bridge and potentiometer circuits for static and dynamic
strain measurements, strain indicators, Rosette analysis, stress gauges,
load cells, Data acquisition, six component balance, Two dimensional
photo elasticity, Photo elastic materials, Concept of light – photoelastic
effects, stress optic law, Transmission photoelasticity, Jones calculus,
plane and circular polariscopes, Interpretation of fringe pattern,
Calibration of photoelastic materials, Compensation and separation
techniques, Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity. The
relation between stresses in coating and specimen, use of failure
theories in the brittle coating, Moire method of strain analysis.
References:
1. Dally, J. W. and Riley, W. F., Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw
Hill Inc., New York 1998.
2. Srinath, L. S., Raghava, M. R., Lingaiah K., Garagesha G., Pant B.
and Ramachandra K., Experimental Stress Analysis, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 1984.
3. Sadhu Singh, Experimental Stress Analysis, Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi, 1996.
4. Pollock A. A., Acoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration
Progress, Stephens R.W.B., Chapman and Hall, 1993.
5. Ramesh, K., Digital Photoelasticity, Springer, New York, 2000
AAE 4053: EXPLORATION AND MAPPING USING
AUTONOMOUS SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Basic Techniques Mobile Robot Localization Using Particle
Filters. Grid Maps. Decision-Theoretic Exploration Using Coverage
Maps, Definition of Coverage Maps, Updating Coverage Maps upon
Sensory Input. Choosing the Closest Target Location, Exploration Using
the Information Gain. Mapping with Noisy Sensors. Comparing, the
Viewpoint Selection Strategies, Coordinating a Team of Robots during
Exploration, Cost of Reaching a Target Location. Computing Utilities of
Frontier Cells, Target Point Selection, Coordination with Limited
Communication Range, Collaborative Mapping with Teams of Mobile
Robots. ,Comparison between Uncoordinated and, Coordinated
Exploration ,Exploration with Limited Communication, Comparisons to
Other Coordination Techniques ,Semantic Place Labeling,Estimating the
Label of a Goal Location ,Using Semantic Place Information for Efficient,
Multi-Robot Exploration ,Mapping and Exploration under Pose
Uncertainty, Using Laser Range Data to Compute an Improved, Proposal
Distribution . , Selective Resampling. , Actively Closing Loops During
Exploration. Detecting Opportunities to Close Loops. , Representing
Actions under Pose Uncertainty, Active Loop-Closing vs. Frontier-Based,
Exploration. Mapping and Localization in Non-Static, Environments,
Learning Maps of Low-Dynamic Environments, Map Segmentation,
Learning Configurations of the Environment. Map Clustering, Application
in an Office Environment., Localizing the Robot and Estimating the State
of, the Environment, Global Localization
References:
1. Robotic Mapping and Exploration, Cyrill Stachniss, Springer, 2009.
2. Bellman R. E., Dynamic Programming. Princeton University Press,
Princeton 1957.
AAE 4078: FARM MACHINERY AND EARTH MOVING
EQUIPMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, overview of engine components, Lubrication, Cooling
system, Supercharger and Turbo charger, Types of transmission system,
construction of hydro shift transmission, final drive, power take off
shafts, Power steering system, integral and linkage type, planetary
steering system, types of brakes, Classification of earth moving
equipment's, constructional details of Dozers, Loaders, Shovels,
Excavators, Rippers, Trenchers, Dredgers, Drag Line, Clamshell,
Scrapers, Motor Graders, Rollers, Compactors, Material handling
Systems, Types of tractors, tractor attachments, tillage equipment's,
under carriage unit of earth mover, Suspension system, Tyres,
maintenance and safety of earth movers.
References:
1. Erich J. schulz, Diesel equipment- volume I and II, 1981.
2. Sharma S. C., Construction Equipment and Management, Khanna
Publishers, 2002.
3. Rodichev and Rodicheva G., Tractor and Automobiles, MIR
Publishers, 1987.
4. Kolchin. A., and Demidov V., Design of Automotive engines for
tractor, MIR Publishers, 1972.
5. Harris Pearson Smith, Farm Machinery and Equipment, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishers, 1977.
AAE 4054: FRACTURE MECHANICS [2 1 0 3]
Fracture Mechanics Principles: Mechanisms of Fracture, the Graffiti s
criterion, Stress intensity approach. Stress Analysis for Members with
Cracks: Linear elastic fracture mechanics, Crack tip stress and
deformations; Relation between stress intensity factor and fracture
toughness, Plane stress and plane strain concepts. The Dugdale
approach. Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics: Elasto-plastic factor
criteria, crack resistance curve, Crack opening displacement.
Impor tance of R-curve in fracture mechanics, Experimental
determination of I-integral. Dynamic and Crack Arrest: the dynamic
stress intensity and elastic energy release rate, crack branching, the
principles of crack arrest, and the dynamic fracture toughness. Fatigue
and Fatigue Crack Growth Rate: Fatigue loading, Various stages of crack
propagation, the load spectrum, approximation of the stress spectrum,
the crack growth integration, fatigue crack growth laws. Fracture
Resistance of Materials: Fracture criteria, fatigue cracking criteria, the
effect of alloying and second phase particles.
References:
1. Karen Helen, Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, McGraw Hill Pub,
2000.
2. Jayatilake, Fracture of Engineering Brittle Materials Applied Science,
London, 2001.
3. Anderson T. L., Fracture Mechanics Application, CRC press, 1998.
4. David Broek, Elementary Engineering Fracture of Mechanics,
Martinus Nijhoff, London, 1999.
AAE 4055: GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and Heritage of NAVSTAR, The Global Positioning System,
Overview of GPS Operation And Design, Coordinate and time systems,
Definition of global and local coordinate systems, Relationship between
satellite and conventional geodetic systems, Satellite orbital motions,
Different Satellite Constellation And Geometric Dilution of Precision,
Indian satellite program-GAGAN/IRNS S constellation and Signal
structure, GPS Signal Structure And Theoretical GPS Navigation, GPS
Satellite And Payload , Fundamentals of Signal Tracking Theory ,GPS
Receivers, GPS Navigation Algorithms & GPS observables, estimation
procedure, GPS Operational Control Segment, GPS Error Analysis,
Ionospheric Effects on GPS Tropospheric Effects on GPS, Multipath
Effects , Foliage Attenuation For Land Mobile/aerospace Users,
Ephemeris and Clock Navigation Message Accuracy , Selective
Availability , Introduction to Relativistic Effects on The Global Positioning
System, Interference Effects and Mitigation Techniques , methods of
GPS processing data, Applications and examples of GPS data analysis
along with other space geodetic data, Satellite based augmentation
system and application, Kalman Filter in GPS, Front End Receiver.
42
Reference:
1. Hofmann-Wellenhof, Lichtenegger B. H., and Collins J., GPS Theory
and Practice, Springer, ISBN: 9780387824772, 1994.
2. Parkinson B. W., Spilker J., et al., Global Positioning System: Theory
and Applications. Vol. 1. American Institute of Aeronautics & Ast,
ISBN: 9781563471063, 1996.
3. Parkinson, B. W., Spilker J., et al., Global Positioning System: Theory
and Applications. Vol. 2. American Institute of Aeronautics & Ast,
ISBN: 9781563471070, 1996.
4. Pelton, Joseph N., Madry, Scott, Camacho-Lara, Handbook of
Satellite Applications, Sergio (Eds.), 2013.
5. John W Betz, Wiley Online Library, Engineering Satellite-Based
Navigation and Timing: Global Navigation Satellite Systems, Signals
and Receivers, 2015.
AAE 4079: GREEN ENERGY TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Energy, environment, pollution control and sustainable development,
Energy sources Introduction to nexus between Energy, Overview of
global/ India's energy scenario, Renewable energy resources &
systems, sources of renewable energy, solar radiation, and
measurement of solar radiation: Instruments, models and methods for
estimating solar radiation, solar photovoltaic energy conversion,
structuring and assembly, bio energy and conversion systems, Green
nanotechnology, Nanoparticles preparation techniques, waste to energy
conversion and management, waste management hierarchy, waste
minimization and recycling of MSW; Life Cycle Analysis (LCA), Material
Recovery Facilities (MRF), recycling processes of solid waste.
Reference:
1. Sukhatme S. and Nayak J., Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal
Collection and Storage, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. Gopal Nath Tiwari, Fundamentals of Photovoltaic Modules & Their
Applications, ISBN: 9781849730204, Publisher: Royal Society of
Chemistry, 2010.
3. Jazmin Seijas, Green Management and Green Technologies:
Exploring the Causal Relationship, Nogarida, 2008.
4. Richard Maltzman And David Shiden, Green Project Management,
ISBN: 9781853835988, Environmental Risk Management By Paul
Pritchard, Earth Scan Publications, 2001.
5. Geoffrey B. Smith, Claes-Goran S. Granqvist, Green
Nanotechnology: Solutions for Sustainability and Energy in the Built
Environment, CRC Press, 2010.
AAE 4056: INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Principles and strategies of automation, basic elements,
transfer lines. Material handling and identification technologies:
Overview, Principles and Design Consideration, Automatic Identification
Methods. Automated Manufacturing Systems: Components,
Classification and GT and Cellular Manufacturing, FMS. Quality Control
Systems: SPC Tools, Inspection Principles. Control Technologies in
Automation: Industrial Control Systems Continuous Versus Discrete
Control, Computer Process. Computer-Based Industrial Control:
Introduction & Automatic Process Control, Building Blocks of
Automation Systems Distributed Control System. Modelling and
Simulation for Plant Automation need for system Modelling Modern
Tools & Future Perspective.
References:
1. Mikell P. Groover, Automation, Production System and Computer
Integrated Manufacturing, (4e), Pearson Higher Education, 2015.
2. Krishna Kant, Computer Based Industrial Control, (2e), EEE-PHI,
2010.
3. Viswanandham, Per formance Modeling of Automated
Manufacturing Systems, (1e), PHI, 2009.

AAE 4057: LIGHTWEIGHT MATERIALS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and use of lightweight materials, Aluminium alloys,
magnesium alloys, beryllium and titanium alloys: Application,
designation and heat treatment. Introduction to composite materials,
types of material and manufacturing methods. FRP constituents: fibres
and resins. Micromechanics of a lamina. Analysis of an individual ply.
Macro-mechanics of a laminate; stiffness, strength and analysis
techniques. Stress distribution around holes in laminates. Test methods;
determination of elastic constants, static strengths, fibre volume
fractions and void content. Metal matrix composites. Ceramic matrix
composites. Selection guidelines for lightweight materials.
References:
1. Campbell F. C., Introduction to lightweight Materials, ASM
International, 2012.
2. Jones R. M., Mechanics of Composite Materials (2e), Taylor and
Francis, 2017.
3. Kaw A. K., Mechanics of Composite Materials (2e), Taylor and
Francis, 2006.
AAE 4060: OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Forecasting, Need for forecasting, Quantitative methods, Facility layout
and location, Qualitative aspects, Quantitative models for layout
decisions. The product, process fixed position, group layout. Location
decisions-quantitative models, Capacity and aggregate planning,
Capacity measurement, Long-term and short term strategies, Aggregate
planning, Inventory management, Various costs in inventory
management and need, Deterministic models and discounts.,
Probabilistic inventory management, Scheduling models and
applications, Scheduling in MRP system, Sequencing rules and
applications, Batch production sequencing and scheduling, Introduction
to supply chain, complexity, ,key issues, Supply chain strategy and
performance measures, Centralized vs. decentralized systems, Value of
information and supply chain integration, Bullwhip effect ,Push-based,
pull based systems, Outsourcing : Make or buy decisions,
Transportation decision, Drivers of the decision., Network design
decisions, Cross-docking, transhipment, Distribution and logistics in
supply chains, Direct shipment/intermediate storage policies, Vehicle
routing models, Third-party logistics, Information Technology in supply
chain, Enabling supply chain through IT.,ERP vendor platforms, Service
oriented architecture (SOA).
References:
1. David A. Collier and James R. Evans, Operations Management,
Cengage Learning, 2016.
2. Jay Heizer and Barry Render, Operations Management, Pearson,
2013.
3. Ray R. Venkataraman and Jeffrey K. Pinto, Operations Management:
Managing Global Supply Chains, Sage Publisher, 2017.
4. Janat Shah, Supply Chain Management, Prentice Hall, 2013.
5. Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl, Supply Chain Management: Strategy,
Planning, and Operation, Pearson Education, 2018.
AAE 4062: OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to optimal design. Elements of an optimal design problem.
Formulation of optimal problem. Local and global optima. Single variable
optimization: region elimination methods, bracketing methods and
gradient-based methods. Multivariable optimization without constraints:
Direct search methods and gradient-based methods. Multivariable
optimization with constraints: Sequential Unconstrained Minimization
43
Techniques Constraint Scaling, Augmented Lagrange Method (ALM) for
Equality Constraints, ALM for Inequality Constraints and Generalized
ALM. Heuristic search methods: Tabu search, simulated annealing,
genetic algorithms. Multi-objective optimization and Pareto optimality.
Sensitivity, trade-off analysis, goal programming. Multidisciplinary
design optimization and methods.
References:
1. Rao S. S., Engineering optimization, New Age Int., 2013.
2. Kalyanmoi Deb, Optimisation for engineering Design, Prentice Hall
India, 2004.
3. Ashok Belegundu and Chandrauptala T., Optimisation concepts and
applications in engineering, Cambridge University Press, 2011.
4. Arora J. S., Optimum Design, Academic press, 2012.
5. Kalyanmoi Deb, Multi-objective optimization using evolutionary
algorithms, John Wiley and sons, 2002.
6. Jaroslaw S. S., Moris A., Tooren M. V., Multidisciplinary design
optimization supported by knowledge based engineering, John
Wiley and sons, 2015.
AAE 4064: PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT [2 1 0 3]
Classification/ Specifications of Products. Product life cycle. Product
mix. Introduction to product design. Modern product development
process. Innovative thinking, TRIZ (TIPS), Morphology of design.
Conceptual Design: Generation, selection & embodiment of concept.
Product architecture. Industrial design: process, need. Robust Design:
Taguchi Designs & DOE. Design for Mfg & Assembly: Methods of
designing for Mfg & Assy. Designs for Environment. Product Costing.
Legal factors and social issues. Engg ethics and issues of society related
to the design of products. Value Engineering / Value Analysis. : Definition.
Methodology. Case studies. Economic analysis: Qualitative &
Quantitative. Ergonomics / Aesthetics: Gross human autonomy.
Anthropometry. Man-Machine interaction.
References:
1. Karl T Ulrich, Steven D Eppinger, Product Design & Development,
Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi, 2004.
2. David G Ullman, The Mechanical Design Process, McGrawhill Inc
Singapore 1992.
3. Roozenberg N. J. M., Ekels J. R, Product Design Fundamentals and
Methods, John Willey & Sons, 1995.
4. Kevin Otto & Kristin Wood, Product Design: Techniques in Reverse
Engineering and New Product Development, Pearson Education
New Delhi, 2004.
5. Hollins B. & Pugh S., Successful Product Design, Butter worths
London, 1990.
6. Baldwin E. N. & Neibel B. W., Designing for Production, Edwin
Homewood Illinois, 1963.
AAE 4066: ROBUST CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Robust Control, Control system specifications for
aerospace vehicles, robustness issues: robust stability and robust
performance, describing functions. Robust Control of Linear &
Nonlinear Systems:-Introduction, Matched Uncertainty, Unmatched
Uncertainty Uncertainty in the Input Matrix, Problems, Kharitonov
Approach:-Introduction, Preliminary Theorems, Kharitonov theorem,
Control Design Using Kharitonov Theorem, Problems, Eigen structure
assignment techniques, Eigenstructure assignment, output feedback,
Observer design, Controller Synthesis by Robust Eigen structure
Assignment, LQR, LQG/LTR, H2 and H∞ control optimization/H∞
Optimal Control, Robustness Analysis, Nonlinear H∞ Control,
Introduction to neuro-fuzzy control, examples of state, output feedback
and tracking control systems for aerospace vehicles, Robust Adaptive
control.
Reference:
1. Feng Lin., Robust Control Design: An Optimal Control Approach,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. ISBN: 978-0-470-03191-9, 2007.
2. Bhattacharya, Apellat, Keel, Robust Control-The Parametric
Approach, Prentice Hall PTR. 2000.
3. John Doyle and Keith Glover, Robust and Optimal Control, Kemin
Zou, Prentice Hall, 1995.
4. Zhou, Kemin and Doyle C., John, Essentials of Robust Control,
Prentice Hall, 1999.
5. Morari, Manfred and Zafiriou, Evanghelos, Robust Process Control,
Prentice Hall, 1989.
AAE 4069: STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL &
RELIABILITY [2 1 0 3]
Fundamentals of quality and quality control. A measure of central
tendencies. Probability Distributions. Tolerance allocation. Control chart
for variables and attributes. Process capability analysis and process
capability index. Acceptance sampling. Operating characteristic curves.
Dodge romig and MIL-STD acceptance sampling tables. The concept of
reliability, Reliability systems, maintainability.
References:
1. Montgomery D. C., Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, (2e),
John Wiley & Sons, New York 2005.
2. Amitav Mitra, Fundamentals of quality control and improvement (3e)
Wiley 2008.
3. Grant E.L., Statistical Quality Control, (6e), McGraw Hill
Publications, New York 1988.
4. Duncan, Quality Control and Industrial statistics, Irwin Press, New
York 1960.
5. Juran J.M., Quality Planning and Analysis, (2e) McGraw Hill
Publications, Delhi 1984.
6. Bertrand L. Hansen, Quality Control-theory and applications, Hall
India, Delhi 1987.
AAE 4070: SURFACE ENGINEERING AND COATING
TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Surface-dependent engineering properties, common
surface-initiated engineering failures; mechanism of surface
degradation; mechanisms of wear, abrasive, adhesive wear, contact
fatigue – fretting corrosion; importance and necessity of surface
engineering; classification and scope of surface engineering in metals,
ceramics, polymers and composites, tailoring of surfaces of advanced
materials. Surface Preparation methods such as Chemical,
Electrochemical, Mechanical: Sand Blasting, Shot peening, Shot
blasting, Hydro-blasting, Vapor Phase Degreasing etc., Coatings:
Classification, Properties and applications of Various Coatings. Surface
protection and surface modification techniques: principles, methods,
and technology; Surface modification by use of directed energy beams,
Plasma, Sputtering & Ion Implantation. Surface modification by Friction
stir processing, Surface composites. Chemical Conversion Coating-
Chromating, Anodizing, Thermochemical processes: Metallic coating-
Hot Dipping, Galvanizing, Electrolytic and Electroless plating:
Methodology used, mechanisms, important reactions involved, Process
parameters and applications. Diffusion Coatings- coating properties and
applications, Principles of cementation – cladding – Diffusion coating of
Al , Si, Cr and B – structure, properties and application of diffusion
coatings – Carburizing, Carbonitriding, Siliconizing, Chromizing,
Aluminizing, Boronizing, Boronitriding: Thin film Coating: Coating from
Vapour Phase- PVD, and CVD: Diamond Like Carbon (DLC) coating,
Nano crystalline diamond coating Thermal spray coatings- Processes,
44
Surface Preparation, Finishing Treatment, Coating Structures and
Properties, Applications; selection of coatings ,testing wear resistance
practical diagnosis of wear, non-destructive testing, scratch resistance
testing, ASTM and other standards for the testing of engineering coating
Characterization of Coatings: Physical Characterization, Assessment of
Adhesion of Coating, Surface microscopy & topography by scanning
probe microscopy, Spectroscopic analysis of modified surfaces Case
studies: Case studies based on coatings and surface modification of
important engineering components.
References:
1. ASM Handbook Volume 5: Surface Engineering, American society of
metals, 1994.
2. Ian Hutchings, Philip Shipway, Tribology: Friction and Wear of
Engineering Materials, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2017.
3. Davis J. R., Surface Engineering for Corrosion and Wear Resistance,
CRC Press, 2001.
4. Ohring M., The Materials Science of Thin Films, Academic Press Inc,
2005.
5. Gamburg, Yuliy D., Zangari, Giovanni, Theory and Practice of Metal
Electrodeposition, Springer, 2011.
6. Budinski K. G., Surface Engineering for Wear Resistances, Prentice
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1988.
7. William E. Bryson, Heat Treatment, Selection, and Application of Tool
Steels, Hanser Publications, 2005.
AAE 4080: TWO AND THREE-WHEELED VEHICLES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, an overview of two-wheelers, Classification of two-
wheeled vehicles, identification of essential systems, layouts of two-
wheelers, Classification of engines used in two-wheelers. Engine
anatomy, constructional details, induction methods, scavenging
methods, fuel supply systems, constant choke and constant venturi
carburettors. Lubrication systems, Cooling systems., Ignition systems,
circuit diagrams for lighting, horn, starter motor, Two-wheeler chassis,
steering systems, Front and rear suspension systems, Braking systems
Transmission system layouts for scooters, motorcycles, mopeds, three-
wheeled vehicles and details of subsystems. Wheels and tyres,
Classification of three-wheeled vehicles, CNG fuel system, LPG
systems. Electric drives for two-wheeled vehicles. Safety aspects in
two-wheeled vehicles, emission standards followed for two and three
wheelers.
References:
1. Dhruv U Panchal, Two and Three wheeler technology, (1e), PHI
Publications, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Ramalingam K. K., Two wheelers, sci-tech publications(India) Pvt
Ltd, Chennai, 2014 York 1960.
3. Narang G. B. S., Automobile Engineering, (2e), Khanna publishers,
2014.
OPEN ELECTIVE
AAE 4301: AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Introduction- Historical background, Regulatory test procedures,
Analysis of pollutants, Pollution from Spark Ignition engines, Pollution
from Compression Ignition engines, Fuels for spark ignition and
compression ignition engines, Engine Variants- Lean Burn engines,
Stratified charge engines, Direct Injection in Gasoline engines,
Instrumentation for pollution measurements- Non Destructive Infrared
analysers, thermal conductivity and flame ionization detectors,
analysers for NOx, gas chromatograph, Alternative Fuels- Hydrogen,
Natural gas, Liquefied petroleum gas, vegetable oil and biodiesel,
Biomass Energy, Direct Energy conversion methods- solar cells, thermo
ionic converters.

References:
1. Ganesan V., Internal Combustion Engines, Tata Mcgraw-hill
Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., Internal Combustion Engines,
Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Colin R Ferguson and Allan T Kirkpatric, Internal Combustion
Engines, Wiley India Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
AAE 4302: INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMOBILE
ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction- Engine classifications, Cylinder arrangements, Engine
components, Valve operating mechanisms, valve timing diagrams, fuel
supply system, Battery ignition system, types of cooling and lubrication
system, classification and working of clutch system, design of clutch
components, Sliding and constant mesh gear box, Calculation of power,
gear ratio and tractive efforts, Propeller shaft, Differential, Steering
mechanism and geometry, types of suspension system, types of brakes,
calculation of brake torque and stopping distance, Starting and lighting
circuit.
References:
1. Heldt.P. M., High-Speed Combustion Engines, Oxford and IBM
Publishers Co, 1985.
2. Newton and steeds, The Motor Vehicle, ELBS, 1980.
3. Narang G. B. S., Automobile Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 1990.
4. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering, Vol. I & II, Standard Publishers
Distributors, New Delhi, 1997.
AAE 4303: INTRODUCTION TO AEROSPACE ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and Overview of The History of Flight, Fundamental
Thoughts, Ballooning, Basic/Constructive Principles of Fluid Mechanics-
Bernoulli's Theorem and Control Volume Approaches, The Sources of all
Aerodynamic Forces, Equation of State for a Perfect Gas, Specific
Volume, Anatomy of Aircraft and Space Vehicles, Standard Atmosphere,
Hydrostatic Equation, Relation between Geopotential and Geometric
Altitudes, Basics of Aerodynamics, Air foil Nomenclature, Lift, Drag and
Moment Coefficient, Elements of Airplane Performance, Astronautics,
Basics of Propulsion.
45
References:
1. Anderson Jr. J. D., Introduction to Flight, McGraw Hill International
Edition, 2012.
2. Dava Newman, Interactive Aerospace Engineering and Design,
McGraw Hill International Edition, 2002.
3. Kermode A. C., Flight without Formulae, Pearson Education (United
Kingdom), 1990.
4. Howard D Curtis., Orbital Mechanics for Engineering Students,
Butterworth Heinemann, 2013.
5. Anderson Jr. J. D., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 2017.
AAE 4304: INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS AND
NAVIGATION SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to aircraft, Introduction to flight mechanics and flight
dynamics of aircraft & UAV, Introduction to Avionics in aircraft &
spacecraft., Displays, HMI, I/O Devices and Power, Packaging, do
178B/C Software, ARINC and DOD Types, System Cooling, EMI/EMC
Requirements; Aircraft Power Systems: Electrical Power Generation and
Distribution Systems, Digital Communication, Digital Data Bus System,
ARINC-429,629, AFDX, MIL-STD-1553, Fiber Optic Comm. Satellite
Communication, Flight control laws, FBW, Autopilot, FMS, LRU, IMA &
Mission Systems. Inertial Sensors and Inertial Navigation Systems,
Multisensory Navigation Systems, Kalman filter basics & Mechanization.
Elements of Navigation Systems, Satellite Navigation Systems, Antenna
Design, Analysis and placement on aerospace vehicle, Aircraft circuit
design on proteas, Radar & Landing Systems.
References:
1. Myron Kayton & Walter R. Fried, Avionics Navigation Systems, (2e),
Wiley-Interscience, 1997.
2. Siouris G. M., Aerospace Avionics systems: A Modern Synthesis,
Academic Press, 1993.
3. Collinson R. P. G., Introduction to Avionics Systems, Springer, 2002.
4. Cary R. Spitzer, Digital Avionics Handbook, (2e), Avionics
Development and Implementation, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis
Group, 2007.
5. Ching-Fang Lin, Modern Navigation, Guidance, and Control
Processing, Prentice Hall, 1991.
6. Cundy Dale R., Introduction to Avionics, Pearson Education India,
2010.
 Department of Biomedical Engineering

Biomedical Engineering is a fascinating multidisciplinary field in which Programs offered

the principles of engineering are applied to solving problems in medicine, Under Graduate Program
& gaining a deeper insight into life-sciences, towards providing an overall 4B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering (1992)
enhancement to health care. The Biomedical Engineering program was Post Graduate Program
started at the MIT in 1989 with a P. G Program (M. Tech.), and 4
subsequently a U.G. program (B. Tech.) was started in 1992. The PhD
proximity of the reputed Kasturba Medical College under the same
umbrella of MAHE offers a unique platform for training students in several
fields, and renders the Biomedical Engineering program a very special
one. Currently, the Department provides a variety of modern facilities to Faculty Strength
help the students acquire an in-depth technical knowledge in various Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
topics in the field of Biomedical Engineering. The department
encourages research activities and a Research Lab including a
5 4
physiological signal acquisition lab are provided for the purpose. Areas 9 6
4
of interest of the Faculty at the department include: Medical Imaging,
Image Processing, and Physiological Signal Processing, Biomedical
Instrumentation, Medical Devices, Nanotechnology and Biomaterials. PhD Professors
Presently, the Headquarters of the Biomedical Engineering Society of Associate Professors
Assistant Professors
India (BMESI) is at the Dept. of Biomedical Engineering.

46
 B TECH in BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2152 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2253 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
BME 2151 Analog Electronics 3 1 0 4 BME 2251 Biomechanics 4 0 0 4
BME 2152 Anatomy & Physiology 4 0 0 4 BME 2252 Biomedical Instrumentation – I 3 0 0 3
BME 2153 Digital Electronics 2 1 0 3 BME 2253 Digital System Design 4 0 0 4
II
BME 2154 Network Analysis 3 1 0 4 BME 2254 Integrated Circuit Systems 4 0 0 4
BME 2155 Signals & Systems 3 0 0 3 **** Open Elective – I 3
BME 2161 Circuit Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1 BME 2261 IC Systems Lab 0 0 6 2
BME 2162 Electronics Lab 0 0 6 2 BME 2262 MATLAB & Simulink 0 0 3 1
17 4 9 24 17 1 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
BME 3151 Basic Clinical Science I 4 0 0 4 BME 3251 Basic Clinical Sciences II 4 0 0 4

47
BME 3152 Biomedical Instrumentation – II 3 0 0 3 BME 3252 Digital Image Processing 4 0 0 4
III BME 3153 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4 BME **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3
BME 3154 Microcontroller Based Systems 4 0 0 4 BME **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective – II 3 **** Open Elective – III 3
BME 3161 Biomedical Instrumentation Lab – 1 0 0 3 1 BME 3261 Biomedical Instrumentation Lab – 2 0 0 3 1
BME 3162 Microcontroller Lab 0 0 6 2 BME 3262 Signal and Image Processing Lab 0 0 6 2
16 2 9 24 16 1 9 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 26 + 3 = 29
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
BME **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 BME 4298 Industrial Training 1
BME **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 BME 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
IV BME **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 BME 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
BME **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
BME **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) +OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specialization
I. Biomaterials
THIRD SEMESTER
BME 4051: Biomaterials
BME 4052: Biomaterial-characterization Techniques MAT 2152: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III [2 1 0 3]
BME 4053: Introduction to Biomedical Nanotechnology
BME 4054: Material Science for Biomedical Engineers Complex Variable: Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R
equations, differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's
II. Signal & Image Processing integral formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues,
BME 4055: Advanced Biomedical Signal Processing Cauchy's residue theorem.
BME 4056: Biometrics Partial Differential Equations: Solution by method of separation of
BME 4057: Machine Learning variables. Solution by indicated transformations. One dimensional wave
BME 4058: Medical Imaging equation D'almbert's solution and solution by separation of variables.
One dimensional heat equation and solution by separation of variables.
III. Material Science Fourier representations for signals: Introduction, Discrete-time
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials periodic signals (Textbook 2): The discrete-time Fourier series,
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices continuous-time periodic signals: The Fourier series, Discrete-time non-
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding periodic signals: The discrete-time Fourier transform, continuous-time
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound non-periodic signals: The Fourier transform, properties of Fourier
representations. Fourier transform representations for periodic signals,
IV. Business Management convolution and modulation with mixed signal classes, Fourier transform
HUM 4051: Financial Management representation for discrete-time signals.
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management References:
HUM 4054: Operation Management 1. Grewal B.S, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
2. Haykin Simon, Veen Barry Van, Signals and Systems, John Wiley
V. Computational Mathematics &Sons, New Delhi, 2008
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis 3. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engg. Mathematics-, Wiley Eastern.
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra 4. Applied Numerical Analysis (5e) - Gerald and Wheatley.
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments 5. Murray R. Spiegel: Vector Analysis. 1959, Schaum Publishing Co.
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices 6. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Vol 3, by Narayanan, Ramaniah
and Manicavachagom Pillay.
Program Electives
BME 4059: Artificial Neural Networks BME 2151: ANALOG ELECTRONICS [3 1 0 4]
BME 4060: Biophotonics Review of BJT operation, biasing and stability, Transistor at low
BME 4061: Bio-statistics frequencies and high frequencies, Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field
BME 4062: Control Systems Effect Transistors and their Applications. Bipolar Transistor Large-Signal
BME 4063: Drug Delivery and Small-Signal Model. BJT Amplifiers: Input and Output Impedances,
BME 4064: Embedded Systems Biasing, Bipolar Amplifier Topologies. MOS Amplifier: Amplifier
BME 4065: Fuzzy Logic Systems Topologies, Relationship between Transfer Function and Frequency
BME 4066: Gait Analysis Response, Input and Output Impedances. Properties of Negative
BME 4067: Object Oriented Programming Feedback: Gain Desensitization, Bandwidth Extension. Oscillators: LC
BME 4068: Pattern Recognition Oscillators, Parallel LC Tanks, Cross-Coupled Oscillator. Power
BME 4069: Physiological Control Systems Amplifier: Emitter Follower as Power Amplifier, Push-Pull Stage,
BME 4070: Telemedicine Improved Push-Pull Stage, Power Amplifier Classes.
BME 4071: Tissue Engineering
References:
Open Electives 1. Behzad Razavi, “Fundamental of Microelectronics”, (2e), John Wiley
BME 4301: Bio-medical Instrumentation and Sons, 2013
BME 4302: Bio-Mechanics 2. A. S. Sedra, K. C. Smith, “Microelectronic circuits”, (6e), Oxford
BME 4303: Rehabilitation Engineering University Press, 2009.
3. R. L. Boylestad, L. Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory”, (11e), Pearson India education services, 2015.
4. J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, Chetan. D. Parekh, “Integrated
Electronics”, (2e), McGraw Hill, 2010.

BME 2152: ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY [4 0 0 4]

PARTA: ANATOMY
Skeletal System: Types of bone, classification, Structure of bone, Blood
supply, Cartilage: Type, Structure in brief, Joints: Classification,
Structure of synovial joint, Major joints of the body. Muscle tissue: Types,
Structure of skeletal muscle, Types of muscles, Brain: Parts, Brain stem,
Ventricles, CSF, Meninges, Cranial nerves (names and functions only).
Spinal cord: Gross features and structures, Spinal nerve, Nerve endings
and receptors, Autonomic nervous system. Sensory system: Eye, Ear,
Skin. Heart: Pericardium, Chambers, Blood supply Organs. Respiratory
48
system: Parts, Trachea, Lungs. G I Tract: Parts, Stomach, Intestine,
Liver, and Pancreas. Urinary system, Male and Female reproductive
organs, and Endocrine glands.
References:
1. Sampath Madhyastha, “Manipal Manual of Anatomy”, CBS
Publishers & Distributors, (3e), 2016.
PART-B PHYSIOLOGY
Introductory lecture pertaining basic functional concept of the human
body as a whole and contribution of the individual system for achieving
the goal. Haemetology; Leverage system i.e. bone and muscle
physiology in general. Nerve action potential and its ionic basis. Body
temperature regulation; Biophysical aspects of blood pressure (Bop) and
its recording technique. Electrocardiograph and its gross normal
features and alterations, Optics of the eye. Fundamental tonal analysis,
determination of pitch, loudness and quality of sound. Sensorium -
general role of receptors as transducers, generation of potential in the
receptors. Motor control of skilled voluntary movements: Mechanism of
abnormal oscillatory movements Electroencephalogram and
electrocorticogram.
References:
1. Charles E Tobin, “Manual of Human Dissection”, McGraw Hill, Edition
4, 1961.
2. J Gibson, “Modern Physiology and Anatomy of Nurses”, Black Well,
1981.
3. A J Vander, “J H Sherman, D S Luciano, Human Physiology”, McGraw
Hill, (8e), 2000.
4. Cyril A Keele, Eric Neil, Neil Norman Joels, “Samson's Wright's
Applied Physiology”, Oxford University Press, 1993.
BME 2153: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS [2 1 0 3]
Combinational logic circuits: Overview of Algebraic simplification of
Boolean expressions and realization using logic gates, minimization
using Karnaugh map; Minimization using variable entered maps, Quine-
McCluskey algorithm; Combinational circuit design using MSI chips:
Multiplexers, demultiplexers, encoders, decoders, parity generators,
parity checkers; Arithmetic circuits: Half adder, full adder, adder-
subtractor, ripple carry and carry look ahead adders, ALU; Logic families
and their characteristics: TTL families, CMOS families, CMOS logic;
Sequential logic circuits: Overview of flipflops and ripple counter;
Counters: Pre-settable counter (binary and modulo n); Shift registers:
shift register counters, ring counter, twisted ring counter; Analysis and
design of synchronous sequential finite state machines: Classification of
FSM, state assignment, state minimization, design of next state decoder
and output decoder, synthesis using D-FF and JK-FF, MSI devices as
state machines, ASM charts.
References:
1. Wakerly, Digital Design Principles & Practices, Pearson, Delhi, (3e),
2003.
2. Givone, Digital Principles & Design, TMH, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Leach D. P. & A. P. Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications, MGH,
2008.
4. Roth C. H., Fundamentals of logic design, Thomson Brooks, Australia,
(5e), 2007.
5. Morris Mano, Digital logic and computer design, Pearson, New Delhi,
2013.
6. Ronald J. Tocci, Digital Systems - Principles & Applications, Pearson,
Delhi, (8e), 2005.
49
BME 2154: NETWORK ANALYSIS [3 1 0 4]
Review: network equations, principles of duality & network
transformation, KVL and KCL equations for DC and AC networks,
network reduction using Y- transformations and network theorems.
Coupled circuits, series and parallel resonant circuits, transient behavior
and Initial conditions in networks, switching condition and their
representation, evaluation of initial and final conditions. Continuous time
signals and Systems; Laplace transforms, Inverse Laplace transform
and applications, one and two port networks, driving point admittance
and transfer function, Open circuit impedance parameters, Short circuit
admittance parameters, transmission parameters, h-parameters. Linear
wave-shaping using low pass and high pass RC circuits.
References:
1 M E Van Valkenburg, “Network Analysis”, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, (3e), 2007.
2 Joseph A Edminister, “Theory and Problems of Electric circuits”,
McGraw Hill, (5e), 2001.
3 C.L.Wadhwa, “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, New Age
International (P)Limited, Publishers, New Delhi, (3e), 2007.
4 Jacob Millman and Herbert Taub, “Pulse, Digital and Switching
Waveforms” Mcgraw-Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 1992.
BME 2155: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to signals; Representations of continuous and discrete-time
signals, Some special signals; Introduction to systems, system
properties, Continuous time and discrete time Linear shift-invariant (LSI)
systems, Frequency analysis of signals and systems, Fourier series
representation, the Fourier Transform, The Discrete-Time Fourier
Transform (DTFT) and the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), The Laplace
Transform for continuous time signals and systems, The z-Transform for
discrete time signals and systems, Sampling Theorem and its
implications. Spectrum of sampled signals. Reconstruction: ideal
interpolator, zero-order hold, first-order hold, and so on. Aliasing and its
effects. Relation between continuous and discrete time systems.
References:
1. A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and I.T. Young, "Signals and Systems",
Pearson Education India; (2e), (2015).
2. M. J. Roberts, Signals and Systems - Analysis using Transform
methods and MATLAB, McGraw-Hill Education, (2e), 2011.
3. Hwei Hsu, Schaum's Outline of Signals and Systems, McGraw-Hill
Education; (3e), 2013.
BME 2161: CIRCUIT SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Study of Simulation software using simple circuits. Rectifier circuits
(Half wave, Full wave, and Bridge rectifier with filters). Power Supply
design with regulators. Waveform generator using BC147 Transistors
(Astable Multivibrator). Waveform generator using BC147 Transistors
(Monostable Multivibrator). Clipper and Clampers (Positive edge and
Negative edge). Op-Amp application-I (Inverter amplifier, integrated
amplifier, difference amplifier). Op-Amp applications-II (Phase shift
Oscillators, sine wave generator, square wave generator). Filters.(
Passive Low Pass Filter, Inverting Active High Pass Filter, Inverting Band
Pass Filter, Second Order Low Pass Filter). Light Detector Circuit.
References:
1. David M. Buchla, Lab Manual (MultiSIM Emphasis) for Electronic
Devices and Circuit Theory, Prentice Hall; (9e), 2005.
2. Fawwaz Ulaby, CIRCUITS, National Technology & Science Press,
(3e), 2015.
 BME 2162: ELECTRONICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Analog Electronics: To conduct the experiments related to the
characteristics of Transistor, FET and other special devices; Design of
power supplies: rectifier (capacitor filter), voltage-doublers, quadruples,
and series voltage regulator; Design of amplifiers: Transistor amplifiers
with and without feedback, and FET Amplifiers; Design of oscillators: RC
phase shift oscillator, Wein bridge oscillator, Hartley and Colpitt's
/Crystal oscillator (using BJT's FET's), UJT oscillator.
Digital Electronics: Design of simple combinational circuits using logic
gates (Implementing using NOR/NAND); Code converters and
magnitude comparators; Simple combinational circuits using
multiplexers; Simple combinational circuits using decoders; Arithmetic
circuits; Asynchronous sequential circuits (up-down counters);
Synchronous sequential circuits (up-down counters); Shift registers;
Sequence detectors and sequence generators.
References:
1. R. L. Boylestad, L. Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory”, (11e), Pearson India education services, 2015.
2. Behzad Razavi, “Fundamental of Microelectronics”, Wiley, 2013.
3. Roth C. H., Fundamentals of logic design, Thomson Brooks,
Australia, (5e), 2007.
4. Morris Mano, Digital logic and computer design, Pearson, New Delhi,
2013.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2253: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV [2 1 0 3]
Optimization
Basic concepts, classification of optimization problems. Linear
programming, Graphical and Simplex methods, penalty cost and two
phase methods.
Probability, Random Variables & Stochastic Processes
Introduction; conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem;
random variables, probability distribution and density functions, specific
random variables; functions of a random variable – distribution and
density functions; Mean and Variance; Chebyshev's inequality.
Random vectors – two random variables, joint statistics; covariance,
correlation coefficient, independence; regression, least squares
principles of curve fitting.
Introduction to stochastic processes; statistics; stationarity;
Autocorrelation and Power Spectrum, Wiener-Khinchin Theorem.
References
1. Kreyszig E - Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Eastern.
2. Papoulis - Probability, Random Processes and Stochastic Process,
McGraw Hill.
3. Peebles Jr. - Probability, Random variables and random signal
principles, McGraw Hill.
4. Grewal B.S. - Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
BME 2251: BIOMECHANICS [4 0 0 4]
Bio-fluid mechanics: Viscosity, classification of fluids, blood rheology,
fundamental method for measuring viscosity, rheology of blood in micro-
vessels, mechanical model of cardiovascular system, relationship
among blood velocity, blood pressure and blood vessel diameter in the
vascular tree, resistance against blood flow, types of blood flow,
prosthesis-related complications attributable to valve fluid dynamics.
Mechanics of breathing, physical aspects of alveoli, diffusion, airway
resistance. Connective tissue mechanics: structure and biomechanical
properties of collagen, tendon, ligament & cartilage; composition,
structure and biomechanical properties of bone, bone fracture and
50
failure mechanics, skeletal muscle tissue properties and functions,
skeletal muscle architecture, force generation in the muscle, role of
skeletal muscle, force-velocity relationship in skeletal muscle, joint
flexibility. Human movement mechanics: linear kinematics- kinematic
parameters, fundamental concepts of gait, projectile motion, linear
kinematics of walking & running, angular kinematics- types of angles,
lower extremity joint angles, angular motion relationships, relationship
between linear and angular motion, angle-angle diagrams, linear
kinetics- laws of motion, types of forces, representation of forces acting
on a system, angular kinetics- Newton's laws of motion (angular
analogs), center of mass calculation, Rotation and Leverage, Pulley
systems, Analysis using Newton's laws of motion.
References:
1. Lee Waite and Jerry Fine, Applied Bio fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill
Education, (2e), 2017, USA.
2. C. Ross Ethier, Craig A. Simmons, Introductory Biomechanics,
Cambridge University Press, (1e), 2009, New York, USA.
3. W. Mark Saltzman, Biomedical Engineering: Bridging Medicine and
Technology, Cambridge University Press, (2e), 2015, USA.
4. Joseph Hamill and Kathleen M. Knutzen, Biomechanical Basis of
Human Movement, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (3e), 2008,
Philadelphia, USA.
5. Susan J. Hall, Basic Biomechanics, McGraw-Hill International
Editions, (7e), 2014, Singapore.
BME 2252: BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION - I [3 0 0 3]
Biomedical transducers: Classification and Selection; Pressure
Transducers: Resistive, capacitive, Inductive & Piezo-electric
transducers, Photoelectric transducers & its types; Thermal transducers
& its types; Electrodes & Amplifiers: Principles of working and their
characteristics, Half- cell potential, Types of electrodes, Electrode-
Electrolyte model, Amplifiers for biomedical instrumentation;
Physiological Signals & Measurements: Basics of ECG, EMG, EEG, PCG,
blood pressure & blood flow and the instrumentation for measuring these
signals; Cardiac Pacemakers: Types of pacemakers, Modes of
triggering, Pacemaker power supplies, pacemaker codes; Defibrillators:
AC and DC defibrillators, Types of electrodes and their features,
cardioverters; Lasers: Basic principles, types of lasers and their medical
applications; X-ray systems, Fluoroscopic system, principles of
tomography; Electrical Hazards & Safety: Safety code standards, Micro
and Macro shock and its physiological effects, Methods of electrical
safety.
References:
1. John G Webster, “Medical Instrumentation Applications and Design”,
John Wiley and Sons, New York, (3e), 2011.
2. R S Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, (3e), 2014.
3. L A Geddes, L E Baker, “Principles of Applied Medical
Instrumentation”, Wiley India, New Delhi, (3e), 2008.
4. Richard Aston, “Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation and
Measurement”, Merrill, New York, 1991.
5. Joseph J Carr, John M Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment
technology”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, (4e), 2003.
BME 2253: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to Digital System Design, Design flow, Design styles: Full-
custom IC, Semi-custom IC, ASIC (Application Specific Integrated
Circuit), Types of ASICs, Y chart. Introduction to CMOS, CMOS gates
and circuits. CMOS based combinational logic cells, Transmission
Gates, Sequential Logic Cells, Data path logic cells, Data path elements,
Examples (Adders/ multiplication). Combinational Circuits Design,
Shannon's expansion theorem, design of Sequential circuit.
Programmable ASICs and logic cells, Programmable Logic Devices
(PLD's) and applications, Programmable Array Logic, Complex
Programmable Logic Devices (CPLD's), elements of CPLD, Example,
Mask-programmable Gate Array (MPGA's), FPGA's architectures,
Example and applications. Introduction Verilog, Verilog module styles:
Data flow, Behavioral and Structural, Verilog modules for Flip-flop, adder,
Multiplexer. Verilog based System Design: Sequential Circuits
(Registers / counters), combinational circuits (Adder, multipliers, LUTs).
References:
1. Stephen Brown, Zvonko Vranesic, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with
Verilog Design”, (3e), McGraw Hill Education(India) Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2014.
2. Charles Roth, Lizy Kurian John, Byeong Kil Lee, “Digital System
Design Using Verilog”, Cengage Learning US, 2016.
3. M.J.S. Smith, “Application Specific Integrated Circuits”, Pearson, New
Delhi, 2002.
4. J. Bhaskar “Verilog Primer”, (3e), Addison Wesley Longman
Singapore Pvt Ltd., 2005.
5. M. Morris Mano and Michael D. Cilleti, “Digital Design with
Introduction to Verilog HDL", (5e), Pearson, New Delhi, 2013.
BME 2254: INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SYSTEMS [4 0 0 4]
Operational amplifiers, characteristics, frequency response, differential
amplifiers, offset voltages and currents, linear applications of OP-AMP,
instrumentation amplifier, active filters, integrators and differentiators,
non- linear applications of Op-Amp such as multi-vibrators, Schmitt
trigger circuits and function generators. 555 Timer IC and its applications
such as multi-vibrators, voltage to frequency converters tone burst
generators etc. phase locked loops and applications, PLL IC 565, VCO IC
566, Fixed, adjustable and variable power supplies using voltage
regulator ICs, switching regulators, data converters, ADC and DAC.
References:
1. Jacob Milliman, Christors C Halkias and Chatan D Parikh “Integrated
Electronics”, (2e), Mcgraw Hill, 2009.
2. Ramakanth A Gayakwad, “OPAMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Prentice Hall, (4e), 2000.
3. Sergio F, Design with Op amps and Analog Integrated Circuits,
McGraw Hill, 2002.
4. Roy D. C. and Jain S., Linear Integrated Circuits, Wiley Eastern
5. William D. Stanley, Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated
Circuits,(4e), Pearson Education 2007
BME 2261: IC SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Op-amp linear applications, adders, subtractors, integrator,
differentiator, voltage to current converters. Op-Amp non-linear
applications, Comparators, square wave generator, multi-vibrators,
function generators, oscillators, precision rectifiers. Active filters Low
pass, high pass and band pass filters, Binary weighted and ladder type
DAC, IC Voltage regulators and power supplies, timer IC applications
such as multi-vibrators etc. Mini project.
References:
1. Jacob Milliman, Christors C Halkias and Chatan D Parikh “Intergrated
Electronics”, (2e), Mcgraw Hill, 2009
2. Ramakanth A Gayakwad, “OPAMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Prentice Hall, (4e), 2000.
3. William D. Stanley, Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated
Circuits, (4e), Pearson Education 2007
51
BME 2262: MATLAB and SIMULINK LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to MATLAB; Array operations: Arithmetic, Relational and
logical operations, MATLAB scripts, functions, Control flow and
operators, Debugging M-files. Introduction to Simulink, creating new
models, writing techniques, Help window usage, Data driven modeling,
Hybrid systems (continuous and Discrete), Embedded Algorithms.
References:
1. Sulaymon L. Eshkavilov, MATLAB & Simulink Essentials: MATLAB &
Simulink for Engineering Problem Solving and Numerical Analysis,
Lulu Publishing Services, 2016.
2. William Bober, MATLAB® Essentials: A First Course for Engineers
and Scientists, CRC Press, (1e), 2017.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management, 12th
ed., Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, 5th edition Tata
McGraw Hill Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, 3rd edition,
Pearson Publication, 2013.
BME 3151: BASIC CLINICAL SCIENCES – I [4 0 0 4]
PART-A: CARDIOLOGY
Heart structure and function – overview, Details of cardiovascular
physiology – blood flow (circulation), Detail anatomy of human heart,
principles of cardiovascular measurements-blood pressure, cardiac
output, etc. Heart valves, Prosthetic heart valves – evolution, detail
structure, functions and applications, Open heart surgery and Heart lung
machines, Basics of 12-lead Electrocardiography – Einthoven's triangle,
ECG potentials – generation and conduction, conduction system,
Applications of ECG in cardiac clinics, Normal and abnormal ECGs,
Diagnostic applications, Interpretation of ECG, Cardiac pacing. Assisted
cardiac devices-concepts and applications from biomedical engineering
perspective, Holter monitor.
References:
1. Kim E. Barrett, “Ganong's Review of Medical Physiology”, McGraw
Hill, (24e), 2012.
2. C. C. Chatterjee S, “Human Physiology”, CBS Publisher, (11e),
2016.
PART-B: ORTHOPAEDICS
Bioengineering aspects of fracture management: Structure of bone-
gross, Microscopic biochemical fractures: Types, Mechanism of injury,
Normal Healing of Fractures, Treatment of fractures: General principles,
Closed methods, External fixation and Internal fixation, Biomechanics of
internal fixation and description of external fixators, Bioengineering
principles of internal fixation, Intramedullary nails, Plates, and Screws.
The concepts of load bearing, load sharing and stress shielding by
implants, Piezo electricity and electrical stimulation for bone healing,
Bioengineering aspects of joint diseases, Structure of joints: Fibrous,
Cartilaginous, Synovial, Lubrication of joints and the functions of
articular cartilage, Degeneration of cartilage, Degenerative arthritis and
Rheumatoid arthritis, Joint replacement, hip, knee, shoulder, small joints.
Biomaterials: Requirements of implant materials and biocompatibility,
Material implants: Materials in external appliances, Materials in
prosthetics, Materials in Orthotics, Bioengineering principles of
management of paralytic problems, Gait analysis, Orthotics, Principles
of tendon transfer, Bioengineering principles of amputation and
prosthetics, Upper limb prosthesis, Lower limb prosthesis.
References:
1. Victor H Frankel and Margareta Nordin, “Basic Biomechanics of the
skeletal system”. Lea and Febiger, 1980.
2. M. Dena Gardiner, “The principles of exercise therapy”, CBS
press(4e), 1985.
PART-C: RADIOLOGY
X-ray tube, Target material, focal spot, size, shape of filament rotating
anode, cooling of target tube, Interaction of X-ray with matter, Use of
filters, scattered rays, quality of X-rays, HVL, CONES, Grids,
Photographic effects on X-ray film, density, contrast, distortion, Speed
of X-ray film, Fluorescent & Intensifying screen, Computed Tomography;
Image Intensifier, Digital Subtraction Angiography, Radiation hazards &
protective measures; X-Ray-Exposure Parameters; Ultrasonography,
Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Brachy Therapy.
References:
1 Thomas S. Curry, James E. Dowdey, Robert C. Murray, "Christensen's
Physics of Diagnostic Radiology", Illustrated Edition, Lippincott
Williams and Wilkins, 1990.
2 Joseph Selman", The fundamentals of Imaging Physics and
Radiobiology", (9e), Charles C. Thomas, 2000.
3 Penelope Allisy-Roberts, Jerry R Williams, "Farr's Physics of Medical
Imaging", Illustrated Edition, Elsevier Health Sciences, 2007.
PART-D: RADIOTHERAPY
Principles of radiation oncology and cancer radio therapy, LET and RBE,
Radio sensitivity and Radio resistance tumors and tissues, Clinical
definition of tumor radiosensitivity, Classification of tumors according to
cell Radiosensitivity, Cell survival theory, Cell cyclekinetics and age
response function, Cell survival curves, Oxygen effect, OER,Cell repair-
sublethal and potentially damage repair. Radio curability of tumors,
Therapeutic ratio, Normal tissue tolerance dose, Modification of radiation
52
response, Physical, Chemical and Biomedical modifiers, Radiation
biology stages of radiation actions, Physical stage LEI-RBE,
Physiochemical reactions, Chemical stage. Radioactive effect of
important Biological macromolecules, Radiation on cell site in cells, DNA
repair process, Effects of radiation on cell cycle process, Cell death
survival curves, Oxygen effect, Fractionation, Biological effects of
Radiation, Radioactive protection, Acute Radiation syndromes, Somatic
effects LD-50, Cause of radiation death - skin - blood and blood forming
organs, Reproductive organs, Embryo-Late effects of Radiation,
Radiation carcinogenesis, Leukemogenesis, Cataract, Genetic effects,
Hazards and permissible exposures, maximum permissible
occupational doses, Hazards in various branches of radiation, Protective
lines of defense, Protective measures, Physical measurements and
medical investigations.
References:
1. Meredith W J, Massey J B, Fundamental Physics of Radiology,
John Wright, (3e), 1977.
2. Johns H E, Cunningham John Robert, The Physics of Radiology,
Charle C Thomas, (4e), 1983.
3. Ramesh Chandra, “Introductory Physics of Nuclear Medicine”, Lea
and Febiger, 1992
BME 3152: BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION-II [3 0 0 3]
Respiratory measurements and aids: Principle of Impedance
Pneumography & Pneumotachograph; Ventilators, Impulse
Oscillometr y, Body plethysmograph; Clinical Laborator y
Instrumentation: Spectrophotometry, Auto analysers, Electrosurgical
units: Principle of working, modes of operation, Risks and the safety
measures associated with ESU. Ultrasonography: Interaction of
ultrasound with tissues, scanning modules, echocardiograph,
Endoscopes, Neonatal instrumentation: Incubators, Apnea monitors and
neonatal ventilators (High frequency ventilators (HFO); Anaesthesia
equipment, Lithotripsy, Heart-Lung Machine: Qualitative requirements,
Functional details of the types of blood oxygenators, IABP Machine.
Hemodialysers: Type of exchangers, Hemodialysis machine; Principles
and applications of Thermograph, Infusion pump, Blood cell
counter.
References:
1. John G Webster, “Medical Instrumentation Applications and
Design”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, (3e), 2011.
2. R S Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, (3e), 2014.
3. L A Geddes, L E Baker, “Principles of Applied Medical
Instrumentation”, Wiley India, New Delhi, (3e), 2008.
4. Joseph J. Carr, John M Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical
Equipment Technology”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, (4e), 2003.
5. Richard Aston, “Principles of biomedical Instrumentation and
measurement”, Merrill, New York, 1991.
BME 3153: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Discrete time signal and systems. Z Transform: Definition
and properties, region of convergence, inverse Z transform, transfer
function, poles and zeros, application of Z transforms to discrete-time
systems, representation of systems – signal flow graph, realization of a
z-domain transfer function; relation between s-plane and z-plane.
Discrete Fourier Transform: properties, linear convolution using the DFT,
Divide and Conquer algorithm to implement DFT, The fast Fourier
transform: radix 2. Discrete Time Systems in Frequency Domain, Simple
Digital Filters, All Pass filters, Linear phase filters. Analog Filter Design:
Chebyshev and Butterwor th filter design, Analog frequency
transformations. Digital Filter Structure: FIR & IIR Realizations and Lattice
Synthesis; IIR Filter Design: IIR filter Design by Bilinear Transformation;
FIR Filter Design: FIR Digital Filter Design by Windowing, Minimum Phase
filter design.
References:
1. Ronald W. Schafer, Alan V. Oppenheim, Discrete-Time Signal
Processing, PEARSON (3e), 2014.
2. Dimitris G Manolakis, John G. Proakis, Digital Signal Processing:
Principles, Algorithms, and Applications, PEARSON, (4e), 2007.
3. Sanjit K. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A Computer - Based
Approach, McGraw Hill Education; (4e), 2013.
BME 3154: MICROCONTROLLER BASED SYSTEMS [4 0 0 4]
Introduction Microprocessors and microcontrollers: Microprocessor
and Microcontroller structure, Microcontroller families. The 8051
Architecture: Hardware, I/O pins, Ports, external memory, Counters and
timers, serial I/O, and Interrupts. The 8051 programming: Addressing
modes, Data move, Arithmetic, Logical, Jump & Call Instructions;
programming examples in assembly language and in “C”. The ARM
Cortex M3 Microcontroller: Hardware Architecture, Programming model
and Registers, Operating modes, Memory System, stack and interrupts.
The ARM CortexM3 programming: ARM and THUMB instruction sets,
addressing modes, Data processing, Call & Branching instructions.
Interfacing: External memory, UART, Keyboard and Display interfaces;
Pulse measurement, D/A and A/D conversions, Multiple interrupts,
Temperature monitoring system, Stepper motor control system, and
Real-time Clock interface.
References:
1. Kenneth J. Ayala, “8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems
Using Assembly and C” (2e), Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, “8051 Microcontroller
and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and C”, (2e), Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2013.
3. Joseph Yiu, “The Definitive Guide to the ARM® Cortex-M3”, (2e),
Elsevier, 2010.
4. Steve Furber, “ARM System-on-Chip Architecture”, (2e), Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2012.
BME 3161: BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION LAB- I [0 0 3 1]
Bioelectric amplifier, Thermal sensors- RTD, Thermocouple and
Thermistor, Characteristics of Inductive and Capacitive transducers,
Optical sensors- LDR, Photodiode and Phototransistor, bio-signal
acquisition using Physiography, Familiarization of Audiometer,
Defibrillator, Pacemaker circuit, Recording of ECG using
Electrocardiograph.
References:
1. Ramakanth A Gayakwad, “OPAMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Prentice Hall, (4e), 2015.
2. John G Webster, “Medical Instrumentation Applications and
Design”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, (3e), 2011.
3. Richard Aston, “Principles of biomedical Instrumentation and
measurement”, Merrill, New York, 1991.
BME 3162: MICROCONTROLLER LAB [0 0 6 2]
Module I: Familiarization of the 8051 simulation tool and trainer kits, and
experiments based on the Intel 8051 Microcontroller.
Module II: Interfacing Experiments based on the Intel 8051
Microcontroller.
Module III: Familiarization of ARM programming tools and ARM kits and
Experiments Based on ARM Cortex M3 Microcontroller.
Module IV: Mini Project (Design, construct and demonstrate a
microcontroller based system using the microcontrollers such as the
Intel 8051, the ARM, ATMEL, AVR, PIC etc.).
53
References:
1. Kenneth J. Ayala, “8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems
Using Assembly and C” (2e), Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, “8051 Microcontroller
and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and C”, (2e), Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2013.
3. Joseph Yiu, “The Definitive Guide to the ARM® Cortex-M3”, (2e),
Elsevier, 2010.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
Unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich., Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker., Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, New York, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker., The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, New
York 2004.
BME 3251: BASIC CLINICAL SCIENCES – II [4 0 0 4]
PART-A: NEUROLOGY
Introduction to neurology; Review of the structure, development, and
function of the nervous system: Central, peripheral and autonomic
nervous system, Part of the brain structure, The motor system,
Sensation, Cranial nerves. Functional topography of brain. Spinal cord,
Consciousness, Higher functions, somatosensations, Neurons and glia,
membrane potential, postsynaptic potential, action potential, signal
transductions, neurotransmitters, synaptic transmissions, neural
plasticity- LTP and LTD, Motor spinal control, cortical and subcortical
motor control, Sleep and its disorders; Electroencephalography; The
motor unit recording, The methods of Electro diagnosis, Neuromuscular
stimulation, Electromyography, Clinical Applications, Diseases of
muscle, Motor neuron disorders, The electrical study of reflexes, The
silent period, The F Response, The H Reflex, The Axon reflexes, Disorders
of neuromuscular transmission.
References:
1. Daroff, R.B. and Bradley, W.G, Bradley's Neurology in Clinical
Practice, Philadelphis, PA: Elsevier/Saunders, 2016.
2. Kandel, E. R., Schwartz, J. H., and Jessell, T. M., Principles of neural
science (5e). New York: McGraw-Hill, Health Professions Division,
2013.
3. Snell, Richard S., Clinical neuroanatomy. Philadelphia: Wolters
Kluwer Health/Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2010.
PART-B: ANAESTHESIOLOGY
This course will provide an overview of basic physical principles and their
applications in anaesthesia and intensive care. It will begin with the
description of general and regional anaesthetic techniques fundamental to
the practice of anaesthesia before going on to describe the anaesthesia
machine, medical gas supply systems and intravenous drug delivery
systems. The principles of equipment used in pain therapy will be
discussed. Finally, students will learn about mechanical ventilation with
special emphasis on mechanical ventilators and nebulizers. Humidifiers,
Baby Incubators, Central oxygen supply. Principles of operation theatre
tables and lights, phototherapy, surgical diathermy.
References:
1. M.K. Bykes and M.D. Vickers, “Measurements in Anesthesia”,
Blackwell, 1981.
2. Mushin, “Automatic ventilation of lung”, Blackwell, 1970.
PART – C: SPEECH & HEARING
Introductory Lectures on Anatomy of the vocal tract and the ear;
Audiometers, Middle ear analyzer, Evoked potentials, OAE, Hearing aids,
Cochlear implants, ALD, Hearing aid analyzer, Electro Glottography, AAC,
Introduction to speech assessment, DSP, Assessment of voice and
fluency, Voice and fluency therapy assessment, Artificial larynx,
Spirometry, Speech synthesis, Practical demonstration.
References:
1. Malcolm Peat, “Community based Rehabilitation”, Saunders,
London, 1997.
PART-D: OPHTHALMOLOGY
Physiology of Eye: Structure of eye, function, Generation of signals and
transmission to brain Electrophysiology, Aqueous humor production:
Intraocular pressure fluctuations.
Equipment Used: Vision testing equipment (Computerized & Manual.),
Snellens's Chart, Keratometer, Refractometer, Colour Vision, Eye
Examination equipment: Slit lamp biomicroscope & Camera, Fundus
Camera, Opthalmoscope – Direct & Indirect, Retinoscope, Tonometers -
contact & Noncontact, Perimeters – Listers, Bjerrums, Octopus, and
Goldmann, Ophthalmodynamometers, Ultrasound Scanners,
Synoptophore + Hesschart, Electromagnet, Lathes, Specialized
equipment used in treatment:Argon laser, Nd-YAG Laser, Contact Lenses,
Intraocular Lenses, Operating Microscope, Cryosurgical equipment,
Vitrectomy instrument.
References:
1. Tandon, Radhika, Parson Diseases of the Eye, Elsevier, (21e), 2010.
2. Duke Elder, System of Ophthalmology, Vol. VII, Mosby, St. Louis,
1965.
BME 3252: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [4 0 0 4]
Review of signals, systems & transforms; 2D signals & systems, 2D DFT
and its computation. Image perception – the human vision system,
psycho-visual experiments, monochrome vision model, temporal
properties. Image compression – the discrete cosine transform (DCT),
properties, computation, practical compression algorithm. Image
Enhancement: Point operations – Histogram modification, Histogram
equalization; Spatial filtering: linear filters & the median filter. Edge
Detection, Hough transform – detection of straight lines and curves in
images; Invariant descriptors: Fourier Descriptor, Moment-based
invariants; Morphological Image Processing techniques, Thresholding,
Connected Component Labeling.
54
References:
1) R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, (4e),
Pearson Education Inc., 2017.
2) Jae S. Lim, Two-dimensional Signal and Image Processing,
Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1990.
3) A.K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice-
Hall, 1989, Fourth Indian Reprint.
BME 3261: BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION LAB- II [0 0 3 1]
Basic laboratory equipments and safety practices, Spectrophotometer
based experiments, Patient isolation circuit using opto-coupler, Strain
sensors, Bio-signal acquisition and conditioning circuits.
References:
1. Ramakanth A Gayakwad, “Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Prentice Hall, (4e), 2002.
2. John G Webster, “Medical Instrumentation Applications and
Design”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, (3e), 2011.
3. Richard Aston, “Principles of biomedical Instrumentation and
measurement”, Merrill, New York, 1991.
BME 3262: SIGNAL AND IMAGE PROCESSING LAB [0-0-6-2]
Signal Processing: Introduction; Discrete Time System and its
properties, Convolution, DTFT, Transfer functions & pole-zero plots;
DFT/FFT and their properties, FIR and IIR filters, design &
implementation. Biomedical
Image Processing: Display and simple manipulations, Contrast
enhancement; the DCT and its applications on compression;
Computation of the 2D DFT; 2D Filtering, Edge Detection; Hough
Transform; Moment-based invariants; Morphological Operations;
Connected Component Labelling; Color Models.
References:
1. A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and I.T. Young, "Signals and Systems",
Pearson Education India; (2e) (2015).
2. Ronald W. Schafer, Alan V. Oppenheim, Discrete-Time Signal
Processing, PEARSON (3e), 2014.
3. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard Eugene Woods, Digital Image Processing
using MATLAB, (2e), Tata McGraw-Hill Education 2010.
4. A.K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice-Hall,
1989, Fourth Indian Reprint.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
BME 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
BME 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
BME 4051: BIOMATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Bio-materials: definition of biomaterials, requirements
and its uses, classification of biomaterials, performance of biomaterials.
Types of biomaterials: Metallic Biomaterials- introduction, types -
Stainless steel, Co-Cr alloys, Ti alloys, dental metals and other metals,
corrosion behavior. Ceramic Biomaterials: introduction, Classification -
Non-absorbable or relatively bio inert bio ceramics. Biodegradable or
Resorbable ceramics. Bioactive or surface reactive ceramics. Polymeric
Biomaterials: introduction, polymerization and its types, basic structure,
classification solid state properties, discussion on different class of
synthetic non-degradable polymers Biodegradable Polymeric
Biomaterials, Biologic Biomaterials: Tissue Derived Biomaterials;
Composite Biomaterials: introduction, structure, types, properties and
applications.
Implantable Medical devices : (a) Orthopaedics-joint replacement, bone
defects, bone fracture, cartilage defects, (b) Cardiovascular system-
arteries and veins, Heart valve prostheses- introduction, causes,
mechanical and bioprosthetic heart valves. (c) eyes and ears-contact
lenses, IOL, cochlear implant, (d) dentistry, maxillofacial and craniofacial
– dental implants, craniofacial reconstruction, (e) general soft tissue
repair
Biomaterials for regenerative medicine-background, tissue engineering
templates, types of template materials, fabrication route
References:
1. Joseph D Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering Handbook”, (3e),
CRC press, USA, 2006.
2. Park Joon Bu, “Biomaterials Science and Engineering”, Plenum
Press, University of Michigan, 1984.
3. Buddy D Ratner & Allen S Hoffman, “Biomaterials Science and
Introduction to Materials in Medicine”, (3e), Academic Press,
Canada, 2012.
4. L.L.Hench & E.C.Ethridge, “Biomaterials, an Interfacial Approach”,
Academic Press, New York, 1982.
5. David Williams, Essentials Biomaterials Science, Cambridge
university press, 2013.
6. Lisa A Pruitt and A M Chakravartula, Mechanics of Biomaterials,
Cambridge, 2011.
BME 4052: BIOMATERIAL CHARACTERIZATION
TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Physical and chemical characterization of Biomaterials: optical
microscopy, UV-Vis spectroscopy, fluorescence spectroscopy,
transmission electron microscope (TEM), scanning electron
microscope (SEM), scanning tunneling microscope (STM), atomic force
microscope (AFM), near-field scanning optical microscope (NSOM), X-
ray diffraction (XRD), Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR),
dynamic light scattering (DLS), contact angle, gas adsorption, mass
spectroscopy, chromatography. Thermal characterization of
biomaterials: thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), differential thermal
analysis (DTA), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). Surface
Characterization of Biomaterials: X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
(XPS), auger electron spectroscopy (AES), secondary ion mass
spectroscopy (SIMS), surface matrix-assisted laser desorption
ionization mass spectrometry (Surface-MALDI-MS), profilometry, light
microscopy and confocal microscopy.
References
55
1. Amit Bandhyopadhya and Susmita Bose, Characterization of
Biomaterials, Elsevier, 2013.
2. Douglas B. Murphy, Fundamentals of light microscopy and
electronic imaging, Wiley-Liss, Inc. USA, 2001.
3. B.D. Cullity and S.R. Stock, Elements of X-ray diffraction, Prentice
Hall, Inc. USA, 2001.
4. D.B. Williams and C. Barry Carter, Transmission electron
microscopy 4 volumes, Springer, USA, 1996.
5. Gerhard Huebschen Iris Altpeter, Ralf Tschuncky Hans-Georg
Herrmann, Materials Characterization Using Nondestructive
Evaluation (NDE) Methods, Elsevier, 2016.
6. M. Jaffe, W. Hammond, P. Tolias, T. Arinzeh, Characterization of
Biomaterials, Elsevier, 2012.
BME 4053: INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL
NANOTECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction nanotechnology: Nanomaterials- classifications, synthesis
methods, nanostructured system by self-assembly, biomimetic and
biomolecular recognition assembly, surface functionalization of
nanopar ticles, nanocomposites. Characterization tools for
nanomaterials and Nano systems-structural and chemical
characterization techniques. Properties of nanomaterials: - mechanical
properties, optical properties, surface Plasmon resonance, quantum
size effects, introduction to Nano electronics. Nanotechnology for drug
delivery, nanotechnology for diagnosis, prognosis, and disease status: -
biomedical imaging, biosensors and drug delivery. Therapeutic
nanotechnology, nanotechnology for implant materials and tissue
engineering, cosmetics, nanotechnology safety concerns.
References:
1 Guozhong Cao, Nanostructures and nanomaterials Synthesis,
Imperial Press, 2011.
2 Neelina H. Malsch, Biomedical nanotechnology, CRC Press, 2005.
3 G.A. Ozin and A.C. Arsenault, Nanochemistry: A chemical approach
to Nanomaterials, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2005.
4 Kenneth E. Gonsalves, Craig R. Halberstadt, Cato T. Laurencin,
Lakshmi S. Nair, Mott, Biomedical Nanostructures, Weily-Blackwell,
(1e), 2008.
5 Jun Li, Nianqiang Wu, Biosensors based on Nanomaterials and
nanodevices, CRC Press, (1e), 2014.
6 T. Pradeep, A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw
Hill Education, (1e), 2017.
7 Challa S. S. R. Kumar, Josef Horms, Csrola Leuschner,
Nanofabrication Towards Biomedical Application: Techniques, Tools,
Applications and impact, Wiley- VCH, (1e), 2015.
BME 4054: MATERIAL SCIENCE FOR BIOMEDICAL
ENGINEERS [3 0 0 3]
Atomic structure and interatomic bonding, metals, semiconductors,
insulators. Conductivity of metals and semiconductors- Drude model,
dependence on temperature and composition, Matthiessen's rule.
Insulating materials, Inorganic, organic, liquid and gaseous insulators.
Dielectrics: Introduction to Dielectric polarization and classification –
Clausius-Mossotti relation. Dielectric Breakdown: Mechanism of
breakdown in gases, liquids and solids –basic theories including
Townsend's criterion, Streamer mechanism, suspended particle theory,
intrinsic breakdown, electro-mechanical breakdown- Factors influencing
Ageing of insulators- Application of vacuum insulation- Breakdown in
high vacuum. Ferroelectricity, piezoelectricity. Magnetic Materials:
Magnetization of matter, Classification of magnetic materials -Curie-
Weiss law- Hard and soft magnetic materials– Ferrites. Introduction to
polymers, degradation of polymers, conducting polymers, hydrogels,
Dendrimers. Optical Properties: Light Interactions with Solids,
Refraction, Reflection, Transmission, Absorption, Luminescence,
Lasers, Photoconductivity. Introduction to nanomaterials.
References1.William D. Callister, Jr., David G. Rethwisch, Materials
Science and Engineering: An Introduction, (9e), Wiley, 2014.2.Dekker
A.J., Solid state physics, Macmillan publishers India, 2012.3.James F.
Shackelford, Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers, (8e),
Pearson, 2014.4.Marcel van Genderen, Materials science for
biomedical engineering, Eindhoven: Technische Universiteit Eindhoven,
2011.5.Buddy D. Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman, Frederick J. Schoen and Jack
E. Lemons, Biomaterial science- An introduction to Materials in
medicine, (3e), Academic press, 2012.6. S.O Kasap, Principles of
Electrical Engineering Materials and Devices, International Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2000.7.T Pradeep, A Textbook of Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2012.
BME 4055: ADVANCED BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL
PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Review of Probability theory, random variables and stochastic
processes; Spectral estimation techniques; Estimation of the
autocorrelation and power spectrum density (PSD): Nonparametric
methods of power spectrum estimation: The Periodogram & its
modifications, The Welch method, Biomedical applications. Cepstrum
analysis: The cepstrum, power cepstrum, complex cepstrum,
Biomedical applications; Adaptive Filters: Weiner filter, Adaptive noise
canceling, Principles of adaptive noise canceling with LMS and RLS
adaptation algorithm. Adaptive line enhancer, principles of adaptive line
enhancer using the LMS and GAL algorithm and Biomedical engineering
applications. Parametric methods of power spectrum estimation: AR
modeling – The Yule-Walker method and least square method of
parameter-estimation; selection of AR model order; Autoregressive
Moving Average (ARMA) modeling; Adaptive methods of estimating the
PSD, Biomedical engineering applications.
References:
1. John G. Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal
Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and Applications”, Pearson,
(4e), 2007
2. Simon Haykin, “Adaptive Filter Theory”, Pearson, (5e), 2013
3. M. Akay, “Biomedical signal processing”, Academic press, 1994.
4. Rangaraj M Rangayyan, “Biomedical Signal Analysis”, John Wiley
and Sons, Illustrated edition, 2015.
BME 4056: BIOMETRICS [3 0 0 3]
Basic image operations, Interpolation, Special filters, enhancement filter,
Edge detection, thresholding, localization. Introduction of biometric traits
and its aim, Biometric system, authentication, physiological and
behavioral properties, Identification and verification, Threshold, Score
distribution, FAR and FRR, System design issues - Expected overall error,
EER, ROC curve, DET curve, FAR/FRR curve. Existing Biometric
Technologies: Fingerprints, Face, Iris, Hand Geometry, Ear, Voice, Retina,
Gait. Introduction to physiological and behavioral biometrics in hospitals
or care units, Biometric authentication based on ECG, EMG, and
Phonocardiograph (PCG) signals. Multimodal identification and
Verification system, normalization strategy, Fusion methods, Biometric
system security. Face and ECG Based Multimodal Biometric
Authentication.
References:
1. Girija Chetty and Jucheng Yang, Advanced Biometric Technologies,
InTech, 2011.
2. Jain, A.K., Ross, A., Nandakumar, K. Introduction to Biometrics.
Springer; 2011.
3. David Zhang, Fengxi Song, Zhizhen Liang, Yong Xu, Advanced
Pattern Recognition Technologies with Applications to Biometrics
56
(Premier Reference Source), Medical Information Science
Reference; (1e), 2009.
4. Ruud M. Bolle, Sharath Pankanti, Nalini K. Ratha, Andrew W. Senior,
Jonathan H. Connell Guide to Biometrics, By, Springer, 2009.
5. Duda, Richard, Peter Hart, and David Stork. Pattern Classification.
(2e), New York, NY: Wiley-Interscience, 2007.
6. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard Eugene Woods, Digital Image
Processing using MATLAB, (2e), Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.
BME 4057: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Basic concepts-Supervised Learning, Discriminative
Algorithms. Supervised learning: Supervised learning setup, LMS,
Linear Algebra, Logistic regression. Perceptron. Exponential family,
Generative learning algorithms. Gaussian discriminant analysis. Naive
Bayes approach, Support vector machines, Vectorization. Practice ML
advice: Bias/variance tradeoff, Model selection and feature selection,
Evaluating and debugging learning algorithms, Practical advice on
structuring an ML project, Convex Optimization. Deep Learning: NN
architecture, Forward/Back propagation, Vectorization, Other
optimization tricks, Evaluation Metrics. Unsupervised learning:
Clustering. K-means, EM. Mixture of Gaussians, Factor analysis, PCA
(Principal components analysis), ICA (Independent components
analysis). Reinforcement learning and control: MDPs. Bellman
equations, Value iteration and policy iteration, Linear quadratic regulation
(LQR), LQG, Q-learning. Value function approximation.
References:
1. Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning
(Information Science and Statistics), Springer; (1e). 2006. Corr. 2nd
Print, 2011.
2. Stephen Marsland, Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective,
Chapman and Hall/CRC, (2e), 2014.
3. Duda, Richard, Peter Hart, and David Stork. Pattern Classification.
(2e), New York, NY: Wiley-Interscience, 2007.
BME 4058: MEDICAL IMAGING [3 0 0 3]
Review of signals, systems & transforms; 2D signals & systems;
Medical Imaging: Imaging modalities and their applications; Computed
tomography (CT): mathematical basis, the Radon transform & the
central slice theorem; Image reconstruction from projections: the Direct
Fourier Method, convolution back projection (CBP) algorithm, Algebraic
Reconstruction Techniques (ART); reconstruction from fan-beam
projections; Extension to 3D – cone-beam CT, spiral CT. Tomosynthesis;
X-rays: utility, generation and detection; X-ray CT systems. Emission CT:
principles, Positron emission tomography (PET); attenuation correction
in ECT; Ultrasound in clinic: benefits/risks, Basics of Ultrasound - review,
Ultrasound imaging; Contrast enhanced ultrasound imaging; Motion
artifacts in ultrasound imaging. Clutter filtering; elastography, plane wave
imaging; Magnetic resonance imaging: Principles of data-generation,
resolving the tissues, resolving the spatial locations, and extension to 2D.
Resolution & Field of View; Data sampling and the concept of bandwidth.
References:
1 R.C Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, (4e),
Pearson Education Inc., 2017.
2 A.K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice-
Hall, 1989, Fourth Indian Reprint.
3 A.C. Kak and M. Slaney, Principles of Computerized Tomographic
Imaging, SIAM's Classics in Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia,
SIAM, 2001.
4 Kline Jacob, Handbook of Biomedical Engineering, Academic
Press, 1988.
5. Carol M. Rumack, Deborah Levine, Diagnostic Ultrasound, (5e),
Elsevier, 2017.
6. Thomas L. Szabo, Diagnostic Ultrasound Imaging: Inside Out, (2e),
Elsevier, 2014.
7. James A Zagzebski, Essentials Of Ultrasound Physics, (2e), Mosby,
2010.
8. Barbara S. Hertzberg, William D. Middleton, Ultrasound: The
Requisites, EBook (Requisites in Radiology), 2015.
9. HH Schild, “MRI made easy”, Schering AG, Berlin, 1990.
BME 4059: ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction; Review of Linear Algebra: projection of a vector, eigen and
singular value decomposition, gradient vector and Hessian matrix of a
vector function, Taylor expansion of a vector function. Pattern and data,
Biological foundations of neural network, Components and topology of
artificial neural network. Basic network properties: Activation functions,
computational properties of nodes, learning methods, Training and
Testing. Single layer networks, Feed forward neural networks,
Supervised Learning networks, Multilayer neural networks, Associative
memory networks, training algorithm for pattern association, pattern
correction, pattern retrieval, Feedback neural networks, analysis of
pattern clustering, Attractor neural network, Unsupervised learning
network: Maxnet, Kohonen Self-organizing feature Map and Special
networks. Functional units of ANN for object recognition, Neural network
for Medical diagnosis: Bio-signal Analysis, recognition of diagnostic
information from brain MRI images, ANN for digital pathology
application.
References:
1. D L Hudson and M E Cohen, “Neural Networks and Artificial
Intelligence for Biomedical Engineering”, IEEE Press Series on
Biomedical Engineering, IEEE Press, IEEE Publications, U .S, 2000.
2. S. N. Sivanandam, and S. N. Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”,
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.
3. Simon O. Haykin , “Neural Networks and Learning Machines” ,
(3e), Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009
4. S. N. Sivanandam, S. Sumathi and S. N. Deepa, “Introduction to
Neural Networks using MATLAB 6.0”, TATA McGRAW HILL, New
Delhi, 2006.
5. B Yegnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice Hall India, New
Delhi,2001.
6. Sara Moein, “Medical Diagnosis Using Artificial Neural Networks”, IGI
Publications, USA,2014
7. Emmanuel C. Ifeachor, Piotr S Szczepaniak, Paulo J. G. Lisboa,
“Artificial Neural Networks In Biomedicine”, Springer-Verlag London,
2000.
BME 4060: BIOPHOTONICS [3 0 0 3]
Basics of Biology: Structure and types of cells, chemical building blocks,
Cellular processes, Protein classification and function, Organization of
cells into tissues, Types of tissue and their functions, Tumors and
Cancers.
Photobiology: Interaction of light with cells, Interaction of light with
tissues, Photo process in biopolymers.
Biomedical Optics with instrumentation: Photo-excitation and
Spectroscopy, Molecular Spectroscopy; UV/VIS absorption, FTIR,
Raman, Different types of Raman, Fluorescence, Time-resolved Photo-
acoustics, Single molecule detection etc.
Bio imaging: Principles and techniques: Transmission microscopy,
Fluorescence microscopy, scanning microscopy, Inverted and upright
microscopy, Confocal microscopy, Multi-photon microscopy, Optical
Coherence Tomography, near field optical microscopy, Spectral and time
resolved imaging, Non-linear optical imaging and applications.
Optical Biosensors: Bio-recognition, Optical transduction, Fluorescence
sensing, Fiber Optic Biosensors, Planar waveguide Biosensors,
Evanescent-wave biosensors, Interferometric biosensors, Surface-
57
plasmon-resonance biosensors, Recent novel sensing methods.
Tissue Engineering with light: Laser tissue contouring and restructuring,
Laser tissue welding and regeneration, Femtosecond laser surgery,
Future Directions, Optical Tweezers: Manipulation by light, Principle and
design of laser tweezers, Optical trapping using non Gaussian beams,
Raman-Optical Tweezers, Laser Scissors, Applications.
Microarray Technology for genomics and proteomics, Flow cytometry,
Nano-Bio-Photonics and Biomaterials for Photonics.
References:
1. Paras N Prasad, “Introduction to Biophotonics,” John Wiley & Sons,
Inc, USA, 2003.
2. P. Narayanan, “Essentials of Biophysics,” New Age International Ltd.,
New Delhi, India 2000.
3. V.B. Kartha and C. Santhosh, “Biomedical Spectroscopy”, Manipal
University Press 2014.
BME 4061: BIO-STATISTICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Summarizing Quantitative Data, Summarizing Categorical
Data; Prevalence, Incidence, Relative Risk, Risk Difference, Sampling
Bias, Confidence Intervals, Study Design, Probability & Screening;
Probability distributions: Binomial & Normal Distributions, Sampling
Distributions, Confidence Intervals.
Hypothesis Test: Introduction, One-sample proportion, Chi-square test, t
tests, Continued MCW, Power and Sample Size.
Correlation & Regression, Multiple Regression, Regression to the Mean
MCW.
1 Sullivan, L.M., Essentials of biostatistics for the health sciences,
(3e), Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2018.
2 Machin, Campbell and Walters, Medical Statistics, (4e)., Wiley,
2007.
3 Motulsky, H., Intuitive Biostatistics: A nonmathematical guide to
statistical thinking, (3e), Oxford University Press, New York, 2014.
4 Utts, J and Heckard, R., Mind on statistics, (5e), Cengage Learning,
USA.
BME 4062: CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to feedback control systems, Mathematical modeling of
electrical, mechanical and electromechanical systems, Analogous
Systems Concept of transfer functions, Block diagrams and
simplification, Signal flow graphs, time domain analysis, derivations of
time domain specifications for second order systems. Steady State
Errors, BIBO stability, Routh-Hurwitz criteria, Root Locus Techniques,
construction of the root locus diagram, Interpretation of system response
from these plots. Bode plots, gain margin and phase margin, polar plots,
Nyquist stability criterion.
References:
1. John J.D'Azzo and Constantine H. Houpis, Feedback control system
analysis and synthesis, McGraw Hill New-York, 2007.
2. Nagrath and Gopal, Control Systems engineering, (2e,) New Age
International (P) Limited, 2001.
3. R.C Dorf and R.H Bishop, Modern Control Systems, (8e), Addison-
Wesley Longman Inc.,1998.
4. K. Ogata, Modern control engineering, (3e), Prentice Hall India, 2002.
5. B.C. Kuo, F. Golnaraghi, Automatic Control Systems, (8e), Wiley
India, 2003.
BME 4063: DRUG DELIVERY [3 0 0 3]
Drug delivery system: overview, dosage form-tablet, capsule, parenteral
etc. classification of drug delivery system, chemically controlled
system, diffusion controlled system, controlled release mechanism-
Membrane reservoir system, Matrix system, swelling controlled release
system, biodegradable controlled release system
Fundamental aspects of drug delivery: introduction of pharmacokinetics
and pharmacodynamics, diffusive transport, diffusion in heterogeneous
system, passage of drug through membrane drug release kinetics from
different biopolymer matrices
Pharmacokinetics: common routes of systemic drug administration,
drug absorption, bioavailability, determinants of bioavailability-
disintegration, dissolution, drug distribution, drug elimination.
Matrix based drug delivery system: Delivery materials, polymer based
matrices; hydrogels- drug carriers, transdermal and trans-mucosal drug
delivery system, measuring in vitro diffusions, measuring controlled
release kinetics, drug targeting approaches, biocompatibility aspects of
matrices
Immunity and immunological preparations: immunity, types,
immunological preparations; bacterial vaccines, vaccines containing
living viruses, vaccines containing toxoids
Fundamentals of vaccine delivery
References:
1. B. Wang, T. J. Sahaan, R. A. Soltero, Drug Delivery: Principles and
applications, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2016.
2. L Shargel, S Wu-Pong, A Yu, Applied Biopharmaceutics&
Pharmacokinetics, (6e), The McGraw Hill, 2005.
3. S. Rosenbaum, Basic Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacokinetics,
Wiley, 2011.
4. Juergen Siepmann, Ronald A. Siegel, Michael J. Rathbone (Editors),
Fundamentals and Applications of Controlled Release Drug Delivery,
Springer, 2012.
5. Eric P. Holowka, Sujata K. Bhatia, Drug Delivery-Materials Design and
Clinical Perspective, Springer, 2014.
6. David Williams, Essentials of Biomaterials Science, Cambridge
University press, 2014.
BME 4064: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Embedded systems, processor and memory
organization, Devices, Serial & Parallel buses for device networks,
Device drivers and interrupt servicing mechanisms. Programming
concepts, and embedded programming in C. Real-Time Operating
systems and Task Scheduling algorithms. Hardware Software Co-
simulation: Co-simulation approaches, Embedded System Development
Life Cycle (EDLC). Representative Embedded systems.
References:
1. Peckol James K, “Embedded Systems” John Wiley and Sons, New
Delhi, 2013.
2. Valvano Jonathan W, “Embedded Systems”, Jonathan W.V, U. K.,
2014.
3. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, “Embedded system Design – A Unified
Hardware/Software Introduction”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2014.
4. Tim Wilmshurst, “An Introduction to the design of Small Scale
Embedded Systems” Palgrave, New York, 2003.
5. Shibu K.V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, TMH, New Delhi,
2010.
BME 4065: FUZZY LOGIC SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Crisp Sets, Fuzzy Sets,
Linguistic variables, Membership functions, Set theory operations on
Crisp and Fuzzy sets, Relations and Compositions, Hedges, Extension
Principles, Crisp logic, Fuzzy logic, Sources of Uncertainty, small
applications. Membership functions: Type-1 Membership functions,
Type-2 Membership functions, Multivariable Membership functions,
Case studies. Singleton and Non-singleton Type-1 Fuzzy logic systems:
58
Introduction, Rules, Fuzzy Inference Engine, Fuzzification and its effect on
Inference, Defuzzification, Fuzzy basis functions, Universal
approximators, Designing FLSs, Case studies. Type-2 Fuzzy Sets:
Operations on and Properties of Type-2 Fuzzy Sets, Type-2 Relations and
Compositions, Type reduction. Type-2 Fuzzy Logic Systems: Singleton
Type-2 FLSs, Type-1 Non-singleton Type-2 FLSs, Type-2 Non-singleton
Type-2 FLSs, Respective Case Studies.
References:
1. Jerry M. Mendel, Uncertain Rule-based Fuzzy Logic System:
Introduction and New Directions, Springer; (2e), 2017.
2. Timothy J. Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, Wiley,
(3e), 2011.
3. George J. Klir, Bo Yuan, Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and
Applications, Prentice Hall, Facsimile Edition, 1995.
BME 4066: GAIT ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Human Gait: Gait cycle, Phase of Gait, Basic functions.
Normal Gait Analysis: Ankle-Foot Complex, Foot support patterns, Ankle,
Foot, Knee, Hip, Head, Trunk and Pelvis, Arm Gait Dynamics and their
functional Interpretation. Pathological Gait Analysis: Pathological
Mechanisms, Ankle and Foot, Knee, Hip Trunk and Pelvis Gait Deviations.
Clinical Considerations: Examples of Pathologic Gait, Weakness, Pain -
Osteoarthritis, Stroke, Amputations. Advanced Locomotor Function:
Stair Negotiation - Stair Ascent, Stair Descent; Running - Terminology
and Timing of Running. Quantified Gait Analysis: Gait Analysis Systems,
Motion Analysis, Muscle Control and Dynamic EMG, Kinetics of Gait
Ground Reaction, Stride Analysis.
References:
1. Perry, J., Burnfield J M., Gait Analysis: Normal and Pathological
Function, SLACK Incorporated, (2e), 2010.
2. Michael Whittle, An Introduction to Gait Analysis, Butterworth-
Heinemann Ltd, (4e), 2006.
BME 4067: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to fundamental concepts of programming language, Object
Oriented Programming paradigm, Characteristics of object oriented
languages. Classes and Objects: Class specification, Class objects,
Accessing Class Members, Static members, Constructors and
Destructors, Parameterized constructors, Multiple Constructors, Friend
function. Operator Overloading & Type conversion: Defining operator
overloading, Overloading Unary and Binary operators, Overloading using
friend function, Type conversion: Basics to class type, class to basic type
and class to another class type. Inheritance: Derived class and base
class, Types of inheritance, Levels of Inheritance, Single inheritance,
Multiple Inheritance, Hierarchical inheritance and Hybrid inheritance.
Polymorphism: Virtual Functions: Pure function, Friend classes. Files
and Exception Handling: Classes for file stream operation, Opening and
closing a file, file modes, file pointers and manipulators. Exception
handling mechanism: throwing, catching and re-throwing. Graphics: Text
mode graphics, Graphics mode, Graphics functions, colors, Rectangles
and lines, Polygons and Inheritance, sound and motion, Text in graphics
mode. Object oriented system development: Introduction, Steps in object
oriented design.
References:
1. E. Balagurusamy, “Object Oriented Programming with C++”, (6e),
Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Robert Lafore, “Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++”, (3e),
Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
3. Stanley B. Lippman, Josee Lajoie, Barbara E Moo, “C++ Primer”,
(5e), Addison-Wesley Professional, 2012.
4. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference C++”, (4e), TMH, New
Delhi, 2004.

BME 4068: PATTERN RECOGNITION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Pattern Recognition (PR) system; Application domains,
Feature, Feature space, Class, Feature vector, Classifier, Classification
and approaches, Design cycle; Linear Regression, Logistic Regression &
General Linear Model; Introduction to Statistical decision making,
Bayesian Decision Theory: continuous and discrete features, Multiple
features, conditionally independent features, Maximum likelihood
estimation, Decision boundaries, unequal costs of error, Estimation of
error rates, the leaving one-out technique. Non-Parametric Techniques:
K-nearest neighborhood estimation, Clustering: Hierarchical clustering,
Agglomerative clustering algorithm, Single, Average and Complete
linkage algorithms, Partitional clustering, K means, Ward's algorithm,
Problems. Gaussian Mixture Models – with Expectation Maximization
algorithm, Principal Component Analysis; Introduction to Neural
Networks; performance analysis of a classifier.
References:
1. Earl Gose, Richard, Johnson Baugh and Steve Jost, “Pattern
recognition and Image analysis”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Schalkoff Robert J, “Pattern recognition”, John Wiley & Sons, New
York, 1992.
3. Richchard O Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Strok, “Pattern
Classification”, (2e), Wiley, Singapore, 2005.
4. S. N. Sivanandam, S. Sumathi and S. N. Deepa, “Introduction to Neural
Networks using MATLAB 6.0”, TATA McGRAW HILL, New Delhi, 2006
5. S. N. Sivanandam, and S. N. Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”,
(2e), Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2011
6. Sara Moein, “Medical Diagnosis Using Artificial Neural Networks”, IGI
Publications, USA,2014
7. Volker Schmid Anke Meyer-Baese Schmid Meyer-Baese “Pattern
Recognition and Signal Analysis in Medical Imaging”, (2e), Academic
Press, 2014.
BME 4069: PHYSIOLOGICAL CONTROL SYSTEM [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to physiological modeling: Introduction; Multi-scale
organization of living organisms: cell to organ Homeostasis. Examples of
physiological control systems. Review of linear systems concepts,
Fourier series: Modeling signals using Fourier series, Deterministic and
stochastic signals and systems. Mathematical tools: Basic concepts of
control systems; Open vs. closed loop Steady state and transient
analysis of control systems. Linear models vs nonlinear models
Distributed vs. lumped parameter models Compartment models.
Cardiovascular and Respiratory system: Circulatory system. Key events
in the cardiac cycle. Blood pressure and flow, vascular impedance.
Lumped parameter models, windkessel model of circulation Cardiac
mechanics. Respiratory mechanics, lung models. Nervous system:
Anatomy and physiology of nerves Action potentials, Hodgkin-Huxley
model. Musculoskeletal system: Muscle anatomy and physiology. How
muscles contract, Hill model of muscle contraction, Muscle stretch
reflex. Eye Movement Model: Types of Eye movement, Eye movement
system and Wetheimer's saccade eye model. Robinson's Model,
Oculomotor muscle model, Linear Reciprocal Innervations Oculomotor
Model.
References:
1. Michael C. K. Khoo, Physiological Control Systems: Analysis,
Simulation and Estimation, Wiley IEEE Press, 1999.
2. John D. Enderle, “Model of Horizontal eye movements: Early models
of saccades and smooth pursuit”, Morgan & Claypool Publishers,
2010.
BME 4070: TELEMEDICINE [3 0 0 3]
History of Telemedicine, Block diagram of telemedicine system, origin
and development of Telemedicine, Benefits and limitations of
Telemedicine; Data & Signal, transmission impairments & channel
59
capacity, Guided & Unguided transmission media, transmission of digital
signal and analog signal: Analog modulation techniques: AM & FM,
analog to digital conversions and digital modulation techniques like ASK,
FSK, PSK and DPSK; Multiplexing techniques: TDM & FDM, Multiple
access techniques: TDMA, FDMA & CDMA; Types of Network; Switching
techniques: Circuit switching and Packet switching; Reference models:
OSI model & TCP/IP; Types of wireless network like Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, Zig
Bee, Satellite network etc.; Data Security and Standards: Encryption,
Cryptography, digital signature, biometric security; Ethical and legal
aspects of Telemedicine; Applications of Telemedicine: Teleradiology,
telepathology, teleoncology, and other applications including
videoconferencing.
References:
1 Behrouz A Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking”,
McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., (5e), 2013.
2 Bernard Fong, A.C.M. Fong, C.K. Li, “Telemedicine technologies:
Information technologies in Medicine and telehealth”, John Wiley &
Sons, UK, 2011.
3 Olga Ferrer-Roca, M.Sosa Ludicissa, Handbook of Telemedicine,
IOS Press 2002.
4 Konstantina S.Nikita, Handbook of Biomedical Telemetry, John
Wiley & Sons, 2014.
5 A.C. Norris, Essentials of Telemedicine and Telecare, John Wiley &
Sons, 2002.
6 R S Khandpur, “Telemedicine technology and applications”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2017.
BME 4071: TISSUE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Basic definition, Structural and organization of tissues:
epithelial, connective tissues. Sterilization Process: Introduction,
different sterilization methods: physical, chemicals; applications.
Morphogenesis, Generation of Tissue in the Embryo: introduction,
different germ layers, cardiac cell development, blood vessels
development, skin tissue development; development of bone and
cartilage, future development. Cellular Signaling: introduction, cellular
signaling in skin, bone cartilage biology; understanding and
implementing principles of cell signaling in tissue engineering. Stem
Cell: introduction, types, self-renewal, differentiation, embryonic stem
cell: isolation, properties; adult stem cells: isolation, properties, stem cell
niche, future perspective. Cell and Tissue Culture: introduction, cell
harvest, selection, expansion, differentiation, co-culture, source, types
of tissue culture (animal), cell lines, culture media, maintenance of cell in
vitro. Scaffolds: polymer, natural polymer for tissue engineering,
degradable materials, various type of scaffold, cell –matrix interaction,
ECM. Methods to monitor tissue re-modeling Engineering tissues (like
skin, cartilage, bone).
References:
1. Satya Prakash, D.S. Tim, Stem cell bioengineering and tissue
engineering microenvironment, World Scientific, 2012.
2. Endarle, Blanchard & Bronzino, Introduction to Biomedical
Engineering, Academic press, 1998.
3. C.W. Patrick Jr., A. G. Mikos, L.V. Mcintire, Frontiers in tissue
engineering, Pergamon, Elsevier, 1998.
4. C.V. Blitterswijk, Tissue Engineering, Academic Press, 2008.
5. B.O. Palsson and S N Bhatia, Tissue Engineering, Pearson Prentice
Hall, 2004.
6. David Williams, Essentials Biomaterials Science, Cambridge
University Press, 2014.
7. Julia Polak, (Ed), Advances in Tissue Engineering, Imperial College
Press, 2008.
 OPEN ELECTIVES
BME 4301: BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Biomedical transducers: Classification and Selection; Pressure
Transducers: Resistive, capacitive, Inductive transducers & Piezo-electric,
Photoelectric transducers & its types; Thermal transducers & its types;
Electrodes & Amplifiers: Principles of working and their characteristics,
Half- cell potential, Types of electrodes, Electrode-Electrolyte model,
Amplifiers for biomedical instrumentation; Physiological Signals &
Measurements: Basics of ECG, EMG, EEG, PCG, blood pressure & blood
flow and the instrumentation for measuring these signals; Cardiac
Pacemakers: Types of pacemakers, Modes of triggering, Pacemaker power
supplies, pacemaker codes; Defibrillators: AC and DC defibrillators, Types
of electrodes and their features, cardioverters; Lasers: Basic principles,
types of lasers and their medical applications; X-ray systems, Fluoroscopic
system, principles of tomography; Electrical Hazards & Safety: Safety code
standards, Micro and Macro shock and its physiological effects, Methods
of electrical safety.
References:
1. John G Webster, “Medical Instrumentation Applications and Design”,
John Wiley and Sons, New York, (3e), 2011.
2. R S Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, (3e), 2014.
3. L A Geddes, L E Baker, “Principles of Applied Medical
Instrumentation”, Wiley India, New Delhi, (3e), 2008.
4. Richard Aston, “Principles of biomedical Instrumentation and
measurement”, Merrill, New York, 1991.
5. Joseph J Carr, John M Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment
technology”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, (4e), 2003.
BME 4302: BIO-MECHANICS [3 0 0 3]
Basic terminology, Anatomical movement descriptors. Skeletal
considerations for movement: Composition & Structure of bone,
mechanical properties of bone, bone fracture & failure mechanics.
Muscular considerations for movement: Skeletal muscle tissue
properties, function and structure, Force generation in the muscle, Role
of muscle, Force-velocity relationships in skeletal muscle, Joint
flexibility. Fundamental concepts of gait. Linear Kinematics: kinematic
parameters, projectile motion, linear kinematics of walking and running.
Angular Kinematics: types of Angles, lower extremity joint angles,
angular motion relationships, relationship between linear and angular
motion, angle-angle diagrams. Linear Kinetics: laws of motion, types of
forces, representation of forces acting on a system. Angular Kinetics:
Newton's laws of motion (angular analogs), center of mass calculation,
rotation and leverage, pulley system, analysis using Newton's laws of
motion. Application of Aerodynamics in Sports: aerodynamic drag force
- effects of drag on the body and objects in sport- activities, aerodynamic
60
lift force - lift force acting on shapes and surfaces, effects of lift on
projected objects, the Magnus effect. Application of Hydrodynamics in
Aquatics: buoyancy and floatation, floating ability of the human body,
types of floaters, different floating positions of the human body,
resistive & propulsive forces in swimming skills, Swimming efficiency
and speed.
References:
1. Joseph Hamill and Kathleen M. Knutzen, Biomechanical Basis of
Human Movement, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (4e), 2014,
Philadelphia, USA.
2. Susan J. Hall, Basic Biomechanics, McGraw-Hill International
Editions, (7e), 2014, Singapore.
3. Peter M. McGinnis, Biomechanics of Sport and Exercise, Human
Kinetics, (3e), 2013, USA.
4. P. Grimshaw and A. Burden, Sport & Exercise Biomechanics,
Taylor & Francis Group, (1e), 2007, UK.
5. Ellen Kreighbaum, Katharine M Barthels, Biomechanics-A
Qualitative Approach for studying Human Movement, Allyn and
Bacon Publishers, (4e), 1995, USA.
BME 4303: REHABILITATION ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to rehabilitation engineering and assistive technology:
principles, engineering concepts in sensory rehabilitation, motor
rehabilitation and communication disorders. Orthopedic prosthetics &
orthosis in rehabilitation technology: fundamentals of design of upper
and lower extremity prosthetic and orthotic devices, applications.
Mobility aids: mobility aids for the blind, discussion of design and
function of robotic aids, wheel chairs. Sensory augmentation &
substitution: visual, auditory and tactile sensory augmentation &
substitution. Conversion aids for non-vocal physically impaired
persons: characteristics and design considerations for conversion
aids, biofeedback in communicative disorders, artificial larynx.
Principles and applications of electrical stimulation: artificial electrical
stimulation of nerves and muscles, applications. Conceptual
frameworks, education and quality assurance.
References:
1. Joseph D. Bronzino and Donald R. Peterson, “The Biomedical
Engineering Handbook”, volume II, CRC press(4e), 2015.
2. John G. Webster, Albert M. Cook, Willis J. Tompkins, Gregg C.
Vanderheiden, “Electronic devices for Rehabilitation”, John Wiley &
Sons Inc., (2e), 1989.
3. John Enderle and Joseph Bronzino, “Introduction to Biomedical
Engineering”, academic press, (3e), 2011.
4. Rory A. Cooper, “An introduction to Rehabilitation Engineering”,
Taylor and Francis Inc., (1e), 2007.
 Department of Biotechnology

Department of Biotechnology in MIT was started in the year 2005 with a Programs offered
vision of imparting quality education in the field of biotechnology and to Under Graduate Program
produce engineers who are competent to join any Biotech industry or to 4B.Tech in Biotechnology (2005)
go for further studies in the field. The course has been designed to
provide the students with both theoretical knowledge and practical skills. Post Graduate Programs
4M.Tech in Industrial Biotechnology ( 2009)
To keep pace with the latest developments and to cater to the needs of
industry and research, major areas for study include biochemical
engineering, molecular biology, enzymology, bioinformatics, etc. The
students are encouraged to select areas that fit to their aptitude and
interest. Genetic engineering, process development, computer
Faculty Strength
application in bioprocess, design and development of materials and
equipment in bioprocess etc. Qualification-wise Cadre-wise

With agricultural heritage and high technology, India provides a wide 3

range of opportunities for biotech engineers. The students have a wide 8 14 4
range of options to choose from after finishing the course like design and 15
operation of fermentation systems, development of novel food
processing operations, upstream and downstream strategies, design of
new approaches to monitor and control biological processes, design of
PhD Professors
alternative bioprocesses to the existing chemical processes, design of
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
the biological waste water treatment systems for chemical and
Assistant Professors
bioprocess industries, development of bioinformatics tools for novel
applications, production of cost effective biofuels, developing new drug
delivery system etc.

61
 B TECH in BIOTECHNOLOGY

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2153 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2254 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
Chemical and Biochemical Engineering
BIO 2151 Biochemistry 3 1 0 4 BIO 2251 3 1 0 4
Thermodynamics
BIO 2152 Bioprocess calculations 3 1 0 4 BIO 2252 Downstream processes 3 1 0 4
II BIO 2153 Cell Biology 2 1 3 BIO 2253 Molecular Biology & Genetic Engineering 3 1 0 4
BIO 2154 Fluid ow operations 3 1 0 4 BIO 2254 Principles of Heat and Mass transfer operations 3 1 0 4
BIO 2155 Microbiology 2 1 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – I 3
BIO 2161 Biochemistry lab 0 0 6 2 BIO 2261 Molecular Biology and Genetic Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1
BIO 2162 Microbiology lab 0 0 3 1 BIO 2262 Unit Operations Lab 0 0 3 1
15 6 9 24 14 5 6 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 25 + 3 = 28
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
BIO 3151 Bioinformatics 3 1 0 4 BIO 3251 Animal Plant Biotechnology and Bioethics 3 1 0 4

62
BIO 3152 Bioprocess Engineering 2 1 0 3 BIO 3252 Bioprocess control and instrumentation 2 1 0 3
III BIO 3153 Bioreaction Engineering 3 1 0 4 BIO **** Program Elective - I 2 1 0 3
BIO 3154 Separation processes 3 1 0 4 BIO **** Program Elective - II 2 1 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – II 3 *** **** Open Elective – III 3
Animal,Plant Biotechnology and Bioprocess
BIO 3161 Bioinformatics lab 0 0 6 2 BIO 3261 0 0 6 2
Engineering lab
BIO 3162 Downstream and separation processes lab 0 0 3 1 BIO 3262 Bioreaction Engineering and Bioprocess control Lab 0 0 6 2
13 5 9 24 11 5 12 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 28 + 3 = 31
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
BIO **** Program Elective - III 3 0 0 3 BIO 4298 Industrial Training 1
BIO **** Program Elective - IV 3 0 0 3 BIO 4299 Project Work/ Practice School 12
IV BIO **** Program Elective - V 3 0 0 3 BIO 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
BIO **** Program Elective - VI 3 0 0 3
BIO **** Program Elective - VII 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 15 + 3 = 18
I. Environmental Biotechnology
BIO 4051: Bioremediation THIRD SEMESTER
BIO 4052: Design of Biological Treatment Processes
BIO 4053: Microbial Treatment of Wastewater MAT 2153: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III [2 1 0 3]
BIO 4054: Solid Waste Management Periodic Functions, odd and even functions, Euler's formulae. Half range
expansions, Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals & transforms,
II. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology Parseval's identity. Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R
BIO 4055: Biomaterials equations, differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's
BIO 4056: Biopharmaceutical Engineering integral formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues,
BIO 4057: Immunotechnology Cauchy's residue theorem. Conformal mappings, bilinear
BIO 4058: Molecular Modeling & Drug Design transformations. Gradient, divergence and curl, their physical meaning
and vector identities. Line, surface and volume integrals. Green's
theorem, divergence and Stokes' theorem, applications. Formation,
III. Material Science solutions of equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials only. Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of Variables.
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices Derivation of one dimensional wave equation (vibrating string) and its
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding solution by using the method of separation of Variables. D'Alembert's
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound solution of wave equation. Derivation of one dimensional heat equation
using Gauss divergence theorem and solution of one dimensional heat
IV. Business Management equation. Solution by separation of variables.
HUM 4051: Financial Management References:
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management 1. Erwin Kreyszig. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (7e), Wiley &
HUM 4053: Marketing Management Sons Inc.,1993
HUM 4054: Operation Management 2. Murray R. Spiegel. Vector Analysis, (2e), Schaum Publishing Co.,
2009
V. Computational Mathematics 3. B.S. Grewal. Higher Engg. Mathematics, (43e), Khanna Publishers,
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis 2014
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra 4. Ramana B.V. Engineering Mathematics, (2e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices BIO 2151: BIOCHEMISTRY [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to biochemistry and human biology, Classification of
Program Electives organisms according to their source of energy, Biochemical evolution,
BIO 4059: Advanced Bioprocess Engineering Urey-Miller experiment, Molecular organization in the cell, Organic
BIO 4060: Biofuels Engineering molecules used by living systems, Molecular evolution in vitro – Sol
BIO 4061: Bioprocess Equipment Design Spiegelman's experiment, RNA as catalysts, The Genetic code, Amino
BIO 4062: Biosensors acids, Proteins, Protein structure (primary to higher level). Enzymes:
BIO 4063: Biostatics and Design of Experiments role, specificity and regulation, Carbohydrates, Classification,
BIO 4064: Computational Biology Bioenergetics, Burning food, Conserving energy for biological needs, by
BIO 4065: Food process Engineering and Technology using coupled reactions, Lipids, Classification and metabolism,
BIO 4066: Genomics and Proteomics Metabolism of Nucleic acids, ATP as an energy currency, Citric acid
BIO 4067: Health Diagnostics cycle and oxidative phosphorylation, Metabolic pathways, catabolic and
BIO 4068: Metabolic Engineering anabolic. Glycolysis, Flow of carbon, nitrogen and energy through
BIO 4069: Bioprocess Modelling and Simulation in Biotechnology interconnected pathways.
BIO 4070: Protein Engineering References:
BIO 4071: Solid State Fermentation 1. Lehninger, A. L., Nelson, D. L. 1., & Cox, M. M. Lehninger principles
of biochemistry (5e). New York ; New Delhi: W.H. Freeman; 2008.
Open Electives 2. Jeremy M Berg, John L Tymoczko, and Lubert Stryer. Biochemistry,
BIO 4301: Biological Databases and Biological Data Mining (5e). New York: W H Freeman; 2002.
BIO 4302: Introduction to Biofuels & Biopolymers 3. Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith
BIO 4303: Introduction to Bioinformatics Roberts, Peter Walter (Eds) Molecular Biology of the cell (5e),
Garland Science, 2008.

BIO 2152: BIOPROCESS CALCULATIONS [3 1 0 4]

Bioprocess Development: An Interdisciplinary Challenge , Biotechnology
and Bioprocess Engineering, Biologist and Engineers differ in their
approach to research, Introduction to Engineering Calculations, Physical
Variables, Dimensions and Units, Unit conversion, Pressure, Standard
Conditions and Ideal Gases, Presentation and Analysis of Data,
plotting graphs using excel, Stoichiometry of microbial growth and
product formation, Steady state material balances, Law of Conservation
of Mass, Material Balances With Recycle, By-Pass and Purge Streams,
Basic Energy Concepts, Intensive and Extensive Properties, General
Energy-Balance Equations, Procedure For Energy-Balance Calculations
Without Reaction, Energy-Balance Equation For Cell Culture, Unsteady-

63
State Material-Balance Equations, Unsteady-State Energy-Balance
Equation
References:
1. Pauline Doran. Bioprocess Engineering Principles. Academic Press,
1995
2. David M. Himmelblau. Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical
Engineering. Prentice Hall of India (P) Ltd, 2012
BIO 2153: CELL BIOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to cell chemistry and biosynthesis, Visualizing cells, Sexual
reproduction: Meiosis, The cell cycle, Germ Cells and Fertilization,
Development of Multicellular Organism, Specialized Tissues, Stem Cells,
and Tissue Renewal, Membrane structure, Transport of small molecules
and the electrical properties of membranes, Intracellular compartments
and protein sorting, Intracellular vesicular traffic, The cytoskeleton,
Apoptosis, Cell junctions, Cell Adhesion, and the Extracellular Matrix,
Mechanisms of cell communication, Uncontrolled cell division- Cancer.
References:
1. Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith
Roberts, Peter Walter (Eds) Molecular Biology of the cell (5e), Garland
Science, 2008.
2. Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk , Chris A. Kaiser, Monty Krieger, Anthony
Bretscher, Hidde Ploegh, Angelika Amon, Kelsey C. Martin. Molecular
cell biology, (8e). Scientific American Books, W. H. Freeman, New
York, 2016
BIO 2154: FLUID FLOW OPERATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Review of fluid statics, fluid dynamics. Basic equations of fluid flow –
continuity equation, Bernoulli's equation. Reynolds number and friction
factor, Hagen Poiseuille equation. Flow past immersed bodies –
boundary layer. Flow through a bed of solids – Ergun, Kozeny Carmen
and Blake Plumer equation. Agitation and mixing of liquids.
Transportation and metering of fluid. Dimensional analysis and similitude
References:
1. McCabe & Smith. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering. McGraw
Hill, 1993
2. Coulson and Richardson. Chemical Engineering, Vol. I. ELBS, 2001
BIO 2155: MICROBIOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. Microbiological Techniques
– Study of microscopes, Various sterilization techniques. Functions and
Replication of Bacteria, Viruses, Fungi, Algae, Protozoans. Common
diseases caused by microbes. Microbial insecticides, Microbial
enzymes, Microbial polysaccharides. Microbial spoilage of food, food
preservatives and food borne infections. Biofertilizers – Nitrogen fixing
organisms.
References:
1. Pelczar, Chan and Kreig. Microbiology. W C Brown Pub, 1998
2. Presscot and Dunn. Industrial Microbiology. CBS Publishers, 2004
BIO 2161: BIOCHEMISTRY LAB [0 0 6 2]
This laboratory deals with both qualitative and quantitative analysis of
biomolecules such as carbohdrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acids.
The estimation of carbohydrates is done qualitatively by Osazone test
and the reducing sugars are analysed using Dinitrosalicylic acid (DNS)
method. Besides, the estimation of glucose is done by both DNS method
as well as by enzymatic (GOD/POD) method. Simple polysaccharides
such as starch is estimated by Iodine method. The specific activity of
amylase is also done. Proteins are estimated by Lowry's and Bradford's
methods. Amino acids are estimated by Sorenson's titrimetric method.
Estimation of cholesterol by Zak's method, and spectrophotometric
detection of DNA/RNA are also introduced.
64
References:
1. Albert Lehninger. Principles of Biochemistry. CBS Publishers. 1996
2. Voet and Voet. Biochemistry. Wiley. 2005
BIO 2162: MICROBIOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments are based on the preparation of broth and agar media for the
growth of bacterial species. Pure culture techniques (streak, pour and
spread) are taught to isolate and sub-culture a specimen obtained from
natural sources. Experiments are also designed to learn how to stain and
view different types of microbes using a compound microscope. A basic
set of biochemical tests are also performed to identify and differentiate
between certain microbial classes. A biochemical test is also conducted
to check the extent of contamination of a milk sample.
References:
1. David Friefelder. Molecular Biology. Jones and Bartlett Publishers Inc.
1987
2. Benjamin Lewin. Genes VII. Oxford University Press. 2003
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2254: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – IV [2 1 0 3]
Formation of Linear Programming problem, Graphical method, Simplex
method, Penalty cost and two phase methods. Finite sample spaces,
conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem. One
dimensional random variable, mean, variance, Chebyshev's inequality.
Two and higher dimensional random variables, covariance, correlation
coefficient, regression, least squares principles of curve fitting. Binomial,
Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, Chi-square and exponential. Finite
difference expressions for first and second order derivatives (ordinary
and partial).Solution of BVP's in ODE. Classification of second order
linear partial differential equations. Numerical solutions of two
dimensional Laplace and Poisson equations by standard five point
formula. Solution of one dimensional heat and wave equations by explicit
methods. Crank-Nicolson method. Finite element method, Introduction,
simple applications. Difference equations representing physical
systems, the z transforms, properties of z transforms, initial and final
value theorems, solution of difference equations by the method of z
transforms, convolution theorem.
References:
1. Kreyzig E. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7th Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., 1993
2. Meyer P.L. Introduction to probability and Statistical applications,
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1970
3. Hamdy A Taha. Operation research, (7e), Pearson Education, Inc.,
2002
4. Grewal B.S. Higher Engineering Mathematics, (3e), Khanna
Publishers, 2014
5. Sastry S.S. Introductory methods for Numerical Analysis, (5e), PHI
Learning Private Limited., 2012
BIO 2251: CHEMICAL AND BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
THERMODYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction – Scope and definition, First law of Thermodynamics, Joule
and Joule-Thomson Coefficient. Definition of enthalpy, different
thermodynamic processes, Second law of thermodynamics –
Statements of second law, Carnot's engine, entropy, entropy change of
ideal gas. Thermodynamic properties of fluid – Property relations for
homogenous phases, Solution thermodynamics – Fundamental
property relation, Chemical potential and Phase Equilibria, Partial molal
properties. Ideal gas mixtures, Fugacity, Activity, residual and excess
properties. Single component two phase system, two component phase
equilibrium. Chemical reaction equilibrium – Reaction Co-ordinate,
Standard Gibb's Energy change and Equilibrium constant. Colligative
Properties of solutions: freezing point depression, boiling point elevation,
Vapor pressure lowering, osmotic pressure. Thermodynamics of
Biochemical reactions – Free energy calculations
References:
1. J.M. Smith, H.C. Van Ness and M.M. Abbott. Introduction to
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill International
(7e) 2010
2. Silbey, Alberty, Bawendi. Physical Chemistry, Wiley India (4e), 2004
3. Donald T. Haynie. Biological Thermodynamics, Cambridge University
Press, 2001
BIO 2252: DOWNSTREAM PROCESSES [3 1 0 4]
Role, importance and economics of downstream processing in
biotechnological processes; Process design criteria for various classes
of bio-products; Different methods of cell disruption–Advantages &
Disadvantages; Removal of insoluble, biomass and particulate debris
separation; Membrane based separations (Micro-and Ultra-filtration)
theory; design and configuration of membrane separation equipment
and applications; Precipitation methods with salts, organic solvents,
and polymers; colloidal stability of protein solutions; kinetics of protein
aggregation; Liquid – liquid extraction of bioproduct and Aqueous Two
Phase Extraction.
References:
1. Sivasankar B. Bioseperations: Principles and Techniques, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006
2. Belter P.A., Cussler E., Wei Shan Hu. Bioseparation – Downstream
processing for biotechnology, Wiley Interscience Pub., 1988
3. Asenjo J. Separation Processes in Biotechnology, Marcel Dekker,
1993
4. BIOTOL Board. Product Recovery in Bioprocess Technology,
Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, 1990
BIO 2253: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND GENETIC
ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Cell cycle, Proteins associated with cell cycle, Organization and
replication of DNA in Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Chromosomes –
Histones, Cot curves, -mode of Replication, Displacement (D) Loops,
Rolling Circle Method ( –mode) of DNA Replication, Telomeric
Replication in Eukaryotes, Transcription in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes,
Regulation of Gene Expression, Post-transcriptional Modifications –
RNA Splicing, Translation in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes, Post-
translational Modifications, Biochemical mechanisms of DNA Repair,
Types of Mutations, Biochemical basis of mutants, Modes of
Mutagenesis, Reversion.
Introduction to cloning, Method of creating recombinant DNA, Cloning
Vectors, Expression Vectors, Enzymes in Genetic Engineering,
Hybridization and DNA Libraries, Restriction Mapping, Design of
Adaptors & Linkers, Polymerases chain reaction (PCR): Types and its
applications, Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphisms (RFLP),
Methods of Nucleic Acid Sequencing, Applications of Recombinant DNA
Technology, Genome editing strategies- CRISPR/Cas9.
References:
1. David Friefelder, Essentials of Molecular Biology, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers Inc 2015
2. Benjamin Lewin, Genes IX, Oxford University Press 2006
3. James D.Watson, Amy A. Caudy, Richard M. Myers, Recombinant
DNA: Genes and Genomes – A short course, W H Freeman & Co 2006
4. James D Watson, Tania A. Baker, Stephen P. Bell, Alexander Gann and
Michael Levine, Molecular Biology of the Gene, Pearson 2013
65
BIO 2254: PRINCIPLES OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
OPERATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Various modes of heat transfer, Conduction –Fourier's law, Convection –
Natural and forced convection, Co-current and countercurrent types of
flow, LMTD, overall coefficient determination of film coefficients,
Dimensional analysis, Analogies, Heat transfer with phase change,
boiling and condensation; Radiation; Diffusion, Fick's law of diffusion,
Flux for stagnant and equimolal conditions; Mass transfer coefficient;
Theories of mass transfer; two film theory; Dimensionless numbers,
analogies between momentum heat and mass transfer, equipments for
mass transfer, HETP and stage.
References:
1. Pauline M. Doran. Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Academic
Press, 1995
2. Robert E. Treybal. Mass Transfer Operations, McGraw-Hill, 1980
3. McCabe & Smith. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering. McGraw
Hill, 1993
BIO 2261: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND GENETIC
ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments are based on the extraction and electrophoresis of nucleic
acids (plasmid and genomic) from bacterial and plant sources.
Restriction digestion and ligation of DNA is also performed to understand
the concepts of targeted gene modification. Bacterial cells are made
competent and transformed with a gene of interest to calculate the
transformation efficiency. An experiment is also based on the
polymerase chain reaction for large-scale of amplification of target
sequence in a given DNA sample.
References:
1. Sandy B. Primrose,Richard M. Twyman and Robert W. Old, Principles
of Gene Manipulation, Wiley-Blackwell Publishers, 2002
2. Benjamin Lewin. Genes VII. Oxford University Press, 2003
BIO 2262: UNIT OPERATIONS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Unit operations laboratory curriculum comprises of experiments based
on fluid flow and heat transfer. Fluid flow experiments are based on flow
measurement, flow dynamics in pipes and fittings and particle dynamics
under fluid flow. Heat transfer experiments aim to estimate heat transfer
coefficients and thermal conductivity of metals and insulators.
References:
1. Pauline M. Doran. Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Academic
Press, 1995
2. McCabe & Smith. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering. McGraw
Hill, 1993
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi-product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of
depreciation, Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its
types – Job costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e) Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e) Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e),
Pearson Publication, 2013.
BIO 3151: BIOINFORMATICS [3 1 0 4]
Internet Basics, Central Dogma of Biology. Databases – Sequence
Databases, Retrieving Database Entries and Structure databases.
Database Sequence Search & Alignment: The evolutionary basis of
sequence alignment, FASTA, BLAST, Low Complexity Regions,
Progressive Alignment Methods, Motifs and Patterns, Presentation
Methods. Phylogenetic Analysis – Elements of phylogenetic Models,
Data Analysis, Phylogenetics on the web. Predictive Methods using
Nucleotide sequence – Detecting ORFs, Exons and Introns, DNA
Microarray. Predictive Methods using Protein sequences – Physical
properties based on sequence, secondary structure and folding classes,
specialized structures, tertiary structure. PCR Primer Design –
Restriction mapping, design programs and software.
References:
1. Andreas D Baxevanis. BIOINFORMATICS – A practical Guide to the
Analysis of Genes and Proteins. Wiley Interscience, 2004.
2. David R. Westhead. Instant Notes: Bioinformatics. BIOS Scientific
Publishers Ltd., 2003
BIO 3152: BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Enzymes and Enzyme catalyzed reactions: Nature and
function of enzymes, Michaelis-Menten Equation – derivations, types of
enzyme inhibition, kinetics. Media Design and Sterilization: Fermentation
processes, Medium requirements for fermentation processes -
examples of simple and complex media. Thermal death kinetics of
microorganisms; Batch and continuous heat sterilization. Transport
Phenomena in Bioreactors: Immobilization methods; Immobilized
enzyme/cell kinetics: effectiveness factor derivations. Oxygen transfer in
submerged fermentation processes: OTR, OUR calculations, kLa
estimations. Kinetics of Microbial Growth and Product Formation:
Microbial cell kinetics, Monod model; Growth associated and non-
growth associated product formation kinetics.
References:
1. Michael L Shuler and Fikret Kargi. Bioprocess Engineering: Basic
Concepts. Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 2008
2. Pauline M. Doran. Bioprocess Engineering Principles. Academic
Press, 1995
3. PF Stanbury, S. Hall, A. Whitaker, Principles of Fermentation
Technology, (2e), Elsevier Science Publishers, 2003
66
BIO 3153: BIOREACTION ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Reaction Kinetics – Rate equation, elementary, non-elementary
reactions. Analysis of experimental batch reactor data by integral and
differential analysis. Ideal Reactors – Design of batch, stirred tank and
tubular flow reactors. Multiple reactor system – size comparison, recycle
reactor. Bioreactors– Batch reactor and chemostat with Monod cell
growth kinetics, Fed-batch reactor. Non-ideal reactors – E, F curves, RTD
for ideal reactors, analysis of RTD data, Micro and Macro fluid.
References:
1. Octave Levenspiel. Chemical Reaction Engineering. John Wiley &
Sons, (3e), 2003
2. Harvey W. Blanch and Douglas S. Clark. Biochemical Engineering,
CRC Press, 1997
3. John Villadsen. Bioreaction Engineering Principles. (3e), springer
publishers 2011
BIO 3154: SEPARATION PROCESSES [3 1 0 4]
Review of VLE–Methods of distillation: Fractionation of binary systems-
design calculations, McCabe Thiele method; Theory of absorption,
temperature effect in absorption, process design of absorption; Theories
of adsorption – Adsorption isotherms and calculations, adsorption in
fixed beds; Leaching-Principle, equilibria, calculation; Chromatography
– principles of chromatographic separation, different types of
chromatographic separations, selection of chromatographic matrices
and large-scale chromatographic separation processes; Electrophoretic
separations; Size exclusion chromatography; Crystallization, theories of
crystallization, calculations; Drying-theory and batch drying curve,
different types of dryers and their features
References:
1. Sivasankar B. Bioseperations: Principles and Techniques, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006
2. Belter P.A., Cussler E. and Wei Shan Hu. Bioseparation – Downstream
processing for biotechnology, Wiley Interscience Pub, 1988
3. Asenjo J. Separation Processes in Biotechnology, Marcel Dekker, 1993
4. BIOTOL Board. Product Recovery in Bioprocess Technology,
Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, 1990
5. McCabe and Smith. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering,
McGraw Hill Inc.,1993
6. Treybal R.E. Mass transfer operations, McGraw Hill, 1980
BIO 3161: BIOINFORMATICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
This laboratory introduces a pragmatic approach on sequence retrieval,
alignment, and analysis such as similarity search including pairwise and
multiple alignment, basics of PERL programming, primer design,
molecular phylogeny with various algorithms such as NJ, UPGMA, FM &
ME, secondary structure prediction, structure visualization and analysis,
structure alignments to explore homology as well as distant relationship,
protein homology-based modeling, and structure validations.
References:
1. Andreas D Baxevanis. BIOINFORMATICS – A practical Guide to the
Analysis of Genes and Proteins. Wiley Interscience, 2004
2. David R. Westhead. Instant Notes: Bioinformatics. BIOS Scientific
Publishers Ltd, 2003
BIO 3162: DOWNSTREAM AND SEPARATION
PROCESS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments are based on aqueous two phase based separation,
extraction of intracellular proteins, precipitation of proteins, ultrafiltration,
separation of solids from slurry using leaf filter and sedimentation.
References:
1. Belter P. A., Cussler E. and Wei Shan Hu. Bioseparation – Downstream
processing for biotechnology, Wiley Interscience Pub, 1988
2. Asenjo J. and Dekker M. Separation Processes in Biotechnology,
1993

SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D. Essentials of Management, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 2004
2. Peter Drucker. Management, Task and Responsibility, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker. The practice of management, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003
BIO 3251: ANIMAL, PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY AND
BIOETHICS [3 1 0 4]
Plant cell cultivation – Biochemistry of major metabolic pathways,
Autotrophic and heterotrophic growth, Plant growth regulators and
elicitors. Cell suspension culture development – methodology, kinetics
of growth and product formation, Hairy root cultures and their cultivation.
Animal cell metabolism, Animal cell growth characteristics, Principles of
sterile techniques, Regulation and nutritional requirements for mass
cultivation of animal cell cultures. Animal cell cultivation – Substrate and
product transport through mammalian cell, Animal cell growth kinetics
and shear force. Micro and Macro carrier attached growth, Cell culture in
continuous, perfusion and hollow-fiber reactor. Public acceptance
issues for biotechnology – Case studies from developing and developed
countries. Biotechnology and hunger – Challenges for the Indian
Biotechnological research and industries. The legal and socioeconomic
impacts of biotechnology. Intellectual property rights (IPR), Plant
breeder's rights – Legal implications
References:
1. Dixon R.A. and Gonzales. Plant Cell Culture: A Practical Approach,
IRL Press. 1995
2. Lindsey K. and Jones M.G.K. Plant Biotechnology in Agriculture,
Prentice Hall, 1990
3. Singh K. Intellectual property rights on biotechnology, BCIL, New
Delhi, 2001
BIO 3252: BIOPROCESS CONTROL AND
INSTRUMENTATION [2 1 0 3]
Measurement and signal transmission of process parameters – Flow,
Pressure, Temperature, Level, pH, DO, density and viscosity;
Mathematical modeling of chemical and bioprocesses; Introduction to
Laplace Transforms, Development of Transfer functions. Dynamic
behavior of first and second order processes; Introduction to feedback
controllers, feedforward and ratio controller, final control elements and
controller tuning; Block diagram representation, Stability of closed loop
control systems -Routh stability criterion, Root locus diagrams.
67
References:
1. Seborg D.E., Edgar T.F. and Mellichamp D.A. Process Dynamics and
control, John Willey & Sons, 2004
2. Stephanopoulos G. Chemical Process Control: An Introduction to
Theory and Practice. Prentice Hall International, 1983
3. Riggs J.B. and Nazmul Karim M. Chemical and bioprocess control.
Ferret Publisher, 2008
BIO 3261: ANIMAL, PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY AND BIOPROCESS
ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 6 2]
In the Animal and Plant Biotechnology lab experiments are based culture
media preparation and the growth of animal and plant cells. In
Bioprocess Engineering lab experiments are based on estimation of
enzyme kinetics, optimum temperature, pH and evaluation of the type of
inhibition during enzyme catalyzed reactions.
Reference books:
1. Dixon R.A. and Gonzales. Plant Cell Culture: A Practical Approach,
IRL Press. 1995
2. Lindsey K. and Jones M.G.K. Plant Biotechnology in Agriculture,
Prentice Hall, 1990
3. Michael L Shuler and Fikret Kargi. Bioprocess Engineering: Basic
Concepts. Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 2008
BIO 3262: BIOREACTION ENGINEERING AND BIOPROCESS
CONTROL LAB [0 0 6 2]
Bioreaction Engineering laboratory experiments are based on the growth
kinetics of bacterial species in a shake flask and fed-batch cultures with
various carbon sources. Also experiments are designed to evaluate the
performance of various bioreactors such as stirred tank reactor (STR)
and fluidized bed reactor (FBR) and packed bed reactor (PBR) with
immobilized enzymes. In Bioprocess control lab experiments are
designed to study about the controllers (P, PI, PD & PID), advanced
control system, control valves, first order system & second order
system (inherent/multi capacity processes) with different inputs which
usually appears in the process industries.
References:
1. Octave Levenspiel. Chemical Reaction Engineering. John Wiley &
Sons, (3e), 2003
2. Harvey W. Blanch and Douglas S. Clark. Biochemical Engineering,
CRC Press, 1997
3. John Villadsen. Bioreaction Engineering Principles. (3e), springer
publishers 2011
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
BIO 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
BIO 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
BIO 4051: BIOREMEDIATION [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages of Bioremediation; Factors
influencing Bioremediation; Microbial ecology and metabolism;
Biodegradation of common contaminant compounds; Bioremediation
processes; Biological Filtration Processes for Decontamination of Air
Stream; Biotreatment of Metals; Phytoextraction; Rhizofiltration;
Phytostabilization; Biomonitoring; Biomembrane Reactors; Successful
and Unsuccessful Case Studies in Bioremediation Process
References:
1. Martin Alexander. Biodegradation and Bioremediation. Academic
press. 1999
2. John. T. Cookson, Jr. Bioremediation engineering; design and
application. McGraw Hill, Inc. 1995
3. Eweis, Ergas, Chang and Schroeder. Bioremediation Principles.
McGraw-Hill Series in Water Resources and Environmental
Engineering, 1998
BIO 4052: DESIGN OF BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
PROCESSES [2 1 0 3]
Flow and Mass loading for treatment plants; Various Physical units
operations-equalization tank design, sedimentation tank design by solid
flux and batch data, dissolved air flotation; Filtration mechanism in water
treatment and design of filters, Chemical treatment and precipitation;
Activated sludge process and different types of active sludge processes;
Mathematical model development for active sludge process, and design,
Sequencing batch reactors (SBR), Plug flow aerobic treatment, Rotating
Biological contactor and model, Trickling filters and roughing filters and
various design parameters, Various pond processes, Disinfection-
Mechanisms, Mathematical Models for disinfection, Breakpoint
chlorination and calculations; Design considerations in anaerobic
processes; Water reuse and reclamation technologies, Risk
assessment.
References:
1. Metcalf and Eddy. Wastewater Engineering - Treatment, Disposal
and Reuse. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1991
2. Rao C.S. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering. New Age
International (P) Ltd. Publishers, 1991
3. Jordening H.J., and Winter J. Environmental Biotechnology:
Concepts and Applications. Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co., 2005
BIO 4053: MICROBIAL TREATMENT OF WASTE WATER [2 1 0 3]
Need for wastewater treatment; Characterization of wastewater-
Biological- BOD, COD, TOC, MPN, and Bacterial count; BOD kinetic
parameter fitting by Least square, Fujimoto, Daily difference, Thomas
and Moments-Methods; Physical characterization such as solids,
Turbidity, and Chemical characterizations. Bacterial metabolism in
treatment, Decomposition of organic compounds in Ecosystem, Biology,
Mass energy balance for Aerobic respiration, and Anaerobic respiration,
General considerations for Aerobic Vs. Anaerobic treatment, Kinetic
aspects, Hydrolysis of cellulose-biological aspects, Anaerobic
degradation of lignocellulose and cellulose, proteins, fats; Various types
of anaerobic treatment reactors-UASB and its variations, calculation of
biogas by Buswell equation, Nitrification and denitrification processes,
and Anammox process, Biological Phosphorus removal processes.
68
References:
1. Metcalf and Eddy. Wastewater Engineering - Treatment, Disposal
and Reuse. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1991
2. Rao C.S. Environmental Pollution Control Engg. New Age
International (P) Ltd. Publishers, 1991
3. Jordening H.J. and Winter J. Environmental Biotechnology:
Concepts and Applications. Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co., 2005
BIO 4054: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Integrated solid waste management, operation of waste management
systems. Legislative Trends and Impacts; Composition of municipal
solid wastes, Properties of MSW; transformations of solid waste;
Properties, classification and transformation of Hazardous wastes and
its management; Collection of solid waste, Separation, processing and
Transformation of solid waste, Transfer and Transport, Disposal; Landfill
methods & its design; Biological principles, aerobic composting,
Anaerobic digestion, Biological transformation processes. Energy
production from biological conversion products, Fermentation and
compost processes: design parameters & Applications; Meeting federal
and state mandated diversion goals; Recycling, Implementation of solid
waste management options; planning, siting and permitting of waste
management facilities.
References:
1. George Tchobanoglous. Integrated solid waste management:
Engineering principles and management issues, Mcgraw Hill, 1993
2. William D Robinson. The solid waste handbook: A practical guide,
John Willy & sons, 1986
BIO 4055: BIOMATERIALS [2 1 0 3]
Properties of materials & classes of materials used in Medicine, Host
reaction to biomaterials and their evaluation, testing biomaterials,
degradation of materials in the biological environment, application of
materials in medicine & dentistry, implants & devices, basics of artificial
organs.
References:
1. Buddy Ratner, Allan Hoffman, Frederick Schoen, Jack Lemon.
Biomaterial Science: An introduction to materials in medicine,
Academic press, Elsevier publication, (3e), 2012
2. Joon Park, Lakes R.S. Biomaterials: An Introduction, Springer
publication, (3e), 2007
BIO 4056: BIOPHARMACEUTICAL ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction – Development of drugs and pharmaceutical industry
organic therapeutic agents. Drug Metabolism and Pharmaco-Kinetics –
physico chemical principles, radioactivity, action of drug on human
bodies. Important Unit Processes and Their Applications. Manufacturing
Principles of different type of tablets. Analytical methods and test for
various drugs and pharmaceuticals, packaging techniques – quality
control. Health Biotechnology – health care products, edible vaccines,
nutrition value of foods. Health bioinformatics – microbes and human
health, biotechnology kits to monitor day to day human health.
References:
1. Heinrich Klefenz. Industrial pharmaceutical biotechnology, Wiley-
VCH, 2002
2. Susanna Wu-Pong, Yongyut Rojanasakul, and Joseph Robinson.
Biopharmaceutical drug and design and development. Humana
Press, 1999
BIO 4057: IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Immune system – innate and adaptive immunity, Lymphocytes - origin
and differentiation. Humoral Immunity – B-lymphocytes and their
activation, structure and function of immunoglobulins, Genetic control of
antibody production. Cellular Immunology – T cells classification, APC,
mechanisms of phagocytosis. Antigen Antibody interactions –
precipitation, agglutination, neutralization. Immunological and antibody
based assays. Stem cells – applications to immunology,
immunosuppressive drugs. Autoimmunity – Auto antibodies in humans,
treatment of auto immune disorders. Molecular Immunology –
Preparation of vaccines, application of rDNA technology to production of
antibodies.
References:
1. Roitt I. Essential Immunology. Blackwell Scientific Publications,
1991
2. Richard Goldsby, Thomas J. Kindt, Barbara A. Osborn. Kuby
Immunology. W H Freeman, 2006
BIO 4058: MOLECULAR MODELING AND DRUG DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
General concepts of Pharmacology – Bioavailability, Compartments and
clearance, Drug absorption and transport, Drug metabolism,
Pharmacokinetic models, BBB. Drug Structure – Chemoinformatics &
Chemical Graphs. Drug Design – Computational Drug Discovery,
Binding interactions, Lipinski's rule of five (RO5), SMILES, Molecular
Descriptors – chemical, topological and geometrical descriptors.
Molecular Modeling – Molecular Orbital theory, 1D, 2D and 3D analyses.
Computer Simulation Methods – Molecular Dynamics methods, Binding
affinity calculations & conformational analysis, QSAR. Design New
Molecules – De novo ligand design, Similarity search - Virtual screening,
Molecular docking – SNPs and Pharmacogenomics, Toxicology, Clinical
trials, Regulatory affairs & Patenting.
References:
1. Leach A.R. Molecular Modelling Principles and Applications.
Longman, 2001
2. Haile J.M. Molecular Dynamics Simulation Elementary Methods.
J. Wiley and Sons, 1997
BIO 4059: ADVANCED BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Environmental requirements for Animal Cell Cultivation-Oxygen
requirement, Formulation of optimum culture media, techniques for
increasing cellular productivity. Bioreactor systems for animal cell
cultivation-, Air-lift fermenter, bubble column bioreactor, Fixed bed
bioreactor with micro carriers, Scale-up strategy for animal cell
cultivation. Classification of interactions between two species-
Neutralism; Mutualism; Commensalism; Amensalism and competition.
The Lotka-Volterra Model of Predator-Prey Oscillations. Design of
fermentation processes-steady state operation of CSTR with microbial
cultures, Design of recirculation system, Fed-batch reactor operation.
Uses of Well-defined Mixed Populations- Spoilage and product
manufacture by Spontaneous Mixed Cultures; Microbial Participation in
the Natural Cycles of Matter. Bioprocessing of recombinant proteins-
Tissue plasminogen activator (TPA), Growth hormone, Interferon,
Erythroprotein, Insulin.
References:
1. Harvey W. Blanch and Douglas S. Clark. Biochemical Engineering,
CRC Press, 1997
2. Daan J.A. Crommeline, Robert D. Sindelar and Bernd Meibohm.
Pharmaceutical Biotechnology, (3e), 2007
3. John Villadsen. Bioreaction Engineering Principles. (3e), Springer
publishers, 2011
BIO 4060: BIOFUELS ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Various feedstock for different kinds of Biofuels; Biochemical pathways;
Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) of various biofuels, Various process
technologies for bioethanol production; Microorganism selection;
Comparison of various bioethanol processes; Thermodynamic and
kinetic aspects of biodiesel production; Biodiesel from Jatropha and
Waste cooking oils, Acid base, enzyme catalyzed esterification process;
Biodiesel from Microalgae and various contemporary technologies and
69
their comparisons; Hydrogen production by enzymes and various
microorganisms, Inhibition effects of Hydrogen; Biochemical basis of
microbial fuel cells; single cell and two cell designs; basic calculations of
power and efficiency; Biogas production from various sources.
References:
1. Caye M. Drapcho, Nghiem Phu Nhuan and Terry H. Walker. Biofuels
Engineering Process Technology, McGraw Hill Publishers, 2008
2. Jonathan R. Meilenz. Biofuels – Methods and Protocols (Methods in
Molecular Biology Series, Humana Press, 2009
3. Lisbeth Olsson. Biofuels (Advances in Biochemical
Engineering/Biotechnology Series), Springer-Verlag Publishers,
2007
BIO 4061 BIOPROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Design of Pressure Vessels: Codes and standards, design factors,
design of vessels under internal and external pressure. Design of
fermentors: Mixing in Fermenters, Power Requirements. Design criteria
for batch fermentor, chemostat and bubble column fermentor, scale up of
fermentors. Heat Exchanger Design: Type of heat exchangers, energy
balances in heat exchanger, Heat transfer in fermentors, process design
of shell and tube heat exchangers. Evaporator design: Evaporation –
types of evaporators – Enthalpy balances in single and multiple
evaporators – economy and capacity of evaporator. Process design of
triple effect evaporators.
References:
1. Richardson, and Sinott R.K. Chemical Engineering Vol. 6, J.F.
Pergamon Press, 2005
2. Joshi M.V. Process Equipment Design, McMillan India, 2005
3. Stanbury P.F., Hall S., Whitaker A. Principles of Fermentation
Technology, (2e), Elsevier Science Publishers, 2003
4. Bjorn K. Lydersen, Nancy A D'elia and Kim L. Nelson. Bioprocess
Engineering-Systems, Equipment and Facilities, A Wiley Interscience
Publication, 1994
5. Unfired Pressure Vessel Code BIS 2825
6. Code for Shell & Tube heat exchangers BIS 4503
7. Chemical Engineer's Handbook by Perry
BIO 4062: BIOSENSORS [2 1 0 3]
Principles of Biomolecular Recognition, Surface Sensitization
Techniques and Recognition Receptors Immobilization on Biosensors
and Microarrays, Analytical Tools for Biosensor Surface Chemical
Characterization, Enzyme for Biosensing Applications, Antibodies in
Biosensing, Peptides as Molecular Receptors, Carbohydrates as
Recognition Receptors in Biosensing Applications, Nucleic Acid
Diagnostic Biosensors, Tissue-Based Biosensors, Biosensing with
Plants: Plant Receptors for Sensing Environmental Pollution,
Bacteriophage-Based Biosensors, Antibody Engineering for Biosensor
Applications, Genetically Engineered Proteins as Recognition Receptors,
Biosensing Systems Based on Genetically Engineered Whole Cells,
Photosynthetic Proteins Created by Computational and Biotechnological
Approaches in Biosensing Applications, Oligonucleotides as
Recognition and Catalytic Elements, Aptamers: Versatitle Tools for
Reagentless Aptasensing, Phage Display Technology in Biosensor
Development, Molecularly Imprinted Polymer Receptors for Sensors and
Arrays.
References:
1. Victor Yang and NGO T.T. Biosensors and their applications. Springer,
2000
2. Mohammed Zourob. Recognition Receptors in Biosensors. Springer,
2010
BIO 4063: BIOSTATISTICS AND DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to statistics: Descriptive and inferential statistics. Measures
of central tendency Measures of spread. Probability distributions,
Hypothesis testing. Linear & quadratic models, regression coefficients,
estimation using least squares method. Introduction to statistical design:
Introduction to factorial designs, 2k factorial design, main effects,
interaction effects Screening designs: Fractional factorial designs,
Plackett-Burmann screening designs. Model reduction, model
assumption checking, residual plots. Optimization designs: Response
surface methodology – concepts & methods, central composite designs
and Box-Behnken design.
References:
1. Montgomery Douglas C. Design and analysis of experiments, John
Wiley, 2012
2. Lawson John & Erjavec John. Modern Statistics for Engineering and
Quality Improvement, Thomson, 2001
3. Panda T., Theodore T. and Kumar R.A. Statistical Optimization of
Biological Systems. CRC Press, 2015
4. Rosner B. Fundamentals of Biostatistics, (5e), Duxbury Thomson
Learning, 2000
BIO 4064: COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Algorithms and complexity, Biological algorithms versus Computer
algorithms, Algorithm design techniques, Data mining, Data storage and
retrieval, Machine learning, Biological data mining tools, Introduction to
SQL, Bio-Perl and Bio-Java, Sequence alignment: Dynamic
Programming algorithm, Multiple sequence alignment methods,
Similarity Search Algorithms, Identification of functional sites in
molecules, Pattern matching, Profiles and Hidden Markov Models, Gene
and promoter prediction, Identification of regulatory elements in
promoters, Protein motifs and domain prediction, Restriction Mapping,
Clustering, Gene expression analysis through clustering, Phylogenetic
analysis, Distance based methods, Character based methods, Protein
secondary structure prediction methods and algorithms, RNA structure,
RNA secondary structure prediction, Case studies.
References:
1. Neil Jones and Pavel Pevzner. An Introduction to Bioinformatics
Algorithms. MIT Press, 2004
2. Heitor Silvério Lopes and Leonardo Magalhães Cruz. Computational
Biology and Applied Bioinformatics. InTech, 2011
BIO 4065: FOOD PROCESS ENGINEERING AND
TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Food Processing-: Biotechnology in relation to the food
industry; nutritive value of food; types of microorganisms associated
with food. Food processing chemistry, Food Spoilage & Preservation-
Microbial Spoilage of Vegetables, Fruits, Fresh and Processed Meats,
Poultry and Seafood. Food-borne illnesses. Food Preservation-Food
Preservation Using Irradiation, Food Preservation with Low
Temperatures, Food Preservation with High Temperatures, Preservation
of Foods by Drying. Food engineering-Unit operations applied to the food
processing industry – Fluid flow applications, Heat transfer applications,
Centrifugation, Filtration, Extraction, Membrane separations,
Evaporation, Distillation, Absorption, Size reduction, Mixing, Drying, and
Crystallization Food Industry- Basal metabolic rate, influences on
nutritional status, dietary strategies for individuals, diet for specific
groups, Market Place, ecologically sustainable production, risks and
benefits of biotechnology to food industry.
References:
1. Roger A., Gordon B. and John T. Food Biotechnology. Cambridge
University Press, 1989
2. James Jay. Modern food Microbiology. Kluwer Academic
Publishers, 1992
3. Lindsay W. Biotechnology – Challenges for the flavor and food
industry. Elsevier Applied Science, 1988
Earle R.L. Unit operations in food processing. Pergamon Press, 1983
70
BIO 4066: GENOMICS AND PROTEOMICS [2 1 0 3]
Genes and Proteins, unicellular genomes, Metazoan Genomes, Gene,
Evolution of Genomes.Sequencing& Genome Projects – preparing
genomic DNA for sequencing, Sanger Dideoxy method, Fluorescence
method, shot-gun approach.Genomics– ESTs, SNPs, DNA
Chips.Proteomics – protein isolation, purification and
quantification.Bioinformatics analysis – clustering Methods, proteome
functional information and Protein Chip interaction detection.Genome
Management in Eukaryotes – Multicellularity, cell differentiation and gene
regulation.Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics – Bioinformatics
Approaches to Gene Expression, Microarray data analysis, Human
genome and disease identification, OMIM.Comparative genomics.
References:
1. John R.S. Finchman. Genetic Analysis - Principles, Scope and
Objectives. Blackwell Science, 1994
2. Malcolm A. Campbell, and Laurie J. Heyer. Discovering Genomics,
Proteomics and Bioinformatics. Pearson, 2006
BIO 4067: HEALTH DIAGNOSTICS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Health diagnostics, Importance and applications,
Biochemical disorders, Immune disorders, Infectious diseases,
Parasitic diseases, Genetic disorders, Chromosomal disorders, single
cell disorders and complex traits, Chromosomal disorders,
autosomal, sex chromosomal, karyotype analysis. DNA based
diagnostics methods, Biochemical diagnostics methods, Cell based
diagnostics methods, Antibody markers, CD Markers, FACS, HLA
typing, Bioassays, Immunodiagnostics methods, Antigen-Antibody
Reactions, Conjugation Techniques, Antibody Production, Case
studies related to bacterial, viral and parasitic infections , Diagnosis of
infectious diseases, respiratory diseases, Viral disease, bacterial
diseases, enteric diseases, parasitic diseases and mycobacterium
diseases, Phage display, immunoarrays and FACs.
References:
1. Patrinos G.P., Ansorge W.J. and Danielson P.B. Molecular
Diagnostics, Academy Press, 2016
2. Burtis C.A. and Bruns D.E. Tietz. Fundamentals of clinical chemistry
and molecular diagnostics. Elsevier Health Sciences, 2014
3. Tille P. Bailey & Scott's diagnostic microbiology. Elsevier Health
Sciences, 2015
4. Crocker J. and Burnett D. The Science of laboratory diagnosis. John
Wiley & Sons, 2005
BIO 4068: METABOLIC ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction – Jacob Monod model, catabolite regulation, glucose effect,
cAMP deficiency, feedback regulation. Synthesis of Primary Metabolites
–Alteration of feedback regulation, limiting accumulation of end
products, metabolites. Biosynthesis of Secondary Metabolites
–Precursor effects, prophophase, idiophase relationship, enzyme
induction & producers of secondary metabolites. Bioconversions –
Advantages, specificity, yields, co-metabolism, avoidance of product
inhibition, mixed or sequential bioconversions, conversion of insoluble
substances. Regulation of Enzyme Production – Strain selection,
improving fermentation, recognizing growth cycle peak, catabolite
repression, mutants resistant to repression.
References:
1. Wang D.I.C., Cooney C.L., Demain A.L., Dunnil P., Humphery A.E.,
Lilly M.D. Fermentation and Enzyme Technology. John Wiley and
Sons, 1979
2. Stanbury P.F., and Whitaker A. Principles of Fermentation
Technology. Butterworth Heinemann, 1999
 BIO 4069: BIOPROCESS MODELING & SIMULATION IN
BIOTECHNOLOGY [2 0 3 3]
Perspective on modeling of physical, chemical & biological phenomena,
uses and limitations of mathematical models; Examples involving
algebraic, ordinary differential, difference, cpartial differential, integral &
integro-differential equations; Probability theory, stochastic models
parameter estimation model forms for parameter estimation. Parameter
estimation using moments, design of experiments; Accuracy of
parameter estimates. Design of experiments for model discrimination;
Non-linear systems; Plane analysis in classical bioreactor models;
Nonlinear dynamics; Chaotic behavior, cob web diagrams, stability of
fixed point solutions. Bifurcations behavior, Chaos; Lorenz equations;
Population balance modeling, Budding of yeast population – Modeling of
cells with dynamic morphology – Modeling for biological populations
with correlation between life spans of siblings. Modeling of Industrial
sterilization processes.
Laboratory experiments are based on simulation of various
bioprocesses using MATLAB.
References:
1. Wayne Bequette B. Process dynamics modeling and analysis and
simulation, Prentice Hall Inc., 2004
2. John H. Seinfeld and Leon Lapidus. Mathematical Methods in
Chemical Engg., Process Modeling, Estimations and Identification.
Prentice Hall, 1974
BIO 4070: PROTEIN ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Structure of Proteins – Primary, secondary structure prediction and
determination super secondary structure, protein folding pathways,
tertiary structure and domain in proteins, quaternary structure, methods
to determine tertiary and quaternary structure, post transnational
modification. Protein Engineering and Design – Methods of protein
isolation, purification and quantitation, use of peptides in biology,
methods of detection and analysis of proteins. Protein database
analysis, methods to alter primary structure of proteins, examples of
engineered proteins, protein design, principles and examples.
References:
1. Moody P.C.E. and Wilkinson A.J. Protein Engineering, ILR Press, 1990
2. Creighton T.E. Proteins. Freeman, 1993
BIO 4071: SOLID STATE FERMENTATION [2 1 0 3]
Scope of solid State fermentation & applications. Macroscopic and
microscopic phenomena. Bioreactor types and Selection –
Classification and Criteria. Transport phenomena and the scale up.
Unaerated and Unmixed bioreactors -Trays, Forcefully-Aerated
Bioreactors without Mixing, Packed beds, Rotating and stirred drum
bioreactors, Continuously mixed and intermittently-mixed bioreactors.
Fundamentals of Modelling of Bioreactor – Methodology, Kinetic sub
model, Modelling of effect of temperature, water activity on growth,
Death kinetics, Modelling of Heat and Mass transfer and the estimation of
transfer coefficients.
References:
1. Mitchell D.A., Krieger N., Berovic M. Solid State Fermentation
Bioreactors Fundamentals of Design and Operation. Springer
Publication, 2006
2. Ashok Pandey, Carlos Ricardo Soccol, Christian Larroche.
Current Developments In Solid-state Fermentation, Asiatech
Publishers, 2007
71
OPEN ELECTIVES
BIO 4301: BIOLOGICAL DATABASES AND
BIOLOGICAL DATA MINING [3 0 0 3]
Central dogma of biology, Data to information, Information flow, Different
types of biological data, Storage of data, Database structures, Data
representation, File formats, Biological data life cycle, Data management,
Sequence databases, Sequence motif databases, Structural databases,
Interaction databases, Enzyme databases, Pathway databases, Molecular
disease databases, Biomedical literature database, Gene expression
database, Immunological databases, Data retrieval, Search engines,
Search algorithms, Biological data for mining, Biological
information/treasure, Data mining methods, Machine learning, Biological
data mining tools, Comparison through alignment, Scoring methods,
Profiles, Pattern recognition and discovery, Pattern matching, Data mining
through network construction and analysis, SQL, Bio-Perl, Bio-Java,
Introduction to structure visualization and simulation tools.
References:
1. Bryan Bergeron. Bioinformatics Computing. Prentice Hall, 2002
2. Hui-Huang Hsu. Advanced data mining technologies in
bioinformatics. Idea Group
3. Publishing, 2006
4. Neil Jones and Pavel Pevzner. An Introduction to Bioinformatics
Algorithms. MIT
5. Press, 2004
6. Pierre Baldi, Soren Brunak. Bioinformatics: the machine learning
approach. MIT Press, 2001
BIO 4302: INTRODUCTION TO BIOFUELS AND
BIOPOLYMERS [3 0 0 3]
Renewable energies and significance of biofuels, feedstocks for various
biofuels, Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) of biofuels, ethanol from fermentation
and comparison of different technologies, diesel from Jatropha, waste
cooking oils, and Microalgae, biogas and biological hydrogen, and basic
concepts of microbial fuel cells; introduction to biopolymers,
Biopolymers vs. Synthetic polymers; Synthesis of biopolymers such as
Starch, Hemicellulose etc, Commercially available biopolymers, uses of
biopolymers, Manufacturing technologies, Fillers & Reinforcement,
Market & Economics, Biodegradability.
References
1. Mohanty A. K., et al. Natural Fibers, Biopolymers, and
Biocomposites, CRC Press, 2005
2. Johnson R.M., Mwaikambo L.Y. and Tucker, N. Biopolymers, Rapra
technology, 2003
3. Caye M. Drapcho, Nghiem Phu Nhuan and Terry H. Walker. Biofuels
Engineering Process Technology, McGraw Hill Publishers, 2008
BIO 4303: INTRODUCTION TO BIOINFORMATICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Bioinformatics, Central dogma of biology, Digital code of
life, database sequence search & Alignment, The evolutionary basis of
sequence alignment, The modular nature of proteins, Optimal alignment
methods, Substitution scores and gap penalties, Statistical significance
of alignments, Structure file formats; Visualizing structural information,
Motifs and Pattern, Protein structure prediction, Searching for trees,
Rooting trees, Evaluating trees and Data, Phylogenetic software,
Phylogenetics on the web, Some simple practical considerations,
Genome annotation, Comparative genomics, Genome compression.
References:
1. Arthur M. Lesk. Introduction to Bioinformatics. Oxford University
Press, 2002
2. Stuart M. Brown. BIOINFORMATICS: A biologists guide to
biocomputing and the internet. NYU Medical Center, 2000
 Department of Chemical Engineering
Chemical Engineering explores the processing of materials and the Programs offered
production or utilization of energy through chemical and/or biochemical
Under Graduate Program
routes. Chemical engineers play a key role in petroleum, fertilizers and
4B.Tech in Chemical Engineering (1969)
plastic industries, and in the production of novel & composite materials
and Intermediate & speciality chemicals. Chemical engineers make use of Post Graduate Programs
their expertise to find solutions to environmental hazards such as pollution 4M.Tech in Chemical Engineering (2009)
and harmful chemicals delivered by several other industries. Chemical
PhD
engineering graduates typically work in chemical process industries,
biotechnology, environmental remediation, food processing,
pharmaceuticals, energy and polymers.
The department of Chemical Engineering established in the year 1969 and Faculty Strength
the first batch of Chemical Engineers graduated in 1974. Till date, 46
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
batches of students (about 2200 Chemical Engineers) have been
graduated from the department. The department is having MoU with
University of Nottingham and University of South Alabama for the post 5 4
12 6
graduate studies. 7
Core Competencies of the Department are:
• Process Modelling & Simulation
• Fluid & Fluid-Solid Operations PhD Professors
• Drug Delivery Systems M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
• Environmental Pollution Control Assistant Professors
• Catalysis and Nanotechnology
• Reaction Engineering
• Renewable Energy
• Process Control
• Bio Remediation

72
 B TECH in CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER
Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2153 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2254 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
CHE 2151 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics-I 3 1 0 4 CHE 2251 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics-II 3 1 0 4
CHE 2152 Chemical Process Calculations 3 1 0 4 CHE 2252 Chemical Process Industries 3 0 0 3
CHE 2153 Momentum Transfer 3 1 0 4 CHE 2253 Heat Transfer Operations 3 1 0 4
II CHE 2154 Particle Technology 2 1 0 3 CHE 2254 Mass Transfer-I 3 1 0 4
CHM2151 Physical and Organic Chemistry 3 1 0 4 **** Open Elective – I 3
CHM 2161 Physical & Organic Chemistry Lab 0 0 6 2 CHE 2261 Momentum Transfer & Particle Technology Lab 0 0 3 1
CHE 2262 Numerical Methods for Chemical Engineers Lab 0 1 3 2
16 6 6 24 14 5 6 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 28 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 25+3=28
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
CHE 3151 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3 1 0 4 CHE 3251 Design and Drawing of Chemical Process Equipment* 1 3 3 5

73
CHE 3152 Mas Transfer-II 3 1 0 4 CHE 3252 Process Dynamics and Control 3 1 0 4
CHE 3153 Process Modelling and Simulation 3 1 0 4 CHE**** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3
CHE 3154 Transport Phenomena 2 1 0 3 CHE**** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
III
**** Open Elective – II 3 **** Open Elective – III 3
CHE 3161 Heat Transfer Lab 0 0 3 1 CHE 3261 Mass Transfer Lab 0 0 3 1
CHE 3162 Process Modelling and Simulation Lab 0 1 3 2 CHE 3262 Reaction Engineering and Process Control Lab 0 0 3 1
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 13 6 6 24 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 13 4 9 23
25+3=28 26+3=29
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
CHE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 CHE 4298 Industrial Training 1
CHE **** Program Elective – IV 2 0 3 3 CHE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
CHE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 CHE 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
CHE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
CHE **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective – IV 3
14 0 3 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) +OE 17 + 3 = 20
Minor Specializations
I. Petroleum Engineering
CHE 4051: Natural Gas Engineering
CHE 4052: Oil and Gas Reservoir Engineering
CHE 4053: Petroleum Refinery Engineering (Theory and Lab)*
CHE 4054: Process Integration for Petroleum Industries
II. Pollution Control Engineering
CHE 4055: Environmental Pollution Control Engineering
CHE 4056: Environmental Impact Assessment and Management Plan
CHE 4057: Industrial Waste Water Engineering (Theory and Lab)*
CHE 4058: Solid and Hazardous Waste Material Management.
III. Environmental Biotechnology
BIO 4051: Bioremediation
BIO 4052: Design of Biological Treatment Processes
BIO 4053: Microbial Treatment of Wastewater
BIO 4054: Solid Waste Management
IV. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound
V. Business Management
HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management
VI. Computational Mathematics
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices
Program Electives
CHE 4059: Advanced Process Control
CHE 4060: Applied Interfacial Engineering
CHE 4061: Chemical Reactor Theory
CHE 4062: Environmental Pollution Control Engineering
CHE 4063: Fuels and Combustion
CHE 4064: Introduction to Biochemical Engineering
CHE 4065: Introduction to Petroleum Engineering
CHE 4066: Materials Science and Engineering
CHE 4067: Non Newtonian Flow in Process Industries
CHE 4068: Process Data Analysis
CHE 4069: Project Engineering
CHE 4070: Renewable Energy Engineering
CHE 4071: Risk and Safety Management in process Industries
CHE 4072: System Identification
CHM 4051: Analytical Techniques and Instrumentation
Open Electives
CHE 4301: Industrial Pollution Control
CHE 4302: Risk and Safety Management in Industries
CHE 4303: Water Treatment Technology
74
MAT 2153: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III [2 1 0 3]
Periodic Functions, odd and even functions, Euler's formulae. Half range
expansions, Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals & transforms,
Parseval's identity. Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R
equations, differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's
integral formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues,
Cauchy's residue theorem. Conformal mappings, bilinear
transformations. Gradient, divergence and curl, their physical meaning
and vector identities. Line, surface and volume integrals. Green's
theorem, divergence and Stokes' theorem, applications. Formation,
solutions of equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable
only. Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of Variables.
Derivation of one dimensional wave equation (vibrating string) and its
solution by using the method of separation of Variables. D'Alembert's
solution of wave equation. Derivation of one dimensional heat equation
using Gauss divergence theorem and solution of one dimensional heat
equation. Solution by separation of variables.
References:
1. Eewin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7(e), John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.1993.
2. Murray R.Spiegel., Vector Analysis, 2(e), Schaum Publishing Co.,
2009.
3. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43(e), Khanna
Publishers, 2014.
4. Ramana B.V., Engineering Mathematics, 2(e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company limited, 2007.
CHE 2151: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
THERMODYNAMICS-I [3 1 0 4]
Basic concepts, definitions and approaches for thermodynamics. First
law of thermodynamics for different processes. The concept of heat
capacity and enthalpy. PVT behaviour of gases, the concept of ideal gas,
and the phase diagrams. Equations of state used for the real gases.
Determination of deviation of a gas from ideal behaviour, different
correlations used for the calculation of compressibility factor. Second
law of thermodynamics, the difference between heat and work, the
irreversibility of a process and the concept of entropy, thermodynamic
temperature scale. Thermodynamic processes, Maxwell relations and its
applications. The applications thermodynamics in refrigeration,
liquefaction processes, steam power plant and internal combustion
engines.
References:
1. Narayanan, K.V.A Text Book of Chemical Engineering
Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
2. Smith, J.M., VanNess H.C., Abbot, M.M., Introduction to Chemical
Engineering Thermodynamics,
(7e), McGraw Hill, 2004.
3. Rao, Y.V.C., An Introduction to Thermodynamics, Universities Press,
2004.
4. Daubert, T.E.,Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw –
Hill, 1985.
CHE 2152: CHEMICAL PROCESS
CALCULATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Chemical engineering as a Profession – Role of Chemical Engineer – Unit
operations and unit processes –Units and dimensions – Physical and
chemical properties of compounds and mixtures – Techniques of
problem solving – Choice of basis – Chemical equations and
stoichiometry – Properties of gases – Ideal and real gases – Phase
equilibrium – Vapor pressure – Raoult's law – Calculation of bubble point
and dew point – Humidity and Saturation –Humidity charts and their use
– Concepts of steady and unsteady state processes and material balance
equations – Material balances involving unit operations and unit
processes – Material balance with recycle, bypass and purge – Energy
and energy balances – Balances on non-reactive and reactive systems –
Heat of reaction, heat of formation and heat of combustion – Standard
state – Calculation of heat of reaction at temperature different from
standard state – Adiabatic reaction temperature and theoretical flame
temperature
References:
1. Sikdar, D.C., Chemical Process Calculations, Prentice Hall India,
2013.
2. Bhat B.I., Thakur, S.B., Stochiometry, (5e), Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 2010.
3. Himmelblau, D.M., Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical
Engineering, Eastern Economy ed., Prentice Hall India, (6e). 2009.
4. Felder R., Rausseau, R.W., Elementary Principles of Chemical
Processes, (2e), John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
5. Denn, M.M., Chemical Engineering- an Introduction, Cambridge
University Press, NY, 2012.
CHE 2153: MOMENTUM TRANSFER [3 1 0 4]
Properties of fluids – Rheological classification - Fluid statics – Static
pressure – Variation of pressure with elevation – Pressure measurement –
Manometers – Introduction to fluid flow – Types of flow – Basic equations of
fluid flow – Continuity equation – One dimensional Eulerand Bernoulli
equation and applications – Laminar flow – Steady incompressible viscous
flow through circular pipes – Hagen-Poiseuilli equation – Flow between
parallel plates – Flow through annuli – Turbulence – Turbulent flow in
smooth pipes – Velocity profiles – Darcy equation – Flow in noncircular
conduits – Losses in pipe flow - Power law of fluids – Flow of liquids in thin
layers – Fluid flow past immersed bodies – Boundary layer and friction drag
Drag coefficient – Motion of particles through fluids – Flow of fluids through
bed of solids – Ergun equation – Principles of fluidization – Hydrodynamic
characteristics – Pneumatic conveyance – Agitation and mixing of liquids –
Dimensional analysis – Flow of compressible fluids – Basic equations of
one dimensional flow – Reversible adiabatic flow – Effect of area
variation – Flow in convergent and divergent nozzles – Flow measurement –
Venturi, Orifice and Pitot-tube – Variable area meter – Flow measurement in
open channels – Introduction to unsteady flow – Time required for emptying
tank – Fluid transportation machinery – Pumps and classification of pumps
– Pump characteristics.
References:
1. McCabe and Smith, Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering, (5e),
McGraw-Hill, NY,1993
2. Coulson and Richardson, Chemical Engineering –Vol I, (3e),
Pargamon and ELBS, 1977
3. Foust et al, Principles of Unit Operations, (2e), John Wiley and Sons,
NY, 1980
4. Badger and Banchero, Introduction to Chemical Engineering,
McGraw-Hill, NY, 1990.
CHE 2154: PARTICLE TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Particle size analysis, Sphericity of particle, Shape factor, Specific surface
area and specific number of particle in the sample mixture, Sieve methods
of analysis, Ideal and actual screen, Effectiveness and capacity of screen,
Screening equipment, Size reduction, Energy relationships, Size reduction
equipment, Crushers, Grinders, Separation based on motion of particle
through fluids, Terminal settling velocity of particle, Free and hindered
settling, Sedimentation, design of continuous thickener, Classifiers,
Filtration, Filter aids, design of filter, Filtration equipment.
75
References:
1. McCabe and Smith, Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering,
(5e), McGraw-Hill, NY, 1993.
2. Foust et al, Principles of Unit Operations, (2e), John Wiley and
Sons, NY, 1980.
3. Badger and Banchero, Introduction to Chemical Engineering,
McGraw-Hill, NY, 1990.
4. Coulson and Richardson, Chemical Engineering –Vol II, (3e),
Pargamon and ELBS, 1970.
CHM 2151: PHYSICAL AND ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY [3 1 0 4]
Thermodynamic treatment of solutions, Ideal mixtures, Raoult's law
Henrry's law Gibb's Duhem relation, colligative properties. Phase
Equilibria: Pressure-Temperature Phase diagrams, Phase rule,
Immiscible liquids, Eutectic formation, solid compound formation
Boiling point diagrams, Distillation, adsorption isotherm.
Electroanalytical methods of analysis: Conductometric and
Potentiometric titrations Chemical Kinetics: Rate equation, First-order
rate equations, second order rate equations, Half-life, Arrhenius
equation, Numericals Stereochemistry: Constitutional isomerism -
Geometrical isomerism, Polarimeter, specific rotation ,RS configuration,
Enantiomers, Diasteromers, meso compounds Reaction Intermediates:
Structure, Stability and reactions of intermediates Strengths of organic
acids and bases: Factors affecting strength of acids and bases Aromatic
and Heterocyclic compounds: Structure of benzene and aromaticity,
Classification of Heterocyclic compounds, Basicity. Carbohydrates:
Classification, Aldose to ketose and vice versa transformations,
epimerisation, Monosaccharides, disaccharides and Polysaccharides.
Amino acids & Proteins: Classification, Synthesis, Physical and
chemical properties Dyes: Theories of dyes - Classification of dyes,
Preparation and uses of Azodyes, Triphenyl methane dyes,
Anthraquinone dyes.
References:
1. Gordon M. Barrow, Physical Chemistry, (5e), Tata Mc Graw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi
Special Indian Edition, 2007.
2. Skoog D.A. West D.M. Holler F.J. Gouch S.R. Fundamentals of
Analytical Chemistry, (8e), Thomson
Brooks/Cole, Singapore, 2004.
3. Atkins. P., J. de Paula, Physical Chemistry, (7e), Oxford Publication,
New York, 2002.
4. Puri,B.R. Sharma, M.S. Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry,
(46e), Vishal Publications, Jalandhar, 2012.
5. Finar I.L., Organic Chemistry, Vol I, (6e). Pearson Education,
Singapore, 2009.
6. Morrison R.T. Boyd R.N. , Organic Chemistry, (6e), Prentice - nHall
New Delhi, 2007.
7. Bruice P.Y., Organic Chemistry, (3e). Dorling Kindersley, New Delhi,
2009.
8. Bahl B.S. Arun Bahl, Advanced Organic Chemistry, (15e), S. Chand &
Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2001.
CHM 2161: PHYSICAL AND ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY LAB [0 0 6 2]
Physical Chemistry: Titration of a given mixture of weak and strong acids
against a strong base by conductometric method ,Precipitation titration
between lithium sulphate and barium chloride by conductometric
method, Redox titration of Mohr's salt against K2Cr2O7 by potentiometric
method, Colorimetric determination of Copper, Percentage composition
of binary mixture using viscometer, Bimolecular reaction between K2S2O8
and KI, Determination of velocity constant for the saponification of ethyl
acetate, Determination of surface tension of a liquid using
stalagmometer, Kinetics of inversion of sucrose using polarimeter,
Determination of percentage composition of binary mixture using Abbe's
refractometer
Organic Chemistry: Preparation of m-dinitrobenzene from nitrobenzene,
Preparation of acetanilide from aniline, preparation of p-bromo
acetanilide from acetanilide, preparation of benzoic acid from
benzaldehyde, preparation of salicylic acid from methyl salicylate.
Determination of the % purity of phenol by Winkler's method,
Determination of the amount of acetone by iodoform method,
Determination of the % purity of acetic acid by titration method,
Determination of the amount of acetamide by alkali hydrolysis method,
Determination of acid value, iodine value and saponification value of the
given sample of oil.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2254: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-IV [2 1 0 3]
Formation of Linear Programming problem, Graphical method, Simplex
method, Penalty cost and two phase methods. Finite sample spaces,
conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem. One
dimensional random variable, mean, variance, Chebyshev's inequality.
Two and higher dimensional random variables, covariance, correlation
coefficient, regression, least squares principles of curve fitting. Binomial,
Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, Chi-square and exponential. Finite
difference expressions for first and second order derivatives (ordinary
and partial).Solution of BVP's in ODE. Classification of second order
linear partial differential equations. Numerical solutions of two
dimensional Laplace and Poisson equations by standard five point
formula. Solution of one dimensional heat and wave equations by explicit
methods. Crank-Nicolson method. Finite element method, Introduction,
simple applications. Difference equations representing physical
systems, the z transforms, properties of z transforms, initial and final
value theorems, solution of difference equations by the method of z
transforms, convolution theorem.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7(e), John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., 1993.
2. Meyer P.L., Introduction to probability and Statistical applications,
2(e), American Publishing Co., 1970.
3. Hamdy A Taha - Operation research, (7e), Pearson Education, Inc.,
2002.
4 Grewal B.S - Higher Engineering Mathematics, (43e), Khanna
Publishers, 2014.
5. Sastry S.S., Introductory methods for Numerical Analysis, (5e), PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2012.
CHE 2251: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
THERMODYNAMICS-II [3 1 0 4]
Thermodynamic properties of pure fluids, fugacity. The concept of
solution thermodynamics, the concept of partial molar properties, its
determination. Gibbs Duhem equation, its applications, property change
of mixing, excess properties. The criteria of phase equilibrium, vapour
liquid equilibrium, phase diagrams for binary solutions, azeotropes and
its types, activity coefficient and dew point and bubble point calculations,
thermodynamic consistency of VLE data. Introduction to LLE. The
criteria of chemical reaction equilibria, equilibrium constant, Gibbs free
energy change, effect of temperature, pressure and composition on
equilibrium constant.
76
References:
1. Narayanan, K.V., A Text Book of Chemical Engineering
Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
2. Smith, J. M., VanNess H.C., Abbot, M.M., Introduction to Chemical
Engineering Thermodynamics, (7e), McGraw Hill, 2004.
3. Daubert, T. E., Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw –Hill,
1985.
4. Rao, Y. V. C., An Introduction to Thermodynamics, Universities Press,
2004.
CHE 2252: CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES [3 0 0 3]
Indian industry – A brief review - Description of the processes along with
neat flow diagrams.
Industrial gases: Carbon dioxide – Hydrogen – Oxygen – Nitrogen –
Synthesis gas
Chloralkali industry: Common salt – Caustic soda – Chlorine –
Hydrochloric acid – Bleaching powder – Soda ash , Fertiliser industry:
Ammonia – Nitric acid – Ammonium nitrate – Ammonium sulfate –
Ammonium chloride – Urea , Oils, fats and waxes: Edible oils – Extraction
of vegetable oil – Hydrogenation of oil – Soaps and detergents –
Manufacturing processes – Glycerin recovery
Petroleum industry: Processing and refining of petroleum, Pulp and
paper: Chemical and mechanical pulp – Pulping methods – Chemical
recovery of black liquor – Paper and paper board
Sugar and starch: Sugar – Starch and modified starches – Glucose –
Fermentation – Media for growth - Industrial alcohol – Absolute alcohol –
Acetone and Butanol , Polyethylene – Viscose rayon, Nylon 6 and Nylon
66 – Natural and synthetic rubber
References:
1. Groggins, P.H., Unit processes in organic synthesis, (5e), Tata
Mcgraw-Hill, 2004.
2. Austin, G.T., Shreve's Chemical Process Industries, (5e), McGraw-
Hill, 2017.
3. Dryden, C.E., Outlines of Chemical Technology, (3e), East Press Ltd.,
1997.
CHE 2253: HEAT TRANSFER OPERATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Mechanism of heat transfer; Heat transfer flux and resistance.
Conduction: Thermal conductivity; Fourier's law of conduction;
Conduction through plane, cylindrical and spherical and composite
walls; Heat losses and insulation; Critical insulation thickness; Selection
of insulating materials Convection: Natural and forced convection;
Individual film and overall heat transfer coefficients; Convection in
laminar and turbulent flows; Introduction to thermal boundary layer. Heat
exchanger: Types of heat exchangers; Co-current and counter-current
flows; Equivalent diameter; Fouling factors; Process design of heat
exchangers including double pipe heat exchanger, shell and tube heat
exchanger, extended surfaces and cross flow heat exchangers. Heat
transfer with phase change. Evaporators: Types; Single and multiple
effects: Boiling point rise; Feeding; Steam economy; Process design of
evaporators. Heat transfer equipment auxiliaries: Steam trap. Radiation:
Radiant energy-distribution; Black body; Emissive power; Exchange of
energy between two surfaces; View factor; Furnace calculations.
Combined heat transfers by conduction, convection and radiation.
Crystallization: Nucleation and crystal growth; Controlled growth of
crystals; Industrial crystallizers.
References:
1. Kern D.Q., Process Heat Transfer, McGraw Hill, 2009.
2. McCabe and Smith, Unit Operations in Chemical Engg, (7e), McGraw
Hill 2005.
3. Coulson and Richardson, Chemical Engineering, Vol.1 (6e), Elsevier
India private limited 2006.
4. Dutta B. K., Heat transfer: Principles and Applications, PHI, 2001.
CHE 2254: MASS TRANSFER-1 [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to mass transfer operation, Diffusion and mass Transfer:
Molecular diffusion in fluids and solid, mass transfer coefficients,
interphase mass transfer coefficient. Gas Liquid Operations: Equipment
for gas liquid operations, Humidification operation, Gas absorption.
Solid-Fluid Operations: Adsorption, Drying.
References:
1. Treybal, R.E. Mass Transfer Operations (3e), McGraw Hill Education,
2017.
2. McCabe, W., Smith, J., Harriott, P., Unit Operations of Chemical
Engineering (7e), McGraw Hill Education;, 2017.
3. Patil, K.D., Principles and Fundamentals of Mass Transfer
Operations–1 (4e), Nirali Prakashan Publications, 2013.
4. Dutta, B.K., Principles of Mass Transfer and Separation Processes,
Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited, 2006.
CHE 2261: MOMENTUM TRANSFER AND PARTICLE
TECHNOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Bernoulli's Experiment – Calibration of flow meters, flow through circular
pipe, annulus, v-notch, packed bed and fluidized bed – Centrifugal pump
characteristics – Screen effectiveness, verification of laws of size
reduction, particle size analysis, filtration, sedimentation.
References:
1. McCabe and Smith, Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering, (5e),
McGraw-Hill, NY,1993
2. Coulson and Richardson, Chemical Engineering –Vol. I, (3e),
Pargamonand ELBS,1977
3. Foust et al, Principles of Unit Operations, (2e), John Wiley and Sons,
NY, 1980
CHE 2262: NUMERICAL METHODS FOR CHEMICAL
ENGINEERS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Chemical engineering problems related to Process Calculations,
Momentum Transfer, Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer-I will be solved
using numerical methods such as Bisection method, False position
method, Secant method, Newton-Raphson method, Linear Algebraic
Equations, Runge-Kutta method, Predictor-Corrector method, Shooting
method, Finite difference method, Crank-Nicholson method; Bender
Schmidt method with the help of computer software such as MAT LAB
and EXCEL.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break-even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break-
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
77
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
CHE 3151: CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Elementary and Non elementary reaction kinetics, Kinetics of
homogeneous chemical reactions, Rate expressions, Temperature
dependence of rate, differential, integral, half-life and total pressure
method, Isothermal reactor design, Design of batch, semi-batch, CSTR
and PFR, Reactors in series or/and parallel, Recycle reactor, Series and
parallel reactions in flow reactors, Product distribution, Yield and
selectivity, Maximizing the desired product in parallel and series
reactions, Isothermal non-ideal flow reactors, RTD in chemical reactors,
distribution functions, Conversion in non-ideal flow reactors, Single and
multi-parameter models.
References:
1. Fogler S. H., Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering(4e),
Prentice Hall, 2005.
2. Levenspiel O., Chemical Reaction Engineering (3e), Wiley & Sons,
2003.
3. Rawlings J.B. and Ekerd, J.G., Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design
Fundamentals, Nole. Hill, 2002.
4. Smith, J.M, Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3e), McGraw-Hill,
International student edition
5. Davis M.E., Davis R.E., Fundamentals of Chemical Reaction
Engineering (1e), McGraw-Hill, 2003
6. Missen R.W., Mims C.A., Saville B.A., Introduction to chemical
reaction engineering and kinetics, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
CHE 3152: MASS TRANSFER-II [3 1 0 4 ]
Distillation: binary component distillation- Flash vaporization, simple
distillation, steam distillation, multicomponent distillation: Flash
vaporization, simple distillation, Multi stage tray towers: Ponchon and
Savarit & McCabe and Thiele. Liquid-Liquid Extraction: Liquid Equilibria,
separation of solute by stage-wise, cross current and continuous
contact of solvent. Membrane Separations: introduction to membranes,
Reverse osmosis, Nano filtration, Ultra and Micro filtration,
Pervaporization, Dialysis.
References:
1. Treybal R.E., Mass Transfer Operations (3e), McGraw Hill Education,
2017.
2. McCabe W., Smith J., Harriott P., Unit Operations of Chemical
Engineering (7e), McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
3. Dutta B.K., Principles of Mass Transfer and Separation Processes,
Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited, 2006.
4. Kaushik N., Membrane Separation Processes, PHI Learning, 2008.
CHE 3153: PROCESS MODELING AND SIMULATION [3 1 0 4]
Models and model building, principles of model formulation, precautions in
model building, Classification of models. Numerical solutions of
mathematical equations : Algebraic equation in one and two variables;
simultaneous linear equations; ordinary differential equation in one
variables and more than one variable, stiff differential equations. Lumped
parameter Models: steady and unsteady state- tank model, Reaction
–kinetic systems, Vapour –liquid equilibrium operation. Distributed
parameter models (steady state): solution of split boundary value
problems, counter current heat exchanger, tubular reactor with axial
dispersion, counter current gas absorber, pipe line gas flow, permeation
process, pipe line flasher, spray tower humidifier, packed bed catalytic
reactor. Distributed parameter models (unsteady state, one dimension):
Finite difference method, convection problems- explicit and implicit
centered difference methods; diffusive problems- Crank Nicolson finite
difference scheme, heat exchanger, gas absorbers and dynamics of tubular
reactor with dispersion. Introduction to population balance models
References:
1. Ramirez W.F., Computational Methods in Process Simulations (2e),
Butterworth publishers, 1997.
2. Franks R.E., Modelling and simulation in Chemical Engineering, John
Wiley & Sons, 1972.
3. Hangos K., Cameron I., Process Modelling and Model Analysis,
Academic Press, 2001.
4. Ramakrishna D., Population Balance-Theory and Applications to
Particulate systems in Engineering (1e), Academic Press, 2000.
CHE 3154: TRANSPORT PHENOMENA [2 1 0 3]
Prediction of transport coefficients: viscosity, thermal conductivity and
diffusivity and their dependence with temperature, pressure and
composition. Kinetic theories of viscosity, thermal conductivity and
diffusivity. Shell balance for momentum, energy and mass transfer:
unidimensional velocity-temperature and concentration profiles-
momentum, energy and mass flux at the surface. Introduction to general
transport equations for momentum, energy and mass transfer in
Cartesian –cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates- simple solutions in
one dimension.
References:
1. Bird R.B., Stewart W.E., Lightfoot E.W., Transport Phenomena (2e),
John-Wiley, 2002
2. Brodkey R.S., Hershey C.,Transport Phenomena- A unified
approach, McGraw Hill Book Company,1988
3. Slattery J.C., Advanced Transport Phenomena, Cambridge
University Press, 1999
4. Geankoplis C.J, Transport Process and Unit Operation (3e) ,
Prentice-Hall , 1993.
. McGraw-Hill Publisher, 1998.
CHE 3161: HEAT TRANSFER LAB [0031]
Experiments are based on the following topics: conduction, convection,
radiation, overall heat transfer coefficient, dirt resistance calculation.
Surface renewable coefficients, bare and finned tube heat exchangers,
film and drop condensation.
CHE 3162: PROCESS MODELING AND SIMULATION LAB [0132]
Experiments based on a) simulation of steady state – flash drum,
reactors, distillation column, absorber and chemical plants using ASPEN
PLUS. b) Simulation of unsteady state operation of chemical plants using
ASPEN DYNAMICS.
78
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
Unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich., Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker., Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, New York, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker., The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, New
York 2004.
CHE 3251: DESIGN AND DRAWING OF CHEMICAL PROCESS
EQUIPMENT [1 3 3 5]
Introduction to equipment process design, piping design and economic
pipe diameter, data collection and design information, Design of heat
exchangers, condensers, evaporators, design of separators, distillation
columns, absorption columns. Introduction to mechanical design,
Vessel classification, design codes and general design consideration,
Design of cylindrical and spherical vessels under internal pressure,
Design of heads, closures and flanges, Design of cylindrical and
spherical vessels under external pressure and stiffeners, Compensation
of opening and pipes, Design vessels subjected to combined loading,
Design of tall vessels, Design of vessel supports, Design of storage tanks
and mixing equipment, Design of shell and tube heat exchangers, Design
of high pressure vessels.
References:
1. Coulson and Richardson's Volume 6, Chemical Engineering design
(4e), Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann Publishers, 2005.
2. Kern D.Q., Process Heat transfer, McGraw-Hill Publishers, 1978.
3. Badger W. L., Banchero J. T., Introduction to Chemical Engineering,
4. Joshi M.V., Mahajani V.V., Process Equipment Design (3e),
MacMillan Publishers, 1998
5. Indian Standard for unfired pressure vessel, IS 2825-1969
6. Indian Standard for Heat Exchangers, BIS 4503-1967
7. Bhattacharya B.C., Introduction to Chemical Equipment Design –
Mechanical aspects, CBS Publishers, 2012.
8. Brownell L.E., Young E.H., Process Equipment Design, Wiley
Publications, 2009.
 CHE 3252: PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL [3 1 0 4]
First Principles model development; Introduction to Laplace Transform,
Process dynamics for first, second and higher order systems:
linearization, transfer function models, effect of poles, zeros and time
delays on system response; Empirical models from data; control system
instrumentation; introduction to feedback control: objectives, PID
control; analysis of closed loop systems: stability, root locus, frequency
response using Bode plots; control design techniques: design criteria,
time and frequency domain techniques, model based design, tuning;
advanced control strategies: cascade and feed forward, introduction to
multivariable control; controller implementation through discretisation.
References:
1. Seborg D.E., Edgar T.F., Mellichamp D.A., Process Dynamics and
Control (2e), John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
2. Stephanopoulos G., Chemical Process Control: An Introduction to
Theory and Practice, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1984.
3. Coughanowr D.R., Process Systems analysis and Control (2e),
McGraw Hill, 1991.
4. Marlin T.E., Process Control: Designing of Processes and Control
Systems for dynamic performance (2e), Mc Grew Hill, 2000.
5. Harmon Ray W., Ogunnaike B., Process dynamics, modeling and
control (1e), Oxford University press. 1994
6. Bequette B.W., Process Control, Modelling, Design and Simulation,
Prentice Hall International, 2003.
CHE 3261: MASS TRANSFER LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments are based ob following topics: Vapour-liquid equilibria,
Simple distillation – vaporization and thermal efficiency of steam
distillation – distillation under total reflux in a packed column – studies in
batch adsorption – diffusivity by stephen's method – mass transfer
coefficient in dissolution of solid – liquid-liquid extraction –simple and
cross flow leaching – experimental determination of liquid-liquid
equilibrium data – drying of solids in fluidized bed dryer – extraction of
solute in packed bed column – crystallization process in an batch
crystallizer – tray efficiency of bubble cap distillation column –
CHE 3262: REACTION ENGINEERING AND PROCESS
CONTROL LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments based on the following topics: Homogeneous non-catalytic
liquid phase kinetic studies using batch reactor, semi-batch reactor, PFR
and CSTR. Studies on recycle reactor. RTD Studies in PFR and CSTR -
Dynamic response of systems: first order non-linear, thermometric;
second order non-interacting and interacting by introducing a step input.
Linearization of a non-linear system and comparison of dynamic response
with the actual response, Valve characteristics, Studies on P, PI, and PID
controllers; control of systems with cascading and ratio effects
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
79
EIGHTH SEMESTER
CHE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
CHE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
CHE 4051: NATURAL GAS ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Natural gas industry, types of natural gas resources; Properties of natural
gas; Gas reservoir deliverability: analytical and empirical methods,
construction of IPR curve, shale gas wells, well deliverability testing;
Well bore performance: single-phase gas well and mist flow in gas wells;
Choke performance: sonic and subsonic flow, dry and wet gas flow
through chokes; Well deliverability: nodal analysis, production forecast;
Natural gas processing: separation of gas and liquids, stage and low-
temperature separation; dehydration; Compression and cooling; Natural
gas measurement and transportation; Liquid loading, hydrate cleaning
and pipeline cleaning; Advances in natural gas production engineering.
References:
1. Guo B., Ghalambor A., Natural Gas Engineering Handbook, Gulf
Publishing Company, 2005.
2. Katz D. L., Lee R. L., Natural Gas Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1990.
3. Guo B., Lyons W. C., Ghalambor A., Petroleum Production
Engineering: A Computer Assisted Approach, Elsevier, 2007.
4. Ahmed T., McKinney P. D., Advanced Reservoir Engineering,
Elsevier, 2005.
CHE 4052: OIL AND GAS RESERVOIR ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts of reservoir engineering: calculation of hydrocarbon
volumes, fluid pressure regimes, recovery factor, volumetric gas
reservoir study, hydrocarbon phase behavior; PVT analysis for oil:
definition of parameters, fluid sampling, laboratory testing and
conversion to field conditions; Material balance applied to oil reservoirs:
general form of equation, reservoir drive mechanisms, solution gas
drive, gascap drive, natural water drive; Darcy's law and applications:
Darcy's law, fluid potential, radial steady state flow, well stimulation, two-
phase flow: effective and relative permeability, supplementary recovery;
Radial flow differential equation, conditions of solution; Application of the
stabilized inflow equations.
References:
1. Dake L. P., Fundamental of Reservoir Engineering, Elsevier, 2011.
2. Smith H. C., Tracy G. W., and Farrar R. L., Applied Reservoir
Engineering: Volume I and II, OGCI, 1999.
3. Salter A., Baldwin J., and Jespersen R., Computer-Aided Reservoir
Management, Pennwell, 2000.
4. Ahmed Tarek, Reservoir Engineering Handbook (4e), Gulf
professional publishers, 2010.
CHE 4053: PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING
(THEORY AND LAB) [2 0 3 3]
Theory: Crude oil origin, composition, characterization and
classification; Refinery products and test methods; Design of crude oil
distillation column; Refinery processes: thermal, catalytic, and
hydrocracking, catalytic reforming, isomerization, alkylation,
polymerization, lube oil processing, coking, hydro treatment, gas
processing; New trends in petroleum refinery operations.
Lab: Experiments are based on determination of vapour pressure, flash
point, fire point, pour point, smoke point, aniline point, viscosity,
viscosity index, calorific value, carbon residue, softening point, and
penetration index of petroleum fractions.
References:
1. James G Speight, The Chemistry and Technology of Petroleum (4e),
CRC Press, 2006.
2. Nelson W. L., Petroleum Refining Engineering (4e), McGraw-Hill,
1974.
3. Bhaskara Rao B. K., Modern Petroleum Refining Processes (5e),
Oxford& IBH, 2009.
4. Meyers R. A., Handbook of petroleum refining processes (3e),
McGraw-Hill, 2004.
CHE 4054: PROCESS INTEGRATION FOR PETROLIUM
INDUSTRIES [3 0 0 3]
Energy consumption scenario in petroleum industries, Basic concepts of
in Process Synthesis, Understand the importance of energy integration
in a petroleum industry, Energy integration, Different Methods of Energy
Integration, Focus on Pinch Analysis: Need of Pinch Technology, Role of
thermodynamics, Problem addressed by Pinch technology. Key Steps
of Pinch Technology: Data extraction, Targeting, Designing, and
Optimization. Basic Elements of Pinch Technology: Grid diagram,
Composite curve, Problem table algorithm, Grand composite curve. Heat
Exchanger Network (HEN): Energy targeting, Area targeting, Number of
units targeting, Shell targeting, cost targeting. Designing of HEN: Pinch
design methods, Heuristic rules, Stream splitting, Design of maximum
energy recovery (MER);Heat Integration of Equipment's: Heat engine,
Heat pump, Distillation column, Reactor, Ideal distillation systems, Heat
integrated distillation processes, Synthesis of distillation sequences,
Refrigeration systems.“HINT” Software Practice of software for HEN
using Pinch Technology
References:
1. Ian C Kemp, Pinch, Analysis and Process Integration: A User Guide
on Process Integration for the efficient use of energy (2e),
Butterworth-Heinemann (Elsevier), publisher, 2007.
2. Robin M. Smith, “Chemical Process: Design and Integration”, John
Wiley & Sons, 2005.
3. Biegler, L. T.; Grossmann I. E.; Wasterberg, A. W., “Systematic
Methods of Chemical Proces Design”, Prentice Hall, New-Jersey,
1997.
4. El-Halwagi, M. M., “Process Integration”, Process System
Engineering series vol. 7, Academic press, San Diego, 2005.
80
5. Angel Martın, Fidel A. Mato, Hint: An educational software for heat
exchanger network design with the pinch method, education for
chemical engineers 3, e6–e14, 2008
CHE 4055: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL
ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Man and environment Nutrient and hydrologic cycles Types of pollution
Legislation to environmental pollution Aspects of pollution control
Evaluation and characterization of wastewater Treatment methods
Advanced wastewater treatment Sludge treatment and disposal Solid
waste management. Noise pollution and control: Ambient and stack gas
sampling analysis of air pollutants, Principles of air pollution Plume
behavior Meteorological factors affecting air Pollution. Equipment for
control and abatement of air pollution. Pollution control of effluent in
chemical industries such as Fertilizer, Petroleum refinery, Pulp and paper
and Tannery industries.
References:
1. Mahajan S.P., “Pollution Control in Process Industries”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2008.
2. Rao C.S., “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, (2e), New
Age International Publishers, 2006.
3. Cavaseno V, “Industrial Air Pollution Engineering”, McGraw Hill, NY,
1980
CHE 4056: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND
MANAGEMENT PLAN [3 0 0 3]
Environmental impact assessment (EIA), definitions and concepts,
rationale and historical development of EIA, EIA process in India and
other countries, EIA laws and regulations, The Environmental protection
Act, The water preventation Act, The Air (Prevention & Control of
pollution Act.), Wild life Act etc.
E I A Methodologies: introduction, Criteria for the selection of EIA
Methodology, E I A methods, Adhoc methods, matrix methods, Network
method Environmental Media Quality Index method, overlay methods
and cost/benefit Analysis. Initial environmental examination,
Introduction and Methodology for the assessment of ground water,
surface water, Assessment of Impact of development Activities on
Vegetation and wildlife, Assessment of air, soil. Case studies.
Environmental management - principles, problems and strategies;
Environmental audit, definitions and concepts, partial audit, compliance
audit, methodologies and regulations; introduction to ISO and ISO
14000; Life cycle assessment; Triple bottom line approach; Ecological
foot printing; Carbon trading; Sustainable development
References:
1. Canter L. W., Environmental Impact Assessment, (2e), McGraw-Hill,
1997
2. Anjaneyulu Y., Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies,
by, B.S. Publication, Sultan Bazar, Hyderabad (2006).
3. Judith P., Eduljee G., Environmental Impact Assessment for Waste
Treatment and Disposal Facilities, John Wiley & Sons, 1994
4. Burke G., Singh B. R., Theodore L., Handbook of Environmental
Management and Technology, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, 2000
5. Eccleston C. H., Environment Impact Statements: A Comprehensive
Guide to Project and Strategic Planning, John Wiley & Sons, 2000
6. Welford R., Corporate Environmental Management - Systems and
Strategies, Universities Press, 1996
7. Whitelaw K., Butterworth, ISO 14001: Environmental System
Handbook, 1997
8. The Economist Intelligence Unit, Best Practices - Environment,
Universities Press, 1993
9. Therivel R., John Glasson, Andrew Chadwick, Introduction to
Environmental Impact Assessment (Natural and Built Environment),
Routledge, 2005
CHE 4057: INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER ENGINEERING [2 0 3 3]
Wastewater treatment quality criteria and effluent standards, Water and
wastewater characteristics, Preliminary treatment processes: Screens,
grit chamber, flow equalization, Primary sedimentation tank, Primary
treatment process: Sedimentation, Coagulation and Flocculation,
Softening, Sand filtration, Biological treatment processes: Introduction
to microbiology, microbial kinetics, Aeration ponds and lagoons,
Activated sludge process, Nitrification and denitrification, Trickling filters
and rotating biological contactors, Sludge treatment, Advanced
treatment processes: Adsorption, Chemical oxidation, Ozonation, Photo
catalysts, wet air oxidation, evaporation, Ion exchange, Membrane
Technologies, Concept of zero liquid discharge, Wastewater disposal in
receiving bodies, Case studies: Effluent treatment plants in Textile,
Tanneries, Pulp and paper, Sugar and distilleries and Pharmaceutical
industries.
Lab may include tests for water quality, pH, turbidity, COD, BOD, total
solids, suspended solids, dissolved solids, fluoride, residual chlorine,
determination of particulate matter in air, high volume sampler,
determination of SO2, CODetermination of SPM, PM10 and PM 2.5 using a
High volume sampler
References:
1. Metcaff and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse
(5e), McGraw Hill, 2007.
2. Edwards J. D., Industrial Waste Water Treatment: A Guide Book (1e),
CRC Press, 1995.
3. Patwardhan A. D., Industrial Waste Water Treatment, Prentice Hall
India, 2008.
4. Ranade V. V., Bhandari V. M., Industrial Wastewater Treatment,
Recycling and Reuse (2e), Prentice Hall India, 2017.
5. Droste R. L., Theory and Practice of Water and Wastewater
Treatment, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
CHE 4058: SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE
MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Classification of solid wastes, Functional elements of Solid Waste
Management (SWM), Regulatory aspects of SWM, Waste
Characteristics, Environmental and health effects, Solid waste storage
and collection, Transfer stations, Waste Processing techniques, Source
reduction, recycle and recovery, Sanitary landfill, Landfill liners,
Leachate and landfill gas management, Composting, Biogasification,
Incineration, Introduction to Hazardous Waste Management (HWM),
Guidelines for (HWM), International regulatory framework for HWM,
Characterization of hazardous wastes, Packing and labelling of
hazardous wastes, Storage, transport and disposal of hazardous
wastes, Concept of Integrated waste management.
References:
1. Tchobanoglous G., Theisen H., Eliassen R., Solid Wastes:
Engineering Principles and Management Issues, McGraw Hill, 1977.
2. Freeman H. W., Standard Handbook of Hazardous waste Treatment
and Disposal (2e), McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. McBean E. A., Rovers F. A., Farquhar G. J., Solid Waste landfill
Engineering and Design, Prentice Hall, 1995.
4. Lees F., Lees' Loss Prevention in the Process Industries: Hazard
identification, assessment and control (3e), Butterworth-
81
CHE 4059: ADAVANCED PROCESS CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Review of classical control, Enhancement of single loop control
performance and MIMO system analysis: A brief review of classical
control concepts, Design of feed forward and ratio controls, Study of
cascade control system. Design of Time delay compensator (Smith
predictor). Interaction Analysis in MIMO systems. RGA Analysis. Design
of De-couplers. Introduction to adaptive control strategy. State space
representation of continuous time systems & its analysis: Review of
Matrix algebra, State space representation of continuous time systems.
Development of state space models. Analysis of state space models.
Linearization of nonlinear system, Concept of Controllability and
Observability. Controller design using pole placement approach. Stability
of linear control system. (Jury's stability criteria and Eigen value
approach). Models for computer control: Introduction to discrete time
system and analysis using Z-transform. Development pulse transfer
function. Discrete state space representation. Stability of linear discrete
systems. Design of experiments for development of control relevant
models. Models for computer control from input-output data. Discrete
dynamic models, Impulse response models and step response models.
Parameter estimation problem. Parameter estimation of Black box
models (i.e. ARX, ARMAX Models). State Estimator & model predictive
control: Development of model based control. Design of State estimation
and Observers, soft sensors, recursive least square estimation, Kalman
Filter, linear quadratic optimal control (LQOC), model predictive control
(MPC). Introduction to statistical process control.
References:
1. Seborg D.E., Edgar T.F., Mellichamp, Process dynamics and control,
(2e), John Wiley & sons, 2004
2. Harmon Ray W., Babatunde Ogunnaike. Process dynamics,
modeling and control, Oxford University press. 1994
3. Ogata K., Discrete Time Control systems (2e), Pearson Education,
2005.
4. Astrom K. J. and Wittermark B., Computer-Controlled Systems:
Theory and Design (3e) Prentice Hall; 1996
5. Tangirala A. K., Principles of System Identification: Theory and
Practice, CRC Press, 2005.
6. Lennart Ljung, System Identification: Theory for the users (3e),
Prentice Hall; 2005.
CHE4060: APLLIED INTERRFACIAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
General introduction of colloids and interfaces, the role of mixing and
entropy, Colloid stability, colloid behavior at surfaces, Experimental
interrogation of colloids and surfaces, Understanding adsorption at
surfaces (Thermodynamics of interfaces), and its application, Self
–assembly of Amphiphiles (surfactants), Particles at interfaces and
Applications, Novel fabrication of nanostructured particles and
applications, Electron transfer across interfaces and applications, Latest
trends in interfacial science and latest innovation in interfacial
engineering applications.
References:
1. Hiemenz, P. C, Rajagopalan, R., Principles of Colloid and Surface
Chemistry, (3e), Marcel Dekker, New York, 1997.
2. Rosen M. J., Surfactants and Interfacial Phenomena, Wiley-
Interscience Publication, New York, 1978.
3. Adamson, A. W. Gast, A. P., Physical Chemistry of Surfaces, Wiley-
Interscience, New York, 1997.
4. Evans D. F., Kakan Wennerstrom, The Colloidal Domain: Where
Physics, Chemistry, Biology, and Technology Meet (Advances in
Interfacial Engineering), Wiley-VCH, 1999
5. Israechvili J., Intermolecular & Surface Forces (2e), Academic Press,
1992
 CHE 4061: CHEMICAL REACTOR THEORY [3 0 0 3]
Non-isothermal reactors, Nature of the problem, Energy balances,
Temperature effects, Design of adiabatic and non-isothermal batch
semi-batch and flow reactors, Optimum temperature progression,
multiple steady states. Heterogeneous reactions, Rate equation for
heterogeneous systems, Fluid-particle non-catalytic reactions, Different
models, Kinetic regimes, Multiphase reactors, Heterogeneous
catalysis, Types and classification of catalysts Selection and
preparation of catalysts for industrial reactions, Kinetics of
heterogeneous solid catalyzed gas reactions, Mathematical models on
different mechanism, External transport processes, Intrapellet mass
transfer, Heat transfer, Effectiveness factors.
References:
1. Scott Fogler, H, Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering, (4e),
PHI, 2005.
2. Octave Levenspiel, Chemical Reaction Engineering, (3e), Wiley &
Sons, 2003.
3. Rawlings J.B. and Ekerd, J.G., Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design
Fundamentals Nole. Hill 2002.
4. Smith, J.M, Chemical Engineering Kinetics, 3rd edition, McGrawl-Hill,
International student edition
5. Mark E Davis, Robert E Davis, Fundamentals of Chemical Reaction
Engineering, (1e), McGrawl-Hill, 2003
6. Ronald W. Missen, Charles A. Mims, Bradley A. Saville; Introduction
to chemical reaction engineering and kinetics, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.
CHE 4062: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL
ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Man and environment Nutrient and hydrologic cycles Types of pollution
Legislation to environmental pollution Aspects of pollution control
Evaluation and characterization of wastewater Treatment methods
Advanced wastewater treatment Sludge treatment and disposal Solid
waste management. Noise pollution and control: Ambient and stack gas
sampling analysis of air pollutants, Principles of air pollution Plume
behavior Meteorological factors affecting air Pollution. Equipments for
control and abatement of air pollution Pollution control of effluent in
chemical industries such as Fertilizer, Petroleum refinery, Pulp and paper
and Tannery industries.
Classification of solid wastes, Functional elements of Solid Waste
Management (SWM), Regulatory aspects of SWM, Waste
Characteristics, Environmental and health effects, Solid waste storage
and collection
References:
1. Mahajan S.P.,“Pollution Control in Process Industries”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2008.
2. Rao C.S., “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering” (2e), New
Age International Publishers, 2006.
3. Cavaseno V, “Industrial Air Pollution Engineering”, McGraw Hill, NY,
1980
CHE 4063: FUELS AND COMBUSTION [3 0 0 3]
Solid fuels: Testing methods – Proximate and ultimate analysis – Calorific
value – Weathering and grindability index of coal – Theories of origin and
stages of formation – Coal washing techniques – Carbonisation – Coke
ovens – Gasification – Briquetted and pulverized fuels. Liquid fuels:
Testing methods – Aniline point – Viscosity index – ASTM distillation –
Flash and fire point – Carbon residue – Moisture – Smoke point and char
value – Calorific value – Origin, composition and classification of
petroleum – Distillation of crude and purification of petroleum products.
Gaseous fuels: Fuel gas and flue gas analysis – Calorific value –
Production and utilization of Natural gas, producer gas, water gas and
82
carbonated water gas. Combustion Stoichiometry, theoretical & actual
combustion processes –Air fuel ratio. Combustion Thermodynamics-
calculation of heat of formation & heat of combustion – First law analysis
of reacting systems. Heat Treatment Furnaces- Industrial furnaces –
process furnaces – Kilns –Flame, Flame Structure, Ignition and Igniters –
flame propagation – deflagration – detonations- flame front – Ignition –
self & forced ignition – Ignition temperature Combustion Appliances-
Gas burners- Functional requirement of burners – Gas burner
Classification –Stoker firing –pulverized system of firing.
References:
1. Sharma, S.P.and Chander Mohan, Fuels and Combustion, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 1982
2. Saha, A.K., Combustion Engineering and Fuel technology, Oxford
Press
3. Gilchrist, J.D., Fuels, Furnaces and Refractories, Pergamon Press,
1977
4. Samir Sarkar, Fuels and Combustion, (3e), Universities Press, 2010
CHE 4064: INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMICAL
ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction – Principles of microbiology, Chemicals of life – Lipids –
Sugars and polysaccharides of cellular organization – cell nutrients –
Macronutrients – Growth media Kinetics of enzymes – Enzyme substrate
complex and enzyme action – Isolation and utilization of enzymes –
Production, purification, immobilization and application of enzymes.
Metabolic pathways and energetic of the cell – Glucose metabolism -
Metabolism of nitrogenous compounds – Nitrogen fixation – Metabolism
of hydrocarbons – Overview of biosynthesis – Anaerobic metabolism –
Photosynthesis - Autotropic metabolism – transport across cell
membranes, Cell growth – Batch growth – Growth patterns and kinetics
in batch culture – Factors affecting growth kinetics-Quantification of
growth kinetics – Unstructured non-segregated models to predict
specific growth rate – Models with growth inhibitors – Logistic equation
– Growth models for filamentous organisms.
References:
1. Bailey J.S.and Ollis D.F., Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals,
McGraw-Hill, NY, 1986
2. Shuler M.L.and Kargi F., Bioprocess Engineering Basic Concepts,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998
3. Blanch H.W. and.Clerk D.S, Biochemical Engineering, Mercel Dekker
Inc., 1996
CHE 4065: INTRODUCTION TO PETROLEUM ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Overview and history of the petroleum industry; Petroleum reserves,
production and consumption statistics of the world; Crude oil origin,
exploration, drilling; Crude composition, characterization and
classification; Estimation of oil and gas in place; Hydrocarbon phase
diagrams; Reservoir properties and drive mechanisms; EOR;
Fundamentals of refinery major operations and processes; Refinery
products and test methods.
References:
1. Nelson W. L., Petroleum Refining Engineering, (4e), McGraw-Hill,
1990.
2. Dake L. P., Fundamental of Reservoir Engineering, Elsevier, 2011.
3.Ahmed Tarek, Reservoir Engineering Handbook, (4e), Gulf
professional publishers, 2010.
4. Bhaskara Rao B. K., Modern Petroleum Refining Processes, (5e),
Oxford& IBH, 2009.
 CHE 4066: MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Historical perspective, scope of materials science and engineering,
Atomic structure and interatomic bonding, Lattices, basic idea of
symmetry, Bravais lattices, unit cells, crystal structures, crystal planes
and directions, co-ordination number. Single crystals, polycrystalline,
non-crystalline, nanocrystalline materials. Imperfections in solids: point
defects, line defects, surface defects. Solid solutions, phases, phase
diagrams. Diffusion phenomenon, phase transformations.
Strengthening mechanisms. Classification of materials, properties of
materials. Structure, properties and applications of different metals and
alloys, ceramics and polymers.
References:
1. Callister W. D. Materials Science and Engineering, an Introduction,.
John Willey and Sons Inc. Singapore.
2. Raghavan. V., Physical Metallurgy: Principle and Practice,. Prentice
Hall India Pvt Ltd.
3. Dieter G. E, Mechanical Metallurgy,. Mcgraw Hill, London
CHE 4067: NON-NEWTONIAN FLOW IN THE PROCESS
INDUSTRIES [2 1 0 3]
Classification of fluid behaviour, Rheometry for non-Newtonian fluids:
capillary, rotational, normal stress, controlled stress, yield stress
rheometers, Power law fluids flow in pipes and in conduits, Flow of
multiphase mixtures in pipes: two phase gas non Newtonian liquid flow.
References:
1. Chhabra R..P. and Richardson J. F., Non-Newtonian flow in the
process Industries, Butterworth and Heinemann, 1999.
2. McCabe W., Smith J., Harriott P., Unit Operations of Chemical
Engineering (7e), McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
3. Carreau P. J., DeKee D. C. R., Chhabra R. P., Rheology of Polymeric
Systems: Principles and Applications, Hanser Publishers, 1997.
CHE 4068: PROCESS DATA ANALYSIS [2 1 0 3]
Fundamental Statistical Analysis and Multivariate Linear Regression
Analysis: Fundamental statistical analysis, Simple regression analysis,
Multiple regression analysis, Parameter estimation, grey model, black-
box model , Statistical properties of linear regression Analysis of
variance , Determine model adequacy, Statistical inferences based on
multivariate linear regression models ,Weighted least squares. Nonlinear
Regression Analysis: linearization through data transformation,
nonlinear regression, Statistical analysis of nonlinear, regression,
Determine model adequacy, Statistical inferences based on nonlinear
regression models, Linear versus nonlinear regression. Design of
Experiments: Strategies for experimentation, Single factor experiments,
Two-level factorial experiments, Fractional factorial design, multiple level
factorial experiments, Analysis of variance, Interpretation of results from
experiments. Selected Advanced Topics: Response surface methods for
optimal experimentation decision making, Statistical quality Control,
Introduction to control monitoring charts. Laboratory exercises includes:
Computational Experiment & Pilot-scale Experiments (laboratory
experiments on linear and nonlinear regression analysis)
References:
1. Montgomery D.C., Design and Analysis of Experiments (8e), Wiley,
2012.
2. Montgomery D.C. and Runger G.C., Applied Statistics and Probability
for Engineers.1994
3. Box G.E.P., Hunter W.G. and Hunter J.S., Statistics for Experimenters,
John Wiley & Sons, 1978.
83
CHE 4069: PROJECT ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Preliminary data on projects; Process engineering, Block flow diagram,
Process flow diagram, Piping and instrumentation diagram, Pilot plants,
General considerations for plant location and layout, piping design, plant
utilities, insulation, instrumentation, safety in chemical plant, Project
engineering management, Project scheduling and its importance, PERT
and CPM techniques, Gantt chart, Optimum project design, optimum
production rates, selected examples such as heat exchangers, pumps ,
vessels, evaporators, and driers.
References:
1. Howard F. Rase, M.H. Barrow, Project Engineering of Process
Plants, John Wiley, 1957
2. Warren Sieder, J.D. Seader, Daniel Lewin, Product and Process
Design Principles, John Wiley, 2004
3. Gael D.U., A Guide to Chemical Engineering Process Design and
Economics, John Wiley, 1984
4. Peters M. S, Klaus D. T., Ronald E. W., Plant Design and Economics
for Chemical Engineers, McGraw- Hill, 2003
5. Ludwig E.E., Applied Project Engineering, Gulf Publishing Co.,
Houston, 1988
6. Modes J, Philips, Project Engineering with CPM & PERT, Renhold
Publishing Co.
7. Coulson and Richardson's Chemical Engineering Series Chemical
Engineering Volume 6, Chemical Engineering Design, (3e), 2003
CHE 4070: RENEWABLE ENERGY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Solar radiation, availability, measurement and estimation; empirical
relations, solar collectors and types, Selective coatings Solar water
heating, Solar cooking, Solar drying, Solar distillation and solar
refrigeration, Active and passive heating and cooling of buildings, Solar
Chimney, Solar drying Solar thermal power generation - Energy Storage -
Sensible, latent heat and thermo-chemical storage-pebble bed etc.
materials for phase change-Glauber's salt-organic compounds. Solar
pond. Energy in wind- wind energy applicable to Indian standards
–Variables in wind energy conversion systems – wind power density –
power in a wind stream– wind turbine efficiency – Forces on the blades of
a propeller – Solidity and selection curves. HAWT, VAWT– tower design-
power duration curves- wind rose diagrams- study of characteristics-
wind turbine circuits. Biomass - Sources and Classification - Chemical
composition, properties of biomass - Energy plantations. Size reduction,
Briquetting, Drying, Storage and handling of biomass. Biogas technology
- Feedstock for biogas, Microbial and biochemical aspects - operating
parameters for biogas production. Kinetics and mechanism- High rate
digesters for industrial waste water treatment. Incineration- Processing
for liquid fuel production. Pyrolysis - Effect of particle size, temperature,
and products obtained. Gasification - Effect of pressure, temperature,
steam and oxygen. Bio-ethanol and bio-diesel technology Production of
fuel ethanol by fermentation of sugars, gasohol as a substitute for petrol.
Trans-esterification of oils to produce bio-fuels, Pyrolysis and
gasification of biomass, Thermo- chemical conversion lignocelluloses
biomass. Combustion of biomass and co-generation systems
Environmental aspects of biofuel utilization - Techno economic features
of bio fuels – Co-generation in biomass processing industries.
References:
1. Goswami D.Y., Frank Kreith, Jan. F. Kreider, “Principles of Solar
Engineering”, 2ndEdition, Taylor & Francis, 2000, Indian reprint,
2003
2. Anderson E.E, “Fundamentals for solar energy conversion”, Addison
Wesley Publ. Co., 1983.
3. Duffie J. A and Beckman, W .A., “Solar Engineering of Thermal
Process”, John Wiley,1991. 4. G. N. Tiwari and M. K. Ghosal,
 “Fundamentals of Renewable energy Sources”, NarosaPublishing
House, New Delhi, 2007
4. Sukhatme S. P., Solar Energy - Principles of thermal collection and
storage, second edition, Tata McGraw-Hil, New Delhi, 1996
5. Wind energy Handbook, Edited by T. Burton, D. Sharpe, N. Jenkins
and E. Bossanyi, John Wiley & Sons, 2001
6. Mukund & Patel R., Wind and Solar Power Systems., 2nd Edition,
Taylor & Francis, 2001
7. Freris B. L .L., Wind Energy Conversion Systems, Prentice Hall,
1990.
8. Chakraverthy A, “Biotechnology and Alternative Technologies for
Utilization of Biomass or Agricultural Wastes”, Oxford & IBH
publishing Co, 1989.
9. Mital K.M, “Biogas Systems: Principles and Applications”, New Age
International publishers (P) Ltd., 1996.
10. Rezaiyan. J and Cheremisinoff N. P., “Gasification Technologies, A
Primer for Engineers and Scientists”, Taylor & Francis, 2005
11. Samir Kumar Khana Bioenergy and Biofuel from Biowastes and
Biomass , ASCE Publications, 2010
CHE 4071: RISK AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT IN PROCESS
INDUSTRIES [3 0 0 3]
Safety in plants: Hazard analysis, damage minimisation, fires, fire
extinguishers, handling, contamination removal, reduction methods,
personal protective devices, Plant and personal safety. Pressure vessels,
handling and transportations of liquids and gases under high pressure,
explosive chemicals and handling. Safety administration, safety
committee, safety education. First aid principles and methods, plant
inspection. Engineering design for safety considerations. Hazards in
work places, workers exposure to hazardous chemicals, threshold limit
values of chemicals, engineering control of hazards and accidents due to
fire and explosives and natural causes in different industries. Safety
management, safety performance, motivation of employees,
supervisors, managers and management, legal aspects of safety. Case
studies: Major explosions in Chemical Industry: Bhopal disaster,
Flixborough disaster, Seveso disaster, Philips disaster, Texas disaster.
References:
1. Roland P.Blake, Industrial safety, (2e), Prentice Hall Inc, New York,
1953
2. Muir G.D, Hazards in Chemical Laboratory, (2e), The Chemical
Society, London, 1980
3. Judson and Brown, Occupational Accident Prevention, John Wiley,
New York, 1980
4. Handley W., Industrial Safety Hand Book, McGraw Hill, London, 1969
CHE 4072: SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Identification and models for linear Deterministic
systems: Motivation, Incentives in model developments, Benefits,
System identification –Terminology and notation, types of models,
System identification procedure. Modeling example using MATLAB.
Mathematical description of process models: Definition of model,
classification of models, Input excitation trypes, Criteria for input
excitation. Sampling and discretization: Sampled data system, zero order
hold, sampler, sampling criteria. Examples using MATLAB. Models for
discrete Time LTI systems: Transfer function operator and transfer
function, Convolution models, Response models- Finite Impulse
Response (FIR) Model, Step Response Models, state space
descriptions, Forma of state space representation, controllability,
observability, example in MATLAB for estimating LTI models. Stability of
linear discrete systems. Examples using MATLAB. Models for Random
Process: Introductory remarks, Random variables, Random signals and
processes, Application of time series analysis, Time domain analysis,
Models for linear stationary processes, MA, AR models. Examples using
84
MATLAB. Estimation Methods: Least square estimators, linear least
square, weighted least square, output error models, and equation error
models, Predictions: one step ahead predictor, L-step ahead predictor.
Identification of time series parametric models: ARX, ARMAX. Examples
using MATLAB.
References:
1. Tangirala A. K., Principles of System Identification: Theory and
Practice, CRC Press, 2005
2. Ljung L., System Identification: Theory for the users (3e), Prentice
Hall, 2005.
3. Astrom K. J. and Wittermark B., Computer-Controlled Systems:
Theory and Design (3e), Prentice Hall, 1996
4. Seborg D.E., Edgar T.F., Mellichamp, Process dynamics and control
(2e), John Wiley & sons, 2004
5. Harmon Ray W., Babatunde Ogunnaike. Process dynamics, modeling
and control, Oxford University press. 1994
6. Ogata K., Discrete Time Control systems (2e), Pearson Education,
2005.
CHM 4051: ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES AND
INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Spectroscopic methods of analysis – Introduction to spectroscopy –
Energy concepts, properties of EMR, General features of spectroscopy,
Types of molecular spectra, Interaction of EMR with matter,
Instrumentation, Application. Microwave spectroscopy, Raman
spectroscopy, Infrared spectroscopy, UV-visible spectroscopy, NMR
spectroscopy.
Chromatographic Techniques – General concepts, Classification,
Column chromatography, HPLC, Instrumentation, Applications, Thin
layer chromatography, Experimental techniques, Applications,
Advantages and disadvantages, Gas chromatography, principles,
instrumentation and applications
Electroanalytical methods– Conductometric titrations – basic principles,
Applications in titrations involving weak and strong acids and bases,
Potentiometric titrations- Fundamental principles, Applications involving
neutralization, redox, precipitation and complexation types
References:
1. Skoog D.A., Holler J., Nieman F.T.A., Principles of Instrumental
Analysis, (5e), Saunders, Philadelphia, 1992
2. Skoog D. A., West D. M. and Holler F. J., Fundamentals of Analytical
Chemistry, (5e), Saunders College Publishing, Philadelphia, 1988.
3. Jeffery G.H., Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis,
(5e), John Wiley & Sons Inc, 1989
4. Chatwal G, Anand. S. , Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis,
Himalaya Publishers, Bombay, 1996
5. Ewing G.W., Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, Mc-Graw-
Hill, 1989
6. Banwell C.N., McCash C.N., Fundamentals of Molecular
Spectroscopy, McGraw-Hill, London, 1972
OPEN ELECTIVES
CHE 4301: INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Symbiosis between man and environment, Nutrient and hydrologic
cycles, Types of pollution, Legislation to environmental pollution, Phases
involved in establishment of plant monitoring and control system,
Evaluation and characterization of wastewater, Treatment methods,
Concept of Zero Liquid Discharge, Sludge treatment and disposal , Solid
waste management, Noise pollution and control, E-waste – sources and
effects, e-waste management, Ambient air and stack gas sampling,
Analysis of air pollutants, Plume behaviour, Meteorological factors
affecting air pollution, Equipment for control and abatement of air
pollution, Pollution from automobiles – control mechanisms.
References:
1. Mahajan S.P., Pollution Control in Process Industries, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1990
2. Rao C.S., Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, Wiley Eastern,
1992.
3. Noel De Nevers, Air pollution Control Engineering, (2e), McGraw-Hill,
1999
4. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse,
(2e), McGraw-Hill, 2002.
CHE 4302: RISK AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT
IN INDUSTRIES [3 0 0 3]
Safety in plants: Hazard analysis, damage minimisation, fires, fire
extinguishers, handling, contamination removal, reduction methods,
personal protective devices, Plant and personal safety. Pressure vessels,
handling and transportations of liquids and gases under high pressure,
explosive chemicals and handling. Safety administration, safety
committee, safety education. First aid principles and methods, plant
inspection. Engineering design for safety considerations. Hazards in
work places, workers exposure to hazardous chemicals, threshold limit
values of chemicals, engineering control of hazards and accidents due to
fire and explosives and natural causes in different industries. Safety
management, safety performance, motivation of employees,
supervisors, managers and management, legal aspects of safety.
References:
1. Roland P.Blake, Industrial safety, (2e), Prentice Hall Inc, New York,
1953
2. Muir G.D, Hazards in Chemical Laboratory, (2e), The Chemical
Society, London, 1980
3. Judson and Brown, Occupational Accident Prevention, John Wiley,
New York, 1980
85
4. Handley W., Industrial Safety Hand Book, McGraw Hill, London, 1969
CHE 4303: WATER TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Water demand per capita, drinking water standards (BIS and WHO),
drinking water treatment–flow-chart. Aeration, sedimentation, filtration,
disinfection, softening, removal of taste, odour, desalination, reverse
osmosis, Nalagonda process. Water distribution networks, Sanitary and
storm sewerage systems, Intake structures and pumping installations.
Wastewater treatment quality and quantity estimation, Wastewater
characteristics, Preliminary treatment, primary treatment Softening,
Biological treatment processes, microbial kinetics, nitrification and
denitrification, trickling filters and rotating biological contactors,
advanced treatment processes, concept of zero liquid discharge,
wastewater disposal in receiving bodies, Industrial wastewater
treatment, Case studies for industrial wastewater treatment
References:
1. Garg S.K., Water supply Engineering, Khanna Publishers 2017
2. Metcaff and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse
(5e), McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Edwards J. D., Industrial Waste Water Treatment: A Guide Book (1e),
CRC Press, 1995.
4. Patwardhan A. D., Industrial Waste Water Treatment, Prentice Hall
India, 2008.
5. Ranade V. V., Bhandari V. M., Industrial Wastewater Treatment,
Recycling and Reuse (2e), Prentice Hall India, 2017.
6. Droste R. L., Theory and Practice of Water and Wastewater Treatment,
John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
7. Hammer, M.J., (1986), Water and Wastewater Technology –SI
Version, (2e), John Wiley and Sons.
 Department of Civil Engineering
Civil Engineering Department was established in the year 1957 with the Programs offered
inception of Manipal Institute of Technology. In 57 years of its glorious Under Graduate Program
existence, the Civil Engineering Department has evolved into one of the 4B.Tech in Civil Engineering (1957)
most matured and full-fledged departments in the Institute.
Post Graduate Programs
The course curriculum has been designed aptly to cater the ever 4M.Tech in Construction Engineering
expanding demands of research and industry, by zealously congregating and Management (1989)
the views of all stake holders. The department upholds excellent 4M.Tech in Structural Engineering (1992)
interaction with reputed academics in specialized areas, and also with 4M.Tech in Environmental Engineering (2010)
industry professionals at national and international levels. 4MSc in Geology (2015)

The department has created a platform for exchanging the research PhD
ideas by organizing National level conferences, workshops, seminars
from time to time. The department ardently fosters the industry- Faculty Strength
academia collaborations by conducting invited lectures by eminent
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
industry professionals. Department has got accreditation by National
Board of Accreditation in the year 2001 for a period of 5 years and 2008
for a period of 3 years & in 2016 for a period of 3 years. 19 11
39 39 8

PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
Assistant Professors

86
 B TECH in CIVIL ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2154 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2255 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
CIE 2151 Fluid Mechanics 3 1 0 4 CIE 2251 Basic Reinforced Concrete Design 3 1 0 4
CIE 2152 Highway Engineering 3 1 0 4 CIE 2252 Building Material Technology 2 0 3 3
CIE 2153 Mechanics of Structures 3 1 0 4 CIE 2253 Engineering Geology 2 1 0 3
II CIE 2154 Surveying 3 1 0 4 CIE 2254 Waste water Management 2 1 0 3
CIE 2155 Water Supply Engineering 3 0 0 3 CIE 2255 Water Resource Engineering 2 1 0 3
CIE 2161 Material Testing Lab 0 0 3 1 **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
CIE 2162 Surveying Practice – I 0 0 3 1 CIE 2261 Building Design and Drawing 0 0 3 1
CIE 2262 Fluid Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 17 5 6 24 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 16 5 9 24
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3051 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
CIE 3151 Analysis of Indeterminate Structures 3 1 0 4 CIE 3251 Applied Soil Engineering 2 1 0 3

87
CIE 3152 Basic Structural Steel Design 3 1 0 4 CIE 3252 Estimation, Costing and Valuation Practice 2 0 3 3
CIE 3153 Construction Management 3 0 0 3 CIE 3253 Railway and Airport Engineering 2 1 0 3
III CIE 3154 Geotechnical Engineering 3 1 0 4 CIE **** Program Elective –I 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective - II 3 0 0 3 CIE **** Program Elective –II 3 0 0 3
CIE 3161 Computer Applications Lab 0 0 3 1 **** Open Elective – III 3 0 0 3
CIE 3162 Environmental Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1 CIE 3261 Structural Design and Drawing 0 0 3 1
CIE 3163 Soil Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1 CIE 3262 Surveying Practice – II 0 0 3 1
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 17 4 9 24 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 17 3 9 23
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
CIE**** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 CIE 4298 Industrial Training 0 0 0 1
CIE**** Program Elective –IV 3 0 0 3 CIE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 0 0 0 12
CIE**** Program Elective –V 3 0 0 3 CIE 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
CIE**** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
CIE**** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective - IV 3 0 0 3
18 0 0 18 13
Minor Specialization
I. Building Construction and Management
CIE 4051: Advances in Concrete Technology
CIE 4052: Building Code and Requirements
CIE 4053: Construction Materials and Quality Management
CIE 4054: Precast Technology
II. Environmental Engineering
CIE 4055: Air Pollution and Control
CIE 4056: Environmental Impact Assessment and Auditing
CIE 4057: Industrial Waste water Treatment
CIE 4058: Solid Waste Management
III. Geotechnical Engineering
CIE 4059: Design of Foundations and Earth Retaining Structures
CIE 4060: Geo-Environmental Engineering
CIE 4061: Ground Improvement Techniques
CIE 4062: Soil Reinforcement and Geosynthetics
IV. Structural Engineering
CIE 4063: Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures
CIE 4064: Design of Steel Structures
CIE 4065: Finite Element Method of Analysis
CIE 4066: Pre-stressed Concrete Design
V. Transportation Engineering
CIE 4067: Urban Mass Transport System
CIE 4068: Urban Transport Planning
CIE 4069: Pavement Materials and Design
CIE 4070: Traffic Systems and Engineering
VI. Water Resources Engineering
CIE 4071: Integrated Watershed Management
CIE 4072: Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines
CIE 4073: Hydrological Analysis
CIE 4074: Water Resources Planning and Management
VII. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound
VIII. Business Management
HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management
IX. Computational Mathematics
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices
Program Electives
CIE 4075: Bridge Engineering
CIE 4076: Coastal Engineering
CIE 4077: Contract Management
CIE 4078: Elements of Earthquake Engineering
CIE 4079: Fecal Sludge and Septage Management
CIE 4080: Non-Destructive Testing of Concrete structures
CIE 4081: Remote Sensing and GIS
Open Electives
CIE 4301: Air and Noise Pollution
CIE 4302: Contract Management for Engineers
CIE 4303: Environmental Management
CIE 4304: Geology for Engineers
CIE 4305: Introduction to Remote Sensing and GIS
CIE 4306: Strength of Materials
88
THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2154: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III [2 1 0 3]
Gradient, divergence and curl. Line, surface and volume integrals.
Green's, Gauss divergence and Stokes' theorems. Fourier series of
periodic functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis. Fourier
integrals. Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, sine and cosine
transforms. Partial differential equation- Basic concepts, solutions of
equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables. One
dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Introduction to probability: finite sample space, conditional
probability and independence. Bayes' theorem, One dimensional random
variables: Mean and variance. Two and higher dimensional random
variables: mean, variance, correlation coefficient and regression
References:
1. Murray R. Spiegel, Vector Analysis, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (9e), Wiley
Eastern, 2006.
3. P. L. Meyer, Introduction to Probability and Statistical Applications,
(2e), Oxford and IBH Publishing, Delhi, 1980.
4. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, (43e), Khanna
Publishers, 2014.
CIE 2151: FLUID MECHANICS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Fluid Properties and Classification of Fluid, Pressure and its
Measurement, Hydrostatics, Kinematics of Fluid Motion, Dynamics of
Fluid Motion, Ideal Fluid Flow, Laminar Flow Through Pipes, Turbulent
Flow Through Pipes, Flow Measurement, Flow in open Channels
References:
1. Streeter V.L. and Wiley E.B, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill book Co.,
New York. 1998
2. Modi P.N. and Seth S.M. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, Standard
Book House, New Delhi. 2005
3. Bansal R. K, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi
Publishers, New Delhi. 2010
4. Jain A.K., Fluid Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. 2002
5. Garde R.J., Fluid Mechanics through problems, New age international
Pvt. Ltd., Publishing, New Delhi. 2003
CIE 2152: HIGHWAY ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Design of Geometry of Highway on various terrains, Design
of Horizontal Alignments and setting out of Horizontal Alignments,
Design of Vertical Alignments and setting out Vertical Alignments, Study
of Traffic flow and design of traffic flow control system, Design of Flexible
and Rigid Pavements as per IRC method, Design of Highway drainage,
Highway Economics, Highway maintenance and Evaluation.
References:
1. Khanna S.K and Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, (10e),
Nemchand and Bros., Roorkee 2015.
2. Kadiyali L.R., Traffic Engineering and Transportation Plannin,g (5e),
Khanna Publisher, New Delhi 2000.
3. E.J. Yoder, Principles of Pavement Design, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
New York, 1975.
4. Yang H. Huang, Pavement Analysis and Design, Prentice Hall, 2003.
 CIE 2153: MECHANICS OF STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
Analysis of determinate trusses, bending moment and shear force
diagrams, bending and shear stresses, Torsion of circular shaft, Stability
of columns, Stress on inclined planes, Analysis of three hinged parabolic
Arches. Determination of deflection in beams, simple frames and trusses
by strain energy methods-Unit load method ,Castigliano's method,
Mecaulay's method, Moment -area method and Conjugate beam
method.
References:
1. Timoshenko, Strength of Materials Vol. I & Vol. II , CBS Publishers &
Distributers, New Delhi, 2002.
2. James M Gere & Stephen P Timoshenko, Mechanics of Materials ,
CBS Publishers & Distributers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. Basavarajaiah & Mahadevappa , Strength of Materials, CBS
Publishers, 2001.
4. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2004.
5. Ramamrutham & Narayanan, Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai
Publishers, 1989.
CIE 2154: SURVEYING (3 1 0 4)
Introduction , Compass Survey, Plane Table survey, Levelling, Simple
leveling, Differential leveling, Errors in Levelling, Reciprocal Levelling,
Contours, Application and uses, Methods in Contouring, Characteristics
of contours, Theodolite Survey , Repetition and Reiteration methods
Temporary adjustments of theodolite, Trigonometric levelling using
height and distance formulae, Tacheometry, Photogrammetric
Surveying, Aerial Photogrammetry, Under Ground Surveys,
Hydrographic Survey.
References:
1. PunmiaB.C, Surveying, Vol.I and II, Lakshmi Publishers, New Delhi.
2015
2. Duggal S.K, Surveying, Vol. I and II, Tata Mcgraw Hill – Publishing
Co.Ltd,New Delhi. 2017
3. Arora K.R , Surveying, Vol.(I, II, III), Standard Book house, New
Delhi. 2015
4. Kanetkar T.P and Kulkarni S.V, Surveying and levelling parts 1 and
2, Pune VidyarthiGrihaPrakashan. 2008
5. ThomasNorman, Surveying, Edward Arnold Publishers (ELBS),
Budapest.
CIE 2155: WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Quantity of water, Population forecasting, Sources of water,
characteristics of water and water quality analysis, drinking water
standards, treatment of water:- aeration, sedimentation, coagulation,
filtration, disinfection, water softening and other treatments, distribution
of water, layout of distribution, pipe appurtenances, leakage detection,
corrosion and control.
References:
1. Manual on water supply and treatment CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban
development, New Delhi 1991.
2. Garg S.K., Environmental Engg.-I, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
1999,.
3. Birdie G.S., Water Supply and Sanitary Engg., Dhanpath Rai and
Sons, New Delhi 1987.
4. B.C. Punmia, Water Supply and Sanitary Engg., Dhanpath Rai
and Sons, New Delhi.
5. Modi and Sethi, Water Supply and Sanitary Engg., Dhanpath Rai
and Sons, New Delhi.
89
CIE 2161: MATERIAL TESTING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Tension test on mild steel, Compression test on cast iron and timber,
Shear test on mild steel specimen, Torsion test on mild steel specimen,
Rockwell hardness test, Brinell's Hardness test, Bending test on wood,
Impact tests ( Izod and Charpy), Fatigue test on mild steel, Tension test
and Compression test on Aluminium, Tests on Bitumen.
References:
1. Suryanarayana A.V.K., Testing of Metallic Materials, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi. (1990)
2. Khanna& Justo, Highway Materials Testing,Nemchand and
brothers.(1989)
3. Technical Teachers' Training Institute, Laboratory Manual of Strength
of Materials, Oxford University Press. (1983)
4. Relevant I S Codes.
CIE 2162: SURVEYING PRACTICE – I [0 0 3 1]
Traversing using Chain and Compass, Plane table surveying- Radiation
and intersection methods, Solving three point problem by Bessel's
solution, Levelling- Differential Levelling, Reciprocal and Block levelling,
Tacheometric surveying- Determination of constant, Gradient of a line,
Theodolite – Repetition and Reiteration, Single plane and Double plane
method, Successive Bisection, Offset from chord produced, Setting out-
Building, Pipeline, bridge.
References:
1. Kanetkar T.P. and Kulkarni S.V, Surveying and leveling-Part I and II,
Vidyarthi Griha Prakashana - Pune. 1996
2. Punmia B.C., Surveying - Vol. I, Lakshmi Publications, New Delhi.
2005
3. Arora K.R., Surveying, Vol. I and II, Standard Book House, New Delhi.
1993
4. David Clark Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers , Vol I and II
– CBS publication and Distributors, New Delhi, 1983
5. ThomasNorman , Surveying , Edward Arnold Publishers
(ELBS),Budapest.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2255: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV [2 1 0 3]
Numerical solutions of partial differential equations by finite difference
methods, five-point formula, Laplace Poisson Equations, Heat equation,
Crank Nicolson's method, Wave equation., Introduction to calculus of
variations, geodesics, isoperimetric problems, approximate methods,
Weighted Residual Approach, Least square method. Application of Finite
Difference technique: Statically determinate and indeterminate beams,
Buckling of columns. Introduction to Tensor Analysis, Distributions:
binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, chi-square and
exponential. Moment generating function, Functions of one dimensional
and two dimensional random variables, Sampling theory, Central limit
theorem and applications. Optimization Techniques: Introduction to
Linear programming, Formation of Linear Programming problem,
solution by graphical method, Simplex method. Two phase simplex
method, Transportation problems..
References:
1. M Rajasekaran S, Numerical methods for Science and Engineering,
Wheeler and Co. Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad, 1992.
2. Sastry S.S., Introductory methods of Numerical Analysis, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi. 1995.
3. A. R. Mitchel and R. Wait, Finite Element Methods in Partial
Differential Equations, John Wiley, 1997.
4. P. L. Meyer, Introduction to Probability and Statistical
Applications,(2e), Oxford and IBH Publishing, Delhi, 1980.
5. Hamdy A. Taha, Operation research, (8e), PHI, 2007.
6. S. Narayanan, T. K. Manicavachagom Pillay, G. Ramanaiah,
Advanced mathematics for engineering students, S. Viswanathan
Pvt.. Ltd., 1985.
CIE 2251: BASIC REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Role of reinforcement, behavior of RCC section. Straight line Theory–
Moment of Resistance of singly reinforced and doubly reinforced beam
sections. Limit state method: Design of rectangular beams (singly and
doubly reinforced), flanged beams, Design for Shear and Torsion. Design
of one way and two-way slabs for various boundary conditions Limit
state of collapse in compression, Design of axially loaded short and
slender R.C. Columns, uniaxial and bi-axial bending using SP16 hand
book. Determination of short term and long-term deflections of R.C.
beams, Determination of Crack width. Design of column footings.
References:
1. Karve S.R, and Shah V.L., Limit State Theory and Design of
Reinforced Concrete, Structures Publishers, Pune, 1996.
2. Varghese P.C., Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 1999.
3. Shah H.J., Reinforced concrete, Vol. I, Charotar Publishing house,
Anand, 2005.
4. CODE BOOKS: IS: 456 – 2000, Code of practice for plain and
Reinforced concrete, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
5. SP-16 – 1984, Design Aids for Reinforced concrete IS 456. Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi
CIE 2252: BUILDING MATERIAL TECHNOLOGY [2 0 3 3]
Theory-Masonry Blocks, Types of bonding, Flooring Tiles and Pavement
Blocks, Standard specification and Quality Control, Aggregates: Types,
Functional requirements, Standard specifications, Quality Control,
Cement: Types, Functional requirements, Chemical Composition,
Hydration, Standard specifications, Quality Control Tests, Concrete :
Types, Grades, Functional requirements, Environmental Conditions,
Standard Specifications, Quality Control tests on Fresh and Hardened
Concrete. Concrete Mix Design: Mix Design procedure as per IS 10262:
2009
Laboratory- Tests on Aggregates, Cement, Fresh and Hardened Concrete
References:
1. Sushil Kumar, Building Construction, Standard Publication 1976
2. Shetty M.S., Concrete Technology, S. Chand and Co. 2006
3. Neville and Brooks, Concrete Technology, Pearson Education, 2003
4. Singh Gurucharan, Materials of Construction, Standard Publishers.
1988)
5. Relevant Handbooks : SP 20-1991, SP10-1975, SP:62 (S&T) :1997,
National Building Code, BIS, New Delhi 1988
CIE 2253: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Physical Geology: Origin of Earth, Interior structure of
Earth.Seismology, Plate Tectonics, Earthquakes. Tsunamis. Introduction
to minerals and rocks. Engineering properties of important rocks used as
building materials. Weathering of rocks, Soil forming processes.
Landforms and processes associated with river, wind, and groundwater.
Structural Geology, Groundwater, .Engineering Geology,, Landslides.
Remote sensing & GIS and their applications in Civil Engineering,
Geophysical methods –Seismic and electrical methods for subsurface
investigations, engineering solutions to control climate change.
References:
1. Parbin Singh, Engineering Geology, S.K. Kataria and Sons, New Delhi.
2002
90
2. Mukherjee P.K., A text book of Geology, World Press, Kolkata 2003
3. Venkata Reddy D., Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering, Oxford
and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 1995
CIE 2254: WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, system of sewage disposal, quantity of sanitary sewage,
construction and laying of sewerage system, sewer appurtenances,
characteristics of sewage, treatment of sewage, unit operations, unit
process, disposal of sewage, IS standards, self purification of streams,
industrial effluent treatment, common effluent treatment plant.
References:
1. Garg S. K., Environmental Engg.- II, Volume – II,Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi 2014.
2. Birdie G.S., Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and
Sons, New Delhi 1987.
3. IS Standards 2490 - 1974 ,3360 – 1974, 3307 – 1974, Indian
Standard Institution, ManakBhavan, New Delhi.
4. Manual on sewage and sewage treatment CPHEO, Ministry of
Urbandevelopment, New Delhi.
5. Standard Methods – APHEA, American Public Health Association,
1015 Fifteenth Street, NW Washington DC.
CIE 2255: WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Hydrology – precipitation, evapotranspiration, infiltration &
runoff, flood studies and hydrographs, Estimation of reservoir capacity
and planning, Hydraulic structures- dams- classification & design of
gravity dam, Diversion head works-components; Bligh's Creep Theory
References:
1. Viessman and Knapp, Introduction to Hydrology, Harper and Row
Publishers, Singapore. 1989
2. H.M.Raghunath, Hydrology, Wiley Eastern pulications, Delhi. 1985
3. Modi.P.N, Irrigation, water resource and water power, Standard book
house publications, Delhi. 1988
4. R. K. Sharma, T. K. Sharma, Irrigation Engineering, S.Chand and Co.,
New Delhi. 2002
5. Santhosh Kumar Garg, Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic
Structures, Khanna Publishers, Delhi. 1998
CIE 2261: BUILDING DESIGN AND DRAWING [0 0 3 1]
Foundations: Details drawing for different types of foundations - stepped
wall foundations, RCC Isolated Footings. Doors and Windows: Detailed
drawing for Wooden doors with Fully panelled, Partial panelled and
partial glazed, Wooden windows with Fully panelled, Partial panelled and
partial glazed. Design and Drawing of Residential Buildings: Functional
design of building (Residential, Public and Industrial),positioning of
various components of buildings, orientation of buildings, building
standards, bye laws, set back distances and calculation of carpet area,
plinth area and floor area ratio. Plan, Elevation and Sectional views of
Single bedroom house with RCC roof. Introduction to Auto cad:
Functional design of building using inter connectivity diagrams (bubble
diagram), development of line diagram for health centre, Primary school
building, Bank etc. For a given single line diagram, preparation of water
supply, sanitary and electrical layouts
References:
1. Balagopal Pabhu T.S., Vincent Paul K. and Vijayan C., Building
Design of Civil Engg. Drawing, Spades Publishers, Calicut. 1999
2. Shah and Kale, Principle of Building Drawing, Tata McGraw Hill
 Publishing Co., New Delhi. 1985
3. Sharma and Kaul, Text book of Building Construction, S. Chand,
New Delhi. 1976
4. Gurucharan Singh, Building Construction, Standard Publishers &
distributors New Delhi.
5. IS National Building Code – 1970.
CIE 2262: FLUID MECHANICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Calibration of Triangular Notch, Rectangular Notch, Cippoletti Notch,
Venturimeter, Orifices, Mouth pieces, Orifice meter, Broad crested weir,
Curved weir, Ogee weir, Plug Sluice, Determination of Friction factor of
pipes, Experiment on Venturi flume, Standing wave flume,
Demonstration of Parshall Flume.
References:
1. Modi P.N. and Seth S.M., Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Standard
Book House, New Delhi.2005
2. Jain A.K., Fluid Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 2002
3. Streeter V.L and Wiley E.B., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Co. New
York 1998
4. Bansal R. K. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi
Publishers, New Delhi 2010
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
Unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich., Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker., Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, New York, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker., The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, New
York 2004.
CIE 3151: ANALYSIS OF INDETERMINATE STRCUTURES [3 1 0 4]
Analysis of two hinged parabolic arches, Analysis of statically
indeterminate beams by strain energy method, consistent deformation
method and three moment theorem. Analysis of statically indeterminate
beams and frames by slope deflection and moment distribution
methods. Plastic Analysis of beams and frames to identify collapse
mechanisms and determine the collapse loads. Analysis of beams and
frames by stiffness matrix method. Influence line diagrams and Muller
Breslau principle.
91
References:
1. Reddy C.S., Basic structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2010.
2. Ramamrutham S.,Theory of Structures, Dhanpat Rai Publishing
Company, New Delhi 2014.
3. Rao Prakash D.S., Structural Analysis, Universities Press, India 1997.
4. Hibbeler RC., Structural analysis, Pearson Education, United States
2015.
5. Daniel L Schodak., Structures, Pearson Education, United States
2015.
CIE 3152: BASIC STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to steel structure, bolted connections, and welded
connections. Design of Tension members, compression members,
column splices, column base, and gusseted base. Design of Flexural
member, built up sections. Design of Plate girders.
References:
1. Duggal S.K., Limit State Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGraw Hill
education private Limited – New Delhi 2008.
2. Subramanian N., Design of Steel Structures, oxford university New
Delhi 2008.
3. IS 800-2007, General construction of steel in code of practice,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
4. SP-6 (Part I) 1964, Structural Steel Sections. Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi
CIE 3153: CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Construction Management- Classification of
construction works, various stages in the Construction of a Project,
construction team, Work Breakdown Structure. Planning for
Construction Projects- Steps involved in planning, Objectives of
planning, Stages of planning, Stages of planning by different agencies.
Scheduling– Definition, Preparation of construction schedules,
Advantages, Bar charts and Milestone charts – Preparation, Merits,
Demerits. Network Analysis-Introduction, Terms and definition, Network
representation, Rules for drawing a network diagram, Fulkerson's rule for
numbering the events.
Pert Analysis– Time estimates, Calculation of slack, critical path,
probability of completion time of project. CPM analysis- Differences
between CPM and PERT, Calculation of float, critical path. Cost Analysis,
Project updating. Management of Construction equipment-
Classification of construction equipment, factor affecting selection of
construction equipment, Planning of construction equipment, Economic
life of equipment, preventive maintenance and repairs, cost of owning
and operation of construction equipment and related problems,
Introduction to earthmoving, hoisting, hauling equipment, aggregate
crushers, tunneling, and paving equipment.
References:
1. Dr. Seetharaman. S., Construction Engg. and Management, Umesh
Publication. 1997
2. Sengupta B., Guha M, Construction Management and Planning
McGraw Hill Companies. 1998
3. Dr. Punmia B.C. and Khandelwal K.K., Project Planning and Control
with PERT and CPM Laxmi Publication 2002
4. Varma Mahesh, Construction equipment and its planning and
application, Metropolitan Publication. 1987
CIE 3154: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Soil structure, Clay minerals, Index properties of soil, Total,
effective and neutral stresses, Flow through soil, Seepage through soils,
Compaction of soil, Stress distribution in soil, consolidation of soil,
Shear strength of soil –Direct shear, Triaxial, Unconfined compression
and vane shear tests, Drained, undrained and consolidated undrained
tests and their applications.
References:
1. Bowels J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design, (4e), McGraw-Hills
Book Company, 1998.
2. Punmia B.C., Jain AK and Jain AK ., Soil Mechanics and Foundations,
(17e), Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2017
3. Arora K.R., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, (7e),
Standard, Publishers and Distributors, 2011.
4. Murthy V.N.S., A Text Book of Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering, CBS Publishers & Distributors-New Delhi, 2008.
5. Gopal Ranjan and. Rao A.S.R., Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics,
New Age International Pvt. Limited, Publishers, 2016.
CIE 3161: COMPUTER APPLICATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to STAAD Pro. software package- modeling and analysis of
continuous beams, plane trusses, plane frames, and space frames using
STAAD Pro. Design of frames using STAAD Pro. Introduction to ETABS –
modeling and analysis of 3D space frames.
References:
1. Sharma T.S., STAAD Pro. V8i for beginners – with Indian examples
(1e), Notion Press 2014
2. Rajendran D., Analysis & Design of a Multistorey Building using
STAAD.Pro & E-TABS ( with Manual Calculation) (1e), Designtech
Publishers 2016
3. Bentley, STAAD Pro. – Technical Reference Manual, Retrieved from
https://communities.bentley.com/cfs-file/__key/telligent-evolution-
components-attachments/13-275895-00-00-00-24-18-
/Technical_5F00_Reference_5F00_V8i.pdf 2012
4. Computers and Structures, Inc., CSI Analysis Reference Manual,
Retrieved from http://docs.csiamerica.com/manuals/etabs/Analysis
CIE 3162: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. LAB [0 0 3 1]
Determination of solids - total solids, suspended solids, dissolved solids,
volatile solids, fixed solids, settleable solids. Turbidity determination and
Jar test. Determination of Alkalinity, Acidity and pH. Determination of
Calcium, Magnesium and total Hardness. Determination of Chlorides
Determination of dissolved oxygen. Residual chlorine and chlorine
demand. Determination of percentage available chlorine in Bleaching
powder. Determination of Iron and Fluorides. Determination of B.O.D.
Determination of C.O.D., Total count test and MPN, Determination of
Ammonical Nitrogen and Nitrates. Demonstration of High volume
sample and sound lever meter. Demonstration of determination of oil,
grease and Sulphates.
References:
1. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water –
ALPHA – AWWA – WPCF
2. Sawyer and Mc Carty, Chemistry for Environmental Engineering,
McGraw Hill, New York 1994,.
3. IS – 3025 – 1964 – Methods of Sampling and Test (Physical and
Chemical) for Water Used in Industry, IIT New Delhi.
4. Drinking water Standards IS – 10500-2012.
CIE 3163: SOIL MECHANICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Determination of moisture content, specific gravity, Atterberg limits, In-
situ unit weight, Sieve analysis, Coefficient of permeability by constant
head and variable head permeameter, Standard compaction test, Use of
proctor needle, Triaxial shear test, Unconfined compression test, Direct
92
shear test, Vane shear test, Determination of CBR, Demonstration of
Plate load test, Cone penetration test and hydrometer analysis.
References:
1. Relevant IS codes
2. Bowles J.E., Engineering properties of soil and their measurement,
(2e), McGraw – Hill Book Company, New York, 1986.
3. Lambe T.W, Soil testing for Engineers, John Wiley and Sons, INC.
4. Cheng Liu and Jack B. Evett, Soil properties, Testing, Measurement
and Evaluation, Prentice-Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
1987.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
CIE 3251: APPLIED SOIL ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Soil Exploration, Earth pressure at rest, active and passive conditions,
Stability of slopes - Finite and infinite slopes, Bearing capacity of shallow
footings, Pile foundations, Pile driving, Load carrying capacity of a
single pile using static formula, Group action and negative skin friction,
Settlement of pile foundations, Under-reamed piles and bored
compaction piles.
References:
1. Bowels J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design, (4e), McGraw-Hills
Book Company, 1998.
2. Punmia B.C., Jain AK and Jain AK ., Soil Mechanics and Foundations,
 (17e), Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2017
3. Arora K.R., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, (7e),
Standard, Publishers and Distributors 2011.
4. Murthy V.N.S., A Text Book of Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering, CBS Publishers & Distributors-New Delhi, 2008.
5. Gopal Ranjan and. Rao A.S.R., Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics,
New Age International Pvt. Limited, Publishers, 2016.
CIE 3252: ESTIMATION, COSTING AND VALUATION
PRACTICE [2 0 3 3]
Theory: Introduction to Estimation, Definition, Purpose, Types, work
charged establishment. Approximate estimate, Method of measurement
of work as per IS 1200, Introduction to methods of estimation of
buildings, center line method, long and short wall method. Specification
and analysis of rates of different items of building, Different types and
methods of valuation, Tender Documents and types of contract, Methods
of earthwork estimation in roads, spot leveling, mass diagram
Practice: Quantity estimation of residential building, preparation of bar
bending schedule for the given component of RC structure, Rate analysis
for different components of building, Quantity Estimation of earth work in
road formation, Quantity estimation of roads and culverts.
References:
1. M. Chakraborti., Estimating, Costing, Specification & Valuation in Civil
Engineering, (16e) Published by the Author, 2003.
2. B.N. Dutta.,Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering, (16e), UBS
Publishers' Distributors Ltd. 2000.
3. CPWD., Manual for Standard Specification and Rate Analysis
4. IS 1200: Part 1 to 16: Method of measurement of building and civil
engineering work
CIE 3253: RAILWAY AND AIRPORT ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
RAILWAY ENGINEERING: Introduction, Tractive resistance, Permanent
way, Alignment Details, Points and crossing, Track Junctions, Railway
Station and Yards, Signals, Interlocking.
AIRPORT ENGINEERING: Introduction, Geometric Design, Airport
Capacity and Designing of Terminal Area, Visual aids and Air traffic
control system.
References:
1. Saxena S C and Arora S P, A Text Book of Railway Engineering, (8e),
Dhanpat Rai Publications (p) Ltd.-New Delhi, 2017.
2. Khanna S K, Arora M G and Jain S S,, Airport Planning and Design,
(6e), Nemchand and Brothers Publications, Roorkee, 1999.
3. Horenjeff, R. and McKelvey, F., Planning and Design of Airports, (4e),
Mc Graw Hill Company, New York, 1994.
4. Ashford, N. and Wright, P.H., Airport Engineering, (3e), John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1992.
CIE 3261: STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND DRAWING [0 0 3 1]
Detailing of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular beams. Detailing of
one-way slabs, Two-way slabs and continuous beams. Design and
detailing of Dog legged staircase, circular tank and rectangular tank.
Detailing of isolated footing and column reinforcement. Design and
Detailing of Cantilever retaining wall. Beam to beam and beam to column
connections in steel buildings. Built-up Columns with lacings and
battens.
References:
1. Subramanian N., Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (1e),
Oxford University Press, 2013.
2. Shah H.J., Reinforced Concrete – vol. 1(Elementary Reinforced
Concrete) (11e), Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2016
93
3. Chandra R., Gehlot V., Elements of Limit State Design Of Concrete
Structures, Scientific Publishers, 2004
4. Gambhir M. L., Fundamentals of Structural Steel Design (1e), Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2013
5. Relevant Code and Hand Books : IS 456 (2000), SP 34 (1987), IS
800 (2007), SP 6 – 1 1964
CIE 3262: SURVEYING PRACTICE – II [0 0 3 1]
Curve setting out using Electronic theodolite- Simple curve by Rankine's
method, Compound Curve, Reverse Curve, Transition Curve (Bernoullis
Leminscate), Simple Curve using chain and tape-Radial and
Perpendicular offset, Demonstration of minor instruments-: Hand level,
Clinometers, Abney level, Use of Planimeter, Box sextants, Nautical
sextants, Ceylonghat tracer, Application of any one Minor instrument,
Total Station- Measurement of Vertical and Horizontal angles, Distance,
Minor project using Total station.
References:
1. PunmiaB.C ,Surveying and levelling, Vol.I and II , Lakshmi Publishers ,
New Delhi.2005
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
CIE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
CIE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
CIE 4051: ADVANCES IN CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Microstructure and Properties of Hardened Concrete, Introduction,
Microstructure of Concrete, Strength, Dimensional Stability, Durability,
Hydraulic Cements, Aggregates, Admixtures, Proportioning Concrete
Mixtures, Concrete at Early Age, Nondestructive Methods, Concrete
Materials, Mix Proportioning, and Early-Age Properties, Advances in
Concrete Technology, Special Types of Concrete, Concrete Mechanics.
References:
1. Monteiro and Mehta Concrete: Microstructure, Properties, and
Materials, (4e), McGraw-Hill 2014.
 CIE 4052: BUILDING CODE AND REQUIREMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to National Building Code-: Scope and Terminologies,
Administration-: Building Permit and Inspection, General building
requirements-: Land Use classification, Classification of Buildings, Area
and Height Limitations, Requirements of various parts of Building. Fire
and Safety: fire prevention, life safety, Design and Construction-:
construction practices and safety, Earth quake resistant of masonry wall,
Wind load design, Building Services-: Plumbing, Lighting and ventilation,
Acoustics, Sound Insulation and Heat Insulation in buildings.
References:
1. National Building Code of India 2005
2. SP 64 (2001), SP 7 (2005), Bureau of Indian Standards
CIE 4053: CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Integrated material Management: Meaning, Functions, and Advantages.
Selective Control, Codification and Standardization. Material planning
budgeting and procuring. Price forecasting, Purchasing under
uncertainties, Purchasing Capital equipment. Source selection.
Foundations of Total Quality Management: Understanding quality, TQM
philosophy: Concept of Ishikawa, Taguchi, Shingo philosophies. Models
and frame works. TQM Tools: An overview of Flowcharts, Check sheets,
Histogram, Cause and effect diagrams, Pareto diagram, Scatter diagram
and Control charts. Introduction to ISO systems of quality assurance.
References:
1. Gopal Krishnanan P., Sundaresan M., Material Management
Integrated Approach, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi. 1992
2. Datta A.K., Material Management and Inventory Control: Principles
and Practice, Jaico Publishing House, Bombay. 1988
3. Woodside Gayle, Aurrichio Patrick ISO 14001, Auditing manual Mc-
graw Hill, New Delhi. 2000
4. BhatSridhara K Total Quality Management, Himalaya Publication
House, Mumbai. 2007
5. Oakland John S TQM, Text with cases, Butterworth- Heinemann,
Oxford. 2006
CIE 4054: PRECAST TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Comparative advantages of precast constructions over in-
situ constructions, Suitability of precast construction, Limitations of
Precast construction. Types of Precast constructions- Structural Precast
Systems, Precast Buildings, Housing, Apartment Buildings, Utility
Buildings, Large Space buildings and Mixed Construction. Materials and
Quality control-Production Process, Tolerance, Transportation and
Erection.Modular Consideration and Standardization- General principles
for Frame and skeletal structures, Bearing walls, Floors, Beams and
Columns (types, modulations and connections).Design principles:
Approaches to Design, Structural System and Overall Stability, Structural
Integrity, Loads on Stability Elements, Connections-Basic Force Transfer
Mechanism, Types of Connections, Earthquake Design
References:
1. Kim S. Elliott , Precast Concrete Structures, Butterworth- Heinemann,
An imprint of Elsevier Science, 2002
2. FIP Planning and Design Handbook on Precast Building Structures,
SETO Ltd., 1994
3. Hubert Bachmann, Alfred Steinle, Precast Concrete Structures, Ernst
& Sohn GmbH & Co. KG, 2011
4. IS 10297-1982
94
CIE 4055: AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Definition, sources, classification, Behavior of air pollutants,
Meteorological variables, stability conditions, plume rise and stack
height, Effects of air pollution, Sampling, analysis and control, Global
effects of air pollution, Air pollution act.
References:
1. Rao H.V.N. and Rao M.N, , Air pollution, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New
Delhi 1989.
2. Rao C.S., Environmental Pollution control, Wiley Eastern Ltd. Delhi
1995.
3. Wark Kenneth and Wamer C.F, Air Pollution its Origin and Control.
Harper and Row, Publ.
4. Sincero. A. P.and Sincero G.A. Environmental Engineering. Prentice
Hall.
5. Air Pollution - Sampling and Analysis - APHA.
CIE 4056: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND
AUDITING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, benefits and limitations, procedure of EIA in India, impact
identification, Ad hoc, checklists, matrices, networks and overlay,
Description of affected environment, Prediction and assessment of
impacts, Public participation in environmental decision making,
Environmental monitoring and its importance, Environmental auditing.
References:
1. Barbara Caroll,. Environmental Impact Assessment Handbook: A
Practical Guide for Planners, Developers and Communities. Thomas
Telford, London 2002.
2. Canter, L.W.,. Environmental Impact Assessment, (2e), McGraw-Hill
1996.
3. Christopher Wood.. Environmental Impact Assessment: A
Comparative Review. Prentice Hall, New Jersey 2003.
4. Riki Therivel, Peter Morris,. Methods of Environmental Impact
Assessment, Spon Press, London 2001.
CIE 4057: INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT [3 0 0 3]
Industries and environment, Sources and types of industrial
wastewater, Industrial wastewater and environmental impacts,
Regulatory requirements for treatment of industrial wastewater,
treatment of industrial wastewater, volume and strength reduction,
Aerobic and anaerobic biological treatment, Sequencing batch reactors,
High Rate reactors, Chemical oxidation, Photocatalysis, Wet Air
Oxidation, Ion Exchange, Membrane Technologies, Nutrient removal,
Management of treatment plants, Industrial manufacturing process
description, wastewater characteristics, source reduction options and
waste treatment flow sheet.
References:
1. Eckenfelder, W.W., Industrial Water Pollution Control, Mc-Graw Hill,
2000.
2. Frank Woodard, 'Industrial waste treatment Handbook', Butterworth
Heinemann, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Paul L. Bishop, Pollution Prevention: - Fundamentals and Practice,
Mc-Graw Hill International, Boston, 2000.
4. Nelson, L. Nemerrow, Industrial wastewater Pollution, Addison-
Wesley Publishing Company 2000.
5. Mahajan S.P. Pollution Control in Process Industries, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company 1998
 CIE 4058: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Definition, Sources of wastes, classification, Characterization,
Composition and Properties of solid Wastes, Waste generation
Collection and transportation, Processing and recycling, Disposal:
Methods, Landfills- types, design of landfills, operation of landfills,
leachate generation, closure of landfill, monitoring of landfill, Siting of
wastes management facilities: Siting guidelines, Planning and
developing a site for solid waste management.
References:
1. Tchobanoglous, G., Theisen, H. and Vigil, S. A.. Integrated solid
waste management, McGraw-Hill international edition, Civil
Engineering Series. 1993
2. Bhide and Sundaresan,. Solid Waste Management in Developing
Countries – Indian National Scientific Documentation Centre. New
Delhi 2000.
3. Ramachandra T.V.. Management of Municipal Solid Waste,
Commonwealth of Learning, Canada and Indian Institute of
Science, Bangalore 2006.
CIE 4059: DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS AND EARTH RETAINING
STRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Bearing capacity- Brinch Hansen's, Meyerhoff's, Skempton's and Vesic's
bearing capacity equations, Piles subjected to lateral loads-Broms
theory, Sheet piles, Retaining walls- Cantilever and counterfort,
Cofferdams, Well Foundation-Bearing capacity, Lateral stability,
Foundations in expansive soils, Machine Foundations.
References:
1. Bowles J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw Hill, New
York, 1997
2. Winterkorn H.F and Fange H.Y., Foundation Engineering Hand book,
Van Nostand Reinhold Company, New York. 1991
3. Teng W.C., Foundation Design, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
1981.
4. Swami Saran., Analysis and Design of Substructures, (2e), Oxford
and IBH Publishers, 2015
5. Srinivasalu P and Vaidyanathan C.V., Hand Book of Machine
Foundations, Tata McGraw Hill, 1987.
CIE 4060: GEO-ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Geoenvironmental Problems, Regulations and Practice,
Composition and Properties of Soils and Wastes, Subsurface Flow and
Contaminant Transport, Subsurface contamination, In-situ waste
containment, Waste Containment Liner Systems, Leachate Collection
and Removal Systems, Waste Containment System Liner Design, Final
Cover Systems, Contaminated Site Investigation and Risk Assessment,
Soil and Groundwater Remediation Technologies, Beneficial Use Of
Waste Materials: Recycling, Case studies.
References:
1. Sharma, H.D. and Reddy, K.R., Geoenvironmental Engineering: Site
Remediation, Waste Containment, and Emerging Waste
Management Technologies, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, . 2004.
2. Sharma, H.D. and Lewis, S.P., Waste Containment Systems, Waste
Stabilization, and Landfills: Design and Evaluation, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc, 1994.
3. Qian, X., Koerner, R.M., and Gray, D.H., Geotechnical Aspects of
Landfill Design and Construction, Prentice Hall, 2002.
4. Daniel, David E. Geotechnical Practice for Waste Disposal,
Chapman & Hall, 1993.
95
CIE 4061: GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to ground improvement techniques, Mechanical
modification, Hydraulic modification, physical and chemical
modification, Thermal modification, Modification by inclusions.
References:
1. M.R. Hausmann., Engineering Principles of Ground Modifications,
(3e), McGraw Hill Publishing Co, 2002.
2. Moseley M.P., Ground Improvement, (2e), Blackie Academic and
Professional, Boca Taton, Florida, USA, 2007.
3. Robert M. Koerner ., Designing with Geosynthetics, (2e), Prentice
Hall New Jersey, USA, 2000
4. Purushotham Raj, Ground Improvement Techniques, Laxmi
Publications, New Delhi, 2016.
5. Das.B.M., Principles of Foundation Engineering, CENGAGE
Learning, 2010
CIE 4062: SOIL REINFORCEMENT AND GEOSYNTHETICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Concept of reinforced soil, Different types of geosynthetics,
Properties and tests on geosynthetics, Design of reinforced soil retaining
walls, Design of reinforced earth foundations, Reinforced soil slopes,
Soil nailing techniques, Pavement application, Drainage and filtration
applications of geosynthetics, Construction of landfills using
geosynthetics.
References:
1. Koerner. R.M., Designing with Geosynthetics, (5e), Prince Hall
Publication, USA, 2005.
2. Sivakumar Babu G. L., An introduction to Soil Reinforcement and
Geosynthetic, Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2009
3. Swami Saran, Reinforced Soil and its Engineering Applications, I. K.
International Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2006.
4. G.V. Rao, P.K Banerjee, J.T. Shahu,G.V. Ramana., Geosynthetics -
New Horizons, Asian Books Private Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
5. Jones CJEP, Earth reinforcement and Soil structures, Thomas Telford
Publishing, London, 1996.
CIE 4063: DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE
STRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Design of interior panel of flat slab with and without drops by direct
design method. Design of Cantilever and Counter fort type retaining
walls. Analysis and design of Single bay single story portal frame, and
grid floor. Design of combined footing, strap footing and mat/raft
foundation. Design of silos and bunkers.
References:
1. Unnikrishna Pillai., Devadas Menon., Reinforced Concrete Design,
(3e), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New
Delhi.2009.
2. Shah H. J., Reinforced Concrete, Vol. II, (6e), Charotar Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., Anand, Gujarat. 2012.
3. Varghese P. C.,Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations, PHI
Learning Private Limited, New Delhi.2010.
4. Varghese P. C., Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design, PHI Learning
Private Limited, New Delhi.2011.
5. IS:456 – 2000, Code of practice for plain and Reinforced concrete,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
6. SP-16 – 1984, Design Aids for Reinforced concrete IS 456, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi.
 CIE 4064: DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Design of plate girders with stiffeners. Design of Gantry girders. Design
of compression member subjected to combined axial and uniaxial
bending, combined axial and biaxial bending for column sections. Design
of flexural members for unsymmetrical bending. Axially loaded
compression members of light gauge steel members, laterally supported
beams in light gauge steel members. Introduction to Prefabricated steel
structures and their applications.
References:
1. Duggal S.K., Limit State Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGraw Hill
education private Limited – New Delhi. 2008.
2. Subramanian N., Design of Steel Structures, oxford university New
Delhi, 2008.
3. IS 800-2007, General construction of steel in code of practice,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
4. SP-6 (Part I) 1964, Structural Steel Sections, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi.
5. IS 801-1975, Code of practice for use of cold framed light gauge
steel, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
CIE 4065: FINITE ELEMENT METHOD OF
ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
General description of FEM. Theory of elasticity - constitutive
relationships - plane stress and plane strain. Concept of an element,
types of elements, displacement models by generalized coordinates,
shape functions for different types of elements. Variational method of
formulation - minimization of potential energy approach, formulation of
element stiffness and consistent load vector for different types of
elements. Application of FEM to analyze pin jointed and rigid jointed
structures, plane stress and plane strain problems using three noded
triangular element and isoparametric four-noded element.
References:
1. Zinkiewiez O.C., The Finite Element Method, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Book Co, New Delhi, 1979.
2. Desai C.S. and Abel J.E., Introduction to the Finite Element Method,
(1e), CBS publications, New Delhi, 1987.
3. Krishnamoorthy C.S., Finite Element Analysis, (2e), Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1987.
4. Bathe K.J., Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, (2e),
Prentice Hall Engle Wood, Cliffs, New Jersey, 1997.
CIE 4066: PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Basic Concepts of prestressing, Basic principles of prestressing, Load
balancing concept, Material properties. Losses of prestress, Analysis of
sections for flexure, shear. Design of simply supported pre-tensioned
and post-tensioned members, Deflections, Transmission of pre-stress in
pre-tensioned members, design of end zone reinforcement in post
tensioned member. Analysis of Composite Sections for propped and
unpropped condition.
References:
1. Krishna Raju N., Pre-stressed Concrete, (5e) ,Tata McGraw Hill, ,
New Delhi, 2012.
2. Dayaratnam P., Pre-stressed Concrete Structures, (7e), Oxford and
IBH Publications, New Delhi , 2017.
3. Mallick S. K. and Gupta A. P., Pre-stressed Concrete, (3e), Oxford and
IBH, New Delhi
4. Lin T.Y. and Ned. Burns H., Design of Pre-stressed Concrete
Structures, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2017.
96
Code books:
1. IS:1343-2012, Code of Practice For Prestressed concrete, Bureau
of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
CIE 4067: URBAN MASS TRANSPORT SYSTEM [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Public Transport, Transit Network Planning, Transit
Scheduling, Terminals and Depot, Transit Fares.
References:
1. Kristhi and Lal, Transporation Engineering, (3e), PHI, Delhi, 2008.
2. Dickey, J.W., et. al., Metropolitan Transportation Planning, TMH
edition, 2002.
3. Vuchic V.R., Urban Public Transportation System and Technology,
Prentice Hall,
4. Agarwal M.K., Urban Transportation in India, INAE, Allied Publishers
Ltd., 1996.
5. Grey G.E. & Hoel, LA, Public Transportation Prentice Hall, Englewood
Cliffs, N.J.
CIE 4068: URBAN TRANSPORT PLANNING [3 0 0 3]
Transportation Planning Process and Surveys, Trip Generation, Trip
Distribution, Traffic Assignment, Modal Split, Land-use Transport
Models.
References:
1. Kadiyali L.R., Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning, (6e),
Khanna Publisher, New Delhi.
2. Jotin Khisty C and Kent Lal B, Transporation Engineering-An
Introduction, (3e), 2010, PHI, New Delhi,
3. Papacostas C S., Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering, Prentice Hall.
4. M.J.Bruton, Introduction to Transportation Planning - Hutchinson cf
London Ltd.
5. B.G.Hutchinson, Introduction to Urban System Planning -; Mc Gra
Hill.
CIE 4069: PAVEMENT MATERIALS AND DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Design of Flexible pavement, Bituminous Materials, Design
of Rigid pavement, Design of cement concrete mixes, Soil Stabilisation
Roads, Design of Runway Pavement, Pavement Failure and Evaluation.
References:
1. Khanna S.K and Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, (10e),
Nemchand and Bros., Roorkee 2015.
2. Dr Kadiyali L.R and Dr Lal N.B, Prinicples and Practices of Highway
Engineering, (4e), Khanna Publisher, New Delhi 2003.
3. E.J. Yoder, Principles of Pavement Design, (2e), John Wiley & Sons,
Inc. New York, 1975.
4. Yang H. Huang, Pavement Analysis and Design, Prentice Hall, 2003.
CIE 4070: TRAFFIC SYSTEMS AND ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Traffic Engineering Studies, Traffic Flow Analysis, Design of Traffic
Facilities, Road Accident Analysis, Design of Traffic Control System,
Design of Road Lighting System.
References:
1. Papacostas C S., Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering, Prentice Hall,
1990.
2. Jotin Khisty C and Lall, Transportation Engineering, (3e), Prentice
Hall, 2000.
3. Khanna S.K and Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, (10e),
Nemchand and Bros., Roorkee 2015.
4. Kadiyali L.R., Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning, (5e),
Khanna Publisher, New Delhi 2000.
CIE 4071: INTEGRATED WATERSHED MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Watershed characteristics, watershed deterioration; Management plan,
People's participation; Land Capability Classification, Capability ratings,
improvements, land-use practices; Soil-Water-Plant relationship,
Maintaining soil fertility, salinity, alkalinity, reclamation; Water
Conservation methods for cropland, Small storage structures; Soil
Erosion problems, Conservation method watershed approach;
Waterlogging, preventive measures, Land drainage, Design &
maintenance of drains.
References:
1. Watershed Management: Guidelines for Indian Conditions', by E. M.
Tideman, Omega Scientific Publishers.
2. Hydrology and Soil Conservation Practices, by Ghanashyamdas
Das, Prentice Hall, India.
3. Watershed Planning and Management, by Dr. Rajvir Singh, Yash
Publishing House.
4. Watersheds – Processes, Assessment and Management, by Pau A.
Debarry, John Wiley and Sons.
5. Watershed Models, by V. P. Singh and Donald K. Frevert, Taylor &
Francis.
CIE 4072: HYDRAULICS & HYDRAULIC MACHINES [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Open Channel Flow, Gradually Varied Flow, Rapidly
Varied flow, Design of Stable Channels, Impulse Momentum Principle
and Its Applications, hydro power plants, Hydraulic turbines,
classification of turbines, general Principles of working of Pelton, Francis
and Kaplan turbines, Hydraulic Pumps, Classification, work done and
efficiencies, pumps in series and pumps in parallel, specific speed,
Reciprocating Pumps.
References:
1. VenTe Chow, Open Channel Flow, McGraw Hill Company Ltd., New
York, 1985
2. Subramanya K., Flow in Open Channels, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company, New-Delhi, 2005
3. Modi P.N. and Seth S.M, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, Standard
Book House, New Delhi, 2005
4. Bansal R. K. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi
Publishers, New Delhi. 2010
CIE 4073: HYDROLOGICAL ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Hydrological cycle, Analysis of precipitation data,
Abstractions, Runoff, Hydrographs, Unit hydrograph, S-curve, Synthetic
unit hydrograph- Synder's method, Floods, Emperical methods, rational
method, Envelope curves, Flood frequency methods, Flood routing.
References:
1. Linsley, Pauler and Kohlas, Hydrology for Engineers, MGH
Publishers, Tokyo. 1975
2. Linsley, Kohler & Paulhus, Applied hydrology, MGH Publications,
New York. 1949
3. VenTe Chow, D. R. Maidment, L.W. Mays, Applied Hydrology,
McGraw Hill. 1998
4. H. M. Raghunath, Hydrology, Wiley Eastern pulications, Delhi, 1985
5. W. Viessman &J. Knapp “Introduction to hydrology”, Harper & Row
publishers. 1989
97
CIE 4074: WATER RESOURCES PLANNING &
MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Capability & requirements of multipurpose projects, steps involved in
planning, common pitfalls. Data collection importance, storage,
retrieval; Extrapolation of data, Simulated data, Conjunctive-use
management; Reservoir Planning & Operation, Reservoir capacity, Yield
determination, Demand patterns, Optimal reservoir operation, Rule
curves; Canal Management Need & Inadequacies, Planning canal
systems, Canal regulation; River Training methods & structures;
Economics Of Water Resource Projects, Cost-Benefit analysis,
Apportionment of total cost, Economic & Financial efficiency, Project
selection; Socio-Legal & Environmental Aspects Riparian rights,
Environmental aspects, Sustainable development.
References:
1. Loucks, D.P. and Eelco van Beek. Water resources systems planning
and management: An introduction to methods, models and
applications, UNESCO. 2005
2. Vedula, S. and Mujumdar, P.P. Water resources systems: Modeling
techniques and analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2005.
3. Mays, L.W. and Tung, Y.K.. Hydro systems engineering and
management, McGraw Hill, USA 1992.
4. Simonovic, S.P. Managing water resources: Methods and tools for a
systems approach, UNESCO publishing, France 2009.
Jain, S.K. and Singh V. P. Water Resources Systems Planning and
Management, Elsevier 2003.
CIE 4075: BRIDGE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Investigation for bridge, Site selection, data drawing, design discharge
linear water way, Standard specification for Road Bridge as per IRC
Bridge code, load calculation, Design of pipe Culverts, Concrete Bridges-
Types, components and Design of T beam reinforced concrete bridges,
Pre stressed concrete bridges, Continuous bridges, cantilever bridges,
Design of Sub structure- Piers and Abutments, Caissons, scour, bridge
bearings, wing walls.
References:
1. T RJagadeesh, M A Jayaram, Design of Bridge Structures, PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2009
2. Ponnusamy S, Bridge Engineering Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,
New Delhi, 2008
3. Whitney, C.S, Bridges, Greenwich House, 1983
4. N.K.Raju, Design of bridges, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. ltd.
5. Indian Road Congress Codes No.5, 6, 18, 21, 24, Jamnagar House,
Shah Jahan Road, New Delhi
CIE 4076: COASTAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to coastal engineering, Origin of coasts, Coastal process,
wind, waves, Coastal erosion and Coastal protection work, littoral drift,
Seawalls and bulkheads, Groins, Jetties, off-shore breakwaters, artificial
beach nourishment, Environmental impact assessment, Port Planning,
Harbour structures: Berthing structures, Breakwaters: types.
References:
1. Dominic Reeve, Coastal Engineering, (3e), CRSC press, 2018
2. S. Narasimhan, S. Kathiroli, Nagendra Kumar B, Harbour and coastal
Engineering, Volume I & II, National Institute of Ocean Technology,
NIOT, Chennai, Ocean and Coastal Engineering Publications, 2002.
3. William kamphuis J, Introduction to coastal engineering and
management, (2e), world scientific publishing company, 2009.
4. Robert M Sorensen, Basic coastal engineering, (3e), Springer
publication, 2005.
5. Coastal Engineering Manual (CEM), U.S.Army Corps of Engineer,
Vicksburg, Miss, 2012.
6. Brunn P., Port Engineering Gulf, publishing Company, 1981.
CIE 4077: CONTRACT MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to contracts, Types of contracts, Tendering process,
Dispute resolution, Conciliation, International contracts / contracts with
international funding: International Competitive Bidding, Domestic
Preference, FIDIC Documents, Conditions, Currency of Bid and Payment,
Escalation in Foreign Currency, Financing of projects, Applicable Law
and Settlement of Disputes, International Arbitration.
References:
1. Prakash V. A., Contracts Management in Civil Engineering Projects,
NICMAR 1997
2. Patil B. S., Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates, University
Press. 2009
3. John G. Betty, Engineering Contracts, McGraw Hills., 1993
4. Vasavada B. J Engineering Contracts and Arbitration, (Self
Publication by Jyoti B.` Vasavada). .,1997
5. Albett Robert W., Engineering Contracts and Specifications, John
Willey and Sons, New York. 1961
6. Vaid K.N., Global perspective on International Construction
Contracting Technology and Project Management, NICMAR,
Mumbai. 1998
CIE 4078: ELEMENTS OF EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, seismic zoning map of India, seismic waves,
seismograms, earthquake magnitude and intensity, Introduction to
theory of vibrations, Primary and secondary effects of earthquake,
Lesson learnt from the past earthquakes, Equivalent static method (IS
1893), Ductile detailing of RC frames as per IS 13920 (1993),
Restoration and retrofitting of exciting structures
References:
1. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande, Earthquake Resistant
Design of Structures, Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited, New
Delhi, 2006
2. Murty, C.V.R, Earthquake Tips- Learning Earthquake Design and
Construction, National Information Centre of Ear thquake
Engineering, IIT Kanpur.2005
3. Varghese. P. C., Advanced reinforced concrete design, Prentice-Hall
of India Private Limited, New Delhi. 2005
4. Chopra A.K., Dynamics of Structures, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi.1996
5. IS:1893 (part 1)- 2002, “Criteria for earthquake resistant design of
structures”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
6. IS: 13920 – 1993, Ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structures
subjected to seismic forces- code of practice, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi
CIE 4079: FECAL SLUDGE AND SEPTAGE MANAGEMENT
Introduction to sanitation at global, national, state and ULB situation,
Components of FSSM such as characterization, collection,
transportation and treatment etc., Technology Options such as
technology systems end use, case studies, design, FSM plan, etc.,
Governance institutional, regulatory mechanism and finance, policy,
regulation, Act, programme, scheme etc., Case studies.
References:
1. Guidelines for Septage management in Maharashtra, 2016
2. Guidelines for ULB to implement Septage management in
98
Maharashtra, 2016
3. A toolkit on IFSN prepared by National Institute of Urban Affairs, 2016
CIE 4080: NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF CONCRETE
STRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, visual Inspection Technique, Half-Cell Electrical Potential
Method, Schmidt Rebound Hammer Test, Carbonation Depth
Measurement Test, Penetration Resistance or Windsor Probe Test,
Resistivity Measurement, Electromagnetic Methods of Testing Concrete,
Radiographic Testing, Ultrasonic Testing, Ground Penetrating.
References:
1. J.H.Bungey, The Testing of Concrete in Structures, (4e), Surry
University Press, 2006.
2. Guidebook on Non-Destructive Testing Of Concrete Structures,
Training Course Series No. 17, International Atomic Energy Agency,
Vienna, 2002.
3. Christiane Maierhofer, Hans-Wolf Reinhardt and Gerd Dobmann,
Non-Destructive Evaluation of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Vol.
1 & 2, (1e), Woodhead Publishing Limited, 2010.
4. V.M. Malhotra and N.J. Carino, Handbook on Nondestructive Testing
of Concrete, 2nd, CRC Press, 2003.
CIE 4081: REMOTE SENSING AND GIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Basic concepts of Remote sensing, Physics of Remote
sensing Orbits, Concept of Spatial, spectral, radiometric and temporal
resolution, Visual interpretation, basics of Digital Interpretation of
images, application of Toposheet in base map preparation,
Fundamentals of GIS, Objectives, Components of GIS, contributing
disciplines and technologies, Raster, Vector, Definitions of Triangular
irregular network (TIN) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM), Indian satellite
program, Launch vehicles, Exercise on Remote sensing and GIS
applications in Civil Engineering
References:
1. Lillesand T. M., and Kiefer, R.W. Remote Sensing and Image
interpretation, (6e), of John Wiley & Sons 2000
2. John R. Jensen, Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote
Sensing Perspective, (2e), 1995
3. Sabins, F. F. Jr, “Remote Sensing Principles and Image
interpretation”, W. H. Freeman & Co. 1978
4. Allan Brimicombe, “GIS Environmental Modeling and Engineering”,
Taylor & Francis, 2003
OPEN ELECTIVES
CIE 4301: AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION [3 0 0 3]
Definition, sources, classification, Behavior of air pollutants,
Meteorological variables, stability conditions, plume rise and stack
height, Effects of air pollution, Sampling, analysis and control, Global
effects of air pollution, Noise Pollution, Air and noise legislations
References:
1. Rao H.V.N. and Rao M.N, Air pollution, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi
1989.
2. Rao C.S., Environmental Pollution contro, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Delhi.1995.
3. Wark Kenneth and Wamer C.F, Air Pollution its Origin and Control.
Harper and Row, Publ.
4. Sincero. A. P.and Sincero G.A. Environmental Engineering. Prentice
Hall.
5. Air Pollution - Sampling and Analysis - APHA.
 CIE 4302: CONTRACT MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to contracts, Types of contracts, Tendering process,
Dispute resolution, Conciliation, International contracts / contracts with
international funding: International Competitive Bidding, Domestic
Preference, FIDIC Documents, Conditions, Currency of Bid and
Payment, Escalation in Foreign Currency, Financing of projects,
Applicable Law and Settlement of Disputes, International Arbitration.
References:
1. Prakash V. A., Contracts Management in Civil Engineering Projects,
NICMAR 1997
2. Patil B. S., Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates, University
Press 2009.
3. John G. Betty, Engineering Contracts, McGraw Hills 1993
4. Vasavada B. J. Engineering Contracts and Arbitration, (Self
Publication by Jyoti B.` Vasavada) 1997.
5. Albett Robert W., Engineering Contracts and Specifications, John
Willey and Sons, New York. \(1961
6. Vaid K.N., Global perspective on International Construction
Contracting Technology and Project Management, NICMAR, Mumbai.
1998
CIE 4303: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Overview of the state of the global environment, the earth's natural
systems, sustainability and sustainable development, environmental
management system (EMS), Environmental Ethics, Laws, International
Environmental Legislation, Life Cycle Assessment Components of LCA,
ISO 14000 series, Auditing, Environmental Economics and
environmental design-application.
References :
1. RamachandraT.V, Environmental Management, IISC Bangalore 2012
2. Lohani B.N., Environmental Quality Management, South Asian
Publishers, New Delhi.1984
3. MOEF, Government of India, Carrying Capacity Based Developmental
Planning Studies for the National Capital Region, 1995-96.
4. Chanlett, Environmental Protection, McGraw Hill Publication, New
York.1973
5. Environmental Laws-MOEF, Government of India
application, Triangular Irregular Network (TIN) and Digital elevation
models (DEM), In-class GIS Lab.
References:
1. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation – Lillesand, Kiefer and
Chipman
2. John R. Jensen, Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote
Sensing Perspective, (2e), 1995
3. Sabins, F. F. Jr, Remote Sensing Principles and Image interpretation,
W. H. Freeman & Co 1978
4. Allan Brimicombe, GIS Environmental Modeling and Engineering,
Taylor & Francis, 2003
CIE 4306: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, basics of Mechanics of Solids. Shear force diagram and
bending moment diagram for statically determinate beams, Stresses due
to bending, stresses due to shearing force. Slope and deflection of
beams. Torsion, solid and hollow circular shafts, power transmitted by
shafts. Variation of stress at a point, Bi-axial state of stress and strain.
Stability of columns, Slenderness ratio, failure by buckling, Euler's
formula, Rankine's empirical formula.
References:
1. Basavarajaiah B.S, amd Mahadevappa P., Strength of Materials,
University Press (India) Pvt. Ltd.,2010.
2. Ferdinand P. Beer, E. Russell Johnston and Jr.John T. D., Mechanics
of Materials, (3e), Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Andrew Pytel, Singer F. L., Strength of Materials Harper & Collins
1987.
4. Young D. H, Timoshenko S.P., Elements of Strength of Materials, East
West Press Pvt. Ltd., 2014.
5. Bansal R.K.,, A Textbook of Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications,
2014.
6. Rattan S.S., Strength of Materials McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt.
Ltd., 2013.

CIE 4304: GEOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS [3 0 0 3]

Introduction, Physical Geology: Origin of Earth, Interior structure of
Ear th. Seismology, Plate Tectonics, Ear thquakes. Tsunamis.
Introduction to minerals and rocks. Engineering properties of important
rocks. Weathering of rocks, Soil forming processes. Landforms and
processes associated with river, wind, and groundwater. Structural
Geology, Groundwater, .Engineering Geology, Landslides, Remote
sensing & GIS and their applications, Geophysical methods –Seismic
and electrical methods for subsurface investigations, engineering
solutions to control climate change.

References:
1. Parbin Singh, Engineering Geology, S.K. Kataria and Sons, New
Delhi. 2002
2. Mukherjee P.K., A text book of Geology, World Press, Kolkata 2003
3. Venkata Reddy D., Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering, Oxford
and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1995

CIE 4305: INTRODUCTION TO REMOTE SENSING AND GIS [3 0 0 3]

Introduction, basic concepts of remote sensing, orbits, concepts of
spatial, radiometric and temporal resolution, Remote sensing data
product and its purchase, visual interpretation, Fundamentals of GIS,
Components of GIS, Raster and Vector Images, Remote sensing an GIS

99
 Department of Computer Science and Engineering

The B.Tech degree program in Computer Science and Engineering was Programs offered
started in the year 1985 under the Dept. of Electronics and
Communication. The Department of Computer Science & Engineering Under Graduate Program
(CSE) came into existence as an independent department in 1988. Over 4B.Tech in Computer Science and Engineering (1985)
the years, the department has developed to become a center of Post Graduate Programs
excellence providing in-depth technical knowledge and opportunities for 4M.Tech in Computer Science and Engineering (1989)
innovation and research with well-equipped computer facilities and 4M.Tech in Computer Science and Information Security (2010)
dedicated faculty. The department has tie-up with various industries and PhD
offers electives in collaboration with the industries. The department has
strong research interest in diverse areas of Computer Science and also Faculty Strength
offers a PhD Program. Great emphasis is given on the emerging, Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
interdisciplinary, cutting edge areas of research in the department. The
focus areas of research are High Performance Computing System,
Computer Vision, Software Engineering, Knowledge Engineering, 17 9
7
Computer Networks and Security and Machine Learning. The research
45 46
activities of the faculty members and the students have resulted in more
than 400 publications in International Conferences as well as Journals.
Students are encouraged to participate in co-curricular and
extracurricular activities. The department coordinates the activities of the
student clubs IE(CSE), Linux Users Group and ACM student Chapter. PhD Professors
Students are placed in reputed industries like Microsoft, Amazon, M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
Deloitte, Oracle, Cisco, Samsung etc. Assistant Professors

100
 B TECH in COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2155 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2256 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
CSE 2151 Computer Organization & Architecture 3 1 0 4 CSE 2251 Database Systems 2 1 0 3
CSE 2152 Data Structures and Applications 3 1 0 4 CSE 2252 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 1 0 4
CSE 2153 Digital System Design 3 1 0 4 CSE 2253 Embedded Systems 3 1 0 4
II CSE 2154 Object Oriented Programming 3 1 0 4 CSE 2254 Formal Languages and Automata Theory 2 1 0 3
CSE 2161 Data Structures Lab 0 0 3 1 **** Open Elective – I 3
CSE 2162 Digital System Design Lab 0 0 3 1 CSE 2261 Algorithms Lab 0 0 3 1
CSE 2163 Object Oriented Programming Lab 0 0 3 1 CSE 2262 Database Systems Lab 0 0 6 2
CSE 2164 Open Source Technologies Lab 1 0 3 2 CSE 2263 Embedded Systems Lab 0 0 3 1
15 5 12 24 12 5 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 32 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 26 + 3 = 29
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3051 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
CSE 3151 Compiler Design 2 1 0 3 CSE 3251 Distributed Systems 3 1 0 4

101
CSE 3152 Computer Networks 2 1 0 3 CSE 3252 Parallel Computer Architecture and Programming 2 1 0 3
CSE 3153 Operating Systems 2 1 0 3 CSE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3
III CSE 3154 Software Engineering 2 1 0 3 CSE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective – II 3 **** Open Elective – III 3
CSE 3161 Compiler Design Lab 0 0 6 2 CSE 3261 Distributed Systems Lab 0 0 3 1
CSE 3162 Computer Networks Lab 0 0 6 2 CSE 3262 Internet Technologies Lab 1 0 3 2
CSE 3163 Operating Systems Lab 0 0 6 2 CSE 3263 Parallel Programming Lab 0 0 3 1
10 5 9 24 14 3 9 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 24 + 3 = 27 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 26 + 3 = 29
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
CSE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 CSE 4298 Industrial Training 1
CSE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 CSE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
CSE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 CSE 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
CSE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
CSE **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) +OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specializations CSE 4069: Human Computer Interface
CSE 4070: Information Retrieval
I. Computer Graphics & Visualization CSE 4071: Microcontroller
CSE 4051: Augmented and Virtual Reality CSE 4072: Multimedia Technologies
ICT 4033: Computer Graphics CSE 4073: Pervasive Computing
ICT 4031: Computer Vision CSE 4074: Social Network Analysis
CSE 4052: Digital Image Processing CSE 4075: Software Architecture
CSE 4076: Software Testing and Analysis
II. Computational Intelligence CSE 4077: Storage Device and Technology
CSE 4053: Artificial Intelligence CSE 4078: Wireless Networks
ICT 4031: Computer Vision
ICT 4032: Machine Learning Open Electives
CSE 4054: Soft Computing Paradigms CSE 4301: Essentials of Industrial Computing
CSE 4302: Essentials of IT
III. Computer Networks and Security CSE 4303: Linux Programming
CSE 4055: Advanced Computer Networks CSE 4304: Principles of Database Systems
CSE 4056: Information Security CSE 4305: Principles of Soft computing
CSE 4057: Internet of Things CSE 4306: Principles of Software Engineering
CSE 4058: Principles of Cryptography CSE 4307: Programming in C#
CSE 4308: Programming in Java
IV. Data Analytics CSE 4309: Python Programming
CSE 4059: Big Data Analytics CSE 4310: Web Programming
ICT 4031: Computer Vision
CSE 4060: Data Warehouse and Data Mining
CSE 4061: Natural Language Processing

V. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound

VI. Business Management

HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management

VII. Computational Mathematics

MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices
Programme Electives
CSE 4062: Android Application Development
CSE 4063: Cloud Computing
CSE 4064: Deep Learning
CSE 4065: Design Patterns
CSE 4066: Ethical Hacking and Cyber Security
CSE 4067: Game Programming
CSE 4068: High Performance Computer Architecture

102

THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2155: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III [2 1 0 3]
Boolean Algebra: Partial ordering relations, Poset, Lattices, Basic
Properties of Lattices. Distributive and complemented lattices, Boolean
lattices and Boolean Algebra. Propositional and Predicate Calculus: Well-
formed formula, connectives, quantifications, Inference theory of
propositional and predicate calculus. Elementary configuration:
Permutations and Combinations, Generating function, Principle of
inclusion and exclusion Partitions, compositions. Ordering of
permutations: Lexicographical and Fikes. Graph theory: Basic
definitions, Degree, regular graphs, Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs,
Trees and Properties, Center, radius and diameter of a graph, Rooted and
binary trees, Matrices associated with graphs, Algorithms for finding
shortest path, Algorithm. Group theory: Semi groups, Monoids, Groups-
subgroups, Normal Subgroups, Cosets, Lagrange's Theorem, Cyclic
groups.
References:
1. C.L.Liu, Elements of Discrete Mathematics, (2e), Mc Graw Hill, New
Delhi, 2007
2. J.P.Trembaly and R.Manohar, Discrete Mathematics Structures with
application to computer science, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2012
3. E.S.Page and L.B.Wilson, An Introduction to Computational
Combinatorics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979
4. Narasingh Deo, Graph theory with Applications to computer science,
PHI, 2012
CSE 2151: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND
ARCHITECTURE [3 1 0 4]
Number Representation and Arithmetic Operations, Character
Representation, Memory locations and addresses, Memory operations,
Addressing modes, CISC and RISC. Hardware for addition and
subtraction, Multiplication, Hardware implementation, Booth's
algorithm, Division, Floating point representation, IEEE standard floating
point representation, Floating point arithmetic. Bus organization,
comparison of hardwired and micro-programmed approach, hardwired
control design, Booths multiplier design, Micro-programmed multiplier
control unit. Internal organization of memory chips, Structure of Larger
Memories, Cache mapping functions, Replacement algorithms, Virtual
memories. Accessing I/O devices, Interrupts, Enabling and Disabling
Interrupts, DMA. Pipeline Organization, Data Dependencies, Handling
Data Dependencies, Hardware Multithreading, SIMD Processing,
Graphics Processing Units (GPUs), Shared Memory Multiprocessors,
Interconnection Networks, Cache Coherence, Write-Through Protocol,
Write-Back protocol, Directory-Based Cache Coherence.
References:
1. Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic and SafwatZaky, Computer
Organization and Embedded Systems, (6e), McGraw Hill
Publication, 2012
2. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture –
Designing for Performance, (9e), PHI, 2015
3. Mohammed Rafiquzzaman and Rajan Chandra, Modern Computer
Architecture, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2010
4. D.A. Patterson and J.L.Hennessy, Computer Organization and
Design-The Hardware/Software Interface, (5e), Morgan Kaufmann,
2014
5. J.P.Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization, McGraw Hill
Publication, 1998
103
CSE 2152: DATA STRUCTURES AND APPLICATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction - Pointers and Pointer Application, Accessing variables
through pointers, pointers to pointers, pointer arithmetic and arrays,
pointers and functions, Recursion- definition, recursive programs,
efficiency of recursion, Stacks, queues, evaluation of expressions,
multiple stacks and queues and its application, Linked lists
representations- Singly, doubly, header node, circular along with the
applications, Trees-Binary trees, representation, recursive/ non
recursive inorder, preorder and post order tree traversal, level order
traversal, Binary search tree, creation, insertion deletion operations on
binary search tree, Additional Binary Tree Operations, Threaded Binary
Tree and applications and Introduction to the concepts of Optimal Binary
Search Trees.
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg, A Structured Programming
Approach Using C, (3e), Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd, India, 2007
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan Anderson and Freed,
Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, (2e), Silicon Press, 2007
3. Richard F. Gilberg, Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data structures, A
Pseudocode Approach with C, (2e), Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd,
India , 2009
4. Tenenbaum Aaron M., Langsam Yedidyah, Augenstein Moshe J.,
Data structures using C, Pearson Prentice Hall of India Ltd., 2007
5. Debasis Samanta, Classic Data Structures, (2e), PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., India, 2010
CSE 2153: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Brief overview of Logic gates, Truth Tables, Sum-of-Products and
Product-of-Sums forms, K-Map Simplification, Incompletely Specified
Functions, Fan-in, Factoring, Functional decomposition, Multilevel NAND
and NOR Circuits, Addition of unsigned and signed numbers, BCD
Adder, Fast adder, Array multiplier, Multiplexer, Decoder, Encoder, Code
converter, Arithmetic comparison circuits, Flip-Flops, Design of
Synchronous Sequential Circuits-State reduction, State assignment,
Ripple Counters, Registers, Shift Registers, Ring and Johnson Counters,
Verilog for combinational and sequential circuits, Algorithmic State
Machine Charts, Transistor Switches, NMOS, CMOS Logic Gates,
Programmable Logic Devices, Transmission Gates, Tri-state drivers,
Practical aspects, Simple processor and Bit count circuit design
References:
1. Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic
with Verilog Design,(3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2014
2. Morris Mano M., Digital Design, (2e), PHI Learning, 2000
3. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw Hill,
2003
4. John F. Wakerly, Digital design - Principles and practice, (4e),
Pearson Education, 2013
CSE 2154: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to OOP, Java Programming Fundamentals, Data types &
Operators, Control structures, Introducing Classes, Objects and
Methods, Inheritance: Inheritance basics, Constructors, Interfaces:
Fundamentals, creating and implementing an interface, Packages:
Fundamentals, packages and member access, Exception
handling:Exception hierarchy and fundamentals, try block, multiple
catch clauses, throw and throws, finally, user defined
exceptions,Multithreaded Programming: Multithreading fundamentals,
creating threads, thread priorities, synchronization, thread
communication, Generics: Generic fundamentals, Generic class,
References:
1. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe, Durvasula V L N Somayajulu,
Shyam K Gupta, Fundamentals of Database Systems, (6e), Pearson
Education, United States of America, 2011
2. Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, Database Systems – A Practical
Approach to Design, Implementation and Management, (4e),
Pearson Education, England, 2005
3. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, Database Systems–Design,
Implementation and Management, (10e), Course Technology,
Boston, 2013.
CSE 2252: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS [3 1 0 4]
Fundamentals of Algorithms, Important Problem Types, Analysis of
algorithm efficiency. Analysis Framework: Asymptotic Notations and
Basic Efficiency Classes, Mathematical Analysis of Nonrecursive and
Recursive Algorithms. Brute force Techniques, Divide and Conquer,
Decrease and Conquer: Insertion Sort, Depth First Search, Breadth First
Search, Topological Sorting. Transform and Conquer: Presorting, BST,
Heapsort. Space and Time tradeoffs: Input Enhancement in String
Matching. Dynamic Programming: Warshall's and Floyd's Algorithms,
The Knapsack Problem. Greedy Techniques: Prim's, Kruskal's and
Dijkstra's Algorithm, Huffman Trees. Coping with limitations of
algorithmic power, P, NP,and NP-complete Problems, Backtracking:
n–Queens problem, Hamiltonian Circuit Problem, Subset–Sum Problem.
BranchandBound: Assignment Problem, Knapsack Problem, TSP.
References:
1. Anany Levitin, Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms,
(3e), Pearson Education, 2011
2. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, Computer Algorithms/C++, (2e),
University Press, 2007.
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L, Rivest, Clifford
Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, (2e), PHI, 2006
CSE 2253: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to microprocessors, 8086 internal architecture,
Introduction to programming the 8086, Addressing modes, assembler
and assembler directives, 8086 instruction set-data transfer, arithmetic,
bit manipulation, program execution transfer. Microcontrollers,
differences between microprocessors and microcontrollers, an
overview of ARM-Cortex- M architecture, The RISC and ARM design
philosophy, ARM addressing modes, Instruction set-data transfer,
arithmetic and logical, shift and rotate, branch instructions, Functions,
Conditional execution, Input/output (I/O) and Timer/counter
programming, I/O interfacing: LED, LCD, keyboard, stepper motor, ADC,
and DAC, PWM, UART, Hardware and software synchronization,
Multithreading, NVIC, Interrupts.
References:
1. Douglas V. Hall and S S S P Rao, Microprocessors and
Interfacing,(3e), McGraw Hill 2012.
2. Jonathan W. Valvano., Embedded systems: real-time interfacing to
ARM Cortex-M microcontrollers, (4e), Createspace Independent
Publishing Platform, 2014.
3. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, Sepehr Naimi, Janice Mazidi,
ARM Assembly Language Programming & Architecture, (2e),
MicroDigitalEd, 2016
4. UM10360, LPC 176x/5x User Manual, NXP Semiconductors, Rev.
3.1, 2014.
5. Jonathan W. Valvano: Embedded systems: Introduction to Arm(r)
Cortex-M Microcontrollers, (5e), Createspace Independent
publishing platform, June 2017.
6. Toulson and Tim Wilmshurst., Fast and Effective Embedded System
Design applying the ARM mbed, Elsevier, 2017.
104
CSE 2254: FORMAL LANGUAGES AND
AUTOMATA THEORY [2 1 0 3]
Three Basic concepts, DFA,NFA and Equivalence of DFA and NFA, State
Reduction, Regular Expressions, connection between regular
expressions and regular languages, regular grammars, closure
properties of regular languages, Identifying Non-regular languages,
Context-Free grammars, Parsing and Ambiguity, Context-Free
Grammars and programming languages, Methods for transforming
Grammars, NPDA, Push Down Automata and Context-Free Languages,
DPDA, Pumping Lemmas, Closure properties and Decision Algorithms
for Context-Free Languages, The Standard Turing Machine,
Nondeterministic Turing Machines, Linear Bounded Automata,
Recursive and Recursively Enumerable Languages, Unrestricted
grammars, Context-Sensitive Grammars and Languages, Chomsky
Hierarchy.
References:
1. Peter Linz, an Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata, (6e),
Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2016
2. John C Martin, Introduction to Languages and the Theory of
Computation, (3e), McGraw Hill,India, 2007
3. J E Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani & Jeffrey D Ullman, Introduction to
Automata Theory, Languages and Computation, (3e), Pearson
Education, 2006
4. K.L.P. Mishra, N.Chandrashekharan, Theory of Computer Science,
(3e), PHI publications, 2007
5. Michael Sipser, Theory of Computation, Cengage Learning, 2007
CSE 2261: ALGORITHMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Implement a doubly linked list & BST, GCD Techniques, Bubble sort,
Selection sort, Linear search, String Matching, sorting algorithms, DFS,
BFS, Topological sorting, AVL tree, 2-3 tree, Horspool algorithm, Open
hash table, Floyd's algorithm, Warshall's algorithm, Greedy Techniques,
Dijkstra's algorithm, Backtracking.
References:
1. Anany Levitin, Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms,
(3e), Pearson Education, India, 2011.
2. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, Computer Algorithms/C++, (2e),
University Press, 2007
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L, Rivest, Clifford
Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, (2e), PHI, 2006
CSE 2262: DATABASE SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 6 2]
MS Access, Introduction to SQL, Intermediate SQL, Integrity Constraints
in SQL, Additional Exercises on SQL, PL/SQL Basics, Exception Handling
and Cursors, Additional Cursors constructs and Transactions,
Procedures, Functions and Packages, Triggers, Mini Project.
References:
1. Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, (6e),
McGraw-Hill, 2011
2. Ivan Bayross, SQL, PL/SQL, (2e/3e), BPB Publications
3. G. Reese, Database Programming with JDBS and Java, (2e), O'Reilly,
2000
CSE 2263: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Basics of assembly language programming, data transfer, arithmetic
operations, logical instructions, branch instructions, code conversion,
packing and unpacking, sorting, searching, recursion, I/O interfacing of
LEDs, LCD, keyboard, 7 segment display, stepper motor, DAC and ADC,
PWM.
References:
1. Douglas V. Hall and S S S P Rao, Microprocessors and
Interfacing,(3e), McGraw Hill 2012.
2. Jonathan W. Valvano., Embedded systems: real-time interfacing to
bounded types, wildcards, Generic methods, Generic restrictions, GUI
Programming with Javafx: Introducing Javafx: Basic concepts,
Application Skeleton, Using buttons and events, Exploring Javafx
Controls, CERT Java Coding Standard: Rules and Recommendations.
References:
1. Herbert Schildt and Dale Skrien, Java Fundamentals – A
Comprehensive Introduction, (1e), McGrawHill, 2015
2. Herbert Schildt, Java The Complete Reference, (10e), Tata
McGrawHill, 2017
3. Fred Long, Dhruv Mohindra, Ebook: CERT Oracle Secure Coding
Standard for Java, Addison Wesley, 2013
4. Fred Long, Dhruv Mohindra, Ebook: Java Coding Guidelines: 75
Recommendations for Reliable and Secure Programs, Addison
Wesley, 2014
5. Herbert Schield, Java A beginner's Guide, (6e), 2014
6. Dietel and Dietel, Java How to Program, (9e), Prentice Hall India,
2012
CSE 2161: DATA STRUCTURES LAB [0 0 3 1]
Reviewing the concepts of pointers, structures and recursion, Studying
the operation of stacks and queues and the associated application
programs, Creating dynamic allocation of memory for linked list and
applying it to examples using singly, doubly and circular linked list and
their applications, Creation of binary trees and the application associated
with the trees.
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg, A Structured Programming
Approach Using C, (3e), Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd, India, 2007
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan Anderson and Freed,
Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, (2e), Silicon Press, 2007
3. Richard F. Gilberg, Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data structures, A
Pseudocode Approach with C, (2e), Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd,
India, 2009
4. Tenenbaum Aaron M., Langsam Yedidyah, Augenstein Moshe J.,
Data structures using C, Pearson Prentice Hall of India Ltd., 2007
5. Debasis Samanta, Classic Data Structures, (2e), PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., India, 2010
CSE 2162: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB [0 0 3 1]
Simulation of Logic Circuits Using Verilog: Verification of Logic Gates
and logic expressions, Simplification of Expressions using Kmap: SOP
and POS Forms, Multilevel NAND, NOR Circuits, Arithmetic Circuits: Half
Adder, Full Adder, Multi-Bit Adder/Subtractor, BCD Adder, Multiplexers,
Decoders and Encoders, Code Converters and Comparator, Flip-Flops:
D, JK, and T Flip-Flops, Registers: Shift Register, Ring Counter, Johnson
Counter, Binary Counters, Simple processor design
References:
1. Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, Fundamentals of Digital Logic
with Verilog Design, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2014
2. Morris Mano M., Digital Design, (2e), PHI Learning 2000
CSE 2163: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Simple Java programs using control structures and Arrays, Programs
using Classes, objects, methods, Programs on Constructors and static
members, Programs using Inheritance, Packages, Interfaces and
Generics, Programs using Exceptions and Multithreading, GUI based
programs using Javafx
105
References:
1. Herbert Schildt and Dale Skrien, Java Fundamentals – A
Comprehensive Introduction, (1e), McGrawHill, 2015
2. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference JAVA 2, (10e), Tata
McGrawHill, 2017
3. Dietel and Dietel, Java How to Program, (9e), Prentice Hall India,
2012
CSE 2164: OPEN SOURCE TECHNOLOGIES LAB [1 0 3 2]
Vim, emacs, HTML, CSS, Report and presentation software: latex,
beamer, drawing software, IDE, code reading, debugging, Basic Java,
Java collections, interfaces, Java threads, Java GUI, Introduction to
documentation, Version management, Unix basics, Unix tools, Bash
scripting, Unix pipes, Python programming, Makefile, libraries and
linking, Graph plotting software, Profiling tools.
References:
1. Online tutorials for HTML/CSS, Inkscape, OODraw
2. Unix Man Pages for all unix tools
3. Advanced Bash Scripting Guide from the Linux Documentation
Project (www.tldp.org).
4. The Python Tutorial Online Book
(http://docs.python.org/3/tutorial/index.html).
5. The Java Tutorials (http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/).
6. Leslie Lamport, Latex - A document preparation system, Leslie
Lamport, (2e), Addison-Wesley 1994
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2256: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV [2 1 0 3]
Basic Set theory, Axioms of probability, Sample space, conditional
probability, total probability theorem, Baye's theorem. One dimensional
and two dimensional random variables, mean and variance, properties,
Chebyschev's inequality, correlation coefficient, Distributions, Binomial,
Poisson, Normal and Chisquare. Functions of random variables: One
dimensional and Two dimensional, F & T distributions , Moment
generating functions, Sampling theory, Central limit theorem, Point
estimation, MLE, Interval estimation, Test of Hypothesis : significance
level, certain best tests; Chi square test.
References:
1. P.L.Meyer, Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications,
(2e), Oxford and IBH publishing, 1980
2. Miller, Freund and Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers,
(8e), PHI, 2011.
3. Hogg and Craig, Introduction to mathematical statistics, (6e),
Pearson education, 2012
4. Ross Sheldon M, Introduction to Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists, Elseveir, 2010
CSE 2251: DATABASE SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Database-System Applications, Database Languages, Relational
Databases, Database Design, Data Storage and Querying, Database
Architecture, Database Schemas, Keys, Relational Query Languages,
Relational Operations, Overview of the Design Process, The Entity-
Relationship Model, Extended E-R Features, Reduction to Relational
Schemas, Features of Good Relational Design, Atomic Domains and
Normalization, File concepts, Indices Concept, Static Hashing, Dynamic
Hashing, Comparison of Ordered Indexing and Hashing, Bitmap Indices,
Transaction Concept, Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and
Atomicity, Recovery algorithm, Overview, Measuring of Query Cost,
Selection Operation, Sorting, Join Operation, Evaluation of Expressions.
 ARM Cortex-M microcontrollers, (4e),Createspace Independent
Publishing Platform, 2014.
3. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, Sepehr Naimi, Janice Mazidi ,
ARM Assembly Language Programming & Architecture, (2e),
MicroDigitalEd, 2016
4. UM10360, LPC 176x/5x User Manual, NXP Semiconductors, Rev.
3.1, 2014.
5. Jonathan W. Valvano: Embedded systems: Introduction to Arm(r)
Cortex-M Microcontrollers, (5e), Createspace Independent
publishing platform, June 2017.
6. Toulson and Tim Wilmshurst., Fast and Effective Embedded System
Design applying the ARM mbed, Elsevier, 2017.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour &styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business& multinational corporations,
Unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections.
References:
1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich., Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker., Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, New York, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker., The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, New
York 2004.
CSE 3151: COMPILER DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Language Processors, The Structure of a Compiler, Lexical
Analysis: Role of the Lexical Analyzer, Input Buffering, Recognition of
Tokens, Design of Lexical Analyzer Generator, LEX Syntax Analysis:
Introduction, Writing a Grammar, Parser Generator YACC, Top Down
Parsing, Bottom Up Parsing, Introduction to LR parsing, More powerful
LR parsers, Syntax-Directed Translation: Syntax-Directed Definitions,
Application of Syntax- Directed Translation, Intermediate Code
Generation: Variants of Syntax Trees, Three Address Code, Types and
Declarations, Code Generation: Issues in Design of Code Generator, The
Target Language, Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs, Optimization of Basic
Blocks, Peephole Optimization.
References:
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman,
Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools, (2e), Pearson
Education, 2010
2. Kenneth C. Louden, Compiler Construction - Principles and Practice,
(1e), Thomson, 2007.
3. Allen L. Holub, Compiler design in 'C', (2e), Prentice hall,1990.
4. John R. Levine, Tony Manson, Doug Brown, LEX & YACC, (2e), O
Reilly Media, 2012.
5. Vinu V. Das, Compiler Design using FLEX and YACC, Prentice-Hall,
2007
106
CSE 3152: COMPUTER NETWORKS [2 1 0 3]
What Is the Internet? The Network Core, Protocol Layers and their
Service Models, History of Computer Networking, and the Internet.
Principles of Network Applications, The Web and HTTP, File Transfer: FTP,
Electronic Mail in the Internet, SMTP, DNS, Peer-to-Peer Applications,
Network Socket Programming. Introduction and Transport-Layer
Services, Connectionless Transport: UDP, Principles of Reliable Data
Transfer, Connection Oriented Transport: TCP, Principles of Congestion
Control, TCP Congestion Control,Virtual Circuit and Datagram Networks,
What's Inside a Router? The Internet Protocol (IP), Datagram Format,
IPv4 Addressing, Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), IPv6,
Routing Algorithms, Introduction to the Link Layer, Error-Detection and -
Correction Techniques, Multiple Access Links and Protocols, Switched
Local Area Networks- Link- Layer Addressing and ARP, Ethernet, Link-
Layer Switches, Virtual Local Area Networks(VLANs), Introduction to
Physical Layer and Transmission Media.
References:
1. James F. Kurose & Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking A Top-Down
Approach, (6e), Pearson Education, 2013
2. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks- A
Systems approach, (5e), Elsevier, 2016
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Firouz Mosharraf, Computer Networks A top
Down Approach, Mc-Graw Hill, 2012
4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum & David J. Wetherall, Computer Networks,
(5e), Pearson Education, 2013
CSE 3153: OPERATING SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Operating System Structure and Operations, Process Management,
Memory Management, Storage Management, Operating System
Services, User Operating System Interfaces, Types of System Calls,
System Programs, Operating System Structure, System Boot ,Overview,
Process Scheduling, Operations on Processes, Inter-process
Communication, Multithreaded Models, Thread Libraries, Scheduling
Algorithms, Thread Scheduling, Linux scheduling, Critical Section
Problem, Peterson's Solution, Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores,
Logical Versus Physical Address Space, Segmentation, Contiguous
Memory Allocation, Paging, Structure of Page Table, Segmentation,
Demand Paging, Copy-On-Write, Page Replacement, Allocation of
Frames, Thrashing, Disk Scheduling, Swap-Space Management,
System Model, Deadlock: Deadlock prevention, Avoidance, Detection,
Recovery, File Concept, Protection.
References:
1. Silberschatz, P. B. Galvin and G. Gagne, Operating System Concepts,
(9e), Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pvt Ltd, 2013.
2. Milan Milenkovic, Operating systems: Concepts and Design,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1987
3. H. M. Dietel, An Introduction to Operating Systems, Addison Wesley,
1990.
4. Andrew S. Tannebaum, Operating System: Design and
Implementation, (3e), Prentice Hall of India, 2008
5. Maurice J Bach, Design of UNIX Operating System, Prentice Hall of
India, 1988
CSE 3154: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Evolution of engineering discipline, Software development Projects,
Exploratory style of software development, Waterfall model and its
extensions, Rapid Application Development, Agile development models,
Spiral Model, Requirement Analysis And Specification, Software Design,
Overview of the design Process, Cohesion and coupling, Layered
arrangement of modules, Approaches to software design, Function-
Oriented Software Design, Structured analysis, Developing the DFD
Model of a system, Structured design, Detailed design, Design review,
Object Modelling Using UML: UML, UML diagrams, Use case model,
Class diagrams, Interaction diagrams, Activity Diagram, State chart
diagram, Postscript, Design Patterns, An Object-Oriented Analysis and
Design (OOAD) Methodology, Code review.
References:
1. Rajib Mall, Fundamentals of Software Engineering, (4e), PHI
Learning, 2014
2. Hans Van Vliet, Software Engineering: Principles and Practice, (3e),
Wiley India, 2012
3. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering - A Practitioner's
Approach, (7e), McGraw-Hill International Edition, 2010
4. Bernd Bruegge, Allen H. Dutoit, Object-Oriented Software
Engineering using UML Patterns and Java, (2e), Pearson Publication,
2011
5. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, (9e), Addison-Wesley, 2011
6. Nooper Davis, Secure Software Development Life Cycle Processes,
Software Engineering Institute, Carnegie Mellon University, 2013.
7. Julie Cohen, Dan Plakosh, Kristi Keeler, Robustness Testing of
Software-Intensive Systems: Explanation and Guide, Carnegie
Mellon University, 2005.
CSE 3161: COMPILER DESIGN LAB [0 0 6 2]
Implement all the phases of a Mini compiler for a Language under Linux
environment using compiler construction tools.This includes
Preliminary Scanning Applications, Identification of Tokens in a given
Program, Design & Implementation of Lexical Analyzer using Lex, Design
& Implementation of Parser using Yacc, Generation of intermediate code
and code generation.
References:
1. Allen L. Holub, Compiler design in 'C', (2e), Prentice hall, 1990
2. John R. Levine, Tony Manson, Doug Brown, LEX & YACC, (2e), O
Reilly Media, 2012
3. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman,
Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools, (2e), Pearson
Education, 2010
4. Kenneth C. Louden, Compiler Construction - Principles and Practice,
(1e), Thomson, 2007
CSE 3162: COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Socket Programming Using UDP Protocols study various Network
packets exchanged using wireshark/tcpdump. Simple Client -Server
Programs, Concurrent Server implementations Socket Programming
Using TCP Protocols and study various Network packets exchanged
using wireshark/tcpdump. Simple Client -Server Programs, Concurrent
Server implementations, Simple Network Application Program
Development like FTP Network Design Experiments and Packet
Monitoring Experiments with simulation tools like GNS3, Wireshark,
tcpdump and NS2 or NS3 etc: Experiments to study Classful IPv4
Addressing, CIDR Notation Addressing, Subnetwork and Supernet work
Design. Experiments to study working of Hubs, Bridges, Switches etc
Devices. Configuration of Common Network Services like FTP, SSH,
TELNET, DHCP Servers in Linux Operating systems.
References:
1. W. Richard Stevens, UNIX Network Programming, Volume 1: The
Sockets Networking API, (3e), Addison-Wesley Professional
Computing, 2003
2. Prof. Dayanand Ambawade, Deven N.Shah & Kogent Learning
Solutions Inc, Linux Lab: Hands on Linux, Dreamtech Press,2009
CSE 3163: OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Linux basic commands shell concepts and file filters, shell scripting-
1,shell scripting-2, linux system calls ,thread programming,
interprocess communication, process synchronization, cpu scheduling
algorithms, deadlock algorithms, memory management schemes, page
replacement algorithms, disk scheduling algorithms.
107
References:
1. Maurice Bach, Design of Unix Operating System, Prentice Hall India
Learning Private Limited, 2015
2. Graham Glass, Unix for Programmers and Users- A complete guide,
(3e), Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited, 2003
3. Sumitabha Das, Unix concepts and applications, (4e), McGraw Hill
Education, 2017
4. Neil Matthew, Richard Stones, Beginning Linux Programming,
(4e),Wiley Publication, 2007
5. A. Silberschatz, P. B. Galvin and G. Gagne, Operating System
Concepts, (9e), Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pte Ltd, 2013
6. Rachel Morgan- Unix System, McGraw Hill Education, 2007
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
CSE 3251: DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Design Goals, Types, Architectural Styles, Introduction to Erlang
programming, syntax, functional programming, importance of
recursion, collections, map/filter/reduce, conditional expressions and
pattern matching, Processes, Threads, Virtualization, Clients, Servers,
Code Migration, Erlang processes and process management, messages
in Erlang, Remote procedure call, Message-oriented & Multicast
communication, Distributed Objects & Remote Invocation, Names,
Identifiers and Addresses, Flat naming, Structured naming, OTP
behaviours, network programming in Erlang, working with Erlang nodes,
creating and deploying Erlang applications, Distributed File Systems, File
service architecture, Case study: Sun Network File System, Clock
synchronization, Logical clocks, Mutual exclusion, Election algorithms,
Consistency & Replication, Data-centric & Client-centric consistency
models, Replica management, Consistency protocols.
References:
1. Maarten van Steen and Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Distributed System,s
(3e), CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, February 2017.
2. Coulouris G., Dollimore J., and Kindberg T., Distributed Systems –
Concepts and Design, (4e), Pearson, 2009.
3. Joe Armstrong, Programming Erlang - Software for a Concurrent
World, (2e), The Pragmatic Programmers, 2013.
4. Ajay D. Kshemkalyani, and Mukesk Singhal, Distributed Computing:
Principles, Algorithms, and Systems, Cambridge University Press;
Reissue edition, March 2011.
5. Mei- Ling Liu, Distributed Computing: Principles and Application,
Pearson Education, Inc. New Delhi. 2004.
6. Learn You Some Erlang For Great Good!
(http://learnyousomeerlang.com/content)
CSE 3252: PARALLEL COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
AND PROGRAMMING [2103]
Introduction to parallel processing, SIMD Computer Organizations,
Parallel Algorithms for Array processors, SIMD Matrix multiplication. MPI
basic data types and functions, benchmarking parallel performance, MPI
error handling functions. GPUs as parallel computers, Architecture of a
modern GPU. OpenCL standard, OpenCL specification, Kernels and
openCL execution model, Program layout, Memory model, Writing
Kernels, OpenCL Device Architecture, OpenCL APIs and programs,
CUDA Program Structure, Device memories and Data transfer, Kernel
functions and Threads, Runtime APIs and Error Handling. CUDA Thread
Organization, CUDA Device Memory types.
References:
1. Kai Hwang and Faye A. Briggs, Computer Architecture and Parallel
Processing, TMH Private Ltd., 2012.
2. V. Rajaraman, C. Siva Ram Murthy, Parallel Computers Architecture
and Programming Prentice-Hall India, 2000
3. Michael J. Quinn, Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP,
McGraw Hill Edition, 2003.
4. Benedict R. Gaster, Lee Howes, David R, Perhaad Mistry, Dana
Schaa, Heterogeneous Computing with OpenCL, Elsevier Inc., 2012
5. D. Kirk and W. Hwu, Programming Massively Parallel Processors –A
Hands-on approach, Elsevier Inc., 2010
CSE 3261: DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to Erlang: Erlang syntax, Erlang shell, atoms, values,
operators, functions, modules. Functional programming: recursion,
collections, map/filter/reduce, pattern matching, case and other
conditional expressions. Processes: process spawning, PIDs, sending
and receiving messages. OTP (Open Telecom Platform) behaviours:
supervisor, gen_server. Networking in Erlang: sockets, TCP gen_server.
Erlang nodes: node naming, starting nodes, connecting to nodes, remote
shells, messaging nodes. Erlang applications: creating applications,
packaging applications, building. Implementation of classic distributed
computing algorithms in Erlang.
References:
1. Joe Armstrong, Programming Erlang, (2e), Software for a
Concurrent World, Pragmatic Programmers LLC, 2013.
2. Learn You Some Erlang For Great Good!
(http://learnyousomeerlang.com/content, accessed on 27th
December, 2017)
CSE 3262: INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES LAB [1 0 3 2]
Introduction to HTML5, CSS AND Javascript. C# programming -
variables, operations, conditional logics, loops, functions, arrays,
classes, inheritance and polymorphism. Web forms and web controls,
state management, validation, themes and master page. Introduction to
the ADO.NET fundamentals, working with database, SQLDataSource
control. Introduction to File, XML, MVC and developing AJAX web
applications. Developing the mini project using web concepts.
108
References:
1. Matthew MacDonald, Beginning ASP.NET 4.5 in C#, Apress, 2012
2. Jason N. Gaylord, Christian Wenz, Pranav Rastogi, Todd Miranda,
Scott Hanselman, Professional ASP.NET 4.5 in C# and VB, Wrox,
2013.
CSE 3263: PARALLEL PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to Visual Studio and Basics of MPI, Point to Point
Communications in MPI, Collective communications in MPI, Error
Handling in MPI, OpenCL introduction and programs on vectors, OpenCL
programs on strings and to check the execution time in OpenCL,
OpenCL programs on matrix, OpenCL programs on sorting and
searching, CUDA Programs on arrays and matrices, CUDA programs
on strings.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
CSE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
CSE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
CSE 4051: AUGMENTED AND VIRTUAL REALITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction of Virtual and Augmented reality, Definition and scope, A
Brief History, 3 I's of Virtual Reality A Short History of Early Virtual
Reality, Early Commercial VR Technology, VR Becomes an Industry,
Components of a VR System, Displays In augmented reality Multimodal
Displays, Audio Displays Haptic, Tactile, and Tangible Displays,
Displays, Visual Perception, Requirements and Characteristics, Multiple
Models of I/O Gesture Interfaces Three-Dimensional Position Trackers,
Navigation and Manipulation Interfaces, Gesture Interfaces. Output
Devices, Haptic Display, Graphics Displays, Sound Displays.
ComputerVisionforAugmentedReality, Natural Feature Tracking by
Detection, Incremental Tracking, Simultaneous Localization and
Mapping, Outdoor Tracking, Computing Architectures for VR, The
Rendering Pipeline, Workstation-Based Architectures, Distributed VR
Architectures, Geometric Modeling, Kinematics Modeling, Physical
Modeling, Behavior Modeling.
References:
1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet, Virtual Reality Technology, (2e), Wiley-
IEEE Press, 2006
2. Dieter Schmalstieg, Tobias Hollerer, Augmented Reality: Principles &
Practice, (1e), Addison-Wesley, 2016
3. Tony parisi, Learning Virtual Reality: Developing Immersive
Experiences and Applications for Desktop, Web, and Mobile, (1e),
O'Reilly Media, 2015
4. Steve Aukstakalnis, Practical Augmented Reality: A Guide to the
Technologies, Applications, and Human Factors for AR and VR
(Usability), (1e), Addison-Wesley Professional, 2016
5. Jonathan Linowes, Unity Virtual Reality Projects Paperback, Packt
Publishing ebooks Account, September 2015
ICT 4033: COMPUTER GRAPHICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: History of computer graphics and applications,
Introduction to OpenGL, Geometric transformations: Homogeneous
coordinates, affine transformations (translation, rotation, scaling, shear,
reflection), concatenation, matrix stacks and use of model view matrix in
OpenGL for these operations Examples, Viewing (3D), Visibility- z-Buffer,
BSP trees, Open-GL culling, hidden-surface algorithms, Shading,
Rasterization- Line segment and polygon clipping, 3D clipping, scan
conversion, polygonal fill, Bresenham's algorithm, Discrete Techniques:
Texture mapping, compositing, textures in OpenGL; Ray Tracing,
Representation and Visualization: Bezier curves and surfaces, B-splines,
visualization, interpolation, marching squares algorithm.
References:
1. Donald Hearn and Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics with OpenGL,
(4e), Pearson, 2014
2. Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics. A Top-Down
Approach Using OpenGL, (6e), Pearson Education, 2011
3. F. S. Hill Jr. and S. M. Kelley, Computer Graphics using OpenGL, (3e),
Prentice Hall, 2006
4. Peter Shirley and Steve Marschner, Computer Graphics, (1e), A. K.
Peters, 2010
5. Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics A Top-Down Approach
Using WebGL, (7e), Pearson Education, 2015
ICT 4031: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computer vision and its applications, Image formation,
Liner Filtering, Image transformations and Colour models, Edge
Detection methods (Laplacian detectors and Canny edge detector),
Points and patches, Harris corner detector, Histogram of Gradients,
Difference of Gaussian detector, SIFT, Colour and Texture, Feature based
alignment, least squares and RANSAC, Camera models, Camera
calibration, Stereo vision, Stereo correspondence, Epipolar geometry,
Optical flow, Lucas Kanade method, KLT tracking method, Mean shift
method, Dense motion estimation, Support Vector Machines, Face
detection and recognition, Bag of words, Deep learning.
References:
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications,
Springer 2011
2. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern
Approach, PHI learning 2009
3. Jan Erik Solem, Programming Computer Vision with Python, O'Reilly,
2012
CSE 4052: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, components of image processing system, Spatial domain
transformations, histogram processing, smoothing, sharpening spatial
filters, Filtering in the frequency domain- Introduction to Fourier
109
transform, image smoothing, image sharpening using frequency domain
filters. Image restoration-Noise models, restoration using spatial
filtering, periodic noise reduction by frequency domain filtering,
Morphological image processing- Preliminaries, dilation and erosion,
opening and closing, hit-or-miss transformation, basic algorithms,
extension to gray-scale images, Image segmentation- Point, line, and
edge detection, Thresholding, Region Segmentation Using Clustering
and Superpixels, Graph Cuts, morphological watersheds, motion in
segmentation.
References:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Digital Image Processing,
(4e), Pearson, 2017.
2. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, Image Processing,
Analysis and Machine Vision, (4e), CENGAGE Learning, 2014
3. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins, Digital
Image Processing Using MATLAB, (2e), Mc Graw Hill India, 2010
4. Gloria Bueno García, Oscar Deniz Suarez, José Luis Espinosa
Aranda, Jesus Salido Tercero, Ismael Serrano Gracia, Noelia Vállez
Enano, Learning Image Processing with OpenCV, (1e), Packt
Publishing, 2015
CSE 4053: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Foundations of Artificial Intelligence, History of Artificial Intelligence, The
state of the Art, Agents and Environments, The concept of Rationality,
The Nature of Environments, The structure of Agents, Problem Solving
agents, Example Problems, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed search
strategies, Informed (Heuristic) search strategies, Heuristic functions,
Games, Optimal decision in games, Alpha Beta Pruning, Knowledge
based agents, Propositional logic, Propositional Theorem Proving,
Representation revisited, Syntax and semantics of First order logic,
Using First order logic, Knowledge engineering in first order, Ontological
Engineering, Categories and objects, Reasoning systems for categories,
Acting under uncertainty, Basic probability notation, Bayes' rule,
representing knowledge in uncertainties, semantics of Bayesian
networks.
References:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence A Modern
Approach, (3e), Pearson 2010.
2. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Shivashankar B. Nair, Artificial Intelligence,
(3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2010
ICT 4031: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computer vision and its applications, Image formation,
Liner Filtering, Image transformations and Colour models, Edge
Detection methods (Laplacian detectors and Canny edge detector),
Points and patches, Harris corner detector, Histogram of Gradients,
Difference of Gaussian detector, SIFT, Colour and Texture, Feature based
alignment, least squares and RANSAC, Camera models, Camera
calibration, Stereo vision, Stereo correspondence, Epipolar geometry,
Optical flow, Lucas Kanade method, KLT tracking method, Mean shift
method, Dense motion estimation, Support Vector Machines, Face
detection and recognition, Bag of words, Deep learning.
References:
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications,
Springer 2011
2. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern
Approach, PHI learning 2009
3. Jan Erik Solem, Programming Computer Vision with Python, O'Reilly,
2012

ICT 4032: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Machine Learning, Mathematical Preliminaries,
Supervised Learning-LMS, logistic regression, GDA, Naive Bayes, SVM,
model selection, Learning theory-bias/variance tradeoff, union and
Chernoff bounds, VC dimensions, Unsupervised learning-clustering, k-
means, Gaussian mixture, factor analysis, PCA, ICA, Reinforcement
learning-MDPs, Bellman equations, value and policy iteration, LQR, LQG,
Q-learning, policy search, POMDPs.
References:
1. Kevin P Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT
Press, 2012.
2. Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, and Ameet Talwalkar,
Foundations of Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Daphne Koller and Nir Friedman, Probabilistic Graphical Models:
Principles and Techniques, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Christopher M.Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning,
(2e), Springer, 2013.
CSE 4054: SOFT COMPUTING PARADIGMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Artificial Neural network –I, Artificial Neural Networks,
Multilayer Perceptron, Modeling the Problem, Types of Data Involved,
Training, Issues in ANN, Example of Time Series Forecasting Artificial
Neural Networks II: Radial Basis Function Network, Learning Vector
Quantization, Self-Organizing Maps, Recurrent Neural Network,
Hopfield Neural Network, Adaptive Resonance Theory, Fuzzy Inference
Systems: Fuzzy Systems, Fuzzy Logic, Membership Functions, Fuzzy
Logical Operators, More Operations, Fuzzy Inference Systems, Type-2
Fuzzy Systems, Other Sets, Evolutionary Algorithms: Evolutionary
Algorithms, Biological Inspiration, Genetic Algorithms, Hybrid
Systems, Evolutionary Neural Networks.
References:
1. Anupam Shukla, Ritu Tiwari, Rahul Kala, Real Life Applications of
Soft Computing, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, London,
2010
2. Timothy J.Ross, Fuzzy Logic With Engineering Applications, Wiley
Publication, 2010
3. S.N.Sivanandam, S.N.Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, (2e),
Wiley Publication, 2010
4. S.Rajasekaran and G.A.Vijayalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy
Logic and Genetic Algorithms, PHI Learning, 2010
5. J.S.R.Jang, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI 2003
CSE 4055: ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
IPv6 Addressing, IPv6 Protocol, ICMPv6 Protocol, Transition From IPv4
to IPv6, Network Management, SNMP, ASN, Multimedia, Compression,
Multimedia Data, Multimedia in the Internet, Real- Time Interactive
Protocols, Peer- to- Peer Paradigm, Introduction, Chord, Pastry,
Kademlia, Bittorrent, Quality of Service, Data-Flow Characteristics, Flow
Control to Improve QoS, Integrated Services(INTSERV), Differentiated
Services(DIFFSERV), Software Defined Networks, How SDN Works,
OpenFlow Specification, Content Delivery Networks, Why Performance
Matters, Examining Internet Bottlenecks, Edge Operations, The Akamai
HD Networks.
References:
1. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, (5e), Mc-Graw
Hill Publication, 2012.
2. Paul Goransson, Chuck Black, Timothy Culver., Software Defined
Networks: A Comprehensive Approach, Morgan Kaufmann, 2016
3. Gilbert Held., A Practical Guide to Content Delivery Networks, (2e),
CRC Press, 2010
110
4. Peter Loshin., IPv6: Theory, Protocol, and Practice, Morgan
Kaufmann, 2004
5. Mani Subramanian., Network Management: Principles and Practice,
(2e), Pearson Education, 2012
6. Srinivas Vegesna., IP Quality of Service, Cisco Press, 2001
CSE 4056: INFORMATION SECURITY [3 0 0 3]
What is security? CNSS Security Model, Components of an Information
System, Approaches to Information Security Implementation, The
Systems Development Life Cycle, Malicious Software Types,
Vulnerability Exploit, Social Engineering, System Corruption, Attack
Agent, Information Theft, Stealthing, Counter measures, Distributed
Denial of Service Attacks, Intrusion Detection, Need for Firewalls,
Database Security, Network Access Control, Extensible Authentication
Protocol, IEEE 802.1X Port Based Network Access Control, Cloud
security risks and countermeasures, Transport Layer Security, HTTPS,
Email threats, Pretty Good Privacy (PGP). IP Security Overview, Policy,
Encapsulation, Ways of executing cybercrimes.
References:
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles
and Practice, (7e), Prentice Hall, 2017
2. Michael E. Whitman and Herbert J. Mattord, Principles of Information
Security, (4e), Cengage Learning India Publication, 2011.
3. Charles P Pfleeger and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, Security in
Computing, (4e), PHI, 2009
4. Joseph Migga Kizza, A Guide to Computer Network Security,
Springer International edition, 2009
5. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing, 2008
6. Bruce Schneier, Applied Cryptography-Protocols, Algorithms, and
source code in C, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2013
CSE 4057: INTERNET OF THINGS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to internet of things, IoT in global context, Design Principles,
IoT Technology Fundamental- Devices and gateways, Local and wide
area networking, Data management, Business processes in IoT, IoT
reference Architecture, IoT Domain Model, Functional Model,
Information Model, Communication Model, Deployment and Operational
View, IoT Prototyping- Prototyping Embedded Devices, Electronics,
Sensors, Actuator, Embedded Computing Basics, Arduino, Raspberry
Pi, BeagleBone Black, IoT Use Cases - Industrial Automation, Smart
Home, Smart City, Commercial Building Automation.
References:
1. McEwen A., Designing the Internet of Things, Wiley, 2014
2. Holler J., From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things:
Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence, Academic Press, 2014.
3. Francis daCosta, Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable
Approach to Connecting Everything, Apress Publications, 2013
4. Pethuru R., The Internet of Things: Enabling Technologies, Platforms,
and Use Cases, CRC Press, 2017
5. Vijay M., Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach), Universities
Press, 2014
6. Daniel M., Building the Internet of Things with IPv6 and MIPv6: The
Evolving World of M2M Communications, Wiley, 2013.
CSE 4058: PRINCIPLES OF CRYPTOGRAPHY [3 0 0 3]
Security Goals, Attacks, Services, Mechanisms, Symmetric Cipher
Model, Block Ciphers and DES, Strength of DES, Block Cipher Design
Principles. AES, Equivalent Inverse Cipher. Block Cipher Operation-
Multiple Encryption and Triple DES, Electronic Codebook, Cipher Block
Chaining Mode, Cipher Feedback Mode, Output Feedback Mode, Counter
Mode, XTS-AES Mode for Block-Oriented Storage Devices, Format-
Preserving Encryption. Euclidean Algorithm, Modular Arithmetic, Prime
Numbers, Fermat and Euler theorems, Testing for Primality, Chinese
Remainder theorem, Discrete Logarithms. Pseudorandom Number
Generation, Stream Ciphers, RC4. Public Key Cryptography and RSA. D-
H Key Exchange, ElGamal System. Cryptographic Hash Functions.
Message Authentication Codes, Security of MACs, HMAC.
References:
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles
and Practice, (7e),Prentice Hall, 2017.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan and Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, Cryptography
and Network Security, (2e), McGraw Hill, 2008
3. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing, 2008
4. Bruce Schneier, Applied Cryptography-Protocols, Algorithms, and
source code in C, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2013
CSE 4059: BIG DATA ANALYTICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to NoSQL, Types and Advantages of NoSQL, Comparison of
SQL, NoSQL and NewSQL, MongoDB: Features, Data types, Query
Language; Cassandra: Features, Data types, Query Language.Core
Hadoop components, Hadoop Ecosystem, YARN and MapReduce,
Understanding I/O in MapReduce, Processing common serialization
formats, Big data serialization formats, Organizing and optimizing data in
HDFS, MapReduce with NOSQL as a data source, Applying MapReduce
patterns to Big Data, Introduction to Data Analysis with Spark,
Recommendation algorithm, Predicting with Decision Trees, Anomaly
Detection with K-means Clustering, Latent Semantic Analysis, Analyzing
Co-occurrence Networks.
References:
1. Acharya S., Big Data and Analytics, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2015
2. Holmes A., Hadoop in Practice, (2e), Manning Publications, 2015
3. Ryza S., Advanced Analytics with Spark: Patterns for Learning from
Data at Scale, (2e), O'Reilly, 2017
4. White T., Hadoop: The definitve guide, (4e), O'Reilly, 2015
5. Sadalage P., NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of
Polyglot Persistence, (1e), Addison-Wesley, 2012
ICT 4031: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computer vision and its applications, Image formation,
Liner Filtering, Image transformations and Colour models, Edge
Detection methods (Laplacian detectors and Canny edge detector),
Points and patches, Harris corner detector, Histogram of Gradients,
Difference of Gaussian detector, SIFT, Colour and Texture, Feature based
alignment, least squares and RANSAC, Camera models, Camera
calibration, Stereo vision, Stereo correspondence, Epipolar geometry,
Optical flow, Lucas Kanade method, KLT tracking method, Mean shift
method, Dense motion estimation, Support Vector Machines, Face
detection and recognition, Bag of words, Deep learning.
References:
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications,
Springer, 2011
2. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern
Approach, PHI learning 2009
3. Jan Erik Solem, Programming Computer Vision with Python, O'Reilly,
2012
CSE 4060: DATA WAREHOUSE AND DATA MINING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Data Warehouse and Data mining, Data Warehouse:
Dimensional Modeling, ETL, Data Quality, OLAP, Data Pre-processing,
Mining frequent patterns: Apriori Algorithm, FP – Growth without
generating candidate generation, Frequent Itemsets from Vertical Data
Format, Pattern Evaluation Methods, Classification:Basic Concepts,
Decision Tree Induction, Bayesian classification, Rule-Based
classification, Classification by Back Propagation, Support Vector
Machines, Lazy Learners, Model Evaluation, Cluster analysis:
Measuring data similarity and dissimilarity, Overview of cluster analysis,
Partitioning methods, Hierarchical methods, Density-Based methods,
Evaluation of Clustering, Outliers, Case Studies.
References:
1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining- Concepts and
Techniques, (3e), Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011
2. Paulraj Ponniah, Data Warehousing, (2e), Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2010
111
3. Galit Shmueli, Nitin R. Patel, Peter C. Bruce, Data Mining for Business
Intelligence, (2e), Wiley, 2010
4. Ian H Witten, Eibe Grank, Mark A Hall, Data Mining, Practical Machine
Learning Tools and Techniques, (3e), Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,
2011
CSE 4061: NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Knowledge in Speech and Language Processing, Ambiguity, Models and
Algorithm. Survey of English Morphology, Finite-State Morphological
Parsing, Building a Finite-State Lexicon, FSTs for Morphological Parsing,
Lexicon-Free FSTs. Words and sentence tokenization, Detecting and
Correcting Spelling Errors. Case study: Normalizing Text, Segmentation.
N-Grams, Unsmoothed N-Grams, Smoothing, Interpolation, and Back-
off. English Word Classes, Tag-sets for English, Part-of-Speech Tagging,
The Noisy Channel Model for Spelling. Case study: Automatic Tagging.
Constituency, Some Grammar Rules for English, The Penn Treebank
project, Dependency Grammar. Parsing with Context Free Grammars,
CKY algorithm.Statistical Parsing.
References:
1. Daniel Jurafsky & James H. Martin, Speech and Language
Processing, (2e), Pearson, 2009.
2. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein and Edward Loper, Natural Language
Processing with Python, (1e), O'Reilly Media, 2009
3. Akshar Bharati, Rajeev Sangal and Vineet Chaitanya, Natural
Language Processing: A Paninian Perspective, Prentice-Hall of India,
New Delhi, 1995
4. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, Edward Loper, Natural Language
Processing with Python – Analysing Text with natural language toolkit
, O'Reilly Media, 2009
5. Chris Manning, Hinrich Schutze, Foundations of Statistical Natural
Language Processing, MIT Press, Cambridge, 1999.
CSE 4062: ANDROID APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT [3 0 0 3]
Mobility landscape, Mobile platforms, overview of Android platform, App
user interface designing, Activity- states and life cycle, interaction
amongst activities, Threads, Async task, Services, Notifications,
Broadcast receivers, Telephony and SMS APIs, Native data handling, file
I/O, shared preferences, mobile databases, enterprise data access,
Content Providers, Graphics and animation APIs, multimedia, location
based services, sensors, maps, Debugging mobile apps, testing Apps,
test automation, packaging mobile apps, distributing apps.
References:
1. Mednieks, Zigurd R., et al., Programming Android, O'Reilly Media,
Inc., 2012
2. Anubhav Pradhan, Anil V Deshpande, Composing Mobile Apps ,
learn, explore apply using Android, (1e), Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2014
3. Van Drongelen, Mike, Android Studio Cookbook, Packt Publishing
Ltd, 2015
4. Lee, Wei-Meng, Beginning Android 4 Application Development, John
Wiley & Sons, 2012
5. https://developer.android.com/guide/index.html
6. Meier, Reto, Professional Android 4 Application Development, John
Wiley & Sons, 2012
CSE 4063: CLOUD COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Cloud Computing, Virtualization and Infrastructure as a
service, Hyper converged Infrastructure, Virtual Machines Provisioning
and Migration Services, Services and Service Oriented Architectures,
Message-Oriented Middleware, Portals and Science Gateways, Cloud
Programming and Software Environments: Features of Cloud and Grid
Platforms, Parallel and Distributed Programming Paradigms, Sla
Management, SLA Management in Cloud, Automated Policy-based
Management. Cloud Security Fundamentals, Vulnerability Assessment,
Security and Privacy, Cloud Computing Security Architecture.
References:
1. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej Goscinski, Cloud
Computing Principles and Paradigm, Wiley Publications, 2013.
2. Matthew Portnoy Virtualization Essentials, John Wiley and Sons
Publication, 2012
3. Thomas Erl, Service oriented Architecture, Pearson publications,
2016
4. Scott D Lowe, Hyper converged Infrastructure implementation
strategies, Actual Tech media, 2015
5. George Reese, Cloud application architectures: building
applications and infrastructure in the cloud, O'Reilly Media, Inc.,
2009.
6. Kai Hwang,Geoffrey Fox, JackDongarra,Todd Green, Distributed and
Cloud Computing: Clusters, Grids, Clouds and The Future Internet,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011
CSE 4064: DEEP LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Mathematical Preliminaries, Machine Learning Basics:
Learning, Supervised and Unsupervised learning algorithms, Deep
Feedforward Networks: Hidden units, architecture design,
Backpropagation algorithm, Regularization for Deep Learning:
Parameter Norm Penalties, Regularization and Under-Constrained
Problems, Dataset Augmentation, Noise-Robustness, Bagging and
Other Ensemble Methods, Dropout, Adversarial Training, Optimization
for Training Deep Models: Challenges in Neural Network Optimization,
Convolutional Networks, Recurrent and Recursive Networks, Practical
Methodology: Performance Metrics, Default Baseline Models, Selecting
hyper parameters, Debugging Strategies.
References:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, Deep Learning,
MIT Press 2016.
2. Simon Haykin, Neural Networks and Learning Machines, PHI, 2008
3. Andrew Ng's Notes on Machine Learning from CS229.
CSE 4065: DESIGN PATTERNS [3 0 0 3]
What Is a Design Pattern? Design Patterns in Smalltalk MVC, Describing
Design Patterns, The Catalog of Design Patterns, Organizing the Catalog,
How Design Patterns Solve Design Problems, How to Select a Design
Pattern, How to Use a Design Pattern, Factory Pattern, Abstract Factory
Pattern, Builder Pattern, Prototype Pattern, Singleton Pattern, Chain of
Responsibility Pattern, Command Pattern ,Interpreter Pattern, Iterator
Pattern, Mediator Pattern, Memento Pattern, Observer Pattern ,State
Pattern ,Strategy Pattern, Template Pattern ,Visitor Pattern, Adapter
Pattern, Bridge Pattern, Composite Pattern, Decorator Pattern, Facade
Pattern, Flyweight Pattern, Proxy Pattern, Case study: Discussion on real
time examples.
References:
1. Erich Gamma, Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson and John Vlissides,
Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software,
Pearson Education, 2004
2. G Lasater, Design patterns, Wordware publishing Inc, 2007
3. James W Cooper, Introduction to Design Patterns in C#, IBM Watsor
Research Center, 2002
4. Elisabeth Freeman, Head First Design Patterns, Oreilly, 2004
5. Alan Shalloway and James R Trott, Design Patterns Explained, (2e),
Pearson Education, 2004
6. Craig Larman, Applying UML and Patterns, an introduction to OOAD
and the unified process, (2e),Pearson, 2002
7. Bruce Powell, Real-Time Design Patterns: Robust Scalable
Architecture for Real-Time Systems, 2003
CSE 4066: ETHICAL HACKING AND CYBER SECURITY [3 0 0 3]
Computer Security concepts- Introduction to ethical hacking- Port
Scanning- Types of port scans- Enumerating Windows operating
systems- NETBIOS enumeration tools- DumpSec-Hyena- Nessus and
112
open VAS- -Tools for identifying vulnerabilities-Built-in windows tools-
Best practices in hardening windows systems-Patching systems-
Antivirus solutions Windows OS vulnerabilities-Hacking web servers-
Understanding web application vulnerabilities- Application vulnerabilities
and counter measures-Tools for web attackers and security testers-
Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless devices- Tools and methods used in
cybercrime- Cybercrimes and cybersecurity: Legal Perspectives.
References:
1. Michael T. Simpson, Nicholas.D.Antill, Hands-On Ethical Hacking
and Network Defense, (3e), Cengage Learning, 2016
2. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network security, (7e),
Pearson,2017
3. Sumit Belapure, Nina Godbole, Cyber Security: Understanding
cybercrimes, Computer Forensics and Legal perspectives, Wiley
India,2011
4. Rafay Baloch, Ethical hacking and penetration testing guide, CRC
Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2015
5. Kimberly Graves, Official Certified Ethical Hacker Study Guide, 2010
6. Mark Taber, Maximum Security: A Hacker's Guide to Protecting Your
Internet Site and Network,1997
CSE 4067: GAME PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Building Blocks of Game Design Basics, Game Design Atoms, Chance &
Skill in Games and Game Genres Elements of Chance, Elements of
Strategic Skill, Elements of Twitch Skill, Chance & Skill, Finding the
Balance, Genres of Games, Unity Basics Enter the Third Dimension:
Getting to Grips with 3D, Rigidbody Physics, Prototyping and Scripting
Basics, Environment and Characters Creation in Unity Creating the
Environment: Using the Terrain Editor, Player Characters and further
Scripting: Working with the Inspector, Anatomy of a Character, Scripting
for Character Movement, Colliders and Rigid Body in Unity Interactions:
Adding the Outpost, Collisions and Triggers, Collection, Inventory and
HUD: Writing the Player Inventory, Restricting Outpost Access,
Displaying the Power Cell HUD, Coconut Shy Game.
References:
1. Brathwaite, Brenda, and Ian Schreiber, Challenges for Game
Designers: Non-digital Exercises for Video Game Designers, Course
Technology, Cengage Learning, 2017
2. Ernest Adams, Fundamentals of Game Design, (2e), New Riders,
Pearson, 2010
3. Will Goldstone, Unity 3.x Game Development Essentials: Game
Development with C# and Javascript, (2e), PACKT publishing, 2011
4. Tracy Fullerton, Game Design Workshop: A Playcentric Approach to
Creating Innovative Games, (3e), CRC Press, 2014.
5. Matt Smith, Chico Queiroz, Unity 4.x Cookbook, (1e), PACKT
publishing, 2013
6. Herbert Schildt, C# 4.0 The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2017
CSE 4068: HIGH PERFORMANCE
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE [3 0 0 3]
Review of SIMD Computer Organization, SIMD interconnection
networks, Parallel Algorithms for Array processors, Data flow
computers, Symmetric Multiprocessor Organization, Cache Coherence
and the MESI Protocol, Multithreading and Chip Multiprocessors,
Synchronization, Models of Memory Consistency, Clusters, Operating
System Design Issues, Cluster Computer Architecture, Blade Servers,
Clusters Compared to SMP, Multicore Computers, Hardware
Performance Issues: Increase in Parallelism, Power Consumption,
Software Performance Issues: Software on Multicore, Multicore
Organization, Intel x86 Multicore Organization: Intel Core Duo, Intel Core
i7, Supercomputers, types of supercomputers.
References:
1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture –
Designing for Performance, (8e), Pearson Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Kai Hwang and Faye A. Briggs, Computer Architecture and Parallel
 Processing, TMH Private Ltd., 2012.
3. John L. Hennessy & David A. Patterson, Computer Architecture: A
Quantitative Approach, (5e), Morgan Kaufmann, 2014.
4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Supercomputing_in_India
CSE 4069: HUMAN COMPUTER INTERFACE [3 0 0 3]
The human: Introduction, Frameworks and HCI, Industrial interfaces,
Interaction styles, Navigation in 3D and 2D, Elements of the WIMP
interface, The context of the interaction, Half the picture, Experience,
engagement and fun. Paradigms,Interaction design basics, HCI in the
software process, Design rules, Universal design, Implementation
support, Design Focus, Evaluation techniques, User support, Cognitive
models: Goal and task hierarchies, GOMS saves money, Linguistic
models, The challenge of display-based systems, Physical and device
models, Cognitive architectures, Socio-organizational issues and
stakeholder requirements: Communication and collaboration models:
Introduction, Face-to-face communication, Task analysis.
References:
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, Russell Beale,
Human–Computer Interaction, (3e), Edition Pearson, 2014
2. Donald A. Norman, The design of everyday things, (2e), Currency
and Doubbleday, 2012
3. Rogers Sharp Preece, Interaction Design: Beyond Human Computer
Interaction, (2e), Wiley 2012
4. Guy A. Boy, The Handbook of Human Machine Interaction, Ashgate
publishing Ltd, 2011
CSE 4070: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Information Retrieval and its systems, Information
Retrieval Strategies, Boolean Retrieval and Postings Lists, Information
Retrieval Problem, Document Delineation and character sequence
decoding, Dictionaries and tolerant retrieval and search strategies, Index
construction and Index compression, types of indexes, parametric and
zone indexes, vector space model, evaluation in information retrieval,
relevance assessment, probabilistic information retrieval, Binary
independence model, Text classification – classification problems,
classification models, clustering in information retrieval, clustering
models, Evaluation in clustering, XML retrieval and its strategies,
challenges and evaluation of XML retrieval, web crawling and link
analysis.
References:
1. Christopher D Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan and Hinrich Schutze,
Introduction to Information Retrieval, Cambridge University Press,
2008
2. Stefan Buttcher, Charles L.A. Clarke and Gordon V. Cormack.,
Information Retrieval – Implementing and Evaluating search
engines, (6e), MIT Press, 2011
3. Baeza Yates and Ribeiro Neto., Modern Information Retrieval, (2e),
Addison Wesley, 2010
4. Soumen Charabarti, Mining the Web, Morgan-Kaufmann, 2003
5. David A Grossman, OphitFrieder, Information Retrieval – Algorithms
and Heurisitics, (2e), Springer, 2004
CSE 4071: MICROCONTROLLER [3 0 0 3]
Embedded Systems, Approaches to Embedded Systems, Anatomy of a
Typical Small Microcontroller, The Texas Instruments MSP430: The
Outside View, The Inside View, Memory, Central Processing Unit,
Exceptions, Development Environment, The C Programming Language,
Assembly Language, Demonstration Boards, Hardware, First Program
on a Conventional Desktop Computer, Light LEDs in C and in Assembly
Language, Read Input from a Switch, Automatic Control: Flashing Light
by Software Delay, Use of Subroutines, Flashing Light by Polling
Timer_A, Central Processing Unit, Addressing Modes, Instruction Set,
Resets, Clock System, Functions and Subroutines, Storage for Local
Variables, Passing Parameters to a Subroutine and Returning a Result,
Mixing C and Assembly Language, Interrupts, Flash Memory Structure,
113
Flash Memory Control Registers, Flash Memory Code Examples,
Bootstrap Loader, MSP430 Power Consumption Characteristics,
MSP430 Low-Power Modes, A Sample Application.
References:
1. John H. Davies, MSP430 Microcontroller Basics, (1e), Newnes
Publications, Elsevier,2008.
2. Chris Nagy, Embedded Systems Design Using the TI MSP430
Series, Newnes Publications, Elsevier, 2012.
3. Manuel Jimenez, Rogelio Palomera, Isidoro Couvertier, Introduction
to Embedded Systems: Using Microcontrollers and the MSP430,
(1e), Springer, 2014.
4. Michael J Pont, Embedded C, (1e), Pearson Education, 2005.
CSE 4072: MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Multimedia, Application and networking Terminology,
Multimedia information representation, Digitization Principles,
Compression Principles, Text, Image, Audio and Video Compression,
Notion of synchronization, Basic synchronization issues,
Synchronization Reference model, Synchronization in a Distributed
Environment, Synchronization Specification Methods, Collaboration
dimensions, Group Communication Architectures, Session
Management, Network Services and Protocols for Multimedia
Communication- Quality of Multimedia data transmission, Content
Distribution Network, Broadcast/Multicast-Video-on-Demand, for
Heterogeneous Users, Application-Layer Multicast, Cloud Computing for
Multimedia Services.
References:
1. Li, Ze-Nian, Drew, Mark S., Liu, Jiangchuan, Fundamentals of
Multimedia, (2e), Springer, 2014
2. Fred Halsall, Multimedia Communications - Applications, Networks,
Protocols and Standards, (1e), Pearson Education India, 2002
3. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia: Computing,
Communications and Applications, Pearson Education India, 2012
4. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia Fundamentals-
Volume 01 Media coding and content processing, Pearson
Publication, 2003
5. K R Rao, Zoran S Bojkovic and Dragorad A Milovanovic, Introduction
to Multimedia Communications, Wiley Publications, 2009
CSE 4073: PERVASIVE COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Pervasive Computing: Basics, Characteristics-
interaction transparency, context awareness, autonomy experience
capture, Pervasive computing infrastructure, Architecture for pervasive
computing, Device Technologies, Human-Machine Interfaces,
Biometrics, Voice Technologies, Basics of Speech Recognition, Privacy
and Security, Energy Constraints, Smart Devices and Services, Sensor
Networks, WWW architecture, Protocols, Components of the WAP
architecture, WAP infrastructure, WAP security issues, Wireless Mark-
up Language, Pervasive Networks, Scalability & Availability,
Development of pervasive computing Web Applications, Pervasive
Application Architecture, Context aware Computing, Application
Examples Retail, Healthcare, Smart Home, Automation, Smart Vehicles,
Wearable Computing,
References:
1. Jochen Burkhardt, Pervasive Computing: Technology and
Architecture of Mobile Internet Applications, Pearson Education,
2002
2. Stefen Poslad, Ubiquitous Computing: Smart Devices, Environments
and Interactions, (2e), Wiley, 2010
3. Laurence T. Yang, Handbook On Mobile And Ubiquitous Computing
Status And Perspective, CRC Press, 2012
4. John Krumm, Ubiquitous computing fundamentals, CRC Press,
2016
5. Seng Loke, Context-Aware Computing Pervasive Systems,
Auerbach Pub., Taylor and Francis Group, 2007
6. Guruduth S. Banavar, Norman H. Cohen, and Chandra
 Narayanaswami, Pervasive Computing: An Application - Based
Approach, Wiley Interscience, 2012
7. Frank Adelstein, S K S Gupta, G G Richard, and L Schwiebert,
Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2005
8. A. Genco, S. Sorce, Pervasive Systems and Ubiquitous Computing,
WIT Press, 2012
CSE 4074: SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Social Web, Nodes, Edges and Network Measures,
Describing Nodes and Edges, Describing Networks, Layouts, Visualizing
network features, The role of Tie strength, Measuring Tie strength and its
network structures, network propagation, Link prediction, entity
resolution, Case study, Introduction to community discovery,
communities in context, quality functions, The Kernighan-Lin algorithm,
Agglomerative algorithms, spectral algorithms, multi-level graph
partitioning, Markov clustering, Other approaches, Introduction to social
influence, Influence related statistics, social similarity and influence,
Homophily, Existential Test for social influence, Influence and actions,
Influence and interactions, influence maximization in viral marketing.
References:
1. Jennifer Golbeck., Analysing the Social Web, Morgan Kaufmann
publications, 2013
2. Charu C. Aggarwal, Social Network Data Analytics, Springer
publications, 2011
3. John Scott, Social Network Analysis, (3e), Sage publications limited,
2013
4. Jay Goldman, Facebook Cookbook, O'Reilly, 2009
5. Shamanth Kumar, Fred Morstatter, Huan Liu, Twitter Data Analytics,
Springer publications, 2013
CSE 4075: SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE [3 0 0 3]
Understanding Software Architecture, Definitions of Software
Architecture, Architectures and Technologies, Introducing the Case
study, Requirements Overview, Project Context, Business Goals,
Software Quality Attributes, Performance, Scalability, Modifiability,
Security, Availability, Integration, Design Trade-offs, Middleware
Architectures and Technologies, Application Servers, Software
Architecture Process, Documenting Software Architecture, Case Study,
Design and The Challenges of complexity, Aspect Oriented
Architectures, Model Driven Architecture, Service Oriented Architectures
and Technologies, The Semantic Web.
References:
1. Gorton Ian, Essential Software Architecture, (2e), Springer
International Architecture, 2011
2. Bass Len, Clements Paul, Kazman, Rick, Software Architecture in
Practice, (2e), Pearson, 2003
3. Bosch Jan, Design and Use of Software Architecture, Addison
Wesley, 2000
4. Rozanski Nick & Woods Eoin, Software Systems Architecture,
Addison Wesley, 2005
CSE 4076: SOFTWARE TESTING AND ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Software Quality, Behaviour and Correctness, Correctness
versus Reliability, Testing and Debugging, V-Model, Boundary Value
Analysis, Robustness Testing, Worst Case Testing, Special Value
Testing, Random Testing, Equivalence Class Testing, Decision Tables,
Test Cases based on Decision Tables, Test adequacy basics, Adequacy
criteria based on control flow, data flow concepts, Adequacy criteria
based on data flow, Test Assessment using Mutation, Regression Test
Process, Selecting Regression Tests, Test Design, Using JUnit or NUnit,
Stubs and Mocks, Integration errors, Dependence, OO Versus Non-OO
programs, Integration Hierarchy, Automated test generation techniques.
114
References:
1. Aditya P Mathur, Foundations of Software Testing, (2e), Pearson
Education, 2008
2. Paul C. Jorgensen, Software Testing A Craftsman's Approach, (3e),
2013
3. Mauro Pezze, Michal Young, Software Testing and Analysis: Process,
Principles and Techniques, Wiley, 2008
4. Gopalaswamy Ramesh, Srinivasan Desikan, Software testing
Principles and Practices, (2e), Pearson, 2007
CSE 4077: STORAGE DEVICE AND TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Evolution of Storage Technology and Architecture, Data Center
Infrastructure, Virtualization and Cloud computing. Components of a
Storage System Environment, Disk drive Performance, Logical
Components of the Host, Direct-Attached storage, Disk performance,
command queuing, flash drives. RAID Techniques, RAID Levels, Hot
Spares. Types of Intelligent Storage Systems, Components of FC SAN,
Switched Fabric Ports, World Wide Names, Zoning, Switched Fabric
Login Types, Components of NAS, Object Storage and Retrieval in OSD,
Benefits, Content addressed storage, Information Availability, BC
Terminology, Backup Purpose and Considerations, Recovery
Considerations, Local Replication Technologies, Remote Replication
Technologies, Three-Site Replication.
References:
1. G.Somasundaram, Alok Shrivastava, Information Storage and
Management-Storing, Managing, and Protecting Digital Information
in classic, virtualized and cloud environments, (2e), EMC Education
Services, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2012
2. Marc Farley, Storage Networking Fundamentals, (1e), CISCO
Systems, 2004
3. Robert Spalding, Storage Networks: The Complete Reference, Tata
Mcgraw Hill, 2003
4. Marc Farley Osborne, Building Storage Networks, (2e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2001
CSE 4078: WIRELESS NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Wireless Networks: Evolution, Challenges, Introduction
to Wireless Communication, Electromagnetic spectrum, Spectrum
regulation, Wireless propagation, Modulation techniques, Multiple
access for wireless systems, Cellular concept, Wireless services
Ubiquitous Connectivity, Types of Wireless Networks, Analog Cellular
Systems, AMPS, DAMPS, GSM, 3G Spectrum allocation, CDMA,
WCDMA, 4G and Beyond, OFDM, Fixed Wireless Networks. IEEE 802.16,
WLAN, applications, topology, requirements, Physical and MAC layers,
IEEE 802.11a,b and g, Ad Hoc Networks: topology, Ad Hoc routing,
VANETs, IMS architecture, IMS Call Flow, services within IMS, The 5G
Internet, 5G Mobile Networks.
References:
1. R Nicopolitidis et al, Wireless networks, (1e), Wiley, 2011
2. Jeffrey Bannister, Paul Mather and Sebastian Coope, Convergence
technologies for 3G networks,IP, UMTS, EGPRS and ATM, John Wiley
& Sons Publications, 2004
3. Jonathan Rodriguez, Fundamentals of 5G Mobile Networks, Wiley,
2015
4. Hannes Hartenstein, VANET: Vehicular Applications and Inter-
Networking Technologies, (1e), John Wiley and Sons, 2010
5. Kaveh Pahlavan, Prashant Krishnamurthy, Principles of Wireless
Networks, Prentice Hall, 2011
6. Ajay R. Mishra, Cellular Technologies for Emerging Markets: 2G, 3G
and Beyond, John Wiley & Sons, 2010
7. Vijay K Garg, Wireless Communication and Networking, 2007
 OPEN ELECTIVES
CSE 4301: ESSENTIALS OF INDUSTRIAL COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Programming techniques, Introduction to object oriented
concepts, Advanced concepts in object oriented technology, Object
oriented design methodology, Introduction to Analysis of algorithms,
Code tuning techniques, Analysis of algorithms, Analysis of some well-
known algorithms, Intractable problems, Evolution of software, Software
development models, Requirement analysis and design, Software
construction, Software testing and software quality, Introduction to Web
Technologies, Internetworking concepts, Architecture and protocol, The
World Wide Web, web applications, Security in applications and issues in
web based applications.
References:
1. Foundation Program Team, Foundation Program – Vol. 2, (3e),
Education and Research, Infosys Technologies, 2012
2. Foundation Program Team, Foundation Program – Vol. 3, (3e),
Education and Research, Infosys Technologies, 2012
3. Comer Douglas E, Computer Networks and Internets, (6e), Pearson,
2014
CSE 4302: ESSENTIALS OF IT [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Computer Architecture,Organization of a Simple
Computer, Execution of Instructions, Input/Output Devices,
Measurement of CPU Performance, Operating System Concepts,
Memory Management, Process Management, Basic Concept of
Multiprogramming, Multitasking and Multiprocessing, Interprocess
Communication, File Management and Device Management, Disk
Scheduling, Introduction to DBMS and Entity Relationship Modelling,
Converting ER diagram to Schema, Introduce Functional Dependency
and Basics of Normalization, Introduce three Normal Forms, SQL, Data
Definition Language (DDL) statements, Data Manipulation Language
(DML) statements and Data Control Language (DCL).
References:
1. Foundation Program Team, Foundation Program – Vol. 1, (3e),
Education and Research, Infosys Technologies, 2012
2. Foundation Program Team, Foundation Program – Vol. 2, (3e),
Education and Research, Infosys Technologies, 2012
3. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin and Greg Gagne, Operating
System Concepts, (7e), John Wiley & Sons, 2014
4. Milenkovic Milan., Operating Systems Concepts and Design, (2e),
McGraw Hill Education, 2001
5. Henry F Korth, Abraham Silberschatz and Sudarshan, Database
system concepts, (6e), McGraw-Hill Education, 2013
CSE 4303: LINUX PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Linux, using the shell, shell variables and commands and
creating a shell environment. File system, understanding the basics,
metacharacters and operators, understanding file permissions, pattern
matching with examples and programs. Understanding the system
administration, exploring administrative commands. Editing files with
vim, vi editors. sed and awk programming with command-line syntaxes.
Managing running processes, managing foreground and background
processes. Shell programming, understanding shell scripts and text
manipulation programs. Source code management and git version
control, basic Linux system administration.
References:
1. Christopher Negus, Linux Bible, (8e), John Wiley & Sons Publication,
2012
2. Ellen Siever, Stephen Figgins, Robert Love, and Arnold Robbins,
Linux in a Nutshell, (6e), O'Reilly Media Publication, 2009
3. Sumitabha Das, UNIX Concepts and Applications, (4e), Tata McGraw
Hill Publications, 2011
115
4. Neil Matthew & Richard Stones, Beginning Linux Programming, (4e),
Wrox Publication, 2008
5. Eric Foster Johnson, John C Welch, Micah Anderson, Beginning
Shell Scripting, Wrox publication, 2005
CSE 4304: PRINCIPLES OF DATABASE SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Database-System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of
Data, Database Languages, Relational Databases, Database Design,
Data Storage and Querying, Transaction Management, Database
Architecture, Database Users and Administrators, Structure of Relational
Databases, Overview of the Design Process, The Entity-Relationship
Model, Constraints, Removing Redundant Attributes in Entity Sets,
Entity- Relationship Diagrams, Reduction to Relational Schemas, Entity-
Relationship Design Issues, SQL Data Definition, SQL Data Types and
Schemas, Integrity Constraints, Basic Structure of SQL Queries, Set
Operations, Aggregate Functions, Nested Subqueries, Additional Basic
Operations, Null Values, Modification of the Database, Features of Good
Relational Design, Atomic Domains and First Normal Form,
Decomposition Using Functional Dependencies, Functional Dependency
Theory, Algorithms for Decomposition, Decomposition Using
Multivalued Dependencies, RAID, File Organization, Basic Concepts,
Ordered Indices, Transaction Concept, A simple Transaction model,
Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Transaction Isolation,
Serializability, Lock-Based Protocols, Recovery and Atomicity.
References:
1. Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, (6e),
McGrawHill,New York, 2011
2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe, Durvasula V L N Somayajulu,
Shyam K Gupta, Fundamentals of Database Systems, (6e), Pearson
Education, United States of America,2011
3. Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, Database Systems – A Practical
Approach to Design, Implementation and Management, (4e),
Pearson Education, England, 2005
4. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, Database Systems–Design,
Implementation and Management, (10e), Course Technology,
Boston, 2013
CSE 4305: PRINCIPLES OF SOFT COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Artificial Neural Networks: Definition, Benefits of Artificial Neural
Networks, Human Brain, Terminology, Neuron Models, Activation
Functions, Network Architectures, Learning Process, Types of Learning:
Error-correction, Memory Based, Hebbian, Competitive, and Boltzmann
Learning. Types of Neural Networks: Feed Forward Neural Network:
Single Layer Perceptron, Limitations, Multi-Layer Perceptron, Back
Propagation Algorithm, Practical Considerations, Radial Basis Function
Network. Recurrent Networks: Hopfield Network, Recurrent Multi-Layer
Perceptron, Second Order Networks, Learning Algorithms. Self-
Organizing Map, Neural Network Applications. Fuzzy Logic: Fuzzy Logic
Applications. Pattern Recognition, Control Engineering, Image
Processing. Genetic Algorithms.
References:
1. Simon S. Haykin, Neural Networks- A Comprehensive Foundation,
Prentice Hall, 2005
2. Li Min Fu, Neural Networks in Computer Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill
Edition, 2008
3. Timothy J. Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, (3e),
John Wiley & Sons, 2010
4. B. Yegnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice Hall, 2006
5. S.N. Sivanandam, S. N. Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, Wiley
India, 2008
6. D.E. GoldBerg, Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization and
Machine Learning, Pearson Education, 2009
 CSE 4306: PRINCIPLE OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
The Problem Domain,The Software Engineering Challenges, The
Software Engineering Approach. Software Process, Desired
Characteristics of Software Process, Software Development process
models. Software Requirements, Problem Analysis, Requirement
Specifications, Functional Specification with Use Cases, Process
Planning, Effort Estimation, Project Scheduling and Staffing, Software
Configuration Management Plan. Design Principle, Module Level
Concepts, Design Notations and Specifications, Structured Design
Methodology. OO Analysis and OO Design, OO Concepts, Unified
Modelling Language. Programming Principle and Guidelines, Coding
Process, Testing Fundamentals, Black Box Testing, White Box Testing,
Testing Process.
References:
1. Pankaj Jalote, An integrated approach to software engineering,
(3e), Narosa, 2005
2. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, Pearson, (9e), 2010
3. Rajib Mall, Fundamentals of Software Engineering, (3e), PHI
learning 2009
4. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering A Practioner's Approach,
(6e), McGraw-Hill, 2005
CSE 4307: PROGRAMMING IN C# [3 0 0 3]
NET Architecture: Applications Using C# C# Basics: Advanced
concepts: Delegates, Events, Memory Management under the Hood,
Freeing Unmanaged Resources, strings, and regular expressions,
Collections, Reflections, Errors and Exceptions. The .NET environment:
Working with Visual Studio .NET 2003 (higher version can also be
considered. E.g.: 2017), Assemblies and Structure, Cross-Language
Support, Global Assembly Cache, Creating Shared Assemblies. .NET
Security: Role-Based Security, Managing Security Policy, Threading.
Localization: Namespace System. Globalization, Resources,
Localization Example Using Visual Studio .NET, Creating a Windows
Form Application, Graphics with GDI+, Introduction to WCF and WPF.
References:
1. Simon R., Christian N., Karli W., Jay G., Morgan S. and Bill E.,
Professional C#, (3e), Wrox Publishers, 2004
2. Joseph A. and Ben A. C# 5.0 in a Nutshell, (5e), OReilly Publishers,
2012
3. Eric G., A Programmers introduction to C#, (2e), Apress Publishers,
2000
4. Ben A., Peter D., Brad M., C# Essentials, (2e), O'Reilly Publisher
2001
5. Online material: Microsoft MSDN website
CSE 4308: PROGRAMMING IN JAVA [3 0 0 3]
Java Programming Fundamentals, Introducing Data Types and
Operators, Program Control Statements, Introducing Classes, Objects
and Methods, More Data Types and Operators, A Closer Look at Methods
and Classes, Inheritance basics, Member Access and Inheritance,
Constructors and Inheritance, Interfaces- Interface Fundamentals,
Creating and Implementing Inter faces, Packages- Package
Fundamentals, Importing Packages, The Exception Hierarchy, Exception
Handling Fundamentals, Throwing an Exception, Multithreading
Fundamentals, The Thread class and Runnable Interface, Creating
Threads, Synchronization, Using I/O, Byte Streams and Character
Streams, Introducing JavaFX GUI Programming, Exploring JavaFX
Controls.
116
References:
1. Herber t Schildt and Dale Skrien, Java Fundamentals- A
Comprehensive Introduction, (1e Revised), Tata McGraw Hill, 2017
2. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference Java, (9e),Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2014
3. Deitel and Deitel, Java How to Program, (10e), Pearson Edu., 2011
4. E Balaguruswamy, Programming with Java A Primer, (4e), Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2010
CSE 4309: PYTHON PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Getting started with python scripting, Using the file system, Reading
and writing files, Numerical Computing In Python, SciPy package,
Classes and object-oriented programming, Data types as objects,
Graphical user interfaces, Regular expressions, Network, web, and
database programming: Accessing databases in Python, Network
programming in Python, Creating a Python web application, Sample
project—creating a message wall, Web frameworks creating a model to
add database service – using SQLite; Cloud computing: google app
engine and web services: What is cloud computing, levels of cloud
computing service, what is AappEngine, The sandbox and the App
Engine SDK, Choosing an App Engine framework.
References:
1. Hans Peter Langtangen, Python Scripting for Computational Science,
(3e), Springer Publishers, 2014
2. Naomi R. Ceder, The Quick Python Book, (2e), Manning Publications
Co., 2010
3. Wesley J. Chun, Core Python Applications Programming, (3e),
Prentice Hall Publishers, 2012
4. Bill Lubanovic, Introducing Python - Modern Computing in Simple
Packages, O'Reilly Publication, 2015
5. Allen B. Downey, Think Python-How to think like a computer scientist,
(2e) O'Reilly Publication, 2015
CSE 4310: WEB PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to HTML5 and CSS3, Markup, HTML5 Style, More HTML5
Semantics, HTML5 Forms, HTML5 Audio and Video. Introducing CSS3,
CSS3 Gradients and Multiple, CSS3 Transforms and Transitions,
Embedded Fonts and Multicolumn Layouts. Introduction to JavaScript,
The Grammar of JavaScript, Adding Logic and Control to Your Programs.
Introduction to jQuery, Action/Reaction: Making Pages Come Alive with
Events, Animations and Effects, Common jQuery Tasks, Enhancing Web
Forms.
References:
1. Alexis Goldstein, Louis Lazaris, Estelle Weyl, HTML5 and CSS3 for
The Real World, (2e), SitePoint, 2015
2. David Sawyer McFarland, JavaScript and jQuery The Missing Manual,
(3e), O'Reilly Media, Inc., 2014
3. Matthew MacDonald, HTML5: The Missing Manual, (2e), O'Reilly
Media, 2013
4. Jon Duckett, Gilles Ruppert, Jack Moore, JavaScript and JQuery:
Interactive Front-End Web Development, John Wiley & Sons, 2014
5. Ed Tittel, Chris Minnick, Beginning HTML5 & CSS3 for Dummies, A
Wiley Brand, 2013
 Department of Electronics & Communication Engineering

Established in the year 1972, the department of Electronics &

Programs offered
Communication Engineering has developed itself as a center of
Under Graduate Program
excellence in academics and research. The department has been
4B.Tech in Electronics and
working primarily on imparting basic knowledge and essential skills in
Communication Engineering (1972)
Electronics and Communication Engineering to the students.
Post Graduate Programs
The department has facilities such as MEMS design center for device
4M.Tech in Digital Electronics & Communication (1999)
simulation, fabrication and testing; ATMEL MCU Center; NOVOTON ARM
4M.Tech in Microelectronics (2008)
Processor boards; development boards for embedded system; campus
wide license for MathWorks tool; and CADENCE tool for VLSI design. To PhD
support the co-curricular and extra-curricular activities, at the
department level we have IE, IEEE, ISTE student chapters. Faculty Strength
In addition to regular teaching learning activity, faculty and student are Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
involved in active research in the area of Image, Audio, and Speech
1
Processing; Biomedical Instrumentation; Soft Computing Techniques; 21 9
Source and Channel Coding; Cipher System; Sensor Networks; 12
31 32
Plasmonics; Analog and Digital VLSI; Embedded Systems; MEMS and
Nano technology, Carbon Nano Tubes, and Thin Film Technology.
Student research and project work in these domains has resulted in
Journal and Conference publications at National and International levels;
and has brought laurels at national and International level technical PhD Professors
competitions. About 60 to 70 students from every passing out batch go M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
abroad for their masters in reputed universities. B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

117
 B TECH in ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2152 Engineering Mathematics III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2257 Engineering Mathematics IV 2 1 0 3
ECE 2151 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 4 ECE 2251 Digital Signal Processing 2 1 0 3
ECE 2152 Computer Organization and Architecture 2 1 0 3 ECE 2252 Electromagnetic Waves 3 1 0 4
ECE 2153 Digital System Design 3 1 0 4 ECE 2253 Linear Integrated Circuits 3 1 0 4
II
ECE 2154 Network Analysis 2 1 0 3 ECE 2254 VLSI Design 3 1 0 4
ECE 2155 Signals and Systems 3 1 0 4 **** Open Elective I * * * 3
ECE 2161 Digital System Design Lab 0 0 6 2 ECE 2261 Electronic Circuit Design Lab 0 0 6 2
ECE 2162 Signals & Circuits Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1 ECE 2262 VLSI Lab 0 0 3 1
15 6 9 24 13 5 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27+3=30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg. Economics & Financial Management 3 0 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 3 0 0 3
ECE 3151 Analog and Digital Communication 3 1 0 4 ECE 3251 Communication Networks 3 0 0 3

118
ECE 3152 Linear Control Theory 3 1 0 4 ECE 3252 Wireless Communication 4 0 0 4
ECE 3153 Microprocessors 3 0 0 3 ECE **** Program Elective-I 3 0 0 3
III
ECE 3154 Microwave Engineering 3 1 0 4 ECE **** Program Elective-II 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective II * * * 3 **** Open Elective-III * * * 3
ECE 3161 DSP Lab 0 0 3 1 ECE 3261 Communication Networks Lab 0 0 6 2
ECE 3162 Microprocessor Lab 0 0 6 2 ECE 3262 Communication Systems Lab 0 0 6 2
15 3 9 24 16 0 12 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27+3=30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 28+3=31
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
ECE**** Program Elective-lll 3 0 0 3 ECE 4298 Industrial Training 1
ECE**** Program Elective-lV 3 0 0 3 ECE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
IV
ECE**** Program Elective-V 3 0 0 3 ECE 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
ECE**** Program Elective-VI 3 0 0 3
ECE**** Program Elective-VII 3 0 0 3
******** Open Elective IV * * * 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) +OE 15+3=18
Minor SpeciaIisations Program Electives
ECE 4065: Advanced MOS Devices
I. Computational Intelligence
ECE 4066: Advanced Processors and Controllers
ELE 4061: Artificial Intelligence
ECE 4067: Building Automation Systems
ECE 4051: Computer Vision
ECE 4068: CAD for VLSI Design
ECE 4052: Machine Learning ECE 4069: Cipher Systems
ELE 4062: Soft Computing Techniques ECE 4070: Data Structures and Algorithms
II. Control Systems ECE 4071: Electronic Instrumentation
ICE 4051: Digital Control Systems ECE 4072: Electronic System Design
ICE 4052: Non-Linear Control Systems ECE 4073: Error Control Coding
ICE 4053: Robust Control ECE 4074: Flexible Electronics
ICE 4054: System Identification ECE 4075: Information Theory and Coding
ECE 4076: Low Voltage Analog Signal Processing
III. Embedded Systems ECE 4077: Microwave Integrated Circuits
ECE 4053: Embedded System Design ECE 4078: Motion & Geometry based methods in Computer Vision
ELE 4063: FPGA based system Design ECE 4079: Nano Technology
ECE 4054: Internet of Things ECE 4080: Object Oriented Programming Using C++
ELE 4064: Real Time Systems ECE 4081: Operating Systems for Advanced Processors
ECE 4082: Optical Wireless Communication
IV. Illumination Technology
ECE 4083: Power Electronics
ELE 4065: Integrated Lighting Design
ECE 4084: Radar and Navigation Systems
ELE 4066: Lighting Controls: Technology & Applications
ECE 4085: RF Circuit Design
ELE 4067: Lighting Science: Devices and Systems
ECE 4086: Spread Spectrum Communication
ELE 4068: Solid State Lighting ECE 4087: System on Chip Design
V. Sensor Technology ECE 4088: Thin films & Nanostructures
ICE 4055: Advanced Sensor Technology ECE 4089: Time Frequency and Wavelet Transforms
ICE 4056: Micro Electro Mechanical Systems ECE 4090: VLSI Process Technology
ICE 4057: Multi Sensor Data Fusion ECE 4091: Wireless Sensor Networks
ICE 4058: Smart Sensor
Open Electives
VI. Signal Processing ECE 4301: Basics of Building Automation Systems
ECE 4055: Advanced Digital Signal Processing ECE 4302: Consumer Electronics
ELE 4073: Digital Image Processing ECE 4303: Electronic Product Design & Packaging
ECE 4056: Digital Speech Processing ECE 4304: Introduction to Communication Systems
ELE 4074: Linear Algebra for Signal Processing ECE 4305: Introduction to Nano science & Technology
ECE 4306: MEMS Technology
VII. Telecommunication
ECE 4057: Mobile Communication
ECE 4058: Modern Wireless Technologies
ECE 4059: Optical Fiber Communication THIRD SEMESTER
ECE 4060: Satellite Communication
MAT 2152: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
VIII. VLSI Design Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R equations,
ECE 4061: Analog & Mixed Signal Design differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's integral
ECE 4062: Digital Design Verification formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues,
ECE 4063: Low power VLSI Design Cauchy's residue theorem. Periodic function, Fourier Series expansion.
ECE 4064: Semiconductor Device Theory even and odd functions, functions with arbitrary periods, Half range
lX. Material Science expansions Fourier transform, Parseval's identity, PDE-Solution by
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials method of separation of variables and by indicated transformations. One
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices dimensional wave equation, One dimensional heat equation and their
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding solutions. Vector differential operator, gradient divergence and curl.
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound Line, surface and volume integrals. Green's theorem, Divergence and
Stoke's theorem
X. Business Management
HUM 4051: Financial Management References:
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management 1. Grewal B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics (40e), Khanna Publishers.
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
2. Kreyszig E., Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Wiley Eastern, 2010
HUM 4054: Operation Management
3. Gerald C. F. and Wheatley P. O., Applied Numerical Analysis (7e),
Xl. Computational Mathematics Pearson Education
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis 4. Spiegel M. R., Lipschutz S. and Spellman D., Vector Analysis,
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra Schaum's Outline Series, McGraw Hill
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments 5. Narayanan S., Pillay T. K. M., and RamanaiahG., Advanced
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices Mathematics for Engineering Students, S. Vishwanathan, 1993

119
 ECE 2154: NETWORK ANALYSIS [2 1 0 3]
ECE 2151: ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS [3 1 0 4]
Network Theorems. Evaluation of initial and final conditions in RL, RC
Introduction to MOSFET, Large and Small-Signal model. Biasing,
and RLC circuits. General and particular solutions of RL, RC and RLC
Amplifier topologies, Analysis and Design of various amplifier
circuits. Response of RC circuits to different excitations. Solution of RL,
configurations. Current mirror and active load, Cascode amplifier,
RC, RLC networks using Laplace transform.Two port Networks.Finding
Multistage Amplifiers. Analysis of MOS Differential pair. Frequency
two port parameters,relationship between two port parameters.
Response analysis of amplifier configurations. Basic principles and
Interconnected two port networks. Network functions. Poles and Zeros
analysis of different types of oscillators. Negative feedback and
of Network Functions.
advantages, analysis of different negative feedback amplifier topologies.
Different classes of power amplifier and their analysis.
References:
1. Valkenburg. M. E. V.,Network Analysis, Pearson Education, 2006.
References:
2. Singh R. R., Network Analysis and Synthesis, McGraw Hill, 2013.
1. Razavi B., Fundamentals of Microelectronics, Wiley, 2013.
3. Nahvi M. and Edminister J., Electric Circuits, Schaum's Outline Series
2. Sedra. A.S. and Smith K. C., Microelectronic Circuits, Oxford
(6e), McGraw Hill.
University Press, 2011.
4. Millman J. and Taub H., Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms (3e),
3. Franco S., Analog Circuit Design: Discrete and Integrated, McGraw
McGraw Hill.
Hill. 2014.
4. Boylestad R.L. and Nashelsky L., Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory (11e), PHI, 2012. ECE 2155: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
5. Millman J., Halkias C. C., and Parekh C. D., Integrated Electronics, Signals and elementary operations on them. Fourier representation,
McGraw Hill. 2010. Parseval's relations, Energy and Power spectral density. Systems and
their properties. LTI systems and their characterization, analysis of LTI
systems using convolution, Description of LTI systems using differential
ECE 2152: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE [2 1 0 3]
and difference equations, Frequency domain analysis of LTI systems,
Processor organization: ALU, Registers, Stack, Instruction set & convolution and modulation of mixed class signals. Continuous time LTI
addressing modes. Processor design: ALU design, Register design, system analysis using Laplace transform, discrete time LTI system
Multiplication & Division Algorithms, MAC. Accessing schemes for IO analysis using Z-transform. Sampling theorem.
devices and memory. Memory hierarchy, cache, DMA, timers/counters.
Micro-programmed and hard wired control unit design, pipelining and
References:
parallel processing. Types of architecture: RISC, CISC, SIMD, MIMD,
VLIW. Fixed point and floating point DSP architectures. 1. Haykin S. and Veen B. V., Signals and Systems, John Wiley and Sons,
2008.
2. Oppenheim A. V., Willsky A. S. and Nawab A.,Signals and Systems,
References:
PHI, 2015.
1. Rafiquzzaman M. and Chandra R., Modern Computer Architecture,
3. Hsu H. and Ranjan R.,Signals and Systems, Schaum's Outline
Galgotia Publications, 1999.
Series, McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Patterson D. A. and Hennessy J. L., Computer Organization and
4. Lathi B. P., Linear Systems and Signals, Oxford University Press,
Design. The Hardware/Software Interface (3e), Elsevier, 2005.
2005
3. Carter N., Computer Architecture, Schaum's Outline, McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi. 2006
ECE 2161: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB [0 0 6 2]
4. Heys J. P, Computer Architecture and Organization, McGraw-Hill
International Editions, 1998. Measurement of performance parameters of digital ICs, transfer
characteristic of inverter, verification of Boolean theorems and laws,
5. Kuo S. M. and Gan W. S., Digital Signal Processors-Architectures,
implementation and verification of combinational and synchronous/
Implementations and Applications, Pearson Education, 2005.
asynchronous sequential circuits using digital ICs, experiments based
on HDL packages and simulation of digital circuits using open source
ECE 2153: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 1 0 4] software. Mini project based on digital hardware or software tool.
Logic Design Fundamentals, Combinational Logic Design, Sequential
Logic Design, Introduction to Verilog HDL, Structural modeling, Data-
ECE 2162: SIGNALS AND CIRCUITS SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
flow Modeling, BehavioralModeling, Switch Level Modeling, Tasks and
KVL and KCL, RLC series and parallel Resonance, MOSFET
Functions, Testing Verilog model, Digital Implementation Options and
characteristics, MOSFET amplifier, Characteristics of OPAMP, Maximum
Design Flow, FPGA Architectures and Applications
power transfer theorem, Norton's Theorem, Signals and systems and
their properties, Fourier Analysis of signals, sampling and signal
References: reconstruction, Analysis of LTI system and response.
1. Kohavi Z., Jha N.K., Switching and Finite Automata Theory,
Cambridge (3e), 2010.
2. Mano M. and Ciletti M. D., Digital Design, Pearson Education, 2007 FOURTH SEMESTER
3. Smith M. J. S., Application Specific ICs, Pearson 1997.
4. Palnitkar S., Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis, MAT 2257: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Prentice Hall PTR, 2003. Finite sample spaces, conditional probability and independence, Baye's
5. Brown S. and Vranesic Z., Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog theorem, one dimensional random variable, mean, variance,
Design, TMH, 2013. Chebyshev's inequality. Two and higher dimensional random variables,
covariance, correlation coefficient, least squares principles of curve

120
fitting. Binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, chi-square and
exponential distributions. Moment generating function, functions of one
and two dimensional random variables, sampling theory, central limit
theorem and applications. Stochastic processes. Difference Calculus,
difference equations with constant coefficients, solutions. Finite
difference expressions for first and second order derivatives. Solution of
boundary value problems, numerical solutions of Laplace and Poisson
equations by standard five point formula and heat and wave equations by
explicit methods.
References:
1. Meyer P.L., Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications ,
Second Edn., American Publishing Co., 1979
2. Kreyszig E, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (5e), Wiley Eastern,
1985.
3. Hogg R.V. and Craig A.T., Introduction to Mathematical Statistics
(4e)., MacMillan, 1975
4. Narayanan S., Ramaniah G. and Pillay M, Advanced Engineering
Mathematics, Vol 3, S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers.
ECE 2251: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Review of Z - transform, stability analysis of LTI systems, unilateral Z -
transform, solution of difference equations. DFT and its properties.
Linear filtering using DFT. FFT algorithms. Structures for IIR and FIR
filters. Digital filter design techniques. Linear phase FIR filters -
symmetric and anti-symmetric impulse response. Power spectrum
estimation.
References:
1. Proakis J. G, Manolakis D. G. and Mimitris D, Introduction to Digital
Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, India, 2007.
2. Oppenheim A.V, Schafer R. W, Discrete Time Signal Processing,
Pearson Education, 2004.
3. Ifeachor E. C. and Jervis B.W., Digital Signal Processing - A Practical
Approach, Pearson Education, Asia, 2003.
4. Rabiner L. R, Gold D. J, Theory and Applications of Digital Signal
Processing, Prentice Hall, India, 1998.
5. Mitra S. K., Digital Signal Processing - A Computer Based Approach,
TMH, 2007.
ECE 2252: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES [3 1 0 4]
Review of coordinate systems and vectors, Gauss's law, Divergence
theorem, electric potential and its gradient, current and its continuity
equation, Biotsavart's law, Ampere's law, Stoke's theorem, Magnetic flux
density, Electric and Magnetic field boundary conditions. Time varying
fields & Maxwell's equations. Plane wave propagation in free space,
lossy& lossless dielectrics, and in good conductors, Poynting theorem,
Wave reflection and transmission, Rectangular and circular waveguides.
Transmission lines, Smith Chart, applications of transmission lines.
References:
1. Hayt W. and Buck J., Engineering Electromagnetics, McGraw Hill,
2011
2. Shevgaonkar R. K., Electromagnetic Waves, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005
3. Sadiku M. N. O., Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University
Press, 2014
4. Edminister J., Electromagnetics, Schaum's Outline series, McGraw
Hill, 2010
5. Reddy G. J. and Prasad T. J., Basics of Electromagnetics and
Transmission Lines, BS Publications, 2017
121
ECE 2253: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS [3 1 0 4]
Op-amp and its characteristics, measurement of Op-Amp parameters,
basic mathematical operations using Op-Amp. Current amplifiers.
Design and analysis of various active filters. Linear and non-linear
applications of op-amp. Special ICs:555 IC, 565 IC, and 566 IC and their
applications. Data converters: design and analyses of various ADC and
DAC
References:
1. Sergio F, Design with Op amps and Analog Integrated Circuits,
McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Gayakwad R.A., Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, Prentice
Hall of India, 2000.
3. Roy D. C. and Jain S., Linear Integrated Circuits, Wiley Eastern
ECE 2254: VLSI DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
VLSI technology trends, MOS device operation, NMOS and CMOS
inverter, NMOS and CMOS fabrication: N-well, P-well, twin-tub CMOS
and SOI process, VLSI implementation of combinational and sequential
circuits using switch and gate logic, Bi CMOS inverters and gates,
Dynamic logic: gates, latches and registers, Memory: RAM, ROM,
EPROM, EEPROM and flash memory, Stick diagrams, design rules and
layouts, scaling, delay and power in NMOS and CMOS inverters,
structured design approach and subsystem design, Alternatives to
CMOS technology.
References:
1. Rabaey J.M., Digital Integrated Circuits, Prentice Hall India, 2003.
2. Weste N. and Eshraghian K, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design (2e),
Addison Wesley Publication.
3. Kang. S. M and Leblebici Y., CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Design
and Analysis, (3e), Tata Mcgraw Hill.
4. Pucknell D. A. and Eshraghian K., Basic VLSI Design, PHI publication,
2009.
5. Mukherjee A., Introduction to NMOS and CMOS VLSI systems
Design, Prentice Hall, 1986.
ECE 2261: ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT DESIGN LAB [0 0 6 2]
Amplifier design using discrete components, Oscillators, Power
management Circuits, Op-amp linear applications, Op-amp nonlinear
applications, Active filters using Op-amp, Timer applications using
IC555, Study of special IC's (PLL and Data Converters).
ECE 2262: VLSI LAB [0 0 3 1]
Synthesis and implementation of digital circuits using Xilinx FPGA Kit,
Layout generation for CMOS digital circuits and post-layout simulation
using Microwind, Simulation of digital circuits using Cadence NC launch
tool. Circuit simulations.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051:ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types – Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
ECE 3151: ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION [3 1 0 4]
Analog modulation and demodulation techniques, noise and effect of
noise in communication. Digital Coding of Analog waveforms, Pulse
Modulation, Quantization, Coding, Digital Formats, Regeneration, Inter-
symbol Interference, Ideal andpractical solutions, Eye pattern, Detection
and Estimation, Gram-Schmidt Orthogonalization, Matched filter and its
properties, Coherent and non-coherent digital modulation techniques,
Design goals of modulation techniques. Error and Spectral analysis,
Digital signaling through band limited channels, basic information theory.
References:
1. Haykin S., An Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications,
Wiley, 2008
2. Haykin S., Digital Communications, Wiley, 2008
3. Roddy D. and Coolen J., Electronic Communications, PHI, 2001.
4. Lathi B. P., Modern Digital and Analog Communication, Oxford
University Press, 2005.
5. Ziemer R.E. and Tranter W.H, Principles of Communications (5e),
Wiley India.
ECE 3152: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Classification of control systems, Mathematical modeling of electrical
circuits/mechanical systems (translational & rotary)/electro-mechanical
systems/geared systems, reduction of sub-systems, signal flow graphs,
Time domain response of 1st and 2nd order systems, RH criteria, Root
Locus technique, Bode plots, Nyquist Plots, Frequency domain based
compensator design and their realization through OPAMPS,
Design/realization of active P, PI, PID controllers for LTI systems. State
equation, state space modeling, Physical variable form of electrical/
mechanical/ electromechanical systems, Phase variable form of
electrical/ mechanical/ electromechanical systems, State space models
122
from transfer function, Solution of state equation for continuous time
system, State transition matrix, Controllability criteria, Observability
criteria
References:
1. NiseN. S., Control Systems Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,
2010
2. KuoB. C.,Automatic Control Systems, (7e), PHI.
3. Ogata K, Modern Control Engineering, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice
Hall, 2010
4. Nagrath I. J. and Gopal M., Control Systems: Principles and Design,
McGraw Hill, 2008
ECE 3153: MICROPROCESSORS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to microprocessors, ARM7TDMI programmers model,
Assembler directives, Instruction set, ARM assembly language
programming, exceptions and interrupts, ARM APCS. Introduction to
memory mapped peripherals LPC2104 and LPC2132. Introduction to
ARM Cortex M3 and OMAP L138.
References:
1. Hohl W., ARM Assembly Language Fundamentals and Techniques,
CRC press, 2009
2. Sloss A.N., ARM System Developer's Guide, Designing and
Optimizing System Software, Elsevier, 2004
3. Gibson J. R., ARM Assembly Language-an Introduction, Dept. of
Electrical Engineering and Electronics, The University of Liverpool,
2007.
4. Reay D., Digital Signal Processing and Applications with the OMAP-
L138 Experimenter, Wiley.
ECE 3154: MICROWAVE ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Microwave hybrid circuits, S-matrix. Microwave measurements. Cavity
Resonators, Klystrons, TWT, Magnetron. Antennas – types, basic
parameters, Review of electric & magnetic vector potentials, Dipole
antenna, Circular loop antenna, Antenna arrays, Folded dipole, Helical
antenna, Yagi – Uda array, log periodic antennas, Horn antenna,
Microstrip antenna. Matching Techniques, Introduction to smart
antennas, millimetre wave antenna & fractal antenna.
References:
1. Balanis C. A., Antenna Theory (3e), John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi
2. Kraus J.D., Antennas (2e), McGraw-Hill
3. Liao S., Microwave Devices and Circuits, PHI Ltd., 1990.
4. Pozar D.M., Microwave Engineering (3e), John Wiley and Sons, 1998
5. Balanis C. A., Introduction to Smart Antennas, Morgan and Claypool
Publishers, 2007
ECE 3161: DSP LAB [0 0 3 1]
Spectral Analysis of discrete time signals and systems, Digital filter
design, Introduction to Code Composer Studio, Digital filter
implementation using DSP kits, Signal processing applications using
DSP kits.
ECE 3162: MICROPROCESSOR LAB [0 0 6 2]
Experiments on ARM7: Programming system resources, Interfacing
Basic IO devices like LEDs and Switches, Interfacing Display devices,
Data converters, Motor controllers. Working on serial communication
protocols, Experiments on ARM Cortex Processor, Experiments on
OMAP processor. Study projects on other Microcontrollers.

SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D. Essentials of Management,McGraw Hill, New York, 2004
2. Peter Drucker.Management, Task and Responsibility, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker.The practice of management, Butterworth Hein Mann,
2003
ECE 3251: COMMUNICATION NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Types of CNs, Network Hardware, Software, ISO:OSI, TCP/IP, ATM
Reference Models. Physical Layer: Media, Line coding, channel
capacity, Multiplexing, Multiple Access, switching. Design issues of
DLL, Error Control, Flow Control, MAC: Random Access, Controlled
Access, IEEE 802.3, 802.5, FDDI. Design issues of Network Layer,
Shortest Path Routing, Distance Vector, Link State, Hierarchical Routing,
Congestion Control, QoS, IP Addressing, NAT, ARP, RARP, Unicast
Routing Protocols. TCP, UDP. Application Layer protocols. Mobile IP and
TCP.
References:
1. Fourouzan B. A., Data Communications and Networking, (5e)
McGraw Hill, 2013
2. Garcia A.L and Widjaja I., Communication Networks, McGraw Hill,
2006
3. Stallings W., Data and Computer Communication (7e), Prentice Hall.
4. Forouzan B.A, TCP/IP Protocol Suite (4e), Tata McGraw Hill 2010
5. Mir N.F., Computer and Communication Networks, Pearson
Education, 2007
ECE 3252: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION [4 0 0 4]
Path loss models, shadowing, outage probability. Channel fading
models, autocorrelation, power spectral density, power delay profile,
coherence bandwidth and time. Capacity of fading channels, Digital
Modulation for Wireless Communications. Receiver diversity, transmitter
diversity, analysis based on moment generating functions. Linear
Equalizers, MLSE, DFE. MIMO models, capacity of MIMO channels,
MIMO diversity gain and introduction to space time modulation and
coding.
123
References:
1. Goldsmith A., Wireless Communications, Cambridge University
Press, 2009.
2. Rappaport T. S., Wireless Communication - Principles and Practice,
Pearson, 2002.
3. Tse D. and Viswanath P., Fundamentals of Wireless Communication,
Cambridge University Press, 2005.
4. Molisch A. F., Wireless Communications, John Wiley and Sons,
2010.
ECE 3261: COMMUNICATION NETWORKS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Simulate and evaluate the performance of Point-to-Point Networks,
various Networks Topologies, Wired and Wireless LANs, Routing
Protocols for Mobile-Ad hoc Networks and Wireless Sensor Networks.
Implement the various MAC Protocols, Sliding Window Protocols.
Execute and verify the Error Control Techniques, shortest Path
Algorithms. Demonstrate the IoT based Home Automation System,
Patient Monitoring System and Smart Agriculture. Mini project.
ECE 3262: COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Design, simulation and characterization of Microstrip components and
antennas, LNA design and simulation, TDM of band-limited signals, ASK,
FSK, PSK, DPSK, QPSK, PCM and MSK signal generation and detection.
Pulse Shaping and Matched Filtering, Synchronization, Channel
Estimation & Equalization, Frame Detection & Frequency Offset
Correction, OFDM Modulation & Frequency Domain Equalization,
Synchronization in OFDM Systems, Channel Coding in OFDM Systems.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ECE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
ECE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
ELE 4061: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Foundation and History of AI, State of the art, Fields of application,
Performance measures, Rationality, Specification and properties of task
environment, Structure of Agents, Problem solving by searching,
Searching for solutions, uninformed search strategies, Informed search
strategies, Heuristic functions, Local search algorithms, Online search
agents, Knowledge based agents, The Wumpus World, Propositional
logic – reasoning patterns, effective inference, First order logic - Syntax
and semantics, Knowledge engineering, Inference rule, forward and
backward chaining, Ontological engineering, categories and objects,
Processes and intervals, reasoning systems, Truth maintenance
systems, Uncertainty, Basic probability notation, Axioms, Baye's rule,
Bayesian networks, Inference in Bayesian networks.
References:
1. Russell S. and Norvig P, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach
(3e), Pearson, 2012
2. Rich E., Knight K. and Nair S. B, Artificial Intelligence (3e), Tata
McGraw Hill, 2012
3. Poole D. and Mackworth A, Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of
Computational Agents (2e), Cambridge University Press, 2017
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105077/
ECE 4051: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Image formation model using pinhole camera, Linear filters and
convolution, Image derivatives, Features: corners, SIFT, HOG, textures.
Segmentation using clustering (K-means, Mean-Shift, Watershed) and
fitting model, Segmentation and fitting using probabilistic methods (EM
algorithm), Geometry of two view and Camera calibration including radial
distortion, Bayes Classifier: using class histograms, using class
conditional density, Support Vector machine
References:
1. Forsyth D. A. and Ponce J, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach,
Pearson Education, 2003
2. Szeliski R, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer,
2010
3. Hartleyand R. and Zisserman A., Multiple View Geometry in
Computer Vision(2e), Cambridge University Press, 2004
4. Shapiro L. and Stockman G., Computer Vision, Pearson Education,
2001
ECE 4052: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Machine learning basics, Naïve Bayesian Model. Non-Parametric
Techniques: Density Estimation, Parzen Windows, k- Nearest-Neighbor
Estimation, K- nearest neighbor classification, Radial Basis Function
Network, Learning Vector Quantization, Clustering, K-Means clustering,
Competitive learning, Self-Organizing Maps, Recurrent Neural Network,
Hopfield Neural Network, Adaptive Resonance Theory, Support vector
machines, Statistical Hypothesis testing- t-test, ANOVA, feature
selection methods – Filter based techniques and wrapper methods,
Principal Component Analysis, Applications of PCA, PCA ,Independent
component analysis, Voting, Error correcting output codes, Bagging,
Boosting
References:
1. Alpaydin E, Introduction to Machine Learning, (2e), MIT Press. 2010.
2. Duda R.O, Hart P.E. and Stork D.G., Pattern Classification, (2e), Wiley,
2001
3. Harrington P., Machine Learning in Action, Manning Publications,
2012.
4. Bishop C. M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer,
2007.
5. Jensen R. and Shen Q. Computational Intelligence and Feature
124
Selection: Rough and Fuzzy Approaches, Vol. 8, IEEE Press Series on
Computational Intelligence, John Wiley and Sons, 2008
ELE 4062: SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Soft computing, soft computing techniques, Artificial
Neural Networks, Multilayer Perceptron, Gradient descent, Logistic
discrimination, Single layer Perceptron, Training a perceptron, Multilayer
perceptron, Back-Propagation Algorithm, Fuzzy Systems, Fuzzy Logic,
Membership Functions, Fuzzy Controllers, Evolutionary Algorithms,
Genetic Algorithms, Other Optimization Techniques, Metaheuristic
Search, Traveling Salesman Problem, Introduction to hybrid systems, ,
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems, Evolutionary Neural
Networks, Evolving Fuzzy Logic, Fuzzy Artificial Neural Networks
References:
1 Zurada M J, Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems, Jaico
publication. 2016
2 Ross T J, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, Intl. edition,
McGraw Hill publication, 2012.
3. Shukla A, Tiwari R, Kala R, Real Life Applications of Soft Computing,
CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, London 2010
4. Sivanandam S.N and Deepa S.N , Principles of Soft Computing ,
Wiley India edition, 2009
5. Rajasekaran S. and Pai G. A. V., "Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithms" PHI Learning, 2003
ICE 4051: DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Sampling, Data acquisition, Quantization, sample and hold,
zero order hold, frequency domain consideration in sampling and
reconstruction. Difference equations, pulse transfer function, Block
diagram analysis of sample data systems, time response of discrete time
control systems, Steady State error analysis, Stability, Jury's stability
test, bilinear transformation, Root locus technique, W transformation,
Bode Plot. Nyquist Stability analysis, Design of Lag, Lead, Lag-lead
compensator using root locus and Bode plot, Design of PID controller,
Lyapunov Stability Analysis, State Space Analysis, Diagonalization,
Solution of state equations, Controllability, Observability, Representation
of the system in different canonical forms, Pole Placement- Ackermann's
Formula, Dead beat Algorithm.
References:
1. Ogata K., Discrete time control systems (7e), PHI, 2011.
2. Gopal M., Digital control and state variable methods, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2001.
3. Houpis C.H. and Lamont G.B., Digital Control Systems, McGraw-
Hill,1995.
4. Franklin G.F., Powell D.J. and Workman M. L., Digital Control of
Dynamic Systems (2e), Addison-Wesley, 1990.
5. George V. I. and Kurian C.P., Digital Control Systems, Cengage
publishers, 2012.
ICE 4052: NON-LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Lyapunov stability usingKrasovskii's method, Variable
Gradient method,L2 stability of state models, L2 gain, small gain
theorem, Passivity, Memory less functions, L2 gain and Lyapunov
stability, passivity theorems, passivity based control, Review of
describing function method, Absolute Stability Circle criterions, Popov
Criterion, stabilization via linearization and Integral control, Gain
scheduling, Graphical Linearization Methods, Analytical Linearization
Method, Evaluation of Linearization Coefficients by Least-Squares
Method, Local linearization, Feedback linearization, Input-state
linearization, Input-output linearization, Internal dynamics, Zero
dynamics, Model Reference Adaptive Control (MRAC).Slidingmode
Control, sliding surfaces, continuous approximations of switching
control laws, modeling performance trade off, Tracking regulation via
Integral control, Lyapunov redesign, non-linear damping, back stepping,
high gain observers.
References:
1. Khalil H.K., Nonlinear Systems (3e), Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Marino R. and Tomei P., Nonlinear Control Design - Geometric,
Adaptive and Robust, Prentice Hall, 1995.
3. Slotine J.J.E. and W.Li.,Applied Nonlinear control, Prentice Hall,
1998.
4. Isidori A., Non-linear Control Systems, Springer Verlag, 1999.
5.
ICE 4053: ROBUST CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Issues in Control System Design, Norms for signals and
systems, Input- Output Relationships, Computing the Norm by State-
Space Methods,Condition for Internal stability, sensitivity and
complementary sensitivity function, Asymptotic Tracking, Performance,
Sources of Model Uncertainties, Plant Uncertainty Model, Small Gain
Theorem, Robust Stability, Robust Performance,Existence of Stabilizing
Controllers, Parameterization of All Stabilizing Controllers, Coprime
Factorization. Loop shaping with C, Shaping S, T, or Q, P-1 Stable, P-1
Unstable, The Modified Problem, Spectral Factorization, Case Studies-
Robust Control for Mass Damper Spring Systems, Spacecraft and
Inverted Pendulum.
References:
1. Doyle, J.C., Francis B.A. and Tannenbaum A., Feedback Control
Theory, Macmillan Publishing co.,1990.
2. Zhou K, Doyle J. C and Glover K., Robust and Optimal Control,
Prentice Hall, Inc New Jersey.1995.
3. Wolovich W. A, Automatic Control Systems, Saunders College
Publishing.1994.
4. Zhou K. and Doyle J.C., Essential of Robust Control, Prentice Hall,
1998.
5. Dorf R.C. and Bishop R.H., Modern Control Systems (8e), Addison
Wesly Longman Inc., 1998.
ICE 4054: SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to system modeling, Types of system models, Importance
of system models, Model development techniques – first principle based
and data driven based, Introduction to System Identification, Procedure
for identification, Concept of Identifiability, Signal to Noise Ratio,
Overfitting, LTI System Modeling using time and frequency, Direct
impulse response identification, Direct step response identification,
Impulse response Identification using step response, Empirical Transfer
function Identification, Correlation Methods, Linear Regression, Least
Square Estimation, Equation Error Models – ARX Models, ARMAX
Models, ARIMAX Models, OE Models, Box Jenkins Model,Model
Validation Techniques
References:
1. Tangirala A.K., Principles of System Identification Theory and
Practice, CRC Press, 2016.
2. Keesman K.J., System Identification – An Introduction, Springer,
2011.
125
ECE 4053: EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Typical embedded system: Core of the embedded system, memory,
sensors & actuators, communication interface, Serial/Parallel
Communication protocols, Hardware and software co-design: Data-path
and controller design, Architecture design; Development Environment:
OS and non-OS based firmware embedding techniques; Firmware
Design and Development; operating system basics; Embedded
development life cycle.
References:
1. VahidF andGivargis T, Embedded System Design, Wiley Publication,
2002.
2. Shibu K. V, Introduction to Embedded Systems, McGraw Hill
Publication, 2013.
3. Chisholm P S R,HanleyD, JonesM, Lindner M, and Work L, C
Programming: Just the FAQs, SAMs publishing, 1995.
4. Wolf W, Modern VLSI Design-IP based Design, Prentice Hall, (4e),
2008.
ELE 4063: FPGA BASED SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Overview of Digital Systems – Implementation options, FPGA –
Architecture, Programming technologies, Altera &Actel logic cells, I/O
Blocks, Programmable interconnects, Logic implementation , Design
verification- Test bench codes, Hardware testing, FPGA Architectural
options; granularity of function and wiring resources, reconfigurable
architectures- Fine grained, Coarse grained, Medium grained, Embedded
multipliers, adders, MACs, processor cores, Configuring an FPGA ;
Vendor specific issues, Logic block architecture, timing models-static
and dynamic timing analysis, Input and Output cell characteristics ,
Power dissipation, Partitioning and placement, Routing resources
,Embedded system design using FPGAs, DSP using FPGAs, Multi FPGA
systems, Reconfigurable systems, Application case studies
References:
1. Smith M.J.S., Application Specific Integrated Circuits, Pearson, 2000
2. Ashenden P, Digital Design using Verilog, Elsevier, 2007
3. Wolf W. , FPGA Based System Design, Pearson, 2004
4. Maxfield C, The Design Warriors Guide to FPGAs, Elsevier, 2004
5. Graham P S and Gokhale M, Reconfigurable Computing Accelerating
Computation with Field-Programmable Gate Arrays, Springer, 2005.
ECE 4054: INTERNET OF THINGS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Internet of Things, Sensing, actuation, Basics of
Networking, Sensor networks, Machine to Machine communication
(M2M), IOT technologies and Architectures: Infrastructure and service
discovery protocols for the IoT ecosystems; Realization of IoT
ecosystem using wireless technologies; Interoperability in IoT , Data
handling and analytics, cloud computing, Real world design constraints;
IoT use Cases
References:
1. Raj P. and Raman A. C., The Internet of Things: Enabling
Technologies, Platforms and Use Cases, CRC Press, 2017
2. Bagha A. and Medisetti V, Internet of Things: A Hands on Approach,
University Press
3. Holler J., Tsiatsis V., Mulligan C., Karnouskos S., Avesand S., and
Boyle D., From Machine to Machine to the Internet of Things:
Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence, Academic Press, 2014
4. Vahid F, Givargis T., Embedded Systems Design: A Unified
Hardware/Software Introduction, Wiley Publications, 2000
5. Axelson J, Parallel Port Complete, Penram Publications.
 ELE 4064: REAL TIME SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to real time embedded system, terminology, Real time
design issues, characteristics. Types of real time systems, timing
constraints, precedence constraints, dependencies, functional and
resource parameters. Real time operating systems, kernels, queues,
semaphores, Multi processing and multitasking, priority inversion, dead-
lock. Real time services, Real time standards, System resources,
Processing, scheduling policies, Performance measures for real time
systems. Scheduling algorithms, periodic and aperiodic, priority driven,
frame size constraints, real time communication
References:
1. Liu J, Real Time Systems, Pearson Education, 2006
2. Siewert S., Real Time Embedded Systems and Components,
Cengage Learning, 2007
3. Li Q., Real Time Concepts for Embedded Systems, CMP Books,
Elsevier, 2003
4. Chattopadhyay S, Embedded System Design, PHI, 2011
5. Krishna C.M. and Shin K S, Real Time Systems, McGraw Hill, 1997
ELE 4065: INTEGRATED LIGHTING DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Interior lighting design: Artificial illumination design techniques: quality
and quantity aspects, Energy efficiency in illumination systems, lamp
and luminaire selection, Energy conservation, visual comfort and
thermal comfort. Design calculations. Exterior lighting design: Road
Lighting, Sports lighting and flood lighting, Daylight -artificial light
integration, Simulation assisted design of interior and exterior, lighting
design standards – Subjective analysis in lighting design, daylight-
artificial light integration and energy performance.
References:
1. National Lighting Code(SP 72: 2010), Bureau of Indian Standards,
2010.
2. I.E.S.N.A., New York, Lighting Hand Book(10e), IESNA, 2011.
3. Code of practice for interior illumination - IS 3646 (Part 1) 1992, IS
3646 (Part 2) 1966, IS 3646 (Part 3) 1968.
4. Code of practice for road lighting - IS 1944 (Part 1 to 6).
Mark K., Spangler C. and Benya J.R., Lighting design basics (3e),
John Wiley & Sons, 2017.
ELE 4066: LIGHTING CONTROLS: TECHNOLOGY &
APPLICATIONS [2 1 0 3]
Strategies and technologies: occupancy sensing, switching controls,
daylight adaptation and photo sensors, Commissioning and energy
codes, Controller and control algorithms: Integral reset, open-loop and
closed loop control, adaptive control, predictive control , inverse control
with online adaptive learning, Camera based measurement, virtual
scenario based intelligent lighting control, Protocols and Networking:
architecture, standard lighting protocols, wired and wireless , centralized
and distributed, WSAN lighting control application, connected lighting
system, SoC solutions for lighting control system, Power-over-Ethernet,
Commissioning of smart lighting system.
References:
1. Simpson R.S., Lighting control: technology and applications, Taylor
& Francis, 2003.
2. DiLouie C., Lighting controls handbook, The Fairmont Press, Inc.,
2008.
126
3. Cai H., Luminance gradient for evaluating lighting, Lighting Research
& Technology 48.2, 2016: 155-175.
4. Serpanos D. and Wolf M., Internet-of-things (IoT) Systems:
Architectures, Algorithms, Methodologies, Springer, 2017.
5. Yang S.H., Wireless sensor networks: Principles, Design and
Applications, Springer, 2014.
ELE 4067: LIGHTING SCIENCE: DEVICES AND SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Light & Vision: Human visual system, photoreceptors, colour perception
-spectral, spatial, and temporal characteristics, chromatic adaptation
and contrast sensitivity. Lighting technologies: Light sources and
Luminaires, Generation, distribution and control, emerging sources and
luminaires, optical, electrical and thermal characteristics. Photometry &
Colorimetry: measurements and calculations, characterization of colors
of lights and objects - experimental and simulation analysis, measuring
instruments, testing, reliability and lifetime of luminaires, evaluation of
lighting products .
References:
1. DiLaura D.L.,Lighting Handbook (10e), IESNA, 2011.
2. Mottier P., LED for Lighting Applications (1e), Wiley, 2009
3. Kitsinelis S., Light Sources: Technologies and Applications, CRC
press, 2010.
4. Cayless M.A. and Marsdon A.M., Lamps and Lighting (4e), Oxford
and IBH publishing company, 1996.
5. Lindsey J.L., Applied Illumination Engineering (2e), Fairmont Press,
Inc., 1997.
ELE 4068: SOLID STATE LIGHTING [2 1 0 3]
General Characteristics of LEDs, Electrical and optical characteristics of
high brightness LEDs, CIE Chromaticity coordinates, viewing angle,
Binning, Mac dam ellipse, spectral tuning and optimization algorithms,
Case study: Circadian rhythm, Daylight matching spectrum and its
applications in healthcare - skin and Brain related therapies, Vitamin D
synthesis, LED-on-the-Tip Endoscope, LEDs in Horticulture and
Automotive lighting, LED drivers: power supply, dimming and controller,
Thermal management and Heat sink design , lifetime and reliability.
References:
1. Schubert F.E., Light emitting Diodes(2e), Cambridge University
press, 2006.
2. Khanna V.K., Fundamentals of Solid state Lighting, CRC press, 2014.
3. Zukauskus A., Shur M.S. and Gaska R., Introduction to solid state
lighting, Wiley-Interscience, 2002.
4. Held G., Introduction to Light Emitting Diode Technology and
Applications, CRC press, 2009.
5. Mohan N., Undeland T. M. and Robbins W. P., Power Electronic
converters, Applications and Design (1e), John Wiley and sons, 1989.
ICE 4055: ADVANCED SENSOR TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Sensor classifications, Advanced sensing materials, Properties of
materials, Design and modeling issues,Fiber optic light propagation,
Graded index fibers, Fiber optic communication driver circuits, Laser
classifications, Driver circuits for solid state laser diodes, Radiation
sensors and Optical combinations, Accelerometers, Thermal, Humidity
and moisture sensor, Proximity detectors using polarized light,
Semiconductor gas sensor, Fluidic and Micro-fluidic sensors,
Gyroscope laser, Chemical sensor characteristics, Classification of
Chemical sensing mechanism, Sensors based on direct and indirect
sensing techniques.
References:
1. Fraden J., Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and
Applications, Springer, 2010.
2. Ripka P. and Tipek A., Modern Sensors Handbook (2e), Wiley
Publication, 2007.
3. Webster J.G., Medical Instrumentation Application and Design,
Houghton Mifflin Co., 2004.
ICE 4056: MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of MEMS and NEMS, scaling laws, Rigid-body dynamics,
Electrostatic and electro-magnetic forces, Materials, Photolithography,
Ion implantation, Diffusion, Oxidation, Chemical Vapor Deposition,
Physical vapor Deposition-Sputtering, Deposition by epitaxy, Etching,
Bulk Micro manufacturing, Surface Micromachining, LIGA process,
Microsystem Design- Process design, Mechanical design, Introduction
to computer aided design using COMSOL Multiphysics, Electrostatic
sensors and actuation, Thermal sensing and actuation, Piezoelectric
sensing and actuation, Microsystem Packaging-Types, Interfaces,
Technologies, Selection, Design and packaging case study.
References:
1. Hsu T.R., MEMS & Microsystems Design and Manufacture (1e), Tata
McGraw-Hill Edition, 2002.
2. Liu C., Foundations of MEMS, Pearson International Edition, 2006.
3. Lyshevski S.E., MEMS and NEMS systems, Devices and Structures,
CRC Press, 2002.
4. Kovacs G.T.A., Micro Machined Transducers Sourcebook, WCB
McGraw-Hill, 1998.
5. Senturia S.D., Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
Springer, 2000.
ICE 4057: MULTI SENSOR DATA FUSION [3 0 0 3]
Concept and role of fusion, Fusion types, Sensor configuration,
Architecture of fusion nodes, Fusion topologies, Benefits of fusion, Need
for data refinement, Classification of data refinement, Spatial alignment,
Temporal alignment, Semantic and radiometric alignment, Concept and
need for data association and decision making, data registration, data
association techniques, Decision making techniques, Information
requirement for decision making.JDL framework, Revised JDL,
Dasarathy's model, Thompolus framework, Luo-Key framework, Pau's
framework, Waterfall and omnibus framework, Distributed black box,
Esteban framework, Kalman filter, Baysien filter, extended information
filter, Estimation, Approximate agreement, Optimization filter, Distributed
dynamic fusion, Dynamic data flow analysis
References:
1. Hall D.L., Mathematical techniques in Multisensor data fusion (2e),
Artech House, 2004.
2. Mitchell H. B., Data Fusion: Concepts and Ideas (2e), Springer
Publishers, 2012.
ICE 4058: SMART SENSORS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Signal conditioning, Separate versus integrated signal
conditioning, Digital conversion, MCU control, MCUs for sensor
interface, Techniques and Systems Considerations for MCUs, DSP
control, Sensor integration, IEEE standards, Plug and play, Automated/
Remote sensing, Process control over the Internet, Other
communication standards with case studies,Wireless zone sensing,
Surface acoustical wave devices, Intelligent transportation system, RF-
ID, RF MEMS basics, Varactors, Micro optics, Micro grippers,
Microprobes, Micro mirrors, FEDs,Data processing, Pattern recognition
and classification, Centralized and decentralized system of the
measurement chains, Practical examples of the intelligent sensors.
References:
1. Merjer G., Smart Sensor Systems, Wiley Publisher, 2008.
2. Frank R.,Understanding Smart Sensors (2e), Artech House
Publications, 2000.
3. Chapman P.W.,Smart Sensors, ISA Press, 1996.
4. Iniewski K., Smart Sensors for Industrial Applications, CRC Press,
2013.
5. Fraden J.., Handbook of Modern Sensors-Physics, Designs, and
Applications (4e), Springer, 2010.
ECE 4055: ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Multi-rate systems, decimation and interpolation, interpolated FIR
approach, poly phase filter structure, filter banks, perfect reconstruction,
Principles and applications of adaptive filters, Weiner filters, steepest
descent algorithm, LMS and RLS algorithms. Homomorphic system,
cepstrum, homomorphic systems for convolution and de-convolution,
applications of homomorphic signal processing. Stochastic models,
Maximum likelihood, expected maximization, Bayesian estimation,
random signal detection. Sparse representation, regularization, Total
Variation, Compressed Sensing
References:
1. Vaidyanathan P. P, Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, Prentice Hall,
India, 1993.
2. Gadre V M, Abhyankar A S, Multiresolution and Multirate Signal
Processing: Introduction, Principles and Applications, McGraw Hill,
2017.
3. Orfanidis S. J, Optimum Signal Processing, McGraw Hill , NJ, 2007.
4. Oppenheim A.V and Schafer R.W., Digital Signal Processing, PHI
Learning, 2008.
5. Millar R B, Maximum Likelihood Estimation and Inference, John Wiley
and Sons, Inc. 2011.
ELE 4073: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Image representation, relationship between pixels, Convolution and
corrélation. Unitary 2D transforms, DFT, DCT, subband coding,
multiresolution analysis, DWT, contourlet transform, SVD. Intensity
transformations, histogram processing, spatial and frequency domain
filters, noise types, Wiener filter, local and nonlocal filtering, Boundary
detection, canny edge detector, segmentation, Otsu's thresholding,
image compression standards, Morphological operations and
algorithms, Hit or Miss transform, colour image representation.
Applications.
References:
1. Jayaraman S., Esakkirajan S. and Veerakumar T., Digital Image
Processing, TMH, 2012.
2. Gonzalez R. C. and Woods R. E, Digital Image Processing, Pearson
Education (2e), 2003.
3. Pratt W. K., Digital Image Processing, John Willey, 2001.
4. Sonka M, Hlavac V. and Boyle R, Image Processing, Analysis, and
Machine Vision, (4e), Cengage Learning.
5. Jain A.K., Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, PHI, New Delhi,
1995..

127
 ECE 4056: DIGITAL SPEECH PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Anatomy, physiology and modeling of speech production system. Time
and frequency domain analysis of speech. Cepstral analysis of speech
and its applications. Linear predictive modeling of speech and its
applications. Speech coding and synthesis, automatic speech
recognition. Speech enhancement in the presence of noise.
References:
1. Rabiner L. R and Schaffer R.W, Digital Processing of Speech Signals,
Prentice Hall, NJ, 2007.
2. Quatieri T. F, Discrete.Time Speech Signal Processing—Principles
and Practice, Pearson Education, Inc., 2004.
3. O' Shaughnessy D., Speech Communications: Human and Machine
Reading, Addison Wesley, 1987.
4. Apte S. D, Speech and Audio Processing, Wiley India, 2012.
5. Rabiner L., Juang B. H, Yegnanarayana B, Fundamentals of Speech
Recognition, Pearson, 2011.
ELE 4074: LINEAR ALGEBRA FOR SIGNAL PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Vectors, matrices, norms of vector and matrices, Lpnorms, Holder,
Cauchy - Schwarz, and triangular inequalities, inner product spaces and
their applications. System of linear equations and its solution sets,
Gaussian elimination and back-substitution, echelon forms, matrix
operations, LU - factorization, inverse matrices, Gauss-Jordan
technique, transpose, elimination, and permutation matrices. Row
space, column space, and null space of a matrix, bases and dimension,
rank and nullity of a matrix, matrices as linear transformations, pseudo-
inverse and applications, change of basis, affine transformations.
Or thogonal subspaces, projections, Gram-Schmidt process,
generalized Fourier series, QR factorization, least squares and their
applications. Characteristic equation,diagonalization, Jordan canonical
form, special matrices, positive definite matrices and applications.
Symmetric, Orthogonal, Hermitian, Unitary, Jacobian, and Hessian
matrices, singular value decomposition and related applications.
References:
1. Strang G, Linear Algebra and its Applications (3e), Thomson
Learning Asia, 2003.
2. Lay D. C, Linear Algebra and its Applications (3e), Pearson Education
(Asia) Pvt. Ltd, 2005.
3. Hoffman K. and Kunze R., Linear Algebra (3e), PHI, 2004.
4. Dianat S.A. and Saber E, Advanced Linear Algebra for Engineers with
MATLAB (1e), CRC Press.
ECE 4057: MOBILE COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
Cellular technologies, GSM Architecture, Cellular System Design,
Coverage, Capacity improving techniques, Multiple Access Systems,
Protocol for MAC. Mobile Radio Propagation: Large Scale Path Loss
models, Link Budget Design. Outdoor and Indoor Radio Propagation
Models, Small - Scale Fading and Multipath Measurements, Statistical
Models of Mobile Multipath Channels, Types of Small-Scale Fading-
Performance of Modulation for Mobile Radio in Fading and Multipath
Channels. GPRS, CDMA, Mobile networks Layers, Future
advancements.
References:
1. Rappaport T. S., Wireless Communications Principles and Practice,
Pearson Education, 2009
2. Feher K., Wireless Digital Communications, Modulation and Spread
Spectrum Applications, Prentice Hall, 1995
128
3. Lee W. C. Y., Mobile Cellular Telecommunications, Tata McGraw Hill,
2006
4. Schiller J. H, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education, 2008
ECE 4058: MODERN WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Principles of CDMA, DS-CDMA Model, Rake Rx, Multi-user CDMA
systems, Multipath Diversity.MIMO Wireless Communication: MIMO
systems, Receivers, Beam forming, Antenna Consideration, Channel
Modelling, Measurement, Capacity, Space Diversity, SVD.OFDM
Wireless Communication: Pulse shaping, Spectral Efficiency, Pilot
insert, Cyclic Prefix, BER.Wireless LANs/IEEE 802.11x: Design Issues,
Services, and MAC Layers. Wireless PANs/IEEE 802.15x Architecture.
Broad Band Wireless MANs/IEEE 802.16x.
References:
1. Mullet G. J., Introduction to Wireless Telecommunications Systems
and Networks, Cengage, 2005
2. Dalal U, Wireless Communication, Oxford University Press, 2009
3. Du K. L. and Swamy M. N. S., Wireless Communication System,
Cambridge University Press, 2010
4. Glisic S. G, Advanced Wireless Networks: 4G Technologies, Wiley,
2006.
ECE 4059: OPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
Planar dielectric waveguides, step and graded index fibers, distortion of
optical pulses propagating through fibers, dispersion compensation,
fiber amplifiers, advanced modulation and demodulation formats for
optical fiber communications, optical CDMA, optical modulators.
References:
1. Keiser G., Optical Fiber Communications, Tata McGraw Hill,2010.
2. Kumar M. S., Fundamentals of Optical Fiber Communication, PHI,
2014
3. Ghatak A. and Thyagarajan K., Introduction to Fiber Optics,
Cambridge University Press, 1998
4. Ghatak A. and Thyagarajan K ,Optical Electronics, Cambridge
University Press, 1989
5. Li G.L. and Yu P.K.L., Optical Intensity Modulators for Digital and
Analog Applications, J.Lightwave Technology., vol 21, pp 2010 –
2013, 2003
ECE 4060: SATELLITE COMMUNICATION [2 1 0 3]
Orbits and Description, history, Frequency Bands, Applications,
Orbital Period and Velocity, Kepler's laws, Look angles, Orbital
Perturbations, Launching methods, Satellite in a Geo-Stationary orbit.
Satellite Sub-Systems, Link design, Propagation effects, Multiple
Access Systems, C/N ratio, Earth Station Technology, Navigation and
GPS Principles, GPS Receivers, DBS TVs and Radio, Home Satellite
TV, Digital DBS TV, DBSTV System Design, Link Budget, MCS and
Uplink, DBSTV Antennas, Satellite Radio Broadcasting, DVB
Standards, DVB-T.
References:
1. Pratt T, Bostian C. and Allnutt J., Satellite Communications, John
Wiley and Sons, 2003.
2. Pritchard W. L, Suyderhoud H G, Nelson R A, Satellite
Communication Systems Engineering, (2e) Pearson.
3. Ha T. T, Digital Satellite Communications, McGraw Hill, 1990.
 ECE 4061: ANALOG AND MIXED SIGNAL DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Analog circuit design issues, second order effects, current mirror
circuits: Wilson, cascode and wide swing, voltage references, cascode
and differential amplifier, Gilbert cell, operational transconductance
amplifier, current conveyor, current feedback op-amp; Mixed signal
circuit design: fully differential circuits, current mode signal processing
,OTA-C continuous-time filters, ladder filters, DAC architectures: current-
mode R-2R, current steering and charge scaling. ADC, flash, successive
approximation and noise shaping, Layouts, analog and mixed signal
circuits.
References:
1. Johns D. A, Martin K, Analog Integrated Circuit Design, John Wiley
and Sons, 2002.
2. Baker R. J., Li H W, Boyce D. E., CMOS Circuit Design, Layout, and
Simulation, IEEE Press, PHI, 1998.
3. Razavi B., Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002.
4. Baker R. J., CMOS Mixed Signal Circuit Design, Volume II, Wiley Inter-
science, 2002.
5. Mohan P. V. A., Current mode VLSI Analog Filters Design and
Applications, Birkhauser, 2003.
ECE 4062: DIGITAL DESIGN VERIFICATION [3 0 0 3]
System Verilog: Introduction to System Verilog, Data types, scheduling
semantics and assignment statements, Connecting test bench and DUT.
Verification: Introduction, Verification Methodologies, Types of
Verifications and approaches, Coverage-Driven functional verification,
Assertion based verification (ABV), Verification Planning and Test Bench
Architecture, System-Level Verification, Processor Integration
Verification, Assertions for Formal tools.
References:
1. Padmanabhan T.R. and Sundari B.B.T., Design Through Verilog
HDL,John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
2. Palnitkar S.,Verilog®HDL.A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis
IEEE1361-2001Compliant (2e),Prentice Hall,2003.
3. BhaskarJ., AVerilog HDL Primer, BS Publications,2005.
4. Brown S. and Vranesic Z.,Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog
Design (5e),TataMcGrawHill, 2005.
5. Ciletti M.D., Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL, PHI,2005.
ECE 4063: LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Power dissipation in digital ICs, low power methodologies and their
design, Impact of device technology and scaling on power, dynamic
power reduction techniques, Sources of leakage current and
techniques for leakage power reduction, power analysis and power
estimation methods,switching activity reduction in CMOS circuits,
Low power clock distribution techniques with zero or tolerable clock
skew, Power and performance management, Circuit and system level
architectures for low power, low power architectures for arithmetic
and memory circuits.
References:
1. Yeap G. K, Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design, KAP, 2002.
2. Piguet C.,Low Power CMOS Circuits – Technology, Logic Design and
CAD Tools, CRC Press, 2006.
3. Rabaey J. M, and Pedram M., Low Power Design Methodologies,
Kluwer Academic, 1997.
4. Roy K. and Prasad S., Low Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design, Wiley,
2000.
129
5. Yeo K. S., Rofail S. S. and Goh W. L., CMOS/BiCMOS ULSI: Low
Voltage, Low Power, Pearson, 2002.
ECE 4064: SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE THEORY [3 0 0 3]
Energy Bands in Solids, Electron and Hole Densities in Equilibrium,
Excess carriers—Non-equilibrium Situation, Junctions and Interfaces,
Charge Transport in Semiconductors, P-N Junctions and its applications.
Junction Field Effect Transistor and Metal-Semiconductor, MIS
Junction/capacitor - ideal C-V characteristics and deviations due to
interface states/charges and work function differences, threshold
voltage. Field Effect Transistor, MOSFETs.- operation and characteristics.
References:
1. Achuthan M. K. and Bhat K. N., Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Devices, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Streetman B. G. and Banerjee S., Solid State Electronic Devices, PHI,
New Delhi, 2011.
3. Gupta N.D and Gupta A.D, Semiconductor Devices. Modelling and
Technology, PHI, New Delhi, 2004.
ECE 4065: ADVANCED MOS DEVICES [3 0 0 3]
Long channel, short channel and ultra-small MOSFETs, Si MOSFET
device scaling - threshold voltage, channel length, sensitivity of
performance factors to device parameters, MOS memory, CCDs and
CMOS imagers, Silicon on insulator (SOI) CMOS, partially depleted and
fully depleted SOI MOSFETs, thin silicon SOI bipolar, double gate
MOSFETs, FINFET:Fabrication, types, I-V characteristics, circuit design,
Modern nanoscale devices: Quantum well devices, nanowires and tunnel
FETs, nanotube and semiconductor nanowire FETs, memresistors,
graphene FET, Introduction to semiconductor TCAD.
.
References:
1. Achuthan M. K. and Bhat K. N., Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Devices, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Taur Y. and Ning T. H., Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices (2e),
Cambridge University Press, 2009.
3. Veendrick H., Deep Submicron CMOS ICs (2e), Kluwer Academic
Publishers, 2000.
4. Jha N.K., Nanoelectronic Circuit Design, Springer, 2011.
5. Colinge J.P., FinFETs and Other Multi Gate Transistors, Springer,
2008.
ECE 4066: ADVANCED PROCESSORS AND CONTROLLERS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to ARM, ARM thumb model. ARM Thumb Programming,
ARM C Programming, Architectural support for system development:
AMBA specifications, JTAG, Debug Architecture, ARM Processor cores,
ARM embedded applications, Introduction to PSoc.
References:
1. Sloss A.N., Symes D. and Wright C., ARM System Developer's Guide,
Elsevier, 2004.
2. Furber S., ARM System-on- Chip Architecture (2e), Pearson
Education, 2000.
3. Gibson J. R., ARM Assembly Language-an Introduction (2e), Dept. of
Electrical Engineering and Electronics, The University of Liverpool,
2007 .
4. Ashby R., Designers Guide to the Cypress PSoC, Elsevier, 2005.
5. PSoC Technical Reference Manual, Cypress Semiconductors.
 ECE 4067: BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of Digital Controllers, Network and Communication protocols,
Introduction to Building Management Systems, General BMS architecture,
Communication Systems and standards for BMS. Application of internet
for Automation and Management. Introduction to HVAC and Optimal
control methods for HVAC Systems. Lighting Control Systems and
protocols. Security and Safety Control Systems such as Access Control
and Fire Alarm Systems. System Integration and Convergence. Energy
Management, Green Building (LEED) concept and examples.
References:
1. Jain V. K., Automation Systems in Smart and Green Buildings,
Khanna Publishers, 2009
2. Norman T.L., Integrated Security Systems Design: Concepts,
Specifications, and Implementation, CPP PSP CSC, 2007.
3. Benantar M., Access Control Systems: Security, Identity
Management and Trust Models, Springer, 2005
4. Auvil R. J., HVAC Control Systems, American Technical Publishers,
201
ECE 4068: CAD FOR VLSI DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Basic of Graph Theory- Types of graph. Graph optimization problems and
algorithms. Overview of PLDs and FPGAs - Types of PLDs and FPGAs,
Boolean logic implementation, Switching technology. Cell library binding
- Subject graph, pattern graph and simple library design. Tree based
covering using dynamic programming and Automata. State diagram,
state flow sequencing graph, Architectural synthesis: - strategies for
architectural optimizations, Area/ Latency, Cycle-time/ Latency and
Cycle-time/ Area optimizations. Scheduling and resource binding: model
for scheduling problems, scheduling with resource and without resource
constraints. Two level combinational logic synthesis and optimization-
Exact and Heuristic method, Sequential logic optimization. Fault
simulation techniques, automatic test pattern generation (ATPG), Fault
collapsing technique, Design for testability (DFT) techniques.
References:
1. Michelli G. D., Synthesis and Optimisation of Digital CircuitsTata-
McGraw Hill, New Delhi,1994.
2. Hachtel G.D. and Somenzi F., Logic Synthesis and Verification
AlgorithmKluwer Academic Publication, Boston, 2002.
3. Trimberger S., Introduction to CAD for VLSI Kluwer Academic
publisher, 2002.
4. Gerez S. H., Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation John Wiley &
Sons, 2002.
5. Sherwani N. A., Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation
Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2002.
ECE 4069: CIPHER SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Security goals, cryptographic attacks, services and mechanism. Time
estimation, Euclidian algorithm, congruences, Chinese remainder
theorem, Euler function, modular exponentiation. Shift, linear and affine
transformation, Hill cipher, Vigenere and Beufort cipher systems.
Modern block, stream, Fiestel cipher, simplified DES, DES, RC5,
Blowfish. Galois field, AES algorithm, block cipher modes. Merkle -
Hellman, RSA, Rabin, Elgamal and elliptic curve cryptography. MD hash
function, SHA.512, Whirlpool algorithms, digital signatures and
authentication protocols.
References:
1. Koblitz N.,A Course in Number Theory and Cryptography (1e),
Springer, 1987.
130
2. Forouzan B.A. and Mukhopadhyay D., Cryptography and Network
Security (2e), Tata McGrawHill, 2010.
3. Stallings W.,Cryptography and Network Security (1e),Pearson
Education, 2006.
4. Beker H. and Piper F., Cipher Systems: the Protection of
Communications, NorthwoodBooks,1982.
ECE 4070: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of C++, introduction to algorithms, performance analysis and
measurements. Arrays, Array as abstract data type, sparse matrix,
Stacks, Evaluation of arithmetic, Queues. Singly linked lists, doubly
linked lists. Introduction, binary trees, binary tree representations, binary
tree traversal algorithms. Binary tree applications - Huffman coding,
threaded binary trees, heaps, binary search trees. Height balanced tree.
The graph abstract data type- definitions and representations. Breadth
first search, linear and binary search. Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge
sort, Heap sort, Radix sort.
References:
1. Horowitz E., Sahni S. and Mehta D., Fundamentals ofData
StructuresinC++, GalgotiaPublications,2004.
2. Weiss M.A., Data Structures and Algorithm Analysisin C++,
Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Lipschutz S., Data Structures with C++, Schaum's Outline Series,
2006.
4. Goodrich M.T., Tamassia R. and Mount D.,Data Structures and
Algorithmsin C++ (2e), John Wiley & Sons,2011.
ECE 4071: ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Transducers and their classification. Generalized measurement system
Temperature and pressure measurement techniques Flow measurement
techniques. Applications: pH and force measurement, LDR, Biomedical
instruments for measurement of ECG, EEG, EMG, EGG.
References:
1. Murthy D.V.S.,Transducers & Instrumentation (1e),PHI,1999.
2. Sawhney A. K., Electrical & Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai,2002.
3. DoeblinE.O., Measurement Systems, Application and Design,
McGrawHill, 2001.
4. Khandpur R.S., Hand Book of Biomedical Instrumentation
(2e),McGraw Hill,2003.
ECE 4072: ELECTRONICSYSTEMDESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Electronic product design and product development process, Ishikawa
diagram, design stages, reverse engineering. Signal acquisition and
conditioning. Thermal Management: Introduction to thermal sources,
heat calculations, heat transfer methods, heat sink selection, cooling
methods in electronic systems. Power Section: Power supplies,
packaging details for power components. I/O Devices, Displays &
Debugging: Push button switches, touch screen, display board, LEDs,
laser diodes, LCD, mother board. Quality control, SMD components,
Soldering and manufacturing.
References:
1. Otto K.N. and Wood K.L.,Product Design techniques in Reverse
Engineering and New product Development, Pearson
Education,2001.
2. Storey N., Electronics System Approach, Pearson Education, 2011.
3. Brooks D., Signal Integrity Issues and Printed Circuit Board Design,
PrenticeHall,2003.
4. Archambeault B., PCB Design for Real-World EMIControl, Kluwer
Academic Publishers,2002.
5. Strauss R., Surface Mount Technology, Butterworth- Heinemann Ltd,
Oxford,1994.
ECE 4073: ERROR CONTROL CODING [2 1 0 3]
Groups, rings and fields, vector spaces, matrices. Linear block codes
and cyclic codes, BCH codes, R.S codes and burst error correction
techniques. Convolution codes, and decoding algorithms. Turbo codes
and LDPC codes.
References:
1. Lin S.and Costello D.J.Jr., Error Control Coding Fundamentals and
Applications,Prentice Hall,1983.
2. MacWilliams F.J.and Sloane. N. J. A, Theory of Error Correcting
Codes, North Holland PublishingCo,2006.
3. Peterson W.W. and Weldon E.J., Error Correcting Codes,(2e), John
Wiley, 1972.
4. Berlekamp E.R.,AlgebraicCodingTheory,AegeanParkPress, 1984.
5. Blahut, R. E., Theory and Practice of Error Control Codes, Addison-
WesleyPublishingCompany,1983.
ECE 4074: FLEXIBLE ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Electron states and metal insulator transitions, disorder induced
localization, Anderson transition. Semiconductor, organic and polymeric
materials, gravure printing, inkjet printing, digital lithography. Low
temperature amorphous and nano-crystalline silicon growth, doping,
defect densities, TFT, PIN devices, LEDs. Flexible organic materials and
devices, Optoelectronic devices, solar cells, photodiodes, LEDs organic
TFT device, flexible devices based on CNT. Field emitter arrays, novel
cold cathode materials. Introduction to TCAD.
References:
1. Street R.A., Hydrogenated amorphous silicon (1e), Cambridge
University Press, 1991.
2. Zallen R., The Physics of Amorphous Solids, Wiley-Interscience
Publication, 1983.
3. Klauk H., Organic Electronics, Wiley, 2006.
4. Zhu W., Vacuum Microelectronics, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
ECE 4075: INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING [2 1 0 3]
Information, entropy, discrete sources and channels. Memoryless
sources, extension of sources, Markov sources, entropy of Markov
source, adjunct of a source and its entropy. Mutual information.
Noiseless and deterministic channels, channel capacity.
Instantaneous and uniquely decodable codes, Kraft's inequality,
compact codes, Shannon-Fano and Huffman coding, adaptive Huffman
coding & decoding, Shannon's theorem code efficiency & redundancy.
Error probability, maximum likelihood decisions, Fano bound Shannon's
second theorem and random coding.
References:
1. Cover T.M. and Thomas J.A., Elements of Information Theory, John
Wiley and Sons, 2004.
2. Abrahamson N., Information Theory and Coding, McGraw Hill, 1963.
3. Blahut R.E., Principles and Practice of Information Theory, Addison-
Wesley,1987.
4. Sayood K, Data Compression(3e), Elsevier.
131
ECE 4076: LOW VOLTAGE ANALOG SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Low voltage issues in MOS operation, Current mode low voltage design,
self cascode MOSFETs and level shifter techniques, analog circuits in
weak inversion. Current mirrors, CC, OTA, CFOA, CDTA, OTRA, FTFN and
FVF. Overview of low voltage architectures and circuit non idealities,
floating gate topologies. Low voltage MOS trans-linear analog signal
processing, design procedures, biasing strategies based on flipped
voltage followers and floating batteries. Noise and distortion analysis of
OTA C filters, dynamic range, performance evaluation based on speed,
noise.
References:
1. Kumar A., Sharma G.K and Rajput S.S., Design of Low Voltage
Analog Signal Processing Blocks, LAP Lambert Academic
Publishing, 2014.
2. Cuautle E. T., Integrated Circuits for Analog Signal Processing,
Springer, 2013.
3. Wang A., Calhoun B.H. and Chandrakasan A.P., Sub Threshold
Design for Ultra Low Power Systems, 2006.
4. Wouter S.A., Low Voltage Low Power Analog Integrated Circuits,
Springer, 1995.
5. Lo T.Y. and Hung C.C., 1V CMOS Gm- C Filters: Design and
Applications, Springer, 2009.
ECE 4077: MICROWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: MIC, Analysis of different types of microstrip line,
Impedance transformation, Coupled microstrips, Resonators and
narrow band filters, Filter design: Image parameter method, Insertion
loss method, Filter synthesis, Kuroda's Identity, Impedance Matching
Circuits for Amplifiers, Mason's rule, Power gain equations, Amplifier
Gain Stability, Noise, DC Biasing, Oscillator Design, Fabrication
technology of MIC.
References:
1. Gupta K.C.andSingh A.,MicrowaveIntegratedCircuits, WileyEastern
PvtLtd,1974.
2. Garg R., Bahl I., and Bozzi M..,MicrostripLinesandSlot Lines (3e),
ArtechPublishers,2013.
3. Pozar D.M., MicrowaveEngineering (2e),JohnWiley&Sons, 1998.
4. Liao S.,MicrowaveDevicesandCircuits,PHILtd.,1990.
5. Balanis C., Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design,JohnWiley,2002.
ECE 4078: MOTION AND GEOMETRY BASED METHODS IN
COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Geometric primitives, 2D/3D transformations, image features, Image
registration (2D/3D) of rigid and deformable objects, Tracking by
detection, Tracking using optical flow and KLT, Tracking linear dynamical
models with Kalman filters, Epipolar geometry, Binocular reconstruction,
Local and global methods for binocular fusion, Structure from motion:
Internally calibrated perspective cameras, Uncalibrated weak
perspective cameras, Uncalibrated perspective cameras, Active range
sensors, Range image registration
References:
1. Forsyth D.A., and Ponce J, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach,
Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Szeliski R, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer,
2010
3. Hartley R. and Zisserman A., Multiple View Geometry in Computer
Vision, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2004
 ECE 4079: NANO TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Classical particles, waves and wave particle duality, Black
body radiation, photoelectric effect, diffraction. Wave mechanics:
Schrodinger wave equation, wave mechanics of particles. Electrons in
low-dimensional systems: Quantum well, quantum wire and quantum
dots. Materials for nano-electronics: Crystal lattices, bonding in crystals,
metals, direct and indirect band gap semiconductors, semiconductor
alloys, semiconductor hetero-structures, organic semiconductors,
carbon nano-structures.Graphene preparation techniques bottom-up
and top-down techniques. Characterization techniques - STM, AFM,
NSOM, TEM, SEM. Nano devices: Resonant tunneling diodes,
nanomaterial based field effect transistors.
References:
1. Kuno M., Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology: A
Workbook, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2014.
2. Mitin V.V., Kochelap V.A., Stroscio M.A., Introduction to
Nanoelectronics: Science, Nanotechnology, Engineering, and
Applications, Cambridge University Press, 2012.
3. Neamen D. A., Semiconductor Physics and Devices-Basic
Principles, McGraw-Hill, 2012.
4. Pradeep T., A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
5. Nalwa H.S., Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology,
Academic Press, 2002.
ECE 4080: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
USING C++ [3 0 0 3]
User-defined functions and overloading, recursive functions. Class
specification, class objects, constructors, destructors, friend functions.
Base class, inheritance and protected members, types of inheritance,
virtual base classes. Virtual function, inheritance of virtual functions,
hierarchical virtual functions, pure virtual functions. C++ stream
classes hierarchy, stream I/O, file s and string streams, file operations,
error handling, formatted I/O. Benefits of exception handling, throwing an
exception, try block, catching an exception, throwing an exception,
catching all exceptions.
References:
1. Schildt H., The Complete Reference C++, Tata McGrawHill,2003.
2. Lafore R., Object-Oriented Programming in C++, Pearson
Education, Reprint 2011.
3. Lippmann S.B., Lajore J.,C++Primer,Pearson Education,2005.
4. Deitel P.J., Deitel H.M., C++for Programmers, Pearson Education,
2009.
5. Venugopal K. R., Buyya R., T. Ravi Shankar, Mastering C++, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2011.
ECE 4081: OPERATING SYSTEMS FOR
ADVANCED PROCESSORS [3 0 0 3]
ARM cortex M-processor architecture. The Cortex Microcontroller
Software Interface Standard (CMSIS), The FreeRTOS distribution, Heap
memory management, Task management, Queue management,
Software timer management, Interrupt & Resource management, Event
groups & Task notifications
References:
1. Barry R., Mastering the FreeRTOS Real Time Kernel – A Hands on
Tutorial Guide, Real Time Engineers LTD., 2016.
2. Valvano J.W., Embedded Systems: Real-Time Operating Systems for
ARM Cortex-M Microcontrollers, Volume3, (4e), Self Published in
2017.
3. Yiu J, The Definitive Guide to ARM Cortex-M0 and Cortex-M0+
Processors, Newnes Publisher, 2015.
132
4. Wang K.C., Embedded and Real-Time Operating Systems, Springer,
2017.
ECE 4082: OPTICAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to optical wireless communication, optical devices for
optical wireless communication, factors affecting optical signal
propagation in atmosphere, atmospheric turbulence models, modulation
techniques, free space optical link performance under the effect of
atmospheric turbulence
References:
1. Ghassemlooy Z., Popoola W., Rajbhandari S., Optical Wireless
Communications: System and Channel Modelling with MATLAB,
CRC Press, 2012
2. Andrews L. C. and Phillips R. L., Laser Beam Propagation through
Random Media, 2nd ed. Bellingham, Washington: SPIE Press, 2005.
3. Bandele O. J., Desai P. N., Woolfson M. S., and Phillips A. J.,
Saturation in Cascaded Optical Amplifier Free-Space Optical
Communication Systems, IET Optoelectronics, vol. 10, no. 3 pp. 71-
79, 2016
4. Mbah A. M., Walker J. G., Phillips A. J., Outage Probability of WDM
Free-Space Optical Systems Affected by Turbulence-Accentuated
Interchannel Crosstalk, IET Optoelectronics, vol. 11, no. 3 pp. 91-97,
2016
ECE 4083: POWER ELECTRONICS [2 1 0 3]
Power Electronics Devices, controlled rectifiers, single phase and three
phase converters for different loads, dual converters and cyclo
converters. DCDC switched mode converters: Buck, Boost, Buck-
Boost, Cuk, Flyback, forward. DC-AC switched mode inverters: Half
bridge and full bridge single phase inverters, three phase inverters with
120o and 180o conduction. Applications: Switched mode power
supplies, power conditioners, UPS, automotive electronics.
References:
1. Hart D.W.,IntroductiontoPowerElectronics,McGrawHill, 2010.
2. Rashid M.H., Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications,
Prentice Hall of India,NewDelhi,2004.
3. Mohan N., Power Electronics Converters, Applications and Design,
JohnWiley andSons.INC,1995.
4. Singh M.D., Power Electronics,Tata McGraw Hill,2007.
ECE 4084: RADAR AND NAVIGATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Simple form of radar equation, radar frequencies, millimeter and sub
millimeter waves. Prediction of range performance, minimum detectable
signal, receiver noise, radar clutter, pulse repetition frequency. Reflector,
phased array and loop antennas for radar. Doppler Effect, CW radar,
FMCW radar. Moving target indicator (MTI) and pulse Doppler radar,
delay line cancellers, range gated Doppler filters. Radar receivers,
displays and duplexer, impact of noise, synthetic aperture radar. Radio
altimeter, LORAN, DECCA, OMEGA, inland shipping aids, SONAR.
References:
1. Skolnic M.,IntroductiontoRADARSystems,McGraw-Hill.
2. PeytonZ. and Peebles Jr., Radar Principles, WileyIndia,2009.
3. Raju G.S.N., Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational
Aids, I.K. International Publishers, 2008.
4. Waite A. D., SONAR for Practicing Engineers, Wiley Publications.
5. Nagaraja N. S., Elements of Electronic Navigation, TMH, 2001.
 ECE 4085: RF CIRCUIT DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to RF systems and RF design parameters, Passive IC
components and Passive RLC Networks, RF CMOS Circuit Design: RF
Filters, High Frequency Amplifiers, RF Power Amplifiers, Noise in RF
Systems, LNA, RF Mixers, RF modulators, RF Oscillators, RF
synthesizers, Radio architectures.
References:
1. Razavi B., RF Microelectronics, Pearson Publisher, 2012.
2. Lee T.H., The Design of CMOS Radio-Frequency Integrated Circuits,
Cambridge University Press Publisher, 2006.
ECE 4086: SPREAD SPECTRUM COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
Digital modulation and spectral efficiency, direct sequence and
frequency hopping spread spectrum principles, PN sequences, their
properties and generation techniques. DS/BPSK system analysis and
performance evaluation. DS/QPSK system and other advanced
schemes. MSK spread spectrum, hybrid spread spectrum.Slow and fast
hopping systems, FH/BFSK system analysis and performance
evaluation. Code acquisition and synchronization. Antijamming, low
probability detection, multipath rejection, CDMA.
References:
1. Peterson R. L. and Ziemer R. E., Introduction to Spread Spectrum
Communication, PHI, 1995.
2. George R. and Cooper C. D., Modern Communications and Spread
Spectrum, McGraw Hill(2e), 1986.
3. Dixon R. C., Spread Spectrum Communication, IEEE press, John
Wiley and Sons, 1976.
4. Sklar B, Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications,
Pearson Education, 2001.
ECE 4087: SYSTEM ON CHIP DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to the System Approach, System Architecture, Processor
Selection for SOC, Basic concepts in Processor Architecture, Basic
elements in Instruction handling. Buffers: minimizing Pipeline Delays,
Branches, Memory Design for SOC, Interconnect Customization and
Configuration, Application Studies / Case Studies
References:
1. Flynn M.J.,andLuk W., Computer System Design System on Chip,
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
2. Furber S., ARM System on Chip Architecture, Addison Wesley
Professional, 2000.
3. Reis R., Design of System on a Chip-Devices and Components,
Springer, 2004.
4. Rashinkar P., Paterson P. and Singh L.L, System on Chip Verification
Methodologies and Techniques, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001.
ECE 4088: THIN FILMS AND NANOSTRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Vacuum technology, transport phenomenon in gas flow, Gas flow at low
pressures: Flow regimes. Physics & Technology of different thin film
techniques- Thermal, e-beam evaporation, Molecular beam epitaxy-
Sputtering technique, Pulse laser deposition. CVD techniques, physics &
technology of thermal CVD, PECVD, MOCVD and their variants.
Substrate surfaces and thin film nucleation, atomic view of substrate
surface, thermodynamics of nucleation, kinetic processes, experimental
techniques. Ultra-thin films, methods and applications: Plasmonics,
Solar cells etc
133
References:
1. Roth A., Vacuum Technology, Elsevier 1990.
2. Ohring M., Material Science of Thin films: Deposition & Structure,
Academic Press 2002.
3. Singh J., Physics of Semiconductors and their Heterostructures,
McGraw- Hill, 1993.
4. Mitin V. V, Kochelap V A. and Stroscio M.A., Quantum Hetero
structures, Cambridge University Press. 1999.
ECE 4089: TIME FREQUENCY AND WAVELET
TRANSFORMS [3 0 0 3]
Time frequency analysis and wavelet transforms, STFT. Continuous
wavelet transforms and their properties. Discrete wavelet transforms
and their properties. DWT and its relation to filter banks, Multi-rate
sampling fundamentals, Haar filter bank. Designing orthogonal and bi-
orthogonal wavelet systems. Two-dimensional wavelet system.
References:
1. Addison P. S, The Illustrated Wavelet Transform Handbook, Institute
of Physics Publishing, 2002.
2. Rao R.M., Bopardikar A.S., Wavelet Transforms- Introduction to
Theory and Applications, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. Soman K. P. and Ramachandran K. I., Insight into Wavelets from
Theory to Practice, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
4. Narasimhan S. V., Basumallick N., S. Veena, Introduction to Wavelet
Transform: A Signal Processing Approach, Narosa Publishing House,
2012.
5. Vaidyanathan P. P., Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, Pearson,
2012.
ECE 4090: VLSI PROCESS TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Material properties: crystal structure and defects; crystal growth: silicon
crystal growth. Czochralski technique, material characterization; silicon
oxidation-thermal oxidation model and its kinetics, Photolithography-
optical lithography, resolution enhancement techniques, other
lithography techniques, Etching- wet chemical etching and dry etching,
Diffusion: basic diffusion process, Fick's first and second law, Ion
implantation: range of implanted ions and ion distribution and related
process, Film deposition and metallization- different types of epitaxial
growth technique - CVD, molecular beam epitaxy, Device and circuit
fabrication: isolation, self-alignment, gettering..
References:
1. May G. S. and Sze S. M, Fundamentals of Semiconductor Fabrication,
Wiley Student edition,2003.
2. Gandhi S. K., VLSI Fabrication Principles, John Wiley and Sons,
2009.
3. Ruska W. S, Microelectronic Processing, McGraw Hill, 1997.
4. Zant P. V., Microchip Fabrication, McGraw Hill, 2013.
5. Campbell S., The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic
Fabrication, Oxford Press, Cambridge, 2013.
ECE 4091: WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
AdHoc Networks and their issues, routing, Ad Hoc Wireless Internet.
Unique constraints and challenges, sensor network architecture, data
dissemination and gathering. MAC Protocols for sensor network, design
goals, S-MAC, IEEE 802.15.4. Routing Protocols, classification, on-
demand, hybrid, flooding, hierarchical, and power aware routing
protocols. QoS and Energy Management, QoS frameworks, system
power management schemes. Sensor Network Platforms and Tools,
Sensor Node Hardware, Programming Challenges
References:
1. Murthy S.R.., and Manoj B. S., AdHoc Wireless Networks, Pearson
Education, 2008.
2. Karl H. and Willig A., Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor
Networks, John Wiley, 2005.
3. Zhao F and Guibas L.J., Wireless Sensor Networks - An Information
Processing Approach, Elsevier, 2007.
4. Sohraby K., Minoli D., & Znati T, Wireless Sensor Networks-
Technology, Protocols, and Applications, John Wiley, 2007.
5. Hac A., Wireless Sensor Network Designs, John Wiley, 2003.
OPEN ELECTIVES
ECE 4301: BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of Digital Controllers, Network and Communication protocols,
Introduction to Building Management Systems, General BMS
architecture, Communication Systems and standards for BMS.
Application of internet for Automation and Management. Introduction to
HVAC and Optimal control methods for HVAC Systems. Lighting Control
Systems and protocols. Security and Safety Control Systems such as
Access Control and Fire Alarm Systems. System Integration and
Convergence. Energy Management, Green Building (LEED) concept and
examples.
References:
1. Jain V. K., Automation Systems in Smart and Green Buildings,
Khanna Publishers, 2009
2. Norman T.L., Integrated Security Systems Design: Concepts,
Specifications, and Implementation, CPP PSP CSC, 2007.
3. Benantar M., Access Control Systems: Security, Identity
Management and Trust Model's, Springer, 2005
4. Auvil R. J., HVAC Control Systems, American Technical Publishers,
2013
ECE 4302: CONSUMER ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Microphones, head phones, hearing aids, and loud speakers. Digital disc
storage technologies, iPods, MP4 players, home audio systems. TV
communication system, composite video signal, need for synchronizing
and blanking pulses, LCD, LED and plasma TV, cable TV and DTH. Basics
of telephone system, caller ID telephone, intercoms, cordless
telephones, cellular mobile systems. Automatic teller machines,
facsimile machines, digital diaries, safety and security systems. Digital
camera system, ovens, washing machines, air conditioners and
refrigerators.
References:
1. Bali S.P.,ConsumerElectronics, PearsonEducation,2005.
2. Gulati R. R., Monochrome and Color Television, New Age
InternationalPublisher,2001.
3. Dhake A. M., TV and Video Engineering, TataMcGraw-Hill,2001.
ECE 4303: ELECTRONIC PRODUCT DESIGN &
PACKAGING [3 0 0 3]
Product planning, creativity, product life cycle and reliability,
aesthetics, ergonomics, control panel, product detailing and finishing.
Thermal sources, heat calculations, heat transfer methods, heat sinks,
cooling methods. Packaging technologies, ball grid arrays, flip chip,
134
chip-scale packaging. First level, second level packages and third level
packages. Design of low noise circuits. Interfacing of analog and
digital systems. PCB design. Sources of EMI, shielding of signal lines,
ground loops, reduction techniques, reflections and cross talk in digital
circuits.
References:
1. Flurshiem C.H., Industrial Design and Engineering, Springer
Verilog,2007.
2. Horowitz P.andHill W.,TheArtofElectronics,Cambridge,1995.
3. Ott H.W., Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems,
Wiley,1989.
4. Bosshart W.C., Printed Circuit Boards: Design and Technology,
TataMcGrawHill,2000.
5. Ginsberg G.L., Printed Circuit Design, McGrawHill,1991
ECE 4304: INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Model of communication systems and types of electronic
communication. Telephone system, signaling tones, DTMF. Optical
fibers, numerical aperture. Attenuation and dispersion, optical sources
and detectors. Principles of satellite orbits and positioning, Earth station
technology, multiple access techniques, Application of satellites.
Frequency reuse, cell splitting, sectoring, macro cell and micro cell,
Architecture of GSM systems. Pulse radar, duplexer, MTI Radar. Wireless
LAN, PAN, bluetooth, ZigBee, RFID and NFC.
References:
1. Frenzel L.E., Communication Electronics-Principles and
Applications,TMH,2004.
2. Pratt T., Satellite Communication Systems, John Wiley and
Sons,2006.
3. Stallings W., Wireless Communication and Networks, Pearson
Education,2006.
4. Keiser G.,OpticalFiberCommunication,McGrawHill,1991.
5. Kennedy G. and Davis B., Electronic Communication Systems, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1999..
ECE 4305: INTRODUCTION TO NANOSCIENCE AND
TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Classical particles, waves and wave particle duality. Black body
radiation, photoelectric effect, interference, diffraction. Schrodinger
wave equation. Atoms and atomic orbitals. Quantum structures. Crystal
lattices, bonding in crystals, metals, semiconductors, direct and indirect
band gap semiconductors, semiconductor alloys, hetero-structures,
organic semiconductors, carbon nano-structures. Graphene preparation
techniques. Characterization.
References:
1. Mitin V. V.,Kochelap V.A. and Stroscio M.A., Introductionto
Nanoelectronics, Science, Nanotechnology, Engineering and
Applications, Cambridge University Press,2008.
2. Dressellhaus M.S., Dressellhaus GandEklund P.C., Scienceof
Fullerenes and CarbonNanotubes, SanDiego, CA, Academic
Press,1996.
3. MitinV. V., Kochelep V. A. and Stroscio M. A., Quantum
Heterostructures, New York, Cambridge University Press,1999.
4. Feynman R.P., Lectureson Physics,Vol3,New York, Addison
Wesley,1964.
5. Saxon D.,ElementaryQuantumMechanics,SanFranscisco, CA,
Holden. DayInc., 1968.
 ECE 4306: MEMS TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Historical background of MEMS. Bulk micromachining, MEMS
transduction and actuation techniques, Micro sensing for MEMS, Basic
Bio-MEMS fabrication technologies. RF MEMS, Microfluidic devices and
components for Bio-MEMS, sensing technologies for Bio-MEMS,
Applications. Introduction to MEMS simulation tool.

References:
1. Liu C.,Foundationsof MEMS, Prentice Hall,2011.
2. Bao M., Analysis and Design Principles of MEMS Devices,
ElsevierScience,2005.
3. Senturia S.D., Microsystem Design, Springer,2001.
4. Wang W., Soper S.A., Bio-MEMS-Technologiesand Applications,
CRC Press,2007.
5. Rebeiz G.M., RF MEMS: Theory, Design, and Technology, JohnWiley
& Sons,2003.

135
Department of Electrical & Electronics Engineering

Programs offered
Under Graduate Program
4B.Tech in Electrical & Electronics Engineering (1960)
Post Graduate Programs
4M.Tech in Energy Systems & Management (1989)
4M.Tech in Power Electronics & Drives (2008)
PhD

Faculty Strength

Qualification-wise Cadre-wise

13 8 4
39 40

PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME Associate Professors
Assistant Professors

136
 B TECH in ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2152 Engineering Mathematics - III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2258 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
ELE 2151 Analog System Design 3 1 0 4 ELE 2251 Electrical Machinery – II 2 1 0 3
ELE 2152 Digital System Design 3 1 0 4 ELE 2252 Generation Transmission & Distribution 3 1 0 4
ELE 2153 Electrical Circuit Analysis 3 1 0 4 ELE 2253 Linear Control Theory 3 1 0 4
II
ELE 2154 Electrical Machinery – I 2 1 0 3 ELE 2254 Microcontrollers 3 1 0 4
ELE 2155 Electromagnetic Theory 3 1 0 4 *** **** Open elective - I 3
ELE 2161 Analog System Design Lab 0 0 3 1 ELE 2261 Electrical Machinery Lab 0 0 6 2
ELE 2162 Digital System Design Lab 0 0 3 1 ELE 2262 Microcontroller Lab 0 0 3 1
16 6 6 24 13 5 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 28 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3051 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
ELE 3151 Communication Systems 4 0 0 4 ELE 3251 Power Electronics 3 1 0 4

137
ELE 3152 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4 ELE 3252 Switch Gear & Protection 4 0 0 4
ELE 3153 Measurements & Instrumentation 2 1 0 3 ELE **** Program Elective -I 2 1 0 3
III
ELE 3154 Power System Analysis 3 1 0 4 ELE **** Program Elective -II 2 1 0 3
*** **** Open elective -II 3 *** **** Open Elective - III 3
ELE 3161 DSP Lab 0 0 3 1 ELE 3261 Power Electronics Lab 0 0 6 2
ELE 3162 Measurements & Instrumentation Lab 0 0 3 1 ELE 3262 Power Systems Lab 0 0 6 2
14 4 6 23 13 4 12 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 24 + 3 = 27 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 29 + 3 = 32
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
ELE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 ELE 4298 Industrial Training 1
ELE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 ELE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
IV
ELE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 ELE 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
ELE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
ELE **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specialization X. Business Management
HUM 4051: Financial Management
I. Computational Intelligence HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
ELE 4061: Artificial Intelligence HUM 4053: Marketing Management
ECE 4051: Computer Vision HUM 4054: Operation Management
ECE 4052: Machine Learning
ELE 4062: Soft Computing Techniques Xl. Computational Mathematics
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
II. Control Systems
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
ICE 4051: Digital Control Systems
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices
ICE 4052: Non-Linear Control Systems
ICE 4053: Robust Control Program Electives
ICE 4054: System Identification
ELE 4075: Computer Networks
III. Embedded Systems ELE 4076: Control System Design
ECE 4053: Embedded System Design ELE 4077: Data Analytics
ELE 4063: FPGA based system Design ELE 4078: Data structures & Algorithms
ECE 4054: Internet of Things ELE 4079: Database Management Systems
ELE 4064: Real Time Systems ELE 4080: Design & Modelling of Special Electrical Machines
ELE 4081: Digital System Design using Verilog
IV. Illumination Technology ELE 4082: Energy Auditing
ELE 4065: Integrated Lighting Design ELE 4083: HVDC & FACTS
ELE 4066: Lighting Controls: Technology & Applications ELE 4084: Introduction to Electric Vehicles
ELE 4067: Lighting Science : Devices and Systems ELE 4085: Modern Power Converters
ELE 4068: Solid State Lighting ELE 4086: Renewable Energy
ELE 4087: Solar Photovoltaics
V. Power & Energy Systems ELE 4088: Solid State Drives
ELE 4069: Distributed Generation Systems
ELE 4070: Energy Storage Devices Open Electives
ELE 4071: Power System Operation & Control ELE 4301: Energy Auditing
ELE 4072: Smart Grid Technologies ELE 4302: Introduction to Lighting Design
ELE 4303: MATLAB for Engineers
VI. Sensor Technology ELE 4304: Solar Photovoltaics
ICE 4055: Advanced Sensor Technology
ICE 4056: Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
ICE 4057: Multi Sensor Data Fusion
ICE 4058: Smart Sensor

VII. Signal Processing

ECE 4055: Advanced Digital Signal Processing
ELE 4073: Digital Image Processing
ECE 4056: Digital Speech Processing
ELE 4074: Linear Algebra for Signal Processing

VIII. VLSI Design

ECE 4061: Analog& Mixed Signal Design
ECE 4062: Digital Design Verification
ECE 4063: Low power VLSI Design
ECE 4064: Semiconductor Device Theory

lX. Material Science

PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound

138
 THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2152: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – III [2 1 0 3]
Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R equations,
differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's integral
formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues,
Cauchy's residue theorem.Periodic function, Fourier Series expansion.
even and odd functions, functions with arbitrary periods, Half range
expansions Fouriertransform, Parseval's identity, PDE-Solution by
method of separation of variables and by indicated transformations. One
dimensional wave equation, One dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Vector differtial operator, gradient divergence and curl. Line,
surface and volume integrals. Green's theorem, Divergence and Stoke's
theorem.
References:
1. Grewal B.S. - Higher Engineering Mathematics(43e), Khanna
Publishers, 2015.
2. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engg. Mathematics(10e), Wiley Eastern,
2015.
3. Gerald and Wheatley , Applied Numerical Analysis(7e) , Pearson
education India, 2007.
4. Murray R. Spiegel: Vector Analysis., Schaum Publishing Co,1959.
5. Narayanan, Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay, Advanced
Engineering Mathematics, Vol 2 and 3, Vishwanthan Publishers Pvt
Ltd.1998.
ELE 2151: ANALOG SYSTEM DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
MOSFET Characteristics, structure, biasing, current mirrors, Basic
Amplifier Configurations, CS, CD, CG configurations, small signal model,
frequency response, high frequency model. Large signal amplifiers,
different types, Basic Differential amplifier, common mode and difference
mode signals, OPAMP configuration, OPAMP in linear Mode, follower
property and inversion property, OPAMP with positive and negative
feedback, Linear applications of OPAMP, Nonlinear applications of
OPAMP, 555 timer
References:
1. BehzadRazavi., Fundamentals of microelectronics, (2e), Wiley
Publishers, 2013.
2. Sergio Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog
Integrated Circuits, (4e). McGraw-Hill series, 2014.
3. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, Arun N. Chandorkar,
Microelectronic Circuits: Theory and Application(6e), Oxford, 2017.
4. Robert. F. Coughlin &Fredrick F. Driscoll, Operational Amplifiers and
Linear Integrated Circuits (2e), PHI/Pearson, 2009.
5. James M. Fiore, Op - Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, Thomson
Learning, 2010.
ELE 2152: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Overview of Algebraic simplification of Boolean expressions, realization
using logic gates, minimization using Karnaugh map. Minimization using
variable entered maps, Quine -McCluskey algorithm. Combinational
circuit design using MSI chips, Arithmetic circuits. Logic families and
their characteristics. Sequential logic circuits: Overview of flipflops.
Counters, shift registers, shift register counters, ring counter, twisted
ring counter. Analysis and design of synchronous sequential finite state
machines, ASM charts. Digital System Implementation Options.
139
References:
1. Wakerly, Digital Design Principles & Practices, Pearson 2003.
2. Givone, Digital Principles & Design, TMH 2011.
3. Leach D. P. & A. P. Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications, MGH,
2008.
4. Roth C. H., Fundamentals of logic design, Jaico, 2007.
5. Morris Mano, Digital Design, Pearson, 2008.
ELE 2153: ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS [3 1 0 4]
Controlled sources, Superposition, Thevenin's, Nortons and Maximum
power transfer theorems, Signals, Odd and even components,
Continuous time step, ramp and impulse signals, impulse response,
convolution, Causality, LTI systems, Time domain analysis, Initial and
final conditions, Transients analysis of RL, RC and RLC circuits, Laplace
domain analysis, Laplace Transforms of signals, Transformed circuits,
Analysis of networks using Laplace Transforms, Frequency domain
analysis, Fourier series representation, Fourier transforms of signals,
Parsevaal's theorem, Two port networks, Z, Y, T and h parameters,
Relation between parameters, Series, parallel and cascade connections.
References:
1. Hayt W. H., J. E. Kemmerly& S. M. Durbin, Engineering Circuit
Analysis(7e), TMH, 2010.
2. Van Valkenberg, Network Analysis(3e), PHI, 2009.
3. Nilsson J. W. & S. A. Reidel, Electric Circuits(9e), PH, 2011.
4. Haykin S., Signals and Systems, Wiley, 1999.
5. Oppenheim, Willisky, and Nawab, Signals and Systems (2e), PHI, 1997.
ELE 2154: ELECTRICAL MACHINERY – I [2 1 0 3]
Transformers: Types of transformers; Single phase transformers -
working principle, construction, phasor diagram, equivalent circuit,
voltage regulation, losses and efficiency, energy efficiency, testing,
parallel operation, inrush current, harmonics, tap changing, auto
transformer. Three phase transformers: Connections: star – star, star-
delta, delta – star, delta-delta, zigzag, open delta; three winding
transformer. Induction Machines: Three phase Induction motor, types,
construction, rotating magnetic field, working principle, armature
winding, equivalent circuit, losses and efficiency, torque-slip
characteristics, tests – no load & blocked rotor, starting, braking, speed
control, Deep bar and double cage induction motors, Induction
generator, Single phase induction motor – types, double field revolving
theory, torque-slip characteristics. DC Machines: DC generators –
working principle, construction, types, armature winding, Magnetization
characteristics, armature reaction, commutation, load characteristics.
References:
1. Langsdorf E.H., Theory of Alternating Current Machinery (2e), TMH,
2004.
2. Say M. G., Alternating Current Machines (5e), ELBS, 1994.
3. Clayton A. E. & Hancock N. N., Performance and Design of Direct
Current Machines, CBS, 2004.
4. Kothari D. P. &Nagrath I. J., Electric Machines (4e), TMH, 2013.
ELE 2155: ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Vector analysis: Vector algebra, Rectangular, Cylindrical and Spherical
Coordinates, Electrostatics: Field intensity, Flux density, Boundary
conditions, Capacitance, Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
Magnetostatics: Field intensity, Flux density, Boundary conditions,
Magnetic forces, Inductance, Time varying fields: Maxwell's equations,
Uniform Plane wave: Wave equation and its solution, Wave propagation
in different media, Poynting's theorem
References:
1. William Hayt, Engineering Electromagnetics, TMH, 1993.
2. Mathew Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University
Press, 2000.
3. Narayana Rao, Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, Pearson
Education, 2006.
4. Kraus.J.D, Electromagnetics, MGH, 1992.
5. Harishankar Ramachandran, Electromagnetic Fields, NPTEL,
December 2009.
6. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106073/
ELE 2161: ANALOG SYSTEM DESIGN LAB [0 0 3 1]
Module I: Design, Simulate and Test basic analog electronic circuits
using diodes, Rectifiers without and with capacitor filter, Fixed and
variable voltage power supplies, Zener diodes, voltage regulators,
MOSFET biasing and current mirror circuits, Frequency response of
Amplifier Circuits, Power amplifiers, Differential amplifier circuit.
Module II: Design, Simulation and Testing of operational amplifier based
circuits in linear and nonlinear mode, Timer based Mono-stable and
Astable-Multivibrators circuits.
References:
1. BehzadRazavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics (2e), Wiley
Publishers, 2013.
2. Sergio Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog
Integrated Circuits(4e), McGraw-Hill series, 2014.
3. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith, Arun N. Chandorkar,
Microelectronic Circuits: Theory and Application(6e), Oxford, 2017.
ELE 2162: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB [0 0 3 1]
Design and Testing of combinationalcircuits using gates, multiplexers,
decoders, arithmetic circuits etc., Design and Testing of sequential digital
electronic circuits such as counters, shift registers & sequence
generators, sequence detectors etc..
References:
1. Givone, Digital Principles & Design, TMH 2011.
2. Wakerly, Digital Design Principles & Practices, Pearson 2003.
3. Roth C. H., Fundamentals of logic design, Jaico, 2007.
4. Stephen Brown/ZvonkoVranesic,Fundamentals of Digital logic with
Verilog design, TMH,2008.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2258: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – IV [2 1 0 3]
Statistics: Mean, Median, Mode measures of dispersion. Finite sample
spaces, conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem, one
dimensional random variable, mean, variance, Chebyshev's inequality.
Two and higher dimensional random variables, covariance, correlation
coefficient, curve fitting. Binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma,
Chi-square and exponential distributions. Moment generating function,
Functions of one and two dimensional random variables, Sampling
theory, Central limit theorem. Difference equations with constant
coefficients, solutions. Z- transforms and Inverse Z-transforms.
Solutions of Difference equations using Z-transforms. Solution of
boundary value problems, Numerical solutions of Laplace and Poisson
equations, heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
140
References:
1. P.L.Meyer., Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1979.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics(10e), Wiley
Eastern, 2015.
3. A.V.Openheim & R.W.Schafer, Digital Signal Processing, Prentice
Hall, 1975.
4. Hogg & Craig, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, (4e),
MacMillan, 1975.
5. Narayanan, Ramaniah and ManicavachagomPillay, Advanced
Engineering Mathematics, Vol 2 and 3, Vishwanthan Publishers Pvt
Ltd. 1998.
ELE 2251: ELECTRICAL MACHINERY – II [2 1 0 3]
DC Machines: DC Motors – working principle, types, torque-speed
characteristics, starting, braking, speed control, losses, efficiency, and
testing. BLDC motors – working principle and control. Synchronous
Machines: Alternators – working principle, types, construction, armature
windings, emf equation, Field MMF, Modelling of non-salient pole
alternator, Phasor diagrams, voltage regulation, Synchronization,
Synchronizing power and torque, power angle characteristics, Load
sharing, Alternator connected to infinite bus, Modelling of salient pole
alternator - Two reaction theory, Phasor diagrams, slip test.
Synchronizing power and torque, power angle characteristics.
Synchronous motors: working principle, Star ting methods,
Synchronizing power and torque, Performance characteristics, Hunting,
Synchronous condenser. PMSM, SRM – operation & control. Load
characteristics, Selection of motors for specific applications.
References:
1. Langsdorf E.H., Theory of Alternating Current Machinery (2e), TMH,
2004.
2. Say M. G., Alternating Current Machines (5e), ELBS, 1994.
3. Clayton A. E. & Hancock N. N., Performance and Design of Direct
Current Machines, CBS, 2004.
4. Kothari D. P. &Nagrath I. J., Electric Machines (4e), TMH, 2013.
5. Krishnan R., Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC
Motor Drives, CRC Press, 2009.
6. Dubey G. K., Fundamentals of Electric Drives (2e), CRC Press, 2002.
ELE 2252: GENERATION TRANSMISSION & DISTRIBUTION [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, General layout of a power system, renewable and non
renewable power generation, computation of line parameters for single
phase and three phase, line performance, need for reactive power
compensation, mechanical design of lines, sag and tension calculation,
overhead insulators, underground cables, corona, distribution schemes,
reliability indices, introduction to LVDC.
References:
1. J. Duncan Glover, Mulukutla S Sarma and Thomas J Overbye, Power
System Analysis and Design, (5e), Cengage Learning, 2012.
2. S.N. Singh, Electric Power Generation, Transmission & Distribution
(6e), PHI, 2011.
3. Kothari &Nagrath, Power System Engineering (2e), TMH, 2010.
4. Nag P K, Power plant engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
5. Wadhwa, Electrical Power System(3e), New Age Intl, 2013.
 ELE 2253: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Classification of control systems, Mathematical modelling of electrical
circuits/mechanical systems (translational & rotary)/electro-mechanical
systems/geared systems, reduction of sub-systems, signal flow graphs,
Time domain response of 1st and 2nd order systems, RH criteria, Root
Locus technique, Bode plots, Nyquist Plots, Frequency domain based
compensator design and their realization through OPAMPS,
Design/realization of active P, PI, PID controllers for LTI systems, State
equation, state space modelling, Physical variable form of electrical/
mechanical/ electromechanical systems, Phase variable form of
electrical/ mechanical/ electromechanical systems, State space models
from transfer function, Solution of state equation for continuous time
system, State transition matrix, Controllability criteria, Observability
criteria.
References:
1. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc, 2010.
2. Ogata K, Modern Control Engineering, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice
Hall, 2010.
3. Gopal M., Control Systems: Principles and Design, McGraw Hill,
2008.
4. S.D. Agashe, Control Engineering, NPTEL, December 2009.
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101037/
5. Dynamic Systems and Control, 241J,MIT Open CourseWare, Spring
2011.
6. http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electricalengineering-and-computer-
science/6-241j-dynamic-systems-and-control-spring 2011
ELE 2254: MICROCONTROLLERS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to microprocessors and microcontrollers, general purpose
and embedded systems, CISC and RISC architectures, AT89C51 ( 8051)
microcontroller: Architecture, pin diagram, addressing modes,
instruction set, programming, stack, subroutines, GPIO, timers, serial
port, interrupts. Interfacing keyboard, LCD, ADC and DAC to 8051.
Embedded software development in 'C'. Programming 8051 in 'C'. ARM
processors: ARM7TDMI; Processor modes, visible registers, ARM
instruction set, programming, stack, subroutine, exceptions and
pipelined architecture. ARM7 based NXPLPC21XX microcontroller:
architecture, programming, interfacing. Introduction to ARM CORTEX
processors and Microcontrollers.
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and GillispieMazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller
and embedded systems, using assembly and 'C', Pearson education,
2013.
2. Kenneth. J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded
systems, using assembly and 'C', Cengage Learning, 2009.
3. Steve Furber, ARM System - on – Chip Architecture (2e), Pearson,
2015.
4. William Hohl, Hinds Christopher, ARM Assembly Language, CRC
Press, 2016.
5. Jonathan M Valvano, Introduction to ARM CORTEX – M
Microcontrollers, Volume 1, 2017.
ELE 2261: ELECTRICAL MACHINERY LAB [0 0 6 2]
Transformers: OC and SC tests on single phase transformer; Sumpner's
test; Polarity tests and connection of single phase transformers as three
phase bank; Parallel operation of single phase transformers.Induction
machines: No load and blocked rotor tests, Load test on three phase
141
squirrel cage & Slip ring Induction motor, Load test on induction
generator. Load test on Single Phase induction Motor.DC Machines:
Magnetisation characteristics of DC generator, Load test on dc
machines, Speed control of D.C. shunt motor. Testing of DC Machines,
Synchronous Machines: V- and inverted V-curves of synchronous
machines, Measurement of Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous
machine, Predetermination of regulation of alternator.Armature winding:
Design & Development of AC & DC armature winding.
References:
1. Langsdorf E.H., Theory of Alternating Current Machinery (2e), TMH,
2004.
2. Say M. G., Alternating Current Machines (5e), ELBS, 1994.
3. Clayton A. E. & Hancock N. N., Performance and Design of Direct
Current Machines, CBS, 2004.
4. Kothari D. P. &Nagrath I. J., Electric Machines (4e), TMH, 2013.
5. Shawney A. K., Design of Electrical Machines, DhanpatRai, 1997.
ELE 2262: MICROCONTROLLER LAB [0 0 3 1]
Module I: Experiments using 8051 Microcontroller simulator.
Module II: Interfacing exercises using 8051 microcontroller
Module III:Experiments using ARM7 processor based microcontroller.
References
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and GillispieMazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller
and embedded systems, using assembly and 'C', Pearson education,
2013.
2. Kenneth. J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded
systems, using assembly and 'C', Cengage Learning, 2009.
3. Steve Furber, ARM System - on -Chip Architecture (2e), Pearson 2016.
4. LPC21XX User Manual.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour &styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business& multinational corporations,
Unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich.,Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker., Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, New York, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker., The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, New
York, 2004.
 ELE 3151: COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS [4 0 0 4]
Elements of communication systems; Analog Communication
techniques : Amplitude modulation Schemes, Angle (Non-Linear)
Modulation; Pulse Modulation schemes ; Data transmission using
analog carriers- Shift Keying techniques; Channel Encoding & decoding
technologies; Conceptual idea of encryption & decryption;
Communication Protocols& Networking; Internet of Things; Wireless
sensor actuator networks, Applications: Spread Spectrum & Mobile
Communications - Optical fiber communication- Digital telephony ,
Basic principles of Digital TV Broadcasting
References:
1. Haykin, Simon, and Michael Moher, Introduction to analog & digital
communications, John Wiley & Sons. 2007.
2. Haykin, Simon, Communication systems, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
3. Stallings, William, Cryptography and network security: principles and
practices, Pearson Education India, 2006.
4. Torrieri, Don, Principles of spread-spectrum communication
systems, Springer, 2015.
5. Rappaport, Theodore S., Wireless communications: principles and
practice, Vol. 2. New Jersey: prentice hall PTR, 1996.
ELE 3152: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
Time domain analysis of discrete-time signals & systems: linear-time
invariant systems, impulse response, convolution, causality and
stability, representation of LTI systems, Frequency domain analysis of
discrete-time signals and systems: Discrete-time Fourier series,
Discrete-time Fourier transform, properties and applications, Z
transform representation of discrete time signals and systems,
properties and applications. Sampling in time and frequency domain.
Discrete Fourier Transform-Linear convolution using DFT. Computation
of DFT-Fast Fourier Transform, Decimation in time and Decimation in
frequency FFT algorithms. Digital Filters-Digital filter structures, FIR and
IIR filters. FIR filter design- FIR design by Fourier approximation, Window
method, Frequency sampling method, Optimal FIR design. IIR filter
design: Classical filter design using Butterworth and Chebyshev
approximations, Impulse invariant and bilinear transformation methods,
Frequency transformation technique for HP, BP and BS filter design.
Direct design of IIR filters. Applications of DSP.
References:
1. Haykin S., Signals and Systems, Wiley, 1999.
2. Oppenheim, Willisky, and Nawab, Signals and Systems (2e), PHI,
1997.
3. Proakis J.G. and D.G. Manolakis, Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing, PHI, 2009.
4. Oppenheim A.V. and R.W. Schafer, Discrete time signal processing,
Pearson, 2009.
5. Mitra S. K., DSP: A computer based approach (2e), TMH, 2006.
ELE 3153: MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION [2 1 0 3]
Electrical instrumentation, characteristics, electromagnetic interference,
instrumentation transformers, Moving Coil and Moving Iron Instruments,
Bridge circuits for R, L and C measurements, Modern Transducers for R,
L and C measurements, Signal Isolation (Magnetic and Optical), Charge
amplifiers, Instrumentation amplifiers, Active filters, Sallen Key
Topology, State Variable Filters, Sample & Hold circuits, Successive
Approximation, Flash A/D Converter, PWMD/A converter, R 2R and
Binary weighted D/A converter, Net metering concepts, PMU,
Applications.
142
References:
1. K Sawhney, A course in electrical & electronic measurement and
instrumentation, DhanpatRai& Sons, 2014.
2. Sergio Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog
Integrated Circuits, McGraw Hill, 2014.
3. Rober t B. Nor throp, Introduction to Instrumentation &
Measurements, CRC Press, 2005.
4. Hank Zumbahlen, Linear Circuit Design Handbook: Analog Devices,
Elsevier, 2008.
5. Clarence W. deSilva, Sensors & Actuators: Engineering System
Instrumentation(2e), CRC Press.
ELE 3154: POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS [3 1 0 4]
Single line diagram, per unit concept, selection and change of base
quantities, three winding transformer in power system, symmetrical
short circuit current calculation, current limiting reactors, selection of
circuit breakers, symmetrical components, sequence networks,
unsymmetrical fault analysis in loaded and unloaded system involving
transformers, admittance model of power system, load flow solution by
numerical method, stability studies, equal area criterion.
References:
1. Stevenson William D, Elements of Power System Analysis (4e),TMH,
2014.
2. Nagrath I.J. &D.P.Kothari, Modern Power System Analysis (2e),
TMH, 2013.
3. HadiSaadat, Power System Analysis, TMH, 2004.
4. ElgerdOlle I., Electric Energy System Theory, TMH, 2011.
5. Stagg &Elabid, Computer methods in power system analysis, MGH,
1986.
ELE 3161: DSP LAB [0 0 3 1]
Generation of waveforms, Sample and reconstruct analog signals, time
and frequency response of LTI systems, Convolution, analysis of DTFT,
DFT, Z transforms, pole zero diagrams, Spectrogram analysis of non-
stationary signals, digital filter structures, Analysis of various classical
discrete-time filters such as LP, HP, BP, BS, comb, notch, multi-notch,
sinusoidal oscillators, all pass filters, FIR filter design, IIR filter design,
simple applications of DSP in communication systems, speech
processing, image processing, and electrical power.
References:
1. Proakis J.G. and D.G. Manolakis, Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing, PHI, 2009.
2. Oppenheim A.V. and R.W. Schafer, Discrete time signal processing,
Pearson, 2009.
3. Mitra S. K., DSP: A computer based approach (2e), TMH, 2006.
ELE 3162: MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Module 1: Familiarization of LabVIEW: Introduction to LabVIEW, Sub VI's
and Loops, Case Structure, Express VI, Module 2: Realization of a Digital
Instrumentation System using µC: Signal conditioning: Realization of
Instrumentation Amplifier, Realization of Analog Filter using TI
ASLKv2010 Starter Kit,Realization of a DC Voltmeter, Realization of
Room Temperature Monitor, Module 3: Realization of a Digital
Instrumentation System using PC: Realization of Digital spectrum
analyser & digital voltmeter using LabVIEW.
References:
1. Jovitha Jerome,Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW, PHI .
2. K.R.K. Rao , C.P. Ravikumar,Analog system lab pro kit manual,
MikroElektronika Ltd. 2012.
3. Jeffrey Travis, Jim Kring, LabVIEW for Everyone: Graphical
Programming Made Easy and Fun (3e), Prentice Hall Professional.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra.,Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi,2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management(5e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics(3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
ELE 3251: POWER ELECTRONICS [3 1 0 4]
SCR Family: Structure, Operation, Static Characteristics, Dynamic
Characteristics and Ratings. MOSFET: Structure, Operation, Static
Characteristics, Dynamic Characteristics and Ratings. IGBT: Structure,
Operation, Static Characteristics, Dynamic Characteristics and Ratings.
Protection of Power Electronic Devices. Comparison of Power Electronic
Devices. Analysis of Non Isolated Second Order DC to DC Converters,
Analysis of Flyback Converter; Inductor Design, High Frequency
Transformer Design, Classification of Choppers, Introduction to Soft
Switching (ZVS and ZCS). Analysis of Single Phase Fully Controlled Full
Wave Rectifiers with R, RL, RLE Load and RL Load with Freewheeling
Diode, Analysis of Single Phase Half Controlled Full Wave Rectifiers,
Analysis of Three Phase Fully Controlled Full Wave Rectifiers with R, RL,
RLE Load and RL Load with Freewheeling Diode, Semi converter and
143
Dual Converter. Analysis of AC Voltage Controller, Matrix Converter.
Analysis of Single Phase Half Bridge and Full Bridge Inverter with R and
RL Load (Square Wave, Bipolar and Unipolar SPWM Technique),
Analysis of Three Phase Inverters (1200, 1800 and SPWM Technique),
Space Vector Pulse Width Modulation, Multi Level Inverters, Current
Source Inverter. Application of Power Electronics in Power System,
Renewable Energy Systems, Motor Control, SMPS and UPS, and LED
Drivers.
References:
1. Hart D. W., Introduction to Power Electronics, PH, 2010.
2. Ned Mohan et. al., Power Electronics, Converters, Applications &
Design (2e), Wiley, 2001.
3. Bose B.K., Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, Pearson, 2002.
4. Rashid M.H., Power Electronics, Circuits, Devices and Applications,
PHI, 2010.
5. Rashid M. H. SPICE for Power Electronics and Electrical Power, PH,
1993.
ELE 3252: SWITCH GEAR &PROTECTION [4 0 0 4]
Circuit breakers: Arc phenomenon, arc interruption theories, Special
duties. CB types: Oil circuit breakers, Air circuit breakers, SF6 CB,
Vacuum CB, CO2 CB, MCB, MCCB and HVDC circuit breakers. CB rating,
testing, operating mechanism, Autoreclosure, metal clad switchgear,
GIS. Isolators and earthing switches. Fuses. Neutral grounding.
Protective Relaying: Functions, characteristics, standard definition of
relay terminologies, classifications & operating principles. Protection
schemes for bus zone, transformer, alternator, transmission Line and
Induction Motor. Static Relays,Numerical relaying: Building blocks,
signal conditioning, DFT, phasor estimation, numerical relaying
algorithms. Introduction to SCADA, IEDs and IEC 61850 protocol.
References:
1. Rao S.S., Switchgear Protection and Power systems, Khanna
Publishers, 2015.
2. Badriram and Vishwakarma, Power System Protection & Switchgear,
MGH, 2014.
3. Ravindranath & Chander, Power System Protection and Switchgear,
New Age International, 2018.
4. Mason, The Art and Science of Protective Relaying, Wiley, 1972.
5. Ravindra P. Singh, Digital Power System Protection, PHI, 2007.
ELE 3261: POWER ELECTRONICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Effect of non-linear load on single phase and three phase supply, Power
electronic devices – characteristics, driver requirements, Study of LED
driver, control scheme, UPS and PV system, Design and simulation of
isolated/non isolated dc-dc converter, AC-DC converters, AC-AC
converters, Single phase and three phase inverters, Speed control of DC
motor, induction motor and PMSM/BLDC motor.
Power electronic circuit simulation using SPICE, Realization of DC-DC
converter.
References:
1. Hart D. W., Power Electronics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2011.
2. Ned Mohan et. al., Power Electronics, Converters, Applications &
Design (2e), Wiley, 2010.
3. Bose B.K., Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, Pearson, 2010.
4. Rashid M. H., SPICE for Power Electronics and Electrical Power, PH,
1993.
 ELE 3262: POWER SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Software Module: Transmission line Performance, Relay Co-ordination,
Load Flow Analysis, Transient Stability Analysis, Short Circuit Analysis
using simulation tools.
Hardware Module: Numerical Overcurrent Relay, Solar Simulator, Digital
Energy Meter, Transmission Network Simulator.
References:
1. M Stagg & El-Abiad, Computer Techniques in Power System
Analysis, MGH, 1984.
2. HadiSaadat, Power System Analysis, MGH, 2004.
3. Nagrath I.J. & D.P.Kothari, Modern Power System Analysis (3e),
TMH, 2003.
4. Badriram and Vishwakarma, Power System Protection & Switchgear,
TMH, 2013.
5. MiPower and PSCAD user manuals.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ELE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
ELE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
ELE 4061: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Foundation and History of AI, State of the art, Fields of application,
Performance measures, Rationality, Specification and properties of task
environment, Structure of Agents, Problem solving by searching,
Searching for solutions, uninformed search strategies, Informed search
strategies, Heuristic functions, Local search algorithms, Online search
agents, Knowledge based agents, The Wumpus World, Propositional
logic – reasoning patterns, effective inference, First order logic - Syntax
and semantics, Knowledge engineering, Inference rule, forward and
backward chaining, Ontological engineering, categories and objects,
Processes and intervals, reasoning systems, Truth maintenance
systems, Uncertainty, Basic probability notation, Axioms, Baye's rule,
Bayesian networks, Inference in Bayesian networks.
144
References:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach (3e), Pearson, 2012.
2. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight and Shivashankar B. Nair, Artificial
Intelligence (3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. David Poole and Alan Mackworth, Artificial Intelligence: Foundations
of Computational Agents (2e), Cambridge University Press, 2017.
4. Sudeshna Sarkar and AnupamBasu, Artificial Intelligence, NPTEL,
Dec 2009.http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105077/
ECE 4051: COMPUTER VISION [2 1 0 3]
Image formation model using pinhole camera, Linear filters and
convolution, Image derivatives, Features: corners, SIFT, HOG, textures.
Segmentation using clustering (K-means, Mean-Shift, Watershed) and
fitting model, Segmentation and fitting using probabilistic methods (EM
algorithm), Geometry of two view and Camera calibration including radial
distortion, Bayes Classifier: using class histograms, using class
conditional density, Support Vector machine
References:
1. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern
Approach, Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications,
Springer, 2010.
3. Richard Hartleyand and Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry
in Computer Vision(2e) Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
4. Linda Shapiro and George Stockman, Computer Vision, Pearson
Education, 2001.
ECE 4052: MACHINE LEARNING [2 1 0 3]
Machine learning basics, Naïve Bayesian Model. Non-Parametric
Techniques: Density Estimation, Parzen Windows, k- Nearest-Neighbor
Estimation, K- nearest neighbor classification, Radial Basis Function
Network, Learning Vector Quantization, Clustering, K-Means clustering,
Competitive learning, Self-Organizing Maps, Recurrent Neural Network,
Hopfield Neural Network, Adaptive Resonance Theory, Support vector
machines, Statistical Hypothesis testing- t-test, ANOVA, feature
selection methods – Filter based techniques and wrapper methods,
Principal Component Analysis, Applications of PCA, PCA ,Independent
component analysis, Voting, Error correcting output codes, Bagging,
Boosting.
References:
1. EthemAlpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, (2e), MIT Press.
2010.
2. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork, Pattern Classification,
(2e), Wiley, 2001.
3. Peter Harrington, Machine Learning in Action, Manning Publications,
2012.
4. Christopher M.Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning,
Springer, 2007.
5. Richard Jensen, Qiang, Shen Computational Intelligence and Feature
Selection: Rough and Fuzzy Approaches, Vol. 8, IEEE Press Series on
Computational Intelligence, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
6. Marshall, E.,The Statistics Tutor's Quick Guide to Commonly Used
Statistical 210 Tests, 2016. http://www.statstutor.ac.uk/ resources/
uploaded/tutorsquickguidetostatistics.pdf
 ELE 4062: SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Soft computing, soft computing techniques, Artificial
Neural Networks, Multilayer Perceptron, Gradient descent, Logistic
discrimination, Single layer Perceptron, Training a perceptron, Multilayer
perceptron, Back-Propagation Algorithm, Fuzzy Systems, Fuzzy Logic,
Membership Functions, Fuzzy Controllers, Evolutionary Algorithms,
Genetic Algorithms, Other Optimization Techniques, Metaheuristic
Search, Traveling Salesman Problem, Introduction to hybrid systems,
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems, Evolutionary Neural
Networks, Evolving Fuzzy Logic, Fuzzy Artificial Neural Networks
References:
1 Jacek M Zurada, Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems, Jaico
publication. 2016
2 Timothy J Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, (Intl. e),
McGraw Hill publication, 2012.
3. Anupam Shukla, Ritu Tiwari, Rahul Kala, Real Life Applications of
Soft Computing, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, London 2010.
4. Shivanandam & Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, Wiley India
edition, 2009.
5. Rajasekaran and G.A.Vijayalakshmi Pai,Neural Networks, Fuzzy
Logic and Genetic Algorithms, PHI Learning,2003.
ICE 4051: DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS [ 3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Sampling, Data acquisition, Quantization, sample and hold,
zero order hold, frequency domain consideration in sampling and
reconstruction. Difference equations, pulse transfer function, Block
diagram analysis of sample data systems, time response of discrete time
control systems, Steady State error analysis, Stability, Jury's stability
test, bilinear transformation, Root locus technique, W transformation,
Bode Plot. Nyquist Stability analysis, Design of Lag, Lead, Lag-lead
compensator using root locus and Bode plot, Design of PID controller,
Lyapunov Stability Analysis, State Space Analysis, Diagonalization,
Solution of state equations, Controllability, Observability, Representation
of the system in different canonical forms, Pole Placement- Ackermann's
Formula, Dead beat Algorithm.
References:
1. K. Ogata, Discrete time control systems(7e),PHI 2011.
2. M. Gopal, Digital control and state variable methods. Tata McGraw
Hill New Delhi, 2001.
3. C.H Houpis and G.B Lamont, Digital Control Systems, Prentice Hall,
1995.
4. G.F.Franklin, J.David Powell, M. L.Workman, Digital Control of
Dynamic Systems(2e), A-Wesley Publishing Company, 1990.
5. V. I. George and C.P. Kurian, Digital Control Systems, Cengage
publishers. New Delhi, 2012.
ICE 4052: NON-LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Lyapunov stability using Krasovskii's method, Variable
Gradient method,L2 stability of state models, L2 gain, small gain
theorem, Passivity,Memory less functions, L2 gain and Lyapunov
stability, passivity theorems, passivity based control, Review
ofdescribing function method, Absolute Stability Circle criterions, Popov
Criterion, stabilization via linearization and Integral control, Gain
scheduling, Graphical Linearization Methods, AnalyticalLinearization
Method, Evaluation of Linearization Coefficients by Least-Squares
Method, Local linearization, Feedback linearization, Input-state
linearization, Input-output linearization, Internal dynamics, Zero
dynamics,Model Reference Adaptive Control (MRAC).Sliding mode
145
Control, sliding surfaces, continuous approximations of switching
control laws, modeling performance trade off, Tracking regulation via
Integral control, Lyapunov redesign, non-linear damping, back stepping,
high gain observers.
References:
1. H.K. Khalil, Nonlinear Systems(3e), Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. R. Marino and P. Tomei,Nonlinear Control Design - Geometric,
Adaptive and Robust, Prentice Hall, 1995.
3. J.J.E. Slotine and W.Li, Applied Nonlinear control, Prentice Hall,
1998.
4. Alberto Isidori, Non-linear Control Systems, Springer Verlag, 1999.
ICE 4053: ROBUST CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Issues in Control System Design, Norms for signals and
systems, Input- Output Relationships, Computing the Norm by State-
Space Methods,Condition for Internal stability, sensitivity and
complementary sensitivity function, Asymptotic Tracking, Performance,
Sources of Model Uncertainties, Plant Uncertainty Model, Small Gain
Theorem, Robust Stability, Robust Performance,Existence of Stabilizing
Controllers, Parameterization of All Stabilizing Controllers, Coprime
Factorization. Loop shaping with C, Shaping S, T, or Q, P-1 Stable, P-1
Unstable, The Modified Problem, Spectral Factorization, Case Studies-
Robust Control for MassDamper Spring Systems, Spacecraft and
Inverted Pendulum.
References:
1. Doyle, J.C., B.A. Francis and A. Tannenbaum, Feedback Control
Theory, Macmillan publishing co.,1990.
2. Kemin Zhou, Doyle J.C and Glover K., Robust and Optimal Control,
Prentice Hall, Inc New Jersey.1995.
3. Willian A. Wolovich, Automatic Control Systems, Saunders college
publishing.1994.
4. Kemin Zhou and Doyle J.C, Essential of Robust Control, Prentice Hall
Inc, New Jersey.1998.
5. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems,
Addison Wesly Longman. Inc,1998.
ICE 4054: SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to system modeling, Types of system models, Importance
of system models, Model development techniques – first principle based
and data driven based, Introduction to System Identification, Procedure
for identification, Concept of Identifiability, Signal to Noise Ratio,
Overfitting, LTI System Modeling using time and frequency, Direct
impulse response identification, Direct step response identification,
Impulse response Identification using step response, Empirical Transfer
function Identification, Correlation Methods, Linear Regression, Least
Square Estimation, Equation Error Models – ARX Models, ARMAX
Models, ARIMAX Models, OE Models, Box Jenkins Model,Model
Validation Techniques
References:
1. Arun. K. Tangirala, Principles of System Identification Theory and
Practice, CRC Press, 2016.
2. Karel. J. Keesman, System Identification – An Introduction, Springer,
2011.
 ECE 4053: EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Typical embedded system: Core of the embedded system, memory,
sensors & actuators, communication interface, Serial/Parallel
Communication protocols, Hardware and software co-design: Data-path
and controller design, Architecture design; Development Environment:
OS and non-OS based firmware embedding techniques; Firmware
Design and Development; operating system basics; Embedded
development life cycle.
References:
1. Frank Vahid& Tony Givargis, Embedded System Design, Wiley
Publication, 2002.
2. Shibu K. V, Introduction to Embedded Systems, McGraw Hill
Publication, 2013.
3. Paul S R Chisholm, David Hanley, Michael Jones, Michael Lindner, and
Lloyd work, C Programming: Just the FAQs, SAMs publishing, 1995.
4. Wayne Wolf, Modern VLSI Design-IP based Design(4e), Prentice
Hall, 2008.
ELE 4063: FPGA BASED SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Overview of Digital Systems – Implementation options , FPGA –
Architecture, Programming technologies, Altera &Actel logic cells, I/O
Blocks, Programmable interconnects, Logic implementation , Design
verification- Test bench codes, Hardware testing, FPGA Architectural
options; granularity of function and wiring resources, reconfigurable
architectures- Fine grained, Coarse grained, Medium grained, Embedded
multipliers, adders, MACs, processor cores, Configuring an FPGA ;
Vendor specific issues, Logic block architecture, timing models-static
and dynamic timing analysis, Input and Output cell characteristics ,
Power dissipation, Partitioning and placement, Routing resources
,Embedded system design using FPGAs, DSP using FPGAs, Multi FPGA
systems, Reconfigurable systems, Application case studies.
References:
1. M.J.S. Smith, Application Specific Integrated Circuits, Pearson, 2000.
2. Peter Ashenden, Digital Design using Verilog, Elsevier, 2007.
3. W. Wolf, FPGA based system design, Pearson, 2004.
4. Clive Maxfield, The Design Warriors Guide to FPGAs, Elsevier, 2004.
5. Hauck, S. and DeHon, A., Reconfigurablecomputing: the theory and
practice of FPGA-based computation, Elsevier, 2010.
ECE 4054: INTERNET OF THINGS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Internet of Things, Sensing, actuation, Basics of
Networking, Sensor networks, Machine to Machine communication
(M2M), IOT technologies and Architectures: Infrastructure and service
discovery protocols for the IoT ecosystems; Realization of IoT
ecosystem using wireless technologies; Interoperability in IoT, Data
handling and analytics, cloud computing, Real world design constraints;
IoT use Cases
References:
1. Pethuru Raj & Anupama C Raman, The Internet of Things: Enabling
Technologies, Platforms & Use Cases, CRC Press, 2017.
2. Arshdeep Bagha& Vijay Medisetti, Internet of Things: A Hands on
Approach, University Press.
3. Jan Holler, Vlasios T Siatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatics
Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand, David Boyle, From Machine to Machine
to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence,
Academic Press, 2014.
146
4. Frank Vahid, Givargis,Embedded Systems Design: A Unified
Hardware/Software Introduction, Wiley Publications, 2000.
5. Jan Axelson, Parallel Port Complete, Penram publications.
ELE 4064: REAL TIME SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to real time embedded system, terminology, Real time
design issues, characteristics. Types of real time systems, timing
constraints, precedence constraints, dependencies, functional and
resource parameters. Real time operating systems, kernels, queues,
semaphores, Multi processing and multitasking, priority inversion, dead-
lock. Real time services, Real time standards, System resources,
Processing, scheduling policies, Performance measures for real time
systems. Scheduling algorithms, periodic and aperiodic, priority driven,
frame size constraints, real time communication.
References:
1. Jane W.S.Liu, Real time systems, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Sam Siewert, Real time embedded systems and components (India
e), Cengage Learning, 2007.
3. Qing Li, Real time concepts for Embedded Systems, CMP Books,
Elsevier, 2003.
4. SantanuChattopadhyay, Embedded System Design, PHI Learning
Pvt.Ltd, 2011.
5. C.M. Krishna, Kang. G. Shin, Real time systems(Intl e), McGraw-Hill,
1997.
ELE 4065: INTEGRATED LIGHTING DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Interior lighting design: Artificial illumination design techniques: quality
and quantity aspects, Energy efficiency in illumination systems, lamp
and luminaire selection, Energy conservation, visual comfort and
thermal comfort. Design calculations. Exterior lighting design: Road
Lighting, Sports lighting and flood lighting, Daylight -artificial light
integration, Simulation assisted design of interior and exterior, lighting
design standards - Subjective analysis in lighting design, daylight-
artificial light integration and energy performance.
References:
1. National Lighting Code 2010, Bureau of Indian Standards, SP 72:
2010.
2. I.E.S.N.A., New York, Lighting Hand Book (10e), 2011.
3. Code of practice for interior illumination - IS 3646 (Part 1) 1992, IS
3646 (Part 2) 1966, IS 3646 (Part 3) 1968.
4. Code of practice for road lighting - IS 1944 (Part 1 to 6).
5. Karlen, Mark, Christina Spangler, and James R. Benya, Lighting
design basics. John Wiley & Sons, 2017.
ELE 4066: LIGHTING CONTROLS: TECHNOLOGY &
APPLICATIONS [2 1 0 3]
Strategies and technologies: occupancy sensing, switching controls,
daylight adaptation and photo sensors, Commissioning and energy
codes, Controller and control algorithms: Integral reset, open-loop and
closed loop control, adaptive control, predictive control , inverse control
with online adaptive learning, Camera based measurement, virtual
scenario based intelligent lighting control, Protocols and Networking:
architecture, standard lighting protocols, wired and wireless, centralized
and distributed, WSAN lighting control application, connected lighting
system, SoC solutions for lighting control system, Power-over-Ethernet,
Commissioning of smart lighting system.
References
1. Simpson, Robert S. Lighting control: Technology and Applications.
Taylor & Francis, 2003.
2. DiLouie, Craig. Lighting controls handbook. The Fairmont Press, Inc.,
2008.
3. Cai, H., Luminance gradient for evaluating lighting. Lighting
Research & Technology 48.2, 2016.
4. Serpanos, Dimitrios, and Marilyn Wolf. Internet-of-things (iot)
Systems: Architectures, Algorithms, Methodologies. Springer, 2017.
5. Yang, Kun.,Wireless sensor networks - Principles, Design and
Applications, Springer-Verlag London , 2014.
ELE 4067: LIGHTING SCIENCE : DEVICES AND SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Light & Vision: Human visual system, photoreceptors, colour perception
-spectral, spatial, and temporal characteristics, chromatic adaptation
and contrast sensitivity. Lighting technologies:Light sources and
Luminaires, Generation, distribution and control, emerging sources and
luminaires, optical, electrical and thermal characteristics. Photometry &
Colorimetry: measurements and calculations, characterization of colors
of lights and objects - experimental and simulation analysis, measuring
instruments, testing, reliability and lifetime of luminaires, evaluation of
lighting products .
References:
1. Lighting Handbook(10e), IESNA, 2011.
2. Patrick Mottier, LED for Lighting Applications(1e), Wiley, 2009
3. SpirosKitsinelis, Light Sources: Technologies & Applications, CRC
press, 2010.
4. M.a.Cayless& A.M. Marsdon, Lamps & Lighting (4e), Oxford & IBH
publishing company, 1996.
5. Jack L. Lindsey., Applied Illumination Engineering, (2e), Fairmont
Press, INC 1997.
ELE 4068: SOLID STATE LIGHTING [2 1 0 3]
General Characteristics of LEDs, Electrical and optical characteristics of
high brightness LEDs, CIE Chromaticity coordinates, viewing angle,
Binning, Mac dam ellipse, spectral tuning and optimization algorithms,
Case study: Circadian rhythm, Daylight matching spectrum and its
applications in healthcare -skin and Brain related therapies, Vitamin D
synthesis, LED-on-the-Tip Endoscope, LEDs in Horticulture and
Automotive lighting, LED drivers: power supply, dimming and controller,
Thermal management and Heat sink design, lifetime and reliability.
References:
1. E Fred Schubert, Light emitting Diodes (2e), Cambridge University
press, 2006.
2. Vinod Kumar Khanna, Fundamentals of Solid state Lighting, CRC
press,2014.
3. Arturas Zukauskus, Michael S. Shur and Remis Gaska, Introduction
to solid state lighting, wiley interscience 2002.
4. Gilbert Held, Introduction to Light Emitting Diode Technology and
Applications, CRC press, 2009.
5. Mohan Underland and Robbins, Power Electronic converters,
Applications and Design, John Wiley and sons, 1989.
ELE 4069: DISTRIBUTED GENERATION SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Distributed Generation Systems- Principle and Structure
of DGS- Features of DGS, Distributed Generation Technologies-
Overview, Integrating Distributed Energy Resources with the Grid,
Planned/non-planned DG, Micro Grid and it's features. DG-
147
Technologies:Wind Energy Conversion System, Photovoltaic Systems-
PV grid tied systems and different configurations. Micro turbine
Generation, Small Hydro Generation Systems, Fuel Cells.Energy Storage
Technologies-Different Energy storage technologies-Overview, Design
Issues and control of Distributed Generation Systems-General model of
DGS, Technical Regulation of DG integration, DG Optimization and
Energy Management.
References:
1. G.B. Gharehpetian and S. Mohammad MousaviAgah, Distributed
Generation Systems. Design, Operation and Grid Integration,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2017.
2. Magdi S. Mahmoud, Fouad M. AL-Sunni, Control and Optimization of
Distributed Generation Systems, Springer International Publishing,
2015.
3. Bo Zhao, Caisheng Wang, Xuesong Zhang, Grid integrated and
standalone photovoltaic distributed generation systems analysis,
design and control, Wiley, 2017.
ELE 4070: ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to different forms of energy storage. Energy storage as a
structural unit of a power system, applications of energy storage-
utilities, transport, industry, house hold. Energy storage techniques:
Electrochemical energy storage- Secondary batteries, battery charge
controller design, Fuel cells. Case Study on Electrical Vehicle- System
design Consideration. Thermal energy storage, Flywheel storage,
Superconducting magnetic energy storage, Pumped hydro storage,
Compressed air energy storage, Capacitor bank storage, Power system
considerations for energy storage:Integration of energy storage
systems-Effect of energy storage on transient regimes in the power
system.
References:
1. A.G. Ter-Gazarian, Energy Storage for Power Systems(2e), (IET
Power and Energy Series 63), The Institution of Engineering and
Technology, United Kingdom, 2011.
2. Gregory L Plett, Battery Management Systems, Volume- 1, Battery
Modeling, Artech House Publishers, 2015.
3. Gregory L Plett, Battery Management Systems, Volume- 1,
Equivalent circuit methods, Artech House Publishers, 2015.
4. R. Bove and S. Ubertini, Modeling Solid Oxide Fuel Cells, Springer,
2008.
ELE 4071: POWER SYSTEMS OPERATION & CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Modern Power Systems: Evolution, power system network,
synchronous grid; Equipment and Stability Constraints in System
Operation : generator constraints, transmission line constraints, stability
problem, voltage instability; Frequency control in power system :
definition of system frequency, frequency control, speed governors,
Automatic generation control; transformer tap control, Voltage and
reactive power control: Generator Excitation Systems and reactive power
characteristics, HVDC Converters; Real and Reactive power Scheduling
& Optimization; Preventive, emergency & restorative control : State
estimation, blackout.
References:
1. Wood &Woolenberg, Power System Operation & ControlJohn-
Wiley,2003.
2. R. Bergen, Vijay Vittal, Power System Analysis (2e), PHI.
3. Hingorani&Gyugui,Understanding FACTS, Wiley-IEEE1999.
4. P Kundur, Power System Analysis & Control, TMH, 2006.
5. S. N. Singh, Power Systems Operation & amp; Control, NPTEL,
December 2009. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108101039/
ELE 4072: SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Smart Grid Overview- Smart Grid evolution, Definition of the Smart Grid,
Key Characteristics of Smart Grid, Key Functions of a Smart Grid, Smart
Grid Elements. Traditional Electric Grid Model, Generation, Transmission,
Distribution, Energy Storage, Micro-grids, Integration of new
technologies into the grid, Smart Grid vision and its realization in
Urban/Rural, Smart Grid infrastructure, Functionality, Reliability,
Cost/Tariff, Standards, Smart Grid cyber security, Smart Grid
Operations- Electric Grid (power delivery), SCADA (supervisory control
and data acquisition), Smart Grid Control Layer-fault detection and
location, Data collection and management, Control Layer Infrastructure,
Software-Define Networks (SDN), Control Algorithms, Volt-VAR control,
Distribution automation, Grid storage systems, Intermittent renewable,
Cooperative grids.
References:
1. James Momoh, Smart Grid: Fundamentals of Design and Analysis, (I
E E Power Engineering Series)– Wiley-Blackwell, 2012.
2. Takuro Sato, Daniel M. Kammen, BinDuan, Martin Macuha, Zhenyu
Zhou, and Jun Wu, Smart Grid Standards: Specifications,
Requirements, and Technologies, Wiley-Blackwell, 2015.
3. Janaka Ekanayake, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko
Yokoyama, and Nick Jenkins, Smart Grid: Technology and
Applications, Wiley, New Delhi, 2015.
4. Lars T. Berger and Krzysztof Iniewski, Smart Grid Applications,
Communications, and Security, Wiley, New Delhi, 2015.
5. Salman K. Salman, Introduction to the Smart Grid, (IET Energy
Engineering Series 94)- The Institution of Engineering and
Technology, United Kingdom, 2017.
ICE 4055: ADVANCED SENSOR TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Sensor classifications, Advanced sensing materials, Properties of
materials, Design and modeling issues, Fiber optic light propagation,
Graded index fibers, Fiber optic communication driver circuits, Laser
classifications, Driver circuits for solid state laser diodes, Radiation
sensors and Optical combinations, Accelerometers, Thermal, Humidity
and moisture sensor, Proximity detectors using polarized light,
Semiconductor gas sensor, Fluidic and Micro-fluidic sensors,
Gyroscope laser, Chemical sensor characteristics, Classification of
Chemical sensing mechanism, Sensors based on direct and indirect
sensing techniques.
References:
1. Jacob Fraden, Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and
Applications, Springer. 2010.
2. P Ripka, A Tipek, Modern Sensors Handbook. Wiley Publication,
2007.
3. J.G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation Application and Design,
Houghton Mifilin Co. 2004.
148
ICE 4056: MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of MEMS and NEMS, scaling laws, Rigid-body dynamics,
Electrostatic and electro-magnetic forces, Materials, Photolithography,
Ion implantation, Diffusion, Oxidation, Chemical Vapor Deposition,
Physical vapor Deposition-Sputtering,Deposition by epitaxy, Etching,
Bulk Micro manufacturing, Surface Micromachining, LIGA process,
Microsystem Design- Process design, Mechanical design, Introduction
to computer aided design using COMSOL Multiphysics, Electrostatic
sensors and actuation, Thermal sensing and actuation, Piezoelectric
sensing and actuation, Microsystem Packaging-Types, Interfaces,
Technologies, Selection, Design and packaging case study.
References:
1. Tai-Ran-Hsu, MEMS & Microsystems Design and Manufacture, Tata
McGraw-Hill Edition, 2002.
2. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson International Edition,
2006.
3. Sergey Edward Lyshevski, MEMS and NEMS systems, Devices and
Structures, CRC Press,2002
4. Boston, Micro machined Transducers Sourcebook, WCB McGraw
Hill, 1998
5. Stephen D. Senturia, Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, Springer, 2000.
ICE 4057: MULTI SENSOR DATA FUSION [3 0 0 3]
Concept and role of fusion, Fusiontypes, Sensor configuration,
Architecture of fusion nodes, Fusion topologies, Benefits of fusion, Need
for data refinement, Classification of data refinement, Spatial alignment,
Temporal alignment, Semantic and radiometric alignment, Concept and
need for data association and decision making, data registration, data
association techniques, Decision making techniques, Information
requirement for decision making.JDL framework, Revised JDL,
Dasarathy's model, Thompolus framework, Luo-Key framework, Pau's
framework, Waterfall and omnibus framework, Distributed black box,
Esteban framework, Kalman filter, Baysien filter, extended information
filter, Estimation, Approximate agreement, Optimization filter, Distributed
dynamic fusion, Dynamic data flow analysis
References:
1. David L. Hall, Mathematical techniques in Multisensor data fusion,
Artech House, 2004.
2. H B Mitchell, Data Fusion: Concepts and Ideas, Springer Publishers,
2012.
ICE 4058: SMART SENSORS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Signal conditioning, Separate versus integrated signal
conditioning, Digital conversion, MCU control, MCUs for sensor
interface, Techniques and Systems Considerations for MCUs, DSP
control, Sensor integration,IEEE standards, Plug and play, Automated/
Remote sensing, Process control over the Internet, Other
communication standards with case studies,Wireless zone sensing,
Surface acoustical wave devices, Intelligent transportation system, RF-
ID, RF MEMS basics, Varactors, Micro optics, Micro grippers,
Microprobes, Micro mirrors, FEDs,Data processing, Pattern recognition
and classification, Centralized and decentralized system of the
measurement chains, Practical examples of the intelligent sensors.
References:
1. Gerard Merjer, Smart Sensor Systems, Wiley Publisher, 2008.
2. Randy Frank,Understanding Smart Sensors, (2e). Artech House
Publications, 2000.
3. Paul W. Chapman,Smart Sensors, ISA Press, 1996.
4. Krzystof Iniewski, Smart Sensors for Industrial Applications, CRC
Press, 2013.
5. Jacob Fraden, Handbook of Modern Sensors-Physics, Designs, and
Applications(4e), Springer, 2010.
ECE 4055: ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Multi-rate systems, decimation and interpolation, interpolated FIR
approach, poly phase filter structure, filter banks, perfect reconstruction,
Principles and applications of adaptive filters, Weiner filters, steepest
descent algorithm, LMS and RLS algorithms. Homomorphic system,
cepstrum, homomorphic systems for convolution and de-convolution,
applications of homomorphic signal processing. Stochastic models,
Maximum likelihood, expected maximization, Bayesian estimation,
random signal detection. Sparse representation, regularization, Total
Variation, Compressed Sensing
References:
1. P. P Vaidyanathan, Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, Prentice Hall,
India, 1993.
2. Vikram M Gadre, Aditya S Abhyankar, Multiresolution and Multirate
Signal Processing: Introduction, Principles and Applications,
McGraw Hill, 2017.
3. S. J Orfanidis, Optimum Signal Processing, McGraw Hill, NJ, 2007.
4. A.V Oppenheim and R.W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing, PHI
Learning, 2008.
5. Russell B. Millar, Maximum Likelihood Estimation and Inference,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2011.
ELE 4073: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Image representation, relationship between pixels, Convolution and
corrélation. Unitary 2D transforms, DFT, DCT, subband coding,
multiresolution analysis, DWT, contourlet transform, SVD. Intensity
transformations, histogram processing, spatial and frequency domain
filters, noise types, Wiener filter, local and nonlocal filtering, Boundary
detection, canny edge detector, segmentation, Otsu's thresholding,
image compression standards, Morphological operations and
algorithms, Hit or Miss transform, colour image representation.
Applications.
References:
1. S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, T. Veerakumar, Digital Image
Processing, TMH, 2012.
2. Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E Woods, Digital Image Processing,
Pearson Education(2e), 2003.
3. William K Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Willey, 2001.
4. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, Image Processing,
Analysis, and Machine Vision(4e), Cengage Learning.
5. A.K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, PHI, New Delhi,
1995.
ECE 4056: DIGITAL SPEECH PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Anatomy, physiology and modeling of speech production system. Time
and frequency domain analysis of speech. Cepstral analysis of speech
and its applications. Linear predictive modeling of speech and its
applications. Speech coding and synthesis, automatic speech
recognition. Speech enhancement in the presence of noise.
149
References:
1. Rabiner L.R and Schaffer R.W, Digital Processing of Speech Signals,
Prentice Hall, NJ, 2007.
2. Thomas F. Quatieri, Discrete. Time Speech Signal
Processing—Principles and Practice, Pearson Education, Inc., 2004.
3. Douglas O' Shaughnessy, Speech Communications: Human and
Machine Reading, Addison Wesley, 1987.
4. Shaila D. Apte, Speech and Audio Processing, Wiley India, 2012.
5. Lawrence Rabiner, Biing-Hwang Juang, B. Yegnanarayana,
Fundamentals of Speech Recognition, Pearson, 2011.
ELE 4074: LINEAR ALGEBRA FOR SIGNAL PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Vectors, matrices, norms of vector and matrices, Lp norms, Holder,
Cauchy - Schwarz, and triangular inequalities, inner product spaces and
their applications. System of linear equations and its solution sets,
Gaussian elimination and back-substitution, echelon forms, matrix
operations, LU - factorization, inverse matrices, Gauss-Jordan
technique, transpose, elimination, and permutation matrices. Row
space, column space, and null space of a matrix, bases and dimension,
rank and nullity of a matrix, matrices as linear transformations, pseudo-
inverse and applications, change of basis, affine transformations.
Or thogonal subspaces, projections, Gram-Schmidt process,
generalized Fourier series, QR factorization, least squares and their
applications. Characteristic equation, diagonalization, Jordan canonical
form, special matrices, positive definite matrices and applications.
Symmetric, Orthogonal, Hermitian, Unitary, Jacobian, and Hessian
matrices, singular value decomposition and related applications.
References:
1. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications (3e), Thomson
Learning Asia, 2003.
2. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications, (3e), Pearson
Education (Asia) Pvt. Ltd, 2005.
3. Kenneth Hoffman and Ray Kunze, Linear Algebra,(2e), PHI, 2004.
4. Sohail A Dianat and Eli Saber, Advanced Linear Algebra for Engineers
with MATLAB, (1e), CRC Press.
ECE 4061: ANALOG AND MIXED SIGNAL DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Analog circuit design issues, second order effects, current mirror
circuits: Wilson, cascode and wide swing, voltage references, cascode
and differential amplifier, Gilbert cell, operational transconductance
amplifier, current conveyor, current feedback op-amp; Mixed signal
circuit design: fully differential circuits, current mode signal processing
,OTA-C continuous-time filters, ladder filters, DAC architectures: current-
mode R-2R, current steering and charge scaling. ADC, flash, successive
approximation and noise shaping, Layouts, analog and mixed signal
circuits.
References:
1. Johns D. A, Martin K, Analog Integrated Circuit Design, John Wiley
and Sons, 2002.
2. Baker R. J., Li H W, Boyce D. E., CMOS Circuit Design, Layout, and
Simulation, IEEE Press, PHI, 1998.
3. Razavi B., Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002.
4. Baker R. J., CMOS Mixed Signal Circuit Design, Volume II, Wiley Inter-
science, 2002.
5. Mohan P. V. A., Current mode VLSI Analog Filters Design and
Applications, Birkhauser, 2003.
 ECE 4062: DIGITAL DESIGN VERIFICATION [3 0 0 3]
System Verilog: Introduction to System Verilog, Data types, scheduling
semantics and assignment statements, Connecting test bench and DUT.
Verification: Introduction, Verification Methodologies, Types of
Verifications and approaches, Coverage-Driven functional verification,
Assertion based verification (ABV), Verification Planning and Test Bench
Architecture, System-Level Verification, Processor Integration
Verification, Assertions for Formal tools.
References:
1. Padmanabhan T.R. and Sundari B.B.T., Design Through Verilog
HDL,John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
2. Palnitkar S.,Verilog®HDL.A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis
IEEE1361-2001Compliant (2e),Prentice Hall,2003.
3. BhaskarJ., AVerilog HDL Primer, BS Publications,2005.
4. Brown S. and Vranesic Z.,Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog
Design (5e),TataMcGrawHill, 2005.
5. Ciletti M.D., Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL, PHI,2005.
ECE 4063: LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Power dissipation in digital ICs, low power methodologies and their
design, Impact of device technology and scaling on power, dynamic
power reduction techniques, Sources of leakage current and techniques
for leakage power reduction, power analysis and power estimation
methods,switching activity reduction in CMOS circuits, Low power clock
distribution techniques with zero or tolerable clock skew, Power and
performance management, Circuit and system level architectures for
low power, low power architectures for arithmetic and memory circuits.
References:
1. Yeap G. K, Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design, KAP, 2002.
2. Piguet C.,Low Power CMOS Circuits – Technology, Logic Design and
CAD Tools, CRC Press, 2006.
3. Rabaey J. M, and Pedram M., Low Power Design Methodologies,
Kluwer Academic, 1997.
4. Roy K. and Prasad S., Low Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design, Wiley,
2000.
5. Yeo K. S., Rofail S. S. and Goh W. L., CMOS/BiCMOS ULSI: Low
Voltage, Low Power, Pearson, 2002.
ECE 4064: SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE THEORY [3 0 0 3]
Energy Bands in Solids, Electron and Hole Densities in Equilibrium,
Excess carriers—Non-equilibrium Situation, Junctions and Interfaces,
Charge Transport in Semiconductors, P-N Junctions and its applications.
Junction Field Effect Transistor and Metal-Semiconductor, MIS
Junction/capacitor - ideal C-V characteristics and deviations due to
interface states/charges and work function differences, threshold
voltage. Field Effect Transistor, MOSFETs.- operation and characteristics.
References:
1. Achuthan M. K. and Bhat K. N., Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Devices, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Streetman B. G. and Banerjee S., Solid State Electronic Devices, PHI,
New Delhi, 2011.
3. Gupta N.D and Gupta A.D, Semiconductor Devices. Modelling and
Technology, PHI, New Delhi, 2004.
150
ELE 4075: COMPUTER NETWORKS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to computer networks and Internet, network edge and core,
delay and throughput in packet switched networks, Protocol layers and
their service models.Session, Presentation, and Application Layers.
Examples: DNS, SMTP, FTP, HTTP.Transport layer: UDP, TCP. Connection
establishment and termination,flow and congestion control, timers.
Network layer: Internet Protocol, IPv4, IPv6, ICMP, Network Address
Translation. Routing algorithms: Distance vector, Link state, Metrics,
Inter-domain routing. Link Layer: Error detection (Parity checks and
CRC), Multiple Access Protocols - ALOHA, CSMA. Switched LANs-
addressing, ARP, Ethernet-Gigabit Ethernet, VLANs. Datacenter
networking. Wireless LANs-Wi-Fi (802.11). Multimedia Networking -
UDP and HTTP streaming, Voice-over-IP, Case studies- Skype, YouTube,
Case study on Webpage request, Overview of Software defined
Networks (SDN)
References:
1. AS Tanenbaum, DJ Wetherall, Computer Networks(5e), Prentice-
Hall, 2010.
2. LL Peterson, BS Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems Approach
(5e), Morgan-Kauffman, 2011.
3. JF Kurose, KW Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down
Approach(5e), Addison-Wesley, 2009.
4. W Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security, Principles and
Practice(5e), Prentice-Hall, 2010.
ELE 4076: CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Control system performance objectives, Design of cascade & feedback
compensation, Scalar and multivariable control systems, Industrial PID
controllers, state space systems and PID control, PID tuning, Pole
placement techniques for design of controllers and observers, Kalman
filter, Robust control,¥Htechniques; Non-linear control system design:
Linearization, compensation and design of non-linear systems, design of
non-linear control system using phase plane analysis, Lyapunov
stability; optimal control theory and applications; Adaptive Control ; Self
tuning control;Model reference adaptive control; practical aspects:
Control system design examples; MATLAB & SIMULINK for Control
system Design.
References:
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering (5e), PHI, 2010.
2. Stanley M. Shinners, Advanced modern control system theory and
design, John Wiley & Sons, 1998.
3. Michael A. Johnson, Mohammad M. Moradi, PID Control: New
Identification and Design Methods, Springer 2005.
4. V. I. George, C.P. Kurian, Digital Control Systems (1e), Cengage
learning, 2012.
5. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering (5e), John Wiley &
Sons Inc, 2010.
ELE 4077: DATA ANALYTICS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Data science, Data analytics. Similarity, sequencing,
sampling and quantization. Data Preprocessing, Error types, Error
handling, Filtering, Data transformation and Data integrations. Modelling
with data and Data visualizations. Correlation and causality tests.
Regression analysis, Forecasting, Classification and Clustering
techniques. Introduction to R-programming for data analytics
References:
1. Thomas A. Runkler, Data Analytics Models and Algorithms for
Intelligent Data Analysis (2e) Springer Publications, 2016.
2. Scott A. Pardo, Empirical Modeling and Data Analysis for Engineers
and Applied Scientists, Springer Publications, 2016. DOI
10.1007/978-3-319-32768-6.
3. Wei Lee Woon, ZeyarAung, Oliver Kramer, Stuart Madnick (Eds.),
Data Analytics for Renewable Energy Integration, Springer 2017. DOI
10.1007/978-3-319-50947-1.
4. Robert I. Kabacoff, R in action: Data analysis and graphics with R,
Manning Publications C, 2011.
ELE 4078: DATA STRUCTURES & ALGORITHMS [2 1 0 3]
Pseudocode, algorithm analysis, asymptotic notations, iterative and
recursive algorithms. Data Structures, data structure operations, review
of arrays, structures, Stacks and Queues, stack and queue operations,
array representation of stacks and queues, queues and stacks using
linked lists, applications of queues and stacks. Properties of Binary
search trees, array and linked list representation of binary search trees,
binary search tree traversals. Graphs and their representations,
application of graphs. Searching and sorting methods. Algorithm design
techniques – Greedy, Divide and Conquer, Dynamic programming and
Backtracking. Addressing limitations of algorithmic power - P, NP, and
NP-Complete Problems
References:
1. Cormen, Leiserson and Rivest, Introduction to algorithms(3e), MGH
2009.
2. Aho, Hopcroft and Ulmann, Design and Analysis of Algorithms(1e),
Pearson 2002.
3. Aho, Hopcroft and Ulmann, Data Structures & Algorithms(1e),
Pearson 2002.
4. Horowitz and Sahni, Fundamentals of computer algorithms(1e),
Universities Press. 2008.
ELE 4079: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Data-base system applications, Data models, schemas and instances.
Three-schema architecture and data independence. Entity-Relationship
Model: Entity, Attribute, Constraints. Relational model Concepts,
Relational algebra: SELECT, PROJECT and DIVISION. Relational
database design using ER-to-Relational Mapping. Structured Query
Language (SQL), Queries in SQL. Query processing and optimisation,
Database design: Functional dependencies, normalisation. Transaction
management: ACID properties, concurrency control, transactions and
scheduling, locking. Data warehousing, datamining and data analytics.
Applications and case studies.
151
References:
1. AviSilberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, Database System
Concepts(6e), McGraw-Hill, 2016.
2. RamezElmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database
Systems(7e), Pearson, 2016.
ELE 4080: DESIGN & MODELLING OF SPECIAL ELECTRICAL
MACHINES [2 1 0 3]
Permanent Magnets and Machines, Introduction to Inverters and Their
Control .Dynamic Modeling of Permanent Magnet Synchronous
Machine, Control Strategies for a Permanent Magnet Synchronous
Machine, Flux-Weakening Operation, Design of Current and Speed
Controllers, Parameter Sensitivity and Compensation, Rotor Position
Estimation and Position Sensor less Control, PM Brushless DC Machine,
Commutation Torque Ripple and Phase Advancing, Half-Wave PMBDCM
Drives, Design of Current and Speed Controllers, Sensorless Control of
PMBDCM Drive
References:
1. Ramu Krishnan, Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC
Motor Drives,CRC Press.
2. Md. enamul Haque, Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Drives:
Analysis, Modeling and Control, VDM Verlag.
3. Chang-liang Xia, Permanent magnet brushless DC motor drives and
controls, Wiley.
ELE 4081: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN USING VERILOG [2 1 0 3]
Digital implementation options, Digital system modeling: Domains ,
levels of abstraction. Introduction to Verilog: Behavioral, data-flow and
Gate level modeling. Design case studies - combinational, sequential,
FSM, Test Benches.Verilog HDL Synthesis, Interfacing Applications,
Programmable ASICs, Programming Technologies.
References:
1. Smith M.J.S., Application Specific ICs, Pearson, 2010.
2. Samir Palnitkar, Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital design and Synthesis,
PHI, 2003.
3. Brown S. &Vranesic Z., Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog
Design, TMH 2013.
4. Nazeih M. Botros, HDL Programming: VHDL and Verilog,Dreamtech
Press, 2009.
ELE 4082: ENERGY AUDITING [2 1 0 3]
Energy Types, Needs, Scenario, Energy Security, Environmental Impact,
Energy Reforms, Material & Energy Balance, Consumption Pattern,
Sankey Diagram, Energy Policy, Information Systems, Energy
Conservation Act 2001, Electricity Act 2003, Energy Reforms, National
Action Plan for Climate Change (NAPCC), Standards & Labels ,Energy
Audit Purpose & Scope, Types of Energy Audit & Methodologies, Audit
Instruments, Energy Management principles, Benchmarking and
Strategies, Performance assessment of Electrical utilities, Performance
Assessment of Thermal Utilities, Energy Economic Analysis, Role of
ESCOs
References:
1. Paul W. O'Callaghan, Energy Management A comprehensive guide to
reducing costs by efficient energy use, McGraw Hill, England, 1992.
2. Amit K. Tyagi, Handbook on Energy Audits and Management, TERI,
2000.
3. IEEE Std. 739-1995, IEEE recommended practice for energy
management in industrial and commercial facilities.
4. Steve Doty and Wayne C. Turner, Energy Management
Handbook(7e), Fairmont Press, USA, 2009.
5. BEE Study Material, Energy Management & Energy Audit,
www.beeindia.gov.in
ELE 4083: HVDC & FACTS [2 1 0 3]
HVDC transmission system, merits and demerits application and
schemes of HVDC, equivalent circuit diagram of a two terminal HVDC
link, HVDC control, grid firing units for converters. Introduction to FACTS
controllers- configuration and working principle of SVC, STATCOM,
TCSC, SSSC, SPS and UPF- Steady state characteristics, effect of
FACTS devices on transient stability, power flow, power oscillation
damping and voltage stability.
References:
1. K R Padiyar, FACTS Controllers in power transmission and
distribution systems, New Age International publishers, New Delhi,
2007.
2. Narendra G Hingorani& L. Gyugyi, Understanding FACTS: Concepts
and Technology of flexible AC transmission systems, IEEE Press,
2000.
3. K R Padiyaar, HVDC power transmission systems, Technology and
System Interactions, New Age International publishers, New Delhi,
1999.
4. Vijay K. Sood,HVDC and FACTS Controller, Kluwer Academic
Publisher, 2004.
ELE 4084: INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC VEHICLES
Introduction to Electric Vehicles: History, social and environmental
importance, Impact of modern drive-trains; Conventional Vehicles:
Basics of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization;
Electric Drive-trains: Basic concepts, power flow control, topologies;
Electric Propulsion unit: Introduction, Configuration and control of DC
Motor drives, Induction Motor drives, Permanent Magnet Motor drives,
Switch Reluctance Motor drives; Energy Storage: Introduction, Battery
based energy storage, Fuel Cell based energy storage, Super Capacitor
based energy storage and Flywheel based energy storage and analysis;
Sizing the drive system: Sizing the propulsion motor, power electronics,
energy storage technology, Communications, supporting subsystems;
Energy Management Strategies: Introduction, classification,
comparison, implementation issues; Case Studies: Design of a Battery
Electric Vehicle (BEV).
References:
1. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Sebastien E .Gay, and Ali Emadi,
Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles, CRC Press
2004.
2. Evaluation of the 2004 Toyota Prius Hybrid Electric Drive System,
Oak Ridge National Lab 2006 report.
3. Evaluation of the 2010 Toyota Prius Hybrid Electric Drive System,
Oak Ridge National Lab 2011 report.
4. Davide Andrea, Battery Management Systems for Large Lithium-Ion
Battery Packs, Artech House, 2010.
5. C.Mi, M.A.Masrur, D.W.Gao, Hybrid Electric Vehicles, Wiley 2011.
ELE 4085: MODERN POWER CONVERTERS [2 1 0 3]
Switched Mode Power converters: generalized comparison between
switched mode and linear regulators, operation and steady state
152
performance of buck, boost, buck-boost, cuk : continuous conduction
mode, discontinuous conduction mode; Performance analysis of
converters using DC Transformer model; DC-DC converters with
isolation- Fly back converter, Forward converter, push-pull converter,
half bridge and full bridge DC-DC converters; Resonant Converters-
series and parallel loaded converters in continuous and discontinuous
mode of operation, zero current switch resonant converter (ZCS), zero
voltage switch resonant converter (ZVS); Control techniques- Voltage
feed forward PWM control, current mode control, digital pulse width
modulation control; Converter modelling- equivalent circuit modelling of
converters using state space averaging technique; Closed loop
converter design – PID design issues; Electromagnetic interference –
input filter design and its effect on converter performance
References:
1. Robert W. Erickson, DraganMaksimovic, Fundamentals of Power
Electronics,(2e), Springer, 2005.
2. Hart D. W., Introduction to Power Electronics, PH, 2010.
3. Ned Mohan et. al., Power Electronics, Converters, Applications &
Design (2e), Wiley, 2001.
4. P. Krein, Elements of Power electronics, OUP, 1998.
5. U. Umanand&Ramanarayanan V, Switched mode power conversion,
NPTEL, March 2013. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108108036/#.
ELE 4086: RENEWABLE ENERGY [2 1 0 3]
Energy sources and their availability - Solar Energy - solar radiation and
measurements, solar energy storage, - Solar Photo-Voltaic systems
design - Wind Energy - estimation, Maximum power and power
coefficient, wind energy conversion systems - design considerations
and applications - Energy from Bio-Mass - Sources of bio-mass, Bio-
mass conversion technologies - Thermo-chemical conversion and Bio-
chemical conversions, Anaerobic digestion and Fermentation, Bio-gas
generation Pyrolysis and Liquefaction, Classification of Gasifiers, Energy
plantation -Energy from the Oceans - Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion,
Open and Closed Cycle plants, Site selection considerations, Origin of
tides, Tidal energy conversion systems, Wave energy conversion
systems - Hybrid Energy Systems.
References:
1. Khan B. H., Non-conventional Energy Resources, TMH, 2006.
2. Twidell J. W. & Weir A. D., Renewable Energy Resources, ELBS,
1986.
3. Mukherjee D. & Chakrabarti S., Fundamentals of Renewable Energy
Systems, New Age Intl., 2004.
ELE 4087: SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAICS [2 1 0 3]
Solar Radiation: Spectrum, Terminologies, Measurement, Estimation;
Sun-Earth Movement & PN Junction Diode & Characteristics, Solar Cell,
Photovoltage, Light Generated Current, I-V equation & Characteristics:
Short Circuit Current, Open Circuit Voltage, Maximum Power Point, Fill
Factor, Efficiency, Losses, Equivalent Circuit, Effect of Series & Shunt
Resistance, Solar Radiation, Temperature on Efficiency Solar PV
Modules: Series & Parallel connection, Hotspots, Bypass & Blocking
Diodes, Power Output, Ratings, I-V & Power Curve, Effect of Balance of
System (BOS): Batteries: Classification, Capacity, Voltage, Depth of
Discharge, Life Cycle, Factors affecting Battery Performance; Charge
Controllers, DC to DC Converters, DC to AC converters, Maximum Power
Point Tracking (MPPT).
PV Systems: Standalone, Grid, Hybrid, Design Methodology.
References:
1. Chetan Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies
and Application, PHI New Delhi, 2009.
2. G.N. Tiwari, Solar Energy: Fundamentals, Design, Modeling and
Applications, Narosa Publications New Delhi, 2013.
3. SuneelDeambi, Photovoltaic System Design, CRC Press USA, 2016.
4. Frank Kreith and D. Yogi Goswami, Energy Management and
Conservation Handbook(2e), CRC Press USA, Fairmont Press, USA,
2017.
5. John Balfour, Michael Shaw and Nicole B. Nash, Advanced
Photovoltaic Installations, Jones &Barlett Learning USA, 2013.
ELE 4088: SOLID STATE DRIVES [2 1 0 3]
Fundamentals of Electric Drives: components, dynamics, multi-quadrant
operation, equivalent moment of inertia and torque, nature and
classification of load torque, steady state stability; classes of motor duty.
DC Drives: single phase and three phase controlled rectifier fed dc drives-
controlled freewheeling, speed torque characteristics, waveforms,
expressions for voltage, current, speed, torque and power. Chopper fed
DC drives- quadrants of operation; AC drives: Induction Motor Drives-
stator voltage control, rotor resistance control, slip power recovery
scheme, frequency control-control strategies, DQ model, principle
vector control, direct and indirect vector control scheme,; Synchronous
Motor Drives- overview of scalar and vector control schemes of PMSM
and BLDC motors, brushless DC excitation.
References:
1. Dubey G.K., Power Semiconductor Controlled Drives, PH, 1989.
2. Dubey G.K., Fundamentals of Electric Drives, Narosa, 2010.
3. Murphy J.M.D.& F.G.Turnbull, Power Electronic Control of AC
motors, Pergamon 1989.
4. Bose B.K., Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, Pearson, 2010.
5. Krishnan R., Electric Motor Drives: Modeling, Analysis, and Control,
Pearson, 2011.
OPEN ELECTIVES
ELE 4301: ENERGY AUDITING [2 1 0 3]
Energy Types, Needs, Scenario, Energy Security, Environmental Impact,
Energy Reforms, Material & Energy Balance, Consumption Pattern,
Sankey Diagram, Energy Policy, Information Systems, Energy
Conservation Act 2001, Electricity Act 2003, Energy Reforms, National
Action Plan for Climate Change (NAPCC), Standards & Labels ,Energy
Audit Purpose & Scope, Types of Energy Audit & Methodologies, Audit
Instruments, Energy Management principles, Benchmarking and
Strategies, Performance assessment of Electrical utilities, Performance
Assessment of Thermal Utilities, Energy Economic Analysis, Role of
ESCOs.
References:
1. Paul W. O'Callaghan, Energy Management A comprehensive guide to
reducing costs by efficient energy use, McGraw Hill, England, 1992.
2. Amit K. Tyagi, Handbook on Energy Audits and Management, TERI,
2000.
3. IEEE Std. 739-1995, IEEE recommended practice for energy
management in industrial and commercial facilities.
4. Steve Doty and Wayne C. Turner, Energy Management Handbook
(7e), Fairmont Press, USA, 2009.
5. BEE Study Material, Energy Management & Energy
Audit.www.beeindia.gov.in
153
ELE 4302: INTRODUCTION TO LIGHTING DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Visible spectrum- psychophysics of vision-photometric quantities- laws
of illumination-point by point method of illuminance calcualtions -Light
sources- luminaires- principles of light control elements-light Intensity
distribution diagram-evaluation of total flux-illuminance and visual
performance- Lumen method calculations-principles and general
requirements of interior & exterior lighting for different applications-
Lighting Design Examples- Energy and cost effectiveness of lighting
schemes.
References:
1. IESNA New York, Lighting Handbook (10e), 2011.
2. Jack L. Lindsey.,Applied Illumination Engineering (2e), Fairmont
Press, INC 1997.
3. D.W. Durrant, Interior Lighting Design(5e), Lighting Industry
Federation Limited, London 1977.
4. J.B. de Boer and D . Fischer, Interior Lighting(2e), Philips Technical
Library, 1981.
ELE 4303: MATLAB FOR ENGINEERS [2 1 0 3]
MATLAB desktop, workspace variables and types, creating and calling
functions, 2D & 3D plots, control flow statements, introduction to Cody
Coursework platform, introduction to live script environment, symbolic
computation using MuPAD app, linear regression analysis using
Statistics and Machine Learning Toolbox, interpolating & extrapolating
set of data, generating, importing data from various data tools,
introduction to Simulink, solving ordinary differential equations in
Simulink, introduction to Simscape, development of graphical user
interface with GUIDE tool and app designer tool, creating MS Windows
executable applications, installing support packages of external
hardware, external hardware interface using MATLAB editor, Simulink
and app designer.
References:
1. Stephen J. Chapman, Essentials of MATLAB Programming, BAE
Systems (3e), Cengage Learning.
1. Catherine Wilkins, Exploring Mathematics with MuPAD, University of
Oxford.
2. Sulaymon L. Eshkavilov, MATLAB & Simulink Essentials: MATLAB &
Simulink for Engineering Problem Solving and Numerical Analysis,
Lulu Publishing.
ELE 4304: SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAICS [2 1 0 3]
Solar Radiation: Spectrum, Terminologies, Measurement, Estimation;
Sun-Earth Movement & Angles, Sun Tracking, PN Junction Diode &
Characteristics, Solar Cell, Photovoltage, Light Generated Current, I-V
equation & Characteristics: Short Circuit Current, Open Circuit Voltage,
Maximum Power Point, Fill Factor, Efficiency, Losses, Equivalent Circuit,
Effect of Series & Shunt Resistance, Solar Radiation, Temperature on
Efficiency, Solar PV Modules: Series & Parallel connection, Hotspots,
Bypass & Blocking Diodes, Power Output, Ratings, I-V & Power Curve,
Effect of Solar Irradiation & Temperature, Balance of System (BOS):
Batteries: Classification, Capacity, Voltage, Depth of Discharge, Life
Cycle, Factors affecting Battery Performance; Charge Controllers, DC to
DC Converters, DC to AC converters, Maximum Power Point Tracking
(MPPT).
References:
1. Chetan Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies
and Application, PHI New Delhi, 2009.
2. G.N. Tiwari, Solar Energy: Fundamentals, Design, Modeling and
Applications, Narosa Publications New Delhi, 2013.
3. SuneelDeambi, Photovoltaic System Design, CRC Press USA, 2016.
4. Frank Kreith and D. Yogi Goswami, Energy Management and
Conservation Handbook(2e), CRC Press USA, Fairmont Press, USA,
2017.
5. John Balfour, Michael Shaw and Nicole B. Nash, Advanced
Photovoltaic Installations, Jones & Barlett Learning USA, 2013.

154
 Department of Information & Communication Technology

Established in the year 2001, the department has developed itself as a Programs offered
center of excellence, providing opportunities for innovation and Under Graduate Programs
research, with well-equipped computer laboratories and dedicated 4B.Tech in Information Technology (2000)
faculty. 4B.Tech in Computer and Communication Engineering (2013)
The students are given freedom to organize workshops or seminars and Post Graduate Programs
are encouraged to take part in co-curricular and extra-curricular activities 4M.Tech in Computer Networking and Engineering (2005)
without compromising the quality of learning. The academic curriculum 4M.Tech in Software Engineering (2006)
for the courses offered in the Department and the technical skills of the PhD
students have been appreciated by the industries who have visited MIT.
Our alumni are working as Software Professionals in top industries like Faculty Strength
Google, Microsoft, Oracle, Cisco, IBM, Intel, Samsung R&D, Honeywell,
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
Flipkart, Toshiba, KPIT Cummins, Deloitte etc., these prospectus jobs
offered per student testify the quality and excellence of the department.
13 7
5
39 40

PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME Associate Professors
Assistant Professors

155
 B TECH in INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2155 Engineering Mathematics - III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2256 Engineering Mathematics - IV 2 1 0 3
ICT 2151 Data Structures 3 1 0 4 ICT 2251 Computer Network Protocols 4 0 0 4
ICT 2152 Digital Systems 3 1 0 4 ICT 2252 Computer Organization and Microprocessor Systems 3 0 0 3
ICT 2153 Object Oriented Programming 3 1 0 4 ICT 2253 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 1 0 4
II ICT 2154 Principles of Data Communication 3 1 0 4 ICT 2254 Operating Systems 3 1 0 4
ICT 2161 Data Structures Lab 0 1 3 2 *** **** Open Elective - I 3
ICT 2162 Digital Systems Lab 0 1 3 2 ICT 2261 Algorithms Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 2163 Object Oriented Programming Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 2262 Microprocessor Systems Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 2263 Operating Systems Lab 0 0 3 1
14 7 9 24 15 3 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3051 Engg. Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
ICT 3151 Cyber Security 3 0 0 3 ICT 3251 Data Warehousing and Data Mining 3 0 0 3

156
ICT 3152 Database Systems 3 0 0 3 ICT 3252 Distributed Systems 3 0 0 3
ICT 3153 Embedded Systems 3 1 0 4 ICT **** Program Elective - I 3 0 0 3
III ICT 3154 Software Engineering 3 1 0 4 ICT **** Program Elective –II 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective - II 3 *** **** Open Elective - III 3
ICT 3161 Database Systems Lab 0 1 3 2 ICT 3261 Advanced Technology Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 3162 Embedded Systems Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 3262 Data Warehousing and Data Mining Lab 0 1 3 2
ICT 3163 Network Programming and Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 3263 Internet Tools and Technology Lab 0 1 3 2
14 4 9 24 14 3 9 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 26+3 = 29
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
ICT **** Program Elective - III 3 0 0 3 ICT 4298 Industrial Training 0 0 0 1
ICT **** Program Elective - IV 3 0 0 3 ICT 4299 Project Work / Practice School 0 0 0 12
ICT **** Program Elective- V 3 0 0 3 ICT 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
ICT **** Program Elective- VI 3 0 0 3
ICT **** Program Elective- VII 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective - IV 3
15 0 0 18 0 0 0 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specializations ICT 4048: High Performance Computing
ICT 4049: Human Computer Interaction
I. Computational Intelligence ICT 4050: Internet of Things
CSE 4053: Artificial Intelligence ICT 4051: Natural Computing
ICT 4031: Computer Vision ICT 4052: Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic
ICT 4032: Machine Learning ICT 4053: Pattern Recognition
CSE 4054: Soft Computing Paradigms ICT 4054: Social Network Analysis
ICT 4055: Software Reliability
II. Computer Graphics and Visualization
CSE 4051: Augmented and Virtual Reality Open Electives
ICT 4033: Computer Graphics ICT 4301: Computer Graphics and Animation
ICT 4031: Computer Vision ICT 4302: Design and Development of Web Applications
CSE 4052: Digital Image Processing ICT 4303: Fundamentals of Data Structures and Algorithms
ICT 4304: Machine Learning Tools and Technologies
III. Data Analytics ICT 4305: Networking with TCP/IP
ICT 4034 : Big Data Analytics
ICT 4035 : Information Retrieval
ICT 4032 : Machine Learning
ICT 4036 : Semantic Web

IV. Software System Design

ICT 4037 : Advanced Software Engineering
ICT 4038 : Software Architecture
ICT 4039: Software Project and Quality Management
ICT 4040 : Software Construction

V. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound

VI. Business Management

HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management

Vll. Computational Mathematics

MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices

Program Electives
ICT 4045: Cloud Computing
ICT 4046: Deep Learning
ICT 4047: Game Theory with Computer Applications

157
 THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2155: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III [2 1 0 3]
Boolean Algebra: Partial ordering relations, Poset, Lattices, Basic
Properties of Lattices. Distributive and complemented lattices, Boolean
lattices and Boolean Algebra. Propositional and Predicate Calculus: Well-
formed formula, connectives, quantifications, Inference theory of
propositional and predicate calculus. Elementary configuration:
Permutations and Combinations, Generating function, Principle of
inclusion and exclusion Partitions, compositions. Ordering of
permutations: Lexicographical and Fikes. Graph theory: Basic
definitions, Degree, regular graphs, Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs,
Trees and Properties, Center, radius and diameter of a graph, Rooted and
binary trees, Matrices associated with graphs, Algorithms for finding
shortest path, Group theory: Semi groups, Monoids, Groups-
subgroups, Normal Subgroups, Cosets, Lagrange's Theorem, Cyclic
groups.
References:
1. Liu C.L., Elements of Discrete Mathematics (2e), McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2007.
2. Trembaly J.P. and Manohar R, Discrete Mathematics Structures with
application to computer Science, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. Page E.S. and Wilson L.B., An Introduction to Computational
Combinatorics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979.
4. Narasingh Deo, Graph theory with Applications to computer science,
PHI, 2012.
ICT 2151: DATA STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Programming fundamentals, Stacks, Queues and their
applications, Sparse Matrix, Pointers and dynamic memory allocation,
Linked Lists: Singly linked lists, Dynamically Linked Stacks and Queues,
Polynomial representation and polynomial operations using singly linked
list, Singly Circular Linked List, Doubly Linked Lists, Trees: Binary trees,
Heaps, Binary Search Trees, Threaded binary trees, Graphs: Depth First
Search, Breadth First Search, Connected components, Spanning trees,
Sorting and searching Techniques.
References:
1. Horowitz E., Sahni S., Mehta D., Fundamentals of Data Structures in
C++ (2e), Golgotha Publications, 2008.
2. Weiss M. A., Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ (3e),
Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Michael T. Goodrich, Tamassia R., Mount D., Data Structures and
Algorithms in C++ (2e), John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
4. Horowitz E., Sahni S., Anderson-Freed S., Fundamentals of Data
structures in C (2e), Silicon Press, 2008.
ICT 2152: DIGITAL SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Simplification of Boolean functions - K-map and
tabulation method, NAND and NOR implementation, Combinational
logic- Design of Adders/Subtractors, Binary Parallel adder[7483],
Carry Look ahead Adder [74182], Multiplier using 7483, BCD
adder, Magnitude Comparator [7485], Decoder [74138,7442],
Combinational logic circuit design using decoders, Encoder [74148],
Multiplexers [74157, 74153], Combinational logic circuit design using
multiplexers, De Multiplexers, ROMS and Programmable Logic Arrays,
Sequential logic – Asynchronous and Synchronous counters,
Synchronous counter design, Shift registers, Shift register counters,
Analysis and design of clocked sequential circuits, Memory Devices -
RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, PLD.
158
References:
1. Mano M.R., Kime C.R., Martin T., Logic & Computer Design
Fundamentals (5e), Prentice Hall India, 2015.
2. Tocci R.J., Widmer N.S., Greegory L.M., Digital Systems: principles
and Applications(12e), Pearson Education India, 2017.
3. Wakerly J.F., Digital Design Principles and Practices(4e), Pearson
Education, 2014.
ICT 2153: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to the java programming language, Importance of Java in
the internet, Data types, Variable and arrays, Type conversion and
casting, Operators and control statements, Classes and inheritance,
Packages and interfaces, Collections Framework - array list, vector and
dictionary, String handling, Exception handling, Thread concepts –
synchronization, inter thread communication, Input/output – File:file
input stream, File output stream, Random access files, Reader, Writer,
Serialization, Serializable, Object input stream, Object output stream,
Swings - swing fundamentals, Introduction to event handling.
References:
1. Schildt H., Java-The Complete Reference (9e), Tata McGraw-Hill
2014.
2. Horstmann C. S. & Cornell G., Core Java Volume I – Fundamentals
(9e), Prentice Hall 2013.
3. Horstmann C. S. & Cornell G., Core Java Volume II– Advanced
Features(9e), Prentice Hall 2013.
ICT 2154: PRINCIPLES OF DATA COMMUNICATION [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Data Communication, Signals, Basic properties of data
communication system, Nyquist rate, Shannon Capacity, Signal
encoding and Tx and Rx models, Modulation schemes. Properties of
Media and digital transmission systems, wired and wireless medium,
Error detection and correction, Block codes, CRC, Hamming code,
Stop and wait flow control, Sliding window flow control, ARQs, HDLC,
Multiplexing, Media Access Sublayer and LAN, Approaches to sharing
transmission medium, Random access protocols, Token passing
protocols, IEEE LAN standards, Bridges, MAN, FDDI.
References:
1. Stallings W., Data & Computer Communications (9e), Pearson
Education Inc., Noida, 2017.
2. Forouzan B., Introduction to data communication & networking (4e),
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi-2014.
3. Garcia A. L., Widjaja I., Communication Networks (2e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2011.
ICT 2161: DATA STRUCTURES LAB [0 1 3 2]
Application using arrays, String operations, Class concepts: Creation,
Initialization using constructors, Applications of stacks, Arithmetic
expression conversion and evaluation using stack, queues, Sparse
matrix representation, Transpose of a sparse matrix, Singly linked lists
and applications, Circular linked lists, Doubly linked lists, polynomial
addition and multiplications using circular linked lists, Binary Tree:
creation, deletion and traversal techniques, Binary search tree
operations, sorting and searching techniques.
References:
1. Horowitz E, Sahni S., Mehta D., Fundamentals of Data Structures in
C++ (2e), Golgotha Publications, 2008.
2. Weiss M. A., Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ (3e),
Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Horowitz E., Sahni S., Anderson-Freed S., Fundamentals of Data
structures in C (2e), Silicon Press, 2008.
ICT 2162: DIGITAL SYSTEMS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Verification of Boolean algebra and De Morgan theorems, Simplification
of Boolean expressions using K-maps, Combinational logic circuit
implementation – Binary parallel adder [7483], BCD adder, Multiplier,
Code converter, Comparator, 3 to 8 decoder [74138], Magnitude
comparator [7485], Multiplexers [74151, 74153, 74157] ICs,
Sequential logic circuits- Flip flops, Conversion of flip-flops, Analyzing
timing diagram using output waveforms, Asynchronous and
Synchronous counters [7490, 7493, 74193 ICs], Shift registers, Shift
register counters, Sequence generators, Sequence detectors.
References:
1. Mano M.R., Kime C.R., Martin T., Logic & Computer Design
Fundamentals (5e), Prentice Hall India, 2015.
2. Tocci R.J., Widmer N.S., Greegory L.M., Digital Systems: Principles
and Applications (12e), Pearson Education India, 2017.
3. Wakerly J.F., Digital Design Principles and Practices (4e), Pearson
Education, 2014.
ICT 2163: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Programs based on the following concepts: Data types, Type
conversions, Operators, Control statements, Classes, Inheritance,
Polymorphism, Threads, Interfaces and abstract classes, Collections:
arraylist and vector, String handling, File handling, Swings.
References:
1. Schildt H., Java-The Complete Reference (9e), Tata McGraw-Hill
2014.
2. Horstmann C. S. & Cornell G., Core Java Volume I – Fundamentals
(9e), Prentice Hall 2013.
3. Horstmann C. S. & Cornell G., Core Java Volume II– Advanced
Features (9e), Prentice Hall 2013.
FOURTH SEMSTER
MAT 2256: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-IV [2 1 0 3]
Basic Set theory, Axioms of probability, Sample space, conditional
probability, total probability theorem, Baye's theorem One dimensional
and two dimensional random variables, mean and variance, properties,
Chebyschev's in equality, correlation coefficient, Distributions, Binomial,
Poisson, Normal and Chi square. Functions of random variables: One
dimensional and Two dimensional, F & T distributions, Moment
generating functions, Sampling theory, Central limit theorem, Point
estimation, MLE, Interval estimation, Test of Hypothesis: significance
level,certain best tests; Chi square test.
References:
1. P.L.Meyer, Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications,
(2e), Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1980.
2. Miller, Freund and Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers,
(8e), PHI, 2011.
159
3. Hogg and Craig, Introduction to mathematical statistics, (6e),
Pearson education, 2012.
4. Ross Sheldon M, Introduction to Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists, Elseveir, 2010.
ICT 2251: COMPUTER NETWORK PROTOCOLS [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to Computer Networks: Definition, Network Layer, Network
Layer services, Interfacing - Bridges, IP addressing, Subnetting and
Supernetting, IPv6 addressing, Delivery, Forwarding, and Routing of IP
Packets, Internet Protocol - Datagram, Fragmentation, Options,
Checksum, Introduction to Routing Protocols, Interior and Exterior
routing, Dynamic IP Routing Protocols - RIP, RIP Version 2, OSPF,
Routing between peers – BGP, ARP and RARP, Internet Control Message
Protocol, User Datagram Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol and
Introduction to application layer, Domain Name System (DNS), DHCP,
FTP, SNMP.
References:
1. Forouzan B. A., TCP/IP Protocol Suite (4e), Tata McGraw Hill 2017.
2. Tanenbaum A. S., Computer Network (5e), Prentice Hall of India Pvt
Ltd 2013.
3. Forouzan B. A., Data Communications and Networking (5e), Tata
McGraw Hill 2013.
4. Garcia L., Widjala, Communication Networks (2e), Tata McGraw Hill
2004.
ICT 2252: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND MICROPROCESSOR
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Microprocessor 8086 Architecture, Pin diagram, Modes of operation,
Segmentation and memory addressing, Addressing modes, Assembler
directives, Assembly language development tools, Instruction set,
Stacks and subroutine, Macros and procedures, Assembly language
programming, Interrupts, BIOS and DOS interrupts, Basic IO interfacing-
8255 Programmable Peripheral Interface, 8254 Programmable Interval
Timer, 8259 Programmable Interrupt Counter, Computer Organization:
Introduction, Execution Unit - Combinational shifter design, Adders,
Arithmetic and Logic Unit design, Multiplication algorithms, Division
algorithms., Control Unit- Introduction, Basic concepts, Hardwired and
Micro programming approach, Memory Unit, Input & Output.
References:
1. Hall D.V., Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and
Hardware (2e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2006,
2. Brey B.B., The Intel Microprocessors: 8086 to Pentium Pro -
Architecture, Programming and Interfacing (8e), Prentice Hall of
India, 2012
3. Udaykumar K, Umashankar B.S., Advanced microprocessors and
IBM –PC assembly language programming, McGraw Hill Education,
2017.
4. Rafiquzzaman M and Rajan C., Modern computer Architecture,
Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2012.
ICT 2253: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Graphs: Representation of graphs & Digraphs, Graph
Search Methods: Breadth First Search, Depth First Search, Shortest path
algorithms, Algorithm Design Techniques: The Greedy Method, Divide
and Conquer, Dynamic Programming, Tree-Binary search trees, Heap
Trees, Height Balanced Tree, B Trees, B+ trees. Hashing: hash functions,
collision resolution techniques, Heaps and priority queues, P, NP, NP-
Complete and NP hard problems, Approximation Algorithms.
References:
1. Cormen T H., Leiserson C. E., Rivest R. L., Stein C., Introduction to
Algorithms (3e), Prentice-Hall India, 2009.
2. Sahni S., Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ (2e),
Silicon Press, 2005.
3. Weiss M., Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C (3e), Pearson
Education, 2009.
ICT 2254: OPERATING SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Operating systems - Operating System Services,
Operating system Structure, System calls, Process management -
Process concept, Threads, Inter-process communication, CPU
Scheduling, Process synchronization, Handling deadlocks – Deadlock
Characterization, Deadlock Detection, Prevention, Avoidance and
Recovery, Memory management - Main memory, Swapping, Contiguous
Memory Allocation, Paging, Segmentation, Virtual memory – Demand
Paging, Page Replacement, Thrashing, Allocating Kernel Memory,
Storage Management- File management, Disk scheduling, Case study on
Unix based Operating system – Design Principles, Kernel Modules, Basic
concepts of Real time operating systems – Classification of Real Time
Systems, Microkernels, Scheduling.
References:
1. Silberschatz A., Galvin P.B. & Gagne G., Operating System Concepts
(9e), Wiley, 2012.
2. Stallings W., Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles
(9e), Pearson, 2017.
3. Laplante P.A. & Ovaska S.J., Real time systems design and analysis
(4e), Wiley, 2013.
4. Mall R., Real time systems: Theory and Practice (2e), Pearson, 2009.
ICT 2261: ALGORITHM LAB [0 0 3 1]
Graphs: Finding a Path, cycle. Greedy Method: 0/1 Knapsack Problem,
Dijkstra's Algorithm, Minimum spanning tree using Prim's/Kruskal's
Algorithm. Divide and Conquer Method: Merge Sort, Quick Sort, Strassen's
Matrix multiplication method, Binary Search, Closest Pair of points.
Dynamic Programming: Matrix Multiplication Chain Problem, 0/1
Knapsack problem, All pairs shortest path. Backtracking/Branch and
Bound: Travelling sales person problem, 0/1 Knapsack Problem.
Approximation Algorithm: Travelling sales person problem, Vertex cover
problem.
References:
1. Cormen T. H., Leiserson C. E., Rivest R. L., Stein C, Introduction to
Algorithms (3e), Prentice- Hall India, 2009.
2. Sahni S., Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ (2e),
Silicon Press, 2005.
ICT 2262: MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Assembly language programs related to memory access – Block
transfer, Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Division, Unpacked BCD
arithmetic, Packed BCD arithmetic, Sorting, Searching, Code
conversion, GCD, LCM, Recursive functions, Programs using DOS and
BIOS interrupts to input from keyboard and display, Programs using
string instructions, Menu driven programs, Programs using Video RAM.
References:
1. Hall D.V., Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and
Hardware (2e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Brey B.B., The Intel Microprocessors: 8086 to Pentium Pro -
160
Architecture, Programming and Interfacing (8e), Prentice Hall of
India, 2012.
3. Udaykumar K, Umashankar B.S., Advanced microprocessors and
IBM –PC assembly language programming, McGraw Hill Education,
2017.
4. Rafiquzzaman M and Rajan C., Modern computer Architecture,
Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2012.
ICT 2263: OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
UNIX based operating system commands, executing shell scripts, inter
process communication using system calls, implementing CPU
scheduling algorithms, memory and deadlock management.
References:
1. Blurn R.& Bresnahan C., Linux Command Line Shell Scripting Bible
(3e), Wiley, 2015.
2. Silberschatz A., Galvin P.B.& Gagne G., Operating System Concepts
(9e), Wiley, 2012.
FIFTH SEMSTER
HUM 3052 : ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z, The nature
& purpose of international business & multinational corporations, Unified
global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich., Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker., Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, New York, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker., The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, New
York 2004.
ICT 3151: CYBER SECURITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Computer Security, Toolbox: Authentication, Access
Control and Cryptography, Programming Insights- Non-malicious
programs, Malicious Programs, Viruses, Worms, Trojans,
Countermeasures, Hacking- Basics of hacking, Phishing, Brute Force
Attack, Denial of Service, Distributed Denial of Service Attacks,
Penetration Testing, Bots and Botnets, Attacks on The Web, Operating
Systems and Networks, Security Countermeasures- Browser
Encryption, Onion Routing, IP Security Protocol Suite (IPsec), Virtual
Private Networks, Firewalls, Intrusion Detection and Prevention
Systems, Network Management, Incidents, Ethics, Case Studies on
Cyber Crime and Cyber Terrorism.
References:
1. Pfleeger C. P., Pfleeger S. L. and Margulies J., Security in Computing
(5e), Prentice Hall, 2015.
2. Akhgar B., Staniforth A. and Bosco F., Cyber Crime and Cyber
Terrorism Investigator's Handbook (1e), Syngress Publishing, 2014.
3. Hubbard D. W. and Seiersen R., How to Measure Anything in
Cybersecurity Risk, John Wiley & Sons, 2016.
4. Mitnick K. D. and Simon W. L., Art of Intrusion, Wiley Publishing Inc.
2005.
5. Singer P. W. and Friedman A., Cybersecurity and Cyber war- What
Everyone Needs to Know, Oxford.
ICT 3152: DATABASE SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to database system, Database users, Database
architecture, Relational database, Keys, Schema, Formal relational query
language, SQL basics, Constraints, Intermediate SQL, Joins, Nested
queries, Advanced SQL, Functions, Procedures, Triggers, High level
data modelling using entity relationship model, Relational database
design, Notion of functional dependencies, Normalization, Transaction
management, ACID properties, Serializability, Concurrency control,
Locking, Deadlock handling, Unstructured database, Introduction to
NoSQL, Basics of document-oriented database, MongoDB.
References:
1. Silberschatz A., Korth H. F., Sudarshan S., Database system
concepts (6e), McGraw-Hill, 2013.
2. Elmasri, Ramez, Navathe S., Fundamentals of database systems
(7e), Pearson, 2016.
3. Molina, Hector, Ullman J. D., Widom J., Database systems, The
Complete Book (2e), Pearson Prentice Hall, 2013.
4. Chodorow K., MongoDB: The definitive guide (2e), O'Reilly, 2013.
ICT 3153: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
An overview of ARM-Cortex- M Architecture, CISC versus RISC, The
RISC and ARM design philosophy, ARM addressing modes, Data
transfer instructions, Arithmetic and logical instructions, Shift and rotate
instructions, Branch and conditional branch instructions, Function call
and return, Stack, Recursive functions, Conditional execution, Assembly
language programming, Input/output I/O) programming, Timer/counter
programming, I/O interfacing - LED, LCD, Keyboard, Stepper motor,
ADC, and DAC, PWM, UART, Hardware and software synchronization,
Multithreading, Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC), External
hardware interrupts, IO interrupts, SysTick interrupts.
References:
1. Jonathan W.V., Embedded systems: Real-time interfacing to ARM
Cortex-M microcontrollers (4e), Create space Independent
Publishing Platform, June 2014.
2. Wilmshurst T., Fast and Effective Embedded System Design applying
the ARM mbed, Elsevier, 2017.
3. Jonathan W.V., Embedded systems: Introduction to ARM(r) Cortex-
M Microcontrollers (5e), Create space Independent publishing
platform, June 2017.
4. UM10360, LPC 176x/5x User Manual, NXP Semiconductors, Rev.
3.1, 2014.
5. Joseph V., A definitive Guide to ARM Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
processors (3e), Elsevier, 2014.
161
ICT 3154: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Software Engineering, Process Models- Agile Process
Model, Requirement Engineering, Requirement Modeling- Scenario and
Class based modeling, Design models and methodologies, Architectural
and Design Patterns, Software Testing Strategies and Testing
Techniques, Software Configuration Management and Risk
Management, Introduction to Project Management- basics of product
metrics, planning and scheduling.
References:
1. Pressman R. S., Software Engineering A practitioner's approach
(8e), McGraw Hill, 2014.
2. Booch G., Rumbaugh J., Jacobson I., The Unified Modeling
Language User Guide (2e), Pearson, 2015.
3. Somerville I., Software engineering (10e), Pearson Education, 2017.
ICT 3161: DATABASE SYSTEMS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Basics of Visual C# for GUI design and control, Data Definition
Language, Basic database query operations, Nested subqueries, Join
Operations, Views, Stored procedures, Functions, Trigger, Cursors,
Transaction control queries, Data Access from Visual C#, Introducing
NoSQL-MongoDB ,Design and development of application based on
database concepts.
References:
1. Ivan B., SQL, PL/SQL: The Programming Language of Oracle (4e),
BPB Publications, 2010.
2. Ken C., Csharp, Available: https://www.homeandlearn.co.uk/ csharp/
csharp.html [Online]
3. JavaTPoint, Oracle-tutorial, Available : https://www.javatpoint.com/
oracle-tutorial [Online]
4. W3Schools, SQL Tutorial, Available : https://www.w3schools.com/
sql/ [Online]
5. MongoDB, MongoDB Tutorials, Available :https://docs.mongodb.com/
manual/tutorial/ [Online]
ICT 3162: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Familiarization of data transfer from code segment to data segment and
from data segment to data segment, Arithmetic operations, Logical
instructions, Branch instructions, Code conversion from hexadecimal to
decimal and decimal to hexadecimal, Packing and unpacking of ASCII
digits, Sorting using selection sort and bubble sort techniques,
Searching using linear and binary search techniques, Recursion, I/O
interfacing of LEDs, LCD, keyboard, 7 segment display, Stepper motor,
DAC and ADC, PWM. In addition to the above list of experiments,
students are required to develop a mini project.
References:
1. Jonathan W.V., Embedded systems: real-time interfacing to ARM
Cor tex-M microcontrollers (4e), Createspace Independent
Publishing Platform, June 2014.
2. Wilmshurst T., Fast and Effective Embedded System Design applying
the ARM mbed, Elsevier, 2017.
3. Jonathan W.V., Embedded systems: Introduction to ARM(r) Cortex-
M Microcontrollers (5e), Createspace Independent publishing
platform, June 2017.
4. UM10360, LPC 176x/5x User Manual, NXP Semiconductors, Rev.
3.1, 2014.
5. Joseph V., A definitive Guide to ARM Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
processors (3e), Elsevier, 2014.
ICT 3163: NETWORK PROGRAMMING AND SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Socket programming, Simulation of Ethernet LAN protocol, token bus
and token ring protocols, implementation of distance vector algorithm,
link state routing algorithm and finding shortest path using packet tracer.
References:
1. Stevens R., Stephen A. R., Advanced Programming in the UNIX
Environment (2e), Pearson Education, 2013.
2. Jesin A Packet Tracer Network Simulator (1e), Packt Publishing, 2014.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra.,Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi,2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management
(12e),Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management (5e),Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e) Pearson
Publication, 2013.
ICT 3251: DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Data mining- Technologies, applications, Major issues in
data mining, Data objects & attribute types, Statistical descriptions of
data, Data visualization, Data pre-processing-data cleaning, data
integration, data transformation, data reduction, data discretization, Data
warehouse modeling, Data warehouse design and usage, Data
162
warehouse implementation, Association rule mining techniques- Apriori
algorithm, Partition algorithm, Pincer Search algorithm, FP Tree Growth
algorithm, PC tree algorithm, Dynamic Itemset Counting algorithm,
Multilevel association rules, Classification and prediction techniques-
Decision Tree Induction, Bayes Classification Methods, Techniques to
Improve Classification Accuracy, Clustering techniques- Partitioning
Methods, Hierarchical Methods, Density-Based Methods, Outlier
detection, Web mining.
References:
1. Han J. and Kamber M., Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques (3e),
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
2. Pujari A. K., Data Mining Techniques (4e), Orient Blackswan, 2016.
3. Pang-N. T., Steinbach M., Anuj K., Vipin K., Introduction to Data
Mining, Pearson Education (2e), Pearson 2018.
4. Bing L., Web Data Mining: Exploring Hyperlinks, Contents, and Usage
Data (2e), Springer, Second Edition, 2011.
ICT 3252: DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Distributed Systems Models, Challenges, Processes and
Communication, External data representation, Case study - Unix inter
process communication, Distributed objects, Remote procedure call,
Case study: Java RMI, SUN RPC, Distributed File System, Naming
Systems, Directory and discovery services, Case study: SUN NFS / GNS,
Distributed Shared Memory, DSM implementation algorithms, Time and
Global States, Logical and vector clocks, Coordination and agreement,
Distributed transactions, Consistency and Replication Management,
Fault Tolerance, Case Study - Google.
References:
1. George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore, Tim Kindberg, Gordon Blair, Distributed
Systems Concepts and Design (5e), Pearson Education, 2017.
2. Andrew Tanenbaum S., Distributed Systems: Principles and
Paradigms (2e), Pearson Education Asia, 2016.
3. Singhal M., Shivaratri N., Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems
(2e), McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
4. Andrew Tanenbaum S., Modern Operating System (3e), Pearson
Education International, 2016.
ICT 3261: ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to the emerging technology (android, react native, etc.) used
in the software industries, Understand the tools and techniques used to
application development, Application user interface design, Backend
database design, Implementation of mini project.
References:
1. McConnell S., Code Complete: A Practical Handbook of Software
Construction (2e), Microsoft Press, Re-print 2015.
2. Horton J., Android Programming for Beginners, Packt Publishing Ltd,
2015.
3. Griffiths D., Head First Android Development (1e), O'Reilly Media,
Inc., 2015.
4. Holmes E. and Bray T., Getting Started with React Native, Packt
Publishing Ltd, 2015.
 ICT 3262: DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING LAB [0 1 3 2]
Data Pre-processing- Cleaning, Integration, Transformation, Reduction,
Implementation of data warehouse on pre-processed data- Creating
Physical data model, Creating data flow based on physical data model,
Creating control flow- Sequential and parallel, Cube creation, Data
mining solutions for real world problems- Implementing association
algorithm, classification algorithm, clustering algorithm, Development of
mini project.
References:
1. Han J. and Kamber M., Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques (3e),
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
2. Pujari A. K., Data Mining Techniques (4e), Orient Blackswan, 2016.
3. Silberschatz A., Korth H. F., Sudarshan S., Database System
Concepts (6e), McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
ICT 3263: INTERNET TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGY LAB [0 1 3 2]
HTML, XHTML, Java Script, Introduction to Python Programming,
Advanced Python programming concepts that include applications
involving connection to databases; CGI Programming with Python; JSON
and JQuery; NodeJS for client-side programming; Angular JS for server
side programming; mini project.
References:
1. Deitel H. M., Deitel P.J. & Goldberg A.B., Internet & World Wide Web
How To Program (5e), Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Bates C., Web Programming: Building Internet Application (3e), Wiley
India, 2012.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ICT 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
ICT 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
CSE 4053: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Foundations of Artificial Intelligence, History of Artificial Intelligence, The
163
state of the Art. Agents and Environments, The concept of Rationality,
The Nature of Environments, The structure of Agents. Problem Solving
agents, Example Problems, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed search
strategies, informed (Heuristic) search strategies, Heuristic functions.
Games, Optimal decision in games, Alpha Beta Pruning Knowledge
based agents, The Wumpus World, Logic, Propositional logic,
Propositional Theorem Proving. Representation revisited, Syntax and
semantics of First order logic, Using First order logic, Knowledge
engineering in First order. Ontological Engineering, Categories and
objects, Reasoning systems for categories, The internet shopping world.
Acting under uncertainty, Basic probability notation, Baye's rule,
representing knowledge in uncertainties, semantics of Bayesian
networks.
References:
1. Russell S., and Norvig P., Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach
(3e), Pearson 2010.
2. Rich E., Knight K., Nair S.B., Artificial Intelligence (3e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2008.
ICT 4031:COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computer vision and its applications, Image formation,
Liner Filtering, Image transformations and Colour models, Edge
Detection methods (Laplacian detectors and canny edge detector),
Points and patches, Harris corner detector, Histogram of Gradients,
Difference of Gaussian detector, SIFT, Colour and Texture, Feature based
alignment, least squares and RANSAC, Camera models, Camera
calibration, Stereo vision, Stereo correspondence, Epipolar geometry,
Optical flow, Lucas Kanade method, KLT tracking method, Mean shift
method, Dense Motion estimation, Support Vector Machines, Face
detection and recognition, Bag of words, deep Learning.
References:
1. Szeliski R., Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer
2011.
2. David A. F. and Ponce J., Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, PHI
learning 2009.
3. Solem J. E., Programming Computer Vision with Python, O'Reilly,
2012.
ICT 4032: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Machine Learning, Mathematical Preliminaries,
Supervised Learning-LMS, logistic regression, GDA, Naive Bayes, SVM,
model selection, Learning theory-bias/variance tradeoff, union and
Chernoff bounds, VC dimensions, Unsupervised learning-clustering, k-
means, Gaussian mixture, factor analysis, PCA, ICA, Reinforcement
learning-MDPs, Bellman equations, value and policy iteration, LQR, LQG,
Q-learning, policy search, POMDPs.
References:
1. Murphy K.P., Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT
Press, 2012.
2. Mohri M., Rostamizadeh A., and Talwalkar A., Foundations of
Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Koller D., and Friedman N, Probabilistic Graphical Models: Principles
and Techniques, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Bishop C.M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning (2e),
Springer, 2013.
 CSE 4054: SOFT COMPUTING PARADIGMS [3 0 0 3]
Soft Computing, Artificial Intelligence, Soft-Computing Techniques,
Expert Systems, Types of Problems, Modeling the Problem, Machine
Learning, Handling Impreciseness, Clustering, Hazards of Soft
Computing, Road Map for the Future . Artificial Neural Networks, The
Biological Neuron, The Artificial Neuron, Multilayer Perceptron,
Modeling the Problem, Types of Data Involved, Training, Issues in ANN,
Example of Time Series Forecasting. Types of Artificial Neural Networks,
Radial Basis Function Network, Learning Vector Quantization, Self-
Organizing Maps, Recurrent Neural Network, Hopfield Neural Network,
Adaptive Resonance Theory, Character Recognition by Commonly Used
ANNs. Fuzzy Systems, Fuzzy Logic, Membership Functions, Fuzzy
Logical Operators, More Operations, Fuzzy Inference Systems, Type-2
Fuzzy systems, Other Sets, Sugeno Fuzzy Systems, Example: Fuzzy
Controller Evolutionary Algorithms: Evolutionary Algorithms, Biological
Inspiration. Genetic Algorithms, Fitness Scaling, Selection, Mutation,
Crossover, Other Genetic Operators, Algorithm Working, Diversity,
Grammatical Evolution, Other Optimization Techniques, Metaheuristic
Search, Traveling Salesman Problem. Introduction, Key Takeaways from
Individual Systems, Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems,
Evolutionary Neural Networks, Evolving Fuzzy Logic, Fuzzy Artificial
Neural Networks with Fuzzy Inputs, Rule Extraction from ANN, Modular
Neural Network.
References:
1. Shukla A., Tiwari R., Kala R., Real Life Applications of Soft
Computing, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, London 2010.
2. Ross T.J., Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, Wiley
publication, 2010.
3. Sivanandam S.N., Deepa S.N., Principles of Soft Computing, (2e),
Wiley Publication, 2010.
4. Rajasekaran S., and Pai G. A. V., Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithms, PHI Learning, 2010.
5. Jang J. S .R., Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI 2003.
CSE 4051: AUGMENTED AND VIRTUAL REALITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction of Virtual and Augmented reality, Definition and scope, A
Brief History 3 I's of Virtual Reality A Short History of Early Virtual Reality,
Early Commercial VR Technology, VR Becomes an Industry,
Components of a VR System, Displays In augmented reality Multimodal
Displays, Audio Displays Haptic, Tactile, and Tangible Displays,
Displays, Visual Perception, Requirements and Characteristics, Multiple
Models of I/O Gesture Interfaces Three-Dimensional Position Trackers,
Navigation and Manipulation Interfaces, Gesture Interfaces. Output
Devices, Haptic Display, Graphics Displays, Sound Displays. Computer
Vision for Augmented Reality, Natural Feature Tracking by Detection,
Incremental Tracking, Simultaneous Localization and Mapping, Outdoor
Tracking, Computing Architectures for VR, The Rendering Pipeline,
Workstation-Based Architectures, Distributed VR Architectures,
Geometric Modeling, Kinematics Modeling, Physical Modeling, Behavior
Modeling.
References:
1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet. Virtual Reality Technology (2e), Wiley-
IEEE Press, 2006.
2. Dieter Schmalstieg, Tobias Hollerer, Augmented Reality: Principles &
Practice (1e), Addison-Wesley, 2016.
3. Tony parisi, Learning Virtual Reality: Developing Immersive
Experiences and Applications for Desktop, Web, and Mobile (1e),
O’Reilly Media, 2015.
4. Steve Aukstakalnis, Practical Augmented Reality: A Guide to the
164
Technologies, Applications, and Human Factors for AR and VR
(Usability) (1e), Addison-Wesley Professional, 2016.
5. Jonathan Linowes, Unity Virtual Reality Projects Paperback, Packt
Publishing eBooks Account, September 2015.
ICT 4033: COMPUTER GRAPHICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: History of computer graphics and applications,
Introduction to OpenGL, Geometric Transformations: Homogeneous
coordinates, affine transformations (translation, rotation, scaling, Shear,
reflection), concatenation, matrix stacks and use of model view matrix in
OpenGL for these operations, Examples, Viewing (3D), Visibility- z-
Buffer, BSP trees, Open-GL culling, hidden surface algorithms, Shading,
Rasterization- Line segment and polygon clipping, 3D clipping, scan
conversion, polygonal fill, Bresenham's algorithm, Discrete Techniques:
Texture mapping, compositing, textures in OpenGL; Ray Tracing,
Representation and Visualization: Bezier curves and surfaces, B-splines,
visualization, interpolation, marching squares algorithm.
References:
1. Hearn D and Baker P., Computer Graphics with OpenGL (4e),
Pearson, 2014.
2. Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics A Top-Down Approach
Using OpenGL (6e), Pearson Education, 2011.
3. F. S. Hill Jr. and S. M. Kelley, Computer Graphics using OpenGL (3e),
Prentice Hall, 2006.
4. Peter Shirley and Steve Marschner, Computer Graphics (1e), A. K.
Peters, 2010.
ICT 4031: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computer vision and its applications, Image formation,
Liner Filtering, Image transformations and Colour models, Edge
Detection methods (Laplacian detectors and canny edge detector),
Points and patches, Harris corner detector, Histogram of Gradients,
Difference of Gaussian detector, SIFT, Colour and Texture, Feature based
alignment, least squares and RANSAC, Camera models, Camera
calibration, Stereo vision, Stereo correspondence, Epipolar geometry,
Optical flow, Lucas Kanade method, KLT tracking method, Mean shift
method, Dense Motion estimation, Support Vector Machines, Face
detection and recognition, Bag of words, Deep Learning.
References:
1. Szeliski R., Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer
2011.
2. David A. F. and Ponce J., Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, PHI
learning 2009.
3. Solem J. E., Programming Computer Vision with Python, O'Reilly,
2012.
CSE 4052: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, components of image processing system, Spatial domain
transformations, histogram processing, smoothing, sharpening spatial
filters, Filtering in the frequency domain- Introduction to Fourier
transform, image smoothing, image sharpening using frequency domain
filters. Image restoration- Noise models, restoration using spatial
filtering, periodic noise reduction by frequency domain filtering,
Morphological image processing- Preliminaries, dilation and erosion,
opening and closing, hit-or-miss transformation, basic algorithms,
extension to gray-scale images, Image segmentation- Point, line, and
edge detection, Thresholding, Region Segmentation using Clustering
and superpixels, Graph Cuts, morphological watersheds, motion in
segmentation.
References:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Digital Image Processing
(4e), Pearson, 2017.
2. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, Image Processing,
Analysis and Machine Vision (4e), CENGAGE Learning, 2014.
3. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins, Digital
Image Processing Using MATLAB (2e),Mc Graw Hill India, 2010.
4. Gloria Bueno García, Oscar Deniz Suarez, José Luis Espinosa
Aranda, Jesus Salido Tercero, Ismael Serrano Gracia, Noelia Vállez
Enano, Learning Image Processing with OpenCV (1e), Packt
Publishing, 2015.
ICT 4034: BIG DATA ANALYTICS [3 0 0 3]
Understanding Big Data: Concepts and Terminology, Big Data
Characteristics, Different Types of Data, Case Study Background. Big
data and Hadoop: Understanding Hadoop features, Learning the HDFS
and MapReduce architecture, Understanding Hadoop subprojects,
Understanding the basics of MapReduce, Introducing Hadoop
MapReduce, Understanding the Hadoop MapReduce fundamentals,
Writing a Hadoop MapReduce example. Spark and Big Data: Theoretical
concepts in Spark, Core components of Spark, The Spark architecture,
Spark SQL, Spark Streaming. NoSQL databases: Need for NoSQL,
NoSQL databases, In-memory databases, Columnar databases,
Document-oriented databases, Key-value databases, Graph databases,
Other NoSQL types and summary, Working on NoSQL systems using
MongoDB. Applications: Implementation of machine learning algorithms
using MapReduce and Spark.
References:
1. Erl T., Khattak W., and Buhler P., Big Data Fundamentals, Concepts,
Drivers & Techniques (1e), The Prentice Hall Service Technology
Series, 2016.
2. Prajapati V., Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop, Packt Publishing
Ltd., 2013.
3. Dasgupta N., Practical Big Data Analytics, Packt Publishing Ltd,
2018.
4. Rajaraman A., and Ullman J. D., Mining of Massive Datasets,
Cambridge University Press, 2011.
5. Zaharia M., Wendell P., Konwinski A., Karau H., Learning Spark,
O'Reilly Media, Inc., 2015.
ICT 4035: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL [3 0 0 3]
Boolean Retrieval Model, Index Construction, Index Compression, Vector
Space Model, Evaluation in IR, Relevance Feedback and Query
Expansion, Latent Semantic Indexing, Web Search Basics, Web Crawling
and Indexes, Link Analysis
References:
1. Manning C. D., Raghavan P., and Schütze H., Introduction to
Information Retrieval, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
2. Buettcher S., Charles L. A., Clarke, and Cormack G. V., Information
Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines, MIT Press,
2010.
3. Grossman D. A. and Frieder O., Information Retrieval: Algorithms and
Heuristics, Springer, 2004.
ICT 4032: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Machine Learning, Mathematical Preliminaries,
Supervised Learning-LMS, logistic regression, GDA, Naive Bayes, SVM,
model selection, Learning theory-bias/variance tradeoff, union and
165
Chernoff bounds, VC dimensions, Unsupervised learning-clustering, k-
means, Gaussian mixture, factor analysis, PCA, ICA, Reinforcement
learning-MDPs, Bellman equations, value and policy iteration, LQR, LQG,
Q-learning, policy search, POMDPs
References:
1. Murphy K.P., Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT
Press, 2012.
2. Mohri M., Rostamizadeh A., and Talwalkar A., Foundations of
Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Koller D., and Friedman N, Probabilistic Graphical Models: Principles
and Techniques, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Bishop C.M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning (2e),
Springer, 2013.
ICT 4036: SEMANTIC WEB [3 0 0 3]
Semantic Web Vision, Layered approach, Describing Web Resource :
RDF data models, syntax, semantics, schema, RDFS, Direct inference
system, RDF Data structures, Containers and collections, Querying
Semantic Web: SPARQL matching patterns, filters, querying schemas
Ontology and Information Systems L use of ontologies, types, design
principles, methodologies, Ontology Languanges : OWL2, OWL2
profiles, Ontology Reasoning: Monotonic rules, Rule interchange format,
Semantic web rules languages, RuleML, Ontology Design and
Management: Types, purposes, creating ontology manually, reusing
existing, mapping, Ontology Programming : Programming in Go
References:
1. Grigoris Antoniou, Paul Groth, Frank van vanHarmelen and Rinke
Hoekstra, A Semantic Web Primer, MIT Press, 2012.
2. Bob DuCharme, Learning SPARQL, 2nd edition, O'REILLY, 2013.
3. Brain McBride, Dan Brickley, R.V. Guha, 'RDF Schema 1.1', 2014,
[Online], Available: https://www.w3.org/TR/rdf-schema, [Online]
4. Lex Sheehan, Learning Functional Programming in Go, Packt
Publishing, 2017, ISBN : 978-1-78728-139-4
5. Frank Manola, Eric Miller, David Veckett, Ivan Herman, 'RDF Primer
Turtle Version', 2007. [Online]. Available: https://www.w3.org/ 2007/
02/turtle/primer/.
6. Vandana Kabilan Ontology for Information Systems (O4IS) Design
Methodology.
ICT 4037: ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Specialized process models-Component based development, Formal
methods model, Aspect Oriented Software Development; Agile view of
process-Agile process, agile process models; Applying Web
Engineering- initiating web app project, analysis for web apps, design for
web apps, testing for web apps; Formal methods-Concepts; Formal
specifications- Specification Qualities, Classification of Specification
Styles, Descriptive Specifications- Logic and Algebraic Specifications,
Operational Specifications-DFD, FSM, Petri Nets, Introduction to Z,
Cleanroom Software Engineering, Software Engineering: Security
Engineering.
References:
1. Pressman R. S., Software Engineering-A practitioner's approach
(8e), McGraw-Hill Publications, 2014.
2. Wolfgang R., Understanding Petri Nets Modelling Techniques,
Analysis, Methods, Case Studies, Springer-Verlag, 2013.
3. Ghezzi, Jazayeri M., and Mandrioli D., Fundamentals of Software
Engineering (2e), Pearson India, 2015.
 ICT 4038: SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE [3 0 0 3]
The Architecture Business Cycle, Software Processes and the
Architecture Business Cycle, Architectural Patterns, Reference Models,
and Reference Architectures, Architectural Structures and Views,
Understanding Quality Attributes, Functionality and Architecture,
Architecture and Quality Attributes, Achieving Qualities, Tactics-
Availability, Modifiability, Performance , Security, Testability, Usability,
Relationship of Tactics to Architectural Patterns, Designing the
Architecture, Documenting Software Architectures, Reconstructing
Software Architectures, Information Extraction, Database Construction,
View Fusion, Reconstruction, The 4+1 Views, General UML features,
Transaction and Data Design, Architectural patterns :Interactive
systems, Adaptable systems, Design Patterns.
References:
1. Len B., Clements P., and Kazman R., Software Architecture in
Practice (2e), SEI Series in Software Engineering, 2012.
2. Buschmann F., Meunier R., Rohnert H., Sommerlad P., and Stal M.,
Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture, A System of Patterns (4e),
John Wiley and Sons, 2008.
3. Cervantes H., Kazman R., Designing Software Architectures: A
Practical Approach (1e), Addison-Wesley Professional, 2016.
ICT 4039: SOFTWARE PROJECT AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Project Management- Project Management activities,
Project Estimation and Planning-Software effort estimation techniques,
Activity Planning, Network planning models Project Risk Management
and Monitoring- Resource Scheduling, Cost Monitoring, Software
Quality Management- Software Quality Attributes and Specification,
Defect Prevention, Reduction, and Containment, Quality Management
and Assurance- Total Quality Management, Software Verification,
Validation & Testing, Quality Standards-ISO, Six Sigma concepts.
References:
1. Hughes B., Cotterell M., Mall R., Software Project Management (6e),
McGraw Hill, 2017.
2. Tian J., Software Quality Engineering (SQE), Wiley, 2006.
3. Jalote P., Software Project Management in Practice (1e), Addison
Wesley Professional, edition, 2009.
4. Pressman R. S., Software Engineering: A practitioner's approach
(8e), McGraw Hill, 2014.
5. Kelkar S. A., Software Project Management: a concise study (3e),
PHI Learning-New Delhi, 2013.
6. Kan S. H., Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering (2e),
Pearson, 2008.
ICT 4040: SOFTWARE CONSTRUCTION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to software construction; Creating High Quality Code-
Design in construction, Working classes, High Quality Routines,
Defensive Programming, The Pseudo code Programming Process;
Variables – General issues in Using Variables, The Power Of Variable
Names, Data Types; Statements- Organizing Straight Line Code, Using
conditionals, Controlling loops, Unusual Control Structures, Table Driven
Methods, General Control Issues; Code Improvements- Software Quality
Landscape, Collaborative Construction, Developer Testing, Debugging,
Refactoring, Code Tuning Strategies, Code Tuning Techniques; Software
Craftsmanship-Layouts and Style, Self-Documenting Code, Personal
Character, Themes in Software Craftsmanship.
166
References:
1. McConnell S., Code Complete: A practical Handbook for Software
Construction (2e), Microsoft Press, 2004.
2. Meyer B., Object Oriented Software Construction (2e), Prentice Hall,
1997.
3. Martin R. C., Clean Code: A handbook of Agile Software
Craftsmanship, Prentice Hall, Pearson Education, 2012.
4. Martin R. C., Clean Architecture: A Craftsman's Guide to Software
Structure and Design (1e), Prentice Hall, 2017.
ICT 4045: CLOUD COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Cloud infrastructure, Cloud computing delivery models and
services, Cloud computing at Amazon, The Google perspective,
Microsoft Windows Azure, Application paradigms, Architectural styles
of cloud computing, Cloud resource management and scheduling, Cloud
resource virtualization, Types of virtualization, Understanding
hypervisors, Virtual machine and its components, Resource
management, Memory ballooning, Thin virtual provisioning, Storage
tiering, Virtual LAN, VLAN trunking, VLAN tagging, Business continuity
and cloud management, Virtual machine fault tolerance, Virtual machine
replication methods, Cloud security, Virtual machine security, Access
control and identity management, Cloud tools: Eucalyptus,
OpenNebula/OpenStack, CloudSim.
References:
1. Dan Marinescu C., Cloud Computing Theory and Practice, Elsevier,
2013.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, Thamarai Selvi S., Mastering
Cloud Computing, McGraw Hill, 2017.
3. Anthony Velte T., Toby Velte J., Robert Elsenpeter, Cloud Computing:
A Practical Approach, McGraw Hill, 2017.
ICT 4046: DEEP LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Mathematical Preliminaries, Machine Learning Basics,
Deep Feedforward Networks, Regularization for Deep Learning,
Optimization for Training Deep Models, Convolutional Networks,
Recurrent and Recursive Networks, Practical Methodology
References:
1. Goodfellow I., Bengio Y., and Courville A., Deep Learning, MIT Press
2017.
2. Haykin S., Neural Networks and Learning Machines, PHI, 2016.
3. Patterson J., and Gibson A., Deep Learning: A Practitioner's
Approach, O'Reilly, 2017.
ICT 4047: GAME THEORY WITH COMPUTER
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Game Theory and Mechanism Design, Mathematical
Preliminaries, Non-Cooperative Game Theory, Cooperative Game
Theory, Mechanism Design.
References:
1. Narahari Y., Game Theory and Mechanism Design, World Scientific,
Chennai, 2015.
2. Fudenberg D, and Tirole J., Game Theory, ANE Books, New Delhi,
2015.
3. Bauso D., Game Theoy with Engineering Applications, SIAM,
Philadelphia, 2016.
4. Roughgarden T., Twenty Lectures on Algorithmic Game Theory,
Cambridge University Press, 2016.
 ICT 4048: HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to CPU & GPU micro-architecture, Flynn's taxonomy,
Amdahl's law, Challenges in parallel programming, Parallel programming
languages, Introduction to CUDA C programming, Data parallelism,
Mapping threads to multidimensional data, Synchronization, Querying
device properties, Data Parallel Algorithm Primitives, Reduction, Parallel
histogram computation, Convolution, Parallel prefix sum, Introduction to
CUDA Library, Basic thrust features, Interoperability, Thrust algorithm,
Optimization Techniques, Memory optimizations, Common compiler
optimizations, Profiling, Application Case Study.
References:
1. Kirk D. B. and Hwu W., Programming Massively Parallel Processors:
A Hands-on Approach (3e), Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc.,
2016.
2. Barlas G., Multicore and GPU Programming: An Integrated Approach.
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc., 2015.
3. Gaster B., Howes L., Kaeli D. R., Mistry P., and Schaa D.,
Heterogeneous Computing with OpenCL (2e), Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers Inc., 2012.
ICT 4049: HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION [3 0 0 3]
Contexts for HCI, Processes for user-centered development, Different
measures for evaluation, Usability heuristics and the principles of
usability testing, Physical capabilities that inform interaction design,
Cognitive models that inform interaction design, Social models that
inform interaction design, Principles of good design and good designers,
Accessibility, Interfaces for differently-aged population groups.
References:
1. Dix A., Finlay J.E., Abowd G.D. and Beale R., Human-Computer
Interaction (3e), Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Shneiderman B., Plaisant C., Cohen M. and Jacobs S., Designing the
User Interface: Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction
(5e), Addison-Wesely, 2009.
3. Rubin J. and Chisnell D., Handbook of Usability Testing: How to Plan,
Design, and Conduct Effective Tests (2e), New York: Wiley, 2008.
4. Rogers Y., Sharp H. and Preece J., Interaction Design: Beyond Human
- Computer Interaction (3e), Wiley, 2011.
ICT 4050: INTERNET OF THINGS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to M2M communication and IoT , An emerging industrial
structure for IoT, IoT system architecture, IoT reference model, IoT
deployment and operational view, IoT physical devices and endpoints,
Communication and networking protocols-MQTT and AMQP protocols,
IoT enabling technologies-RFID, WSN,SCADA etc., Analytics for the IoT,
Applying the geospatial analytics to IoT data, Real world design
constraint, Technical design constraint, Future internet design for various
IoT use cases such as smart cities, smart environments, smart homes,
smart health etc.
References:
1. Holler J., Tsiatsis V., Mulligan C., Karnouskos S., Boyle D., From
Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New
Age of Intelligence(1e), Elsevier 2014.
2. Bahga A., Madisetti V., Internet of Things-A Hands on Approach
(1e),Orient Blackswan Private Limited, 2015.
3. Roderick O., Marko N., Sanchez D. and Aryasomajula A., Internet of
Things and Data Analytics Handbook (1e), Wiley-Blackwell, 2017.
167
4. Patil Y., Azure IoT Development Cookbook (1e), Packt publishing Ltd,
2017.
5. Minteer A., Analytics for the Internet of Things (1e), Packt publishing
Ltd, 2017.
ICT 4051: NATURAL COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Basic Notations of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, DNA
Computing, Basic Computing Models: Finite Automata (FA), Push Down
Automata (PDA), Linear Bounded Automata (LBA) and Turing Machine
(TM), Quantum Turing Machine (QTM) and Quantum Languages,
Computation by circuits, Thermodynamics of Computation, Algorithmic
Botany, Cellular Automata, DNA Computation Models:Lipton Model,
Sticker model, DNA Splicing model, DNA Self Assembly, Hairpin Model,
Algorithms for Natural Security and Cryptography, Experiments in Self-
Assembly, DNA Origami (2D and 3D), Error-Correction in Self-
Assembly, Bacterial Computers and Data Storage, Peptide Computing,
Membrane Computing, Chemical Computing.
References:
1. Leandro Nunes de Castro, Fundamentals of Natural Computing:
Basic Concepts, Algorithms and Applications, CRC Press, USA,
2006.
2. Ignatova Z., Martnez-Prez I., and Karl-Heinz Zimmermann, DNA
Computing Models, Springer, 2008.
3. Amos M., Theoretical and Experimental DNA Computation, Springer,
2005.
4. Hopcroft J.E., Motwani R., and Ullman J.D., Introduction to Automata
Theory, Languages and Computation, Pearson Asia, 2001.
ICT 4052: NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic, Learning Processes,
Single-Layer Perceptron, Multi-Layer Perceptron, Radial Basis Function
Networks, Support Vector Machine, Fuzzy Sets and Crisp Sets, Fuzzy
Relations, Membership Functions, Fuzzy Logic and Inference,
Membership Development
References:
1. Haykin S., Neural Networks and Learning Machine, (3e), Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2016.
2. Hagan M.T., Demuth H B., and Beale M.H., Neural Network Design,
(2e), Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Ross T.J., Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, (3e), Wiley,
USA, 2011.
ICT 4053: PATTERN RECOGNITION [3 0 0 3]
Machine perceptron, Pattern recognition, design cycle, Minimum error
rate classification, Discriminant features, Normal desnsity, Bayesian
belief network, Missing and noisy features, Maximum-likelihood
estimation, Gaussian case, Computational complexity, Fisher linear
discriminant, Nearest neighbor, Fuzzy classification, Linear discriminant
function, Minimizing Perceptron criterion function, Relaxation MSE, Ho-
Kashyap procedures, Hidden Markov models, Evaluation, Decoding,
Learning, Unsupervised bayesian learning, Criterion functions for
clustering, Iterative optimization, Hierarchical clustering
References:
1. Duda R. O., Peter E.H. and David G. S., Pattern Classification (2e),
Wiley-Interscience, 2000.
2. Fukunaga K., Introduction to Statistical Pattern Recognition (2e),
Academic press, 2013.
3. Bishop C. M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning (1e),
Springer, 2011.
4. Hastie T., Tibshirani R.and Friedman J., The Elements of Statistical
Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction (2e), Springer,
2017.
ICT 4054: SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to social networks: matrices used to analyze the network,
types of network mode, Graph Concepts: connectivity, DFS and BFS in
network, Datasets, Strong and Weak Ties: Strength of weak ties, Network
structure in Large scale data, Graph Partitioning, Networks in their
surrounding contexts: Homophily, Spatial model of Segregation, Positive
and negative relations: Structural balance, characteristics, applications
Information cascades: Baye's rule, Simple cascade model, Network
effects: Economy with and without network effects, Power laws and
Rich Get Richer Phenomena: Effect of search tools and recommendation
system, analysis of Rich-Get-Richer Processes, Cascading behavior in
the network: Diffusion, cascades and clusters, Small world phenomena:
Six Degrees of Separation, Decentralized Search, Visualization using
Gephi: Graph layout algorithm
References:
1. Easley D. and Kleinberg J., Networks, Crowds, and Markets:
Reasoning About a Highly Connected World, Cambridge University
Press, 2010.
2. Prell C., Social Network Analysis, SAGE Publications, 2012.
3. Yang S., Keller F. B., Lu Zheng, Social Network Analysis, SAGE
Publications, 2017.
4. Khokhar D., Gephi Cookbook, Packt Publishing, 2015.
ICT 4055: SOFTWARE RELIABILITY [3 0 0 3]
Need and concepts of software reliability; Software reliability models-
classification, limitations and issues; model disagreement and
inaccuracy, predictive accuracy, recalibration; The operational profile
–concepts and development procedures, test selection; Testing for
reliability measurement; Software testing; operational profiles –
difficulties, estimating reliability, time/structure based software
reliability; Fundamentals of measurement product metrics
–measurement of internet product attributes, size and structure ,
measurement of quality; Reliability growth model.
References:
1. Lyu M., Handbook of Software Reliability Engineering, IEEE
Computer Society Press, ISBN: 0-07-039400-8, 1996.
2. Connor P. D., Practical Reliability Engineering (5e), John Wesley &
sons, 2012.
3. Fenton N. E., Beiman J., Software metrics-A rigorous and practical
approach (3e), Chapman & Hall/CRC Innovations in Software
Engineering and Software Development Series, 2014.
4. Musa J. D., Software Reliability Engineering (2e), Tata McGraw Hill,
2005.
5. Yamada S., Software Reliability Modeling: Fundamentals and
Applications (Springer Briefs in Statistics), 2014 Edition, Springer,
2014.
OPEN ELECTIVES
ICT 4301: COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Computer Graphics, Video Display Devices, Raster Scan
Systems, Graphics Output Primitives, Line Drawing Algorithms, Circles
168
and Ellipses Generating Algorithms, Geometrical Transformation, Two
Dimensional and Three Dimensional Transformations, Inverse
Transformations, Three Dimensional Translation, Rotation and Scaling,
Transformation, Two Dimensional and Three Dimensional Viewing,
Animation, Raster Methods for Computer Animation, Design of
Animation sequences, Articulated Figure Animation, Periodic Motion,
Graphics Programming using OpenGL,
References:
1. Donald D. H., Warren C., M. Pauline B., Computer Graphics with
OpenGL (4e), Pearson, Education, 2014.
2. Zhigang X., Computer Graphics: Theory and Practice with OpenGL
(3e), Pearson Education, 2016.
3. Edward A., Interactive Computer Graphics- A top down approach
using OpenGL (5e), Pearson Education, 2012.
4. Foley J. D., VanDam A., Feiner S. K., Hughes J. F., Computer
Graphics, Principles and Practice (3e), Addision-Wesley, 2014.
ICT 4302: DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF WEB
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Internet and Web. Basic components of web page and
fundamental concepts of languages required for Client side scripting and
Server side scripting: HTML markup for structure of the simple page,
text, creating links, adding images, table markup and forms. CSS for
presentation: Orientation, formatting text, different selectors, colors
background plus even more selectors, box model, padding, border,
positioning, layouts, transitions, transformation and animation. Java
script data types, control structure, DOM, arrays, objects, event
handling. PHP introduction, control statements, arrays, objects,
functions, connecting to MySQL data base.
References:
1. Robbins J.N., Learning Web Design (4e), O'reilly Media, 2017.
2. Harris A., HTML 5 and CSS 3: All in One for Dummies (3e), Wiley
Brand, 2017.
3. Nixon R., Learning PHP, MySQL, JavaScript with Jquery CSS and
HTML5 (4e), O'reilly Media, 2017.
ICT 4303: FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to algorithms, Arrays: Elementary operations, Applications,
Performance Analysis, Sparse matrix representation, Transpose of
sparse matrix, Stacks operations, Arithmetic expression conversion and
evaluation using stack, Queue Operations, Singly linked Lists, Circular
lists, Doubly linked lists, Trees, Binary Tree traversals and different
operations, Binary search Tree, Heaps, Graph Abstract type:
Representations and elementary operations, Sorting and searching
techniques, Analysis of algorithm.
References:
1. Horowitz E., Sani S., Dinesh Mehta, Fundamentals of Data Structures
in C++ (2e), Golgotha Publications, 2008.
2. Weiss M. A., Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ (3e),
Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Horowitz E., Sahni S., Anderson-Freed S., Fundamentals of Data
structures in C (2e), Silicon Press, 2008.
ICT 4304: MACHINE LEARNING TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Machine Learning, Mathematical Preliminaries,
Supervised Learning-LMS, logistic regression, GDA, Naive Bayes, SVM,
model selection, Learning theory-bias/variance tradeoff, union and
Chernoff bounds, VC dimensions, Unsupervised learning-clustering, k-
means, Gaussian mixture, factor analysis, PCA, ICA, Machine Learning
with Python.
References:
1. Murphy K.P., Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT
Press, 2012.
2. Mohri M., Rostamizadeh A., and Talwalkar A., Foundations of
Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Koller D., and Friedman N, Probabilistic Graphical Models: Principles
and Techniques, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Bishop C.M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, (2e),
Springer, 2013.
169
ICT 4305: NETWORKING WITH TCP/IP [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Networking and brief History of Internet, OSI and TCP/IP
Reference Models, Network Layer, IP Addresses, Internet Protocol (IP)
Datagram, Fragmentation, Options, Address Translation, ICMP and
IGMP, Intra and Inter domain Routing, Distance Vector Routing, RIP, Link
State Routing, OSPF, Path Vector Routing, BGP, User Datagram and
Transmission Control Protocol, SCTP, Application Layer Protocols, The
Web and HTTP, DNS: Services Provided by the DNS
References:
1. Behrouz A. F., TCP/IP Protocol Suite (4e), Tata McGraw Hill 2017.
2. Andrew S. T., Computer Network (5e), Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2013.
3. James F. K., Computer Networking A top-Down Approach Featuring
the Internet (6e), Pearson Education Inc 2013.
4. Behrouz A. F., Data Communications and Networking (5e), Tata
McGraw Hill 2013.
 B TECH in COMPUTER AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2155 Engineering Mathematics - III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2256 Engineering Mathematics - IV 2 1 0 3
ICT 2151 Data Structures 3 1 0 4 ICT 2251 Computer Network Protocols 4 0 0 4
ICT 2155 Digital Systems and Computer Organization 3 1 0 4 ICT 2255 Database Systems 3 0 0 3
ICT 2153 Object Oriented Programming 3 1 0 4 ICT 2253 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 0 0 3
II ICT 2154 Principles of Data Communication 3 1 0 4 ICT 2254 Operating Systems 3 1 0 4
ICT 2161 Data Structures Lab 0 1 3 2 **** Open Elective - I 3
ICT 2164 Digital System Design Lab 0 1 3 2 ICT 2261 Algorithms Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 2163 Object Oriented Programming Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 2264 Database Systems Lab 0 1 3 2
ICT 2263 Operating Systems Lab 0 0 3 1
14 7 9 24 15 3 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) (14+7+9) = 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE (15+3+9)+3=30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3051 Engg. Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
ICT 3155 Data Mining and Predictive Analysis 3 0 0 3 ICT 3253 Embedded Systems Design 3 0 0 3

170
ICT 3156 Information Security 3 0 0 3 ICT 3254 Wireless Communication and Computing 3 1 0 4
Network Programming and Advanced
ICT 3157 3 0 0 3 ICT **** Program Elective - I 3 0 0 3
Communication Networks
III
ICT 3158 Software Design Technology 3 1 0 4 ICT **** Program Elective –II 3 0 0 3
**** Open Elective - II 3 **** Open Elective - III 3
ICT 3164 Advanced Programming Lab 0 1 3 2 ICT 3264 Embedded Systems and Iot Lab 0 1 3 2
ICT 3165 Data Mining and Predictive Analysis Lab 0 1 3 2 ICT 3265 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 3166 Network Design and Programming Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 3266 Network Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1
14 4 9 24 14 3 9 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE (14+4+9)+3=30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE (14+3+9)+3 =29
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
ICT **** Program Elective - III 3 0 0 3 ICT 4298 Industrial Training 0 0 0 1
ICT **** Program Elective - IV 3 0 0 3 ICT 4299 Project Work / Practice School 0 0 0 12
ICT **** Program Elective- V 3 0 0 3 ICT 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
ICT **** Program Elective- VI 3 0 0 3
ICT **** Program Elective- VII 3 0 0 3
ICT **** Open Elective - IV 3
15 0 0 18 0 0 0 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE (15+0) + 3 = 18
Minor Specializations ICT 4048: High Performance Computing
ICT 4049: Human Computer Interaction
I. Advanced Network Systems ICT 4050: Internet of Things
ICT 4041: Mobile Computing ICT 4051: Natural Computing
ICT 4042: Multimedia Communication ICT 4052: Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic
ICT 4043: Next Generation Telecom Networks ICT 4053: Pattern Recognition
ICT 4044: Software Defined Networking ICT 4054: Social Network Analysis
ICT 4055: Software Reliability
II. Computational Intelligence
CSE 4053: Artificial Intelligence Open Electives
ICT 4031: Computer Vision ICT 4301: Computer Graphics and Animation
ICT 4032: Machine Learning ICT 4302: Design and Development of Web Applications
CSE 4054: Soft Computing Paradigms ICT 4303: Fundamentals of Data Structures and Algorithms
ICT 4304: Machine Learning Tools and Technologies
III. Computer Graphics & Visualization ICT 4305: Networking with TCP/IP
CSE 4051: Augmented and Virtual Reality
ICT 4033: Computer Graphics
ICT 4031: Computer Vision
CSE 4052: Digital Image Processing

IV. Data Analytics

ICT 4034: Big Data Analytics
ICT 4035: Information Retrieval
ICT 4032: Machine Learning
ICT 4036: Semantic Web

V. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound

VI. Business Management

HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management

Vll. Computational Mathematics

MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices

Programme Electives
ICT 4045: Cloud Computing
ICT 4046: Deep Learning
ICT 4047: Game Theory with Computer Applications

171
 THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2155: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III [2 1 0 3]
Boolean Algebra: Partial ordering relations, Poset, Lattices, Basic
Properties of Lattices. Distributive and complemented lattices, Boolean
lattices and Boolean Algebra. Propositional and Predicate Calculus: Well-
formed formula, connectives, quantifications, Inference theory of
propositional and predicate calculus. Elementary configuration:
Permutations and Combinations, Generating function, Principle of
inclusion and exclusion Partitions, compositions. Ordering of
permutations: Lexicographical and Fikes. Graph theory: Basic
definitions, Degree, regular graphs, Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs,
Trees and Properties, Center, radius and diameter of a graph, Rooted and
binary trees, Matrices associated with graphs, Algorithms for finding
shortest path. Group theory: Semi groups, Monoids, Groups- subgroups,
Normal Subgroups, Cosets, Lagrange's Theorem, Cyclic groups.
References:
1. LiuC.L., Elements of Discrete Mathematics (2e), McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2007.
2. Trembaly J.P. and Manohar R., Discrete Mathematics Structures with
application to computer Science, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. Page E.S. and Wilson L. B., An Introduction to Computational
Combinatorics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979.
4. Narasingh Deo, Graph theory with Applications to Computer Science,
PHI, 2012.
ICT 2151: DATA STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Programming fundamentals, Stacks, Queues and their
applications, Sparse Matrix, Pointers and dynamic memory allocation,
Linked Lists: Singly linked lists, Dynamically Linked Stacks and Queues,
Polynomial representation and polynomial operations using singly linked
list, Singly Circular Linked List, Doubly Linked Lists, Trees: Binary trees,
Heaps, Binary Search Trees, Threaded binary trees, Graphs: Depth First
Search, Breadth First Search, Connected components, Spanning trees,
Sorting and searching Techniques.
References:
1. Horowitz E., Sahni S., Mehta D., Fundamentals of Data Structures in
C++ (2e), Golgotha Publications, 2008.
2. Weiss M. A., Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ (3e),
Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Michael T. Goodrich, Tamassia R., Mount D., Data Structures and
Algorithms in C++ (2e), John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
4. Horowitz E., Sahni S., Anderson-Freed S., Fundamentals of Data
structures in C (2e), Silicon Press, 2008.
ICT 2155: DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER
ORGANIZATION [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Simplification of Boolean functions – K-map method, NAND
and NOR implementation, Combinational logic, Design of
Adders/Subtractors, code converters, Application of typical TTL
integrated circuit components like Binary Parallel adder[74283],
multiplier using 74283, Magnitude Comparator [7485], Decoders
[74138,7442], Encoders [74148], Multiplexers [74157], combinational
shifter design, De Multiplexers, Sequential logic - counters and shift
registers, Computer organization- Introduction, ALU unit, Control unit,
Hardwired and Micro – programming approach, Memory unit, Input and
Output unit.
172
References:
1. Mano M.R., Kime C.R., Martin T.,Logic & Computer Design
Fundamentals (5e), Prentice Hall India, 2015.
2. Tocci R.J., Widmer N.S., Greegory L.M., Digital Systems: principles
and Applications(12e), Pearson Education India, 2017.
3. Rafiquzzaman M., Chandra R., Modern computer Architecture (3e),
Galgotia publications Pvt Ltd, 2010.
ICT2153: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to the java programming language, Importance of Java in
the internet, Data types, Variable and arrays, Type conversion and
casting, Operators and control statements, Classes and inheritance,
Packages and interfaces, Collections Framework - array list, vector and
dictionary, String handling, Exception handling, Thread concepts –
synchronization, inter thread communication, Input/output – File:file
input stream, File output stream, Random access files, Reader, Writer,
Serialization, Serializable, Object input stream, Object output stream,
Swings - swing fundamentals, Introduction to event handling.
References:
1. Schildt H., Java-The Complete Reference (9e), Tata McGraw-Hill
2014.
2. Horstmann C. S. & Cornell G.,Core Java Volume I – Fundamentals
(9e), Prentice Hall 2013.
3. Horstmann C. S. & Cornell G., Core Java Volume II– Advanced
Features (9e), Prentice Hall 2013.
ICT 2154: PRINCIPLES OF DATA COMMUNICATION [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Data Communication, Signals, Basic properties of data
communication system, NY Quist rate, Shannon Capacity, Signal
encoding and TX and RX models, Modulation schemes. Properties of
Media and digital transmission systems, wired and wireless medium,
Error detection and correction, Block codes, CRC, Hamming code, Stop
and wait flow control, Sliding window flow control, ARQs, HDLC,
Multiplexing, Media Access Sub layer and LAN, Approaches to sharing
transmission medium, Random access protocols, Token passing
protocols, IEEE LAN standards, Bridges, MAN, FDDI.
References:
1. Stallings W., Data & Computer Communications (9e), Pearson
Education Inc., Noida, 2017.
2. Frozen B., Introduction to data communication & networking (4e),
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi-2014.
3. Garcia A. L., Widjaja I., Communication Networks (2e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2011.
ICT 2161: DATA STRUCTURES LAB [0 1 3 2]
Application using arrays, String operations, Class concepts: Creation,
Initialization using constructors, Applications of stacks, Arithmetic
expression conversion and evaluation using stack, queues, Sparse
matrix representation, Transpose of a sparse matrix, Singly linked lists
and applications, Circular linked lists, Doubly linked lists, polynomial
addition and multiplications using circular linked lists, Binary Tree:
creation, deletion and traversal techniques, Binary search tree
operations, sorting and searching techniques.
References:
1. Horowitz E, Sahni S., Mehta D., Fundamentals of Data Structures in
C++ (2e), Golgotha Publications, 2008.
2. Weiss M. A.,Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ (3e),
Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Horowitz E., Sahni S., Anderson-Freed S., Fundamentals of Data
structures in C (2e), Silicon Press, 2008.
ICT 2164: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB [0 1 3 2]
Verification of Boolean algebra and De Morgan theorems, Simplification
of Boolean expressions using K-maps, combinational logic circuit
implementation like BCD adder, multiplier, code converter, comparator,
comparator with cascading inputs using 4 bit binary adder [7483], 3 to 8
decoder [74138], magnitude comparator [7485], Multiplexers [74151,
74153, 74157] ICs, Sequential logic circuits that include conversion of
flip-flops, analyzing timing diagram using output waveform,
Asynchronous and Synchronous counters [7490, 9495, 74193 ICs],
Shift registers, sequence generators, sequence detector.
References:
1. Mano M.R., Kime C.R., Martin T.,Logic & Computer Design
Fundamentals (5e), Prentice Hall India, 2015.
2. Tocci R.J., Widmer N.S., Greegory L.M., Digital Systems: principles
and Applications (12e), Pearson Education India,2017.
3. Wakerly J.F.,Digital Design Principles and Practices (4e), Pearson
Education, 2014.
ICT 2163:OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Programs based on the following concepts: Data types, Type
conversions, Operators, Control statements, Classes, Inheritance,
Polymorphism, Threads, Interfaces and abstract classes, Collections:
array list and vector, String handling, file handling, Swings.
References:
1. Schildt H., Java-The Complete Reference (9e), Tata McGraw-Hill
2014.
2. Horstmann C. S. & Cornell G.,Core Java Volume I – Fundamentals
(9e), Prentice Hall 2013.
3. Horstmann C. S. & Cornell G., Core Java Volume II– Advanced
Features (9e), Prentice Hall 2013.
FOURTH SEMSTER
MAT 2256: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-IV [2 1 0 3]
Basic Set theory, Axioms of probability, Sample space, conditional
probability, total probability theorem, Baye's theorem. One dimensional
and two dimensional random variables, mean and variance, properties,
Chebyschev's inequality, correlation coefficient, Distributions, Binomial,
Poisson, Normal and Chisquare. Functions of random variables: One
dimensional and Two Dimensional, F & T distributions, Moment
generating functions, Sampling theory, Central limit Theorem, Point
estimation, MLE, Interval estimation, Test of Hypothesis: significance
level, certain best tests; Chi square test.
References:
1. P.L.Meyer, Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications
(2e), Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1980.
2. Miller, Freund and Johnson, Probability and Statistics for Engineers
(8e), PHI, 2011.
173
3. Hogg and Craig, Introduction to mathematical statistics (6e),
Pearson education, 2012.
4. Ross Sheldon M, Introduction to Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists, Elseveir, 2010.
ICT 2251: COMPUTER NETWORK PROTOCOLS [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to Computer Networks: Definition, Network Layer, Network
Layer services, Interfacing - Bridges, IP addressing, Subnetting and
Supernetting, IPv6 addressing, Delivery Forwarding, and Routing of IP
Packets, Internet Protocol - Datagram, Fragmentation, Options,
Checksum, Introduction to Routing Protocols, Interior and Exterior
routing, Dynamic IP Routing Protocols - RIP, RIP Version 2, OSPF,
Routing between peers – BGP, ARP and RARP, Internet Control Message
Protocol, User Datagram Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol and
Introduction to application layer, Domain Name System (DNS), DHCP,
FTP, SNMP.
References:
1. Behrouz A. F., TCP/IP Protocol Suite (4e), Tata McGraw-Hill 2017.
2. Andrew S. T., Computer Network (5e), Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2013.
3. Behrouz A. F., Data Communications and Networking (5e), Tata
McGraw Hill 2013.
4. Garcia L.,Widjala, Communication Networks (2e), Tata McGraw Hill
2004.
ICT 2255: DATABASE SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to database system, Database users, Database
architecture, Relational database, Keys, Schema, Formal relational query
language, SQL basics, Constraints, Intermediate SQL, Joins, Nested
queries, Advanced SQL, Functions, Procedures, Triggers, High level
data modelling using entity relationship model, Relational database
design, Notion of functional dependencies, Normalization, Transaction
management, ACID properties, Serializability, Concurrency control,
Locking, Deadlock handling, Unstructured database, Introduction to
NoSQL, Basics of document-oriented database, MongoDB.
References:
1. Silberschatz A., Korth H. F., Sudarshan S., Database system
concepts (6e), McGraw-Hill, 2013.
2. Elmasri, Ramez, Navathe S., Fundamentals of database systems
(7e), Pearson, 2016.
3. Molina, Hector, Ullman J. D., Widom J., Database systems, The
Complete Book (2e),Pearson Prentice Hall, 2013.
4. Chodorow K., MongoDB: The definitive guide (2e), O'Reilly, 2013.
ICT 2253: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Graphs: Representation of graphs & Digraphs, Graph
Search Methods: Breadth First Search, Depth First Search, Shortest path
algorithms, Algorithm Design Techniques: The Greedy Method, Divide
and Conquer, Dynamic Programming, Tree-Binary search trees, Heap
Trees, Height Balanced Tree, B Trees, B+ trees. Hashing: hash
functions, collision resolution techniques. Heaps and priority Queues, P,
NP, NP-Complete and NP hard problems, Approximation Algorithms.
References:
1. Cormen T H., Leiserson C. E., Rivest R. L., Stein C., Introduction to
Algorithms(3e), Prentice-Hall India, 2009.
2. Sahni S., Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++(2e),
Silicon Press, 2005.
3. Weiss M., Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C(3e), Pearson
Education, 2009.
ICT 2254: OPERATING SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Operating systems - Operating System Services,
Operating system Structure, System calls, Process management -
Process concept, Threads, Inter-process communication, CPU
Scheduling, Process synchronization, Handling deadlocks – Deadlock
Characterization, Deadlock Detection, Prevention, Avoidance and
Recovery, Memory management - Main memory, Swapping, Contiguous
Memory Allocation, Paging, Segmentation, Virtual memory – Demand
Paging, Page Replacement, Thrashing, Allocating Kernel Memory,
Storage Management- File management, Disk scheduling, Case study on
Unix based Operating system – Design Principles, Kernel Modules, Basic
concepts of Real time operating systems – Classification of Real Time
Systems, Microkernels, Scheduling.
References:
1. Silberschatz A., Galvin P.B. & Gagne G., Operating System Concepts
(9e), Wiley, 2012.
2. Stallings W.,Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles (9e),
Pearson, 2017.
3. Laplante P.A. &Ovaska S.J., Real time systems design and analysis
(4e), Wiley, 2013.
4. Mall R.,Real time systems: Theory and Practice (2e), Pearson, 2009.
ICT 2261: ALGORITHMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Graphs: Finding a Path, cycle. Greedy Method: 0/1 Knapsack Problem,
Dijkstra's Algorithm, Minimum spanning tree using Prim's/Kruskal's
Algorithm. Divide and Conquer Method: Merge Sort, Quick Sort,
Strassen's Matrix multiplication method, Binary Search, Closest Pair of
points. Dynamic Programming: Matrix Multiplication Chain Problem, 0/1
Knapsack problem, All pairs shortest path. Backtracking/Branch and
Bound: Travelling sales person problem, 0/1 Knapsack Problem.
Approximation Algorithm: Travelling sales person problem, Vertex cover
problem.
References:
1. Cormen T. H., Leiserson C. E., Rivest R. L., Stein C, Introduction to
Algorithms(3e), Prentice- Hall India, 2009.
2. Sahni S., Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++ (2e),
Silicon Press, 2005.
ICT 2264: DATABASE SYSTEMS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Basics of Visual C# for GUI design and control, Data Definition
Language, Basic database query operations, Nested sub queries, Join
Operations, Views, Stored procedures, Functions, Trigger, Cursors,
Transaction control queries, Data Access from Visual C#, Introducing
NoSQL-MongoDB, Design and development of application based on
database concepts.
References:
1. Ivan B., SQL, PL/SQL: The Programming Language of Oracle(4e),
BPB Publications, 2010.
2. Ken C., Csharp, Available :https://www.homeandlearn.co.uk/
csharp/csharp.html [Online]
174
3. JavaTPoint, Oracle-tutorial, Available : https://www.javatpoint.com/
oracle-tutorial [Online]
4. W3Schools, SQL Tutorial, Available : https://www.w3schools.com/
sql/ [Online]
5. MongoDB, MongoDB Tutorials, Available: https://docs.mongodb.com/
manual/tutorial/ [Online]
ICT 2263: OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
UNIX based operating system commands, executing shell scripts, inter
process communication using system calls, implementing CPU
scheduling algorithms, memory and deadlock management.
References:
1. Blurn R. & Bresnahan C., Linux Command Line Shell Scripting Bible,
Wiley (3e), 2015.
2. Silberschatz A., Galvin P.B. & Gagne G., Operating System Concepts
(9e), Wiley, 2012.
FIFTH SEMSTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z. The nature
& purpose of international business & multinational corporations, Unified
global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections.
References:
1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich, Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker, Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, New York, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker, The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, New
York, 2004.
ICT 3155: DATA MINING AND PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Data mining, Importance of data mining, Kinds of data to
be mined, Major issues in Data Mining, Data objects and Attribute types,
Data visualization, Data cleaning, Data integration, Data reduction, Data
transformation strategies, Association rule mining: Apriori algorithm,
Dynamic item set counting algorithm, Pincer – Search Algorithm, FP-tree
growth algorithm, PC Tree, Cluster analysis, Partitioning methods: K-
means, K-Medoid, Hierarchical methods, Density-Based methods:
DBSCAN, Classification techniques: Decision tree induction, Bayes
classification method, Model evaluation and selection, Regression
techniques: Simple linear regression, Multivariable linear regression with
gradient descent, support vector machine for regression, Introduction to
web mining, temporal, spatial data mining
References:
1. Han J., Kamber M., Jian P.,Data Mining Concepts and Techniques
(3e), Morgan Kauffmann Publishers 2011.
2. Pujari A. K.,Data Mining Techniques (4e), Orient BlackSwan/
Universities Press 2016.
3. Pang-N. T., Steinbach M., Anuj K, Vipin K., Introduction to Data
Mining, Pearson Education (2e), Pearson 2016.
4. Kelleher J D., Brian M N, D' Arcy A., Fundamentals of Machine
Learning for predictive Data Analytics: Algorithms, Worked Examples
and Case Studies (1e), MIT Press, 2015.
ICT 3156: INFORMATION SECURITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Information and Network Security, Symmetric-Key
Ciphers: Classical and Modern encryption techniques, Block ciphers,
Advanced Encryption Standard, Uses block ciphers, Asymmetric-Key
Cryptographic Ciphers, Principles of public key cryptosystems, Number
theory concepts, Uses of primes, Message Integrity and Message
Authentication, Cryptographic hash functions, Application of
cryptographic hash functions, Digital Signature, Key Management, Entity
Authentication, Transport Level Security, System Security concepts,
Firewalls, Network Intrusion detection and prevention systems.
References:
1. Stallings W., Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and
Practice (7e), Pearson Publications, 2016. Pfleeger
2. C. P., Pfleeger S.L., Margulies J., Security in Computing (5e), Prentice
Hall, 2015.
3. Michael E., Whitman and Mattord H.J., Principles of Information
Security (5e), Cengage Learning, 2015.
4. Stamp M., Information Security: Principles and Practice (2e), John
Wiley & Sons, 2011.
5. Forouzan B.A., Mukhopadhyay D., Cryptography and Network
Security (2e), (Revised), Tata McGraw-Hill Education India, 2010.
ICT 3157:NETWORK PROGRAMMING AND ADVANCED
COMMUNICATION NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
High Speed Communication Networks: Queuing Models, Optical
Networks, High Speed Network, Components, Integrated and
Differentiated Services, Multiprotocol Label Switching, Virtual Private
Networks, Signaling, Applications. UNIX Programming: Elementary
Sockets, Elementary TCP, IPv4 and IPv6 Interoperability, Daemon
Process, Multicasting, Multicast Routing, Multicast Socket Options,
Advanced UDP Sockets, Datagram Truncation.
References:
1. Stevens R. W., Fenner B., Rudoff A. M., UNIX Network Programming
Volume 1 (3e), Addison Wesley 2011.
2. Stallings W., High Speed Networks and Internet (2e), Pearson
Education New Delhi 2002.
3. James P.G. Sterbenz, Touch J. D., High Speed Networking: A
systematic approach to High Bandwidth Low Latency
Communication (1e), John Wiley and Sons 2001.
4. Garcia L., Indra Widjaja, Communication Networks (2e), Tata Mc.
Graw Hill publication 2002.
5. Yuan R. and Strayer T. W., VPN technologies and solutions (1e),
Addison wesley publishing company incorporated 2001.
ICT 3158: SOFTWARE DESIGN TECHNOLOGY [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Software Engineering, Process Models, Agile Process
Model, Requirement Engineering, Analysis Modeling- Data Modeling,
175
Scenario-based Modeling, Class based Modeling, Design Engineering-
Design Models and Patterns, Architectural Design, Software Testing-
Strategies and Techniques, Testing Object Oriented Applications,
Software Project Management, Software Quality Assurance, Project
Planning, Scheduling and Estimation Techniques.
References:
1. Pressman R.S., Software engineering - A practitioner's approach
(8e), McGraw Hill, 2014.
2. Booch G., Rumbaugh J., Jacobson I., The Unified Modelling
Language User Guide (1e), Pearson, 2015.
3. Jalote P., Software Project Management in Practice (1e), Addison
Wesley Professional, 2009.
4. Hughes, Software Project Management (5e), McGraw Hill, 2017.
5. Kelkar S. A., Software Project Management: a concise study (3e),
PHI learning-New Delhi, 2013.
ICT 3164: ADVANCED PROGRAMMING LAB [0 1 3 2]
List, Tuples, Sets, Strings , Dictionaries, Dictionary Operations, Boolean
Expression, Control Flow, Functions, Parameter Options, Local,
Nonlocal, Global Variables, Modules, Programs, Classes and Object
Oriented Programming Static and Class Methods, Inheritance, Private
Variables, Destructors and Memory Management, Exception Handling,
File System, Regular Expressions, Packages, Graphical User Interface,
Database Connectivity, Web Designing, Networking using Python
Programming.
Students are expected to develop a mini project using the concepts
practiced in the lab.
References:
1. Eric M.,Python Crash Course: A Hands-On, Project-Based
Introduction to Programming (1e), William Pollock Publication, 2016.
2. Mark L., Learning Python(5e), O'REILLY publication, 2013.
3. Daryl H., Kenneth M. M. and Vernon C.,The Quick Python Book (2e),
Manning Publications, 2011.
4. Allen B. D.,Think Python: How to think like a Computer Scientist (2e),
O'REILLY publication, 2015.
ICT 3165: DATA MINING AND PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Pre-processing the raw-datasets using data mining software, Applying
data mining techniques such as association rule mining, clustering,
classification and Regression on the pre-processed data using software
tools, Construction of physical data model, Populating data into tables
using data flows, serial and parallel execution of data flows in control
flow using data warehousing software, Implementation of Apriori
algorithm, K-means, Decision tree, Simple linear regression, Design and
development of Mini Project.
References:
1. Han J., KamberM., Jian P.,Data Mining Concepts and Techniques
(3e),Morgan Kauffmann Publishers 2011.
2. PujariA. K.,Data Mining Techniques (4e), Orient BlackSwan/
Universities Press 2016.
3. Kelleher J. D., Brian M. N., D' ArcyA., Fundamentals of Machine
Learning for predictive Data Analytics: Algorithms, Worked Examples
and Case Studies (1e), MIT Press, 2015.
4. Silberschatz A., Sudarshan S., Database System Concepts (6e),
McGraw Hill Education 2013.
 ICT 3166: NETWORK DESIGN AND PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Simulation of Ethernet LAN protocol, token bus and token ring protocols,
implementation of distance vector algorithm, link state routing algorithm
and finding shortest path using packet tracer; Socket programming;
Python APIs for Socket programming.
Reference:
1. Stevens R., Stephen R. A., Advanced Programming in the UNIX
Environment (2e), Pearson Education 2013.
2. Jesin A, Packet Tracer Network Simulator (1e), Packt Publishing
2014.
3. Faruque S M. O., Washington S.,Learning Python Network
Programming (1e), Packt Publishing 2015.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGG. ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran, Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H, Fundamentals of Financial Management
(12e),Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain, Financial Management (5e),Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J, Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J, Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics (3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
ICT 3253: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
An overview of ARM-Cortex- M Architecture, CISC versus RISC, The
RISC and ARM design philosophy, ARM addressing modes, data transfer
instructions, arithmetic and logical instructions, shift and rotate
instructions, branch and conditional branch instructions, function call
and return, stack, recursive functions, conditional execution, assembly
language programming, Input/output (I/O) programming, timer/counter
176
programming, I/O interfacing : LED, LCD, keyboard, stepper motor, ADC,
and DAC, PWM, UART, Hardware and software synchronization,
multithreading, Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC), external
hardware interrupts, IO interrupts, SysTick interrupts, implement
architectural design for IoT.
References:
1. Jonathan W.V., Embedded systems: real-time interfacing to ARM
Cor tex-M microcontrollers (4e), Createspace Independent
Publishing Platform, June 2014.
2. Wilmshurst T.,Fast and Effective Embedded System Design applying
the ARM mbed, Elsevier, 2017.
3. Jonathan W.V., Embedded systems: Introduction to Arm(r) Cortex-M
Microcontrollers, Createspace Independent publishing platform (5e),
June 2017.
4. UM10360, LPC 176x/5x User Manual, NXP Semiconductors, Rev.
3.1, 2014.
5. Joseph V., A definitive Guide to ARM Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
processors (3e), Elsevier, 2014.
ICT 3254: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND COMPUTING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Wireless Systems, Advanced Modulation / Acess
Techniques (MFSK, Spread Spectrum, OFDM), Convolutional Coding,
Antenna and Propagation: Line of Sight and Non Line of Sight, Fading,
Link Budget Analysis, Wireless networks Cellular Concepts, channel
assignments, Handoff strategies, GoS, Improving Coverage & Capacity.
Physical modelling for wireless channels, Statistical channel models.
Point to point communication: diversity, Cellular Systems: multiple
access and interference management, GSM systems, GPRS, CDMA,
WCDMA, OFDM, Multiuser capacity and opportunistic communication.
Modeling of MIMO fading channels, cooperative wireless
communication.
References:
1. Dalal U., Wireless communication (1e), Oxford 2014.
2. Molisch A., Wireless Communications (2e), John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
2011.
3. Pahlavan K., Krishnamurthy P., Principles of Wireless Networks (1e),
Prentice Hall 2009.
4. Goldsmith A., Wireless Communications (2e), John Wiley & Sons
Ltd. 2011.
ICT 3264: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND IOT LAB [0 1 3 2]
Familiarization of data transfer from code segment to data segment and
from data segment to data segment, arithmetic operations, logical
instructions, branch instructions, code conversion from hexadecimal to
decimal and decimal to hexadecimal, packing and unpacking of ASCII
digits, sorting using selection sort and bubble sort techniques,
searching using linear and binary search techniques, recursion, I/O
interfacing of LEDs, LCD, keyboard, 7 segment display, stepper motor,
DAC and ADC, PWM, implement architectural design for IoT. In addition
to the above list of experiments, students are required to develop a mini
project.
References:
1. Jonathan W.V., Embedded systems: real-time interfacing to ARM
Cortex-M microcontrollers (4e), Create space Independent
Publishing Platform, June 2014.
2. Wilmshurst T.,Fast and Effective Embedded System Design applying
the ARM mbed, Elsevier, 2017.
3. Jonathan W.V., Embedded systems: Introduction to Arm(r) Cortex-M
Microcontrollers, Create space Independent publishing platform
(5e), June 2017.
4. UM10360, LPC 176x/5x User Manual, NXP Semiconductors, Rev.
3.1, 2014.
5. Joseph V.,A definitive Guide to ARM Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M4
processors (3e), Elsevier, 2014.
ICT 3265:MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to Android Basics of Android Mobile Application
Development Tool, Introduction to Activity and Layouts in Android and
Event Handler, Input Controls in Android, Input Controls-Spinners,
Pickers ,Menu, Creating Contextual and Pop-up Menus, Android Sqlite
and Shared Preferences ,Security and Permissions, Services, Broadcast
Receiver and Intent Filters, Camera, Bluetooth and Wi-Fi. Mini Project
based on above concepts.
References:
1. Zheng P. and Ni L.M., Smart Phone and Next Generation Mobile
Computing (1e), Morgan Kaufmann, 2006.
2. Horton J.,Android Programming For Beginners, Packt Publishing Ltd,
2015.
3. Griffiths D., Head First Android Development (2e), O'Reilly Media,
Inc., 2015.
ICT 3266: NETWORK SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Building wired topologies, wireless network topologies, tracing using
NS3, NetAnim and supporting tools like SUMO/MOVE, Trace Route, 5G
Network simulation using NS3-mmwave.
Reference:
1. Forouzan B. A.,TCP/IP Protocol Suite (4e), Tata McGraw – Hill 2017.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ICT 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
ICT 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
177
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
ICT 4041: MOBILE COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Mobile Wireless Communication, Mobile IP and WAP,
Internet mobility, Agent discovery and registration, Tunneling, mobile
computing models, Client-Server models, location management for
mobile networks, VANET: IEEE802.11p, Vehicular Mobility Modeling for
VANET, Introduction to GPS, GPRS, Wireless LAN – IEEE802.15:
Bluetooth, Zigbee, performance evaluation of technologies involved in
mobile environment.
References:
1. RappaportT.S., Wireless Communications: Principles and Practices
(2e), McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd. 2017.
2. Stallings W., Wireless Communications and Networks (2e), Pearson
Education 2012.
3. Schiller J., Mobile Communication (2e), Pearson Education Pvt ltd.
2011.
4. Adelstein F., Gupta S. K. S., Richard G., Schwiebert L., Fundamental
of Mobile and Pervasive Computing (1e), TMH 2008.
5. Hartenstein H., VANET: Vehicular Applications and Inter-Networking
Technologies (1e), John Wiley and Sons 2010.
ICT 4042: MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Media and Data Streams, Overview of Multimedia
processes and Coding, Multimedia Coding/ Compression Standards,
Huffman Coding, Runlength Coding, JPEG, GIF, TIFF, MPEG, DVI, H.261,
Text compression, Compression principles, Audio Video compression,
Media Coding, Media processing, Synchronization issues,
synchronization specification, Multimedia Operating system and
database management, MDBMS, Multimedia Communications, Delay
compensation, Prototype Multimedia systems, Video-on-Demand,
Video conferencing, Media Data Modeling.
References:
1. Li N., Drew M. S., Fundamentals of Mutlimedia (2e), Pearson
Education, 2014.
2. Steinmetz R., Nahrstedt K., Multimedia Computing, Communications
and Applications(1e), Pearson Education, 2012.
3. Woods J. W., Multi-Dimensional Signal, Image and Video Processing
and Coding (2e), Academic Press, 2011.
4. RaoK.R., Bojkovic Z., Milovanovic D. A., Multimedia Communication
Systems (2e), Prentice Hall, 2012.
ICT 4043: NEXT GENERATION TELECOM NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Next Generation Technologies, Next Generation Services,
Telecommunication Optical Networks, Active and Passive Optical
Network, HSPA Technology, HSDPA Channels, Resource management in
HSDPA, 3GPP LTE, LTE System Architecture, WiMax overview, Design
Principles of the WiMax Network Architecture, Application, Unlicensed
Mobile Access (UMA), Convergence and IP Multimedia Sub Systems,
Cognitive Radio, Principles of Interweaving, Spectrum sensing,
Spectrum management, Spectrum sharing, Overview of New
Technologies for 5G system.
References:
1. Cox C., An Introduction to LTE: LTE, LTE Advanced, SAE and 4G
Mobile Communication (1e), John Wiley & Sons 2012.
2. Mishra A.R.., Cellular Technologies for Emerging Markets: 2G, 3G
and Beyond (1e), John Wiley & Sons 2010.
3. Plevyak T., Sahin V., Next Generation Telecommunication Networks,
Services and Management (1e), John Wiley & Sons 2010.
4. Molisch A.F., Wireless Communications (2e), Wiley 2013.
5. Saunders S., Carlaw S., Giustina A., Bhat R. R., Rao S. V., Siegberg
R., Femtocells Opportunities and Challenges for Business and
Technology (1e), John Wiley & Sons 2009.
ICT 4044: SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING [3 0 0 3]
History and Evolution of SDN, Control and Data Plane Separation, Moving
information between planes, Distributed control planes, Open Flow
Architecture, Configuration and extension ability, Virtual Networking,
SDN Controllers, Mininet, Network Programmability, Network Function
Virtualization, OpenStack, CloudStack, Traffic Engineering, Use Cases of
SDNs, Use Cases for Data Center Overlays.
References:
1. Hu F., Network Innovation through Open Flow and SDN: Principles
and Design (1e), CRC Press 2014.
2. Nadeau T. D., Gray K., SDN: Software Defined Networks (3e), O'Reilly
Media 2016.
3. Azodolmolky S.,Software Defined Networking with Open Flow
(1e),Packt Publishing 2013.
CSE 4053: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Foundations of Artificial Intelligence, History of Artificial Intelligence, The
state of the Art. Agents and Environments, The concept of Rationality,
The Nature of Environments, The structure of Agents. Problem Solving
agents, Example Problems, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed search
strategies, informed (Heuristic) search strategies, Heuristic functions.
Games, Optimal decision in games, Alpha Beta Pruning Knowledge
based agents, The Wumpus World, Logic, Propositional logic,
Propositional Theorem Proving. Representation revisited, Syntax and
semantics of First order logic, Using First order logic, Knowledge
engineering in First order. Ontological Engineering, Categories and
objects, Reasoning systems for categories, The internet shopping world.
Acting under uncertainty, Basic probability notation, Baye's rule,
representing knowledge in uncertainties, semantics of Bayesian
networks.
References:
1. Russell S., and Norvig P., Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach
(3e), Pearson 2010.
2. Rich E., Knight K., Nair S.B., Artificial Intelligence (3e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2008.
ICT 4031:COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computer vision and its applications, Image formation,
Liner Filtering, Image transformations and Colour models, Edge
Detection methods (Laplacian detectors and canny edge detector),
Points and patches, Harris corner detector, Histogram of Gradients,
Difference of Gaussian detector, SIFT, Colour and Texture, Feature based
alignment, least squares and RANSAC, Camera models, Camera
calibration, Stereo vision, Stereo correspondence, Epipolargeometry,
Optical flow, Lucas Kanade method, KLT tracking method, Mean shift
method, Dense Motion estimation, Support Vector Machines, Face
detection and recognition, Bag of words, deep Learning.
References:
1. Szeliski R., Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer
2011.
178
2. David A. F. and Ponce J., Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, PHI
learning 2009.
3. Solem J. E., Programming Computer Vision with Python, O'Reilly,
2012.
ICT 4032: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Machine Learning, Mathematical Preliminaries,
Supervised Learning-LMS, logistic regression, GDA, Naive Bayes, SVM,
model selection, Learning theory-bias/variance tradeoff, union and
Chernoff bounds, VC dimensions, Unsupervised learning-clustering, k-
means, Gaussian mixture, factor analysis, PCA, ICA, Reinforcement
learning-MDPs, Bellman equations, value and policy iteration, LQR, LQG,
Q-learning, policy search, POMDPs.
References:
1. Murphy K.P., Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT
Press, 2012.
2. Mohri M., Rostamizadeh A., and Talwalkar A., Foundations of
Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Koller D., and Friedman N, Probabilistic Graphical Models: Principles
and Techniques, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Bishop C.M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning (2e),
Springer, 2013.
CSE 4054: SOFT COMPUTING PARADIGMS [3 0 0 3]
Soft Computing, Artificial Intelligence, Soft-Computing Techniques,
Expert Systems Types of Problems, Modeling the Problem, Machine
Learning, Handling Impreciseness, Clustering, Hazards of Soft
Computing, Road Map for the Future . Artificial Neural Networks, The
Biological Neuron, The Artificial Neuron, Multilayer Perceptron,
Modeling the Problem, Types of Data Involved, Training, Issues in ANN,
Example of Time Series Forecasting. Types of Artificial Neural Networks,
Radial Basis Function Network, Learning Vector Quantization, Self-
Organizing Maps, Recurrent Neural Network, Hopfield Neural Network,
Adaptive Resonance Theory, Character Recognition by Commonly Used
ANNs. Fuzzy Systems, Fuzzy Logic, Membership Functions, Fuzzy
Logical Operators, More Operations, Fuzzy Inference Systems, Type-2
Fuzzy systems, Other Sets, Sugeno Fuzzy Systems, Example: Fuzzy
Controller Evolutionary Algorithms: Evolutionary Algorithms, Biological
Inspiration. Evolutionary Algorithms Genetic Algorithms, Fitness
Scaling, Selection, Mutation, Crossover, Other Genetic Operators,
Algorithm Working, Diversity, Grammatical Evolution, Other Optimization
Techniques, Metaheuristic Search, Traveling Salesman Problem.
Introduction, Key Takeaways from Individual Systems, Adaptive Neuro-
Fuzzy Inference Systems, Evolutionary Neural Networks, Evolving Fuzzy
Logic, Fuzzy Artificial Neural Networks with Fuzzy Inputs, Rule Extraction
from ANN, Modular Neural Network.
References:
1. Shukla A., Tiwari R., Kala R., Real Life Applications of Soft
Computing, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, London 2010.
2. Ross T.J., Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, Wiley
publication, 2010.
3. Sivanandam S.N., Deepa S.N., Principles of Soft Computing, (2e),
Wiley Publication, 2010.
4. Rajasekaran S., and Pai G. A. V., Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithms, PHI Learning, 2010.
5. Jang J. S .R., Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI 2003.
 CSE 4051: AUGMENTED AND VIRTUAL REALITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction of Virtual and Augmented reality, Definition and scope, A
Brief History 3 I's of Virtual Reality A Short History of Early Virtual Reality,
Early Commercial VR Technology, VR Becomes an Industry,
Components of a VR System, Displays In augmented reality Multimodal
Displays, Audio Displays Haptic, Tactile, and Tangible Displays,
Displays, Visual Perception, Requirements and Characteristics, Multiple
Models of I/O Gesture Interfaces Three-Dimensional Position Trackers,
Navigation and Manipulation Interfaces, Gesture Interfaces. Output
Devices, Haptic Display, Graphics Displays, Sound Displays. Computer
Vision for Augmented Reality, Natural Feature Tracking by Detection,
Incremental Tracking, Simultaneous Localization and Mapping, Outdoor
Tracking, Computing Architectures for VR, The Rendering Pipeline,
Workstation-Based Architectures, Distributed VR Architectures,
Geometric Modeling, Kinematics Modeling, Physical Modeling, Behavior
Modeling.
References:
1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet. Virtual Reality Technology (2e), Wiley-
IEEE Press, 2006.
2. Dieter Schmalstieg, Tobias Hollerer, Augmented Reality: Principles
&Practice (1e), Addison-Wesley, 2016.
3. Tony parisi, Learning Virtual Reality: Developing Immersive
Experiences and Applications for Desktop, Web, and Mobile
(1e),O'Reilly Media, 2015.
4. Steve Aukstakalnis, Practical Augmented Reality: A Guide to the
Technologies, Applications, and Human Factors for AR and VR
(Usability) (1e), Addison-Wesley Professional, 2016.
5. Jonathan Linowes, Unity Virtual Reality Projects Paperback, Packt
Publishing eBooks Account, September 2015.
ICT 4033: COMPUTER GRAPHICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: History of computer graphics and applications,
Introduction to OpenGL, Geometric Transformations: Homogeneous
coordinates, affine transformations (translation, rotation, scaling, Shear,
reflection), concatenation, matrix stacks and use of model view matrix in
OpenGL for these operations Examples, Viewing (3D), Visibility- z-Buffer,
BSP trees, Open-GL culling, hidden surface algorithms, Shading,
Rasterization- Line segment and polygon clipping, 3D clipping, scan
conversion, polygonal fill, Bresenham's algorithm, Discrete Techniques:
Texture mapping, compositing, textures in OpenGL; Ray Tracing,
Representation and Visualization: Bezier curves and surfaces, B-splines,
visualization, interpolation, marching squares algorithm.
References:
1. Hearn D and Baker P., Computer Graphics with OpenGL (4e),
Pearson, 2014.
2. Edward Angel, Interactive Computer Graphics A Top-Down Approach
Using OpenGL (6e), Pearson Education, 2011.
3. F. S. Hill Jr. and S. M. Kelley, Computer Graphics using OpenGL (3e),
Prentice Hall, 2006.
4. Peter Shirley and Steve Marschner, Computer Graphics (1e), A. K.
Peters, 2010.
ICT 4031: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computer vision and its applications, Image formation,
Liner Filtering, Image transformations and Colour models, Edge
Detection methods (Laplacian detectors and canny edge detector),
Points and patches, Harris corner detector, Histogram of Gradients,
Difference of Gaussian detector, SIFT, Colour and Texture, Feature based
alignment, least squares and RANSAC, Camera models, Camera
179
calibration, Stereo vision, Stereo correspondence, Epipolargeometry,
Optical flow, Lucas Kanade method, KLT tracking method, Mean shift
method, Dense Motion estimation, Support Vector Machines, Face
detection and recognition, Bag of words, Deep Learning.
References:
1. Szeliski R., Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer
2011.
2. David A. F. and Ponce J., Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, PHI
learning 2009.
3. Solem J. E., Programming Computer Vision with Python, O'Reilly,
2012.
CSE 4052: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, components of image processing system, Spatial domain
transformations, histogram processing, smoothing, sharpening spatial
filters, Filtering in the frequency domain- Introduction to Fourier
transform, image smoothing, image sharpening using frequency domain
filters. Image restoration- Noise models, restoration using spatial
filtering, periodic noise reduction by frequency domain filtering,
Morphological image processing- Preliminaries, dilation and erosion,
opening and closing, hit-or-miss transformation, basic algorithms,
extension to gray-scale images, Image segmentation- Point, line, and
edge detection, Thresholding, Region Segmentation Using Clustering
and Superpixels, Graph Cuts, morphological watersheds, motion in
segmentation.
References:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Digital Image Processing
(4e), Pearson, 2017.
2. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, Image Processing,
Analysis and Machine Vision (4e), CENGAGE Learning, 2014.
3. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins,Digital
Image Processing Using MATLAB (2e),Mc Graw Hill India, 2010.
4. Gloria Bueno García, Oscar Deniz Suarez, José Luis Espinosa
Aranda, Jesus Salido Tercero, Ismael Serrano Gracia, Noelia Vállez
Enano, Learning Image Processing with OpenCV (1e), Packt
Publishing, 2015.
ICT 4034: BIG DATA ANALYTICS [3 0 0 3]
Understanding Big Data: Concepts and Terminology, Big Data
Characteristics, Different Types of Data, Case Study Background. Big
data and Hadoop: Understanding Hadoop features, Learning the HDFS
and MapReduce architecture, Understanding Hadoop subprojects,
Understanding the basics of MapReduce, Introducing Hadoop
MapReduce, Understanding the Hadoop MapReduce fundamentals,
writing a Hadoop MapReduce example. Spark and Big Data: Theoretical
concepts in Spark, Core components of Spark, The Spark architecture,
Spark SQL, Spark Streaming. NoSQL databases: Need for NoSQL,
NoSQL databases, In-memory databases, columnar databases,
Document-oriented databases, Key-value databases, Graph databases,
Other NoSQL types and summary, working on NoSQL systems using
MongoDB. Applications:Implementation of machine learning algorithms
using MapReduce and Spark.
References:
1. Erl T., Khattak W., and Buhler P., Big Data Fundamentals, Concepts,
Drivers & Techniques(1e), The Prentice Hall Service Technology
Series, 2016.
2. Prajapati V., Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop, Packt Publishing
Ltd., 2013.
3. Dasgupta N., Practical Big Data Analytics, Packt Publishing Ltd, 2018.
4. Rajaraman A., and Ullman J. D., Mining of Massive Datasets,
Cambridge University Press, 2011.
5. ZahariaM., Wendell P., Konwinski A.,Karau H., Learning Spark,
O'Reilly Media, Inc., 2015.
ICT 4035: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL [3 0 0 3]
Boolean Retrieval Model, Index Construction, Index Compression, Vector
Space Model, Evaluation in IR, Relevance Feedback and Query
Expansion, Latent Semantic Indexing, Web Search Basics, Web Crawling
and Indexes, Link Analysis
References:
1. Manning C. D.,RaghavanP., and Schütze H., Introduction to
Information Retrieval, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
2. Buettcher S., Charles L. A., Clarke, and Cormack G. V., Information
Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines, MIT Press,
2010.
1. Grossman D. A. and Frieder O., Information Retrieval: Algorithms and
Heuristics, Springer, 2004.
ICT 4032: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Machine Learning, Mathematical Preliminaries,
Supervised Learning-LMS, logistic regression, GDA, Naive Bayes, SVM,
model selection, Learning theory-bias/variance tradeoff, union and
Chernoff bounds, VC dimensions, Unsupervised learning-clustering, k-
means, Gaussian mixture, factor analysis, PCA, ICA, Reinforcement
learning-MDPs, Bellman equations, value and policy iteration, LQR, LQG,
Q-learning, policy search, POMDPs.
References:
1. Murphy K.P., Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT
Press, 2012.
2. Mohri M., Rostamizadeh A., and Talwalkar A., Foundations of
Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Koller D., and Friedman N, Probabilistic Graphical Models: Principles
and Techniques, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Bishop C.M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning(2e),
Springer, 2013.
ICT 4036: SEMANTIC WEB[3003]
Semantic Web Vision, Layered approach, Describing Web Resource :
RDF data models, syntax, semantics, schema, RDFS, Direct inference
system, RDF Data structures, Containers and colletcions, Querying
Semantic Web: SPARQL matching patterns, filters, querying schemas
Ontology and Information Systems L use of ontologies, types, design
principles, methodologies, Ontology Languanges : OWL2, OWL2
profiles, Ontology Reasoning: Monotonic rules, Rule interchange format,
Semantic web rules languages, RuleML, Ontology Design and
Management: Types, purposes, creating ontology manually, reusing
existing, mapping, Ontology Programming: Programming in Go
References:
1. Grigoris Antoniou, Paul Groth, Frank van vanHarmelen and Rinke
Hoekstra, A Semantic Web Primer, MIT Press, 2012.
2. Bob DuCharme, Learning SPARQL (2e), O'REILLY, 2013.
3. Brain McBride, Dan Brickley, R.V. Guha, 'RDF Schema 1.1', 2014,
[Online], Available: https://www.w3.org/TR/rdf-schema
4. Lex Sheehan, Learning Functional Programming in Go, Packt
Publishing, 2017.
180
5. Frank Manola, Eric Miller, David Veckett, Ivan Herman, 'RDF Primer
Turtle Version', 2007. [Online]. Available: https://www.w3.org/
2007/02/turtle/primer/.
6. Vandana Kabilan, Ontology for Information Systems (O4IS) Design
Methodology (Doctoral dissertation), 2007.
ICT 4045: CLOUD COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Cloud infrastructure, Cloud computing delivery models and
services, Cloud computing at Amazon, The Google perspective,
Microsoft Windows Azure, Application paradigms, Architectural styles
of cloud computing, Cloud resource management and scheduling, Cloud
resource virtualization, Types of virtualization, Understanding
hypervisors, Virtual machine and its components, Resource
management, Memory ballooning, Thin virtual provisioning, Storage
tiering, Virtual LAN, VLAN trunking, VLAN tagging, Business continuity
and cloud management, Virtual machine fault tolerance, Virtual machine
replication methods, Cloud security, Virtual machine security, Access
control and identity management, Cloud tools: Eucalyptus, Open
Nebula/OpenStack, CloudSim.
References:
1. Dan Marinescu C., Cloud Computing Theory and Practice, Elsevier,
2013.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, Thamarai SelviS., Mastering
Cloud Computing, McGraw Hill, 2017.
3. Anthony VelteT., Toby VelteJ., Robert Elsenpeter, Cloud Computing: A
Practical Approach, McGraw Hill, 2017.
ICT 4046: DEEP LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Mathematical Preliminaries, Machine Learning Basics,
Deep Feedforward Networks, Regularization for Deep Learning,
Optimization for Training Deep Models, Convolutional Networks,
Recurrent and Recursive Networks, Practical Methodology
References:
1. Goodfellow I., Bengio Y., and Courville A.,Deep Learning, MIT Press
2017.
2. Haykin S., Neural Networks and Learning Machines, PHI, 2016.
3. Patterson J., and Gibson A., Deep Learning: A Practitioner's
Approach, O'Reilly, 2017.
ICT 4047: GAME THEORY WITH COMPUTER
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Game Theory and Mechanism Design, Mathematical
Preliminaries, Non-Cooperative Game Theory, Cooperative Game
Theory, Mechanism Design
References:
1. Narahari Y., Game Theory and Mechanism Design, World Scientific,
Chennai, 2015.
2. Fudenberg D, and Tirole J., Game Theory, ANE Books, New Delhi,
2015.
3. Bauso D., Game Theoy with Engineering Applications, SIAM,
Philadelphia, 2016.
4. Roughgarden T., Twenty Lectures on Algorithmic Game Theory,
Cambridge University Press, 2016.
 ICT 4048: HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to CPU & GPU micro-architecture, Flynn's taxonomy,
Amdahl's law, Challenges in parallel programming, Parallel programming
languages, Introduction to CUDA C programming, Data parallelism,
Mapping threads to multidimensional data, Synchronization, Querying
device properties, Data Parallel Algorithm Primitives, Reduction, Parallel
histogram computation, Convolution, Parallel prefix sum, Introduction to
CUDA Library, Basic thrust features, Interoperability, Thrust algorithm,
Optimization Techniques, Memory optimizations, Common compiler
optimizations, Profiling, Application Case Study.
References:
1. Kirk D. B. and Hwu W., Programming Massively Parallel Processors:
A Hands-on Approach(3e), Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc., 2016.
2. Barlas G., Multicore and GPU Programming: An Integrated Approach.
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc., 2015.
3. Gaster B., Howes L., Kaeli D. R., Mistry P., and Schaa D.,
Heterogeneous Computing with OpenCL(2e), Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers Inc., 2012.
ICT 4049: HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION [3 0 0 3]
Contexts for HCI, Processes for user-centered development, Different
measures for evaluation, Usability heuristics and the principles of
usability testing, Physical capabilities that inform interaction design,
Cognitive models that inform interaction design, Social models that
inform interaction design, Principles of good design and good designers,
Accessibility, Interfaces for differently-aged population groups.
References:
1. Dix A., Finlay J.E., Abowd G.D. and Beale R., Human-Computer
Interaction (3e), Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Shneiderman B., Plaisant C., Cohen M. and Jacobs S., Designing the
User Interface: Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction
(5e), Addison-Wesely, 2009.
3. Rubin J. and Chisnell D.,Handbook of Usability Testing: How to Plan,
Design, and Conduct Effective Tests (2e), New York: Wiley, 2008.
4. Rogers Y., Sharp H. and Preece J., Interaction Design: Beyond Human
- Computer Interaction (3e), Wiley, 2011.
ICT 4050: INTERNET OF THINGS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to M2M communication and IoT, An emerging industrial
structure for IoT, IoT system architecture, IoT reference model, IoT
deployment and operational view, IoT physical devices and endpoints,
Communication and networking protocols-MQTT and AMQP protocols,
IoT enabling technologies-RFID, WSN,SCADA etc., Analytics for the IoT,
Applying the geospatial analytics to IoT data, Real world design
constraint, Technical design constraint, Future internet design for various
IoT use cases such as smart cities, smart environments, smart homes,
smart health etc.
References:
1. Holler J., Tsiatsis V., Mulligan C., Karnouskos ., Boyle D., From
Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New
Age of Intelligence (1e), Elsevier 2014.
2. Bahga A., Madisetti V., Internet of Things-A Hands on Approach
(1e),Orient Blackswan Private Limited, 2015.
3. Roderick O., Marko N., Sanchez D. and Aryasomajula A., Internet of
Things and Data Analytics Handbook (1e), Wiley-Blackwell, 2017.
4. Patil Y., Azure IoT Development Cookbook (1e), Packt publishing
Ltd,2017.
181
5. Minteer A., Analytics for the Internet of Things (1e), Packt publishing
Ltd, 2017.
ICT 4051: NATURAL COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Basic Notations of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, DNA
Computing, Basic Computing Models: Finite Automata (FA), Push Down
Automata (PDA), Linear Bounded Automata (LBA) and Turing Machine
(TM), Quantum Turing Machine (QTM) and Quantum Languages,
Computation by circuits, Thermodynamics of Computation, Algorithmic
Botany, Cellular Automata, DNA Computation Models:Lipton Model,
Sticker model, DNA Splicing model, DNA Self Assembly, Hairpin Model,
Algorithms for Natural Security and Cryptography, Experiments in Self-
Assembly, DNA Origami (2D and 3D), Error-Correction in Self-
Assembly, Bacterial Computers and Data Storage, Peptide Computing,
Membrane Computing, Chemical Computing.
References:
1. Leandro Nunes de Castro, Fundamentals of Natural Computing:
Basic Concepts, Algorithms and Applications, CRC Press, USA,
2006.
2. Ignatova Z., Martnez-PrezI., and Karl-Heinz Zimmermann, DNA
Computing Models, Springer, 2008.
3. Amos M., Theoretical and Experimental DNA Computation, Springer,
2005.
4. Hopcroft J.E., Motwani R., and Ullman J.D., Introduction to Automata
Theory, Languages and Computation, Pearson Asia, 2001.
ICT 4052: NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic, Learning Processes,
Single-Layer Perceptron, Multi-Layer Perceptron, Radial Basis Function
Networks, Support Vector Machine, Fuzzy Sets and Crisp Sets, Fuzzy
Relations, Membership Functions, Fuzzy Logic and Inference,
Membership Development.
References:
1. Haykin S., Neural Networks and Learning Machine(3e), Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2016.
2. Hagan M.T., Demuth H B., and Beale M.H., Neural Network
Design(2e), Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Ross T.J., Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications(3e), Wiley,
USA, 2011.
ICT 4053: PATTERN RECOGNITION [3 0 0 3]
Machine perceptron, Pattern recognition, design cycle, Minimum error
rate classification, Discriminant features, Normal desnsity, Bayesian
belief network, Missing and noisy features, Maximum-likelihood
estimation, Gaussian case, Computational complexity, Fisher linear
discriminant, Nearest neighbor, Fuzzy classification, Linear discriminant
function, Minimizing Perceptron criterion function, Relaxation MSE, Ho-
Kashyap procedures, Hidden Markov models, Evaluation, Decoding,
Learning, Unsupervised bayesian learning, Criterion functions for
clustering, Iterative optimization, Hierarchical clustering.
References:
1. Duda R. O., Peter E.H. and David G. S., Pattern Classification(2e),
Wiley-Interscience, 2000.
2. Fukunaga K., Introduction to Statistical Pattern Recognition(2e),
Academic ress, 2013.
3. Bishop C. M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning(1e),
Springer, 2011.
4. Hastie T., Tibshirani R.and Friedman J.,The Elements of Statistical
Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction(2e), Springer, 2017.
ICT 4054: SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to social networks: matrices used to analyze the network,
types of network mode, Graph Concepts: connectivity, DFS and BFS in
network, Datasets, Strong and Weak Ties: Strength of weak ties, Network
structure in Large scale data, Graph Partitioning, Networks in their
surrounding contexts: Homophily, Spatial model of Segregation, Positive
and negative relations: Structural balance, characteristics, applications
Information cascades: Baye's rule, Simple cascade model, Network
effects: Economy with and without network effects, Power laws and
Rich Get Richer Phenomena: Effect of search tools and recommendation
system, analysis of Rich-Get-Richer Processes, Cascading behavior in
the network: Diffusion, cascades and clusters, Small world phenomena:
Six Degrees of Separation, Decentralized Search, Visualization using
Gephi: Graph layout algorithm
References:
1. Easley D. and Kleinberg J., Networks, Crowds, and Markets:
Reasoning About a Highly Connected World, Cambridge University
Press, 2010.
2. Prell C., Social Network Analysis, SAGE Publications, 2012.
3. Yang S., Keller F. B., Lu Zheng, Social Network Analysis, SAGE
Publications, 2017.
4. Khokhar D.,Gephi Cookbook, Packt Publishing, 2015.
ICT 4055: SOFTWARE RELIABILITY [3 0 0 3]
Need and concepts of software reliability; Software reliability models-
classification, limitations and issues; model disagreement and
inaccuracy, predictive accuracy, recalibration; The operational profile
–concepts and development procedures, test selection; Testing for
reliability measurement; Software testing; operational profiles –
difficulties, estimating reliability, time/structure based software
reliability; Fundamentals of measurement product metrics
–measurement of internet product attributes, size and structure ,
measurement of quality; Reliability growth model.
References:
1. Lyu M., Handbook of Software Reliability Engineering, IEEE
Computer Society Press, ISBN: 0-07-039400-8, 1996.
2. Connor P. D., Practical Reliability Engineering(5e), John Wesley &
sons, 2012.
3. Fenton N. E., Beiman J., Software metrics-A rigorous and practical
approach(3e), Chapman & Hall/CRC Innovations in Software
Engineering and Software Development Series, 2014.
4. Musa J. D., Software Reliability Engineering(2e), Tata McGraw Hill,
2005.
5. Yamada S., Software Reliability Modeling: Fundamentals and
Applications (SpringerBriefs in Statistics), 2014 Edition, Springer,
2014.
OPEN ELECTIVES
ICT 4301: COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Computer Graphics, Video Display Devices, Raster Scan
Systems, Graphics Output Primitives, Line Drawing Algorithms, Circles
and Ellipses Generating Algorithms, Geometrical Transformation, Two
Dimensional and Three Dimensional Transformations, Inverse
Transformations, Three Dimensional Translation, Rotation and Scaling, ,
182
Transformation, Two Dimensional and Three Dimensional Viewing ,
Animation, Raster Methods for Computer Animation, Design of
Animation sequences, Articulated Figure Animation, Periodic Motion,
Graphics Programming using OpenGL,
References:
1. Donald D. H., Warren C., M. Pauline B.,Computer Graphics with
OpenGL(4e), Pearson, Education, 2014.
2. Zhigang X., Computer Graphics: Theory and Practice with OpenGL
(3e), Pearson Education, 2016.
3. Edward A., Interactive Computer Graphics- A top down approach
using OpenGL (5e), Pearson Education, 2012.
4. Foley J. D., VanDam A., Feiner S. K., Hughes J. F., Computer
Graphics, Principles and Practice (3e), Addision-Wesley, 2014.
ICT 4302:DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF WEB
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Internet and Web. Basic components of web page and
fundamental concepts of languages required for Client side scripting and
Server side scripting: HTML markup for structure of the simple page,
text, creating links, adding images, table markup and forms. CSS for
presentation: Orientation, formatting text, different selectors, colors
background plus even more selectors, box model, padding, border,
positioning, layouts, transitions, transformation and animation. Java
script data types, control structure, DOM, arrays, objects, event
handling. PHP introduction, control statements, arrays, objects,
functions, connecting to mysql data base.
References:
1. Robbins J.N., Learning Web Design (4e), O'reilly Media, 2017.
2. Harris A., HTML 5 and CSS 3: All in One for Dummies (3e), Wiley
Brand, 2017.
3. Nixon R., Learning PHP, MySQL, JavaScript with Jquery CSS and
HTML5 (4e), O'reilly Media, 2017.
ICT 4303: FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to algorithms, Arrays: Elementary operations, Applications,
Performance Analysis, Sparse matrix representation, Transpose of
sparse matrix, Stacks operations, Arithmetic expression conversion and
evaluation using stack, Queue Operations, Singly linked Lists, Circular
lists, Doubly linked lists, Trees, Binary Tree traversals and different
operations, Binary search Tree, Heaps, Graph Abstract type:
Representations and elementary operations, Sorting and searching
techniques, Analysis of algorithm.
References:
1. Horowitz E., Sani S., Dinesh Mehta, Fundamentals of Data Structures
in C++ (2e), Golgotha Publications, 2008.
2. Weiss M. A.,Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++ (3e),
Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Horowitz E., Sahni S., Anderson-Freed S., Fundamentals of Data
structures in C (2e), Silicon Press, 2008.
 ICT 4304: MACHINE LEARNING TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Machine Learning, Mathematical Preliminaries,
Supervised Learning-LMS, logistic regression, GDA, Naive Bayes, SVM,
model selection, Learning theory-bias/variance tradeoff, union and
Chernoff bounds, VC dimensions, Unsupervised learning-clustering, k-
means, Gaussian mixture, factor analysis, PCA, ICA, Machine Learning
with Python.
References:
1. Murphy K.P., Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, MIT
Press, 2012.
2. Mohri M., Rostamizadeh A., and Talwalkar A., Foundations of
Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Koller D., and Friedman N, Probabilistic Graphical Models: Principles
and Techniques, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Bishop C.M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning (2e),
Springer, 2013.
183
ICT 4305: NETWORKING WITH TCP/IP [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Networking and brief History of Internet, OSI and TCP/IP
Reference Models, Network Layer, IP Addresses, Internet Protocol (IP)
Datagram, Fragmentation, Options, Address Translation, ICMP and
IGMP, Intra and Inter domain Routing, Distance Vector Routing, RIP, Link
State Routing, OSPF, Path Vector Routing, BGP, User Datagram and
Transmission Control Protocol, SCTP, Application Layer Protocols, The
Web and HTTP, DNS: Services Provided by the DNS.
References:
1. Beerhouse A. F., TCP/IP Protocol Suite (4e), Tata McGraw Hill 2017.
2. Andrew S. T., Computer Network (5e), Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd
2013.
3. James F. K., Computer Networking A top-Down Approach Featuring
the Internet (6e), Pearson Education Inc 2013.
4. Beerhouse A. F., Data Communications and Networking (5e), Tata
McGraw Hill, 2013.
 Department of Instrumentation & Control Engineering

The Department of Instrumentation and Control Engineering was Programs offered

established in the year 2001, with a B.Tech course in Instrumentation &
Under Graduate Program
Control Engineering. Since 2018, the department is offering B.Tech in 4B.Tech in Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (2018)
Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering in place of Instrumentation
and Control Engineering. The course deals with Electronics, Control Post Graduate Programs
system and Instrumentation subjects. The department has state-of-the- 4M.Tech in Control Systems (2005)
4M.Tech in Aerospace Engineering (2007)
art laboratories in the areas of Instrumentation, Process Control, Control
Systems, Microcontrollers, Soft Computing, Industrial Automation and PhD
Space Engineering Lab. All the department programs are AICTE
approved. Faculty Strength
The Department has expertise available in the field of Sensors, Robust Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
Control, Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic, Bio-medical Instrumentation,
Digital Signal Processing, Image Processing, Adaptive Control, MEMS, 4
Electronic Instrumentation, Embedded Systems, Hybrid Systems,
12 5
18 21
Automation etc. The Department is involved in numerous active research
works in the above emerging fields. The department also organizes
various research workshops and conferences. Control Instrumentation
System Conference (CISCON) is an annual event organized under the
PhD Professors
auspices of Instrumentation and Control Engineering Department.
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
Assistant Professors

184
 B TECH in ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2152 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2258 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
ICE 2151 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 4 ICE 2251 Digital System Design 2 1 0 3
ICE 2152 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 1 0 3 ICE 2252 Industrial Instrumentation 3 0 0 3
ICE 2153 Electronic Measurements 3 0 0 3 ICE 2253 Linear control Theory 3 1 0 4
II ICE 2154 Network Analysis and Signals 3 1 0 4 ICE 2254 Linear Integrated Circuits 3 1 0 4
ICE 2155 Sensors and Transducers 3 0 0 3 **** Open elective-I 3 0 0 3
ICE 2161 Digital Circuits Lab 0 0 3 1 ICE 2261 Analog Circuits Lab 0 1 3 2
ICE 2162 Measurement and Transducers lab 0 0 3 1 ICE 2262 Circuit Simulation and HDL Lab 0 0 3 1
ICE 2163 Virtual Instrumentation Lab 0 1 3 2 ICE 2263 Instrumentation lab 0 0 3 1
16 5 9 24 16 5 9 24
Total contact hour (L+T+P) 30 Total contact hour (L+T+P) + OE 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3051 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
ICE 3151 Control System Components 3 0 0 3 ICE 3251 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4

185
ICE 3152 Micro-controllers 4 0 0 4 ICE 3252 Industrial Automation 4 0 0 4
ICE 3153 Modern Control Theory 3 1 0 4 ICE **** Program elective-l 3 0 0 3
III ICE 3154 Process Instrumentation and Control 3 0 0 3 ICE **** Program elective-ll 3 0 0 3
**** Open elective-II 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open elective-III 3 0 0 3
ICE 3161 Micro-controller Lab 0 1 3 2 ICE 3261 Automation Lab 0 0 3 1
ICE 3162 Process Control Lab 0 0 3 1 ICE 3262 Control System Lab 0 0 3 1
ICE 3263 DSP Lab 0 1 3 2
18 3 6 23 18 3 9 24
Total contact hour (L+T+P) + OE 27 Total contact hour (L+T+P) + OE 30
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
19
ICE **** Program elective - lll 3 0 0 3 ICE 4298 Industrial Training 1
ICE **** Program elective- lV 3 0 0 3 ICE 4299 Project and practice school 12
ICE **** Program elective- V 3 0 0 3 ICE 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
ICE **** Program elective- Vl 3 0 0 3
ICE **** Program elective- Vll 3 0 0 3
*** Open elective-IV 3 0 0 3
18 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) +OE 18
Minor Specialization
I. Computational Intelligence
ELE 4061: Artificial Intelligence
ECE 4051: Computer Vision
ECE 4052: Machine Learning
ELE 4062: Soft Computing Techniques
II. Control Systems
ICE 4051: Digital Control Systems
ICE 4052: Non-Linear Control Systems
ICE 4053: Robust Control
ICE 4054: System Identification
III. Embedded Systems
ECE 4053: Embedded System Design
ELE 4063: FPGA based system Design
ECE 4054: Internet of Things
ELE 4064: Real Time Systems
IV. Illumination Technology
ELE 4065: Integrated Lighting Design
ELE 4066: Lighting Controls: Technology & Applications
ELE 4067: Lighting Science: Devices and Systems
ELE 4068: Solid State Lighting
V. Sensor Technology
ICE 4055: Advanced Sensor Technology
ICE 4056: Micro Electro Mechanical Systems
ICE 4057: Multi Sensor Data Fusion
ICE 4058: Smart Sensor
VI. Signal Processing
ECE 4055: Advanced Digital Signal Processing
ELE 4073: Digital Image Processing
ECE 4056: Digital Speech Processing
ELE 4074: Linear Algebra for Signal Processing
VII. VLSI Design
ECE 4061: Analog& Mixed Signal Design
ECE 4062: Digital Design Verification
ECE 4063: Low power VLSI Design
ECE 4064: Semiconductor Device Theory
186
VIlI. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound
lX. Business Management
HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management
X. Computational Mathematics
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices
Program Electives
ICE 4059: Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic
ICE 4060: Real Time Operating System
ICE 4061: DSP algorithms and Architecture
ICE 4062: Analytical and optical Instrumentation
ICE 4063: Automotive Electronics
ICE 4064: Biomedical Instrumentation and Equipment
ICE 4065: Data Structures using C++
ICE 4066: Cyber physical systems
ICE 4067: Power Electronics
ICE 4068: Robotics
ICE 4069: Reliability and safety Engineering
ICE 4070: Wireless Sensor Technology
Open Electives
ICE 4301: Feedback Control Theory
ICE 4302: Industrial Automation
ICE 4303: Industrial Instrumentation
ICE 4304: Sensor Technology
ICE 4305: Smart Sensor
ICE 4306: Virtual Instrumentation
 THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2152: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III [21 0 3]
Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R equations,
differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's integral
formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues,
Cauchy's residue theorem. Periodic function, Fourier Series expansion.
even and odd functions, functions with arbitrary periods, Half range
expansions Fourier transform, Parseval's identity, PDE-Solution by
method of separation of variables and by indicated transformations. One
dimensional wave equation, One dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Vector differtial operator, gradient divergence and curl. Line,
surface and volume integrals. Green's theorem, Divergence and Stoke's
theorem
References:
1. Grewal B.S.,Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
2. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Wiley Eastern.
3. Murray R. Spiegel: Vector Analysis. 1959, Schaum Publishing Co.
4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Vol 3, by Narayanan, Ramaniah
and Manicavachagom Pillay
ICE 2151: ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS [3 1 0 4]
Structure and operation of MOSFET, I-V Characteristics, Channel-Length
Modulation, Transconductance, Large-Signal and Small-Signal Model,
Biasing, Amplifier topologies, Common-Source Amplifier, Common-
Gate Amplifier, Source Follower, Cascode, Two stage CS Amplifiers,
MOS Differential amplifier, Miller's Theorem, Frequency Response of CS,
CG, CD, Cascode and differential amplifier Stage, Negative Feedback
Amplifiers, Feedback Topologies, Power amplifiers, Push-Pull Stage, LC
Oscillators, Hartley's and Colpitt's Oscillator, RC Phase Shift Oscillator,
Ring Oscillator.
References:
1. Behzad Razavi, Fundamental of Microelectronics, Wiley, (2e), 2013.
2. A. S. Sedra, K. C. Smith, Microelectronic circuits, Oxford University
Press, (6e), 2011.
3. R. L. Boylestad, L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory,
PHI, (11e), 2014.
ICE 2152: DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS [2 1 0 3]
Performance metrics of logic families,Binary codes, Boolean Algebra,
Karnaugh map, Quine-McCluskey method, Arithmetic circuits, Code
convertors, Multiplexers, De-multiplexers, Encoders, Decoders,
Comparators, Parity generators and checker. Latches, flip-flops,
Synchronous and Asynchronous circuits - Counters, Shift registers,
Cycles, Races and Hazards, Finite State Machines, ASM Chart, Timing
issues.
References:
1. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, TMH,(1e), 2002.
2. M. Morris Mano, Digital Design,PHI, (5e), 2002.
3. C. H. Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson, (6e), 2000.
4. A. Anand Kumar, Switching Theory and Logic Design, PHI, (2e),
2014.
ICE 2153: ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Sources and detectors, Anderson Bridge, De-Sauty Bridge, Schering
Bridge, Shielding, Wien's bridge, Electro dynamometer type wattmeter,
187
energy-meters, Digital Storage Oscilloscopes. Measurement using
CRO's, Sampling oscilloscope, display devices – LED, LCD, Dot matrix,
Digital Voltmeters, Digital Multimeter, Digital Frequency meter, Q-meter,
LCR meter, Analog and digital recorders, Wave Analyzers, Spectrum
Analyzers, Power Analyzers.
References:
1. David A Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, Oxford
Press,(2e), 2004.
2. H S Kalsi, Electronic Instrumentation, MGH education, (2e), 2004.
3. Helfrick A.D, Cooper W.D, Modern Electronic Instrumentation &
Measurement Techniques, PHI,(5e), 2002.
ICE 2154: NETWORK ANALYSIS AND SIGNALS [3 1 0 4]
Analysis of circuits with dependent sources, Network theorems, Initial
conditions and transient analysis of RL, RC and RLC circuits, Continuous
time signals and systems, LTI systems - convolution integral, Response
of Continuous time LTI systems to complex exponentials, Fourier series,
Fourier transform, Properties of Fourier series and Fourier transform,
Analysis of networks by Laplace transform method, Transform
functions, Transform circuits, Network functions, Two port network
parameters.
References:
1. Van Valkenberg, Network Analysis, (3e), PHI, 2010.
2. Allan Oppenheim, Allan Willsky with Ian T Young,Signals and
Systems, PHI, 1999.
3. Hayt W. H., J. E. Kemmerly & S. M. Durbin, Engineering Circuit
Analysis,(7e), TMH, 2010.
4. Schaum's outline series, Electric Circuits, MGH, (5e), 1992.
ICE 2155 SENSORS &TRANSDUCERS [3 0 0 3]
Functional elements of an Instrument, Types of transducers, Null and
Deflection methods, Input/output configurations, characteristics, types
of errors, Resistive, Capacitive, Inductive transducers, Hall Effect
sensors, magneto elastic transducers, solid state sensors, eddy current
transducers, Piezo Electric transducers, pH Measurement,
Semiconductor sensors, photo electric transducers, CCD, shaft encoder
and decoders, optical encoders, gas sensors, density, viscosity,
moisture and humidity measurements.
References:
1. E.O. Doeblin, Measurement Systems: Application and Design,
McGraw Hill, (5e), 2004.
2. DVS Murthy, Transducers & Instrumentation, PHI, (2e), 1999.
3. B.G. Liptak, Process Measurement & Analysis, Chilton Book
Company, (4e), 2003.
ICE 2161: DIGITAL CIRCUITS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Boolean functions using logic gates, Code Conversion Circuits, Adders,
Subtractors, Magnitude comparator, Parity checker / generator,
Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Encoders, Decoders, Flip flops, Counters,
Shift Registers, Sequential circuits.
References:
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Design,PHI,(5e), 2002.
2. Ronald J. Tocci, Digital Systems, Pearson Education, (11e),2003.
 ICE2162: MEASUREMENTS AND TRANSDUCERS
LABORATORY [0 0 3 1]
AC bridges, network theorems, measurement of energy, measurement
of self and mutual inductance, series and parallel resonance,
characteristics of sensors and transducers, measurements of temperature,
pressure, flow, torque, force, displacement and intensity of light.
References:
1. A.K Sawhney, A course in Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation
Measurements, (7e), Dhanpat Rai & Co, 2002.
2. E.O. Doeblin, Measurement Systems: Application and Design,
McGraw Hill, (5e), 2004.
ICE 2163: VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION LAB [0 1 3 2]
Introduction to Lab VIEW, Arithmetic and logical operations, Arrays,
Clusters, and Loops.Structures, Graphs, timing pallets, Strings and file
I/O, Measurement and automation explorer, Simulation of DAQ, DIAdem,
ULTIboard.
References:
1. Gary Johnson, LabVIEW Graphical Programming, McGraw Hill, (2e),
1997.
2. Jovitha Jerome, Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW, PHI
learning, 2010.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2258: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV [2 1 0 3]
Statistics: Mean, Median, Mode measures of dispersion. Finite sample
spaces, Conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem, One
dimensional random variable, Mean, Variance, Chebyshev's inequality,
Two and higher dimensional random variables, Covariance, Correlation
coefficient, curve fitting. Binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma,
Chi-square and exponential distributions, Moment generating function,
Functions of one and two dimensional random variables, Sampling
theory, Central limit theorem. Difference equations with constant
coefficients, solutions. Z-transforms and Inverse Z-transforms,
Solutions of difference equations using Z-transforms. Solution of
boundary value problems, Numerical solutions of Laplace and Poisson
equations, Heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. P.L.Meyer., Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications ,
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1979
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
3. A.V.Openheim & R.W.Schafer , Digital Signal Processing 1975,
Prentice Hall
4. Hogg & Craig, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, (4e),
MacMillan, 1975
5. Narayanan, Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay, Advanced
Engineering Mathematics,Vol.3
ICE 2251: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Digital System implementation using PLDs, PLAs and PALs,
Programmable ASICs (PLDs & FPGAs), levels and domains of
abstraction, Design flow, Introduction to CAD Tools, Introduction to
Verilog, Verilog for Combinational Circuits – Conditional operator, Verilog
Operators, Verilog for Sequential Circuits – Verilog Constructs of Storage
Elements, Blocking and Non-Blocking Assignments, Module, Language
188
Elements, Data Types, Register Types, Expressions, types of modeling,
Verification, Architecture of CPLDs and FPGAs, Antifuse, SRAM,
EEPROM based technologies, logic cells, I/O cells, programmable
interconnect, Design flow, placement and routing, Testing combinational
and sequential circuits, Functional and Timing simulation, boundary
scan, faults, fault simulation, BIST, DFT, Verification.
References:
1. Samir Palnitkar, Verilog HDL: A guide to digital design and synthesis,
Prentice Hall Professional, (2e), 2003.
2. J. Bhasker, A Verilog HDL Primer, BSP,(1e), 2001.
3. Stephen Brown, Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design,
TMH,(3e),2013.
ICE 2252: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Temperature measurement using RTD, Thermistors and thermocouple.
Solid-state temperature sensors, radiation methods, Pressure
Measurement - Manometers, Elastic types, Bell gauges, Electrical types,
Differential Pressure transmitters, Dead weight Pressure gauges. Low
Pressure Measurement, Flow Measurement, head type flow meters,
variable area flowmeters, anemometers, velocity based flowmeters,
Measurement of mass flowrate - Radiation, angular momentum,
impeller, turbine, constant torque hysteresis clutch, twin turbine,
Coriolis, gyroscopic. Target flowmeters, V-cone flowmeters, Multiphase
flow measurement, Measurement of Speed, velocity and Acceleration,
Level Measurement.
References:
1. Patranabis D, Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, TMH, (3e),
2005.
2. Liptak B. G, Handbook of Process Measurement and Analysis,
Chilton Book Company, (3e), 1995.
3. Gioia Falcone, Geoffrey Hewitt, C Alimonti, Multiphase Flow
Metering- Principles and Applications, Elsevier Publication, 2009.
ICE 2253: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Mathematical modeling, transfer functions, Block diagram
representation and reduction, signal flow graph, Masons gain formula,
time domain specifications. Stability,Steady state errors, generalized
error coefficients, Routh-Hurwitz criterion, Root-Locus plots,
compensator design using root-locus,frequency domain specifications.
Correlation between frequency domain and time domain specifications,
Bode diagrams, Polar plots, Nyquist stability criterion, compensator
design by frequency response approach.
References:
1. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, Wiley India, (5e), 2009.
2. K. Ogata, Modern control engineering, PHI,(5e), 2011.
3. R.C Dorf and R.H Bishop, Modern Control Systems, Pearson, (11e),
2013.
ICE 2254: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS [3 1 0 4]
Op Amp fundamentals, Current to Voltage, Voltage to current Converters,
Current amplifiers, Difference Amplifiers, Instrumentation Amplifiers,
Active Filters, Static and Dynamic Op Amp Limitations, Voltage
comparators, Comparator applications, Schmitt trigger, Precision
rectifiers, Peak detector, Sample and hold circuit. Sine wave generators,
Multivibrators, Monolithic Timers, Triangular wave generators, Voltage to
frequency and Frequency to voltage converters, Voltage regulators,
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters, Phase locked loops,
VCO.
References:
1. Franco Sergio, Design with Op amps & Analog Integrated Circuits,
McGraw Hill,(3e), 2017.
2. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits,
PHI, (4e), 2015.
3. Robert F. Coughlin and Frederick S. Driscoll,Operational Amplifiers
and Linear Integrated Circuits. Pearson education Pvt ltd., 2002.
4. Sedra and Smith,Micro Electronic Circuits, Oxford university press,
(6e), 2000.
ICE 2261: ANALOG CIRCUITS LABORATORY [0 1 3 2]
Rectifier circuits, Voltage regulators, Frequency Response of RC coupled
Amplifier, OPAMP applications - Inverting amplifier, Non-inverting
amplifier, Summing Amplifier, Difference amplifier, Integrator,
Differentiator, Comparator, Schmitt trigger, Astable and Monostable
multivibrator, Wein Bridge Oscillator using OPAMP, Active filter, 555
Timer circuits.
References:
1. Albert Malvino, Electronic Principles, McGraw Hill, (7e), 1999.
2. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits,
PHI,(4e), 2015.
3. Sedra and Smith- Micro Electronic Circuits, Oxford university press,
(6e), 2000.
ICE 2262: CIRCUIT SIMULATION AND HDL LAB [0 0 3 1]
Analysis of electrical circuits, Transient analysis of RL and RC and RLC
circuits, Series and parallel resonance, Analysis of diode and transistor
circuits. Design of combinational andsequential systems using Verilog,
Design of finite state machines using Verilog.
References:
1 Van Valkenberg, Network Analysis, (3e), PHI, 2010.
2 Samir Palnitkar, Verilog HDL: A guide to digital design and synthesis,
Prentice Hall Professional,(2e), 2003.
ICE 2263: INSTRUMENTATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Design of measurement circuits for liquid level, viscosity, force,
displacement, flow, humidity, temperature, pressure and calibration.
Object detection using image, posture estimation.
References:
1. C S Rangan,G R Sharma and V S V Mani, Instrumentation Devices &
Systems, TMH,(2e), 2004.
2. E.O.Doeblin, Measurement Systems – Application and Design,
McGraw Hill, (4e), 1992.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
189
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D. Essentials of Management, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 2004
2. Peter Drucker. Management, Task and Responsibility, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker. The practice of management, Butterworth Hein Mann,
2003
ICE 3151: CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS [3 0 0 3]
A.C & D.C Servomotor, Tachogenerator, Synchros, Stepper motor, I/P
converter, Pressure booster, Issues in control valves, Valve positioner,
Valve selection, Cavitation and flashing, Valve sizing, Types of Control
valves, Actuators, Pneumatic relays, Gear and Gear Trains, Cams and
followers, Fluid and Pneumatic control, Pneumatic control devices,
Hydraulic control system, Gear pump, Vane pump, Ball pump, Spool type
pilot valve, Centrifugal pump and displacement pump, Linear induction
motors, Reluctance motors, Gyroscopes.
References:
1. M.D.Desai, Control system components, PHI, 2010.
2. J.E Gibson & F.B Teuter, Control System Components, MGH, 2013.
ICE 3152: MICROCONTROLLERS [4 0 0 4]
Processor architecture, Architecture of 8051, 8051 Addressing Modes,
8051 Instruction Set, Programming 8051 using Assembly Language and
C, 8051 Timer, Serial Port and Interrupt Programming using Assembly
Language and C. Introduction to ARM, ARM Architecture, Introduction to
LPC2148, Architecture of LPC2148 and Programming, Interfacing of I/O
ports, ADC, DAC, LCD, Keyboard, Stepper motor, DC motor using 8051
and LPC2148.
References:
1) Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin McKinlay,The
8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and
C, Pearson Education,(2e), 2007.
2) Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, Cengage Learning,(3e),
2004.
3) Steve Furber, ARM System-on-Chip Architecture, Addison
Wesley,(2e), 2000.
4) LPC21XX User Manual, 2007.
ICE3153: MODERN CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
State Space Analysis,Phase variable and canonical form representation,
Derivation of state models, Stability analysis, Eigen values, Eigen
vectors, Solution of state equations, Cayley Hamilton theorem,
Controllability and observability, Pole placement, Observer design,Non
Linear Systems, Phase plane analysis, Construction of the phase
trajectory, Describing function, Lyapunov's stability analysis, Sylvester's
criterion, Lyapunov theorems of stability, Lyapunov function for
continuous time state equations.
References:
1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall India, (5e), 2011.
2. Nagrath and Gopal, Control System Engineering, New age
international Limited, (2e), 1984.
3. M Gopal, Control Systems Engineering: Principles and Design,
McGrawHill, (4e), 2012.
ICE 3154: PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Mathematical modelling of level, pressure and thermal processes, Self-
regulation,Servo and regulatory operation, On-off, proportional, single-
speed, floating, integral and derivative control modes, PI, PD and PID
control modes, Pneumatic and Electronic controller realization, Anti-
Reset windup, Controller evaluation criteria's, Controller tuning- Process
reaction curve method, Ziegler Nichols method , Damped oscillation
method, Two-point method, Multiloop Control-Feed forward, Ratio,
Cascade, Inferential, Split range control, Internal Model Controller, Dead
time Compensator.
References:
1. Stephanopoulis, G, Chemical Process Control, PHI,2008.
2. Donald R Coughanower, Process Systems Analysis and Control,
MGH, (3e), 2017.
3. Curtis D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology,
PHI, (8e), 2009.
ICE 3161: MICROCONTROLLERS LAB [0 1 3 2]
8051 Programming - Timer, Serial Port and Interrupt Programming, ARM
programming, Peripherals Interfacing to 8051 and LPC2148.
References:
1) Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin McKinlay, The
8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and
C, Pearson Education, (2e), 2007.
2) Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller, Cengage Learning (3e),
2004.
3) Steve Furber, ARM System-on-Chip Architecture, Addison Wesley,
(2e), 2000.
4) LPC21XX User Manual,2007.
ICE 3162: PROCESS CONTROL LAB [0 0 3 1]
Open loop, On/Off, P, PI, PD and PID control actions for Temperature, Level,
Flow and Pressure Control, Cascade, Feed Forward and Ratio Control,
Control valve characteristics, Control of Non-linear system, PID tuning,
DAQ system, Interactingtank control, Model extraction,MIMO control.
References:
1. Curtis D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology,
PHI, (8e), 2009.
2. Donald R Coughanower, Process Systems Analysis and Control,
MGH,(3e), 2017.
3. Wayne Bequette, Process control, Modelling, simulation & Control,
PHI,(1e),2004.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
190
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi-product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types – Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
ICE 3251:DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
LTI discrete time systems, Linear convolution, Cross correlation and
autocorrelation, Analysis of discrete time systems, DFT,Inverse DFT, FFT
Algorithms, Radix 2 DITFFT and DIFFFT, IIR Filters - Butterworth,
Chebyshev and elliptic filters,Impulse invariance, Bilinear
transformation, FIR Filters, Structures for FIR systems, Structures for IIR
systems, Applications.
References:
1. Proakis John G, Manolakis Dimitris G.,Digital Signal Processing,
PHI,(4e), 2003.
2. Rabiner L.R and Gold Bernard, Theory and Applications of Digital
Signal Processing, PHI, 2002.
3. Sanjit Mitra K, Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based
Approach, TMH, (3e), 2008.
ICE 3252:INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION [4 0 0 4]
Data loggers, Data Acquisition Systems, Direct Digital Control, SCADA,
Programmable Logic Controller, Ladder logic Programming, PID
functions, analog PLC operation, Alternate Programming Languages,
PLC Maintenance, Interface and Backplane Bus Standards, Field bus,
HART protocol, Smart transmitters, Valves and Smart actuators,
MODBUS, Profibus, IEC 1158-2 Transmission Technology, Distributed
Control Systems, Local Control Unit, Communications for DCS, Displays
- Engineering interfaces.
References:
1. John. W. Webb Ronald A Reis, Programmable Logic Controllers -
Principles and Applications, PHI,(4e). 1998.
2. Lukcas M.P, Distributed Control Systems, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Co., 1986.
3. Frank D. Petruzella, Programmable Logic Controllers, MGH, (2e), 1997.
ICE 3261: AUTOMATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Ladder and Function block diagram programming, Distributed control
system programming, Interface of process loops with DCS / PLC, HMI.
References:
1. John. W. Webb Ronald A Reis, Programmable Logic Controllers -
Principles and Applications, PHI, (4e), 1998.
2. Lukcas M.P, Distributed Control Systems, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Co., New York, 1986.
ICE 3262: CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Block diagram reduction, Time domain analysis, Steady state errors,
State space analysis, Stability analysis, Lag, Lead, Lag-Lead
compensator design using Bode plot and root locus, Study of P, PI, PID
controller, Modeling practice with SIMULINK.
References:
1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, PHI, (5e), 2011.
2. R.C. Dorf and R. H. Bishop,Modern Control systems, Wesley
Longman, 1998.
3. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems, Wiley,(7e), 2000.
ICE 3263: DSP LAB [0 1 3 2]
Generation of basic signals and discrete sequences, Analysis of discrete
time systems, DTFT, DFT computation, Analog filter design, IIR and FIR
filter design.
References:
1. Proakis John G, Manolakis Dimitris G, Digital Signal Processing,
PHI,(4e), 2003.
2. Rabiner L.R and Gold Bernard, Theory and applications of Digital
Signal Processing, PHI, 2002.
3. Sanjit Mitra K, Digital Signal Processing: A computer based
approach, TMH,(4e), 2008.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ICE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
ICE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
191
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
ELE 4061: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [2 1 0 3]
Foundation and History of AI, State of the art, Fields of application,
Performance measures, Rationality, Specification and properties of task
environment, Structure of Agents, Problem solving by searching,
Searching for solutions, uninformed search strategies, Informed search
strategies, Heuristic functions, Local search algorithms, Online search
agents, Knowledge based agents, The Wumpus World, Propositional
logic – reasoning patterns, effective inference, First order logic - Syntax
and semantics, Knowledge engineering, Inference rule, forward and
backward chaining, Ontological engineering, categories and objects,
Processes and intervals, reasoning systems, Truth maintenance
systems, Uncertainty, Basic probability notation, Axioms, Baye's rule,
Bayesian networks, Inference in Bayesian networks.
References:
1 Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach (3e), Pearson, 2012
2 Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight and Shivashankar B. Nair, Artificial
Intelligence (3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2012
3 David Poole and Alan Mackworth, Artificial Intelligence: Foundations
of Computational Agents (2e), Cambridge University Press, 2017
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105077/
4 IIT, Kharagpur
ECE 4051: COMPUTER VISION [2 1 0 3]
Image formation model using pinhole camera, Linear filters and
convolution, Image derivatives, Features: corners, SIFT, HOG, textures.
Segmentation using clustering (K-means, Mean-Shift, Watershed) and
fitting model, Segmentation and fitting using probabilistic methods (EM
algorithm), Geometry of two view and Camera calibration including radial
distortion, Bayes Classifier: using class histograms, using class
conditional density, Support Vector machine
References:
1. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern
Approach, Pearson Education, 2003
2. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications,
Springer, 2010
3. Richard Hartleyand and Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry
in Computer Vision, (2e), Cambridge University Press, 2004
4. Linda Shapiro and George Stockman, Computer Vision, Pearson
Education, 2001
ECE 4052: MACHINE LEARNING [2 1 0 3]
Machine learning basics, Naïve Bayesian Model. Non-Parametric
Techniques: Density Estimation, Parzen Windows, k- Nearest-Neighbor
Estimation, K- nearest neighbor classification, Radial Basis Function
Network, Learning Vector Quantization, Clustering, K-Means clustering,
Competitive learning, Self-Organizing Maps, Recurrent Neural Network,
Hopfield Neural Network, Adaptive Resonance Theory, Support vector
machines, Statistical Hypothesis testing- t-test, ANOVA, feature
selection methods – Filter based techniques and wrapper methods,
Principal Component Analysis, Applications of PCA, PCA ,Independent
component analysis, Voting, Error correcting output codes, Bagging,
Boosting
References:
1. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, (2e), MIT Press.
2010.
2. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork, Pattern Classification,
(2e), Wiley, 2001
3. Peter Harrington, Machine Learning in Action, Manning Publications,
2012.
4. Christopher M.Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning,
Springer, 2007.
5. Richard Jensen, Qiang, Shen Computational Intelligence and
Feature Selection: Rough and Fuzzy Approaches, Vol. 8, IEEE Press
Series on Computational Intelligence, John Wiley & Sons, 2008
6. Marshall, E. (2016). The Statistics Tutor's Quick Guide to Commonly
Used Statistical 210 Tests. http://www.statstutor.ac.uk/resources/
uploaded/tutorsquickguidetostatistics.pdf
ELE 4062: SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Soft computing, soft computing techniques, Artificial
Neural Networks, Multilayer Perceptron, Gradient descent, Logistic
discrimination, Single layer Perceptron, Training a perceptron, Multilayer
perceptron, Back-Propagation Algorithm, Fuzzy Systems, Fuzzy Logic,
Membership Functions, Fuzzy Controllers, Evolutionary Algorithms,
Genetic Algorithms, Other Optimization Techniques, Metaheuristic
Search, Traveling Salesman Problem, Introduction to hybrid systems,
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems, Evolutionary Neural
Networks, Evolving Fuzzy Logic, Fuzzy Artificial Neural Networks
References:
1 Jacek M Zurada, “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems”, Jaico
publication. 2016
2 Timothy J Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, Intl.
edition, McGraw Hill publication, 2012.
3. Anupam Shukla, Ritu Tiwari, Rahul Kala, Real Life Applications of
Soft Computing, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, London 2010
4. Shivanandam & Deepa , “Principles of Soft Computing” , Wiley India
edition, 2009
5. Rajasekaran and G.A.Vijayalakshmi Pai "Neural Networks, Fuzzy
Logic and Genetic Algorithms" PHI Learning, 2003
ICE 4051: DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Sampling, Data acquisition, Quantization, sample and hold, zero order
hold, frequency domain consideration in sampling and reconstruction,
Difference equations, pulse transfer function, Block diagram analysis of
sample data systems, time response of discrete time control systems,
Steady State error analysis, Stability, Jury's stability test, bilinear
transformation, Root locus technique, W transformation, Bode Plot.
Nyquist Stability analysis, Design of Lag, Lead, Lag-lead compensator
using root locus and Bode plot, Design of PID controller, Lyapunov
Stability Analysis, State Space Analysis, Diagonalization, Solution of
state equations, Controllability, Observability, Representation of the
system in different canonical forms, Pole Placement- Ackermann's
Formula, Dead beat Algorithm.
192
References:
1. K. Ogata, Discrete time control systems, PHI, (7e), 2011.
2. M. Gopal, Digital control and state variable methods,TMH,2001.
3. C.H Houpis and G.B Lamont, Digital Control Systems - Theory and
Hardware, MGH, 1992.
4. G.F.Franklin, J. David Powell, M. L.Workman, Digital Control of
Dynamic Systems, A-Wesley Publishing Company, (2e), 1990.
5. V. I. George and C.P. Kurian, Digital Control Systems, Cengage
publishers, 2012.
ICE 4052: NONLINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Lyapunov stability using Krasovskii's method, Variable Gradient
method,L2 stability of state models, L2 gain, small gain theorem,
Passivity, Memory less functions, L2 gain and Lyapunov stability,
passivity theorems, passivity based control, Review of describing
function method, Absolute Stability Circle criterions, Popov Criterion,
stabilization via linearization and Integral control, Gain scheduling,
Graphical Linearization Methods, Analytical Linearization Method,
Evaluation of Linearization Coefficients by Least-Squares Method, Local
linearization, Feedback linearization, Input-state linearization, Input-
output linearization, Internal dynamics, Zero dynamics, Model Reference
Adaptive Control (MRAC).Sliding mode Control, sliding surfaces,
continuous approximations of switching control laws, modeling
performance trade off, Tracking regulation via Integral control, Lyapunov
redesign, non-linear damping, back stepping, high gain observers.
References:
1. H.K. Khalil, Nonlinear Systems,(3e), PHI, 2002
2. R. Marino and P. Tomei Nonlinear Control Design - Geometric,
Adaptive and Robust, Prentice Hall, 1995.
3. J.J.E.Slotine and W.Li,Applied Nonlinear control, Prentice Hall, 1998.
4. Alberto Isidori, Non-linear Control Systems, Springer Verlag, 1999.
ICE 4053: ROBUST CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Issues in Control System Design, Norms for signals and systems, Input-
Output Relationships, Computing the Norm by State-Space Methods,
Condition for Internal stability, sensitivity and complementary sensitivity
function, Asymptotic tracking, Performance, Sources of Model
Uncertainties, Plant Uncertainty Model, Small Gain Theorem, Robust
Stability, Robust Performance, Existence of Stabilizing Controllers,
Parameterization of All Stabilizing Controllers, Coprime Factorization.
Loop shaping with C, Shaping S, T, or Q,P-1 Stable, P-1 Unstable, The
Modified Problem, Spectral Factorization, Case Studies-Robust Control
for MassDamper Spring Systems, Spacecraft and Inverted Pendulum.
References:
1. Doyle, J.C., B.A. Francis and A. Tannenbaum, Feedback Control
Theory, Macmillan publishing co.,1990.
2. Kemin Zhou, Doyle J.C and Glover K., Robust and Optimal Control,
Prentice Hall Inc, 1995.
3. Willian A. Wolovich, Automatic Control Systems, Saunders college
publishing, 1994.
4. Kemin Zhou and Doyle J.C, Essential of Robust Control”, Prentice Hall
Inc, 1998.
ICE 4054: SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to system modeling, Types of system models, Importance
of system models, Model development techniques – first principle based
and data driven based, Introduction to System Identification, Procedure
for identification, Concept of Identifiability, Signal to Noise Ratio,
Overfitting, LTI System Modeling using time and frequency, Direct
impulse response identification, Direct step response identification,
Impulse response Identification using step response, Empirical Transfer
function Identification, Correlation Methods, Linear Regression, Least
Square Estimation, Equation Error Models – ARX Models, ARMAX
Models, ARIMAX Models, OE Models, Box Jenkins Model,Model
Validation Techniques.
Reference books:
1. Arun. K. Tangirala, Principles of System Identification Theory and
Practice, CRC Press, 2016.
2. Karel. J. Keesman, System Identification – An Introduction, Springer,
2011.
ECE 4053: EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Typical embedded system: Core of the embedded system, memory,
sensors & actuators, communication interface, Serial/Parallel
Communication protocols, Hardware and software co-design: Data-path
and controller design, Architecture design; Development Environment:
OS and non-OS based firmware embedding techniques; Firmware
Design and Development; operating system basics; Embedded
development life cycle.
References:
1. Frank Vahid & Tony Givargis, Embedded System Design, Wiley
Publication, 2002.
2. Shibu K. V, Introduction to Embedded Systems, McGraw Hill
Publication, 2013.
3. Paul S R Chisholm, David Hanley, Michael Jones, Michael Lindner,
and Lloyd work, C Programming: Just the FAQs, SAMs publishing,
1995.
4. Wayne Wolf, Modern VLSI Design-IP based Design, Prentice Hall, 4th
Edition, 2008.
ELE 4063: FPGA BASED SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Overview of Digital Systems – Implementation options , FPGA –
Architecture, Programming technologies, Altera & Actel logic cells, I/O
Blocks, Programmable interconnects, Logic implementation , Design
verification- Test bench codes, Hardware testing, FPGA Architectural
options; granularity of function and wiring resources, reconfigurable
architectures- Fine grained, Coarse grained, Medium grained, Embedded
multipliers, adders, MACs, processor cores, Configuring an FPGA ;
Vendor specific issues, Logic block architecture, timing models-static
and dynamic timing analysis, Input and Output cell characteristics ,
Power dissipation, Partitioning and placement, Routing resources
,Embedded system design using FPGAs, DSP using FPGAs, Multi FPGA
systems, Reconfigurable systems, Application case studies
References:
1. M.J.S. Smith, Application Specific Integrated Circuits, Pearson, 2000
2. Peter Ashenden, Digital Design using Verilog, Elsevier, 2007
3. W. Wolf, FPGA Based System Design, Pearson, 2004
4. Clive Maxfield, The Design Warriors Guide to FPGAs, Elsevier, 2004
5. Paul S. Graham and Maya Gokhale Reconfigurable Computing
Accelerating Computation with Field-Programmable Gate Arrays,
Springer, 2005.
ECE 4054: INTERNET OF THINGS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Internet of Things, Sensing, actuation, Basics of
Networking, Sensor networks, Machine to Machine communication
193
(M2M), IOT technologies and Architectures: Infrastructure and service
discovery protocols for the IoT ecosystems; Realization of IoT
ecosystem using wireless technologies; Interoperability in IoT , Data
handling and analytics, cloud computing, Real world design constraints;
IoT use Cases
References:
1. Pethuru Raj & Anupama C Raman, The Internet of Things: Enabling
Technologies, Platforms & Use Cases, CRC Press, 2017
2. Arshdeep Bagha & Vijay Medisetti, Internet of Things: A Hands on
Approach, University Press
3. Jan Holler, Vlasios T Siatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatics
Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand, David Boyle, From Machine to Machine
to the Internet of Things: Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence,
Academic Press, 2014
4. Frank Vahid, Givargis Embedded Systems Design: A Unified
Hardware/Software Introduction, Wiley Publications, 2000
5. Jan Axelson, Parallel Port Complete, Penram publications
ELE 4064: REAL TIME SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to real time embedded system, terminology, Real time
design issues, characteristics. Types of real time systems, timing
constraints, precedence constraints, dependencies, functional and
resource parameters. Real time operating systems, kernels, queues,
semaphores, Multi processing and multitasking, priority inversion, dead-
lock. Real time services, Real time standards, System resources,
Processing, scheduling policies, Performance measures for real time
systems. Scheduling algorithms, periodic and aperiodic, priority driven,
frame size constraints, real time communication.
References:
1. Jane W.S.Liu , Real Time Systems, Pearson Education, 2006
2. Sam Siewert, Real Time Embedded Systems and Components,
Cengage Learning, 2007
3. Qing Li, Real Time Concepts for Embedded Systems, CMP Books,
Elsevier, 2003
4. Santanu Chattopadhyay, Embedded System Design, PHI, 2011
5. C.M.Krishna, Kang.G.Shin, Real Time Systems, McGraw Hill, 1997
ELE 4065: INTEGRATED LIGHTING DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Interior lighting design: Artificial illumination design techniques: quality
and quantity aspects, Energy efficiency in illumination systems, lamp
and luminaire selection, Energy conservation, visual comfort and
thermal comfort. Design calculations. Exterior lighting design: Road
Lighting, Sports lighting and flood lighting, Daylight -artificial light
integration, Simulation assisted design of interior and exterior, lighting
design standards – Subjective analysis in lighting design, daylight-
artificial light integration and energy performance.
References:
1. National Lighting Code 2010 (SP 72: 2010), Bureau of Indian
Standards.
2. I.E.S.N.A., New York, Lighting Hand Book, (10e), 2011.
ELE 4066: LIGHTING CONTROLS: TECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS
[2 1 0 3]
Strategies and technologies: occupancy sensing, switching controls,
daylight adaptation and photo sensors, Commissioning and energy
codes, Controller and control algorithms: Integral reset, open-loop and
closed loop control, adaptive control, predictive control, inverse control
with online adaptive learning, Camera based measurement, virtual
scenario based intelligent lighting control, Protocols and Networking:
architecture, standard lighting protocols, wired and wireless , centralized
and distributed, WSAN lighting control application, connected lighting
system, SoC solutions for lighting control system, Power-over-Ethernet,
Commissioning of smart lighting system.
References:
1. Simpson, Robert S. Lighting control: technology and applications.
Taylor & Francis, 2003.
2. DiLouie, Craig. Lighting controls handbook. The Fairmont Press, Inc.,
2008.
3. Cai, H. "Luminance gradient for evaluating lighting." Lighting
Research & Technology 48.2, 2016: 155-175.
4. Serpanos, Dimitrios, and Marilyn Wolf. Internet-of-things (iot)
Systems: Architectures, Algorithms, Methodologies. Springer, 2017.
5. Yang, Kun. "Wireless sensor networks." Principles, Design and
Applications, 2014.
ELE 4067: LIGHTING SCIENCE: DEVICES AND SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Light & Vision: Human visual system, photoreceptors, colour perception
-spectral, spatial, and temporal characteristics, chromatic adaptation
and contrast sensitivity. Lighting technologies: Light sources and
Luminaires, Generation, distribution and control, emerging sources and
luminaires, optical, electrical and thermal characteristics. Photometry &
Colorimetry: measurements and calculations, characterization of colors
of lights and objects - experimental and simulation analysis, measuring
instruments, testing, reliability and lifetime of luminaires, evaluation of
lighting products .
References:
1. Lighting Handbook, (10e), IESNA, 2011.
2. Patrick Mottier, LED for Lighting Applications, (1e), Wiley, 2009.
3. Spiros Kitsinelis, Light Sources: Technologies & Applications, CRC
press, 2010.
4. M.a. Cayless & A.M. Marsdon, Lamps & Lighting,4thed.,Oxford &
IBH publishing company, 1996
5. Jack L. Lindsey, Applied Illumination Engineering, (2e), Fairmont
Press, INC 1997
3. Code of practice for interior illumination - IS 3646 (Part 1) 1992, IS
3646 (Part 2).
4. 1966, IS 3646 (Part 3) 1968.
5. Code of practice for road lighting - IS 1944 (Part 1 to 6)
6. Karlen, Mark, Christina Spangler, and James R. Benya, Lighting
design basics. John Wiley & Sons, 2017.
ELE 4068: SOLID STATE LIGHTING [2 1 0 3]
General Characteristics of LEDs, Electrical and optical characteristics of
high brightness LEDs, CIE Chromaticity coordinates, viewing angle,
Binning, Mac dam ellipse, spectral tuning and optimization algorithms,
Case study: Circadian rhythm, Daylight matching spectrum and its
applications in healthcare - skin and Brain related therapies, Vitamin D
synthesis, LED-on-the-Tip Endoscope, LEDs in Horticulture and
Automotive lighting, LED drivers: power supply, dimming and controller,
Thermal management and Heat sink design , lifetime and reliability.
References:
1. E Fred Schubert, Light emitting Diodes,Cambridge ,(2e), University
press, 2006
2. Vinod Kumar Khanna, “Fundamentals of Solid state Lighting” CRC
press,2014
194
3. Arturas Zukauskus, Michael S. Shur and Remis Gaska, “Introduction
to solid state lighting”, wiley interscience 2002.
4. Gilbert Held, “Introduction to Light Emitting Diode Technology and
Applications”, CRC press, 2009
5. Mohan Underland and Robbins, “Power Electronic converters,
Applications and Design”, John Wiley and sons, 1989
ICE 4055: ADVANCED SENSOR TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Sensor classifications, Advanced sensing materials, Properties of
materials, Design and modeling issues, Fiber optic light propagation,
Graded index fibers, Fiber optic communication driver circuits, Laser
classifications, Driver circuits for solid state laser diodes, Radiation
sensors and Optical combinations, Accelerometers, Thermal, Humidity
and moisture sensor, Proximity detectors using polarized light,
Semiconductor gas sensor, Fluidic and Micro-fluidic sensors,
Gyroscope laser, Chemical sensor characteristics, Classification of
Chemical sensing mechanism, Sensors based on direct and indirect
sensing techniques.
References:
1. Jacob Fraden, Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and
Applications, Springer, 2010.
2. P Ripka, A Tipek, Modern Sensors Handbook, Wiley Publication,
2007.
3. Sabaree Soloman, Sensors Hand Book, MGH,1998.
ICE 4056: MICRO ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of MEMS and NEMS, scaling laws, Rigid-body dynamics,
Electrostatic and electro-magnetic forces, Materials, Photolithography,
Ion implantation, Diffusion, Oxidation, Chemical Vapor Deposition,
Physical vapor Deposition-Sputtering,Deposition by epitaxy, Etching,
Bulk Micro manufacturing, Surface Micromachining, LIGA process,
Microsystem Design- Process design, Mechanical design, Introduction
to computer aided design using COMSOL Multiphysics, Electrostatic
sensors and actuation, Thermal sensing and actuation, Piezoelectric
sensing and actuation, Microsystem Packaging-Types, Interfaces,
Technologies, Selection, Design and packaging case study.
References:
1. Tai-Ran-Hsu, MEMS & Microsystems Design and Manufacture,
TMH, 2002.
2. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson International Edition,
2006.
3. Sergey Edward Lyshevski, MEMS and NEMS systems, Devices and
Structures, CRC Press, 2002.
4. Stephen D. Senturia, Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, Springer, 2000.
ICE 4057: MULTISENSOR DATA FUSION [3 0 0 3]
Concept and role of fusion, Fusiontypes, Sensor configuration,
Architecture of fusion nodes, Fusion topologies, Benefits of fusion, data
refinement, Classification of data refinement, Spatial alignment,
Temporal alignment, Semantic and radiometric alignment, Concept and
need for data association and decision making, data registration, data
association techniques, Decision making techniques, Information
requirement for decision making. JDL framework, Revised JDL,
Dasarathy's model, Thompolus framework, Luo-Key framework, Pau's
framework, Waterfall and omnibus framework, distributed black box,
Esteban framework, Kalman filter, Baysien filter, extended information
filter, Estimation, Approximate agreement, Optimization filter, Distributed
dynamic fusion, Dynamic data flow analysis.

References:
1. David L. Hall, Mathematical Techniques in Multisensor Data Fusion,
Artech House, 2004.
2. H B Mitchell, Data Fusion: Concepts and Ideas, Springer Publishers,
2012.
ICE 4058: SMART SENSOR [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Signal conditioning, Separate versus integrated signal
conditioning, Digital conversion, MCU control, MCUs for sensor
interface, Techniques and Systems Considerations for MCUs, DSP
control, Sensor integration, lEEE standards, Plug and play, Automated/
Remote sensing, Process control over the Internet, Other
communication standards with case studies, Wireless zone sensing,
Surface acoustical wave devices, Intelligent transportation system, RF-
ID, RF MEMS basics, Varactors, Micro optics, Micro grippers,
Microprobes, Micro mirrors, FEDs,Data processing, Pattern recognition
and classification, Centralized and decentralized system of the
measurement chains.
References:
1. Gerard Merjer, Smart Sensor Systems, Wiley Publisher, 2008.
2. Randy Frank, Understanding Smart Sensors, Artech House
Publications,92e), 2000.
3. Paul W. Chapman, Smart Sensors, ISA Press, 1996.
4. Krzystof Iniewski, Smart Sensors for Industrial Applications, CRC
Press, 2013.
ECE 4055: ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Multi-rate systems, decimation and interpolation, interpolated FIR
approach, poly phase filter structure, filter banks, perfect reconstruction,
Principles and applications of adaptive filters, Weiner filters, steepest
descent algorithm, LMS and RLS algorithms. Homomorphic system,
cepstrum, homomorphic systems for convolution and de-convolution,
applications of homomorphic signal processing. Stochastic models,
Maximum likelihood, expected maximization, Bayesian estimation,
random signal detection. Sparse representation, regularization, Total
Variation, Compressed Sensing.
References:
1. P. P Vaidyanathan, Multirate Systems and Filter Banks, Prentice Hall,
India, 1993.
2. Vikram M Gadre, Aditya S Abhyankar, Multiresolution and Multirate
Signal Processing: Introduction, Principles and Applications,
McGraw Hill, 2017.
3. S. J Orfanidis, Optimum Signal Processing, Mc Graw Hill, NJ, 2007.
4. A.V Oppenheim and R.W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing, PHI
Learning, 2008.
5. Russell B. Millar, Maximum Likelihood Estimation and Inference,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2011.
ELE 4073: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Image representation, relationship between pixels, Convolution and
corrélation. Unitary 2D transforms, DFT, DCT, subband coding,
multiresolution analysis, DWT, contourlet transform, SVD. Intensity
transformations, histogram processing, spatial and frequency domain
filters, noise types, Wiener filter, local and nonlocal filtering, Boundary
detection, canny edge detector, segmentation, Otsu's thresholding,
image compression standards, Morphological operations and
algorithms, Hit or Miss transform, colour image representation. Applications.
195
References:
1. S. Jayaraman, S. Esakkirajan, T. Veerakumar, Digital Image
Processing, TMH, 2012.
2. Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E Woods, Digital Image Processing,
Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2003.
3. William K Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Willey, 2001.
4. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, Image Processing,
Analysis, and Machine Vision, (4e) Cengage Learning.
5. A.K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, PHI, New Delhi,
1995.
ECE 4056: DIGITAL SPEECH PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Anatomy, physiology and modeling of speech production system. Time
and frequency domain analysis of speech. Cepstral analysis of speech
and its applications. Linear predictive modeling of speech and its
applications. Speech coding and synthesis, automatic speech
recognition. Speech enhancement in the presence of noise.
References:
1. Rabiner L.R and Schaffer R.W, Digital Processing of Speech Signals,
Prentice Hall, NJ, 2007.
2. Thomas F. Quatieri, Discrete. Time Speech Signal Processing -
Principles and Practice, Pearson Education, Inc., 2004.
3. Douglas O' Shaughnessy, Speech Communications: Human and
Machine Reading, Addison Wesley, 1987.
4. Shaila D. Apte, Speech and Audio Processing, Wiley India, 2012.
5. Lawrence Rabiner, Biing-Hwang Juang, B. Yegnanarayana,
Fundamentals of Speech Recognition, Pearson, 2011.
ELE 4074: LINEAR ALGEBRA FOR SIGNAL PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Vectors, matrices, norms of vector and matrices, Lp norms, Holder,
Cauchy - Schwarz, and triangular inequalities, inner product spaces and
their applications. System of linear equations and its solution sets,
Gaussian elimination and back-substitution, echelon forms, matrix
operations, LU - factorization, inverse matrices, Gauss-Jordan
technique, transpose, elimination, and permutation matrices. Row
space, column space, and null space of a matrix, bases and dimension,
rank and nullity of a matrix, matrices as linear transformations, pseudo-
inverse and applications, change of basis, affine transformations.
Or thogonal subspaces, projections, Gram-Schmidt process,
generalized Fourier series, QR factorization, least squares and their
applications. Characteristic equation, diagonalization, Jordan canonical
form, special matrices, positive definite matrices and applications.
Symmetric, Orthogonal, Hermitian, Unitary, Jacobian, and Hessian
matrices, singular value decomposition and related applications.
References:
1. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, (3e), Thomson
Learning Asia, 2003.
2. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications, (3e), Pearson
Education (Asia) Pvt. Ltd, 2005.
3. Kenneth Hoffman and Ray Kunze, Linear Algebra, (2e), PHI, 2004.
4. Sohail A Dianat and Eli Saber, Advanced Linear Algebra for Engineers
with MATLAB, (1e), CRC Press.
ECE 4061: ANALOG AND MIXED SIGNAL DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Analog circuit design issues, second order effects, current mirror
circuits: Wilson, cascode and wide swing, voltage references, cascode
and differential amplifier, Gilbert cell, operational transconductance
amplifier, current conveyor, current feedback op-amp; Mixed signal
circuit design: fully differential circuits, current mode signal processing,
OTA-C continuous-time filters, ladder filters, DAC architectures: current-
mode R-2R, current steering and charge scaling. ADC, flash, successive
approximation and noise shaping, Layouts, analog and mixed signal
circuits.
References:
1. Johns D. A, Martin K, Analog Integrated Circuit Design, John Wiley
and Sons, 2002.
2. Baker R. J., Li H W, Boyce D. E., CMOS Circuit Design, Layout, and
Simulation, IEEE Press, PHI, 1998.
3. Razavi B., Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002.
4. Baker R. J., CMOS Mixed Signal Circuit Design, Volume II, Wiley Inter-
science, 2002.
5. Mohan P. V. A., Current mode VLSI Analog Filters Design and
Applications, Birkhauser, 2003.
ECE 4062: DIGITAL DESIGN VERIFICATION [3 0 0 3]
System Verilog: Introduction to System Verilog, Data types, scheduling
semantics and assignment statements, Connecting test bench and DUT.
Verification: Introduction, Verification Methodologies, Types of
Verifications and approaches, Coverage-Driven functional verification,
Assertion based verification (ABV), Verification Planning and Test Bench
Architecture, System-Level Verification, Processor Integration
Verification, Assertions for Formal tools.
References:
1. Padmanabhan T.R. and Sundari B.B.T., Design Through Verilog
HDL,John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
2. Palnitkar S.,Verilog®HDL.A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis
IEEE1361-2001Compliant (2e),Prentice Hall,2003.
3. BhaskarJ., AVerilog HDL Primer, BS Publications,2005.
4. Brown S. and Vranesic Z.,Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog
Design (5e),TataMcGrawHill, 2005.
5. Ciletti M.D., Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL, PHI,2005.
ECE 4063: LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Power dissipation in digital ICs, low power methodologies and their
design, Impact of device technology and scaling on power, dynamic
power reduction techniques, Sources of leakage current and techniques
for leakage power reduction, power analysis and power estimation
methods,switching activity reduction in CMOS circuits, Low power clock
distribution techniques with zero or tolerable clock skew, Power and
performance management, Circuit and system level architectures for
low power, low power architectures for arithmetic and memory circuits.
References:
1. Yeap G. K, Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design, KAP, 2002.
2. Piguet C.,Low Power CMOS Circuits – Technology, Logic Design and
CAD Tools, CRC Press, 2006.
3. Rabaey J. M, and Pedram M., Low Power Design Methodologies,
Kluwer Academic, 1997.
4. Roy K. and Prasad S., Low Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design, Wiley,
2000.
5. Yeo K. S., Rofail S. S. and Goh W. L., CMOS/BiCMOS ULSI: Low
Voltage, Low Power, Pearson, 2002.
ECE 4064: SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE THEORY [3 0 0 3]
Energy Bands in Solids, Electron and Hole Densities in Equilibrium,
Excess carriers—Non-equilibrium Situation, Junctions and Interfaces,
196
Charge Transport in Semiconductors, P-N Junctions and its applications.
Junction Field Effect Transistor and Metal-Semiconductor, MIS
Junction/capacitor - ideal C-V characteristics and deviations due to
interface states/charges and work function differences, threshold
voltage. Field Effect Transistor, MOSFETs.- operation and characteristics.
References:
1. Achuthan M. K. and Bhat K. N., Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Devices, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Streetman B. G. and Banerjee S., Solid State Electronic Devices, PHI,
New Delhi, 2011.
3. Gupta N.D and Gupta A.D, Semiconductor Devices. Modelling and
Technology, PHI, New Delhi, 2004.
ICE 4059: NEURAL NETWORK AND FUZZY LOGIC [3 0 0 3]
McCulloch–Pitts model, Activation functions, Feedforward and feedback
networks, Learning rules, Supervised Learning network, Multi-layer
Feedforward Networks, Back propagation network, Unsupervised
Learning network, Maxnet, Mexican Hat net, Kohonen self-organizing
feature map, Vector quantization,Fuzzy sets, Membership functions,
Fuzzification, Defuzzification methods, Fuzzy rule base and approximate
reasoning, Fuzzy inference systems, Fuzzy logic control system,
Applications.
References:
1. Laurence Fausett, Fundamentals of Neural networks, Architecture,
Algorithm and Applications, Pearson Education India, 1st ed.,2004.
2. Timothy J. Ross, Fuzzy logic with engineering applications, John
Wiley & Sons,4th ed., 2016.
3. S. N. Sivanandan, S.N.Deepa, Principles of soft computing, Wiley
India, 2010
4. B. Yegnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, PHI, 2004.
ICE 4060: REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM [3 0 0 3]
Real Time Concept, Real time tasks, Timing constraints, Threads and
tasks,Scheduling, Rate monotonic algorithm, Memory management,
Interrupt routines and handling of interrupt, Interrupt latency, OS security
Issues, UNIX based RTOS, Windows as RTOS, POSIX, PSOS, VRTX,
VxWorks, QNX, RT Linux, Windows CE, Real time communication: LAN,
IEEE 802.5 protocol, Routing, Resource reservation, Traffic shaping and
policing, Scheduling Mechanisms, QoS Models.
References:
1. Rajib Mall, Real-Time Systems: Theory and Practice, Pearson
Education, 2006.
2. Jane W. S. Liu, Real Time Systems, Pearson Education, 2006.
3. Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and
Design, TMH, (3e),2014.
ICE4061: DSP ALGORITHM AND ARCHITECUTURE [3 0 0 3]
Basic architectural features of DSP processors, Data addressing modes
of TMS320C54XX, Memory space of TMS320C54XX, Program control,
On-chip peripherals, Interrupts of TMS320C54XX Processors, Pipeline
operation, Implementation of DSP Algorithms, Signal spectrum,
Interfacing peripherals to DSP Devices, Memory interface, Parallel I/O
interface, Programmed I/O, Direct memory access, Synchronous serial
interface, Multichannel buffered serial port, Applications.
References:
1. Avatar Singh, S. Srinivasan, Digital Signal Processing
Implementations: Using DSP Microprocessors with Examples from
TMS320C54XX, Thomson/Brooks/Cole, 2004.
2. B. Venkataramani, M. Bhaskar, Digital Signal Processors:
Architecture, Programming and Applications, TMH, 2002.
3. Sen-Maw Kuo, Woon-Seng Gan, Digital Signal Processors:
Architectures, Implementations, and Applications, Pearson Prentice
Hall, 2005.
ICE 4062: ANALYTICAL AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Spectroscopy, Radiation Sources, Monochromator, Optical Gratings,
Optical Filters. Detectors, Sample Holders, UV/Visible/IR
Spectrophotometers, Mass Spectrometers, X-Ray Spectrometers,
Lasers, Interferometry, Interference effect, Radiometry, Interferometers-
Michelson's, Fabry-perot, Sagnac, Refractometer, Rayleigh's
interferometers, Holography, Fiber optics.
References:
1. R S Kandpur, Handbook of Analytical Instruments, TMH,92e),2003.
2. Willard, Merritt, Dean and Settle, Instrumental Methods of Analysis,
CBS Publishers, (7e), 1988.
3. J.Wilson & J F B Hawkes, Opto Electronics: An Introduction,PHI,
(2e),1993.
ICE 4063: AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Spark and Compression Ignition Engine, Engine control functions, Fuel
control, Automotive transmissions, Vehicle braking, Steering Control,
Passenger Safety and Convenience occupant protection systems, Tire
pressure monitoring system, Hybrid Vehicles, Sensors in airbag system,
Chassis control systems, Electronic engine control system, Automotive
communication protocols, Telematics, GPS and GPRS, Safety Systems,
Electronic transmission checks and diagnosis.
References:
1. Ronald K Jurgen: "Automotive Electronics Handbook,MGH, (2e),
1999.
2. James D Halderman: Automotive electricity and Electronics", PHI
Publication (5e),2016.
3. Terence Rybak. Mark Stefika: Automotive Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC), Springer, 2004.
ICE 4064: BIO-MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION &
EQUIPMENT'S [3 0 0 3]
Biomedical transducers, Cardiovascular system, Electrocardiography,
Central Nervous System and muscular system, Electroencephalography,
Electromyography, Therapeutic equipment's and life saving devices,
Blood flow meter, Oximeter, Plethysmography, Ultrasound therapy unit,
Nerve stimulators, Pacemakers and defibrillators, Heart lung machine,
Diathermy, Ventilator's, Spirometer, Oxygenators, Artificial kidney,
Modern Imaging systems.
References:
1. R.S. Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, MGH,
(2e), 2008.
2. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell and Erich A. Pfeiffer, “Biomedical
Instrumentations and Measurements”, PHI,(2e), 2012.
3. J.G. Webster, “Medical instrumentation application & design”, John
Wiley and sons,2003
197
ICE 4065: DATA STRUCTURES USING C++ [3 0 0 3]
Data Types, Operators, Manipulators, Decision statements,
Programming control statements, Functions, Pointers, Classes,
Constructors and Destructors, Operator overloading, Friend classes and
functions. Inheritance, Templates, Linked List, Recursion, Trees,
Queues, Sorting and searching algorithms.
References:
1 Nell Dale, “C++ Plus Data Structures”, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, (4e), 2010.
2 Maria Litvin, Gary Litvin, Programming with C++ and Data
Structures, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2001.
3 E Balagurusamy, “Object-oriented Programming with C++”, TMH,
(2e), 2001.
4 Yashavant P Kanetkar, “Let us C++”, BPB Publications, 2003.
ICE 4066: CYBER PHYSICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Synchronization in complex systems, Graph theory, Leader and
leaderless cases, Motion invariants for first-order consensus, Lyapunov
techniques for control, Potential fields and Motion control, Pinning
control, Cooperative optimal control, Stability and optimality, Adaptive
tuning laws, Impulsive systems, Safety of execution of CPS, Scheduling,
Hybrid dynamical models, Hybrid automata, Deployment, Task mapping
and partitioning, State estimation for attack detection, Automotive case
study.
References:
1. Rajeev Alur, Principles of Cyber-Physical Systems, MIT Press, 2015.
2. E. A. Lee, Sanjit Seshia, Introduction to Embedded Systems – A
Cyber–Physical Systems Approach,MIT Press, (2e), 2017.
3. Andre Platzer, Logical Foundations of Cyber-Physical Systems,(2e),
Springer Publishing, 2018
ICE 4067: POWER ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Power Diodes, SCR, Gate Trigger Circuits of SCR, Traic, GTO, BJT, Power
MOSFET, IGBT, DC Motor Drives, Battery chargers, HVDC transmission,
Single phase fully controlled AC to DC converter, Snubber Single phase
half controlled converter, Three phase half wave AC to DC converter,
Three phase fully controlled ac to dc converter, Inverter mode of
operation, Constraints of commutation in inverter mode, Effect of source
inductance, Single phase unity power factor converter, DC- DC Power
Converters, Switched Power supplies, DC-AC Power Converters, Three
phase inverters, Line commuted inverters.
References:
1. Ned Mohan, Undeland, Robbins, Power Electronics, John Wiley,
(3e), 2002.
2. M. H. Rashid, Power Electronics, PHI, (3e), 2004.
3. Bimbhra P.S, Power Electronics, Khanna Publication, (3e), 1999.
4. M. Ramamurthy, Thyristors and their Application, East-West Press,
1977.
ICE 4068: ROBOTICS [3 0 0 3]
Degrees of Freedom, Kinematics of Manipulators, Differential motions,
Linear and angular velocity of a rigid body, Dynamics of Manipulators,
Trajectory planning, Joint Space and Cartesian Space, Control schemes
for robot manipulators: PID, State Feedback, Force control, Hybrid force
control, Position controller.
References:
1. Mark. W. Spong, Robotics Dynamics and Control, Wiley, (1e),1989.
2. John. J. Craig, Introduction to robotics – Mechanics and Control,
Pearson Education, (4e),2017.
ICE 4069: RELIABILITY AND SAFETY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Sampling distributions, Testing of hypotheses, Failure data, Failure
modes, Hazard rates and failure density function, Hazard models and
bath-tub curve, Reliability of systems, Redundancy, Reliability
improvement methods, Reliability Tests, Component reliability and MIL
standards, Safety policy, Safety Organization, Measurement and
prediction of human reliability and operator training, Safety margins in
critical devices, Incident Recall Technique, Disaster control, Job Safety
Analysis, Safety Audit.
References:
1. Govil, A.K., Reliability Engineering, TMH, 1983.
2. Sinha and Kale, Introduction to Life-Testing, Wiley Eastern, New
Delhi, 1992.
3. Wisley, Human Engineering - Guide for Equipment Designers,
University of California Press,1973.
4. Hoang Pham, Hand book of Reliability Engineering, Springer, 2003.
5. Krishnan N.V, Safety Management in Industry, Jaico Publishing
House, Bombay, 1997.
ICE 4070: WIRELESS SENSOR TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Single-Node Architecture, Energy Consumption, Operating Systems and
Execution, Optimization Goals and figures of merit, Gateway Concepts,
Networking sensors, WSN protocols, Wakeup Radio Concepts, Address
and Name Management, Routing Protocols, Time Synchronization,
Localization and Positioning, Sensor Tasking and Control, Sensor Node
Hardware, Programming Challenges, Node-level software platforms,
Node-level Simulators, State-centric programming.
References:
1. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, Protocols and Architectures for
Wireless Sensor Networks, John Wiley, 2012.
2. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J. Guibas, Wireless Sensor Networks- An
Information Processing Approach, Elsevier, 2007.
3. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, & Taieb Znati, Wireless Sensor
Networks - Technology, Protocols, And Applications, John Wiley,
2007.
OPEN ELECTIVES
ICE 4301: FEEDBACK CONTROL THEORY [3 0 0 3]
Feedback control systems, Mathematical modeling, Derivation of
transfer functions for electrical networks, Mechanical systems, Signal
flow graph, Masons gain formula, State variable representation of linear
systems, Solution of state equations, Time domain specifications for
second order systems, Steady state errors of unity feedback systems,
Definitions of stability, Routh Hurwitz criterion, Frequency response -
gain margin, phase margin.
References:
1. Nagrath and Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, New age
international Limited, (2e), 1984.
2. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, (5e), Wiley India, 2009.
3. R.C Dorf and R.H Bishop, Modern Control Systems, (11e), Addison-
Wesley Longman Inc., 2013.
198
ICE 4302: INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION [3 0 0 3]
Evolution of PLC, PLC Vs PC, Architecture of PLC - I/O Modules, CPU,
Program Memory, Process Image Tables, Bus System and Power
Supply, Sequential Flow Chart technique for programming style,
Programming a PLC, Timers & Counters, Special Instructions, Levels of
Industrial control, Networking, Buts Networks, Protocols., SCADA &
DCS, Profibus, Modbus, SMART devices.
References:
1. John W.Webb and Ronald A.Reis, Programmable Logic Controllers –
Principles and Applications, (5e), PHI, 2003.
2. W. Bolton, Programmable Logic Controllers, 94e), Newnes
Publications, 2006.
3. Frank D. Petruzella, Programmable Logic Controllers, MGH, 1989.
ICE 4303: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Measurement System, Classification of transducers, Temperature and
Pressure measurement, Level and Thickness measurement, Flow
measurement-Variable head type, variable area type, Mass flowmeters,
Measurement of Thermal conductivity, velocity, acceleration, pH and
Force, Semiconductor sensors, Optical sensors.
References:
1. E.O. Doeblin, Measurement Systems: Application and Design,
McGraw Hill, (5e), 2004.
2. Patranabis D, Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, TMH, (3e), 2005.
3. A. K. Sawhney, A course in Mechanical Measurement and
Instrumentation, (7e), Dhanpat Rai and Co, 2002.
ICE 4304: SENSOR TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Basic sensor technology, characteristics, Capacitive and Inductive
Sensors, Displacement Sensors, Temperature Sensors, Force/Torque
Sensors, Humidity and Moisture Sensors, Acoustic Sensors, Flow
Sensors, Occupancy-Motion Detectors, Acceleration and Vibration
Sensors, Chemical and Biosensors, Optical and radiations Sensors,
Introduction to Wireless Sensor Networks (WSN) and Applications.
References:
1. Jon S Wilson, Sensor Technology Handbook, Newnes Elsevier
Publication, 2005.
2. Jacob Fraden, Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physical, Designs, and
Applications, Springer, 2004.
ICE 4305: SMART SENSOR [3 0 0 3]
MCUs and DSPs, integrated signal conditioning, IEEE1451 standards,
Plug and play, Sensor Communication, Wireless zone sensing, Surface
acoustical wave devices, Intelligent transportation system, RF-ID, RF
MEMS basics, Micro optics, Micro grippers, Microprobes, Micro
mirrors, FEDs, Centralized and decentralized measurement chains,
Intelligent sensors, Nanosensors, Biosensors
References:
1. Randy Frank, Understanding Smart Sensors, (2e), Artech House
Publications, 2000.
2. Paul W. Chapman, Smart Sensors, ISA Press, 1996.
3. Krzystof Iniewski, Smart Sensors for Industrial Applications, CRC
Press, 2013.
 ICE 4306: VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Architecture of a virtual instrument, Virtual instruments V/s Traditional
instruments, Advantages of VI, Graphical programming, Creating Virtual
Instruments using LabVIEW-Loops, Arrays, Clusters, String and file
I/O,Graphs,Data Acquisition, Common Instrument Interfaces, Current
loop, System buses, Interface buses, VISA, Image acquisition and
processing, Design of ON/OFF controller for a mathematically described
processes using VI software
199
References:
1. Gary Johnson, LabVIEW Graphical Programming, (2e), MGH, 1997.
2. Lisa K. wells & Jeffrey Travis, LabVIEW for everyone, National
Instruments, 1997.
3. S. Sumathi, P Surekha, LabVIEW based Advanced Instrumentation
systems, Springer, 2007.
4. Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin, Matt Nawrocki, LabVIEW Advanced
Programming Techniques, CRC Press, 2007.
5. Jovitha Jerome, Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW, PHI, 2010.
 Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering
The Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, Programs offered
established in the year 1960, offers two Under Graduate courses, three
Under Graduate Programs
Post Graduate courses and also PhD programmes. The department is
4B.Tech in Mechanical Engineering (1960)
also recognized as a QIP center for post graduate courses and PhD. The 4B.Tech in Industrial and Production
department consists of experienced faculty members, who are also
constantly engaged in undertaking research work and subsequent
publications. The department conducts workshops, seminars or Post Graduate Programs
4M.Tech in Computer Aided Analysis and Design (2003)
conferences every year. The department has very good industry –
4M.Tech in Manufacturing Engineering &Technology (2005)
institute interaction and has conducted several short courses for working 4M.Tech in Thermal Sciences and Energy Systems (2013)
professionals from industry. The department provides ample laboratory 4M.Tech in Tribology and Maintenance (2018)
facilities and hands-on training to the undergraduate students both in the
conventional subject as also in the modern trends. PhD

The department has well established Computer Aided Design laboratory

Faculty Strength
with state – of – the – art hardware and software. The basic laboratories
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
such as Heat engines laboratory, Metrology laboratory, Heat transfer
laboratory, Fuel testing laboratory, Machine tools laboratory, Material
science laboratory, Vibration laboratory and Industrial engineering 12
36
laboratory, Energy Laboratory have advanced equipments so as to 46 45 25
impart quality education. The department has sprawling workshop
situated on a 30000 sqft area comprising of machine shop, CNC shop,
foundry, smithy, sheet metal, plumbing, welding sections. The practice
school and internship opportunities provide an excellent student industry PhD Professors
exposure. M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
Assistant Professors

200
 B TECH in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2151 Engineering Mathematics - III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2260 Engineering Mathematics - IV 2 1 0 3
MME 2151 Kinematics of Machinery 3 1 0 4 MME 2251 Dynamics of Machinery 3 1 0 4
MME 2152 Manufacturing Technology 4 0 0 4 MME 2252 Fluid Mechanics 3 1 0 4
MME 2153 Material Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3 MME 2253 Metrology and Measurements 3 1 0 4
II MME 2154 Strength of Materials 3 1 0 4 MME 2254 Thermodynamics - II 2 1 0 3
MME 2155 Thermodynamics - I 2 1 0 3 *** **** Open Elective - I 3 0 0 3
Computer Aided Mechanical Drawing And Modelling
MME 2171 0 1 3 2 MME 2271 Strength of Materials Lab 0 1 3 2
(CAMDAM) Lab
MME 2172 Workshop Practice - I 0 0 3 1 MME 2272 Workshop Practice - II 0 0 3 1
17 4 9 24 16 5 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T+ P) 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg. Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3

201
MME 3151 CAD - CAM 3 1 0 4 MME 3251 Heat Transfer 2 1 0 3
MME 3152 Finite Element Methods 2 1 0 3 MME 3252 Mechanical Design - II 3 1 0 4
MME 3153 Mechanical Design - I 3 1 0 4 MME **** Program Elective - I 3 0 0 3
III
MME 3154 Turbo Machines 3 1 0 4 MME **** Program Elective - II 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective - II 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective - III 3 0 0 3
MME 3171 Mechanical Lab - I 0 1 3 2 MME 3271 Finite Element Methods (FEM) Lab 0 1 3 2
MME 3172 Metrology Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 3272 Mechanical Lab - II 0 1 3 2
16 5 9 24 16 3 12 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 31
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
MME **** Program Elective - III 3 0 0 3 MME 4298 Industrial Training 1
MME **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 MME 4299 Project Work / Practice School 12
MME **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 MME 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
MME **** Program Elective - VI 3 0 0 3
MME **** Program Elective - VII 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective - IV 3 0 0 3
18 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 18
Minor Specializations MME 4057: Industrial Robotics
MME 4070: Introduction to Combustion
I. Machine Design MME 4071: Jet Propulsion and Rocket Technology
MME 4041: Design For Manufacture and Assembly MME 4072: Machine Tool Technology
MME 4042: Design of Mechanical Systems MME 4073: Machine Tools and Metrology
MME 4043: Mechanical Vibration MME 4074: Materials Characterization
MME 4044: Tribology MME 4075: MEMS and Nano Technology
MME 4076: Micro Machining
II. Materials and Manufacturing Engineering MME 4077: Modeling and Simulation of Dynamic Systems
MME 4045: Composite Materials MME 4078: Non-Conventional Energy Systems
MME 4046: Heat Treatment of Metals and Alloys MME 4079: Non Destructive Testing
MME 4047: Lean Manufacturing MME 4080: Operations Research
MME 4048: Production Planning and Control MME 4053: Organizational Behaviour
MME 4054: Personal Management and Industrial Relations
III. Thermal Engineering MME 4081: Pipe Systems Engineering
MME 4049: Computational Fluid Dynamics MME 4082: Plant Engineering and Maintenance
MME 4050: Design of Thermal Power Plant System MME 4083: Plant Layout and Material Handling
MME 4051: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning MME 4084: Power Plant Engineering
MME 4052: Theory of IC Engines and Emissions MME 4055: Project Management
MME 4085: Statistical Quality Control
lV. Material Science MME 4086: Supply Chain Management
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials MME 4056: Technology Management
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices MME 4087: Total Quality Management
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding MME 4088: Work Systems Engineering
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound
Open Electives
V. Business Management MME 4301: Energy Engineering
HUM 4051: Financial Management MME 4302: Industrial Safety Engineering
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management MME 4303: Internal Combustion Engines
HUM 4053: Marketing Management MME 4304: Introduction to Alternate Fuels and Applications
HUM 4054: Operation Management

Vl. Computational Mathematics

MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices

Programme Electives
MME 4062: Automatic Control Engineering
MME 4063: Automobile Engineering
MME 4064: Bio Fluids Mechanics
MME 4065: Corrosion Science Engineering
MME 4066: Elements of Mechatronics Systems
MME 4060: Ergonomics
MME 4067: Fatigue and Fracture
MME 4068: Fluid Drives and Controls
MME 4069: Friction and Wear

202
 THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2151: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
Gradient, divergence and curl. Line, surface and volume integrals.
Green's divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals.
Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
transforms. Partial differential equation- Basic concepts, solutions of
equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables.
One-dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and
their solutions. Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems,
Laplace and Poisson equations and heat and wave equations by explicit
methods.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (5e). 1985
Wiley Eastern.
2. S.S.Sastry : Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis (2e).1990,
Prentice Hall.
3. B.S.Grewal : Higher Engg. Mathematics, (1989e), Khanna Publishers
4. Murray R.Spiegel : Vector Analysis, (1959e), Schaum Publishing Co.
MME 2151: KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY [3 1 0 4]
Link or element, pairing of elements, Grubler's criterion, kinematic
chain, mechanism, mobility of mechanism, inversions, machine.
Types of Kinematic chain and their mechanisms, working principle and
construction of Hooke's joint, Ackermann and Davis steering gear,
Geneva mechanism and Ratchet mechanism. Relative velocity,
determination of velocity in mechanisms by relative velocity method.
Instantaneous Centers: Definitions, theorems and different methods.
Determination of acceleration in mechanism, Klein's construction for
slider crank mechanism. Law of gearing, Types of gears and
associated terminologies. Types of Gear trains, Automobile four speed
gear box and differential mechanism. Torque calculations. Ratio of
tensions in belt and rope drive, Power transmitted, condition for
maximum power to be transmitted by belt. Flat pivot and Collar friction,
Power loss due to friction, problems on single plate and multi-plate
clutches. Classification of cams and followers, Displacement, Velocity
& acceleration-time curves. Cam profile diagrams of disc cam with
knife edge follower, roller follower, flat foot mushroom follower and
basic concepts of roller oscillating follower.
References:
1. Hamilton H. Mabie, Charles F. Reinholtz, Mechanisms and Dynamics
of Machinery (4e), Wiley's Publication, 1987.
2. Ballaney P. L., Theory of Machines and Mechanism, Khanna
Publications, New-Delhi, 2009.
3. Rattan S. S, Theory of Machines, Tata Mc-Graw HillPublishers Pvt.
Ltd, New-Delhi, 2009.
4. Singh V. P., Theory of Machines, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd, New-
Delhi, 2010.
5. Rao J.S., Rao V. Dukkipati, Mechanism and Machine Theory, New
Age International Publishers Year, 2012.
MME 2152: MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY [4 0 0 4]
Concept of Moulding, materials and types, sand testing. Different types
of casting techniques, applications, advantages and limitations. Welding
types, applications, advantages and limitations. Mechanical working of
metals, different processes and its significance. Theory of metal cutting,
cutting and machining parameters, tool life equation and numericals.
203
Different types of machine tools, applications, advantages and
limitations. Concept of grinding and finishing operations. Non-
conventional machining techniques and its applications, advantages and
limitations. Processing of plastics and rapid prototyping concepts.
References:
1. Rajput R. K., A Text book of Manufacturing Technology, Laxmi
Publications Private Limited, 2011.
1. Rao P. N., Manufacturing Technology, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Jain R. K., Production Technology, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2001.
3. Benedict G. F., Non Traditional Machining Techniques, Marcel Decker,
New York, 1990.
4. Chua C K, Leong K F and Lim C S, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
Applications, World Scientific, Singapore, 2003.
MME 2153: MATERIAL SCIENCE & METALLURGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, crystal structures, packing factor of cubic and HCP
structure, co-ordination number, Miller indices, crystal imperfections-
point & line defects, homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation,
mechanism of solidification – nucleation and crystal growth, dendritic
growth. Phases-single phase and multiphase solids, Gibb's phase rule,
solid solutions and types, Intermediate phases, binary equilibrium
equilibrium and non-equilibrium cooling, invariant reactions of eutectic,
peritectic, monotectic, eutectoid and peritectoid, Lever rule and its
application on isomorphous and eutectic systems, equilibrium and non-
equilibrium cooling of an alloy and congruent melting alloy phase.
Allotropy and polymorphism, cooling curve for pure iron, Fe-C
equilibrium diagrams, study of iron-carbon system in detail with
emphasis on the invariant reactions. Plain carbon steels & Alloy steels,
Cast irons-grey, white and malleable cast irons. Types and explanation of
Brasses, Bronzes and Al-Cu alloys. Classification of composites based
matrix materials & reinforcements, manufacturing of fibrous
composites, laminated composites, particulate composites (Hand lay-
up, Filament winding, Pultrusion, Slip casting and Stir casting),
advantages and application of composites.
References:
1. Avner S.H., Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, (3e), McGraw Hill,
2004
2. William D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering, John Wiley &
Sons, 2007
3. Gupta K.M., Material science, Metallurgy and Engineering Materials,
Umesh Publication, 2012
4. Raghavan V, Material Science and Engineering, (4e), Prentice Hall of
India, 1989
5. K K Chawla, Composite Materials Science and Engineering, Springer
Verlag, 2012.
6. R M Jones, Mechanics of Composite Materials, McGraw-Hill, New
York, 1999.
MME 2154: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS [3 1 0 4]
Stress, Simple stress, strain, Hooke's law, Factor of Safety, Poisson's
Ratio, Compound bars, Temperature stress and strain, Engineering
constants, Volumetric strain, Strain energy. Shear force and bending
moments in beams in cantilever, simply supported, overhanging beams
with concentrated load, uniformly distributed load, uniformly varying
load and externally applied moment. Stresses in beams - Theory of
simple bending, shearing stress in beams, Principal stresses- Stresses
in a uniaxial & biaxial member, principal plane and principal stress. Beam
deflection- slope and deflection at a section for different types of beams
and loads using double integration method and Macaulay's method.
Torsion- Analysis of torsion of circular bars, shear stress distribution,
Columns and struts: Classification of columns, strength of columns, end
conditions, Euler's formula, Rankine's formula. Thin and thick cylinders-
circumferential and longitudinal stress in thin cylinders, lame's theory for
evaluation of stresses in thick cylinders.
References:
1. Popov E.P, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Prentice-Hall of India,
New Delhi, 1997.
2. Beer F. P. and Johnston R, Mechanics of Materials (3e), McGraw-Hill
Book Co, 2002.
3. Nash W.A, Theory and problems in Strength of Materials, Schaum
Outline Series, McGraw- Hill Book Co, New York, 1995.
4. Kazimi S.M.A, Solid Mechanics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co,
New Delhi, 1981.
5. Ryder G.H, Strength of Materials (3e), Macmillan India Ltd., 2002.
6. Singh D. K., Mechanics of Solids, Pearson Education, 2002.
7. Timoshenko S, Elements of Strength of Materials, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi, 1997.
MME 2155: THERMODYNAMICS - I [2 1 0 3]
Basics of thermodynamics, Macroscopic and Microscopic points of
view, system and surroundings, property and state, thermodynamic
equilibrium, change of state, process and cycle. Zeroth law of
thermodynamics, concept of temperature, temperature scales. Work
and Heat-Thermodynamics definition of work, displacement work for
different thermodynamic processes, definition of heat, comparison
between heat and work. First law for a closed system undergoing a
cyclic process, non-cyclic process, Energy is a property of a system,
First law for an open system, steady flow energy equation and its
applications. Limitations of first law, definition of heat engine and
reversible heat engines and their performance, two statements of
second law, corollaries of second law, reversible and irreversible
processes, Carnot cycle, statement of third law, thermodynamic
temperature scale. Clausius inequality, entropy - property, principle of
increase of entropy, Temperature-entropy diagram, entropy relations
to other thermodynamic properties. Pure substance, Definition, two
property rule, specific heats of pure substances, phases, equilibrium
between phases, PvT surface, P-T diagram, triple point and critical
point, dryness fraction and its measurement, Tabulated properties,
State change of a system involving pure substance, constant volume,
constant pressure, constant temperature and constant entropy
processes. Ideal and real gases, Definition, universal gas constant,
Thermodynamic processes, Evaluation of properties of mixture of
ideal gases, adiabatic mixing of ideal gases, Vander Waal's equation
of state, law of corresponding states, compressibility factor,
generalized compressibility chart.
References:
1. Nag P. K., Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw - Hill Education
India Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
2. Yunus A. Cengel and Michael A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An
Engineering Approach, Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2011.
3. Gordon J. Van Wylen and Richard E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of
Classical Thermodynamics, Wiley, 1986.
4. Rogers G. F. C., and Yon Mayhew “Engineering Thermodynamics:
Work and Heat Transfer”, Prentice Hall, 1996.
5. Gupta S. C., Thermodynamics, Pearson Education, 2009.
204
MME 2171: COMPUTER AIDED MECHANICAL DRAWING AND
MODELLING LAB [0 1 3 2]
Mechanical Part / Component Drafting using Software: Introduction to
Machine Drawing, Conventions, Sectional Views, Screw Thread
Terminologies and Thread Forms, Hexagonal & Square Head Bolts, Nuts
and Screws, Joints: Knuckle Joint, Strap Joints, Socket and Spigot
Joints, Gib & Cotter Strap Joint, Couplings: Flange, Oldham's and,
Universal Coupling, 2D Assembled drawing of Mechanical Components.
Modelling of Mechanical Part / Component using Software: Introduction
and Sketcher exercises, Solid Modelling, Surface Modelling, Assembly
Modelling
Mini Project: Projects on drafting, part modeling, assembly, and
sectional/exploded views in mechanical engineering applications.
References:
1. Gopalkrishna K. R., Machine Drawing, Subhas Publications,
Bangalore, 2002.
2. Bhat N. D., Machine Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, 2002.
3. Venugopal K., Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD, New
age International
Publishers, Delhi, 2002.
4. Sham Tickoo, CATIA for Engineers and Designers, Dreamtech Press
New Delhi, 2005.
MME 2172: WORKSHOP PRACTICE – I [0 0 3 1]
Preparation of models using Welding techniques, Demonstration of
Forging and Foundry practice, Lathe and CNC Turning Centre,
Acceptance tests on machine tools
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S. K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Hajra Chaudhury S. K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
3. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2260: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Special Functions: Series solutions of Bessel and Legendre differential
equations, Recurrence formulae, generating functions and Orthogonal
properties for Jn(x) and Pn(x). Probability, finite sample space,
conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem, one
dimensional random variable: mean and variance, Chebyshev's
inequality. Two and higher dimensional random variables, covariance,
correlation coefficient, regression, least square principle of curve fitting.
Distributions: binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, chi-square
and exponential. Moment generating function, Functions of one
dimensional and two dimensional random variables, Sampling theory,
Central limit theorem and applications.
References:
1. Kreyzig E - Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (7e), Wiley Eastern.
2. Meyer P.L. - Introduction to probability and Statistical applications,
(2e), American Publishing Co.
3. Hogg & Craig - Introduction of Mathematical Statistics, (4e).1975
MacMillan.
4. B.S.Grewal: Higher Engg. Mathematics, (1989e), 1989, Khanna
Publishers.
 MME 2251: DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY [3 1 0 4]
Static force analysis, Analysis of a Bell Crank Lever, Slider crank
mechanisms, Four-bar mechanism, Drag link Mechanism, Toggle
mechanism, Stone Crusher mechanism, Mechanisms involving gears
and Cams, Plate links. Determination of inertia forces, Crank effort,
Types of Flywheel, Crank effort diagram or Turning moment diagram,
determination of flywheel size for single cylinder, multi-cylinder I. C.
engine and press work. Balancing of rotating masses. masses rotating in
the same plane and in different planes, balancing of reciprocating
masses, balancing of multi-cylinder in-line engines & V-engines, multi-
cylinder radial engines using direct and reverse crank concept. Principle
and working of centrifugal governors, characteristic of Governors,
Stability, sensitiveness, isochronism, hunting, Controlling force, effort
and power of Porter and Hartnell Governors. Gyroscopic couple of a
spinning disc, gyroscopic effect on the movements of an air-craft, ship
and automobiles, stabilization of ships. Condition for stability of four
wheelers and two wheelers during a turn.
References:
1. Ballaney P. L., Theory of Machines and Mechanism, Khanna
Publications, New-Delhi, 2009.
2. Rattan S. S, Theory of Machines, Tata Mc-Graw HillPublishers Pvt.
Ltd, New-Delhi, 2009.
3. Singh V. P., Theory of Machines, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd, New-
Delhi, 2010.
4. Robert L. Norton, Design of Machinery: An Introduction to the
Synthesis and Analysis of Mechanisms and Machines, McGraw-Hill,
2012.
5. Rao J.S., Rao V. Dukkipati, Mechanism and Machine Theory, New
Age International Publishers Year, 2012.
MME 2252: FLUID MECHANICS [3 1 0 4]
Properties of fluids - viscosity, surface tension, capillarity,
compressibility, vapour pressure; Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids;
pressure intensity and its variation in a static fluid, pressure
measurement – manometers; hydrostatic pressure forces on plane and
curved submerged surfaces; buoyancy - stability of completely
immersed and floating bodies; fluid kinematics - velocity and
acceleration, continuity equation, translation, rotation and deformation
of a fluid element; velocity potential function and stream function; vortex
flow; fluid dynamics - Euler's and Bernoulli's equations, Impulse
momentum equation, flow measuring devices; Rayleigh's method and
Buckingham's Pi-theorem method of dimensional analysis, types of
similarity, dimensionless numbers; viscous flow between fixed parallel
plates and in a circular pipe; Turbulent flow - Reynold's experiment, Major
loss and Minor losses in pipe flow, Siphon, Hydraulic gradient and Total
energy line; Flow past immersed bodies - Lift and drag; Boundary layer
concept - Boundary layer thickness - displacement, momentum and
energy thickness.
References:
1. Cengel Yunus. A. and Cimbala John M., “Fluid Mechanics -
Fundamentals & Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill publications, 2011.
2. Frank M. White, "Fluid Mechanics", McGraw-Hill, 7th edition, 2011.
3. S. K. Som, Gautam Biswas and S. Chakraborty, “Introduction to Fluid
Mechanics and Fluid Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill publications, (3e),
2012.
4. Bruce R. Munson, Donald F. Young and Teodore H. Okiishi,
Fundamentals of Fluid Mechnics, Wiley, 2005.
5. Kumar K. L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2000.
205
MME 2253: METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS [3 1 0 4]
Methods of Measurement, Generalized Measurement System & its
elements, Static Characteristics of Instruments & measurement
systems. Methods of pressure measurement - Elastic pressure
elements. Methods of temperature measurement. Types of electrical
resistance strain gauges, Theory of operation of wire wound strain
gauge, Gauge Factor, Strain gauge bridge circuit, Calibration Circuit,
Temperature compensation, Strain measurement on static and rotary
shaft, Orientation of strain gauges. Numerical on strain calculation.
Measurement of Force & related numerical. Methods of Torque & Shaft
power measurement. Classification of flow measuring devices. Working
principle, velocity measuring devices. Types of fits. Taylor's principle for
design of gauges, Numerical on design of gauges, Types of gauges.
Straightness measurement using Autocollimator. Squareness
measurement using Engineer's Square tester and Optical Square.
Flatness measurement. Surface roughness types and measurement.
Screw thread terminology. Pitch error in threads. Measurement of the
elements of the threads – Effective diameter using screw thread
micrometer, two wire and three wire methods. Numerical on screw
threads.
References:
1. Beckwith Thomas G., Mechanical Measurements, Pearson
Education, Delhi, 2003.
2. Jain R.K., Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1997.
3. Sawhney A.K., Mechanical Measurement & Instrumentation,
Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2002.
4. Nakra B.C. and Chaudry K.K., Instrumentation, Measurement &
Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Raghavendra N.V. and Krishnamurthy L., Engineering Metrology and
Measurements, Oxford University Press, 2013.
MME 2254: THERMODYNAMICS - II [2 1 0 3]
Carnot, Auto, Diesel and Dual cycles, Performance testing of IC Engines,
principle of combustion in SI and CI engines. Vapour power cycles like
Rankine, Reheat, Regenerative and Binary vapour cycles. Reciprocating
air compressor-multistage compression with perfect and imperfect inter
cooling. Refrigeration cycles-Bell-Coleman cycle, vapour compression
and vapour absorption cycle, Properties of refrigerants. Gas turbine
cycles with inter cooling, reheating and regeneration. Nozzles and
Diffusers-Isentropic flow, sonic velocity, Mach number, steam nozzles.
Stoichiometry-analysis of products of combustion from boiler and
engine exhaust.
References:
1. Nag P. K., Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill,
2006.
2. Mayhew A. and Rogers B., Engineering Thermodynamics, Longman
Green & Co. Ltd. London. E.L.B.S. Edition, 1990.
3. Yunus A. Cengel and Michael A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An
Engineering Approach, Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2011.
4. Rolle Kurt C., Thermodynamics and Heat power, Pearson Education,
2005.
5. Nijaguna and Samaga, Thermodynamics data handbook.
MME 2271: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Mechanical characterization of Metals: Tension, Hardness, Impact,
Torsion, Bending and Fatigue test on mild steel specimen. Non
Destructive testing to detect flaw on mechanical components. Heat
treatment of Steel, Microstructure analysis of metals, Study on sliding
wear parameters and sliding wear properties.
References:
1. Suryanarayana A.V.K., Testing of Metallic Materials, PHI, 1990.
2. Khanna and Justo, Highway Materials Testing, Nemchand, 1989.
3. Technical Teacher's Training Institute, Laboratory Manual of Strength
of Materials, Oxford University Press, 1983.
4. Raghavan V, Material Science and Engineering, (4e), Prentice Hall of
India, Delhi, 1989.
5. Rajan T. V., Sharma C. P. and Alok Sharma, Heat Treatment Principles
and Techniques, PHI Publication, Delhi, 1999.
MME 2272: WORKSHOP PRACTICE - II [0 0 3 1]
Exercises on spur gear and helical gear cutting using milling & gear
hobbing machines. Practice of shaping operations, Exercises on
grinding operations. Machining using CNC Vertical Machining Center
and use of Non-conventional machines.
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S. K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra.,Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi,2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e), Tata McGraw
Hill Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e),
Pearson Publication, 2013.
206
MME 3151: CAD-CAM [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Computer aided design, need, benefits, applications of
CAD, Graphics hardware and Graphics displays. Techniques for
geometric modeling, Types and representation of curves, Types and
representation of surfaces: Analytic surfaces, Synthetic Types and
representation of solids. Numerical control and CNC programming,
Computer numerical control, CNC part programming, Advanced features
in CNC programming, Adaptive control machining systems. Industrial
Robotics, Robot anatomy, Physical configurations, Basic robot motions,
Motion systems, Robot programming, End effectors, Work cell design,
robotic application. Manufacturing systems - Computer integrated
manufacturing systems, benefits of CIM,FMS components, FMS
layouts, Analysis methods of FMS, Benefits of FMS, Flexible
manufacturing and Distributed manufacturing. Group technology
concept, part families, classification & coding, production flow analysis,
machine cell design. Computer aided process planning, types and
advantages, machinability data systems. Computer aided manufacturing
resource planning, Material resource planning, MRP input and output
records, Enterprise resource planning, capacity requirements planning.
Computer aided quality control, Automated inspection offline online.
Contact & non-contact co-ordinate measuring machines, machine
vision.
References:
1. Ibrahim K Zeid, CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1998.
2. Groover Mikell P., Automation, Production Systems, and Computer
Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008.
3. Rao P. N., CAD/CAM, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2005.
4. Radhakrishnan P., Computer Numerical Control Machines, New
Central Book Agency (P) Ltd., Kolkata, 2004.
5. Principles of Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing / Fanlc /
Amirouche / Pearson.
MME 3152: FINITE ELEMENT METHODS [2 1 0 3]
Review of matrix algebra,Eigen value problem, Gauss quadrature
integration; Displacement and potential energy of a 3D Elastic Body,
Minimum potential energy principle, Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin's
methods; definitions and terminologies in finite element method (FEM),
displacement polynomial function, Pascal's triangle, Shape functions for
linear and higher order quadrilateral (Lagrange and Serendipity) and
triangular elements; finite element formulation of 1D (bar element)
structural problem by direct stiffness method and Galerkin's approach,
Elimination and Penalty methods of handling boundary conditions; finite
element formulation of 1D (bar, truss and beam elements), 2D
(triangular, quadrilateral elements) and 3D (tetrahedral and hexahedral
elements) structural problems by isoparametric approach;
References:
1. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegundu A. D. (2001), “Introduction to
Finite Elements in Engineering”, Pearson Education, New York.
2. Daryl L. Logan (2007), “A First course in Finite Element
Method”–Fourth India Edition, Thompson Ltd., India
3. David V. Hutton (2005), “Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis”,
Tata McGraw Hill, India.
4. J. N. Reddy (2006), “An Introduction to Finite Element Method”, Third
Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition, New York.
5. Larry J. Segerlind (1984), “Applied Finite Element Analysis” Second
Edition. John Wiley, New York.
 MME 3153: MECHANICAL DESIGN - I [3 1 0 4]
Introduction: Materials and their properties: Principal stresses, Theories
of failure, Strength under combined axial, bending & torsional loads,
Stress concentration, S-N diagram, Low cycle and high cycle fatigue,
Endurance limit, Variables affecting fatigue strength, Fluctuating
stresses, Goodman & Soderberg equations, Curved beams: Stress
equation, Stresses in different cross sections subjected to combined
axial and bending in one plane. ASME code for design of transmission
shafts, Mises Hencky theory for transmission shafting, Design of shafts
subjected to bending in two planes in addition to axial loads. Types of
keys, Design of square, rectangular & taper keys and splines, Riveted
joints: Types of joints, Modes of failure, Strength and efficiency, Design
stresses, Structural joints of lap and butt type, Welded joints: Types of
welds, Strength, Welded joints subjected to eccentric loading, Welded
pressure vessels, Stresses in bolts, Effect of initial tension, eccentric
loading, Design of knuckle and cotter joints. Stresses in power screw,
Efficiency, Force & torque requirement to lift load
References:
1. Bhandari V. B., Design of Machine Elements, (3e), Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Norton R. L., Machine Design - An Integrated Approach, (2e),
Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersey, 2007.
3. Juvenile R. C. and Marshek K. M., Fundamentals of Machine
Component Design, (5e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York, 2012.
4. Maleev and Hartman, Machine Design, Revised and edited by Drop
Grover), CBS Publishers, New Delhi,
5. Hamrock B. J., Jacobson B.O. and Schmid S. R., Fundamentals of
Machine Elements, (2e), Mc Graw Hill Inc., New York, 2005.
MME 3154: TURBO MACHINES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction: Classification and types of turbo machines, Dimensional
analysis and similitude of incompressible and compressible flow turbo
machines, Specific speed and its significance on size and shape, Affinity
laws, Euler turbine equation and components of energy transfer with
velocity triangles. Degree of reaction, utilization factor, Zero angle
turbine, Theoretical head capacity relationship for general pumps and
compressors, Effect of exit blade angle on performance. Isentropic
efficiencies of turbo machines, Infinitesimal polytrophic and finite stage
efficiencies for turbines and compressors, Preheat factor for a
compressor and reheat factor for a turbine, Pump manometric head,
manometric, mechanical, volumetric and overall efficiencies, Minimum
starting speed, Need for priming, Cavitation and NPSH, Slip and slip
Factor, Main and operating characteristics of pumps, Iso-efficiency
graph, h-s diagram of a compressor stage, Stage velocity triangles, Need
for limiting inlet relative velocity in high speed compressors: Pre whirl
blades, h-s diagram for a general stage, Velocity triangles, Enthalpy and
stagnation pressure loss coefficients for rotor and stator, Blade loading,
Work done factor, Phenomenon of surging, Condition of stalling, Radial
equilibrium equation, Free and forced vortex designs. Tangential flow
pelton turbine - working principle, Design parameters and governing of
Pelton turbine, Radial flow francis turbine - working principle, Draft tube
theory and types of draft tubes, Axial flow kaplan turbine - working
principle, Governing of reaction turbines. Main and operating
characteristics, Iso-efficiency graph, SFEE across a steam nozzle, h-s
diagram of single stage D'laval Turbine, Nozzle and blade efficiencies,
Curtis stage, Rateau turbine, Parsons reaction turbine.
References:
1. Yahya S.M., Turbomachines, Satya Prakashana, New Delhi.
2. Yahya S.M., Turbines Compressors and Flans, TMH, New Delhi,
2005.
207
3. Shepherd D.G., Principle of Turbomachinery, Macmillan Co. New
York, 1956.
4. Sayers A.T., Hydraulic & Compressible flow Turbomachines,
Mc.Graw Hill, 1990.
5. Dixon S.L., Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery,
Pergamon, 2006.
MME 3171: MECHANICAL LAB - I [0 1 3 2]
Determination of viscosity of oil, flash & fire point of oil, lower calorific
value of gaseous fuel and dryness fraction of steam. Calibration of
pressure gauge and determination of compression ratio. Performance
test on different single cylinder, low/high speed four/two stroke petrol &
diesel engines. Area measurement by Planimeter. Mould sand testing,
Performance test on blower, air compressor. Balancing of revolving
masses.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., Internal Combustion Engines (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
Education Private Limited New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., Course in Internal Combustion
Engines, Dhanpath Raj Publishers, New Delhi, 2001
MME 3172: METROLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Study of measuring instruments and gauges, Screw thread
measurements, Measurement of effective diameter of external screw
threads, Use of Comparators, Measurement of gear dimensions, Radius
and angle measurement, Calibration of Micrometer and Vernier caliper,
Surface texture and straightness measurement, Use of Profile projector,
Coordinate Measuring Machine and Interferometer.
References:
1. Jain R. K., Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1997.
2. Gupta I. C., Engineering Metrology, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New
Delhi, 1997.
3. Raghavendra N. V. and Krishnamurthy L. Engineering Metrology and
Measurements, Oxford University Press, 2013.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z. The nature
& purpose of international business & multinational corporations, Unified
global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich.,Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker., Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, New York, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker., The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, New
York 2004.
MME 3251: HEAT TRANSFER [2 1 0 3]
Modes of heat transfer, Governing laws and its derivatives, Electrical
analogy, Combined mechanism of heat transfer, Overall heat transfer
coefficient, Different types of boundary conditions. General heat
conduction equation in Cartesian coordinates, Heat conduction
through plane and composite walls, Thermal contact resistance,
Radial heat flow through cylinder and composite cylinders, Critical
thickness of insulation, Radial heat flow through sphere and
composite spheres, Steady state heat conduction with heat
generation, Effect of variable thermal conductivity (for plane wall only),
Heat transfer from extended surfaces: General energy equation for the
fin, Heat transfer from fin of uniform cross section heated at one end
and both ends, Efficiency and effectiveness, Application of
dimensional analysis to free and forced convection, Dimensionless
numbers and their physical significance, Characteristic length,
Boundary layer concept, Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer in
external and internal flow, Empirical correlations for forced and free
convection. Types of heat exchangers, Fouling factor, Overall heat
transfer coefficient, Analysis of parallel and counter flow heat
exchanger - LMTD and NTU method, LMTD correction factor,
Radiation: Thermal radiation, Absorption, Reflection and transmission
of radiation, Black body, Stefan-Boltzmann, Kirchoff's, Planck's and
Wien's displacement Laws, Heat transfer between black surfaces and
between gray surfaces, Radiation shield, Electrical analogy of solving
radiation problems (only between two bodies/surfaces).
References:
1. Holman J. P., Heat Transfer, (10e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Ozisik M. N., Heat Transfer – A Basic Approach, (2e), McGraw Hill,
1985.
3. Yunus A. Cenzel and Afshin J. Ghajar, Heat and Mass transfer, (4e),
Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
4. Thirumaleshwar M., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, (1e),
Pearson Education, 2006.
5. Rajput R. K., Heat and Mass Transfer, (4e), S Chand Publishing, 2008.
MME 3252: MECHANICAL DESIGN - II [3 1 0 4]
Types of springs, helical coil springs, Stress and deflection of springs
subjected to steady/ fluctuating loads, Stresses in leaf springs. Spur
gears: Nomenclature, Stresses in gear teeth, Lewis equation for beam
strength of tooth, Static, Dynamic, Limiting load for wear, Helical
gears: Nomenclature, Formative number of teeth, Static Strength,
Dynamic strength, Limiting load for wear. Bevel gears: Nomenclature,
Straight teeth bevel gears, Static strength, Dynamic strength, Limiting
load for wear. Worm gears: Nomenclature, Strength design, Efficiency,
Heat dissipation. Sliding contact bearings: Journal bearings,
Terminology, Hydrodynamic lubrication, Stribeck curve, Heat
generation & dissipation. Rolling contact bearings: Life rating, Static
load carrying capacity, Dynamic load carrying capacity, Equivalent
load, Selection of V belt drive systems, Selection of rope drive systems
and chain drive systems, Block brakes, Band brakes, Pivoted Shoe
brakes.
208
References:
1. Bhandari V. B., Design of Machine Elements, (3e), Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Norton R. L., Machine Design - An Integrated Approach, (2e),
Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersey, 2007.
3. Juvenile R. C. and Marshek K. M., Fundamentals of Machine
Component Design, (5e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York, 2012.
4. Maleev and Hartman, Machine Design, Revised and edited by Drop
Grover), CBS Publishers, New Delhi,
5. Hamrock B. J., Jacobson B.O. and Schmid S. R., Fundamentals of
Machine Elements, (2e), Mc Graw Hill Inc., New York, 2005.
6. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., Mechanical Engineering Design,
(8e), McGraw Hill Inc, New York, 2008.
7. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., Machine Design Data Hand
Book, (4e), CBS Publishers and distributors' New Delhi, 2013.
MME 3271: FINITE ELEMENT METHODS LAB [0 1 3 2]
FE modelling and analysis of plane truss and beams. FE modelling and
analysis of 2D and 3D structural problems, mesh convergence testing.
FE modelling and analysis of Shell problems. FE modelling to carry out
the Modal and Harmonic analysis of structural components. FE
modelling and analysis of 2D and 3D heat transfer problems. Writing and
executing programs to prepare FE model and analyze plane and space
truss, horizontal beam and plane frame problems, 2D plane stress and
plane strain problems.
References:
1. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegundu A. D. (2001), “Introduction to
Finite Elements in Engineering”, Pearson Education, New York.
2. Daryl L. Logan (2007), “A First course in Finite Element
Method”–Fourth India Edition, Thompson Ltd, India
MME 3272: MECHANICAL LAB - II [0 1 3 2]
Performance test on vapor compression refrigeration system, air
conditioning test rig, twin cylinder Kirloskar engine, MPFI engine and
morse test. Parallel and counter flow heat exchangers, Heat transfer from
a pin fin under free and forced convection, Determination of thermal
conductivity of a metallic bar and insulating powder. Performance test of
cross flow and shell and tube type heat exchanger, Heat transfer through
a composite wall, lagged pipe and determination of emissivity, Stefan
Boltzmann apparatus and calibration of temperature measuring
instruments, Compound pendulum, viscous damping and whirling of
shafts, Spring mass system and forced vibration
References:
1. Ganeshan V., Internal Combustion Engines,(3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., Course in Internal Combustion
Eengines, Dhanpath Raj Publishers, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Rattan S. S., Theory of Machines, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishers Pvt.
Ltd, New-Delhi, 2009.
4. Holman J. P., Heat Transfer, (10e),Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
5. Yunus A. Cenzel and Afshin J. Ghajar, Heat and Mass Transfer, (4e),
Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
6. Singiresu S. Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, Pearson Education
(Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2004
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
 EIGHTH SEMESTER
MME 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Student is undergoing industrial training for a minimum period of 4 weeks
during the vacation. After successful completion of training, student is
submitting a report to the department and also makes a presentation on
training.
MME 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The student is required to carry out a project work in the institution /
industry / research laboratory / institution of higher learning. The
minimum duration of the project work/practice school is 16 weeks. As
part of project work / practice school, the student is also required to
prepare a project report and make a presentation on the work carried out.
PROGRAM ELECTIVE
MME 4041: DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY [3 0 0 3]
Morphology of design, different phases, overview of product design,
advantages of using DFMA, principles of DFMA in mechanical design,
selection of materials and processes. Design guidelines for sand casting,
investment casting, metal extrusion, stamping, fine blanked parts, rolled
formed section, forging process, machining processes, heat treatment,
die casting, injection moulding, sheet metal process, powder metallurgy
process, joining processes. Advantages and disadvantages of 3D
printing, design guidelines for 3D printing and different assembly
techniques, importance of fits, tolerance and surface finish in design,
production drawings.
References:
1. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst and Winston A. Knight, Product
Design for Manufacture and Assembly, CRC Press, 2011.
2. James G. Brala, Design for Manufacturability Handbook, McGraw
Hill, New York, 1999.
3. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design Pearson Education,
Delhi, 2001.
4. Chitale A. K. and Gupta R. C., Product Design and Manufacturing,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
5. George E. Dieter, Engineering Design, McGraw Hill Book
Co.Singapore, 2000.
MME 4042: DESIGN OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Mechanical design process, design factors, design of mechanical
systems - Flange coupling, Screw jack, Piston, Connecting rod,
Crankshaft- Overhung & Center type, Valve gear mechanism, Single
plate clutch, Passenger lift, Concrete mixer, Automobile chassis &
suspension. Johnson's method of optimization. Design for manufacture
of cast, forged, turned, milled, drilled and ground parts, design for heat
treatment, design for assembly.
References:
1. Bhandari V.B., Design of Machine Elements (3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Trikha S. N., Machine Design Exercises, Khanna Publishers, Delhi,
2001.
3. Patil S. P., Mechanical System Design, Jaico Publishing House,
Mumbai, 2004.
4. George E. Dieter, Engineering Design, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
Singapore, 2000.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., Machine Design Data Hand
Book (4e), CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi, 1987.
209
MME 4043: MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Limits of vibration severity, Natural frequency by Newton's Classical
method and Energy method, Longitudinal, lateral and torsional vibration.
Viscous damping-different types of viscous damping, Coulomb
damping. Steady state forced vibration subjected to harmonic excitation,
rotating and reciprocating unbalance, force and displacement
transmissibility and reciprocating unbalance, force and displacement
transmissibility and whirling of shafts. Vibration measurement
transducers, vibrometer, accelerometer, frequency measuring
instruments, exciters, Machine condition monitoring using vibration
signals. Two degree of freedom system-Classical method and
Lagrange's generalized method, Dynamic vibration absorber. Centrifugal
pendulum absorber. Multi degree freedom system-Classical method,
Influence coefficient method. Matrix iteration method, Rayleigh's
method, Dunkerley's method and Holzer's method. Vibration of
continuous system.
References:
1. Singirisu Rao S ,Mechanical Vibration, Pearson Education, Delhi,
(5e), 2011.
2. S. Graham Kelly, Fundamentals of Mechanical Vibrations, McGraw-
Hill, Singapore,(2e),2000.
3. S. Graham Kelly, Schaum's Outline of Mechanical Vibrations
(Schaum's Outline Series), McGraw-Hill Publication,1996.
4. Rao J. S. and Gupta K., Introductory Course on Theory and Practice
of Mechanical Vibrations, New Age Publishers, (2e), 1999.
5. Groover G.K., Mechanical Vibrations, Nem Chand and Bros, (8e),
2009.
MME 4044: TRIBOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Types & properties of lubricants, Lubricants additives, Lubrication
regimes, Full fluid film lubrication, Equation of continuity, Generalised
Reynolds equation, Hydrostatic lubrication, Elastohydrodynamic
lubrication. Theories of friction, Friction instability. Theories of wear,
approaches to friction control and wear prevention, Friction and wear
measurement. Surface engineering, manufacturing of surface layers,
superficial-layer, Surface engineering for wear and corrosion resistance.
Application of tribology: Rolling contact bearings, Gears, Journal
bearings Finite bearings, Biotribology and Nanotribology. Tribo
measurement and instrumentation: Surface topography measurements,
Electron microscope, Atomic Force Microscope, Experimental methods
in tribology.
References:
1. Cameron A., Basic Lubrication Theory, Ellis Horwood Ltd,
Chichester, 1983.
2. Majumdar B.C., Introduction to Tribology of Bearings, A. H. Wheeler
& Co. Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad, 1999.
3. Stachowiak G. N., Batchelor A. W. and Stachowick G. B.,
Experimental methods in Tribology, Tribology Series 44, Editor D
Dowson, 2004.
4. Gwidon Stachowiak, Andrew Batchelor, Engineering Tribology,
Elsevier, (4e), 2013
5. Tadausz Burakowski, Tadeusz Wierzchon, Surface Engineering of
Metals: Principles, Equipments and Technologies, CRC Press, 1998.
MME 4045: COMPOSITE MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Definition, Classification, Types of matrices & reinforcements,
Characteristics & selection, Fiber composites, Laminated composites,
Particulate composites, Prepregs, Sandwich construction. Glass,
Carbon and Advanced fiber manufacturing methods, Applications,
Advantages, Disadvantages and Properties. Micro mechanical analysis
of a lamina: Introduction, Derivation of stress, Strain, Modulus of
elasticity of fiber reinforced composites. Rule of mixture, Problems to
find density, Mechanical properties of composites by using Rule of
mixture. Processing of polymer composites: Description of method,
Advantages, Disadvantages and Application, Hand-layup, Spray-layup,
Compression molding Injection molding, Reaction injection molding,
Autoclaving, Resin transfer molding, Filament winding, Pultrusion. Sheet
molding, Pre-pegging and challenges in primary processing of
composites. Secondary processing of polymer composites: Joining of
polymer composites, Adhesive joining, Mechanical joining, Microwave
joining, Induction and resistance welding, Drilling of polymer
composites, Conventional vs ultrasonic drilling, Remedies for reducing
drilling induce damages, Research tools for secondary processing.
Testing of polymer composites: ASTM standards and procedures, test
for physical properties, mechanical properties Viz., tensile, flexural,
impact etc., SEM analysis, case studies. Application developments:
Aircrafts, Missiles, Space, Automobile, Electrical and electronics,
Marine, Recreational and sports equipment's, Construction. Potential
future applications of composites.
References:
1. Mein Schwartz, Composite Materials Handbook, McGraw Hill
Publication, 1984.
2. Autar K. Kaw, Mechanics of Composite Materials, CRC Press New York.
3. Krishan K. Chawla, Composite Material Science and Engineering,
Springer Publication, 1987.
4. Mallik P. C., Fiber Reinforced Composites, Marcel Decker Publication,
1993.
5. Rober M. Joness, Mechanics of Composite Materials, McGraw Hill
Kogakusha Ltd, 2008.
MME 4046: HEAT TREATMENT OF METALS AND ALLOYS [3 0 0 3]
Iron-Carbon equilibrium diagram, Lever rule, isothermal transformation
diagram, heat treatment of steels, phase transformations. Heat
treatment processes, annealing, normalising, hardening, tempering,
hardenability, determination of hardenability - Grossman's critical
diameter method, Jominy end quench test, Factors affecting
hardenability. Carburizing, post carburizing treatments, cyaniding and
carbonitriding, nitriding, plasma nitriding, boronizing & chromizing,
flame hardening, induction hardening, electron beam hardening, laser
hardening. Controlled rolling, ausforming, isoforming, marstraining,
cryoforming, thermomechanical annealing, thermomechanical
treatment of non-ferrous alloys. Steel specification, classification and
heat treatment of steels and cast iron. Heat treatment and application
of aluminium alloys, titanium alloys, copper alloys, defects, causes
and remedies in heat treatment.
References:
1. Rajan T. V., Sharma C.P and Alok Sharma, Heat treatment principles
and techniques, PHI Publication, Delhi, 1999.
2. Bolton W., Engineering materials technology, Heinmann Newness,
New Delhi, 2001.
3. Thelning K. E., Steel and its heat treatment, Butterworth/Heinemann,
Oxford, 2000.
4. Romesh C. Sharma, Principles of Heat Treatment of Steels, New Age
International (P) Limited, New Delhi, 1996.
5. Vijendra Singh, Heat Treatment of Metals, Standard Publishers
Distributors, Delhi, 2012.
6. Avner S. H., Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, (3e), McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2004.
7. William D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering, John Wiley &
Sons, 2007.
210
MME 4047: LEAN MANUFACTURING [3 0 0 3]
The lean production system, lean revolution in Toyota, basic elements of
lean manufacturing, principles and characteristics of lean
manufacturing, MUDA and types. Value stream mapping Material and
information flow, Selection of the product family, Value stream manager,
Using the mapping tool, Drawing the current state map, Characteristics
of lean value stream, Drawing the future state map, Achieving the future
state. Introduction to Kanban: Data collection, case studies. Kanban
Size: Determining the replenishment cycle, Implication of scrap,
unplanned downtime and changeover time on replenishment intervals,
buffer calculations, Calculation of number of containers, Reality check,
Alternate method of kanban sizing, supplier kanban, Finished goods
kanban, Production smoothing: Smoothing of total production quantity -
Demand fluctuation and production capacity plan, Shortening
production lead time: Components of production lead time, shortening
processing time through single production and conveyance,
Multifunction workers, shortening processing time through small sized
lot production, shortening waiting time and conveyance time.
Shortening setup time – concepts and techniques: Setup concepts,
Concept applications, Analyzing setup actions, Procedure for setup
improvements. Standardization of operations: Components of standard
operations, Determining the cycle time, Determining the completion time
per unit, determining the standard operation routine, Yo i-don system,
One shot setup, Determining the standard quantity of work in progress,
Preparing standard operation sheet.
References:
1. Monden Y., Toyota Production System: An Integrated Approach to
Just-In-Time, (4e), CRC Press, U.S.A, 2011.
2. Rother and Shook, Learning to See: Value Stream Mapping to add
Value and Eliminate Muda, The Lean Enterprise Institute, U.S.A.,
1999.
3. Gross and McInnis, Kanban Made Simple: Demystifying and
Applying Toyota's Legendary Manufacturing Process, AMACOM
Books, U.S.A., 2003.
4. Fled W., Lean Manufacturing: Tools, Techniques and How to Use
Them, CRC Press, U.S.A., 2001.
5. Dailey K. W., The Lean Manufacturing Pocket Handbook, D.W.
Publishing Co., 2003.
MME 4048: PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Functions of production, planning and control. Types of
production activities, Production consumption cycle. Forecasting
Analysis: Importance and uses of forecasting, Type of forecasts,
Qualitative methods of forecasting, Quantitative methods of forecasting,
Exponential smoothing, Linear regression analysis, Correlation analysis
and Seasonality, Forecast control. Aggregate planning: Need and inputs
for aggregate production planning, Pure and mixed strategies of
aggregate planning. Aggregate planning approach. Job shop scheduling:
Factors affecting job shop scheduling, Index method, Priority sequencing
rules, Determination of mean flow time, average job lateness and
average number of jobs in the system, Sequencing of 'n' jobs through 'n'
machines. Inventory control: Classification of inventories, Economic
order quantity, Inventory control models, Effect of quantity discount,
Safety stock, Reorder level, Lead time, ABC Analysis. MRP: Product
structure tree, MRP inputs and outputs, MRP logic, Problems. Assembly
line balancing: Meaning and determination of cycle time and theoretical
minimum number of workstations, Precedence diagram, Priority rules
for allocation of tasks to workstations, Longest work element time rule,
Maximum following tasks rule-Calculation of efficiency and percentage
delay loss.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G, Operations Management, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P, Operations Management,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Adam Everett E. Jr. and Ebert Ronald J., Production and Operations
Management, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
4. Chase Richard B., Aquilano Nicholas J. and Jacobs F. Roberts,
Production and Operations Management, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
5. Eilon Samuel, Elements of Production Planning and Control,
Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 1991.
MME 4049: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Governing equations of fluid mechanics: Models of Flow, The substantial
derivative and divergence of velocity field- its physical meaning,
Derivation for finite volume model, fixed and moving with the fluid.
Continuity equation: Derivation for infinitesimal element model, fixed and
moving with the fluid, The Conservative and Non-conservative forms of
the above equations, Derivation of the general 3-D Cartesian momentum
and energy equations: Non conservative format and transformation of
these into conservative formats., General characteristic of the governing
equations: The initial and types of boundary conditions, Mathematical
behavior of different classes of partial differential equations, Equilibrium
and Marching behavior, Format of the differential equation for the
conservation of a general dependent property, Discretization Process-
concept and structure, Methods of deriving the discretized equations,
Explicit Taylor series expansion, Consistency and Stability criteria,
Application of explicit finite difference technique, Application of the
explicit finite difference technique to one dimensional steady state heat
transfer in a rectangular fin, Implementation of boundary conditions and
solution techniques for the above, Extension of the method to 2-D
Conduction through a rectangular slab, Explicit, Implicit and Crank
Nicholson Method of solving space and time marching in 1D domain,
The Basic Four rules criteria in control volume formulation, Discretization
of source terms and linearization, Application of control volume
technique to two and three dimensional steady diffusion flow problems,
Application of control volume technique to 1D unsteady heat transfer
problem, Numerical methods for steady one-dimensional convective
flow with diffusion: control volume approach, The CDS, the Upwind, and
Exact schemes, Properties of discretization schemes: Conservativeness,
Boundedness and Transportiveness, illustrative numerical examples on
the above, Artificial or false diffusion with UDS. SIMPLE algorithms,
Difficulties and Strategies to overcome in convection dominated
diffusion problems, the need for staggered grid, Implementation of
boundary conditions in CFD.
References:
1. John D. Anderson Jr., Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Basics
with Applications, International Edition, McGraw Hill. New York, 1995
2. Suhas V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow,
Hemisphere / McGraw Hill. New York, 1980.
3. Versteeg H.K. and Malalasekera W, An Introduction to Computational
Fluid Dynamics.- The Finite Volume Method, Longman Scientific &
Technical. England, 1995.
4. Ghoshdastidhar, Computer Simulation of Flow and Heat Transfer,
Tata- McGraw-Hill Book Company. New Delhi, 1998.
5. Muralidhar K and Sundararajan T, Computational Fluid Flow and Heat
Transfer, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2003
211
MME 4050: DESIGN OF THERMAL POWER PLANT
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Design of Double Pipe Heat Exchanger, Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger
Recuperative Air Pre Heater, Economizer, Boiler furnace design,
Estimation of inside heat transfer coefficient using Jens & Lottes
equation and Thom's correlation. Estimation of pressure drop in two
phase flow using Thom's method, Super heater and Re-heater Design:
Estimation of flow in each element of a tube assembly. Estimation of
attenuation factor and direct radiation from furnace, Design of Steam
Condenser-estimation of tube side velocity, surface area and pressure
drop for various tube sizes & Plot the graph) and estimation of shell
diameter of steam condenser, Design of Cooling Tower.
References:
1. Kern D.Q., Process Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill Publications, 1965.
2. Ganapathy V.,Applied Heat Transfer, Penn Well Publishing Company,
Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1982.
3. Sarit Kumar Das, Balakrishan A R, Process Heat Transfer, Alpha
Science International, 2005.
MME 4051: REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to refrigeration and air conditioning, basic refrigeration
cycles and its analysis. Different types of air refrigeration cycles for
aircraft applications. Vapour compression systems- thermodynamic
analysis of simple, multi-pressure and compound refrigeration systems.
Vapour absorption system- simple and practical absorption systems,
comparison with compression systems. Water refrigeration- steam jet
system. Vortex and pulse tube and thermoelectric refrigeration systems-
simple analysis. Psychrometry, psychrometric chart and analysis of
related terms and processes. Air conditioning systems- comfort,
industrial cold storages. Cooling and heating load calculations. Different
air conditioning methods.
References:
1. Manohar Prasad., Refrigeration and Air-conditioning” New Age
International Publisher, 2015
2. S.C.Arora & S. Domkondwar., Course in Refrigeration and Air-
conditioning, Danpath Rai. New Delhi, 1992.
3. Cook Norman., Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Macmillan London,
1995.
4. W.F. Stocker., Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill,
1978.
5. Marsh & Olive, Principles of Refrigeration, CBS Publishers &
Distributors New Delhi, 2001.
MME 4052: THEORY OF IC ENGINES AND EMISSIONS [3 0 0 3]
Thermodynamics and classification of IC engines, idealized cycles and
processes: Otto, Diesel, Dual and Sterling Cycle. Comparison of Air-
standard Cycle, Fuel air cycles and actual cycles. Fundamentals of
combustion: Introduction to combustion, modes of combustion,
Stoichiometry, heat of formation, adiabatic flame temperature, chemical
equilibrium, ignition limits, numericals. IC engine fuels: conventional and
non-conventional fuels. Conventional fuels, chemical structure of
petroleum products, refining process, products of refinery, required
qualities of engine fuels, rating of fuels, SI engine and CI engine fuels.
Non-conventional fuels (alternative fuels): Alcohols, LPG, CNG,
Hydrogen, Vegetable oils. Combustion in SI and CI engines: Combustion
in SI engines: Stages of combustion, factors affecting the different
stages of combustion, rate of pressure rise, Normal and abnormal
combustion and Combustion Knock. Design and operational factors for
control of knock. Combustion chamber design for SI engines.
Combustion Phenomenon in CI engines: Stages of combustion, Delay
period physical and chemical delay period, abnormal combustion in CI
engines- Diesel Knock. Factors affecting delay period. Control of diesel
knock. SI and CI engine combustion chamber designs. Modern
developments in IC engines. Electronic injection systems like CRDI,
MPFI, TBI and GDI systems, VTVT, VVT technologies, Dual fuel engines
and stratified charge engines. Engine pollutant formation and control;
introduction to pollution, Nitrogen Oxides, kinetics of NOX formation in SI
engine and CI engine. CO emission, UBHC emission, flame quenching,
HC emission from SI and CI engines. Particulate emissions, soot
formation, oxidation and adsorption and condensation. Exhaust and non-
exhaust emissions: Exhaust emission control methods- thermal
reactors, catalytic converters and particulate traps, chemical methods
like ammonia injection. Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR), EGR
technique, Non- exhaust emissions - evaporative emissions and crank
case emissions and its control.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., Internal Combustion Engines, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur and Sharma, A Course in I C Engines, Dhanpath Rai
Publishers, New Delhi, 1981.
3. John B. Heywood, Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2011.
4. Lichty L.C., International Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 1951.
5. Edward F. Obert, Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution,
Harper & Row, Publishers. Delhi, 1973.
MME 4062: AUTOMATIC CONTROL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
The course Automatic control engineering mainly deals with the
application of automatic control in various systems like temperature
control system, water level control system, flow control system etc.
These physical systems can mathematically modelled and many
physically different systems have the same mathematical model. The
advantage of such mathematical models is that these can be solved
easily and system stability can be ascertained using mathematical
models. In addition, the selection of proper system parameters for safety
of a control system can be demonstrated through various plots like
Nyquist and Bode plots. Digital control systems play a very important
role in handling multi variate systems which can be modelled using state
space representation.
References:
1. Harrison H.L. and Bollinger J.G., Automatic controls (2e), Interna-
tional Text Book Co. U.S.A, 1968.
2. Raven, Automatic Control Engineering, McGraw Hill, U.S.A, 1995.
3. BenjaminKuo.C.,Automatic Control Systems EEE (7e), Prentice Hall
of India Ltd. New Delhi, 1995.
4. Verma S.N., Automatic Control Systems, Khanna Publishers, Delhi,
1990.
5. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India
Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
MME 4063: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Automotive engine parts, Spark Ignition (SI) & Compression Ignition (CI)
engines, Multi-cylinder arrangements. Cooling requirements & methods.
Various lubrication arrangements. Fuel pumps for petrol and diesel
engines, Types of carburetors. Fuel injector and Multi-Point Fuel Injection
system. Various ignition systems and ignition advance methods. Bendix
drive. Clutches- purpose and requirements, Various types of clutches.
212
Various types of Gearboxes. Drive configuration and parts of drive
system, types of rear axle arrangements. Tyre properties, tubed tubeless
tyres. Steering geometry, Steering mechanisms and linkage systems.
Requirements and Types of suspensions, Telescopic shock absorber.
Braking requirements, Brake efficiency and stopping distance, Various
Types of brakes, Balance beam compensator, Antilock braking system.
Automotive emission control system, Method to control various
emissions, Emission standards- Euro and Bharat norms. Modern
Vehicles, Construction and operational features of four wheelers
available in Indian market, Introduction to electric vehicles & hybrid
vehicles.
References:
1. Heinz Heisler, Vehicle and Engine Technology (2e), Butterworth-
Heinemann Publication, 1998.
2. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering Vol. I & II (13e), Standard
Publishers Distributors, 2017.
3. Rajput R. K., Automobile Engineering (2e), Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd,
2017.
4. Jain K. K., Asthana R. B., Automobile Engineering (1e), Tata McGraw
Hill Education, 2017.
5. Narang G. B. S., Automobile Engineering (5e), Khanna Publishers,
1995.
6. Giri N. K., Automobile Technology, Khanna Publication, 2002.
7. Ehsani M., Gao Y., Emadi A., Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and
Fuel Cell Vehicles (2e), CRC Press, 2009.
MME 4064: BIO-FLUID MECHANICS [2 1 0 3]
Cardiovascular physiology:Cardiovascular system, The heart-blood
vessels, Mechanical model (Winkessel model), Blood. Fundamentals of
fluid mechanics: Intrinsic properties of fluid, Conservation laws -
Mathematical tools, Mass Conservation, Conservation of momentum,
Form of fluid motions equations, Dimensional analysis, Energy
conservations & Bio-heat Equation of Mammalian Tissue. Mathematical
solutions for bio-fluid problems: How to solve a problem?, Boundary
conditions, Mathematical solutions for bio-fluid problems - Shear stress
on arterial endothelial cells, NS in a pipe - Validity of the Hagen-
Poisseuille relationship in the cardiovascular system, Pulsatile flow,
Effect of pulsatility, Wormersley solution. Computational fluid dynamics
(CFD) and Flow measurement in the cardiovascular: Computational fluid
dynamics, Flow measurement in the cardiovascular. Flow over
immersed body (incompressible): General flow characteristics, Lift and
drag concepts – Definitions, Drag for different shapes, Drag coefficient,
for a sphere in stokes flow, Transport of micro-particles, Characteristic
flow past an object, Boundary layer characteristics - Boundary Layer
Structure and Thickness on a Flat Plate, Boundary layer thickness,
Momentum-Integral Boundary Layer Equation for a Flat Plate, Prandtl /
Blasius Boundary Layer Solution, Turbulent boundary layer, Pressure
gradient effect on flow - Separation point, Reduction of drag, Biological
solution for drag reduction. Rheology of blood, Non-Newtonian fluid:
Viscosimetry, Blood composition and viscosity, Cell free marginal layer,
Pressure flow relationship for non-Newtonian fluid, Hemodialysis and
platelet activation, Time effect viscosity. Introduction to Fluid Machinery
and biomedical application: Introduction to Fluid Machinery, Fluid
machinery in biomedical.
References:
1. K.B. Chandran et al. Biofluid mechanics: the human circulation.
Taylor and Francis (2de)
2. Kundu PK, Cohen IM and Dowling DR, “Fluid Mechanics”, (5e),
Academic Press, 2011
3. Mazumdar J, “Biofluid Mechanics”, World Scientific, Singapore,
1992
4. L. Waite. Applied Biofluid Mechan ics. (1e), (2007).McGraw-Hill
Professional
5. George A. Truskey, Fan Yuan, and David F. Katz. Transport
Phenomena in Biological Systems (Pearson Prentice Hall
Bioengineering)
MME 4065: CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definitions, Technological importance of corrosion study,
Corrosion as useful process, Corrosive environments, Consequences of
corrosion, Factors affecting corrosion, Economical aspects of
corrosion, Corrosion science and corrosion engineering. Fundamental
aspects of corrosion: Cell analogy, electrode potential, emf and galvanic
series - their uses in corrosion studies, Corrosion cell, Cathodic and
anodic reactions, Types of corrosion cells, Reference electrode and their
types, Pourbaix diagram for metal-water system. Principles of
corrosion: Corrosion rate expressions and calculations, Nernst's
Equation, Electro-chemical nature of aqueous corrosion, Faradays' laws
of electrolysis, Current density, Factors influencing corrosion rate. Types
of corrosion: Characteristic features, causes and remedial measures of
different forms of corrosion: Dry & wet corrosion, Uniform, Galvanic,
Crevice, Pitting, Crevice, Erosion, Intergranular, Selective leaching,
Stress corrosion cracking, Hydrogen damage, Liquid metal attack,
Hydrogen embrittlement, Atmospheric corrosion – classification and
factors influencing atmospheric corrosion, Introduction to high
temperature corrosion, Prevention of high temperature corrosion,
Corrosion/ Chemical degradation of non-metallic materials like rubbers,
plastics and ceramics. Polarization: Thermodynamics and Kinetics of
Electrode Processes- Polarization Curves, Over-Potential, Passivity,
Trans-passivity, Measuring polarization, Anodic polarization, Cathodic
polarization, Activation Polarization and Concentration polarization..
Corrosion control: Principles of corrosion prevention, Material selection,
Design considerations, Control of environment including Inhibitors and
Passivators, Coatings – metallic, inorganic, organic, Electroplating of
copper, Nickel and Chromium, Electro-less plating, Anodising,
Galvanizing, Thermal spraying, Alloy plating, Cathodic and anodic
protection, Chemical and electrochemical polishing, Phosphating,
Chromating, Chemical colouring. Corrosion Monitoring: Laboratory
corrosion tests, Accelerated chemical tests for studying different forms
of corrosion. Electrochemical methods of corrosion rate measurements
by Gravimetric, Tafel polarization, Linear polarization, Cyclic polarization,
Impedance spectroscopy, NDT techniques - Ultrasonic, Radiography
and Eddy current.
References:
1. Mars G. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2008.
2. Zaki Ahmed, Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion
Control, Elsevier Science and Technology Books, 2006.
3. Trethewey K. R. and Chamberlain Longman J., Corrosion for
students of Science and Engineering, Scientific & Technical New
York, USA, 1988.
4. Philip A Schweitzer, Fundamentals of corrosion-Mechanisms,
Causes and Preventive methods, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Group, Boca Raton, 2010.
5. Uhlig H.H. and Revie R. W., Corrosion and Corrosion Control, Wiley,
NY, 1985.
6. Shreir L.L., Corrosion. Vol I and II, Butterworths, Kent, 1976.
213
MME 4066: ELEMENTS OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, basic concepts and elements of mechatronic
systems, needs and benefits of mechatronics in manufacturing,
Sensors, Transducers: Displacement. Piezoelectric actuators, Shape
memory alloys. Hydraulic & Pneumatic devices – Power supplies,
valves, cylinder sequencing. Data acquisition and translation: Signal
conditioning – Operational amplifiers, inverting amplifier, differential
amplifier, Protection, comparator, filters, Multiplexer, Pulse width
Modulation Counters, decoders, ADC, DAC Signal Analysis -
Linearization of data, Compensation, Signal Averaging, Fourier analysis.
Data presentation system: Display - Cathode ray oscilloscope, LED,
LCD, Printers, Magnetic Recording, Controllers and Algorithms:
Microprocessor Applications.
References:
1. Alciatore David G & Histand Michael B, Introduction to Mechatronics
and Measurement systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Boltan W, Mechatronics, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd, 1999.
3. Devdas Shetty & Richard Kolk, Mechatronics System Design, PWS
Publishing, 2001
4. Dan Nesculescu, Mechatronics, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, 2002.
5. Bradley D A and others, Mechatronics, Nelson Thornes Chennai,
2004.
MME 4060: ERGONOMICS [3 0 0 3]
Definitions of Ergonomics, Role of human factors engineer, Types of
systems, Elements of man-machine system, System approach to
human engineering, Information input and processing, Information
theory, Sources and pathways of stimuli, Human sensorimotor system,
Biases in decision making. Visual Displays, Quantitative and qualitative
displays, Auditory displays, Biomechanics of motion, Functions of
controls, Factors influencing design of control, Design of hand and foot
controls, Use of Anthropometric data, Work surface, Location of
component and general work place arrangement, Industrial fatigue,
Causes and elimination of fatigue, Productivity and its improvement,
Worker and working environment, Effect of light, colour, noise and
vibration on performance.
References:
1. Mark S. Sanders and Ernest J McCormick, Human Factors in
Engineering and Design, (7e), McGraw-Hill and Co, Singapore 1992.
2. Bridger R.S., Introduction to Ergonomics, Taylor & Francis, (3e),
2008.
3. Pulat B. Mustafa, Fundamentals of Industrial Ergonomics, (2e),
Waveland Press Inc, Illinois, 1997.
4. Khan M. I., Industrial Ergonomics, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2010.
5. Gavriel. Salvendy, Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics,
(3e), Wiley, Hoboken, New Jersey, 2006.
MME 4067: FATIGUE AND FRACTURE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Background and overview, engineering materials, structure
and deformation of materials, fatigue design philosophies, modes of
mechanical failure, fatigue mechanisms and microscopic features,
macro aspects of fatigue of metals. High-cycle fatigue: Fatigue loading,
fatigue testing, stress-life curves: general S-N behavior, fatigue limits,
mean stress effects on S-N behavior, constant life diagrams; factors
influencing S-N behavior: surface treatments, S-N curve representation
and approximations, stress concentration effects, notch sensitivity
factor, empirical relations for notch sensitivity factor, life estimation using
S-N approach, cumulative damage and life prediction. Low-cycle
fatigue: Monotonic stress-strain behavior, cyclic stress-strain behavior,
cyclic strain hardening and softening, Bauschinger effect, shakedown,
cyclic creep, cyclic stress-strain curve determination, stress-plastic
strain power law relationship, fatigue crack initiation in ductile solids,
cyclic deformation and crack initiation in brittle solids.Strain–life
approach: strain life curve, determination of fatigue properties, transition
life, mean stress effects and strain life equations, notch strain analysis
and the strain – life approach, notch stresses and strains, Neuber's rule,
examples of life estimation. Linear elastic fracture mechanics: Fracture
modes, fracture criteria, mechanisms of fracture & crack growth,
Griffith's analysis, energy release rate, elastic crack tip fields, fracture
criteria for elastic brittle fracture, stress and displacement field, stress
intensity factor, effect of finite size, crack tip plasticity, plastic zone shape
and size, R-curves, effect of finite size, effect of specimen dimensions,
plane strain fracture toughness, plane stress and transitional behavior.
Fatigue fracture mechanics: Fatigue crack growth, empirical fatigue
crack growth equations, crack closure and fatigue threshold, crack
growth behavior under variable amplitude loading, effect of over load on
fatigue crack growth, prediction of fatigue crack growth and life of a
structural component, generation of crack growth plots.
References:
1. Bannantine Julie A, Jess J Comer and Handrock James L,
Fundamentals of Metal fatigue and Analysis, Prentice Hall, Upper
Saddle River, NJ, 1990.
2. Dowling Norman E, Mechanical Behavior of Materials, (2e), Prentice
Hall International Inc., New Jersy, USA, 1999.
3. Stephens Ralph I, Fatemi Ali, Stephens Robert R and Henry, Metal
fatigue in Engineering, (2e), John Wiley and Sons Inc, New York,
2001.
4. Suresh S, Fatigue of Materials, (2e), Cambridge University Press.,
UK, 1998.
5. Anderson T. L., Fracture Mechanics-Fundamentals and applications,
(2e), CRC Press, London, 1995.
MME 4068: FLUID DRIVES AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Pneumatic systems, Structure and signal flow of pneumatic systems, Air
generation and distribution, Working of Filter, Lubricator and Pressure
regulator, Pneumatic actuators, Control valves for direction and flow,
Design of manually operated circuits, Control of multiple actuators,
Electro pneumatic sensors, Design of electro pneumatic circuits,
Hydraulic power pack and accessories, Hydraulic fluids, Filters, Types of
hydraulic pumps, actuators, Pressure control, Flow control and Direction
control valves, Calculation of Force, Speed and Power developed in
hydraulic systems, Design of Hydraulic circuits.
References:
1. Peter Croser and Frank Ebel, Pneumatics Basic Level TP 101, Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
2. Prede G. and Scholz D., Electropneumatics Basic Level, Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
3. Merkle D., Schrader B. and Thomes M., Hydraulics Basic Level TP
501, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 1998.
4. Peter Rohner, Industrial Hydraulic Control, John Wiley & Sons,
Brisbane,1989.
5. Majumdar S.R., Oil Hydraulic Systems Principles and Maintenance,
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
MME 4069: FRICTION AND WEAR [3 0 0 3]
Influence of material properties, rolling friction, Measurement of friction,
friction coefficient values. Mechanism of adhesive wear, shapes of
214
transferred and loose wear particles, size distribution of wear fragments,
quantitative laws of adhesive wear, wear coefficients, Abrasive wear,
Corrosive wear, Impact wear, Hydrodynamic, hydrostatic and elasto-
hydrodynamic lubrication, solid film lubrication, boundary lubrication –
single penetration and multiple penetration models. Effectiveness of
liquid lubricant and solid lubricant. Rebuilding and surfacing cements,
wear tiles, electro spark deposition coatings, fused carbide cloth,
thermal/chemical deposited ceramic coatings, centrifugal cast wear
coatings, wear sleeves, wear plates.
References:
1. Rabinowicz E, Friction and Wear of Materials, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 1995.
2. Bharat Bhushan, Principles and applications of Tribology, John Wiley
& Sons Inc., 1999.
3. Arnell R D, Davies P B, Halling J & Whomes T L, Tribology: Principles
and design applications, Macmillan Education Ltd, 1991.
4. Kragelsky I V, Friction Wear Lubrication – Tribology hand book vol 1, 2
& 3, MIR Publishers, 1981.
5. Majumdar B. C.,Tribology of Bearings, Wheeler Publisher, 1990.
MME 4057: INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS [3 0 0 3]
Definition of robots, Automation and Robotics, Robot configuration,
Robot Motions, Work Volume, Drive System, Control System, Precision
of movement, Specification of a robot, Applications of industrial robots,
Robot Motion Analysis, Forward and reverse transformation of 2 degree
of freedom arm, Arm manipulation for 3 degree of freedom arm,
Homogeneous transformations and robot kinematics, Robot Dynamics,
Robot end effectors, Force analysis of gripper, Physical support of the
end effectors, Guidelines for gripper selection, Sensing systems, Types
and features of robot sensors, Machine vision, Robot Control Systems,
Mathematical models, Types of controllers, Robot drive system and
programming languages.
References:
1. Mikell P Groover, Mitchel Weiss, Roger N Nagel, Nichoas G Odrey and
Ashish Dutta,
2. Industrial Robotics, (2e), McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd,
2012.
3. Yoram Koren, Robotics, McGraw Hill., 1992.
4. Groover M.P., Cam and Automation, Prentice Hall, 1995.
5. Yu Kozyhev, Industrial Robots Handbook, MIR Pub. 1985.
MME 4070: INTRODUCTION TO COMBUSTION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to combustion, history of combustion, combustion
modes and flames, Types of fuels and their properties. Combustion
and thermo-chemistry: property relations, laws of thermodynamics
applied to combustion, Reactants and product mixtures,
Stoichiometry, enthalpy of formation, enthalpy of combustion and
heating values, Adiabatic flame temperature, chemical equilibrium,
equilibrium products of combustion. Mass transfer: rate laws,
species conservation. Chemical kinetics: Important chemical
mechanisms, Simplified conservation equations for reacting flows,
laminar premixed flames, Simplified analysis. Factors influencing
flame velocity and thickness flame stabilization, laminar diffusion
flames, Introduction to turbulent flames. Droplet evaporation and
burning: Introduction, applications like in Diesel engines, gas turbine
engines liquid rocket engines, simple models of droplet evaporation
and droplet burning. Combustion and environment: Combustion
products to environment and its effect, Quantification of emission and
emission control methods.
References:
1. Stephen R. Turns, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion- Concepts
and Applications(2e), McGraw- Hill, 2000.
2. Mishra D.P., Fundamentals of Combustion, PHI Learning Private
Limited New Delhi, 2010.
3. Sharma S.P. and Mohan, C., Fuels and Combustion, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 1987.
4. Sarkar. S., Fuels and Combustion, Orient Longman, 2005.
5. Mukunda H.S., Understanding of Combustion, Mc Millan India Ltd,
New Delhi 1989.
MME 4071: JET PROPULSION AND ROCKET TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Jet Propulsion, Thrust equation, Efficiencies: Ram efficiency, thermal
efficiency, propulsive efficiency, propeller efficiency. Propulsive Devices:
turbo jet, turbo prop engine, turbo shaft engine, Ram jet, pulse jet, Rocket
Propulsion, Principle of rocket propulsion, thrust equation, Criteria for
Rocket-Motor Performance- specific impulse, total impulse, Chemical
Rockets: Solid propellant rockets, types of solid propellant, burning rate,
solid propellant grain configurations. Liquid propellant rockets, Feed
systems and injectors. Gaseous propellant rockets, Developments in
Rocket Technology: nuclear propulsion systems, Electrical propulsion
and Hybrid rockets.
References:
1. Zucrow, Aircraft and Missile Propulsion, Vol I and II, John Wiley, New
York. 1958.
2. Jain J K, Gas Turbine Theory and Jet Propulsion, (7e), Khanna
Publishers. New Delhi, 1972.
3. Mathur M L and R P Sharma, Gas Turbines and Jet Propulsion,
Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi, 2000.
4. Yahya S M, Fundamentals of compressible flow with aircraft and
rocket propulsion, New Age International Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2004.
5. Ganesan V, Gas Turbines, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. 2005.
MME 4072: MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Working and Auxiliary motions in machine Tools, Parameters defining
working motions of a machine tool, Machine tool drives-individual drive,
Group drive, Mechanical Drives for providing rotational movements,
Selection of range of spindle speeds, Typical layouts for intermediate
spindle speeds, Construction of speed diagram, Layout of speeds in GP,
Saw diagram of a GP series, Rules for layout of speed boxes having
sliding clusters, Flow Diagram, Ray diagram, Types of Feed Gear Boxes,
Functions and Requirements of machine tool structures, Profiles,
Factors affecting stiffness of machine tool structures & Methods of
improving it, Commonly used bed and column sections, Antifriction
guide ways, Protecting devices, Spindles, Milling & Drilling machines,
Antifriction bearings, Elimination of vibration, Machine tool chatter,
Vibration isolated tool holders.
References:
1. Mehta N K, Machine Tool Design & Numerical control, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.
2. Sen and Bhattacharya, Principles of Machine Tools, New Central
Book Agency, Calcutta, 2001.
3. CMTI.,Machine Tool Design Handbook, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
4. Basu S K, Design of Machine Tools, Oxford & IBH, Delhi, 1989.
5. George Schlesinger, Testing Machine Tools, Pergamon Press,
Oxford, 1982.
215
MME 4073: MACHINE TOOLS AND METROLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Machine Tools: Lathe: Types, Parts, Feed Mechanisms, Specifications of
lathe, Lathe Operations, Accessories and Attachments, Machining time
estimation. Shaper and Planer: Types, Specifications, Crank and slotted
link mechanism, Stroke length and position adjustments, Automatic feed
mechanisms, Shaper vs Planer, Machining time estimation. Drilling:
Operations, Types, Mechanisms, Nomenclature of a drill, Machining time
estimation. Milling: Types, Up Milling Vs Down Milling, Types of milling
cutters, Operations, Machining time estimation, Dividing head. Grinding:
Specification and selection of grinding wheels, Truing, Dressing,
Classification of Grinding wheels Finishing Processes: Lapping, Honing
and Super-finishing processes. Metrology: Linear and Angular
Measurements: Length Measuring Instruments, Angle measuring
instruments. Limits, Fits, Tolerances and Gauging: Interchangeability,
Terminology, Types of fit, Basic-Hole System, Basic-Shaft System,
Problems, Tolerance grades, Metric fits, Design of limit gauges.
Comparators: Mechanical, Pneumatic, optical, electrical and electronic
comparators. Gear and Screw Thread Measurements: Gear measurement:
Introduction and Classification of gears; Forms of gear teeth; Gear tooth
terminology; Methods of measuring tooth thickness, tooth profile &
pitch, Gear Errors; Screw Thread Measurement: Terminology, Forms of
thread, Errors in threads, Measurement of major, minor and effective
diameters (2-wire and 3-wire methods). Geometric Form Measurement:
Straightness, Flatness, Roundness, Coordinate Measuring Machine.
References:
1. Kalpakjian, S. and Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing, Engineering &
Technology, Pearson.
2. Rao, P.N., Manufacturing Technology–Metal Cutting and Machine
Tools, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Hajra Chowdary, S.K., and Hajra Chowdary, A.K., Elements of
Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Asia Publishing House, Bombay, 2003.
4. I.C. Gupta, Engineering Metrology, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 2003
5. R. K. Jain, Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers, 19/e, 2005.
MME 4074: MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Optical Microscopy, Principles of image formation and its
Applications, Scanning Electron Microscopy. Principles, Resolution,
Image Formation, Electron-specimen interaction, Ancillary techniques
(EDS, BSDP, Cathodoluminescence, etc.), Science of Imaging and
diffraction, Transmission Electron Microscopy, X-ray Diffraction, X-ray
Fluorescence, Scanning Auger Microscopy, Electron Backscatter
Diffraction (EBSD), Quantitative Micro and Nanostructure.
References:
1. J. Goldstein, D. Newbury, D. Joy, C. Lyman, P. Echlin, E. Lifshin, L.
Sawyer and J. Michael. “Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-ray
Microanalysis”, (3e), Springer Science 2003.
2. David B. Williams, C. Barry Carter, ''Transmission Electron
Microscopy: A Textbook for Materials Science'', Springer, pub. 2009.
3. Joseph I Goldstein, Dale E Newbury, Patrick Echlin and David C Joy,
''Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Microanalysis'', (3e),
2005.
4. Ray Egerton: “Physical Principles of Electron Microscopy” Springer
Science 2005.
MME 4075: MEMS AND NANOTECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
General methods of preparation of nano par ticles, Carbon
nanostructures and their Applications. Nanosized Structures, Physical
chemistry of nanosystems, Nanoparticles, Nanowires and Nanorods,
Thin films- Self assembled monolayers, Experimental techniques-
Temperature measurement techniques, Atomic Force Microscopy,
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy, Spectroscopy and Diffraction
techniques. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems, MEMS, Micro and
Nanoscale Thermal Engineering, Nanofluids preparation and
Characterization, Properties of nanofluids, Nanomaterials used in energy
and Environmental applications and their Properties. Device applications
in hydrogen storage and Production, Fuel cells, Battery, Solar energy
conversion, Waste water treatment, Pollution remedies, Nanomaterials
in automobiles. Challenges and Scope.
References:
1. Charles P Poole, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley-Interscience
Publication, 2003.
2. Guozhong Cao, Nanostructures & Nanomaterials, Imperial College
Press, 2004.
3. Sobhan C B, Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer, Taylor and
Francis Publication, 2008.
4. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, The MEMS Handbook, Taylor and Francis
Publication, 2005.
5. James J Allen, MEMS Design, Taylor and Francis Publication, 2005.
MME 4076: MICRO MACHINING [3 0 0 3]
Definition of Micro machining, Need, Classification and Applications of
micro machining, types of micro Machines, Micro cutting tools, Sensors
and actuators. Traditional micro machining processes like turning,
drilling, milling and grinding. Abrasive micro machining and nano
finishing, Ultrasonic micro machining, Magneto rheological finishing.
Electric discharge micro machining, Wire electric discharge micro
machining, Electric discharge grinding, Electric discharge diamond
grinding, Laser beam micro machining, Electron beam micro machining,
Ion beam micro machining. Chemical Micro machining, Electro chemical
micro machining, Electro chemical micro grinding, Electro stream micro
drilling, Electro chemical micro deburring, Shaped tube electrolytic micro
machining. Bulk micro machining and its applications, Surface micro
machining and its applications. Stiction and antistiction in micro
machining. Hybrid micro machining like Wafer bonding - Anodic
bonding, Fusion bonding, Thin film deposition techniques - CVD and PVD
processes, Electro plating, Atomic layer deposition, Spin coating,
Evaporation and Epitaxy, Laser ablation technique. Principles of photo
lithography, Photo-mask and photo-resists, LIGA and micro molding
techniques, Deep X-ray lithography and their applications.
References:
1. Jain V. K., Micro Manufacturing Processes, CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis Group, 2012
2. Mishra P. K., Nonconventional Machining, Narosa Publishers,New
Delhi, 2007.
3. McGeough J. A., Advanced Methods of Machining, Springer, 1988.
4. Kahrizi M., Micromachining Techniques for Fabrication of Micro and
Nano Structures, Intech, 2012.
5. Gad-el-Hak M., The MEMS Handbook, Taylor and Francis, 2005.
MME 4077: MODELING AND SIMULATION OF
DYNAMIC SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Modeling, Models of Systems, Subsystems, and
Components, Types of systems, Engineering Multiports, Ports, Bonds,
and Power, Bond Graphs, Inputs, Outputs, and Signals, Basic Bond
Graph Elements, Causality, Basic System Models Mechanical systems
involving translation, rotation, Hydraulic systems, Acoustic systems and
Electrical systems, System Models of Combined Systems, Multi Energy
Domain systems, Transducers, Transformers, Gyrators, Thermo-fluid
system, Mechatronic system, State-Space Equations, Automated
Simulation, Analysis and Control of Linear Systems.
216
References:
1. Dean C. Karnopp, Donald L. Margolis and Ronald C. Rosenberg,
System Dynamics: Modeling, Simulation, and Control of Mechatronic
Systems, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Fifth Edition, 2012.
2. Shuvra Das, Mechatronic Modeling and Simulation Using Bond
Graphs, CRC Press, 2009.
3. Wolfgang Borutzky, Bond Graph Methodology Development and
Analysis of Multidisciplinary Dynamic System Models, Springer,
2010.
4. Jean U. Thoma, Simulation by Bondgraphs, Springer, 1990.
MME 4078: NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES [3 0 0 3]
Potential of renewable energy resources and applications, Solar radiation
at the earth's surface, Measurement of solar radiation, Solar radiation
geometry, Empirical equations for predicting the availability of solar
radiation, Thermal applications of solar energy, Liquid flat-plate
collectors, Principles of wind power, Types of windmill, Site selection,
Betz theory, Forces on the blades and thrust on turbines, Types of
biomass, Types of biogas plants, Influencing factors for the generation of
biogas, Aerobic fermentation, Ethanol production – from wood by acid
hydrolysis and from sugar cane, Thermo-chemical method of bio-
conversion, Pyrolysis method, Power from the wave, Wave energy
conversion by floats - Oscillating float air pump and Buoy-Dolphin type,
Tidal energy conversion by single pool system and two pool system,
OTEC, Small scale hydel plant ,Geothermal energy conversion, Direct
energy conversion, Conversion of thermal energy into electricity,
Thermo-electric converters, Thermo- ionic converters, Conversion of
chemical energy into electricity-Fuel Cells, H2-O2 acidic fuel cell,
Conversion of electromagnetic energy into electricity, solar cells.
References:
1. S P Sukatme – Solar Energy Principles of Thermal Collection and
Storage – Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2005.
2. M M El-Wakil – Power plant Technology - McGraw Hill International,
1984.
3. G D Rai – Non-conventional Energy Sources – Khanna Publications,
1997.
4. S Rao and Dr. B B Parulekar – Energy Technology – Khanna
Publishers, 2004.
5. A W Culp – Jr. Principles of Energy Conversion – McGraw Hill
International, 2001.
MME 4079: NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction and benefits of NDE, selection of NDE technique. Visual
Inspections. Penetrant inspections principal, testing procedure and
materials, testing methods and systems, sensitivity, standards,
applications and limitations.Magnetic particle testing basic principle,
testing procedure, equipment, sensitivity, standards, limitations.
Ultrasonic testing principal, basic of about soundwave propagation,
Ultrasonic Transducers, types of probes. Pulse echo and through
transmission methods, normal and angle beam methods. Criteria for
probe selection, ultrasonic techniques for stress measurement and
material studies. Applications, merits, limitations, standards,
standardization and calibration. Radiographic techniques: basic
principle, Radiographic imaging film radiography, real-time radiography
(radioscopy), radiographic tomography. Geometric factors,
radiographic film. Exposure, radiographic sensitivity, evaluating image
quality and sensitivity. Radiographic inspection techniques and systems.
Applications of radiography in NDE, safety consideration in radiographic
inspections. Eddy current testing, Principles and Instrumentation, 3D or
phased array ECT. Sensitivity, advanced eddy current test methods, eddy
current testing for conductivity and wall thickness, crack detection.
Applications, limitations, standards. Eddy current instruments. Acoustic
emission testing, principal, AE sensors, signal parameters, signal
analysis, noise, data quality analysis, standards, applications.
Thermography: principles, equipment, techniques, applications and
codes and standards. Comparison and selection of NDT methods, Case
study of NDT for damage inspection/detection and characterization,
process monitoring and structural monitoring.
References:
1. Don E Bray and Roderic K Stanley, Nondestructive Evaluation: A tool
in design, manufacturing and service, Taylor and Francis Group,
London, 1997.
2. Paul E Mix, Introduction to Nondestructive Testing-A Training Guide,
(2e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2005.
3. NDT Hand Books Vol. 1 – 10, American Society for Nondestructive
Testing (ASNT), USA
4. Davis Joseph R., ASM Handbook: Volume 17, Nondestructive
Evaluation and Quality Control, ASM International Materials Park, OH.
5. ASNT (Edited), Materials and Processes for NDT Technology, ASNT,
USA, 1981.
MME 4080: OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, Phases, Applications, Advantages and
Limitations of Operations Research. Linear programming problems:
Assumptions, Formulation of LPP for business and non-business
applications. Graphical solutions, Special cases – Degeneracy,
Infeasible Solution, Unbalanced and Multiple optimal solutions.
Minimization and Maximization cases. Simplex algorithm, Concept of
dual, Sensitivity analysis with respect to objective function coefficients
and R.H.S. values. Transportation problem: Formulation, North-West
Corner (NWC) Method, Least Cost (LC) Method, Vogel's Approximation
Method (VAM). Testing the solution by Stepping stone, Modified
Distribution (MODI) Method. Maximization, Multiple optimal solutions,
Degeneracy and Unbalanced problems. Post optimality analysis.
Assignment problem: Solution algorithm for Assignment Problems.
Unbalanced, multiple optimal solutions, Maximization and Application
problems. Travelling salesman / Job sequencing problem: Solution
algorithm for Travelling Salesman Problem, Application to job
sequencing problem Game theory: Introduction to game theory, Two-
person-zero sum games, Pure and Mixed Strategies, Solution methods
for 2 x 2 games, Graphical method (2 x n games; m x 2 games),
Simulation of queuing system - Steps in simulation, Application and
Limitations, Monte- Carlo technique-Problems involving Waiting line
situations and Selection of crew members. Critical Path Method (CPM):
General frame work, Introduction to elements of network, conventions
adapted in drawing network, analysing the network. Calculation of event
and Activity times, Total Float, Free Float, Independent float, Critical path,
Determination of project duration, Project Crashing. Applications and
Limitations of CPM. Project Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT):
Calculation of Probabilistic/Expected event and Activity times, Variance
of activity duration, Determination of critical path, probability/expectation
of project completion.
References:
1. Taha H. A., Operations Research, Pearson Education, (7e), 2002.
2. W.L. Winston, Operations Research, Thomson Asia, 2003.
3. Vohra N. D., Quantitative Techniques in Management, New Delhi, 2007.
4. Sharma S. D., Operations Research, Kedar Nath Ramnath
Publications, (14e), 2005
5. Kanthiswaroop, Gupta and Manmohan, Operations Research, Sultan
Chand and Sons.
217
6. Hervey M. Wagnor, Principles of Operations Research, Prentice Hall
of India Private Ltd.
7. Paul Loomba, Management, A Quantitative Perspective, MacMillan,
New York, 1978.
MME 4053: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR [3 0 0 3]
Contributing disciplines to OB, Basic OB Model. Learning, Methods of
shaping behavior, Values, Attitudes and Job satisfaction, Personality,
Determinants of Personality, Personality theories, Major personality
attributes, Perception Attribution Theory, Selective perception, Halo
effect, Contrast effect, Stereo-typing. Maslow's hierarchy of needs,
Theory X and Theory Y, Frederick Herzberg's Motivation and Hygiene
Theory, Contemporary Theories, Group Dynamics, Group Behaviour
Model, Quality of a good leader, types and theories of leadership.
Conflict, Dimensions of Conflict Handling Intentions, Virtual
Organisation, Boundary less Organisation, Mechanistic and Organic
Model, Factors influencing organisation structure. Work Design,
Organisational Change and Organisational Development, Lewin's Three-
Step Model and Action research. Organisational Development.
References:
1. Luthans Fred, Organisational Behaviour McGraw Hill, New York,
1989.
2. Gupta Rakesh, Organisational Behaviour, KitabMahal, Allahabad,
1998.
3. Davis Keith and Newstrom J.W., Organisational Behaviour at Work,
Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi, 1997.
4. Moorhead Greogery and Griffin Ricky W., Organisational Behaviour,
AITBS, New Delhi, 1999.
5. CarrelMichaell R., Fundamentals of Organisational Behaviour,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997.
MME 4054: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL
RELATION [3 0 0 3]
Human Resource planning and HRM - HRM process-Objectives and
scope Wage and salary administration. Promotion-Demotion- Transfer-
Layof. Absenteeism- Recruitment- Selection- Training-Orientation and
Induction-Job evaluation and merit rating. Industrial relation Industrial
Disputes-Grievances and grievance handling system-Industrial safety.
References:
1. Mamoria,C.B., Personnel Management, Himalaya Publishing House,
2007
2. Megginson, Leon C., Personnel and Human Resource Administration,
1977
3. Beach,D.S., Personnel:The Management of People At Work, 1977.
4. Yoder and Dale, Personnel Management and Industrial Relations,
1972.
MME 4081: PIPE SYSTEM ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition and scope, Importance advantages of transport
by pipeline, Piping elements. Codes and standards: ASME codes,
Materials of construction, Pipe sizes. Single phase incompressible flow:
Flow regimes, Development of velocity profile, Pressure drop
calculations, Bernoulli's equation, Major and minor losses, Hydraulic and
energy grade lines. Pipe networks: Pipe hydraulics and sizing, Pump and
pipe system matching, H-Q curves, Pipes in series and parallel, Pipe
network analysis. Structural design of pipe lines: Stress due to internal
fluid pressure, Stress due to external fluid pressure, High/low pressure
pipes. Planning and construction of pipelines: Piping drawing basics,
Development of plot plan, Process piping layout, Utility piping layout,
Selection of supports & expansion joints, Flexibility analysis. Protection
of pipelines: Pipeline damage due to corrosion, abrasion, heating and
freezing, Protection methods - Lining, coating, insulation, jacketing etc.
Industrial pipelines: Non-Newtonian fluid flow, Single phase
compressible flows - Flow analysis for ideal gas, flow analysis for real
gas, Multi-phase flows – Slurry pipelines, Pneumotransport, Capsule
pipelines.
References:
1. Henry Liu, Pipeline Engineering, Lewis Publishers, CRC Press LLC,
Florida, 2003
2. George A. Antaki, Piping and Pipeline Engineering: Design,
Construction, Maintenance, Integrity, and Repair, CRC Press, 2003
3. Bruce E. Larock, Roland W. Jeppson, Gary Z. Watters, Hydraulics of
Pipeline Systems, CRC Press LLC, Florida, 2000
4. Mohinder L. Nayyar, Piping Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 2000
MME 4082: PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to plant engineering, Industrial buildings,Fire detection and
suppression, Introduction to industrial flooring, Floor paints, Self-leveling
systems, Heavy duty flooring, Ventilation systems and control, Water
purification processes, Membrane processes, Effluents.Noise and
Vibration control, Air pollution, Dust and fume control, Introduction to
dust collection system, Bag houses, Cyclone separators, Introduction to
air pollution, Legislation on air pollution, Maintenance, Responsibilities
of the maintenance department, Breakdown maintenance, Scheduled
maintenance, Preventive maintenance, Corrective maintenance, Total
productive maintenance, Planning, scheduling and economic aspects of
maintenance function, Estimation of maintenance work, Maintenance
control, Maintenance scheduling, Life cycle costing, Maintenance
budgeting and cost control., Techniques of condition monitoring.
References:
1. Mobley K. R., Plant Engineer's Handbook, Butterworth-Heinemann,
Woburn, 2001.
2. Snow A. D., Plant Engineer's Reference Book, Butterworth-
Heinemann, Woburn, 2000.
3. Mobely, Higgins and Wikoff, Maintenance Engineering Handbook,
McGraw-Hill, 2008.
4. Mishra and Pathak, Maintenance Engineering and Management, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
5. Jyoti Mehrotra, Principles and Practice of Total Productive
Maintenance, Allied Publishers Ltd., 1998.
MME 4083: PLANT LAYOUT AND MATERIAL HANDLING [3 0 0 3]
Principle of plant layout, product, process and combination layout,
economics of different types of layout. Factors influencing the layout-
manpower, movement, service, material, machinery, waiting, building
and change factors, location of storages & delay point. Layout planning-
scientific approach, flow process chart, cross chart, string diagram, line
balancing, templates evaluation of layout, installation of layout,
computerized layout planning. Material handling- principles of material
handling, factors in selection of material handling equipment, safety in
material handling, types of material handling equipment, modern
material handling equipment.
References:
1. Buffa E. S. and Rakesh S. K., Modern Production and Operation
Management, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2003.
2. Richard M., Practical Plant Layout, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1955.
3. James Apple M., Plant Layout and Material Handling, John Wiley,
New York, 1977.
218
4. Mathew P. Stephens and Fred E. Meyers, Manufacturing Facilities
Design & Material Handling, (5e), Purdue University Press, 2013.
5. David E. Mulcahy, Materials Handling Handbook, McGraw Hill
Professional, 1998.
MME 4084: POWER PLANT ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Choice of site for power station, load estimation, load duration curve,
effect of variable load on power plant, Economics of power generation.
Hydro-Electric plants, Storage and pondage, flow duration and mass
curves, hydrographs, Different types of fuels used for steam generation.
Equipments for burning coal in lump form, Equipment for preparation and
burning of pulverized coal, unit system and bin system. Pulverized fuel
furnaces, cyclone furnace. Coal and ash handling. Dust collection
systems-Electrostatic Precipitator. Accessories for the steam generator
such as super-heaters, de-super-heaters, control of super-heaters,
economizers, Air Pre-heaters and re-heaters. Cooling towers and ponds,
General arrangement of Diesel Power Plant. Gas Turbine Power Plant,
Principles of release of nuclear energy. Fusion and fission reactions,
Waste disposal.
References:
1. Rajput R K, Power Plant Engineering, Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd, 2010
2. Nag P K, Power Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd, 2008.
3. Nagpal G R, Power Plant Engineering, Khanna Publishers, 2008.
4. Skrotzki and Vopat, Power Station Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill Book Co.
5. Wrangham D.A., Theory and Practice of Heat Engines, ELBS Edition.
MME 4055: PROJECT MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Concept of project, Importance of project management, Project life
cycle, Project management as an integrated approach, Organizing
projects within the functional organization, Organizing projects as
dedicated teams, Organizing projects within a matrix arrangement,
Project manager and their attributes. Feasibility study: Pre-feasibility
study, Technical feasibility, Managerial feasibility, Economic feasibility,
Financial feasibility, Cultural feasibility, Political feasibility, Environmental
feasibility, Market feasibility, Steps of feasibility study. Estimating project
times and costs: Factors influencing the quality of estimates, Costs
associated with projects, Estimating guidelines for times, costs and
resources, Top-down approaches of estimation, Bottom-up approaches
of estimation, Hybrid approach of estimation. Risk management
process: Risk identification, Risk Assessment - probability analysis,
Mitigating risk, Avoiding risk, Transferring risk, Sharing risk, Retaining
risk, Contingency planning, Contingency funding and time buffers, Risk
response control – change control management, Decision tree analysis,
Numerical. Project scheduling: Bar charts and Milestone charts,
Elements of network, Development of networks, Work Breakdown
Structure (WBS), Critical Path Method, Program Evaluation and Review
Technique, Network crashing, CPM updating, Numerical. Project audit
and closure: Guidelines for conducting a project audit, Initiating and
staffing, Data collection and Analysis, Audit reporting, Conditions for
project closure, Evaluation of project team and members.
References:
1. Gray C., Larson E. and Desai G., Project Management - The
Managerial Process, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
2. Paneerselvam R. and Senthilkumar P., Project Management, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. Meredith J. and Mantel S., Project Management - A Managerial
Approach, John Wiley & Sons, USA, 2012.
4. Vohra N. D., Quantitative Techniques in Management, New Delhi, 2007.
5. Paul Loomba, Management, A Quantitative Perspective, MacMillan,
New York, 1978.
MME 4085: STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Definitions of the term quality, Causes of variation, Patterns of variation,
Frequency distribution, Measures of central tendency and dispersion,
The Normal distribution curve, Inequality theorems, Shewhart's bowl
drawing experiments, Control charts for variables (X , R and s charts),
Type I and Type II Errors, Process capability analysis, Process capability
indexes, Control charts for attributes (p ,np, c and u charts), Acceptance
sampling by attributes, Single and Double sampling plans, Operating
characteristic curve, Acceptable quality level, Lot tolerance percent
defective, Average outgoing quality, Average total Inspection, Average
fraction inspected, Producers risk, Consumers risk, Acceptance
sampling tables, Conventional and Statistical tolerancing, Precision,
Accuracy and Reproducibility of method of measurements, Quality
costs.
References:
1. Grant E. L and Levenworth R., Statistical Quality Control, McGraw Hill
Publications, 2005.
2. Montgomery D.C., Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, John
Wieley and Sons, 2005.
3. Mahajan M.S., Statistical Quality Control, Dhanpat Rai and Co. Pvt.
Ltd., 2012.
4. Juran J.M. and Gryna F.M., Quality Planning and Analysis, Tata
McGraw Hill Publications, 1995.
5. Bertrand L. Hansen, Quality Control- Theory and Applications,
Prentice Hall India, 1987.
MME 4086: SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction and objectives of supply chain, Decision phases in a supply
chain, Purchasing tools and techniques,Value analysis, Project planning
and control techniques, Pricing and revenue management,Costing
fundamentals, Types of costing, Managing inventory in a supply chain,
Economic order quantity, EOQ determination with instantaneous delivery
and without shortages, Effect of quantity discount, safety stock, reorder
level & lead time. Facility decisions in supply chain:, Factors influencing
network design in supply chain, Models for facility location and capacity
allocation, Transportation decisions in a supply chain, Routing and
scheduling in transportation, Multistage transportation problems, Truck
allocation problem, Travelling salesman problem, Vehicle routing
problems, Financial evaluation of supply chain Decisions, The impact of
financial factors on supply chain decisions, Discounted cash flow
analysis, Evaluating supply chain decisions using decision trees.
References:
1. Chopra and Meindl.,Supply Chain Management – Strategy, Planning
and Operation, (3e), Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Raghuram and Rangaraj, Logistics and Supply Chain Management:
Cases and Concepts, Macmillan, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Simchi-Levi and Kaminski, Designing and Managing the Supply
Chain: Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies , McGraw-Hill, 2003.
4. Shapiro J., Modelling the Supply Chain, Duxbury Thomson Learning,
U.S.A., 2009.
5. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., Operations Management,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
MME 4056: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Management of technology, system model, integrated and holistic
model, Timing and innovation, technology and competition,
Entrepreneurs and innovation, entrepreneurship in corporations,
219
entrepreneurship, organizational barriers to innovation, venture team.
Business plans for new ventures, successful product innovation,
sources of venture capital, Growth of new firms, Dynamics of new firms,
corporate systems, dynamic factors affecting growth, Innovation
Process, Forecasting Technology, Form of technology change, S-curve
jumps from radical to system innovation, Technology life cycle,
economic long cycles, Kondratieff waves, Technology and marketing,
Sources of innovation, market pull and technology push, Corporate
research, Project strategy, sales volume and profitability in product life
time, R&D projects, production costs, market share, profit margin.
References:
1. Gearard H Gaynor, Handbook of technology management, McGraw
Hill International Edition, 1996.
2. Betz Frederick, Managing Technology, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
3. Steele Lowell W and Badaww Michel K., Managing Technology,
4. Narayanan V. K., Managing Technology and Innovation for
Competitive Advantage, Prentice Hall, 2001.
5. Rungachari Krishna, Chari C. P., Technology Management and
Business Development
MME 4087: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Definition of quality and Total quality management (TQM), Basic
concepts of TQM, Contributions of Gurus of TQM, Benefits of TQM,
Characteristics of successful quality leaders, The Deming philosophy,
Quality council, Quality statements, Strategic planning. Customer
satisfaction, Employee involvement Continuous process improvement,
Juran Trilogy, PDSA cycle, Kaizen, Six sigma, Supplier partnership,
Performance measures, Quality costs, Benchmarking, Quality function
deployment (QFD), QFD process, Failure Mode and Effect Analysis
(FMEA), Total Productive Maintenance (TPM), The seven tools of quality
control, Statistical fundamentals, Control charts for variables and
attributes, Concept of six sigma quality, Taguchi's quality loss function,
Quality and environmental management systems, Quality auditing, Case
Studies.
References:
1. Dale H. Besterfield, Carol Besterfield-Michna, Glen Besterfield, Mary
Besterfield-Sacre, Hemant Urdhwarshe, Rashmi Urdwarshe, Total
Quality Management. Revised 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,New
Delhi, 2012
2. James R. Evans & William M. Lindsay, The Management and Control
of Quality, (5e), South-Western Thomson Learning, 2002.
3. Oakland John S, Total Quality Management text with Cases, Elsevier,
New Delhi, 2006
4. Dale H. Besterfield , Total Quality Management, Pearson Education,
Delhi, 2006.
5. Mukherjee P.N., Total Quality Management, PHI Learning, New Delhi,
2010.
MME 4088: WORK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Productivity in the individual enterprise, Total time of a job, Factors
tending to reduce productivity, Techniques for reducing excess work
content and ineffective time, Basic procedure of Work study, Basic
procedure of Method study, Outline process chart, Flow process charts,
Flow diagram, The questioning technique, Multiple activity chart, Travel
chart, String diagram, The principles of motion economy, Two handed
process chart, Micromotion study, Therbligs, SIMO chart, Work
measurement, Time study, Types of elements, Methods of timing the
elements, Methods of rating, Standard time determination, Work
sampling, Predetermined time standards, Standard Data, Restricted
work, Pump diagram, Ergonomics, Anthropometry, Working environment.
References:
1. International Labour Office (ILO), Introduction to work stud
(3e),Oxford& IBH Publishers, Geneva, 2008.
2. Niebel B.W. and Frievalds, A., Methods, Standards, and Work design
(12e), McGraw-Hill, 2009.
3. Lakhwinder Pal Singh, Work Study and Ergonomics, Cambridge
University Press, 2016
4. Barnes R.M., Motion and Time study (7e), John Wiley, 2009.
5. M S Sanders M.S. and E J McCormic E.J., Human Factors in
Engineering Design (7e), McGraw Hill, 1992.
OPEN ELECTIVE
MME 4301: ENERGY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Steam power plant: Different types of fuels used for steam generation,
Strokers, Different types, Oil burners, Advantages and disadvantages
of using pulverized fuel, Pulverized fuel furnaces, Cyclone furnace,
Coal and ash handling, Generation of steam using forced circulation,
High and super critical pressures. Applications of diesel engines in
power field, Parts and auxiliaries of diesel engines, Layout of diesel
power plant.Hydro–electric plant, Hydrographs, Flow duration and
mass curves, Storage and pondage in power plants, Penstock, Water
hammer, Surge tanks, Gates and valves, General layout of hydel power
plants. Principles of release of nuclear energy in nuclear power plants,
Fusion and fission reactions, Nuclear fuels used in the reactors,
Multiplication and thermal utilization factors, Elements of nuclear
reactor, Radiation hazards, Shieldings, and Radioactive waste
disposal. Solar radiation at the earth surface, Radiation measuring
instruments, working principles of solar flat plate collectors, solar
pond and Photovoltaic conversion. Photosynthesis, photosynthetic
oxygen production in biomass system, Energy plantation, Biogas
production, Classification of bio gas plants, Factors affecting bio gas
generation, Thermo chemical conversion on bio mass, Types of
gasifiers. Properties of wind energy, Wind velocity and power from
wind, Types of wind machines and their characteristics, types of wind
mills. Fundamental characteristics of tidal power, Harnessing tidal
energy and limitations. Principle of working of ocean thermal energy,
Rankine cycle, Limitations of OTEC. Geothermal energy conversion
working principle, Types of geothermal stations, Limitations.
References:
1. Nag P. K., Power Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Domkundwar, Power Plant Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
2003.
3. Rai G. D., Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers.
4. Rao S. and Parulekar B. B., Energy Technology, Khanna Publishers,
2004.
5. Culp A. W., Principles of Energy Conversion, McGraw Hill
International, 2001.
MME 4302: INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Safety Engineering, Industrial Accidents, Theories of
Accident Causation, Introduction to Health and Toxic Substances,
Environmental Control and Noise, Ventilation and its Design Principle,
Personal Protection and First Aid, Fire Protection, Machine Guarding,
Safeguarding the point of operation, Power presses, Grinding machines,
Saws, Belts and Pulleys, Safety consideration regarding material
handling and storage. Safety Requirement for Material Handling and
Storage, Electrical Hazards, Employee Participation in Promoting Safety,
Safety Training, Safety Committees, Teamwork Approach to Promoting
Safety.
220
References:
1. Asfahl C R and Rieske D W, Industrial Safety and Health Management,
(6e), Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Spellman F R and Whiting N E, The Handbook of Safety Engineering:
Principles and Applications, Government Institutes, 2009.
3. Gupta A., Industrial Safety and Environment, (1e), Laxmi Publications
Pvt. Ltd., 2006
Goetsch D L, Occupational Safety and Health for Technologists,
Engineers and Managers, (8e), Pearson Education Limited, 2014.
MME 4303: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to IC engine, Analysis of air standard cycles, fuel air cycles
and actual cycles. Modes of combustion, Stages of combustion in SI &
CI engines, factors influencing the stages of combustion, normal and
abnormal combustion, Control of abnormal combustion in SI and CI
engines. Combustion chambers in SI and CI engines. Supercharging &
Turbo-charging, Analysis of Modern developments in IC engines like
Wankel engine, Electronic injection systems in SI engines. Common Rail
Direct Injection (CRDI) engines, Multi point fuel injection. (MPFI)
engines, dual-fuel engines and stratified charge engines. Introduction to
engine Electronics, typical engine management systems, position,
displacement and speed sensing, pressure, temperature and air
measurement systems, exhaust oxygen sensors.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill,
Education Private Limited New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur and Sharma, A Course in I C Engines, Dhanpath Rai Publisher,
New Delhi, 1981.
3. John B. Heywood, Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines, Tata
McGraw Hill, Education Private Limited New Delhi,2011.
4. Lichty L.C., International Combustion Engines, McGraw Hill New
Delhi, 1951.
5. Edward F. Obert, Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution,
Harper & Row, Publishers. Delhi, 1973.
MME 4304: INTRODUCTION TO ALTERNATIVE FUELS &
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to alternative fuels, Need for alternative fuels - Availability of
different alternative fuels for SI and CI engines. Properties of potential
alternative fuels, Liquid Fuels for S.I. Engines, Requirements of fuels for
SI engines-Different Techniques of utilizing alternative liquid fuels–
Blends, Neat form, Reformed fuels - Manufacturing, Storage and Safety-
Performance and emission characteristics of alternative liquid fuels,
Liquid Fuels in C.I. Engines, Requirements of fuels for CI engines-
Different techniques for their utilization- Blends, Fuel modifications to suit
CI engines, Dual fuelling, Ignition accelerators and other additives,
Gaseous Fuels in S.I. Engines, Gaseous Fuels in C.I. Engines, Electrical
Vehicles.
References:
1. Ramadhas A S, Alternative Fuels for Transportation, CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis Group, 2010.
2. Thipse S S, Alternative Fuels: Concepts, Technologies and
Developments, Jaico Book Distributors, 2010.
3. Gajendra Babu M K, Alternative Transportation Fuels: Utilization in
Combustion Engines, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2010.
4. Michael F. Hordeski, Alternative Fuels: The Future of Hydrogen, The
Fairmont Press, 2008.
5. James D. Halderman, Hybrid and Alternative Fuel Vehicles, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 2010.
 B TECH in INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2151 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2259 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
MME 2156 Facilities Planning and Design 3 0 0 3 MME 2255 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery 3 1 0 4
MME 2157 Manufacturing Process Engineering 4 0 0 4 MME 2256 Manufacturing Automation Engineering 3 1 0 4
MME 2158 Metrology and Measurements 3 0 0 3 MME 2257 Theory of machines 3 1 0 4
II MME 2159 Science and Mechanics of materials 3 1 0 4 MME 2258 Work Systems Engineering 3 0 0 3
MME 2160 Thermal Engineering 3 1 0 4 *** **** Open Elective – I 3
MME 2173 Computer Aided Mechanical Drawing 0 0 3 1 MME 2274 Metrology Lab 0 0 3 1
MME 2174 Material Testing Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 2273 Thermo-uid lab 0 0 3 1
MME 2172 Workshop Practice – I 0 0 3 1 MME 2272 Workshop Practice – II 0 0 3 1
18 3 9 24 14 4 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
MME 3155 Design of Machine Elements 3 1 0 4 MME 3253 Operations and Supply Chain Management 3 1 0 4

221
MME 3156 Operations Research 3 1 0 4 MME 3254 Tool Engineering and Design 3 1 0 4
MME 3157 Simulation Modeling and Analysis 3 0 0 3 MME **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3
III MME 3158 Total Quality Management 3 1 0 4 MME **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – II 3 *** **** Open Elective – III 3
MME 3173 Automation Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 3273 Operations Management Lab 0 0 3 1
MME 3174 Operations Research Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 3274 Quality Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1
MME 3175 Work Systems Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 3275 Simulation Modeling and Analysis Lab 0 0 3 1
14 4 9 24 14 3 9 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 26 + 3 = 29
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
MME **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 MME 4298 Industrial Training 1
MME **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 MME 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
MME **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 MME 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
MME **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
MME **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) +OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specializations Programme Electives
I. Industrial Management MME 4062: Automobile Engineering
MME 4053: Organisational Behaviour MME 4089: Business Process Re-Engineering
MME 4054: Personnel Management an Industrial Relations MME 4065: Corrosion Science and Engineering
MME 4055: Project Management MME 4058: Database Management systems
MME 4056: Technology Management MME 4041: Design for Manufacture and Assembly
MME 4090: Design of Experiments
II. Manufacturing MME 4042: Design of Mechanical Systems
MME 4045: Composite Materials MME 4066: Elements of Mechatronics Systems
MME 4046: Heat Treatment of Metals and alloys MME 4059: Enterprise Resource Planning
MME 4057: Industrial Robotics MME 4060: Ergonomics
MME 4047: Lean Manufacturing MME 4091: Finite Element Methods
MME 4072: Machine Tool Technology
III. Material Science MME 4061: Management Information systems
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials MME 4074: Materials Characterization
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices MME 4092: Materials Management
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding MME 4075: MEMS and Nano Technology
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound MME 4076: Micromachining
MME 4079: Non Destructive Testing
IV. Business Management MME 4078: Non-conventional energy resources
HUM 4051: Financial Management MME 4082: Plant Engineering and Maintenance
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management MME 4093: Rapid Prototyping
HUM 4053: Marketing Management MME 4094: Theory of Metal Forming
HUM 4054: Operation Management
Open Electives
V. Computational Mathematics MME 4305: Introduction to Operations Research
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis MME 4306: Introduction to Quality Control
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices

222
 THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2151: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III [2 1 0 3]
Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals.
Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals.
Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
transforms. Partial differential equation- Basic concepts, solutions of
equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables. One-
dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems, Laplace
and Poisson equations and heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
2. S.S.Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engg. Mathematics, edn., Khanna Publishers, 1989.
4. Murray R. Spiegel, Vector Analysis, edn., Schaum Publishing Co., 1959.
MME 2156 :FACILITIES PLANNING AND DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Location, Factors influencing plant location, Qualitative
methods of location:- Quantitative methods of location, Plant Layout-
Objectives, principles, different type of layouts, Problems on layouts.
Material Handling-Scope, Importance and advantages of material
handling (MH), principles of material handling, Packaging, types of
material handling equipment, Factors Influencing facility design,
Planning the layout-Layout fundamentals, scientific approach, line
balancing: meaning, Drawings and models, Templates evaluation of
layout, installation of layout, Single facility and multi facility location
models, warehouse layout models, Design of layout using Travel chart,
Sequence demand straight-line method and non - directional method,
Conveyor and Storage models, Computer Aided layouts.
References:
1. James M Apple, Plant Layout and Material handling, (2e), John Wiley,
2003.
2. Francies R.L. and White J.A., Facility layout and Location, (2e), Mc
Graw Hill, 1992.
3. Tompkins J A, White, Bozer and Tanchoco, A Facilities planning, (4e),
John, 2010.
4. Richard M, Practical Plant Layout, Mc Graw Hill, 1955.
5. SundereshHeragu, Facilities Design, PWS Publishing Company,
2008.
MME 2157: MANUFACTURING PROCESS ENGINEERING [4 0 0 4]
Casting methods. Welding methods. Metal working processes, Forging
process, Rolling process, Sheet metal forming operations. Extrusion and
Drawing. Lathe features, accessories and attachments. Machining time
calculations. Drilling, drill bit nomenclature and computation of drilling
time. Milling -Constructional features, attachments, milling operations.
Indexing methods and calculations. Grinding methods and accessories.
Finishing operations, applications and methods. Non-conventional
machining, types and applications. Rapid Prototyping, types and
applications.
References:
1. SeropeKalpakejian and Steven R Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering
and Technology, Pearson Education, 2006.
223
2. Paul DeGarmo E, Black J T and Ronald A. Kohser, Materials and
Process in Manufacturing, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
3. Lal M. and Khanna O. P., Foundry Technology, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
1991.
4. Chua C K, Leong K F and Lim C S, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
Applications, World Scientific, 2003.
5. Benedict G. F., Non Traditional Machining Techniques, Marcel Decker,
1990.
MME 2158: METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Methods of Measurement, Generalized Measurement System and its
elements, Static Characteristics of Instruments and measurement
systems. Methods of pressure measurement - Elastic pressure
elements. Methods of temperature measurement. Types of electrical
resistance strain gauges, Theory of operation of wire wound strain
gauge, Gauge Factor, Strain gauge bridge circuit, Calibration Circuit,
Temperature compensation, Strain measurement on static and rotary
shaft, Orientation of strain gauges. Numerical on strain calculation.
Measurement of Force & related numerical. Methods of Torque and Shaft
power measurement. Types of fits. Taylor's principle for design of
gauges, Numerical on design of gauges, Types of gauges. Straightness
measurement using Autocollimator. Squareness measurement using
Engineer's Square tester and Optical Square. Flatness measurement.
Surface roughness types and measurement. Screw thread terminology.
Pitch error in threads. Measurement of the elements of the threads –
Effective diameter using screw thread micrometer, two wire and three
wire methods. Numerical on screw threads.
References:
1. Beckwith Thomas G., Mechanical Measurements, Pearson
Education, 2003.
2. Jain R.K., Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers, 1997.
3. Sawhney A.K., Mechanical Measurement & Instrumentation,
Dhanpat Rai and Co, 2002.
4. Nakra B.C. and Chaudry K.K., Instrumentation, Measurement &
Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
5. Raghavendra N.V. and Krishnamurthy L., Engineering Metrology and
Measurements, Oxford University Press, 2013.
MME 2159: SCIENCE AND MECHANICS OF MATERIAL [3 1 0 4]
Crystal structures of materials, packing factor, co-ordination number,
Miller indices, crystal imperfections. Degree of super cooling,
nucleation, mechanism of solidification.Phases, Gibb's phase rule, solid
solutions and types, Intermediate phases, equilibrium diagrams,
equilibrium and non-equilibrium cooling, invariant reactions, Lever rule
and its application, equilibrium and non-equilibrium cooling of an alloy
and congruent melting alloy phase. Iron carbon diagrams, cooling curve
for pure iron, Fe-C equilibrium diagrams, study of iron-carbon system in
detail with emphasis on the invariant reactions. Tensile, compressive and
shear deformation of simple and compound bars under axial load,
thermal stress, strain energy, stress strain diagrams for ductile and brittle
materials. Shear force and bending moment in cantilever and simply
supported beams, stresses in beams, theory of simple bending, shear
stresses in beams, evaluation of beam deflection and slope. Torsion of
solid and hollow shafts. Principal stresses, Mohr's circle method,
analysis of stresses in thick and thin cylinders.
References:
1. Avner S.H., Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, (3e), McGraw Hill, 2004.
2. William D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering, John Wiley
and Sons, 2007.
3. Raghavan V, Material Science and Engineering, (5e), Prentice Hall of
India, 2010.
4. Beer F. P. and Johnston R, Mechanics of Materials (3e), McGraw-Hill
Book Co, 2002.
5. Singh D. K., Mechanics of Solids, Pearson Education, 2002.
MME 2160: THERMAL ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Zeroth Law, heat and work, First law of thermodynamics,
Steady flow energy equation, Second law, Carnot cycle, Carnot theorem,
Entropy, Clausius inequality, Vapor power cycle-Rankine cycle, Reheat
Rankine cycle, Gas power cycles- Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles, Air
standard efficiency, Air compressors-Multi-stage and single stage,
Intercooling, Elements of Heat transfer - conduction, convection and
radiation, Performance testing of IC engines- BP, IP, SFC, Mechanical
efficiency, Thermal efficiency, Heat balance sheet.
References:
1. CenegelYunus and Bole Michael, Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill,
New York, 2010.
2. Estop and McConkey, Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering
Technologies, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. Mayhew A. and Rogers B, Engineering Thermodynamics, E.L.B.S.
Longman, 1994.
4. Van Wylen. G.J. and Sonntag R.E, Fundamentals of Classical
Thermodynamics, John Wiley, 1985.
5. Cengel, Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer, McGraw Hills, 1997.
MME 2173: COMPUTER AIDED MECHANICAL DRAWING [0 0 3 1]
Mechanical Part or Component Drafting using Software includes
introduction to Machine Drawing, Conventions, Sectional Views, Screw
Thread Terminologies and Thread Forms, Threaded Fasteners,
Mechanical Joints and Couplings and 2D Assembled drawing of
Mechanical Components. Modelling of Mechanical Part Component
using software comprises sketcher exercises, Solid Modelling, Surface
Modelling and Assembly Modelling.
References:
1. Gopalkrishna K. R., Machine Drawing, Subhas Publications, 2002.
2. Bhat N. D., Machine Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, 2002.
3. Venugopal K., Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD, New
age International Publishers, 2002.
4. Sham Tickoo, CATIA for Engineers and Designers, Dreamtech Press,
2005.
MME 2174: MATERIAL TESTING LAB [0 0 3 1]
To carry out the tension test on mild steel specimen, hardness tests on
metals by using Vickers, Brinell and Rockwell hardness testers, impact
tests on metals by Charpy and Izod methods, torsion test on mild steel,
test on leaf spring, helical spring, bending test and fatigue testing on mild
steel, test to find out external flaw using dye penetrant test, understanding
the heat treatment processes on steel like annealing, normalizing,
hardening and the tempering, microstructure study of metals and
estimation of sliding wear properties of a given specimen.
References:
1. Suryanarayana A.V.K., Testing of Metallic Materials, Prentice Hall of
India, 1990.
2. Khanna and Justo.,Highway Materials Testing, Nemchand, 1989.
3. Technical Teacher's Training Institute., Laboratory Manual of Strength
of Materials, Oxford University Press, 1983.
224
4. Raghavan V., Material Science and Engineering, (4e), Prentice Hall of
India, 1989.
5. Rajan T. V., Sharma C. P. and Alok Sharma, Heat Treatment Principles
and Techniques, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
MME 2172: WORKSHOP PRACTICE – I [0 0 3 1]
Preparation of models using Welding techniques, Demonstration of
Forging and Foundry practice, Lathe and CNC Turning Centre,
Acceptance tests on machine tools
References:
1. HajraChaudhury S. K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. HajraChaudhury S. K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
3. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, 2000.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2259: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV [2 1 0 3]
Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, mean, median,
mode, standard deviation. correlation coefficient Introduction to
probability, finite sample space, conditional probability and
independence, Bayes' theorem, one dimensional random variable: mean
and variance, Chebyshev's inequality. Two and higher dimensional
random variables, covariance, correlation coefficient, regression, least
square principle of curve fitting. Distributions: binomial, Poisson,
uniform, normal, gamma, chi-square and exponential. Moment
generating function, Functions of one dimensional and two dimensional
random variables, Sampling theory, Central limit theorem and
applications.
References:
1. KreyzigE ,Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (7e), Wiley Eastern,
1999.
2. Meyer P.L.,Introduction to probability and Statistical applications,
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1980.
3. Hogg & Craig, Introduction of Mathematical Statistics, (4e),
MacMillan, 1975.
4. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engg. Mathematics, edn., Khanna Publishers,
1989.
MME 2255: FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY [3 1 0 4]
Fluid properties, ideal and real fluids, Fluid statics, Pascal's law,
Hydrostatic law, pressure measurement by manometers, Total pressure
and center of pressure for plane surfaces submerged in liquids,
buoyancy, stability conditions for floating and submerged bodies,
metacenter and metacentric height, fluid kinematics, continuity equation,
Fluid dynamics, Euler's equation, Bernoulli's equation, Linear momentum
equation, flow measurement by venturimeter, orifice meter, notches,
viscous flow through the circular pipe and between two parallel plates ,
turbulent flow, major and minor losses, dimensional analysis, similitude,
Forces on plane, inclined and curved surfaces. Principle of operation of
hydraulic turbines, pumps, gear pump, vane and reciprocating pump.
References:
1. Kumar K. L., Fluid mechanics, Eurasia Publishing House, 2000.
2. Jagadish Lal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitan Book Company Pvt.
Ltd., 1971.
3. Bansal R. K., Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines, Laxmi
Publications (P) Ltd., 2006.
4. Kumar D. S., Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering, S. K.
Kataria Publishers, 2001.
5. CengelYunus A. and Cimbala John M., Fluid Mechanics - Fundamentals
and Applications, Tata McGraw Hill publications, 2011.
MME 2256: MANUFACTRUING AUTOMATION
ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Pneumatic systems, Structure and signal flow of pneumatic systems, Air
generation and distribution. Pneumatic actuators, Control valves for
direction and flow,Design of manually operated circuits, Control of
multiple actuators, Electro pneumatic sensors, Design of electro
pneumatic circuits, Hydraulic power pack and accessories, Hydraulic
fluids, Filters, Types of hydraulic pumps, actuators, valves, Hydraulic
circuits, Computer Numerical Control System, Machine Construction,
CNC part programming for Turning Center and Machining Center, Group
Technology, FMS and CIM, Computerized Manufacturing Planning
Systems.
References:
1. Peter Croser and Frank Ebel, Pneumatics Basic Level TP 101, Festo
Didactic GMBH and Co, 2002.
2. Prede G. and Scholz D., Electropneumatics Basic Level, Festo
Didactic GMBH and Co,2002.
3. Peter Rohner, Industrial Hydraulic Control, John Wiley & Sons, 1989.
4. Rao P.N., CAD/CAM, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
2005.
5. HMT Limited, Mechatronics, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company
Ltd., 1998.
MME 2257: THEORY OF MACHINES [3 1 0 4]
Mechanism and Machine, slider crank and four bar mechanisms,
inversions, types of mechanisms. Velocity and acceleration of
mechanisms, Relative velocity and instantaneous centre method,
Relative acceleration method. Types of Cams and followers, Cam
profiles. Balancing of rotating masses in single and different planes.
Spur, helical and bevel gear terminology, minimum number of teeth to
avoid interference. Types of Gear trains, torque calculations. Belt
tensions, power transmitted by a flat and rope belt drive, no. of ropes
required. Vibrations- longitudinal, transverse, torsional vibration.
displacement, velocity and acceleration, undamped free vibration of
spring-mass system.
References:
1. Ballaney P. L., Theory of Machines, Khanna Publishers, 1998.
2. Rattan S. S, Theory of Machines, Tata Mc-Graw HillPublishers Pvt.
Ltd, 2009.
3. Singh V. P., Theory of Machines, Khanna Publishers, 1998.
4. Rao J. S. and Dukkipati R. V., Mechanism and Machine Theory, Wiley
Eastern Ltd, 1992.
5. Gosh A., and Mallick A. K., Theory of Machines and Mechanisms,
Affiliated East West Press, 1989.
MME 2258: WORK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Productivity in the individual enterprise, Total time of a job, Factors
tending to reduce productivity, Techniques for reducing excess work
content and ineffective time, Basic procedure of Work study, Basic
procedure of Method study, Outline process chart, Flow process charts,
Flow diagram, The questioning technique, Multiple activity chart, Travel
chart, String diagram, The principles of motion economy, Two handed
225
process chart, Micromotion study, Therbligs, SIMO chart, Work
measurement, Time study, Types of elements, Methods of timing the
elements, Methods of rating, Standard time determination, Work
sampling, Predetermined time standards, Standard Data, Restricted
work, Pump diagram, Ergonomics, Anthropometry, Working
environment.
References:
1. International Labour Office (ILO), Introduction to work stud
(3e),Oxford& IBH Publishers, Geneva, 2008.
2. Niebel B.W. and Frievalds, A., Methods, Standards, and Work design
(12e), McGraw-Hill, 2009.
3. Lakhwinder Pal Singh, Work Study and Ergonomics, Cambridge
University Press, 2016
4. Barnes R.M., Motion and Time study (7e), John Wiley, 2009.
5. M S Sanders M.S. and E J McCormic E.J., Human Factors in
Engineering Design (7e), McGraw Hill, 1992.
MME 2274: METROLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Study of measuring instruments and gauges, Screw thread
measurements, Measurement of effective diameter of external screw
threads, Use of Comparators, Measurement of gear dimensions, Radius
and angle measurement, Calibration of Micrometer and Vernier caliper,
Surface texture and straightness measurement, Use of Profile projector,
Coordinate Measuring Machine and Interferometer.
References:
1. Jain R. K., Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers, 1997.
2. Gupta I. C., Engineering Metrology, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 1997.
3. Raghavendra N. V. and Krishnamurthy L., Engineering Metrology and
Measurements, Oxford University Press, 2013.
MME 2273: THERMO-FLUID LAB [0 0 3 1]
Determination of viscocity, flash & fire point of oil.Performance test on
rotary air blower, two stage air compressor, single cylinder four / two
stroke petrol and diesel engines.Flow measurement using venturimeter
and orifice meter. Calibration of V notch & rectangular notch.
Performance test on centrifugal pump, gear pump, impulse turbineand
reaction turbine. Measurement of force due to impact of jet on vanes.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., Internal Combustion Engines, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, 2007.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., Course in Internal Combustion
Engines, DhanpathRai Publishers, 2001.
3. Jagadishlal, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitan
Book Co. Pvt. Ltd, 1995.
4. Bansal R. K., Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi
Publication, New Delhi, 2006.
MME 2272: WORKSHOP PRACTICE - II [0 0 3 1]
Exercises on spur gear and helical gear cutting using milling & gear
hobbing machines. Practice of shaping operations, Exercises on
grinding operations. Machining using CNC Vertical Machining Center
and use of Non-conventional machines.
References:
1. HajraChaudhury S. K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, 2000.

FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
Reference Books:
1. Prasanna Chandra.,Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi,2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
12th ed., Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, 5th edition Tata
McGraw Hill Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, 3rd edition,
Pearson Publication, 2013.
MME 3155: DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS [3 1 0 4]
Materials and their properties, principal stresses, theories of failure,
factor of safety, strength under combined axial, bending & torsional
loads, stress concentration. Fatigue: S-N diagram, Low cycle and high
cycle fatigue, variables affecting fatigue strength, Goodman & Soderberg
equations, stresses due to combined loading. Design of shafts subjected
to bending in two planes in addition to axial loads. Stress in keys,
Stresses in bolts, Stresses in power screw, Efficiency of power screw,
Force & torque requirement to lift load in power screw jack. Helical coil
springs, spring materials, Stress & deflection of springs subjected to
steady, fluctuating & impact loads, Energy stored in springs, Critical
frequency, Concentric springs. Spur and Helical gears design for static,
dynamic and wear load. Selection of Journal bearings and Rolling
contact bearing.
References:
1. Bhandari V. B., Design of Machine Elements (2e), Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, 2007.
2. Norton R. L., Machine Design - An Integrated Approach (2e), Prentice
Hall Inc., 2004.
3. Maleev and Hartman, Machine Design (5e) (Revised and edited by
Drop Grover), CBS Publishers, 1999.
226
4. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., Mechanical Engineering Design(5e),
McGraw Hill Inc., 2004.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., Machine Design Data Hand
Book(4e), CBS Publishers and distributors, 1987.
MME 3156: OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 1 0 4]
The subject covers definition, phases, applications, advantages and
disadvantages of operations research. Linear programming problems
(LPP) are formulated and solved using graphical and simplex methods
and Post optimality analysis conducted. The special cases of LPP
include Transportation and assignment problems along with travelling
salesman problem. Dynamic programming.Game theory and various
methods, waiting line models and simulation.Network model analysis
using Critical path method and Project evaluation and review technique.
Reference Books:
1. Taha H. A., Operations Research (7e), Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Winston W.L., Operations Research, Thomson Asia, 2003.
3. Vohra N. D., Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education, 2007.
4. Sharma S. D., Operations Research (14e), KedarNathRamnath
Publications, 2005.
5. Kanthiswaroop, Gupta and Manmohan, Operations Research, Sultan
Chand and Sons, 2003.
MME 3157: SIMULATION MODELING AND ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Simulation, Advantages and disadvantages, Areas of
application, Systems and systems environment, Components of a
system, Model of a system, Types of models, Steps in a simulation study,
Simulation of Queuing systems, Simulation of Inventory System,
Concepts in discrete - event simulation, event scheduling/ Time advance
algorithm, Manual simulation using event scheduling, Random
Numbers: Properties, Generations methods, Tests for Random number-
Frequency test, Runs test, Autocorrelation test, Random Variate
Generation: Inverse Transform Technique- Exponential, Uniform,
Weibull, Triangular distributions, Direct transformation for Normal and
log normal Distributions, convolution methods- Erlang distribution,
Acceptance Rejection Technique, Input Modelling- Data collection,
Identification and distribution with data, parameter estimation, Goodness
of fit tests, Selection of input models without data, Multivariate and time
series analysis. Verification and Validation of Model – Model Building,
Verification, Calibration and Validation of Models. Output Analysis- Types
of Simulations with Respect to Output Analysis, Stochastic Nature of
output data, Measures of Performance and their estimation, Output
analysis of terminating simulation, Output analysis of steady state
simulations.
References:
1. Jerry Banks, John S Carson, II, Berry L Nelson, David M Nicol,
Discrete - Event System Simulation (4e), Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, Pearson India Education
Services Pvt Ltd, 2015.
3. Averill M. Law, Simulation Modeling and Analysis (4e), Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2008.
4. NarsinghDeo, Systems Simulation with Digital Computer (3e), PHI
Publication (EEE), 2004.
MME 3158: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT [3 1 0 4]
Definition of quality and Total quality management(TQM),Basic concepts
of TQM, Contributions of Gurus of TQM, Characteristics of successful
quality leaders, The Deming philosophy, Quality statements, Strategic
planning, Customer satisfaction, Juran Trilogy, PDSA cycle, Kaizen,
Supplier partnership, Performance measures, Quality costs, The seven
tools of quality control, General quality control engineering
fundamentals, Frequency distribution, Inequality theorems,
Controlcharts for variables(X, R and s charts) and attributes (p, np, c
and u charts), Process capability indexes, Concept of six sigma quality,
Acceptance sampling by attributes, Operating characteristic curve,
Some aspects of specifications and tolerances, Equipment failure
pattern, System reliability, Benchmarking, Quality function deployment
(QFD), Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA), Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM), Management tools, Taguchi's quality loss function,
Quality and Environmental management systems, Case Studies.
References:
1. Dale H. Besterfield, Carol Besterfield-Michna, Glen Besterfield, Mary
Besterfield-Sacre, Hemant Urdhwarshe, Rashmi Urdwarshe, Total
Quality Management. (3e), Pearson Education, 2012.
2. Mukherjee P.N., Total Quality Management, PHI Learning, 2010.
3. Grant E. L and Levenworth R., Statistical Quality Control, McGraw
Hill,2005.
4. Mahajan M. S., Statistical Quality Control, Dhanpat Rai and Co. Pvt.
Ltd., 2012.
5. Oakland John S, Total Quality Management text with Cases, Elsevier,
2006.
MME 3173: AUTOMATION ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Pneumatics circuit design using Single acting cylinder, Double acting
cylinder, Quick exhaust valve, Shuttle valve, Time delay valve, Dual
pressure valve, Pressure sequence valve, Pneumatic Counter, Multiple
cylinders, Single solenoid & double solenoid 5/2 valve, Electrical
latching, Pressure to electric converter, ON delay timers, Proximity
sensors, Electrical counter, Pneumatic circuit using PLC, Hydraulic
circuit design using Variable displacement pump, Throttle check valve,
Pilot operated check valve, Pressure reducing valve, Pressure switch,
Hydraulic Accumulator, 4/3 Direction control valve, Inductive sensor and
Hydraulic motor.
References:
1. Waller D. and Werener H., Pneumatics Workbook Basic Level, Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co. Germany, 1983.
2. Rouff C., Waller D. and Werener H., Electropneumatics Workbook
Basic Level, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co. Germany, 1983.
3. Bosch Rexroth AG, Project Manual Industrial Hydraulics, RE
00845/04.07.
4. Rexroth AG, Trainer's Manual Electro Hydraulics, R900071655.
MME 3174: OPERATIONS RESEARCH LAB [0 0 3 1]
Formulating and solving real-world problems into a linear problem with
suitable assumption, objective functions and constraints using
graphical, Simplexmethod, transportation and assignment method and
conducting sensitivity analysis. Solving problems related to game
theory, waiting line models, network analysis and dynamic
programming. Modeling a linear and non-linear optimization problem
and constraints into a simulation model using the Monte Carlo Simulation
Technique.
Reference Books:
1. Taha H. A., Operations Research (7e), Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Winston W.L., Operations Research, Thomson Asia, 2003.
3. Vohra N. D., Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw-
Hill Education, 2007.
227
4. Sharma S. D., Operations Research (14e), Kedar Nath Ramnath
Publications, 2005.
5. Kanthiswaroop, Gupta and Manmohan, Operations Research, Sultan
Chand and Sons, 2003.
MME 3175: WORK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Construction of Outline Process Chart, Flow process chart and Flow
diagram, Two handed process chart, Multiple activity chart (Man-
Machine chart), Performance rating exercises, Basic time determination
for the given task, Determination of Standard time using Stop watch time
study, Development of Standard data, Determination of Standard time for
simple operation using Work study software, Construction of SIMO
chart, Estimating Standard time using Predetermine Time Standards
(PTS),Measurement of physical work using Walking simulator and
Ergometer.
References:
1. International Labour Office (ILO), Introduction to work study (3e),
Oxford & IBH Publishers, 2008.
2. Niebel B.W. and Frievalds, A., Methods, Standards, and Work design
(12e), McGraw-Hill, 2009.
3. Lakhwinder Pal Singh,Work Study and Ergonomics, Cambridge
University Press, 2016.
4. Barnes R.M., Motion and Time study, John Wiley (7e), 2009.
5. Sanders M.S. and McCormic E.J., Human Factors in Engineering
Design (7e), Edition, McGraw Hill, 1992.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, Factors
determining the span, Basic departmentation, Line & Staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour &styles, Managerial grid. Basic control process, Critical
control points & standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA, Application of Theory Z. The nature
& purpose of international business& multinational corporations, Unified
global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections.
References:
1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, Essentials of Management,
McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. Peter Drucker, Management: Tasks, Responsibilities and Practices,
Harper and Row, 1993.
3. Peter Drucker,The Practice of Management, Harper and Row, 2004.
MME 3253: OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN
MANAGEMENT [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to operations supply chain management, Types of
production systems, Production consumption cycle, Functions of
production and operations management. supply chain decisions, types
of supply chains, supply chain metrics, logistics, bullwhip effect,
Forecasting, Qualitative methods of forecasting, Quantitative methods of
forecasting, Forecast control, Pure and mixed strategies of aggregate
planning, Aggregate planning using trial and error approach, Materials
Requirement planning, Job shop scheduling Factors affecting job shop
scheduling, Index method, Priority sequencing rules, Classification of
inventories, Economic order quantity, Inventory control models, The role
of facility decisions in supply chain, factors influencing network design in
supply chain, Role of transportation in a supply chain, factors affecting
transportation decisions, modes of transportation and their performance
characteristics, Routing and scheduling in transportation, The impact of
financial factors on supply chain decisions.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., Operations Management, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., Operations Management,
Pearson Education Pte. Ltd., 2005.
3. Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindi, Supply chain management, Pearson
Education, 2001.
4. Russell and Taylor, Operations management Along with supply chain,
Wiley India Edition, 2011.
5. G.Srinivasan, Qunatitative Models in Operations and supply chain
management, PHI,2010.
MME 3254: TOOL ENGINEERING AND DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to tool engineering and design, Nomenclature of single point
and few multi point cutting tools. Theory of metal cutting, Tool life and
wear. Merchant's analysis, Taylor's equation and factors affecting tool
life. Design of single point cutting tools. Design of form tools. Design of
drill, Milling cutters and Broaches. Elements of jigs and fixtures and
design procedure. Different type of work holding devices and Clamping
devices. Design of drill jigs. Design of milling fixtures. Press tool design.
Design of different types of dies and punch. Die materials and method of
punch support. Design of elements of press tools, strip layout, centre of
pressure. Design of Forming and Drawing dies.
References:
1. ASME hand book, Fundamentals of tool design, Society of
Manufacturing Engineers, 1991.
2. Juneja B. L. and Sekhon G. S., Fundamentals of Metal cutting and
Machine Tools, New Age International (P) Ltd., 1995.
3. Shaw M. C., Metal cutting principles, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1996.
4. Nagpal G. R, Tool Engineering & Design, Khanna Publishers, 2008.
5. Joshi P. H., Jigs and Fixture, Wheeler Publishing, 1996.
MME 3273: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT LAB [0 0 3 1]
Purchasing decisions in supply chain: Generating Bill of Materials,
Creating Item Master for various Engineering Designs, Conduction of
vendor Evaluation/Rating exercise, Creating Purchase order for Items,
Creating Work order for Items, Perform inventory transaction, Creating
quotation process for Items, Creating Dispatch Instruction for Items,
Production planning decisions, Production Control Decisions, Inventory
management in supply chain, Facility Decisions in Supply chain,
Transportation Decisions in a supply chain, Financial evaluation of
supply chain Decisions.
References:
1. Monks J.G, Operations Management, McGraw-Hill International,
Editions, 1987.
2. Pannerselvam. R, Production and Operations Management (2e),
PHI,. 2005.
228
3. Buffa, Modern Production/Operations Management (4e),Wiley India
Ltd., 2007.
4. Chary S.N, Production and Operations Management (3e), Tata-
McGraw Hill, 2009.
MME 3274: QUALITY ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
To test the Goodness of fit for the given quality characteristic using
Binomial, Poisson Uniform and Normal distributions, Conduction of
Repeatability and Reproducibility studies for the given measurement
system, Construction of control charts for variables (X, R and s charts)
and attributes ( p, np, c and u charts), Assessing the Process capability
of the given manufacturing process, Construction of Operating
characteristic curve for the given acceptance sampling plan, Graphical
and pictorial representation of data, Construction of control charts for
variables and attributes using statistical software.
References:
1. Grant E. L and Levenworth R., Statistical Quality Control, McGraw Hill
Publications, 2005.
2. Montgomery D.C., Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, John
Wieley and Sons, 2005.
3. Dale H. Besterfield, Carol Besterfield-Michna, Glen Besterfield, Mary
Besterfield-Sacre, Hemant Urdhwarshe, Rashmi Urdwarshe, Total
Quality Management.(3e), Pearson Education, 2012.
4. Mahajan M.S., Statistical Quality Control, Dhanpat Rai and Co. Pvt.
Ltd., 2012.
5. Juran J.M. and Gryna F.M., Quality Planning and Analysis, Tata
McGraw Hill Publications, 1995.
MME 3275: SIMULATION MODELING AND ANALYSIS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to Simulation Packages and selection, Identifying probability
distributions for given data, Building simulation models for
manufacturing operations and service operations, Statistical Analysis of
Simulation models (input and output analysis).
References:
1. Jerry Banks, John S Carson, II, Berry L Nelson, David M Nicol,
Discrete - Event System Simulation (4e), Pearson Education,2005.
2. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, Pearson India Education
Services Pvt Ltd, 2015.
3. Averill M. Law, Simulation Modeling and Analysis (4e), Tata McGraw-
Hill, 2008.
4. NarsinghDeo, Systems Simulation with Digital Computer (3e), PHI
Publication (EEE), 2004.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
MME 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
 MME 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
MME 4053: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR [3 0 0 3]
Contributing disciplines to OB, Basic OB Model. Learning, Methods of
shaping behavior, Values, Attitudes and Job satisfaction, Personality,
Determinants of Personality, Personality theories, Major personality
attributes, Perception Attribution Theory, Selective perception, Halo
effect, Contrast effect, Stereo-typing. Maslow's hierarchy of needs,
Theory X and Theory Y, Frederick Herzberg's Motivation and Hygiene
Theory, Contemporary Theories, Group Dynamics, Group Behaviour
Model, Quality of a good leader, types and theories of leadership.
Conflict, Dimensions of Conflict Handling Intentions, Virtual
Organisation, Boundary less Organisation, Mechanistic and Organic
Model, Factors influencing organisation structure. Work Design,
Organisational Change and Organisational Development, Lewin's Three-
Step Model and Action research. Organisational Development.
References:
1. Luthans Fred, Organisational Behaviour, McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Davis Keith and Newstrom J.W., Organisational Behaviour at Work,
Tata-McGraw Hill, 2009.
3. Greenberg Jerald and Baron Robert A., Behaviour In Organisations:
Understanding and Managing the Human Side of Work, Prentice Hall
of India, 2010.
4. Uma Sekaran., Organisational Behaviour: Text & Cases, McGraw Hill
Education, 2004.
5. Robbins, Stephen P., Organizational Behaviour, Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
MME 4054: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Objectives of personnel management, Functions of Personnel
Management, Process of Human Resource Planning, Steps in
recruitment process, Sources of recruitment, methods of recruitment.
Promotions, Demotions, Transfers, Separation, Absenteeism and Turn
over, Wage and Salary administration, Performance Appraisal, Methods
of Performance evaluation. Industrial Relations, Functional
Requirements, Employees participation in management. Grievances and
Grievance Handling, Act of Indiscipline/ Misconduct, Principles for
maintenance of discipline. Industrial Disputes, Procedure for the
Settlement of Disputes, Government and Industrial Relations, Organs of
Industrial Peace, Trade Unions, Objectives and Functions, Growth of
Trade Union Movement, Factors Affecting Growth of Trade Unions,
Essentials of a Successful Trade Union.
References:
1. Mamoria C B and Gankar S V, Personnel Management, (23e),
Himalaya Publishing House, 2003.
2. Megginson L C, Personnel and Human Resources Administration,
229
(3e), R. D. Irwin, 1977.
3. Beach D S, Personnel: The Management of the People at Work, (3e),
Macmillan, 1975.
4. Yoder D, Handbook of Personnel Management and Labor Relations,
Volume 1, McGraw Hill, 1958.
MME 4055: PROJECT MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Concept of project, Project life cycle, organizing projects within the
functional organization, organizing projects as dedicated teams,
organizing projects within a matrix arrangement, Project manager and
their attributes.Feasibility study, Pre-feasibility study, Steps of feasibility
study. Estimating project times and costs, Factors influencing the quality
of estimates, Top-down approaches of estimation, Bottom-up
approaches of estimation, Hybrid approach of estimation. Risk
management process, Risk Assessment - probability analysis,
Contingency planning, Contingency funding and time buffers, Risk
response control, Project scheduling, Bar charts and Milestone charts,
Development of networks, Work Breakdown Structure, Program
Evaluation and Review Technique, Project audit and closure, Audit
reporting, Evaluation of project team and members.
References:
1. Gray C., Larson E. and Desai G., Project Management - The
Managerial Process, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
2. Paneer Selvam R. and Senthil Kumar P., Project Management, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
3. Chandra P., Projects - Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing,
Implementation and Review, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
4. Choudhry S., Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd., 1997.
5. Punmia B. and Khandelwal K., Project Planning and Control with
PERT and CPM, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
MME 4056: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Management of technology, integrated and holistic model, Innovation
and Competition, Timing and innovation, technology and competition,
Entrepreneurs and innovation, role of the entrepreneurs, new ventures in
corporation, High tech new ventures, the business plan, using the
business plan to achieve goals, a business plan that sells, successful
product innovation, sources of venture capital. Dynamics of new firms,
corporate systems, The science base of the innovation process, Micro
level -the corporate innovation process, Form of technology change, the
linear portion of the technology S-curve, mature and obsolete industries,
innovation and market saturation, managing technology life cycles,
economic long cycles, Kondratieff waves, the long wave process, the
long wave hypothesis. Sources of innovation, market pull and
technology push, technology maps, marketing flexibility, market
positioning, sources of radical innovation, marketing experimentation in
new technology. Project strategy, R&D projects.
References:
1. Betz Frederick, Managing Technology, John Wiley and Sons, 2011.
2. Narayanan V. K., Managing Technology and Innovation for
Competitive Advantage, Prentice Hall, 2001.
3. Duening, Hisrich and Lechter, Technology entrepreneurship,
Academic Press, 2014.
4. Richard and Thomas, Technology Ventures-from idea to enterprise,
McGraw Hill,2004.
5. Szakonyi Robert, Technology Management, Auerbach Publications,
2001.
 MME 4045: COMPOSITE MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Definition, Classification, Types of matrices & reinforcements,
Characteristics & selection, Fiber composites, Laminated composites,
Particulate composites, Prepregs, Sandwich construction. Glass,
Carbon and Advanced fiber manufacturing methods, Applications,
Advantages, Disadvantages and Properties. Micro mechanical analysis
of a lamina: Introduction, Derivation of stress, Strain, Modulus of
elasticity of fiber reinforced composites. Rule of mixture, Problems to
find density, Mechanical properties of composites by using Rule of
mixture. Processing of polymer composites: Description of method,
Advantages, Disadvantages and Application, Hand-layup, Spray-layup,
Compression molding Injection molding, Reaction injection molding,
Autoclaving, Resin transfer molding, Filament winding, Pultrusion. Sheet
molding, Pre-pegging and challenges in primary processing of
composites. Secondary processing of polymer composites: Joining of
polymer composites, Adhesive joining, Mechanical joining, Microwave
joining, Induction and resistance welding, Drilling of polymer
composites, Conventional vs ultrasonic drilling, Remedies for reducing
drilling induce damages, Research tools for secondary processing.
Testing of polymer composites: ASTM standards and procedures, test
for physical properties, mechanical properties Viz., tensile, flexural,
impact etc., SEM analysis, case studies. Application developments:
Aircrafts, Missiles, Space, Automobile, Electrical and electronics,
Marine, Recreational and sports equipment's, Construction. Potential
futureapplications of composites.
References:
1. Mein Schwartz, Composite Materials Handbook, McGraw Hill
Publication, 1984.
2. Autar K. Kaw, Mechanics of Composite Materials, CRC Press, 2005.
3. Krishan K. Chawla, Composite Material Science and Engineering,
Springer Publication, 1987.
4. Mallik P. C., Fiber Reinforced Composites, Marcel Decker Publication,
1993.
5. Rober M. Joness, Mechanics of Composite Materials, McGraw Hill
Kogakusha Ltd, 2008.
MME 4046: HEAT TREATMENT OF METALS AND ALLOYS [3 0 0 3]
Iron-Carbon equilibrium diagram, Lever rule, isothermal transformation
diagram, heat treatment of steels, phase transformations. Heat treatment
processes, annealing, normalising, hardening, tempering, hardenability,
determination of hardenability - Grossman's critical diameter method,
Jominy end quench test, Factors affecting hardenability. Carburizing,
post carburizing treatments, cyaniding and carbonitriding, nitriding,
plasma nitriding, boronizing & chromizing, flame hardening, induction
hardening, electron beam hardening, laser hardening. Controlled rolling,
ausforming, isoforming, marstraining, cryoforming, thermomechanical
annealing, thermomechanical treatment of non-ferrous alloys. Steel
specification, classification and heat treatment of steels and cast iron.
Heat treatment and application of aluminium alloys, titanium alloys,
copper alloys, defects, causes and remedies in heat treatment.
References:
1. Rajan T. V., Sharma C.P and Alok Sharma, Heat treatment principles
and techniques, PHI Publication, 1999.
2. Bolton W., Engineering materials technology, Heinmann Newness, 2001.
3. Thelning K. E., Steel and its heat treatment, Butterworth/Heinemann,
2000.
4. Romesh C. Sharma, Principles of Heat Treatment of Steels, New Age
International (P) Limited, 1996.
5. Vijendra Singh, Heat Treatment of Metals, Standard Publishers
Distributors, 2012.
230
MME 4057: INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS [3 0 0 3]
Definition of robots, Automation and Robotics, Robot configuration,
Robot Motions, Work Volume, Drive System, Control System, Precision
of movement, Specification of a robot, Applications of industrial robots,
Robot Motion Analysis, Forward and reverse transformation of 2 degree
of freedom arm, Arm manipulation for 3 degree of freedom arm,
Homogeneous transformations and robot kinematics, Robot Dynamics,
Robot end effectors, Force analysis of gripper, Physical support of the
end effectors, Guidelines for gripper selection, Sensing systems, Types
and features of robot sensors, Machine vision, Robot Control Systems,
Mathematical models, Types of controllers, Robot drive system, , Robot
programming languages.
References:
1. Mikell P Groover, Mitchel Weiss, Roger N Nagel, Nichoas G Odrey and
Ashish Dutta, Industrial Robotics (2e), McGraw Hill Education (India)
Pvt. Ltd, 2012.
2. YoramKoren, Robotics, McGraw Hill, 1992.
3. Groover M.P., Cam and Automation, Prentice Hall, 1995.
4. Yu Kozyhev, Industrial Robots Handbook, MIR Publications. 1985.
5. Fu, Gonzalez and Lee, Robotics: Control Sensing, Vision and
Intelligence, Tata McGraw Hill.2008.
MME 4047: LEAN MANUFACTURING [3 0 0 3]
The lean production system, lean revolution in Toyata, basic elements of
lean manufacturing, principles and characteristics of lean
manufacturing, MUDA and types. Value stream mapping Material and
information flow, Selection of the product family, Value stream manager,
Using the mapping tool, Drawing the current state map, Characteristics
of lean value stream, Drawing the future state map, Achieving the future
state. Introduction to Kanban: Data collection, case studies. Kanban
Size: Determining the replenishment cycle, Implication of scrap,
unplanned downtime and changeover time on replenishment intervals,
buffer calculations, Calculation of number of containers, Reality check,
Alternate method of kanban sizing, supplier kanban, Finished goods
kanban, Production smoothing: Smoothing of total production quantity -
Demand fluctuation and production capacity plan, Shortening
production lead time: Components of production lead time, shortening
processing time through single production and conveyance,
Multifunction workers, shortening processing time through small sized
lot production, shortening waiting time and conveyance time.
Shortening setup time - concepts and techniques: Setup concepts,
Concept applications, Analyzing setup actions, Procedure for setup
improvements. Standardization of operations: Components of standard
operations, Determining the cycle time, Determining the completion time
per unit, determining the standard operation routine, Yoi-don system,
One shot setup, Determining the standard quantity of work in progress,
Preparing the standard operation sheet.
References:
1. Monden Y., Toyota Production System: An Integrated Approach to
Just-In-Time (4e), CRC Press, U.S.A, 2011.
2. Rother and Shook, Learning to See: Value Stream Mapping to add
Value and Eliminate Muda, The Lean Enterprise Institute, U.S.A., 1999.
3. Gross and McInnis, Kanban Made Simple: Demystifying and
Applying Toyota's Legendary Manufacturing Process, AMACOM
Books, U.S.A., 2003.
4. Fled W., Lean Manufacturing: Tools, Techniques and How to Use
Them, CRC Press, U.S.A., 2001.
5. Dailey K. W., The Lean Manufacturing Pocket Handbook, D.W.
Publishing Co., 2003.
 MME 4062: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Automotive engine parts, Spark Ignition (SI) & Compression Ignition (CI)
engines, Multi-cylinder arrangements. Cooling requirements & methods.
Various lubrication arrangements. Fuel pumps for petrol and diesel
engines, Types of carburetors. Fuel injector and Multi-Point Fuel Injection
system. Various ignition systems and ignition advance methods. Bendix
drive. Clutches- purpose and requirements, Various types of clutches.
Various types of Gearboxes. Drive configuration and parts of drive
system, types of rear axle arrangements. Tyreproperties, tubed tubeless
tyres. Steering geometry, Steering mechanisms and linkage systems.
Requirements and Types of suspensions, Telescopic shock absorber.
Braking requirements, Brake efficiency and stopping distance, Various
Types of brakes, Balance beam compensator, Antilock braking system.
Automotive emission control system, Method to control various
emissions, Emission standards- Euro and Bharat norms. Modern
Vehicles, Construction and operational features of four wheelers
available in Indian market, Introduction to electric vehicles & hybrid
vehicles.
References:
1. Heinz Heisler, Vehicle and Engine Technology (2e), Butterworth-
Heinemann Publication, 1998.
2. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering Vol. I & II (13e), Standard
Publishers Distributors, 2017.
3. R.K. Rajput, Automobile Engineering (2e), Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd,
2017.
4. K. K. Jain, R. B. Asthana, Automobile Engineering (1e), Tata McGraw
Hill Education, 2017
5. Narang G. B. S., Automobile Engineering(5e), Khanna Publishers,
1995.
MME 4089: BUSINESS PROCESS RE-ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to business processes, common business process in
organisations, role of leader and manager, breakthrough reengineering,
BPR and performance improvement, key targets of BPR, business
process redesign & improvement, Just-in-time, collaborative
manufacturing, intelligence manufacturing, product planning, product
design and development, Introduction to BPR, History of BPR, BPR in
manufacturing industry, Benefits of BPR, BPR and information
technology, BPR implementation methodology, success factors of BPR,
barriers of BPR, frame work for barrier management, BPR and relevant
technologies.
References:
1. Radhakrishnan R and Balasubramanian S, Business process Re-
engineering: Text and Cases (1e),PHI Learning Private Limited, 2008
2. Jayaraman M S, Natarajan G and Rangaramanujan A V, Business
Process Reegineering, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2007
3. Sethi V and King W R, Organizational Transformation through
Business Process Reengineering, Pearson Education India, 2003
4. Grover V, Markus M L, Business Process Transformation, PHI
Learning Pvt. Limited, 2010.
MME 4065: CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definitions, Technological importance of corrosion study,
Corrosion as useful process, Corrosive environments, Consequences of
corrosion, Factors affecting corrosion, Economical aspects of
corrosion, Corrosion science and corrosion engineering. Fundamental
aspects of corrosion: Cell analogy, electrode potential, emf and galvanic
series - their uses in corrosion studies, Corrosion cell, Cathodic and
anodic reactions, Types of corrosion cells, Reference electrode and their
231
types, Pourbaix diagram for metal-water system. Principles of corrosion:
Corrosion rate expressions and calculations, Nernst's Equation, Electro-
chemical nature of aqueous corrosion, Faradays' laws of electrolysis,
Current density, Factors influencing corrosion rate. Types of corrosion:
Characteristic features, causes and remedial measures of different
forms of corrosion: Dry & wet corrosion, Uniform, Galvanic, Crevice,
Pitting, Crevice, Erosion, Intergranular, Selective leaching, Stress
corrosion cracking, Hydrogen damage, Liquid metal attack, Hydrogen
embrittlement, Atmospheric corrosion - classification and factors
influencing atmospheric corrosion, Introduction to high temperature
corrosion, Prevention of high temperature corrosion, Corrosion/
Chemical degradation of non-metallic materials like rubbers, plastics
and ceramics. Polarization: Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Electrode
Processes- Polarization Curves, Over-Potential, Passivity, Trans-
passivity, Measuring polarization, Anodic polarization, Cathodic
polarization, Activation Polarization and Concentration polarization.
Corrosion control: Principles of corrosion prevention, Material selection,
Design considerations, Control of environment including Inhibitors and
Passivators, Coatings - metallic, inorganic, organic, Electroplating of
copper, Nickel and Chromium, Electro-less plating, Anodising,
Galvanizing, Thermal spraying, Alloy plating, Cathodic and anodic
protection, Chemical and electrochemical polishing, Phosphating,
Chromating, Chemical colouring. Corrosion Monitoring: Laboratory
corrosion tests, Accelerated chemical tests for studying different forms
of corrosion. Electrochemical methods of corrosion rate measurements
by Gravimetric, Tafel polarization, Linear polarization, Cyclic polarization,
Impedance spectroscopy, NDT techniques - Ultrasonic, Radiography
and Eddy current.
References:
1. Mars G. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering(3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
2008.
2. Zaki Ahmed, Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion
Control, Elsevier Science and Technology Books, 2006.
3. Trethewey K. R. and Chamberlain Longman J., Corrosion for
students of Science and Engineering, Scientific & Technical, USA,
1988.
4. Philip A Schweitzer, Fundamentals of corrosion-Mechanisms,
Causes and Preventive methods, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Group, 2010.
5. Uhlig H.H. and Revie R. W., Corrosion and Corrosion Control, Wiley,
1985.
MME 4058: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Definition of database and its characteristics, users of database,
advantages and implications of database approach, Data models,
schemas and instances, DBMS architecture and data independence,
database languages and interfaces, database system environment,
classification of data base management systems, Benefits of data
modelling, Types of database models, Phases of database modelling,
The entity-relationship model, Entity types, entity sets, attributes, and
keys, relationships, relationship types, roles, and structural constraints,
weak entity types, ER diagrams and design issues, relational model
concepts, constraints, and schemas, update operation on relations,
basic and additional relational algebra operations, and queries in
relational algebra, structured Query Language (SQL): data definition etc.
in SQL2, basic and complex queries in SQL, insert, delete, update
statements, and views in SQL, embedded SQL, secondary storage
devices, buffering of blocks, placing file records on disk, operations on
files, heap files and sorted files, hashing techniques, primary, secondary
and multilevel ordered indices, dynamic multi-level indices using B-trees
and B+ trees, design guidelines for relational schemas, functional
Dependencies, normalization - 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th normal forms,
importance of normalization, limitations of normal forms.
References:
1. ElmasriRamez and NavatheShamkanth B., Fundamentals of
database Systems (3e), Addison Wesley Publishing Company, 2011.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, Database Management
System (3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
3. McFadden, Hoffer J Prescott, Modem Data base management,
Pearson, 2007.
4. Hansen Gary W and Hansen James V., Database Management and
Design (2e), PHI Pvt. Ltd, 2002.
5. Das Gupta and Radha Krishna, Database Management system
Oracle, SQL and PL/SQL (2e), 2013.
MME 4041: DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY [3 0 0 3]
Morphology of design, different phases, overview of product design,
advantages of using DFMA, principles of DFMA in mechanical design,
selection of materials and processes. Design guidelines for sand casting,
investment casting, metal extrusion, stamping, fine blanked parts, rolled
formed section, forging process, machining processes, heat treatment,
die casting, injection moulding, sheet metal process, powder metallurgy
process, joining processes. Advantages and disadvantages of 3D
printing, design guidelines for 3D printing and different assembly
techniques, importance of fits, tolerance and surface finish in design,
production drawings.
References:
1. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst and Winston A. Knight, Product
Design for Manufacture and Assembly, CRC Press, 2011.
2. James G. Brala, Design for Manufacturability Handbook, McGraw
Hill, 1999.
3. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design Pearson Education,
2001.
4. Chitale A. K. and Gupta R. C., Product Design and Manufacturing,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
5. George E. Dieter, Engineering Design, McGraw Hill Book Co. 2000.
MME 4090: DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Strategy of experimentation, Applications, Basic principles, Terminology,
Guidelines, Tools used in robust design, Applications and benefits,
Quality loss function, Quadratic loss function, Noise factors, P diagram,
Optimization of product and process design, Role of various quality
control activities. Factorial Experimentation, Blocking and Confounding
in the 2k Factorial Design, Fractional Factorial Designs, Constructing
Orthogonal Arrays, Steps in Robust Design, Evaluation of sensitivity to
noise, Signal-to-Noise ratios for static and dynamic problems. Analysis
of ordered categorical data, Minimizing variability and optimizing
averages, Taguchi Inner and Outer Arrays, Software packages for design
of Experiments.
Reference Books:
1. D.C. Montgomery, Design and Analysis of Experiments (5e), Wiley
India, 2006.
2. Madhav S. Phadke, Quality Engineering Using Robust Design,
Prentice Hall PTR, 1989.
3. Robert H. Lochner, Joseph E. Matar, Designing for Quality - An
Introduction Best of
4. Taghuchi and Western Methods or Statistical Experimental Design,
Chapman and Hall, 1990.
232
5. Philip J. Ross, Taguchi Techniques for Quality Engineering: Loss
Function, Orthogonal Experiments, Parameter and Tolerance Design
(2e), McGraw-Hill, 1996.
MME 4042: DESIGN OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Mechanical design process, Design factors.Design of
Piston, Connecting rod, Crankshaft-Overhung &Center type, Valve gear
mechanism. Flange coupling, Screw jack, Single plate clutch, Two speed
gear box, Passenger lift, Concrete mixer, Automobile chassis &
suspension. Optimization in design -Johnson's method of optimization-
bar, spring, shaft.
References:
1. Bhandari V.B., Design of Machine Elements(3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, 2010.
2. Trikha S. N., Machine Design Exercises, Khanna Publishers, 2001.
3. Patil S. P., Mechanical System Design, Jaico Publishing House, 2004.
4. George E. Dieter, Engineering Design , McGraw Hill Book Co., 2000.
5. Karl T. Ulrich & Steven D. Eppinger, Product Design and Development,
Irwin McGraw Hill, Boston, 2003.
MME 4066: ELEMENTS OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, basic concepts and elements of mechatronic
systems, needs and benefits of mechatronics in manufacturing,
Sensors, Transducers: Displacement. Piezoelectric actuators, Shape
memory alloys. Hydraulic & Pneumatic devices - Power supplies,
valves, cylinder sequencing. Data acquisition and translation: Signal
conditioning - Operational amplifiers, inverting amplifier, differential
amplifier, Protection, comparator, filters, Multiplexer, Pulse width
Modulation Counters, decoders, ADC, DAC Signal Analysis -
Linearization of data, Compensation, Signal Averaging, Fourier analysis.
Data presentation system: Display - Cathode ray oscilloscope, LED,
LCD, Printers, Magnetic Recording, Controllers and Algorithms:
Microprocessor Applications.
References:
1. Alciatore David G &Histand Michael B, Introduction to Mechatronics
and Measurement systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Boltan W, Mechatronics, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd, 1999.
3. Devdas Shetty & Richard Kolk, Mechatronics System Design, PWS
Publishing, 2001
4. Dan Nesculescu, Mechatronics, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, 2002.
5. Bradley D A and others, Mechatronics, Nelson Thornes Chennai, 2004.
MME 4059: ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to ERR ERP and related technologies, integrated
management information, business modelling, integrated data model.
Executive information system, data warehousing, data mining, online
analytical processing, A manufacturing perspective of ERR CAD/CAM,
Materials requirement planning, bill of materials, closed loop MRR
Manufacturing resource planning, distribution requirements planning,
ERP modules, Benefits of ERR ERP implementation life cycle,
implementation team training, testing, end user training, Vendors,
consultants and users, Future directions in ERR faster implementation
methodologies, business models, ERP case studies.
References:
1. Alexis Leon, Enterprise Resource Planning (2e), Tata McGraw Hill
Education, 2008.
2. Monk E and Wagner B, Concepts in Enterprise Resource Planning
(4e), Cengage Learning, 2012.
3. Garg V K and Venkatakrishnan N K, Enterprise Resource Planning:
Concepts and Practice (2e), PHI Learning Pvt. Limited., 2003.
4 Jaiswal M and Vanapalli G, Textbook of Enterprise Resource
Planning, Macmillan, 2005.
MME 4060: ERGONOMICS [3 0 0 3]
Definitions of Ergonomics, Role of human factors engineer, Types of
systems, Elements of man-machine system, System approach to
human engineering, Information input and processing, Information
theory, Sources and pathways of stimuli, Human sensorimotor system,
Biases in decision making. Visual Displays, Quantitative and qualitative
displays, Auditory displays, Biomechanics of motion, Functions of
controls, Factors influencing design of control, Design of hand and foot
controls, Use of Anthropometric data, Work surface, Location of
component and general work place arrangement, Industrial fatigue,
Causes and elimination of fatigue, Productivity and its improvement,
Worker and working environment, Effect of light, colour, noise and
vibration on performance.
References:
1. Mark S. Sanders and Ernest J McCormick, Human Factors in
Engineering and Design (7e), McGraw-Hill and Co, 1992.
2. Bridger R.S., Introduction to Ergonomics, Taylor & Francis (3e),
2008.
3. Pulat B. Mustafa, Fundamentals of Industrial Ergonomics (2e),
Waveland Press Inc, 1997.
4. Khan M. I., Industrial Ergonomics, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
5. Gavriel. Salvendy, Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics
(3e), Wiley, 2006.
MME 4091: FINITE ELEMENT METHODS [3 0 0 3]
Review of matrix algebra, Eigen value problem, Gauss quadrature
integration, Displacement and potential energy of a 3D Elastic Body,
Minimum potential energy principle, Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin's
methods, definitions and terminologies in finite element method (FEM),
displacement polynomial function, Pascal's triangle, Shape functions for
linear and higher order quadrilateral (Lagrange and Serendipity) and
triangular elements; finite element formulation of 1D (bar element)
structural problem by direct stiffness method and Galerkin's approach,
Elimination and Penalty methods of handling boundary conditions; finite
element formulation of 1D (bar, truss and beam elements), 2D
(triangular, quadrilateral elements) and 3D (tetrahedral and hexahedral
elements) structural problems by isoparametric approach.
References:
1. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegundu A. D, Introduction to Finite
Elements in Engineering, Pearson Education, 2001.
2. Daryl L. Logan, A First course in Finite Element Method (4e),
Thompson Ltd.,India, 2007.
3. David V. Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, Tata
McGraw Hill, India, 2005.
4. J. N. Reddy, An Introduction to Finite Element Method (3e), McGraw
Hill International Edition, 2006.
5. Larry J. Segerlind, Applied Finite Element Analysis (2e), John Wiley,
1984.
MME 4072: MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Working and Auxiliary motions in machine Tools, Parameters defining
working motions of a machine tool, Machine tool drives-individual drive,
Group drive, Mechanical Drives for providing rotational movements
,Selection of range of spindle speeds, Typical layouts for intermediate
spindle speeds, Construction of speed diagram, Layout of speeds in GP,
233
Saw diagram of a GP series, Rules for layout of speed boxes having
sliding clusters, Flow Diagram, Ray diagram, Types of Feed Gear Boxes,
Functions and Requirements of machine tool structures, Profiles,
Factors affecting stiffness of machine tool structures & Methods of
improving it, Commonly used bed and column sections, Antifriction
guide ways, Protecting devices, Spindles, Milling & Drilling machines,
Antifriction bearings, Elimination of vibration, Machine tool chatter,
Vibration isolated tool holders.
References:
1. Mehta N K, Machine Tool Design and Numerical control, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2012.
2. Sen and Bhattacharya, Principles of Machine Tools, New Central
Book Agency, 2001.
3. CMTI,Machine Tool Design Handbook, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd., 2004.
4. Basu S K, Design of Machine Tools, Oxford & IBH, 1989.
5. George Schlesinger, Testing Machine Tools, Pergamon Press,1982.
MME 4061: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Importance of MIS, Evolution of MIS, Computers and MIS, Typical
Management Information Systems, Organizational and Information
System Structure, Management and Decision making, Information
Support for functional areas of management, Impact of Business on
information Systems, Key ingredients of success, Organizing
Information Systems, Computer hardware and Software,
Telecommunications, Database management, Transaction, Processing
and Reporting, Decision making and decision support system, AI and
Expert system, Office information system, MIS as technique for
programmed decision, Strategic and project planning, Conceptual
design, Detailed design, Implementation, Evaluation and Maintenance,
Controlling of IS, System concept, Case study in Hostel, Hospital, Hotel,
Stores, Production Industries.
References:
1. Davis G B and Olson M H, Management Information Systems, Tata
McGraw Hill Education, 2005
2. Laudon K C and Laudon J P, Management Information Systems,
Pearson Education, 2006
3. Sadagopan S, Management Information Systems, PHI Learning Pvt.
Limited, 2002
4. Murdick R G and Ross J E, Information Systems for Modern
Management,, PHI Learning Pvt. Limited, 1997
5. O'Brien J A, Management Information Systems, McGraw Hill, 1999.
MME 4074: MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Optical Microscopy, Principles of image formation and its
Applications, Scanning Electron Microscopy. Principles, Resolution,
Image Formation, Electron-specimen interaction, Ancillary techniques
(EDS, BSDP, Cathodoluminescence, etc.), Science of Imaging and
diffraction, Transmission Electron Microscopy, X-ray Diffraction, X-ray
Fluorescence, Scanning Auger Microscopy, Electron Backscatter
Diffraction (EBSD), Quantitative Micro and Nanostructure.
References:
1. J. Goldstein, D. Newbury, D. Joy, C. Lyman, P. Echlin, E. Lifshin, L.
Sawyer and J. Michael, Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-ray
Microanalysis(3e), Springer Science, 2003.
2. David B. Williams, C. Barry Carter, Transmission Electron Microscopy:
A Textbook for Materials Science, Springer publishers, 2009.
3. Joseph I Goldstein, Dale E Newbury, Patrick Echlin and David C
Joy,Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Microanalysis (3e),
2005.
4. Ray Egerton, Physical Principles of Electron Microscopy, Springer
Science 2005.
MME 4092: MATERIALS MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Concepts, evolution, importance and scope of materials management,
organizational structure, man power planning, functions of
management, principles of organisation, motivation, factors and
techniques of materials planning & budgeting and budgetary control,
purchasing, purchasing policy, purchasing parameters and purchasing
procedures. Strategic materials planning, JIT production planning,
strategic materials planning, Criteria for make or buy decision, spare
parts management including equipment selection, codification and
standardization. Capital equipment planning and capital equipment
decision and purchase of capital equipment's.
References:
1. Sharma S C, Materials Management and Materials Handling, Khanna
Publishers, 2000
2. Arnold J R T, Chapman S N and Ramakrishnan R V, Introduction to
Materials Management, (5e), Pearson Education India, 2011
3. Gopalakrishnan P and Sundareshan M, Material Management, PHI
Publications, 1999.
4. Datta K, Materials Management: Procedures, Text and Cases (2e),
PHI Learning, 2008
5. Chitale. A.K, Gupta. R. C, Materials management: Text and cases, PHI
Learning, 2013.
MME 4075: MEMS AND NANOTECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
General methods of preparation of nano par ticles, Carbon
nanostructures and their Applications. Nanosized Structures, Physical
chemistry of nanosystems, Nanoparticles, Nanowires and Nanorods,
Thin films- Self assembled monolayers, Experimental techniques-
Temperature measurement techniques, Atomic Force Microscopy,
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy, Spectroscopy and Diffraction
techniques. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems, MEMS, Micro and
Nanoscale Thermal Engineering, Nanofluids preparation and
Characterization, Properties of nanofluids, Nanomaterials used in energy
and Environmental applications and their Properties. Device applications
in hydrogen storage and Production, Fuel cells, Battery, Solar energy
conversion, Waste water treatment, Pollution remedies, Nanomaterials
in automobiles. Challenges and Scope.
References:
1. Charles P Poole, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley-Interscience
Publication, 2003.
2. Guozhong Cao, Nanostructures & Nanomaterials, Imperial College
Press, 2004.
3. Sobhan C B, Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer, Taylor and
Francis Publication, 2008.
4. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, The MEMS Handbook, Taylor and Francis
Publication, 2005.
5. James J Allen, MEMS Design, Taylor and Francis Publication, 2005.
MME 4076: MICRO MACHINING [3 0 0 3]
Definition of Micromachining, Need, Classification and Applications of
micro machining, types of micro Machines, Micro cutting tools, Sensors
and actuators.Traditional micro machining processes like turning,
drilling, milling and grinding.Abrasive micro machining and nano
234
finishing, Ultrasonic micro machining, Magneto rheological finishing.
Electric discharge micro machining, Wire electric discharge micro
machining, Electric discharge grinding, Electric discharge diamond
grinding, Laser beam micro machining, Electron beam micro machining,
Ion beam micro machining. Chemical Micro machining, Electro chemical
micro machining, Electro chemical micro grinding, Electro stream micro
drilling, Electro chemical micro deburring, Shaped tube electrolytic micro
machining.Bulk micro machining and its applications, Surface micro
machining and its applications.Stiction and antistiction in micro
machining.Hybrid micro machining like Wafer bonding - Anodic bonding,
Fusion bonding, Thin film deposition techniques - CVD and PVD
processes, Electro plating, Atomic layer deposition, Spin coating,
Evaporation and Epitaxy, Laser ablation technique. Principles of photo
lithography, Photo-mask and photo-resists, LIGA and micro molding
techniques, Deep X-ray lithography and their applications.
References:
1. Jain V. K., Micro Manufacturing Processes, CRC Press, Taylor and
Francis Group, 2012
2. Mishra P. K., Nonconventional Machining, Narosa Publishers, 2007.
3. McGeough J. A., Advanced Methods of Machining, Springer, 1988.
4. Kahrizi M., Micromachining Techniques for Fabrication of Micro and
Nano Structures, Intech, 2012.
5. Gad-el-Hak M., The MEMS Handbook, Taylor and Francis, 2005.
MME 4079: NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction and benefits of NDE, selection of NDE technique. Visual
Inspections. Penetrant inspections principal, testing procedure and
materials, testing methods and systems, sensitivity, standards,
applications and limitations. Magnetic particle testing basic principle,
testing procedure, equipment, sensitivity, standards, limitations.
Ultrasonic testing principal, basic of about soundwave propagation,
Ultrasonic Transducers, types of probes. Pulse echo and through
transmission methods, normal and angle beam methods. Criteria for
probe selection, ultrasonic techniques for stress measurement and
material studies. Applications, merits, limitations, standards,
standardization and calibration. Radiographic techniques: basic
principle, Radiographic imaging film radiography, real-time radiography
(radioscopy), radiographic tomography. Geometric factors,
radiographic film. Exposure, radiographic sensitivity, evaluating image
quality and sensitivity. Radiographic inspection techniques and systems.
Applications of radiography in NDE, safety consideration in radiographic
inspections. Eddy current testing, Principles and Instrumentation, 3D or
phased array ECT. Sensitivity, advanced eddy current test methods, eddy
current testing for conductivity and wall thickness, crack detection.
Applications, limitations, standards. Eddy current instruments. Acoustic
emission testing, principal, AE sensors, signal parameters, signal
analysis, noise, data quality analysis, standards, applications.
Thermography: principles, equipment, techniques, applications and
codes and standards. Comparison and selection of NDT methods, Case
study of NDT for damage inspection/detection and characterization,
process monitoring and structural monitoring.
References:
1. Don E Bray and Roderic K Stanley, Nondestructive Evaluation: A tool
in design, manufacturing and service, Taylor and Francis Group,
1997.
2. Paul E Mix, Introduction to Nondestructive Testing-A Training Guide
(2e), John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2005.
3. NDT Hand Books Vol. 1 – 10, American Society for Nondestructive
Testing (ASNT), USA.
4. Davis Joseph R., ASM Handbook: Volume 17, Nondestructive
Evaluation and Quality Control, ASM International Materials Park, OH,
1989.
5. ASNT (Edited),Materials and Processes for NDT Technology, ASNT,
USA, 1981.
MME 4078: NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES [3 0 0 3]
Potential of renewable energy resources and applications, Solar radiation
at the earth's surface, Measurement of solar radiation, Solar radiation
geometry, Empirical equations for predicting the availability of solar
radiation, Thermal applications of solar energy, Liquid flat-plate
collectors, Principles of wind power, Types of windmill, Site selection,
Betz theory, Forces on the blades and thrust on turbines, Types of
biomass, Types of biogas plants, Influencing factors for the generation of
biogas, Aerobic fermentation, Ethanol production – from wood by acid
hydrolysis and from sugar cane, Thermo-chemical method of bio-
conversion, Pyrolysis method, Power from the wave, Wave energy
conversion by floats - Oscillating float air pump and Buoy-Dolphin type,
Tidal energy conversion by single pool system and two pool
system,OTEC,Small scale hydel plant ,Geothermal energy conversion,
Direct energy conversion, Conversion of thermal energy into electricity,
Thermo-electric converters, Thermo- ionic converters, Conversion of
chemical energy into electricity-Fuel Cells, H2-O2 acidic fuel cell,
Conversion of electromagnetic energy into electricity, solar cells.
References:
1. S P Sukatme, Solar Energy Principles of Thermal Collection and
Storage, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2005.
2. M M El Wakil, Power plant Technology, McGraw Hill International, 1984.
3. G D Rai,Non-conventional Energy Sources,Khanna Publications, 1997.
4. S Rao and B B Parulekar, Energy Technology, Khanna Publishers,
2004.
5. A W Culp Jr. Principles of Energy Conversion, McGraw Hill
International, 2001.
MME 4082: PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to plant engineering, Industrial buildings, Fire detection and
suppression, Introduction to industrial flooring, Floor paints, Self-leveling
systems, Heavy duty flooring, Ventilation systems and control, Water
purification processes, Membrane processes, Effluents. Noise and
Vibration control, Air pollution, Dust and fume control, Introduction to
dust collection system, Bag houses, Cyclone separators, Introduction to
air pollution, Legislation on air pollution, Maintenance, Responsibilities
of the maintenance department, Breakdown maintenance, Scheduled
maintenance, Preventive maintenance, Corrective maintenance, Total
productive maintenance, Planning, scheduling and economic aspects of
maintenance function, Estimation of maintenance work, Maintenance
control, Maintenance scheduling, Life cycle costing, Maintenance
budgeting and cost control., Techniques of condition monitoring.
References:
1. Mobley K. R., Plant Engineer's Handbook, Butterworth-Heinemann,
2001.
2. Snow A. D., Plant Engineer's Reference Book, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2000.
3. Mobely, Higgins and Wikoff, Maintenance Engineering Handbook,
McGraw-Hill, 2008.
4. Mishra and Pathak, Maintenance Engineering and Management, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
5. JyotiMehrotra, Principles and Practice of Total Productive
Maintenance, Allied Publishers Ltd., 1998.
235
MME 4093: RAPID PROTOTYPING [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts, Comparison of conventional prototyping methods and
Rapid prototyping technologies, Definition of Rapid prototyping,
Fundamentals of Rapid prototyping and advantages, Overview of existing
technologies of prototyping and tooling, Classifications of Rapid
prototyping systems, State of the technology, Conceptual design,
development, prototype, tooling, limitations, Accelerated product
development, Rapid prototyping systems, Rapid prototyping data
formats, Cost justification, Applications and examples of Rapid
prototyping.
References:
1. Chua C K, Leong K F and Lim C S, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
Applications, World Scientific, 2008.
2. Jacobs Paul, Rapid prototyping and manufacture, Fundamentals of
Stereolithogrphy, 1992..
3. Soenen R and Olling, Advanced CAD/CAM systems, Narosa
Publishing House, 1995.
4. Durvent W.R., The lithographic Handbook, Narosa Publishing House,
1995.
5. Cooper K G, Rapid Prototyping Technology: Selection and
Application, CRC Press, 2001.
MME 4094: THEORY OF METAL FORMING [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Metal Working, Metallurgical aspects of metal forming,
Classification of forging processes-Hammer or drop forging, Press
forging, Open die forging and Closed die forging. Calculation of forging
loads, Effect of forging on microstructure, Residual stresses in forging,
Forces and geometry relationships in rolling. Theories of cold rolling and
hot rolling, Analysis of the extrusion process, Hydrostatic extrusion,
Extrusion of tubing, Rod and Wire drawing, Tube drawing processes,
Residual stress in rod, Wire and Tubes. High Energy Rate Forming
Processes Comparison of HERF and Conventional methods. Presses-
Types and Selection of presses-Formability of sheet metals-Principle,
Process parameters, Equipment and Application of Deep drawing,
Spinning, Stretch forming, Plate bending, Press brake forming, Magnetic
pulse forming. Super plastic forming, Electro forming, Fine blanking.
References:
1. Kumar Surender, Technology of Metal Forming Processes, Prentice-
Hall of India, 2008.
2. Narayanasamy. R, Metalworking Technology, Prentice Hall, 1997.
3. Dieter, Mechanical metallurgy, McGraw Hill, 1988.
4. Nagpal. G.R., Metal forming processes, Khanna Publishers, 1998.
5. George E., Dieter-Engineering Design, McGraw Hill, 2000.
OPEN ELECTIVES
MME 4305: INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 0 0 3]
Introduction- Definition, Phases, Applications, Advantages and
Limitations of Operations Research. Linear programming problems-
Assumptions, Formulation of LPP, Graphical solutions, Simplex
algorithm, Special cases. Concept of dual, Sensitivity analysis with
respect to objective function coefficients and R.H.S. values.
Transportation problem- Formulation, Testing the optimality. Assignment
problem - Solution algorithm for Assignment Problem. Travelling
salesman - Solution algorithm for Travelling Salesman Problem,
Application to job sequencing problem Game theory- Introduction to
game theory, Two-person-zero sum games, Pure and Mixed Strategies,
Solution methods. Network Analysis- General frame work, Introduction
to elements of network, conventions adapted in drawing network,
analyzing the network. Calculation of event and Activity times, Critical
path, Determination of project duration, Project Crashing. Applications
and Limitations of CPM.Project evaluation and review technique,
Simulation:-Monte- Carlo technique, Problems involving Waiting line
situations and Selection of crew members etc.
References:
1. Taha H. A., Operations Research, Pearson Education (7e), 2002.
2. W.L. Winston, Operations Research, Thomson Asia, 2003.
3. Vohra N. D., Quantitative Techniques in Management, 2007.
4. Sharma S. D., Operations Research (14e), Kedar Nath Ramnath
Publications, 2005
5. Kanthiswaroop, Gupta and Manmohan, Operations Research, Sultan
Chand and Sons, 2003.
MME 4306: INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Definitions of the term quality, Patterns of variation, Causes of variation
Frequency distribution, Measures of central tendency and dispersion,
The Normal distribution curve, Inequality theorems, Shewhart's bowl
drawing experiments, Control charts for variables (X , R and s charts),
Type I and Type II Errors, Process capability analysis, Process capability
236
indexes, Control charts for attributes (p ,np, c and u charts), Acceptance
sampling by attributes, Single and Double sampling plans, Operating
characteristic curve, Acceptable quality level, Lot tolerance percent
defective, Average outgoing quality, Average total Inspection, Average
fraction inspected, Producers risk, Consumers risk, Acceptance
sampling tables, Conventional and Statistical tolerancing, Precision,
Accuracy and Reproducibility of method of measurements, Quality
costs.
References:
1. Grant E. L and Levenworth R., Statistical Quality Control, McGraw Hill
Publications, 2005.
2. Mahajan M.S., Statistical Quality Control, Dhanpat Rai and Co. Pvt.
Ltd., 2012.
3. Montgomery D.C., Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, John
Wieley and Sons, 2005.
4. Juran J.M. and Gryna F.M., Quality Planning and Analysis, Tata
McGraw Hill Publications, 1995.
5. Bertrand L. Hansen, Quality Control- Theory and Applications,
Prentice Hall India, 1987.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering
Mechatronics is a multidisciplinary field of Engineering with a rich
Programs offered
knowledge base formed by various disciplines of Engineering. Hence an
integrated curriculum is designed to provide a broad based education in Under Graduate Program
the basic principles of Electrical, Electronics, Computing, Mechanical 4B.Tech in Mechatronics (2006)
and Control Systems. Such a varied and diverse program is gaining Post Graduate Program
much recognition and importance with every passing day and has 4M.Tech in Industrial Automation & Robotics (2015)
become an engineering discipline high on demand. The main objective of
PhD
the department is to enable students with the potential to address
challenges which are interdisciplinary in nature by laying a strong
foundation of multidisciplinary knowledge in their intellect. Faculty Strength
The department is well equipped with laboratories set up in collaboration Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
with Bosh Rexroth India Pvt. Ltd which includes some of the finest
automation equipment like, Modular Production Systems, Hydraulics 4 2
and Pneumatics, Programmable Logic Controllers, Drives and Control,
Sensorics and Robotics lab. The main objective of this industry- 20 22
academic partnership initiative is to transfer current technology to the
students and to bridge the technology gap that exists between industry
and academic. The necessity of a seamless integration of different
disciplines has been effectively managed by a multidisciplinary team of PhD Professors
young, dynamic and well-motivated faculty. M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Assistant Professors

237
 B TECH in MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2151 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2261 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
MTE 2151 Data Structures and Algorithms 2 1 0 3 MTE 2251 Automated Manufacturing Systems 3 0 0 3
MTE 2152 Digital System Design 3 1 0 4 MTE 2252 Design of Machine Elements 3 1 0 4
MTE 2153 Microcontroller based System Design 4 0 0 4 MTE 2253 Linear Control Theory 3 1 0 4
II MTE 2154 Robotics I 2 1 0 3 MTE 2254 Linear Integrated Circuits and Applications. 3 1 0 4
MTE 2155 Sensors and Instrumentation 4 0 0 4 *** **** Open Elective – I 3
MTE 2161 Microcontroller Lab 0 0 3 1 MTE 2261 CAD and Kinematics’ Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1
MTE 2162 Robotics Lab I 0 0 3 1 MTE 2262 Integrated Electronics Lab 0 0 3 1
MTE 2163 Sensors and PLC lab 0 0 3 1 MTE 2263 Manufacturing Processes Lab 0 0 3 1
17 4 9 24 14 4 9 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
MTE 3151 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4 MTE 3251 Automobile Engineering 2 1 0 3

238
MTE 3152 Electric Drives 3 1 0 4 MTE 3252 Energy and Heat Transfer 3 1 0 4
MTE 3153 Hydraulics and Pneumatics Systems 2 1 0 3 MTE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3
III MTE 3154 Theory of Machines 3 1 0 4 MTE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – II 3 *** **** Open Elective – III 3
MTE 3161 Drives, Controls and Modelling Lab 0 0 6 2 MTE 3261 Hydraulics Lab 0 0 3 1
MTE 3162 Robotics Lab II 0 0 3 1 MTE 3262 IIoT Lab 0 0 6 2
MTE 3263 Pneumatics Lab 0 0 3 1
13 5 9 24 13 3 12 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 28 + 3 = 31
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
MTE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 MTE 4298 Industrial Training 1
MTE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 MTE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
MTE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 MTE 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
MTE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
MTE **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) +OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specializations
I. Electric Vehicle Technology
MTE 4051: Automotive Control Systems
MTE 4052: Battery and Fuel Cell Technology
MTE 4053: Mechatronics modelling of Hybrid Vehicles
MTE 4054: Vehicle Dynamics
II. Industrial IoT Systems
MTE 4055: Database Management Systems
MTE 4056: Information Security for Industrial Automation
MTE 4057: Internetworking for Industries
MTE 4058: Principles of Cryptography
III. Robotics and Automation
MTE 4059: Artificial Intelligence
MTE 4060: Robot Dynamics and Control
MTE 4061: Robot Path Planning and Mobile Robots
MTE 4062: Soft Robotics
IV. Material Science
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound
V. Business Management
HUM 4051: Financial Management
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management
HUM 4053: Marketing Management
HUM 4054: Operation Management
VI. Computational Mathematics
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices
THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2151: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
Vector Calculus: Gradient, divergence and curl, their physical meaning
and identities. Line, surface and volume integrals. Green's theorem,
statements of divergence and Stoke's theorems, applications. Fourier
series: Fourier series of periodic functions, Euler's formulae. Fourier
series of odd and even functions and functions with arbitrary period.
Half range expansions. Fourier integrals. Sine and cosine integrals,
Fourier transform, Sine and cosine transforms. Harmonic analysis.
Partial differential equations: Basic concepts, solutions of equations
involving derivatives with respect to one variable only. solutions by
indicated transformations and separation of variables. Derivation of one-
dimensional wave equation (vibrating string) and its solution by using
the method of separation of variables. D'Alembert's solution of wave
equation. Derivation of one dimensional heat equation using Gauss
divergence theorem and solution of one dimensional heat equation.
Solution by separation of variables. Numerical Methods: Finite difference
expressions for first and second order derivatives (ordinary and partial).
Solution of boundary valued problems, Classification of second order
partial differential equations. Numerical solutions of Laplace and
Poisson equations by standard five point formula and heat and wave
equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. Kreyszig, Erwin, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley &
Sons, (5e), 2010.
2. S. S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, (2e),
1990, Prentice Hall.
3. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 1989, Khanna
Publishers
4. Murray R. Spiegel, Vector Analysis, 1959, Schaum Publishing Co.

Program Electives
MTE 2151: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS [2 1 0 3]
MTE 4063: Big Data Analytics
Accessing variables through pointers, Pointers arithmetic and arrays,
MTE 4064: Building Automation
Pointers and Functions, Recursion- definition, Recursive programs,
MTE 4065: Computer Architecture and Real time Systems
Stacks, Queues, Evaluation of expressions, Linked lists-singly, doubly,
MTE 4066: Computer Networks and Communication Protocols
header node, circular along with application. Trees- Binary trees, In-
MTE 4067: Design of Mechanical Drives
order, Preorder and Post order traversal of Trees. Creation, Insertion and
MTE 4068: Dynamics and Controls of Mechatronics Systems
Deletion operations on Binary search tree. Sorting – Bubble sort,
MTE 4069: Electric Vehicle Machines and Drives
Selection sort, Merge sort, Quick sort, Heap sort. Searching – Linear
MTE 4070: Embedded Systems and RTOS
search, Binary search. Horspool algorithm, Open Hash table, Floyd's
MTE 4071: Engineering Materials
algorithm, Warshall's algorithm, Prim's algorithm, Kruskal's algorithm,
MTE 4072: Hybrid Vehicle Technology
Dijkstra's algorithm.
MTE 4073: Machine Learning
MTE 4074: Machine Tool Technology References:
MTE 4075: Machine Vision and Image Processing 1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg, A Structured Programming
MTE 4076: Mechanical Vibrations Approach Using C, (3e), Centage Learning India Pvt. Ltd. India, 2007.
MTE 4077: Micro Electro Mechanical Systems 2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan Anderson and Freed,
MTE 4078: Micro-manufacturing Systems Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, (2e), Silicon Press, 2007.
MTE 4079: Nanotechnology 3. Richard F. Gillberg, Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Structures, A Pseudo
MTE 4080: Production Operations and Management code Approach with C, (2e). Centage Learning India Pvt. Ltd. India,
MTE 4081: Robotics II 2009.
MTE 4082: Systems Modelling and Simulation 4. Tenenbaum Aaron M., Langsam Yedidyah, Augenstein Moshe J.,
MTE 4083: Wireless Sensor Networks Data Structures using C, (1e), Pearson Prentice Hall of India Ltd., 2007.
Open Electives 5. Debasis Samanta, Classic Data Structures, (2e), PHI Learning Pvt.
MTE 4301: Autonomous Robots Ltd., India, 2010.
MTE 4302: Electric Vehicle Technology
MTE 4303: Hydraulics and Pneumatics Systems MTE 2152: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
MTE 4304: Industrial IoT Design of combinational circuits by using principles of minimization of
MTE 4305: Introduction to Robotics Boolean equations: Adder, Subtractor, Encoder, Decoder, Multiplexer,
MTE 4306: Mechatronics Systems Demultiplexer. Concept of K-Maps reduction, Design sequential circuits
by using memory elements like latches and flip-flops, FPGA
Architectures- ACTEL, XILINX and ALTERA logic families, logic module,
239
switching technology, I/O cells, Programmable interconnect, Modeling
of circuits at structural, dataflow, behavioral abstraction levels using
Verilog HDL modeling language.
References:
1. Morris Mano, Digital design, (3e), Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
2. A. Anand Kumar, Switching Theory and Logic Design, (2e), Prentice
Hall of India, 2009.
3. Samir Palnitkar, Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis,
(2e), Prentice Hall PTR, 2003.
4. David J Comer, Digital Logic State Machine Design, (3e), Oxford
University Press, 2012.
5. Neil H.E Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, Principles of CMOS VLSI
Design, (2e),Wesley, 1998.
MTE 2153: MICROCONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to 8051: Introduction to embedded controllers, Harvard vs.
Von Neumann architecture, commercial microcontroller devices.
Architecture of 8051: Registers, Register Banks, PSW, CPU, PC, DPTR,
SFRs, RAM, ROM, Stack); Programming model of 8051, Pin diagram &
details, I/O Ports & details. 8051 Assembly Language Programming:
Assembler Directives, Addressing Modes of 8051, Instruction set,
calculation of delay, delay programs. Timers, Counters, Serial
Communication, Interrupts, Programming examples. 8051
Programming in Embedded C: Data types in embedded C, arithmetic &
logic operators, control statements and loops in embedded C, functions
& arrays, I/O port programming, programming timers & counters,
Interrupts & Serial communication program. Hardware Interfacing :
Programmable I/O (8255); Memory Interfacing, Stepper Motor, DAC,
ADC, Seven Segment Display, LCD, Relays & Optoisolators. Design of
Microcontroller based systems: Emergency Alarm System, Temperature
Control System, Traffic Light Control System, SCR Firing Circuit.
Introduction to other Microcontroller families (PIC, AVR, ARM).
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillipse Mazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay,
8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and
C, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. Myke Predko, Programming and Customizing the 8051
Microcontroller, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Kenneth J. Ayala, 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems
using Assembly and C, Cengage Learning, 2010.
4. Ajay V. Deshmukh, Micro controllers- Theory and Applications, TMH,
New Delhi, 2008.
5. Krishna Kant, Microprocessors and Micro controllers, PHI, India,
2007.
MTE 2154: ROBOTICS I [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Definition of robots, definition and factors affecting the
control resolution, spatial resolution, accuracy and repeatability,
specification of a robot, actuators and sensors, drives and transmission
systems used in robotics. Spatial descriptions and transformations:
Descriptions, operators, transform equations. Introduction to Lie algebra
and Rodrigues's rotation formula and Quaternions. Manipulator
kinematics: Link description, manipulator kinematics, actuator space,
joint space, and Cartesian space, kinematics of two industrial robots,
frames with standard names. Introduction to kinematics of parallel
manipulators, Closed loop constraints, four bar mechanism, Stewart
platform. Inverse manipulator kinematics: Pieper's solution when three
axes intersect. Manipulator dynamics: Introduction, acceleration of a
rigid body, mass distribution, Newton's equation, Euler's equation
iterative Newton-Euler dynamic formulation. Trajectory generation: Path
description and generation, joint-space schemes Cartesian-space
schemes. Linear control of manipulators: Introduction, feedback and
closed-loop control, second-order linear systems, control of second-
240
order systems, trajectory-following control, continuous vs. discrete time
control, modeling and control of a single joint.
References
1. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, (3e),
PHI, 2005.
2. C. Peter., Robotics, Vision and Control: Fundamental Algorithms in
MATLAB. Vol. 73. Springer, 2011.
3. G. Ashitava, Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis, Oxford
University Press, 2006.
4. Murray, Richard M., Zexiang Li, S. Shankar Sastry, and S. Shankara
Sastry, A Mathematical Introduction to Robotic Manipulation, CRC
press, 1994.
5. S. Bruno and O. Khatib, EDS: Springer handbook of Robotics,
Springer, 2016.
MTE 2155: SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTATION [4 0 0 4]
Units and standards, calibration, static and dynamic characteristics of
an instrument, error analysis, electromechanical indicating
instruments. Material science concepts: materials used as sensors
and transducers. analog and digital voltmeters, ammeters,
multimeters, DC bridges, AC bridges, fault detection- short circuit,
open circuit, shielding and grounding methods, introduction to
sensors and transducers, potentiometers, physical quantities and their
measurements- strain, force, speed, velocity, acceleration, proximity
and range, temperature, pressure, flow, level, O2 sensors,
breathalyzers, display device- digital CRO, data storage, introduction
to data acquisition, elements of data acquisition system, concept of
signal conditioning. PLC: Programming formats using contacts and
coils, latching etc. Converting simple relay logic diagram to PLC ladder
diagram, Digital logic implementation in ladder programming, Timer
and counter functions, Arithmetic functions, R-trig / F- trig pulses, shift
registers, sequence functions, PID principles and functional block,
position indicator with PID control. Communication: Industrial Process
Automation, Networks and Protocols: AS-i, CAN, MODBUS,
PROFIBUS-DP, Wi-Fi, WiMAX, Connectors.
References:
1. A.K. Sawhney, A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements
and Instrumentation, (19e), Dhanpat Rai & Co. Publishers, 2012.
2. A. K. Sawhney, A course in Mechanical Measurement and
Instrumentation, (9e), Dhanpat Rai & Co. Publishers, 2012.
3. R.K. Rajput, Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation,
(2e), S.Chand Publishers, 2010.
4. Bela G. Liptak, Process Measurement and Analysis, (4e), CRC press,
2003.
5. Liptak, B.G. (Ed.), Instrument engineers' handbook, Vol. 3: Process
software and digital networks, (1e) CRC Press, Boca Raton, London,
2002.
MTE 2161: MICROCONTROLLER LAB [0 0 3 1]
Microcontroller: Introduction to 8051, arithmetic instructions, array
handling and code conversions, bit manipulations and logic instructions,
timer/counter programming, serial communication and interrupts,
interfacing ADC with 8051, interfacing stepper motor with 8051,
interfacing DAC with 8051, interfacing logic controller with 8051,
interfacing seven segment display with 8051, interfacing LCD with
8051, implementing a traffic light controller using 8051.
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillipse Mazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay,
8051 Microcontrollerand Embedded Systems Using Assembly and
C, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. Myke Predko, Programming and Customizing the 8051
Microcontroller, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Kenneth J. Ayala, 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems
Using Assembly and C, Cengage Learning, 2010.
4. Ajay V. Deshmukh, Microcontrollers- Theory and Applications, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2008.
5. Krishna Kant, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, PHI, 2007.
MTE 2162: ROBOTICS LAB I [0 0 3 1]
Robotics: Simulation of forward and inverse kinematics in computational
software, Preliminary idea of master-slave control including hardware
interfacing, Concept of Daisy Chain Network to control multiple actuators
simultaneously. Introduction to Robot Studio an offline Programming
Tool. Defining Targets and Path Generation. Creating a Custom Tool and
Defining a Work object. Conveyor Tracking using Robot Studio. Control
of Stepper Motor Actuators using Raspberry PI. PID Control of Lego Line
Following Robot. Robot Vision- Part Shape Detection using Sherlock
–Image Processing Software. Food Quality Inspection. Colour Detection
using Sherlock- Image Processing Software.
References:
1. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, (3e),
PHI, 2005.
2. C. Peter., Robotics, Vision and Control: Fundamental Algorithms in
MATLAB. Vol. 73, Springer, 2011.
MTE 2163: SENSORICS AND PLC LAB [0 0 3 1]
Behavior of inductive, magnetic, reflection light scanner, and one way
barriers, reflection light barrier OBS and an ultrasonic sensor. Path power
characteristic curve of inductive analog encoder, reduction factor of
reflection light scanner OJ, fitted with an optical waveguide. Response
curve of inductive sensor, capacitive sensor, magnetic field sensors.
Switching frequency and switching distance and hysteresis of NBN, CJ,
MB, OJ. Calculation of maximum admissible velocity of an object using
ultrasonic sensor.
Introduction of PLC, study basic components, networking and different
programming technique. Of PLC. Study NO, NC and holding circuit
programs, Implement of Simple Ladder program, to study basic
functions of timers, counters, math, logical and program control
instructions. Study different applications using ladder logic.
References:
1. Siemens PLC manual, Siemens.
2. PLC training practice module, BOSCH REXROTH manual Germany
2011.
3. John W. Webb and Ronald A. Reiss, Programmable logic controllers-
Principle and applications, (5e), PHI, 2005.
4. Sensorics training system practice module, BOSCH REXROTH
manual, Germany 2011.
5. Sensors in theory and practice, BOSCH REXROTH AG Germany
2007.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2261: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS IV [2 1 0 3]
Probability: Introduction, finite sample spaces, conditional probability
and independence, Baye's theorem, one dimensional random variable,
mean, variance. Two and higher dimensional random variables: mean,
variance, correlation coefficient. Distributions: Binomial, Poisson,
uniform, normal, gamma, Chi-square and exponential distributions,
simple problems. Moment generating function, Functions of one
dimensional and two dimensional random variables, Sampling theory,
Central limit theorem and applications. Finite difference expressions for
first and second order derivatives (ordinary and partial):Solution of
boundary value problems, Numerical solutions of Laplace and Poisson
equations by standard five point formula and heat and wave equations by
241
explicit methods. Difference equations: Difference equations
representing physical systems, difference operator, the z transforms,
properties of z transforms, initial and final value theorems, solution of
difference equations by the method of z transforms.
References:
1. P. L. Meyer, Introduction to Probability and Statistical Applications,
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1979.
2. Kreyszig Erwin, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley &
Sons, 2010.
3. Duffy Dean G, Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB,
CRC Press, 2016.
4. Jeffrey Alan, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Academic Press,
2001.
MTE 2251: AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of Manufacturing and Automation: Production systems,
Automation in production systems, Automation principles and
strategies, Manufacturing operations, production facilities. Additive
Manufacturing : Process Chain for Additive Manufacturing Processes,
Rapid Prototyping Data Formats, Liquid Based Process, Rapid Freeze
Prototyping, Solid Based Process, Powder Based Process, Rapid Tooling
Application in design, engineering, analysis and planning, Applications.
Subtractive Manufacturing: Computer numerically controlled machining,
Numerical control in Non-Traditional Machining, Adoptive control
Machining system. Basics of CNC programming (Simulation). Flexible
Manufacturing System: Group Technology, Cellular Manufacturing,
Quantitative Analysis of Cellular Manufacturing (Rank order Clustering),
Flexible Manufacturing system (FMS), Quantitative analysis of FMS
(Bottleneck model), Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP). Product
Life Cycle and Data Management (PLDM): Components of PLM, phases
of PLM, PLM feasibility study, PLM visioning. PLM Strategies, Strategies
for recovery at end of life, recycling. Product Data Managment systems
and importance, barriers to PDM implementation.
References:
1. C.K. Chua, K.F. Leong, C.S. Lim, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
Applications, (3e), 2010.
2. Gibson, I, Rosen, D W., and Stucker, B., Additive Manufacturing
Methodologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing,
Springer, 2014.
3. Groover Mikell P, Automation, Production Systems, and Computer
Integrated manufacturing, (4e), Prentice Hall of India. New Delhi,
2016.
4. Kalpakajain, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, (4e),
Addison Wesley, New York, 2014.
5. Saaksvuori, Antti, Immonen, Anselmi, Product Lifecycle
Management, (2e), Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2005.
MTE 2252: DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS [3 1 0 4]
Stresses and strains, bending moments, uniaxial, biaxial and complex
loading systems, principal planes and stresses, Theory of pure bending,
stress distribution in beams, stresses in shafts, stepped and hollow shafts,
theories of failure, deflection of beams by double integration method and
Macaulay's method, stress concentration, fatigue loading, S-N diagram,
design of transmission shafts, ASME code for shaft design, design of
helical springs, terminologies of springs, static and fatigue load on springs,
concentric springs, design of power screws, stresses in different
components of power screws, torque calculations, efficiency of power
screws, design of spur gears, dynamic and wear load based gear design,
beam strength and Lewis equation, selection of bearings, lubrication of
bearings, specification and selection of ball bearings, sensing and
measurement of mechanical motion, computer programs to calculate
stresses and deflection in simple machine members.
References:
1. Timoshenko and Young, Elements of Strength of Materials, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
2. Popov E.P., Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall India, New
Delhi, 2001.
3. Beer F. P. and Jonhston R, Mechanics of Materials, (3e), MacGraw Hill
Book Company, 2002
4. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., Mechanical Engineering Design,
(5e), McGraw Hill Inc, New York. 2004
5. Bhandari V B., Design of Machine Elements, (2e), Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
MTE 2253: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Feedback control systems terminologies, control system design
process. differential equation of physical systems, linear approximation,
frequency domain representation, Time domain analysis and design, first
and second order system response analysis, time domain and Steady
State Error (SSE), stability, RH criteria, root locus technique. Introduction
to compensator design, design of lag, lead, and lag-lead compensating
network. Frequency domain analysis- frequency response, Bode plot
construction and interpretation of system behaviour, gain margin &
phase margin, relation between time domain & frequency domain
specification, SSE characteristics from frequency response, control
system design simulation analysis.
References:
1. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, (6e), Wiley India.
2. R.C Dorf, R. H. Bishop, Modern Control Systems, (8e), Wesley
Longman Inc.
3. B.C. Kuo, F. Golnaraghi, Automatic Control Systems, (8e), Wiley India.
4. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, (5e), PHI.
5. M. Gopal, Control System: Principles and Practices, (4e), TMH.
MTE 2254: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND
APPLICATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to op-amp using 741IC, linear applications of Op-amp,
Operational amplifier and block diagram representation, characteristics
of ideal operational amplifier, Open loop and closed loop operation of
operational amplifier, non-linear applications, precision half wave and full
wave rectifiers, peak detector, sample and hold circuit, log and antilog
amplifiers, analog multipliers and dividers, comparators, designing of
filters, design of analog to digital and digital to analog converters,
designing of a stable and monostable multivibrator and its applications
using 555 timer IC. Operating principle of PLL using 565 IC, and its
applications, analysis, design of fixed and adjustable voltage regulators,
and its applications.
References:
1. Stanley William D., Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated
Circuits, Prentice Hall, (2e), 2004.
2. Franco Sergio, Design with Op-amps and Analog Integrated Circuits,
McGraw Hill, (3e), 2002.
3. David L. Terrell and Butterworth – Heinemann, Op Amps Design,
Application, andTroubleshooting, (2e), 1996.
4. Ramakant A. Gaikwad, Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits,
Prentice Hall of India, (4e), 2009.
5. Choudhury Roy D and Shail B. Jain, Linear Integrated Circuits, Wiley
Eastern, (4e), 2011.
MTE 2261: CAD AND KINEMATICS' SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
2D sketcher exercises of simple machine components, solid modeling
and assembly exercise of machine components like 6 axis robot, CPU
fan, bench vice, screw jack etc... Kinematic analysis of simple
242
mechanisms like slider crank mechanism, 4 bar mechanism, cam and
follower mechanism.
References:
1. Gopalkrishna K. R., Machine Drawing, Subhas Publications,
Bangalore, 2002.
2. Bhat N.D., Machine Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, Anand,
2002.
3. Venugopal K., Engineering drawing and graphics + Auto CAD,
Newage International ublishers, Delhi 2002.
4. Narayana K.L. and Kannaiah P, Text Book on Engineering drawing,
Scitech Publications, Chennai 2002.
5. Sham Tickoo, CATIA – for Engineers and Designers, Dreamtech
Press, New Delhi 2005.
MTE 2262: INTEGRATED ELECTRONICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to PSpice, Analog circuit designs using 741 IC linear
applications of Op-amps, design of rectifiers, design of DACs and ADCs,
design of filters, astable, monostable multivibrators& Schmitt trigger,
using 555 IC design and study of astable and monostable multivibrators,
using 78xx and LM 317 IC, design and study of regulators. Digital circuit
designs- design of combinational circuits implementation of Boolean
functions and arithmetic circuits, multiplexers, decoders, code
converters, display driver interfaces, design of sequential circuits-
design of ripple counters, shift registers and ring counters, design of
synchronous counters, design of sequence detectors.
References:
1. Franco Sergio, Design with Op amps & Analog Integrated Circuits,
McGraw Hill 1997.
2. J. Millman and H. Taub, Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms,
TMH 2002.
3. Morris Mano, Digital design, (3e), Prentice Hall of India.
4. Ananda Kumar, Switching Theory and Logic Design, Prentice Hall of
India, 2009.
5. Vladimirescu, The PSpice Book, J. Wiley & Sons, New York, 1994.
MTE 2263: MANUFACTURING PROCESS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Foundry shop:Introduction tomolding and pattern materials; use of
cores; exercises involving preparation of small sand mould and castings.
Forging practice: Introduction to forging tools; exercises on simple
smithy; metal cutting machine: preparing the turning models by using
lathe; thread cutting; preparing models which includes milling, shaping
and grinding (surface); spur gear cutting; CNC demonstration: vertical
milling center and turning center.
References:
1. Chaudhury S. K. Hajara & Others, Elements of Workshop
Technologyvol 1 & 2, (5e),Media Promoters & publishers Pvt.Ltd .,
Mumbai, 2004.
2. R.K. Jain, Production Technology, (2e), Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 2002.
3. Raghuwanshi, B.S., A course in Workshop technology, Vol 1 & II,
Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types – Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
MTE 3151: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Signal Processing, operations on signals, Properties of
signals and systems, Impulse Response and convolution, Sampling,
Aliasing, Transform domain analysis of discrete-time systems: Z
Transform and application of Z transforms to discrete time systems,
Computation of DFT, Fast Fourier Transform. Digital Filter Characteristics
and structures, IIR Filter Design using Butterworth and Chebyshev
approximations, Impulse invariant and bilinear transformation methods.
FIR Filter Design using Window method and Frequency sampling
method. Architectural features of Digital signal processors and Case
study of TMS320C24x processor. Case study: Sensing, measurement
and analysis of mechanical motion, fault analysis.
References:
1. Oppenheim A.V, Willsky A.S, Signals and Systems, (2e), PHI,2011
2. Oppenheim A.V. and R.W. Schafer, Discrete time signal processing,
(2e), Prentice-Hall, 2001.
3. Proakis J.G. and D.G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing:
Principles, Algorithms and Applications, (3e), PHI, 2007.
4. Rabiner L.R and Gold D.J, Theory and Applications of Digital Signal
Processing, (2e), Prentice Hall, 2007.
5. TMS320F/C24x DSP Controllers, Reference Guide, June 1999.
MTE 3152: ELECTRIC DRIVES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to power electronics, switching characteristics, BJT, SCR,
MOSFET, triggering methods, PWM methods, controlled rectifiers, loads,
freewheeling diodes.DC motors, operating principles, torque speed
characteristics, speed control concepts, solid state motor drivers
choppers buck, boost, buck-boost, thyristor controlled rectifiers.AC
motors, three phase induction motors, operating principles, torque
speed characteristics, speed control, solid state motor drivers, ac
voltage regulators, inverters, VSI, CSI, single phase induction motors,
synchronous motors, linear induction motors, PM synchronous motors,
servo motors, switched reluctance motors, BLDC motors, stepper
motors.Fundamentals of electric drives, basic components, advantages,
closed loop control, speed, torque conventions, steady state equilibrium,
and determination of motor power rating.
243
References:
1. Gopal K. Dubbey, Fundamentals of Electric Drives, (2e), Narosa
Publishers, 2010.
2. Nagrath I.J. and Kothari D.P., Electric machines, (3e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2011.
3. Bimbra P.S., Power electronics, (3e), Khanna Publishers, 2010.
4. R. Krishnan, Electric Motor Drives Modeling, Analysis, and Control,
(2e), Prentice Hall, 2012.
MTE 3153: HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Pneumatic systems, structure and signal flow, compressors, actuators
and control valves, single acting and double acting cylinders, manual
pneumatics, single and multiple actuators, limit switches, proximity
sensors, electro pneumatics and design of electro pneumatic circuits,
direction control valves, relay control systems, timers, counters,
pressure control valves, closed loop pneumatics and Flow control
valves. Hydraulic systems, physical principles of oil hydraulics,
hydraulic actuators, valves and accessories, hydraulic power pack,
types of hydraulic pumps, accumulator, Filters, hydraulic circuits,
regenerative, meter in, meter out, bleed off, sequencing, pressure
reducing circuits, electro hydraulic circuits, proportional hydraulics and
servo hydraulics.
References:
1. Anthony Esposito, Fluid power with applications, Pearson Education,
2003.
2. Andrew A. Parr, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Elsevier Science &
Technology Books, (3e) 2011.
3. Scholz D., Proportional Hydraulics, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co,
Germany, 2002.
4. Majumdar S.R., Pneumatic Systems - Principles and Maintenance,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
5. Merkle D., Rupp K. and Scholz D., Electrohydraulics Basic Level TP
601, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 1994.
MTE 3154: THEORY OF MACHINES [3 1 0 4]
Kinematics and Dynamics, Mechanisms and Machines, Plane and
Space Mechanisms, Kinematic Pairs, Kinematic Chains, Kinematic
Diagrams, Kinematic Inversion Four Link Planar Mechanisms and their
Inversions. Mobility and range of movement. Dynamics of Rotating
Bodies- Balancing. Turning Moment Diagram for Engines, Flywheel and
Governors. Gears and Gear Trains. Straight line mechanisms, steering
mechanisms and universal joint. Dimensional synthesis of mechanism;
motion, path and function generation. Advanced synthesis solutions,
branch and order defects.
References:
1. John J. Uicker Jr., Gordon R. Pennock, Joseph E. Shigley, Theory
of Machines and Mechanisms, (5e) OUP USA, 2017.
2. Rattan. S. S, Theory of Machines, (4e), Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi,
2017.
3. Bevan. T, Theory of Machines, (4e), Laxmi Publications, New Delhi,
2016.
4. Ghosh and Mallick. A. K, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, (3e),
Affiliated East West
Private Limited New Delhi, 2008.
5. Ballaney P. L, Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi, 2005
MTE 3161: DRIVES, CONTROLS AND MODELLING LAB [0 0 6 2]
Automation motors and their drivers and controls: Stepper motors, servo
motors, linear motors etc.
References:
1. Drives and Control training system- Practice module, BOSCH
REXROTH manual, Germany2011.
 MTE 3162: ROBOTICS LAB II [0 0 3 1]
Robot dynamic simulation, Implementation of model based controller,
ROS based system for path planning, Intelligent control system for multi-
body system, Basic of swarm robotics, Integration of machine vision and
robotics, Virtual reality and augmented reality, Simulation of soft robots.
Online Programming using IRB2600 and Teach Pendant- Jogging
Operation, Creating Targets and Tracing a Square and Circle using Pen
Tool. Conveyor tracking using IRB robot. Control of Digital Inputs and
Outputs through Rapid and IRB2600 Robot. EMU Robotek II ARM.
References:
1. IRC5, Robotware 6.02, R15.2, User Documentation Rev C
2. Sherlock Machine Vision Software User's Reference Manual, for
Software versions 7.1.x and 7.2.x.
3. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics- Mechanics and Control, (3e),
Pearson Education International, 2005.
4. Yoram Koren, Robotics for Engineers, McGraw Hill, 1992.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D. Essentials of Management, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 2004.
2. Peter Drucker. Management, Task and Responsibility, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker. The practice of management, Butterworth Hein Mann,
2003.
MTE 3251: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to automobile engineering: vehicle construction and
layouts, chassis, frame and body, IC engines. Engine auxiliary systems.
Transmission systems, clutch types & construction, gear boxes-
Hydrodynamic Clutches Torque Converter. Hybrid and Electric Drive-
trains: Basic concept of hybrid traction, hybrid drive-train architecture
–Traction Motor Characteristics, Tractive Effort and Transmission
Requirement, Vehicle Performance, Fuel efficiency analysis. Steering
geometry and types of steering gear box, power steering, types of front
axle, types of suspension systems, pneumatic and hydraulic braking
systems. Desirable tyre properties, conventional tubed & tubeless tyre.
Introduction to Energy Storage Requirements in Hybrid and Electric
Vehicles, Control and Regenerative breaking, Electronic control Unit,
Energy Management Strategies used in hybrid and electric vehicles,
Fundamentals of regenerative braking.
References:
1. Gisbert Lechner, Harald Naunheimer, Automotive Transmissions:
Fundamentals, Selection, Design and Application, Springer- Verlag
Berlin Heidelberg, New York, 1999.
2. Robert Fischer, Ferit Küçükay, Gunter Jürgens, Rolf Najork, Burkhard
Pollak, “Automotive transmission book, Springer International
Publishing Switzerland 2015 244
3. Mehrdad Ehsani, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design, (2e), CRC Press, 2010.
4. Iqbal Hussein, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals,
(2e), CRC Press, 2010
5. Kripal Singh, Automobile Engineering Vol-1 and 2, Standard
Publishers, Delhi, 2007
MTE 3252: ENERGY AND HEAT TRANSFER [3 1 0 4]
Properties of pure substances and ideal gases, First and second laws of
thermodynamics, Energy conversion by cycles, Power-absorbing and
power producing cycles. Fluids and Their Properties, Fluid Pressure and
Its Measurement, Hydrostatics, Buoyancy and Floatation, Kinematics of
Fluid Flow, Venturiemeter and Pitot Tube, Small and Large Orifices,
Applications of the Momentum equation, Flow Through pipes, Heat
Transfer: Introduction to heat transfer, General Law of Heat Conduction,
Steady state one dimensional heat conduction with and without heat
generation, Heat Transfer from Extended Surfaces, Heat Transfer by
Forced convection and Free convection, Radiation, Heat Exchangers,
Cooling of Electronic equipment.
References:
1. Cengel Y Al and Boles M A, Thermodynamics, An Engineering
Approach, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2003.
2. Michael J Moran, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics,
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
3. Munson B R, Young D F and Okiishi T H, Fundamentals of Fluid
Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons., Singapore, 2006
4. Kumar D. S, Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering, Kataria S K
and Sons, New Delhi, 2010.
5. Yunus A. Cengel, Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach, Tata McGraw
Hill Inc., New Delhi, 2005.
MTE 3261: HYDRAULICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Working principles of hydraulic pumps, hydraulic motors, pressure switch,
pressure reducing valve, accumulator, proximity switch, throttle valves,
pressure compensated flow control valves and direction control valves.
Rigging of manual and electro hydraulic circuits using above components.
References:
1. Industrial Hydraulics Trainee's manual, BOSCH REXROTH manual,
Germany 2011.
MTE 3262: IIOT LAB [0 0 6 2]
Operation of TwinCAT software, tools and usage. I/O accessing: Analog
and Digital detection of sensors. Actuation on sensor detection using
TwinCAT. HMI programming using TwinCAT. ADS communication in LAN.
Actuation and programming of stepper and servo motors using TwinCAT.
Communication using OPCUA with remote server. Creation of apps for
usage and remote control of factory floor.
References:
1. Beckhoff: New Automation Technology: Main Catalog, Volume 1,
IPC, Motion, Automation, Germany, 2018.
2. Beckhoff: New Automation Technology: Main Catalog, Volume 2, I/O,
Germany, 2018.
MTE 3263: PNEUMATICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Operations of various valves like directional control valves, flow control
valves, pressure control valves and switches like pressure switches,
proximity switches. Operations of timers and counters. Rigging of
manual pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuits using above valves
and switches.
References:
1. Practice for Professional Pneumatics Trainee's manual, BOSCH
REXROTH manual, Germany 2011.
2. Practice for Professional Electro-Pneumatics Trainee's manual,
BOSCH REXROTHmanual, Germany 2011.SEVENTH SEMESTER

SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
E
EIGHTH SEMESTER
MTE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
MTE 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the project
work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up to 24
weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks. An interim project report on the progress of the work shall
be submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation. The
final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission of the
final project report in the prescribed form. Student has to make a
presentation on the work carried out, before the department committee
as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
MTE 4051: AUTOMOTIVE CONTROL SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Overview of Automotive Control Systems, Automotive Control-System
Design Process, Identifying the Control Requirements, Review of Engine
Modeling, Engine Operations, Engine Control Loops, Control-Oriented
Engine Modeling, Vehicle Dynamics, Coordinates and Notation for
Vehicle Dynamics, Longitudinal Vehicle Motion, Lateral Vehicle Motion,
Vertical Vehicle Motion, Human Factors in Vehicle Automation, Driver
Modeling, Design, Modeling, and Control of Automotive Transmission
Systems, Powertrain Control Systems, Air–Fuel Ratio Control, Control of
Spark Timing, Idle-Speed Control, Transmission Control, Design,
Modeling, and Control of Hybrid Systems: Control of Hybrid Vehicles,
Series, Parallel, and Split Hybrid Configurations, Hybrid Vehicle-Control
Hierarchy, Control Concepts for Series Hybrids, Control Concepts for
Parallel Hybrids, Control Concept for Split Hybrids, Feedback-Based
Supervisory Controller for PHEVs, Modeling and Control of Fuel Cells for
Vehicles: Modeling of Fuel-Cell Systems, Control of Fuel-Cell Systems,
Control of Fuel-Cell Vehicles, Parametric Design Considerations, Cruise
and Headway Control, Antilock Brake and Traction-Control Systems,
Vehicle Stability Control, Four-Wheel Steering, Active Suspensions,
Overview of Intelligent Transportation Systems, Preventing Collisions,
Longitudinal Motion Control and Platoons, Automated Steering and
Lateral Control.
References:
1. Zong Xuan, Automotive propulsion systems, CRC press, 2015.
2. A. Galip Ulsoy, Ann Arbor, Automotive Control Systems, Cambridge
university press, 2012.
3. M. Thoma, F. Allgöwer, M. Morari, Identification for automotive
systems, Springer, 2012.
4. B.T. Fijalkowski, Automotive Mechatronics: Operational and Practical
Issues, Springer, 2011.
MTE 4052: BATTERY AND FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Functional Safety Following ISO 26262, Description of
Automotive Battery System Architecture, Classification and Application
of Safety Measures for Automotive Battery Systems, Organizational and
245
Technical Safety Measures, Application of Measures at Battery
System Units, Considering non-E/E Measures in the Concept
Phase.Specific Hazards of Electric Vehicles, Applicable Design
Approach for Batteries, Automotive Battery Design, Modularity and
Battery Components, Safety-Relevant Design Parameters, Structural
Vehicle Design Process Including Batteries, Standard Approach and
Requirements, Batteries in Crash Tests and Crash Simulation, Finite
Elements Model of the Battery, Modelling of Mechanical Deformation,
Modelling of Material and Joint Failure, Modelling of Electrical Contact
and Leakage, Experimental (Brief Description of the Test Rig, Testing
Method, Gas Analysis, Cell-Components Identification, Lithium-Ion
Cells, Electrical Characterization), Typical Course of a Thermal
Runaway Experiment, Thermal-Runaway Experiments, Gas
Analysis,Empirical Models, Equivalent Circuit Modelling,
Parametrization, Mechanistic Models, Charge Transfer, Ion Transport,
Electron Transport, Porous Electrodes, Intercalation, Heat Generation,
Cell Ageing, Large-Scale Modelling, Thermal Behaviour, Electrical
Behaviour, Distributed-Micro-Structure Modelling, Mobility Demands
and Primary Energy Resources, Internal Combustion Engines and
Their Impacton Air Quality, Climate Change and Carbon-Free Fuel
Chance, Hydrogen Production, Hydrogen Distribution, Hydrogen
Storage, Basic Concepts of Electrochemistry, Proton Exchange
Membrane Fuel Cells, Sensitivity of PEM Stacks to Operating
Conditions, Durability of PEM Fuel Cells, Design of Hydrogen Fuel Cell
Systems for Road Vehicles, Hydrogen Fuel Cell Systems: Preliminary
Remarks, Hydrogen Feeding System, Air Feeding Systems, Thermal
Management System, Integrated Fuel Cell System: Efficiency,
Dynamics, Costs
References:
1. Pasquale Corbo, Fortunato Migliardini, Ottorino Veneri, Hydrogen
Fuel Cells for Road Vehicles, Springer London Dordrecht Heidelberg
New York, 2011.
2. Michael H. Westbrook, The Electric Car Development and future of
battery, hybrid and fuel- cell cars, Co-published by The Institution of
Engineering and Technology, London, United Kingdom, and Society
of Automotive Engineers, Warrendale, PA 15096-0001, USA, 2007.
3. Alexander Thaler, Daniel Watzenig, Automotive Battery Technology,
Springer Cham Heidelberg New York Dordrecht London, 2009.
4. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid
Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Press,
2009.
MTE 4053: MECHATRONICS MODELLING OF HYBRID
VEHICLES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Vehicle Propulsion and Powertrain Technologies:
Objectives of vehicle propulsion control. Powertrain architecture and
technologies. Importance of Powertrain Modeling and Models -
Drivetrain. Engine Management systems (EMS): Basic engine operation-
EMS building block, Effective work, Engine control structure and
components, Automatic Code Generation and Information Exchange -
Calibration and Parameter Representation - Engine Maps - Model-Based
Development. Fuel management and control: Stoichiometry and air-fuel
ratio – Engine concepts and its geometry, Engine control – Power, torque
and mean effective pressure - Feed-forward and Feedback Control
Structure, Fuel Dynamics and Injector Compensation Driveline modeling
Driveline control: General Modeling Methodology - Graphical Scheme of
a Driveline - A Basic Complete Model and Rigid Driveline - Reflected
Mass and Inertias - Modeling of Neutral Gear and Open Clutch -Torque
Converter - Control Design and Validating Simulations- Driveline control
– goals of driveline control – State-space formulation – Controller
formulation – Driveline control with LQG/LTR. Miscellaneous - Vehicle
control systems and performance measures: ABS control systems
–ABS cycle detection – control of the Yaw dynamics – derivation of
simplified control law – derivation of reference values
References:
1. Lars Eriksson, Lars Nielsen, Modeling and Control of Engines and
Drivelines, (1e), Wiley, 2014.
2. Georg Rill, Road Vehicle Dynamics: Fundamentals and Modeling,
CRC press- Taylor and Francis group, 2011.
3. Uwe Kiencke, Lars Nielsen, Automotive Control Systems: For Engine,
Driveline and Vehicle, (2e), Springer, 2005.
4. Rolf Isermann, Engine Modeling and Control: Modeling and
Electronic Management of Internal Combustion Engines, Springer,
2014.
MTE 4054: VEHICLE DYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Vehicle System Dynamics: Theoretical background on
Vehicle Dynamics and control, Fundamental approach to Vehicle
modelling. Longitudinal dynamics: Vehicle Load Distribution –
Acceleration, Brake Force Distribution, Braking Efficiency and Braking
Distance, Braking, Semi-Trailer. Tire Mechanics: Introduction,
Mechanical Properties of Rubber, Slip, Grip and Rolling Resistance, Tire
Construction and Force Development, Contact Patch and Contact
Pressure Distribution, Tire Brush Model, Lateral Force Generation – Ply
Steer and Conicity, Tire Models – Magic Formula, Classification of Tyre
Models, and Combined Slip. Lateral Dynamics: Introduction, Bicycle
Model, Stability, and Steering Conditions, Effect of road loads on
Dynamics of Vehicle – Aerodynamics, rolling resistance, Total road load,
Under-steer Gradient and State Space Approach, Parameters affecting
vehicle handling characteristics, Subjective and Objective Evaluation of
Vehicle Handling and Rollover Prevention. Vertical Dynamics:
Introduction, Quarter Car Model. Noise, Vibration, and Harshness:
Random Process and Conclusion, Traction control system, Anti-lock
Braking system, Hydraulic unit for ABS and EPS. Overview on effect of
safety system on Dynamics of Vehicle.
References:
1. Reza N. Jazar, Vehicle dynamics: theory and application, Springer, 2017.
2. Hans B. Pacejka, Tire and Vehicle Dynamics, Elsevier, 2012.
3. Rajesh Rajamani, Vehicle Dynamics and Control, Springer, 2011.
4. Alexander F., Driveline systems of Ground Vehicles: Theory and
design, CRC Publishers 2010.
5. Thomas D. Gillespie, Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, SAE
International 1997.
MTE 4055: DATABASE MANGEMENT SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Database-System Applications, Relational Databases, Data
Storage and Querying, Transaction Management, Database Architecture,
Database Users and Administrators. Relational Model: Structure of
Relational Databases, Database Schemas, Keys, Relational Query
Languages, Relational Operations. Database Design and The E-R Model:
SQL: SQL Data Definition, SQL Data Types and Schemas, Integrity
Constraints, Basic Structure of SQL Queries, Set Operations, Aggregate
Functions, Nested Subqueries, Additional Basic Operations Null Values,
Atomic Domains and First Normal Form, Decomposition Using
Functional Dependencies, Functional Dependency Theory, Algorithms
for Decomposition, Decomposition Using Multivalued Dependencies.
Transaction Management: Transaction Concept. Data mining:
Introduction, Association rules mining, market based analysis, Apriori
Algorithm, Partition Algorithm, Pincer –Search Algorithm, Dynamic item
set counting algorithm, FP-tree growth Algorithm, PC Tree, Multilevel
association rules, Clustering Techniques: Introduction, Clustering
paradigms, Partitioning Algorithms, k – Medoid & k- means Algorithms,
CLARA, CLARANS, Hierarchical Clustering, DBSCAN.
246
References:
1. Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, (6e),
McGrawHill, New York, 2011.
2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe, Durvasula V L N Somayajulu,
Shyam K Gupta, Fundamentals of Database Systems, (6e), Pearson
Education, United States of America,2011.
3. Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, Database Systems – A Practical
Approach to Design, Implementation and Management, (4e),
Pearson Education, England, 2005.
4. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, Database Systems-Design, Implementation
and Management, (10e), Course Technology, Boston, 2013.
5. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining Concepts and
Techniques, Morgan Kauffmann Publishers, (2e), 2008
MTE 4056: INFORMATION SECURITY FOR INDUSTRIAL
AUTOMATION [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to security, Characteristics of Information, Components of
an Information system, Security System Development Lifecycle, The
Need for Security- Business Needs first, Threats, Attacks, Intruders,
Intrusion detection, Malicious Software – Types, Viruses, Viruses
countermeasures, Worms, Introduction to Database security, SQL
injection, Reliability and Integrity, Sensitive Data, Inference, Multilevel
Databases, Proposals for Multilevel Security, Designs of Multilevel
Secure Databases, Transport-level Security- Web security issues, SSL,
TLS, Pretty Good Privacy (PGP), S/MIME, IP security policy,
Encapsulating Security payload, Internet Key Exchange, The need for
Firewalls, Firewall characteristics, Types of Firewalls, Cyber Crimes and
Hackers- Cybercrimes, Cyber criminals, Hackers Hacking topologies,
Types of Attacks, Dealing with the rising tide of cybercrimes, Indian
Cyber Law offences.
References:
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and
Practice, (5e), Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Michael E. Whitman and Herber J. Mattord, Principles of Information
Security, (4e), Centage Learning India Publication, 2011.
3. Charles P Pfleeger and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, Security in
Compution,(4e), PHI, 2009.
4. Joseph Migga Kizza, A Guide to Computer Network Security, Springer
Intertnation edition, 2009.
MTE 4057: INTERNETWORKING FOR INDUSTRIES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Computer Networks: Types of networks, Types of
transmission media, Concept and types of Multiplexing, Concept and
types of Multiple Access techniques, Principles and types of Analog and
Digital Modulation. ISO/OSI model: Physical layer: Types of cables,
Types of connectors, Communication standards, Data-Link layer,
Network Layer: IPv4, IPv6, Routing and Subnetting, Transport Layer:
TCP, UDP. Networks in Industrial Process Automation: Introduction to
networks in Industrial Process Automation, Networks and Protocols:
AS-i, CAN, DeviceNet, Interbus, LON, Foundation F i e l d b u s , H A R T,
PROFIBUS-PA, BACnet, ControlNet, Industrial Ethernet, Ethernet/IP,
MODBUS, PROFIBUS-DP. Fiber Optic Communication: Principles of
Fiber-Optic networks, Types of Fiber-Optic cables, Fiber-Optic Network
design, Fiber cable installation and setup, Splices and Connectors,
Inspection and testing. Radio, Satellite and Infrared Communication:
Radio systems, Spread Spectrum techniques, Satellite LANs,
Communication bands in satellite communication, Infrared Systems,
Very fast Infrared.
References:
1. Liptak, B.G. (Ed.), Instrument engineers' handbook, Vol. 3: Process
software and digital networks, (1e) CRC Press, Boca Raton, London,
2002.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, (5e), Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
3. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, (7e),
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
4. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking (A Top-Down
Approach Featuring the Internet), (3e), Pearson Education, 2005.
5. Todd Lammle, Cisco Certified Network Associate-Study Guide, (2e),
Sybex Inc. Publishing. 2000.
MTE 4058: PRINCIPLES OF CRYPTOGRAPHY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction- Security goals, Attacks, Services and Mechanisms,
Classical Encryption Techniques, Symmetric Cipher model,
Transposition Techniques, The Data Encryption Standard, Block Cipher
Operation, Multiple Encryption and Triple DES, Modes of operation,
Mathematics of Cryptography- Modular Arithmetic, Fermat's and Euler's
theorems, The Chinese Remainder Theorem, AES- structure, Round
Functions, Key Expansion, Pseudorandom Number generators, Stream
ciphers, RC4, Public-key Cryptosystems, RSA algorithm, Diffie-Hellman
Key exchange, El Gamal Cryptosystem, Cryptographic Hash functions-
Applications, Hash functions based on Cipher Block Chaining, Secure
Hash Algorithm, Message Authentication Function, Message
Authentication codes, Digital Signatures.
References:
1. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and
Practice, (5e), Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan and Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, Cryptography
and Network Security, (2e), McGraw Hill, 2008.
3. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing, 2008.
4. Bruce Schneier, Applied Cryptography, (2e), John Wiley and Sons,
Inc., 1996.
MTE 4059: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [2 1 0 3]
Fundamentals: McCulloch - Pitts model, Activation functions, Feed
forward and feedback networks, Learning rules. Single layer feed
forward networks: Introduction, Perceptron Models, Training Algorithms,
Perceptron Convergence theorem, Limitations of the Perceptron Model,
Applications. Multi layer feed forward networks: Generalized Delta Rule,
Derivation of Back propagation (BP) Training, Summary of Back
propagation Algorithm, Kolmogorov Theorem, Learning Difficulties and
Improvements. Application of neural networks: Control applications,
Character recognition. Fuzzy control: Classical sets & fuzzy sets, fuzzy
set operations, Fuzzy relations, membership function, extension
principles. Fuzzy Logic System Components: Fuzzification, Membership
Value assignment, development of rule base and decision making
system, Defuzzification to crisp sets. Application of fuzzy logic.
Introduction to Genetic Algorithm (GA): Principles, Working operation,
Design, Applications in control system.Hybrid system: fuzzy-n e u r a l
systems, Familiarization with MATLAB Fuzzy logic & neural network
Toolbox.
References:
1. Jacek M. Zurada, Introduction to artificial neural networks, Jaico,
2006.
2. Timothy J. Ross, Fuzzy logic with engineering applications, MGH,
2010.
3. Chin-Teng-Lin, C. S. George Lee, Neural fuzzy systems, PHI, 1996.
4. Rajasekharan and Rai, Neural networks, fuzzy logic, genetic
algorithms: synthesis and applications, PHI Publication, 2017.
MTE 4060: ROBOT DYNAMICS AND CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Review of Robot Kinematics- Transformations: Joint/Task space,
Forward Kinematics, Inverse Kinematics, Jacobians, Trajectory
Generation, Serial and Parallel Kinematics. Robot Dynamics- Lagrange-
Euler Dynamics, Force, Inertia, and Energy, Lagrange's Equations of
Motion, Newton's equations of motion, Formulation of robot dynamics,
247
State-Variable Representations, Dynamics of robots with actuators.
Robot control problems – Regulator problem, tracking problem,
controllers. Set point Tracking, Actuator Saturation, Integrator Anti-
windup Compensation, Quadratic Optimal control problem. Nonlinear
dynamics and control - Lyapunov stability theorem, Robust control,
Feedback-Linearization Controllers, Lyapunov Designs, Variable-
Structure Controllers, Saturation-Type Controllers. Inverse dynamics
controllers, Force control, Stiffness control, Impedance control, Hybrid
Position/Force Control, Reduced state modeling and control, Impedance
Control, Stiffness and Compliance, Under-actuated System.
References:
1. Mark W. Spong, Seth Hutchinson, M. Vidyasagar, Robot Modeling
and Control, (2e), John Wiley and sons, 2009.
2. Frank L. Lewis, Robot Manipulator Control- Theory and Practice,
(2e), CRC Press, 2003.
3. Mark W. Spong, Robot Dynamics and Control, (2e), John Wiley and
sons, 2009.
4. Yoshikawa, Foundations of Robotics: Analysis & Control, (1e),
Prentice Hall India, 2009.
MTE 4061: ROBOT PATH PLANNING AND MOBILE ROBOTS [2 0 3 3]
Autonomous mobile robots - Locomotion - Wheeled locomotion- Robot
kinematics models & constraints, Mobile robot workspace.
Configuration Space – Obstacles space, dimensions of configuration
space, topology of configuration space, parameterization,
transformations, Potential Functions, Gradient descent. Implementation
in plane- computation, local minima problem. Algorithms – Analysis and
complexity, running time, complexity, completeness. Visibility graph,
Graph Search A*, Weighted A*, Anytime & Incremental Search D*, Road
Maps - Generalized Voronoi Graph (GVG), GVG – transversality,
connectivity, opportunist path planning.Cell Decomposition - Trapezoidal
decomposition, Morse cell decomposition, Visibility based
decomposition. Sampling Based Algorithms, Rapidly Exploring Random
Trees (ERT), Control based planning, Manipulation planning, Optimal
motion planning, Feedback motion planning. Motion Planning – Motion
planning under kinematics and dynamic constraints, Trajectory planning,
Non-holonomic constraints, Path planning, Combined path planning and
control.
List of Experiments:
1. Implement Dijikstra's algorithm for a mobile robot
2. Implement A* algorithm for a mobile robot
3. Extend A* algorithm to a C-space for 2 degree planar manipulator
4. Implement Probabilistic Road Maps for more than 3 degree of
freedom manipulator
5. Implement Artificial Potential Functions for path planning.
6. Executing any one of the above mentioned algorithms for planning a
path and then control a Lego robot to follow the path generated.
References:
1. Fahimi, Farbod, Autonomous robots: modeling, path planning, and
control. Vol. 107. Springer Science & Business Media, 2008.
2. H. Choset, K. M. Lynch, S. Hutchinson, G. A. Kantor, W. Burgard, L. E.
Kavraki, S. Thrun Principles of Robot Motion: Theory, Algorithms,
and Implementations, MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2005.
3. S. M. LaValle, Planning Algorithms, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, UK, 2006.
MTE 4062: SOFT ROBOTICS [2 1 0 3]
Review of Robot Kinematics and Dynamics: Spatial Representation of
Rigid Body in Space, Forward Kinematics, Inverse Kienmatics,
Trajectory Generation, Robot Dynamics and Control, Mathematical
Modelling of Flexible Manipulator, Introduction to Euler Cautchy Elasticity
Problem, Modeling soft mechanics (numerical, computational,
analytical): Hyper-redundant kinematic structures, Resolution of inverse
kinematics, Mathematical formulation for animating flexible structure,
Bio-mimitics (modelling of snake/earthworm, caterpillar etc),
Continuum Mechanics, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, Geometric
interpretation of eigenvectors, Cayley-Hamilton theorem, Principal
Component Analysis, Singular Value Decomposition, ISO-Map
Dimensional Reduction technique. Sensors and Actuators: Soft
Actuators, Soft Sensors, Electroactive Polymer, Ionic Polymer Metal
Composites, Shape Memory Alloy, Artificial Muscles based on
Electric/Pneumatics, Thermal/Chemical Actuation. Rapid digital
manufacturing of multifunctional soft materials: Introduction to 3D
Printing, 3D printing of Soft Materials, Hyper-elasticity, Finite Element
Analysis, Stretchable Electronics, Soft Electrical Materials, Soft
Mechanical Composite Materials, Gradient of Material Stiffness,
Mechanical Soft Materials, Pneumatic Artificial Muscles. Applications:
Case Studies on Wearable Robotics, Space Robotics, Deep-Sea
Robotics, Healthcare Systems, Under-Actuated Robots
References:
1. Jog, C.S., Foundations and applications of mechanics: Volume I:
Continuum mechanics, Narosa Publishing House, 2007.
2. Alexander Verl, Alin Albu-Schaffer, Oliver Brock, Annika Raatz, Soft
Robotics Transferring Theory to Application, Springer, 2015.
3. Jaeyoun (Jay) Kim, Microscale Soft Robotics: Motivations,
Progress, and Outlook, Springer International Publishing, 2017.
4. Cecilia Laschi, Jonathan Rossiter, Fumiya Iida, Matteo Cianchetti,
Laura Margheri, Soft Robotics: Trends, Applications and Challenges,
Springer International Publishing, 2016.
MTE 4063: BIG DATA ANALYTICS [2 1 0 3]
Big Data, Characteristics of Big Data, Data in a warehouse and data in
Hadoop, Importance of Big Data, Big data use cases, Map Reduce,
Distributed File System, Algorithms using Map Reduce, Communication
Cost model, Complexity Theory, Meet Hadoop, Comparison with other
systems, The Hadoop Distributed File System, Hadoop I/O, File Based
Data structures, Developing a Map Reduce Application, Inverted Index
for Text Retrieval, Graph Algorithms, Page Rank, Stream Data Model: A
Datastream Management system, Sampling Data in a Stream, Filtering
Streams, Distinct Elements in a Stream, NOSQL Models, Understanding
Storage Architecture, Performing CURD operations, Querying NOSQL
Stores.
References:
1. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, Mining of Massive
Datasets, (1e) Cambridge University Press, 2011.
2. Tom White, Hadoop: The definitive guide, (3e), O'reilly, Yahoo Press,
2012.
3. Shashank Tiwari, Professional NOSQL, (2e), Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
2012.
4. Jimmy Line, Chris Dyer, Data Intensive Text Processing with
MapReducee, (1e), Mprgan and Claypool Publishers, 2010.
5. Paul C Zikopoulous, Chris Eaton, Dirk Deroos, Thomas Deutch,
George Lapis, Understanding Big Data, (1e) McGraw Hill, 2012.
MTE 4064: BUILDING AUTOMATION [2 1 0 3]
Overview of Digital Controller: Data Form used in computers,
Microcomputer, Input / Output Unit, Processor Operation and Software,
Sensors, Actuator, I/O devices, Field Controllers. Network and
Communication protocols: Networking basics, Types of Networks-
Serial and Parallel Communication, RS232 and RS 485 Interfaces,
MODBUS protocol overview, BACnet protocol overview. Introduction to
Building Management Systems: Buildings and Energy Management,
Different systems in a building. Introduction to HVAC, StruxureWare for
Building Operation. General BMS architecture: Introduction to HVAC and
Optimal control methods for HVAC Systems: Important components of
HVAC, HVAC Control systems and Direct Digital Control, AHU, Chillers,
Zones, Air Distribution Systems, Field Devices, Schneider Controllers
(PLC's). Lighting control systems: Strategies for energy management
and lighting. Security and Safety Control Systems: Access Control-
Introduction, Basic Components, Controller / Panel, Credentials, Reader,
Locking Device, How it works / Operations, Type of Card/Readers, Anti-
Pass back, Power Requirements, Videos (Digital Video Recorder), Types
248
of Camera, Fire Alarm Systems - Sprinklers. System integration and
convergence: Need for integration, interoperability and protocols, BMS
integration case studies, iBMS, Compatibility of different internet
technologies and its application in BMS. Application of internet for
Automation and Management: Web Based Automation, General
Architecture, Web Enablement, Data Communication Energy
Management: Overview on EMS, Energy Analysis/Audit. Green Buildings
(LEED): Green Buildings Approach, Benefits of Green Buildings,
Elements of Green Building Design, Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design (LEED), LEED Case Study.
References:
1. V. K. Jain, Automation Systems in Smart and Green Buildings,
published by Khanna Publishers, 2009.
2. Reinhold A, Understanding Building Automation Systems: Direct
Digital Control, Energy Management, Life Safety, Security/access
Control, Lighting, Building Management Programs, 2009.
3. Ronnie J. Auvil , HVAC Control Systems , (2e), 2007.
4. Thomas L. Norman, Integrated Security Systems Design: Concepts,
Specifications, and Implementation (1e) by CPP PSP CSC 2007.
5. Benantar, Messaoud, Access Control Systems: Security, Identity
Management and Trust Models, Springer publication, 2005.
MTE 4065: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
REAL TIME SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Organization and Architecture, Processor Organization, The Instruction
Cycle, Introduction to Parallel processing, Parallel Computer Structures,
Architectural Classification schemes, Pipelining, Instruction Level
Parallelism, SIMD Computer Organizations, SIMD Interconnection
networks, Parallel Algorithms for Array processors, S y m m e t r i c
Multiprocessor Organization, Cache Coherence and the MESI protocol,
Multithreading and Chip Multiprocessors, Synchronization, Models of
Memory Consistency, Clusters, Operation System Design Issues,
Cluster Computer Architecture, Blade servers, Clusters compared to
SMP, Multicore computers, Hardware Performance issues: Increase in
Parallelism, Power consumption, Software performance issues:
Software on multicore, Multicore organization, Intel x86 Multicore
organization: Intel Core Duo, Intel Core i7.
References:
1. William Stalling, Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing
for Performance, (8e), Pearson Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Kai Hwan and Faye A. Briggs, Computer Architecture and Parallel
Processing, TMH Private Ltd., 2012.
3. John L. Hennessy and David A. Patterson, Computer Architecture, A
Quantitative Approach, (5e), Morgan Kaufmann, 2014.
4. Rajiv Chopra, Advanced Computer Architecture (A Practical
Approach), S. Chand and Company Ltd. 2011.
MTE 4066: COMPUTER NETWORKS AND COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOLS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to reference models, data communication, network
architecture, basics of OSI, and TCP/IP reference models. Transmission
media, FDM, TDM and CDMA, Frame relay and ATM switching, ISDN,
local area network protocols, IEEE standards for LAN. Data link layer
design, functions and protocols, link layer, error detection and correction
techniques, multiple access protocol, Ethernet, hubs and switches, PPP.
Network layer, Transport layer: connectionless transport-UDP, FTP,
Electronic Mail in the Internet, P2P file sharing, HTTP, quality of services:
ATM, Differentiated services Model, flow identification, scheduling,
factors affecting QOS parameters and service categories, network
management, protocol, SNMP, CMIP, concept of traffic and service. Voice
and video data, ATM Traffic, Traffic contracting.
References:
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking (A Top-Down
ApproachFeaturing the Internet,(3e), Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, (5e), PHI, 2010.
3. Charle Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Specines, Uyless Black,
Computer Networks:Protocols Standards and Interfaces, Prentice
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 2010.
4. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, (7e), 2004,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
MTE 4067: DESIGN OF MECHANICAL DRIVES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, bevel gear and worm gear, beam strength, dynamic load
and wear load, heat dissipation and efficiency of worm gear, sliding
contact bearings, lubricants, viscosity, bearing modulus, Sommerfield
number, coefficient of friction, mechanism of film lubrication,
eccentricity and minimum oil film thickness. Belt drives, power
transmission, flat and V belts, power rating, V-flat drives, selection of
belts and pulleys. Wire and rope drives - types & construction of wire
ropes, loads & stresses in ropes, selection of wire ropes. Chain drives,
chordal action, sprocket size and teeth, chain speed, selection of roller
chains. Mechanical brakes - block brakes, band brakes, pivoted Shoe
brakes, disc brake, torque capacity, heat dissipation, clutches, friction
clutches, disc clutch, cone clutch, design projects.
References:
1. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., Mechanical Engineering Design,
(5e), McGraw Hill Inc, New York, 2004.
2. Bhandari V. B., Design of Machine Elements, (2e), Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
3. Norton R. L., Machine Design - An Integrated Approach, (2e),
Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersy, 2004.
4. Juvenile R. C. and Marshek K. M., Fundamentals of Machine
Component Design, (3e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York, 2000.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., Machine Design Data Hand
Book, (4e), CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2014.
MTE 4068: DYNAMICS AND CONTROL OF
MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Industrial feedback controllers, PID controllers, tuning methods,
frequency response approach, computational optimization, modified PID
scheme. Introduction to state space analysis - state space
representations, eigen vectors and eigen values, transfer functions, state
space modeling. Control system design in state space, solution of LTI
state equation, controllability and observability, state feedback
controllers, state observers Lyapunov stability analysis, quadratic
optimal control. Types of nonlinearity, describing functions phase plane
method, linearization techniques, MATLAB simulation, state space
modeling, feedback controllers, observers, regulator problems.
References:
1. Ogata K., Modern Control Engineering, (5e), Pearson Prentice Hall,
2005.
2. Karl J. Astrom, Feedback systems- An Introduction for Scientists and
Engineers, Princeton University Press, 2008.
3. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, (6e), John Wiley &
Sons, Inc, 2011.
4. Stanley M. Shinners, Modern Control Systems, Theory and Design,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2009.
5. Gopal M., Modern Control System Theory, (2e), New Age
International Ltd, 2005.
249
MTE 4069: ELECTRIC VEHICLE MACHINES AND DRIVES [3003]
Overview of EV Technologies-Motor Drive Technology, Energy Source
Technology, Battery Charging Technology, Vehicle-to-Grid Technology,
Pure Electric Vehicle, Hybrid Electric Vehicle, Gridable Hybrid Electric
Vehicle, Fuel-Cell Electric Vehicle. DC Motor Drives - System
Configurations, DC Machines, DC–DC Converters, Soft-Switching
DC–DC Converter Topologies, DC Motor Control, Regenerative Braking,
Design Criteria of DC Motor Drives for EVs. Induction Motor Drives-
System Configurations, Induction Machines, Inverters for Induction
Motors, Induction Motor Control, Design Criteria of Induction Motor
Drives for EVs. Permanent Magnet Brushless Motor Drives- System
Configurations, PM Brushless Machines, PM Brushless Motor Control,
Design Criteria of PM Brushless Motor Drives for EVs, Switched
Reluctance Motor Drives- SRM Machines, SR Converters, Comparison
of SR Converters for EVs, SR Motor Control, Design Criteria of SR Motor
Drives for EVs, Machine Initialization, Planetary-Geared SR Motor Drive,
Outer-Rotor In-Wheel SR Motor Drive. Integrated-Starter-Generator
Systems -System Configurations, ISG Machines, ISG Operations,
Cranking, Electricity Generation, Idle Stop-Start, Power Assistance.
Planetary-Geared Electric Variable Transmission Systems: Input-Split
PG EVT Systems, Compound-Split PG EVT Systems, Design Criteria of
PG EVT Systems, PM Synchronous PG EVT System Configuration.
Double-Rotor Electric Variable Transmission Systems- Double-Rotor
Machines, Basic Double-Rotor EVT Systems, Advanced Double-Rotor
EVT Systems, Axial-Flux DR EVT System, Magnetless DR EVT System,
Design Criteria of DR EVT Systems, Design Example of DR EVT Systems.
Potential Applications of DR EVT Systems in HEVs.
References:
1. K T Chau, Electric Vehicle Machines and Drives- Design, Analysis
And Application, (1e) John Wiley & Sons, 2015.
MTE 4070: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND RTOS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to embedded system, attributes and major application areas
of ES, Processor and memory organization, Communication networks,
ARM processor introduction, architectural inheritance, Architectural
features of ARM Processor, instruction set, Pipelined architecture in
ARM, THUMB instruction format, memory mapped peripherals,
architectural features of ARM Cortex M3 and programming examples.
Introduction To Real-Time Operating Systems, Tasks and Task states,
Semaphores, Message queues, Mail boxes and pipes, Hard and Soft real
time systems, scheduling considerations, Multicore real time systems.
Case studies.
References:
1. Wolf, Wayne, Computers as Components- Principles of Embedded
Computing System Design, Morgan-Kaufmann, 2000.
2. Steve Furber, ARM System-on-chip Architecture, Pearson Education,
2000.
3. Andrew Sloss, Domnic Symes, Chris Wright, ARM system
Developer's Guide, 1st edition.
MTE 4071: ENGINEERING MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Crystal structures, Miller indices, crystal imperfections, mechanism of
solidification, nucleation and crystal growth, phases in solids,
equilibrium diagrams, iron-Carbon systems, principle and objectives of
heat treatment, TTT diagrams, electronic materials, deposition of thin
films, insulators and dielectric properties, polarization in dielectrics,
electrostriction, piezoelectricity, ferroelectricity, magnetic materials,
magnetic dipole and moments, magnetization, super paramagnetic
materials, applications of magnetic materials, photonic materials,
refraction, reflection, absorption, emission phenomena.
References:
1. Donald R. Askeland and Pradeep P. Fulay, The Science and
Engineering of Materials, Cengage learning publishers,(6e),2011.
2. Lakhtin Yu., Engineering Physical metallurgy and heat treatment, MIR
Publishers, Moscow, 1985.
3. Higgins R.A., Engineering Metallurgy, (5e), ELBS, London,1983.
4. Avner S.H., Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, (3e), McGraw Hill.
Delhi, 2004.
5. Arzamasov, Material Science, MIR Publishers, Moscow. 1989.
MTE 4072: HYBRID VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Vehicle dynamics-vehicle resistance, dynamic equation, tire ground
adhesion, maximum tractive effort, vehicle speed, transmission
characteristics, vehicle performance, hybrid and electric drive trains-
configurations of electric vehicles, traction motor characteristics, basic
concept of hybrid traction, hybrid drive train architecture – series, parallel
torque and speed coupling, electric propulsion unit, different motors,
configuration and control of dc motor drives, introduction to power
modulators, control and regenerative breaking, classification of different
energy management strategies, fundamentals of regenerative braking,
sizing the drive system- propulsion motor, sizing the power electronics,
selecting the energy storage technology, communications, supporting
subsystems, design of series hybrid drive train.
References:
1. Mehrdad Ehsani, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
Vehicles- Fundamentals, Theory and Design, (2e), CRC Press, 2010.
2. Iqbal Hussein, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles-Design Fundamentals,
(2e), CRC Press, 2010.
3. Gianfranco Pistoia, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles - Power Sources,
Models, Sustainability, Infrastructure and the Market, (1e), Elsevier,
2010
MTE 4073: MACHINE LEARNING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Machine Learning, Review of Linear Algebra, Review of
Probability theory, Overview of Convex optimization, Hidden Markov
models, Multivariate Gaussian distribution, Gaussian Processes.
Bayesian decision theory, Maximum likelihood ratio, P a r a m e t r i c
classification, Regression, Multivariate methods, K-nearest neighbor
classification, Supervised learning: Setup, LMS, Logistic regression,
Perceptron, Exponential family, Generative learning algorithms,
Gaussian discriminant analysis, Naïve Bayes, Support vector machines,
Model selection and feature selection, Evaluation and debugging learning
algorithms. Unsupervised learning: Clustering, K-means, Hierarchical
clustering, Competitive learning, Radial basis functions. EM, Mixture of
Gaussians, Factor analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Independent
Component Analysis, Naïve Bayes classifier, Hidden Markov model,
Linear Regression, Belief Propagation, Generating diverse learners,
Voting, Error correction output codes, Bagging, Boosting. Applications of
Machine Learning in Robotics: Developmental Robotics, Cognitive
Robotics, Evolutionary Robotics.
References:
1. Kevin P. Murphy, Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective, (1e),
MIT Press, 2012.
2. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, (2e), MIT Press,
2010.
3. Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh and Amet Talwalkar,
Foundation of Machine Learning, (1e), MIT Press 2012.
4. Daphne Koller and Nir Friedman, Probabilistic Graphical Models:
Principles and Techniques, (1e), MIT Press, 2009.
5. Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning,
(1e), Springer, 2007.
250
MTE 4074: MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Types of motion in cutting, cutting speed, feed, depths of cut in
machining, cutting tools classification, nomenclature of single point
cutting tool, difference between orthogonal and oblique cutting,
mechanism of metal cutting, types of chips, chip breakers, forces acting
on a tool, merchant circle diagram, velocity relations, specific energy in
cutting, tool wear, tool life factors, Taylor's tool life equation, tool wear
mechanisms, heat distribution in metal cutting, measurement of
temperature in metal cutting, lathe tool dynamometer, cutting fluids
selection and applications, cutting tool materials, specifications for
inserts and tool holders. CNC tooling, tool presetting, automated tool &
pallet changing, work holding, cutting process parameter selection, jigs
and fixtures, types of clamping devices, principles of clamping.
References:
1. Milton C.Shaw, Metal Cutting Principles, (2e), Oxford University
Press, 2000.
2. Kempster, Jigs and Fixtures, (3e), Mark Howard Publications, 2004.
3. Steve Krar, Arthur Gill and Peter Smid, MachineTool Technology
Basics, (2e), Industrial Press Inc., U.S, 2012.
4. Sharma. P. C, A Text Book of Production Engineering, (7e), SChand
Publishers, New Delhi, 2008.
MTE 4075: MACHINE VISION AND IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Image Acquisition and Analysis: Vision system components, Image
acquisition and analysis, Image digitization, Image enhancement,
restoration, Segmentation, Morphological Operations, image
representation and analysis, color image processing. 3D Vision: Camera
and optics, Perspective Projection Geometry Rotation and translation
matrix, Pinhole camera model, Calibration methods, Intrinsic and
Extrinsic Camera Parameters, Stereovision, Stereo correspondence
Algorithms, Epipolar Geometry, Essential and fundamental matrix, 3D
Reconstruction. Motion Estimation and Tracking: Optical ow
estimation, Object tracking with Kalman ltering. Basic idea of
localization employing passive markers. Case Studies/Application:
Basic color detection, Face recognition, Vehicle tracking, applications
using computer vision toolbox and image processing toolbox of MATLAB.
References:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Digital Image Processing,
(3e), Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, Image Processing,
Analysis and Machine Vision, (2e), 1998.
3. Boguslaw Cyganek & J. Paul Siebert, An Introduction to 3D Computer
Vision Techniques and Algorithms, (1e), Wiley, 2009
4. David A. Forsyth Jean Ponce, Computer vision: A modern approach,
Pearson Education Limited.
5. E.R. Davies, Royal Holloway, Machine Vision: Theory, Algorithms
and Practicalities, (3e), University of London, 2004.
6. Juneja and Nitin Seth, Fundamental of Metal Cutting and Machine
Tools, (2e), New Age International Publishers, 2003.
MTE 4076: MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to mechanical vibration, vibration system and types,
vibration analysis - degrees of freedom, mathematical modeling,
equations of motion, SHM, natural frequency of single degree of freedom
system – mathematical modeling, derivation of governing differential
equation of motion for free undamped and damped systems, forced
vibration – single degree of freedom system under harmonic excitation,
steady state, reciprocating and rotating unbalance, transmissibility and
isolation, base excitation with harmonic input. Two degree of freedom
systems - natural frequencies and mode shapes, forced vibration.
Natural frequency of multi-degree of freedom systems, vibration control,
vibration testing and measurement.
References:
1. Groover G.K., Mechanical Vibrations, Nemchand and Bros, Roorkee,
2012.
2. Singirisu Rao S, Mechanical Vibration, Pearson Education, Delhi,
2004.
3. Dukkapatti Rao V., Text Book of Mechanical Vibration. Prentice Hall of
India Ltd, 2004.
4. Daniel Imnan J. Engineering Vibration, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,
2001.
5. Thomson W.T., Theory of Vibrations with Applications, Chapman and
Hall, 4th Edition, 1993.
MTE 4077: MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to MEMS and microsystems - products, evolution of micro-
fabrication, microelectronics, miniaturization, applications in automotive
and other industries, micro sensors, micro actuation, micro
accelerometers, microfluidics. Scaling laws in miniaturization, scaling
laws – geometry, electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, electricity,
heat transfer and fluid mechanics. Materials for MEMS and
microsystems. Microsystems fabrication processes, photo lithography,
ion implantation, diffusion, oxidation, chemical vapor deposition,
physical vapor deposition, deposition by epitaxy, etching, bulk
manufacturing, surface micromachining, LIGA process. Microsystems
– design and packaging, mechanical packaging of microelectronics,
assembly of microsystems, packaging materials.
References:
1. Tai Ran Hsu, MEMS and Microsystems - Design and Manufacturing,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Marc J. Madou, Fundamentals of Micro Fabrication - The Science of
Miniaturization, CRC Press, 2002.
3. Wolfgang Menz, J. Mohr and Oliver Paul, Microsystem Technology,
Wiley-VCH, 2001.
4. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, The MEMS Handbook, CRC Press 2002.
5. S.D. Senturia, Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
2001.
MTE 4078: MICRO - MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, working principles and process parameters, machine tools,
applications of the micro manufacturing processes, challenges in meso,
micro, and nanomanufacturing, industrial applications and future scope
of micro-manufacturing processes. Different instruments related to
micro manufacturing such as microsensors, microactuators,
microsystems. Working principles, machine construction, and
applications of micromachining, nanofinishing, microjoining,
microforming, microcasting, micromolding, LIGA for micro/nano
products and features, the diversified industrial applications of the micro-
manufactured processes, and recent research trends in this area.
References:
1. Jain V. K., Introduction to Micromachining, Narosa Publishing house
Pvt. Ltd., 2010.
2. Jain V. K., Micromanufacturing, CRC Press, 2012.
3. Jain V. K., Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publishers Pvt.
Ltd., 2014.
4. Mahalik N. P., Micromanufacturing & Nanotechnology, Springer
Berlin Heidelberg, 2006.
5. Jackson J. M., Microfacbrication & Nanomanufacturing, CRC Press,
2005.
MTE 4079: NANOTECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to nanotechnology, bottom-up and top-down approaches,
physical and chemical properties, methods of preparation of
nanoparticles, carbon nanostructures and their applications, physical
chemistry of nanosystems, micro electro mechanical devices and
technologies - microsensors, MEMS fabrication processes and
applications, microscale and nanoscale heat conduction, nanofluids
preparation and characterization, nanomaterials used in energy and
environmental applications and their properties, future development of
micro actuators, nano-lithograghy, photoresist patterning,
251
photolithography, electron beam lithography, production of polygon
mirrors, optic fibers, future trends in nanotechnology.
References:
1. Charles P. Poole, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley-
Interscience, 2003.
2. Guozhong Cao, Nanostructures & Nanomaterials, Imperial College
Press, 2004.
3. C B Sobhan, Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer, Taylor and
Francis, 2008.
4. Norio Taniguchi, Nanotechnology, Oxford University Press, 2008.
5. James J Allen, MEMS Design, Taylor and Francis, 2005.
MTE 4080: PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, production consumption cycle, forecasting- quantitative
and qualitative methods, Forecast control, measures of forecast
accuracy product development and design, product life cycle, process
design, process charts, flow diagrams and man machine charts
capacity planning, breakeven analysis, single and multi-product P-V
charts, aggregate planning, trial and error approach, use of
transportation algorithm, job shop scheduling, Sequencing of “n” jobs
through 2 machines, “n” jobs through 3 machines and 2 jobs through “n”
machines inventory management and line balancing, resource
conversion and concepts, planning models and behavioural
applications, case studies.
References:
1. Adam Everett E. Jr. and Ebert Ronald J., Production and Operations
Management, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
2. Chase Richard B., Aquilano Nicholas J. and Jacobs F. Roberts,
Production and OperationsManagement, Tata McGraw-Hill
publishing Co. Ltd., 1999.
3. Eilon Samuel, Elements of Production Planning and Control,
Universal Publishing Corporation, 1991.
4. Monks Joseph G., Operations Management, Tata McGraw-Hill
MTE 4081: ROBOTICS II [2 1 0 3]
Autonomous mobile robots-: Introduction, locomotion legged mobile
robots. Wheeled locomotion. Robot kinematics models & constraints,
Mobile robot maneuverability. Mobile robot workspace-degree of
freedom, Homonymic robots, path & trajectory considerations. Motion
control - open loop control Feedback control. Robot control problems,
controllers -PD, PID compensation, closed loop control, gain tuning,
performance analysis, simulation analysis. Set point Tracking.
Nonlinear dynamics and control - Lyapunov stability theorem, Robust
control, Feedback-Linearization Controllers, Lyapunov Designs,
Variable-Structure Controllers, Saturation-Type Controllers. Inverse
dynamics controllers, Force control, stiffness control, Impedance
control, Hybrid Position/Force Control, Reduced state modeling and
control. Modeling soft mechanics (numerical, computational,
analytical): Hyper-redundant kinematic structures, Resolution of inverse
kinematics, Mathematical formulation for animating flexible structure,
Bio-mimitics, Continuum Mechanics, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors,
Geometric interpretation of eigenvectors, Cayley-Hamilton theorem,
Principal Component Analysis, Singular Value Decomposition, ISO-Map
Dimensional Reduction technique. Sensors and Actuators: Soft
Actuators, Soft Sensors, Electroactive Polymer, Ionic Polymer Metal
Composites, Shape Memory Alloy, Artificial Muscles based on
Electric/Pneumatics, Thermal/Chemical Actuation
References:
1. Jog, C.S., Foundations and applications of mechanics: Volume I:
Continuum mechanics, 2007, Narosa Publishing House.
2. Alexander Verl, Alin Albu-Schaffer, Oliver Brock, Annika Raatz, Soft
Robotics Transferring Theory to Application, Springer, 2015.
3. Jaeyoun (Jay) Kim, Microscale Soft Robotics: Motivations,
Progress, and Outlook, Springer International Publishing, 2017.
4. Cecilia Laschi, Jonathan Rossiter, Fumiya Iida, Matteo Cianchetti,
 Laura Margheri, Soft Robotics: Trends, Applications and Challenges,
Springer International Publishing, 2016.
5. Fahimi, Farbod. Autonomous robots: modeling, path planning, and
control. Vol. 107. Springer Science & Business Media, 2008.
MTE 4082: SYSTEMS MODELING AND SIMULATION [3 0 0 3]
Principles of modeling and simulation, modeling and simulation of mixed
systems, transfer function, block diagram, state space representation of
SISO, MIMO, modeling of dynamic systems, construction, analysis,
practical applications, linear systems, methods of model order
determination, impulse and frequency response methods, system
identification, algorithms for parameter estimation, gradient algorithm,
least square algorithm, ARX, ARMAX applications of LS and ARMA
methods, regression methods, introduction to nonlinear modeling,
identification NARMAX model, case studies UAV quad-rotor, hard discs,
maglev systems, ball and beam systems.
References:
1. George Pelz, Mechatronic Systems Modeling and Simulation with
HDLs, Wiley, 2003.
2. Devdas Shetty, Richard Kolk, Mechatronics System Design, (2e),
Cengage Learning, 2010.
3. Benjamin C. Kuo, Farid Golnarghi, Automatic Control Systems, (8e),
Wiley, 2009.
4. Jack W. Lewis, Modeling of Engineering Systems PC-Based
Techniques and DesignTools, High Text Publications, 2000.
5. Ioan D. Landau, Gianluca Zito, Digital Control Systems Design,
Identification andImplementation, Springer, 2006.
MTE 4083: WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Challenges for wireless sensor networks, single node architecture,
hardware components, energy consumption of sensor nodes, network
architecture, types of sources and sinks, single hop versus multi-hop
networks, multiple sinks and sources, wireless channel and
communication fundamentals, frequency allocation, modulation and
demodulation, MAC protocols, contention-based protocols, SMAC –
BMAC, TRAMA, IEEE 802.15.4 MAC protocol, Q-MAC (Querry MAC), Q-
MAC (QoS MAC). Routing challenges and design, SPIN COUGAR,
ACQUIRE, LEACH, PEGASIS, GF, GAF, GEAR, Aggregation techniques –
TAG, Tiny DB traditional transport control protocols. Wireless LANs:
802.11, 802.11a/b/g, 802.16-WiMAX, UWB communications, wireless
personal area networks, BlueTooth. Healthcare monitoring system using
wireless sensor networks, remote home lighting and appliance control
system, automatic speed control and vehicle tracking using GSM and
GPS technologies.
References:
1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and Taieb Znati, Wireless Sensor
Networks Technology-Protocols and Applications, John Wiley &
Sons, 2007.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, Protocols and Architectures for
Wireless SensorNetworks, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2005.
3. Ananthram Swami, Qing Zhao, Yao-Win Hong, Lang Tong Pub,
Wireless SensorNetworks Signal Processing and Communications,
John Wiley & Sons.
4. Murthy, Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols,
Pearson Education.
5. Sridhar S. Iyengar, NandanParameshwaran, Vir V. Phoha, N.
Balakrishnan, Chuka D. Okoye, Fundamentals of Sensor Network
Programming: Applications and Technology, John Wiley & Sons
OPEN ELECTIVES
MTE 4301: AUTONOMOUS ROBOTS [2 1 0 3]
Locomotion, Legged Mobile Robots, Leg configurations and stability,
Examples of legged robot locomotion, Wheeled Mobile Robots, Wheeled
locomotion, Mobile Robot Kinematics: Kinematic Models and
Constraints, Representing robot position, Forward kinematic models,
Wheel kinematic, Robot kinematic constraints, Examples. Perception:
Sensors for Mobile Robots, Sensor classification, Characterizing sensor
performance, Wheel/motor sensors, Heading sensors, Ground-based
beacons, Active ranging, Motion/speed sensors, Vision-based sensors.
252
Mobile Robot Localization: The Challenge of Localization: Noise and
Aliasing, Sensor noise, Sensor aliasing, To Localize or Not to Localize:
Localization-Based Navigation versus Programmed Solutions, Map
Representation, Continuous representations, Decomposition strategies,
Probabilistic Map-Based Localization, Markov localization, Kalman filter
localization. Planning and Navigation: Competences for Navigation:
Planning and Reacting, Path planning, Obstacle avoidance.
References:
1. Roland Siegwart, Illah R. Nourbaksh , Introduction to Autonomous
Robots, MIT Press, 2004.
2. Howie Choset, Kevin M Lynch, Principles of Robot Motion, MIT
Press, 2005 King Sun Fu
3. Gonzalez, Robotics- control, sensing, vision, and intelligence,
McGraw-Hill, 1987.
MTE 4302: ELECTRIC VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Vehicle dynamics-vehicle resistance, dynamic equation, tire ground
adhesion, maximum tractive effort, vehicle speed, transmission
characteristics, vehicle performance, hybrid and electric drive trains-
configurations of electric vehicles, traction motor characteristics, basic
concept of hybrid traction, hybrid drive train architecture – series, parallel
torque and speed coupling, electric propulsion unit, different motors,
configuration and control of dc motor drives, introduction to power
modulators, control and regenerative breaking, classification of different
energy management strategies, fundamentals of regenerative braking,
sizing the drive system- propulsion motor, sizing the power electronics,
selecting the energy storage technology, communications, supporting
subsystems, design of series hybrid drive train.
References:
1. Mehrdad Ehsani, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
Vehicles- Fundamentals, Theory and Design, (2e), CRC Press, 2010.
2. Iqbal Hussein, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles-Design Fundamentals,
(2e), CRC Press, 2010.
3. Gianfranco Pistoia, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles - Power Sources,
Models, Sustainability, Infrastructure and the Market, (1e), Elsevier,
2010.
MTE 4303: HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Pneumatic systems, structure and signal flow, compressors, actuators
and control valves, single acting and double acting cylinders, manual
pneumatics, single and multiple actuators, limit switches, proximity
sensors, electro pneumatics and design of electro pneumatic circuits,
direction control valves, relay control systems, timers, counters,
pressure control valves, closed loop pneumatics and Flow control
valves. Hydraulic systems, physical principles of oil hydraulics,
hydraulic actuators, valves and accessories, hydraulic power pack,
types of hydraulic pumps, accumulator, Filters, hydraulic circuits,
regenerative, meter in, meter out, bleed off, sequencing, pressure
reducing circuits, electro hydraulic circuits, proportional hydraulics and
servo hydraulics.
References:
1. Anthony Esposito, Fluid power with applications, Pearson Education,
2003.
2. Andrew A. Parr, Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Elsevier Science &
Technology Books, 1999.
3. Scholz D., Proportional Hydraulics, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co,
Germany, 2002.
4. Majumdar S.R., Pneumatic Systems - Principles and Maintenance,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
5. Merkle D., Rupp K. and Scholz D., Electrohydraulics Basic Level TP
601, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 1994.
MTE 4304: INDUSTRIAL IoT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to Industrial IoT, Components of IIoT. Sensors, Acceleration:
Accelerometers (Piezoelectric, Capacitive); Proximity & Range:
Proximity Switches, Ultrasonic Sensor, Hall Effect Sensor, Eddy Current
Sensor, Temperature: Bimetallic, RTD, Thermocouple, Thermistor,
Optical Pyrometer; Pressure: Electric Transducers, Pressure
Transmitters, Pressure Gauges - McLeod, Knudsen, Pirani, Vacuum;
Flow: Ultrasonic, V Cone, Laser Doppler, Mass flowmeters. Introduction
to PLC: Advantage of PLC, and Chronological Evolution of a PLC, Type of
PLC, Parts of PLC and Block diagram PLC, I/O modules and interfacing,
networking of PLC ,Input-Output System Sinking and Sourcing, power
supply module, Programming Equipments. Programming formats using
contacts and coils, latching etc. Converting simple relay logic diagram to
PLC ladder diagram, Digital logic implementation in ladder programming,
Timer and counter functions, Arithmetic functions, R-trig / F- trig pulses,
shift registers, sequence functions, PID principles and functional block,
position indicator with PID control. Industrial Process Automation,
Networks and Protocols: AS-i, CAN, DeviceNet, Interbus, LON,
Foundation Fieldbus, HART, PROFIBUS-PA, BACnet, ControlNet,
IndustrialEthernet, Ethernet/IP, MODBUS, PROFIBUS-DP. Database-
System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of Data,
Database Languages, Relational Databases. Introduction to security,
Characteristics of Information, Components of an Information system,
Security System Development Lifecycle, The Need for Security-
Business Needs first, Threats, Attacks, Intruders, Intrusion detection.
References:
1. Liptak, B.G. (Ed.), Instrument engineers' handbook, Vol. 3: Process
software and digital networks, (1e), CRC Press, Boca Raton, London,
2002.
2. Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, (6e),
McGraw Hill, New York, 2011.
3. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and
Practice, (5e), Prentice Hall, 2010.
MTE 4305: INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Definition of robots, definition and factors affecting the
control resolution, spatial resolution, accuracy and repeatability,
specification of a robot, actuators and sensors, drives and transmission
systems used in robotics. Spatial descriptions and transformations:
Descriptions, operators, transform equations. Introduction to Lie
algebra and Rodrigues's rotation formula and Quaternions. Manipulator
kinematics: Link description, manipulator kinematics, actuator space,
joint space, and Cartesian space, kinematics of two industrial robots,
frames with standard names. Introduction to kinematics of parallel
manipulators, Closed loop constraints, four bar mechanism, Stewart
platform. Inverse manipulator kinematics: Pieper's solution when three
axes intersect. Manipulator dynamics: Introduction, acceleration of a
rigid body, mass distribution, Newton's equation, Euler's equation
iterative Newton-Euler dynamic formulation. Trajectory generation: Path
description and generation, joint-space schemes Cartesian-space
253
schemes. Linear control of manipulators: Introduction, feedback and
closed-loop control, second-order linear systems, control of second-
order systems, trajectory-following control, continuous vs. discrete time
control, modeling and control of a single joint.
References:
1. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, (3e),
PHI,2005.
2. C. Peter. Robotics, Vision and Control: Fundamental Algorithms in
MATLAB. Vol. 73. Springer, 2011.
3. G. Ashitava, Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis, Oxford
University Press, 2006.
4. Murray, Richard M., Zexiang Li, S. Shankar Sastry, and S. Shankara
Sastry, A Mathematical Introduction to Robotic Manipulation, CRC
press, 1994.
5. S. Bruno and O. Khatib, EDS: Springer handbook of Robotics,
Springer, 2016.
MTE 4306: MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Mechatronic Engineering: Introduction, Mechatronic Systems,
Modelling, and Design - Coupled Design, Mechatronic Design Quotient,
Design Evolution, Evolution of Mechatronics, Application Areas. Basic
Elements and Components: Mechanical Elements: Mass, Spring, and
Damper. Fluid Elements: Fluid Capacitor, resistor. Thermal Elements:
Thermal capacitor, and resistor. Mechanical Components: transmission,
lead screw and nut, and harmonic drives. Passive Electrical Elements and
Materials, Active Electronic Components, Light Emitters and Displays
and Light Sensors. Modelling of Mechatronic Systems: Dynamic
Systems and Models, Transfer Functions and Frequency-Domain
Models, Equivalent Circuits and Linear Graph Reduction, Block
Diagrams, Response Analysis, Computer Simulation. Signal
Conditioning: Impedance Characteristics, Amplifiers, filters, Modulators
and Demodulators, Analog-to-Digital Conversion. Sensors and
Actuators: Potentiometer, Resolver, Encoders, Proximity Sensors, Tactile
Sensors. Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Electrical Actuators.
Microcontrollers: Microcontroller Architecture, Input / Output Hardware,
and Programming. Case Studies in Mechatronics Robotics Case Study,
Hydraulics Based Case Study, Electrical Based Case Study, Pneumatics
Based Case Study.
References:
1. Clarence W. de Silva, Mechatronics: A Foundation Course, CRC
Press, 2010.
2. Ganesh S. Hegde, Mechatronics, Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd., 2011.
 Department of Media Technology
Global communication sector has propelled us into the new millennium industries, media houses. Students can also try placement at various
with engineering innovations and newer technologies. Electronic government departments and banks. Student can also explore the
Publishing, Audio Visuals, Multimedia, Digital Data Transfer and Social possibility of entrepreneurship in Print and Electronic Media Sector.
Media are creating a new world of media market. The printing industry
sees itself as media service and information processor. Born out of this
niche is B.Tech in Media Technology at MIT, Manipal, an applied
engineering course that deals with the comprehensive study of print and Programs offered
electronic media technologies. Along with the B. Tech degree, students Under Graduate Program
can also be entitled to a minor certification in Film Production, Packaging 4B.Tech in Media Technology (2018)
Technology or Business Management. Department also offers M. Tech in Post Graduate Program
Printing and Media Technology and a Joint Double Degree Masters' 4M.Tech in Printing and Media Technology (2008)
Programme in Collaboration with Chemnitz University of Technology,
PhD
Germany.
Faculty Strength
Since 1992, Department has built a strong edifice to become one of the Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
leading Print and Electronic Media Institute of the country and has one of
the best infrastructures available for Print and Electronic Media 1 1
Technology. The key feature of the department is its Collaboration with 10 10
Chemnitz University of Technology, Germany for joint research and
development, joint projects, faculty exchange, student projects, and the
availability of DAAD Scholarship for students exchange programme at
Germany. Students have added advantage of getting hands on training & PhD Professors
exposure on state of the art equipment in Manipal Technologies Limited, M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Assistant Professors
Manipal one of the leading Print and Media Organizations in the world.
Students after successful completion of the course can get job in printing
companies and media houses across countries. Generally, students are
recruited by the major commercial printers, advertising agencies,
newspapers / magazines, machine manufacturers, packaging

254
 B TECH in MEDIA TECHNOLOGY

Year THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2156 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2262 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
MED 2151 Audio Video Studios 2 1 0 3 MED 2251 Animation Technology 2 0 6 4
MED 2152 Digital Graphic Design 3 1 0 4 MED 2252 Digital Photography 3 1 0 4
MED 2153 Electronic Media 2 1 0 3 MED 2253 Digital Print Systems 2 1 0 3
II
MED 2154 Material Science 3 1 0 4 MED 2254 Flexography, Gravure and Screen Printing 3 1 0 4
MED 2155 Offset Technology 3 1 0 4 ** **** Open Elective – I 3
MED 2161 Digital Graphic Design Lab 0 0 6 2 MED 2261 Digital Photography lab 0 0 3 1
MED 2162 Material Quality Analysis Lab 0 0 3 1 MED 2262 Machine Lab 0 0 6 2
15 6 9 24 12 4 15 24
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) 30 Total Contact Hours(L + T + P)+OE–Practice Hours 31+3-3 = 31
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 HUM 3051 Engg. Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
MED 3151 Color Science and Technology 3 1 0 4 MED 3251 Packaging Design and Testing 2 1 0 3

255
MED 3152 Industrial Book Binding and Print Finishing 3 1 0 4 MED 3252 Video Production 3 1 0 4
MED 3153 Sound Engineering 3 1 0 4 MED **** Program Elective – I 2 1 0 3
III
ECE 4092 Video Codecs and Standards 2 1 0 3 MED **** Program Elective – II 2 1 0 3
*** **** Open Elective – II 3 ** **** Open Elective – III 3
MED 3161 Color Analysis Lab 0 0 6 2 MED 3261 Binding and Packaging Lab 0 0 6 2
MED 3162 Sound Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1 MED 3262 Video Production Lab 0 0 6 2
13 5 9 24 11 5 12 23
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 27 + 3 = 30 Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) + OE 28 + 3 = 31
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
MED **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 MED 4298 Industrial Training 1
MED **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3 MED 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
MED **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3 MED 4296 Project Work (Only for B.Tech honour Students) 20
IV
MED **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
MED **** Program Elective – VII 3 0 0 3
** **** Open Elective – IV 3
15 0 0 18 13
Total Contact Hours (L + T + P) +OE 15 + 3 = 18
Minor Specialisations
THIRD SEMESTER
I. Film Production MAT 2156: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III [2 1 0 3]
MED 4051: Digital Cinematography Fourier series, periodic functions, half range expansions, harmonic
HUM 4055:Film Appreciation analysis, vector calculus - gradient, divergence and curl, line, surface
MED 4052: Media Management and Entrepreneurship and volume integrals, Green's, Divergence and Stoke's theorems,
MED 4053: Script Writing for Electronic Media statistics – mean, median, mode, quartiles, measures of dispersion,
coeff. of correlation, regression lines, curve fitting, partial differential
II. Packaging Technology equations – one dimensional wave and heat equations and their
MED 4054: Packaging Applications solutions.
MED 4055: Packaging Materials Science References:
MED 4056: Packaging Techniques and Processes 1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics (5e), Wiley
MED 4057: Smart Packaging Eastern 1985.
2. Murray R.Spiegel, Vector Analysis, Schaum Publishing Co. 1959.
III. Material Science 3. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engg.Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 1989.
PHY 4051: Physics of Low Dimensional Materials
PHY 4052: Physics of Photonic & Energy Storage Devices MED 2151: AUDIO VIDEO STUDIOS [2 1 0 3]
Essentials of a stud, studio layout, infrastructural requirements of an
CHM 4051: Chemical Bonding
ideal studio, studio types, blue/green screen, & virtual studio, insight
CHM 4052: Chemistry of Carbon Compound
into Indian & inter-national studios, studio acoustics and design, primary
factors governing studio and control room acoustics, acoustic isolation,
IV. Business Management elements common to all studios, minimizing structure-borne sound,
HUM 4051: Financial Management studio frequency managing, limitations to studio design, studio furniture
HUM 4052: Human Resource Management and equipment, audio and video studio equipment's, studio lights,
HUM 4053: Marketing Management lighting equipment, power cabling, earthing. studio communication, set
HUM 4054: Operation Management etiquettes & studio, procedure, establishing communication & talkback
system, studio calls, shooting floor & control, room dialogue, non-verbal
V. Computational Mathematics cues during shoot, audience management, budgeting & staffing, scope
for generating income for a broadcast & non-broadcast studio, roles and
MAT 4051: Applied Statistics and Time Series Analysis
responsibilities of staff - administrative, technical, supervisory, cast,
MAT 4052: Computational Linear Algebra
crew & talents, fire, safety, security & legal issues, work place
MAT 4053: Computational Probability and Design of Experiments conditions, fire hazard & risk assessment.
MAT 4054: Graphs and Matrices References:
1. Philip Newell, Recording Studio Design, Focal Press, 2007.
Programme Electives 2. Ronald J. Compesi, Jaime S. Gomez, Introduction to Video
MED 4058: Continuous Stationery and Specialty Printing Production: Studio, Field, and Beyond, Pearson, 2006.
MED 4059: Environment Friendly Printing 3. Don Davis, Sound System Engineering, Focal Press, 2007.
MED 4060: E-Publishing 4. Alton Everest, Master Hand Book of Acoustics, McGraw Hill, 2001.
MED 4061: Media Accounting and Management 5. Gary Davis, The Sound Reinforcement Hand Book, Hal Leonard
MED 4062: Media Law and Ethics Corporation, 1989.
MED 4063: Media Research 6. Martha Mollison, Producing Videos - A Complete Guide, Allen
MED 4064: Offset Press Optimisation Unwin, 2007.
MED 4065: Packaging Management
MED 4066: Principles of advertising MED 2152: DIGITAL GRAPHIC DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
MED 4067: Print Maintenance Engineering Phases of graphic print production, psychology of typeface, evolution of
MED 4068: Printronics typography, font, size of type, factors for choosing typeface,
MED 4069: Quality Management for Graphic Arts typographic commandments, casting off, automatic input & human
MED 4070: Security Printing input, scanning, digital file basics, post script, graphic design process,
optical center and geometric center, basic elements & basic principles of
design in desktop publishing, general rules for makeup, page makeup of
Open Electives
pamphlets, folders, book-work, journals, magazines, catalogues,
MED4301: Fundamentals of Advertising newspapers, composition software - automatic page make up, text and
MED 4302: Graphic Designing graphics integration, page display, presentation of proofs.
MED 4303: Packaging Design and Development References:
MED 4304: Publishing Science 1. Kaj Johansson, Peter Lundberg, Robert Ryberg, A Guide to Graphic
Print Production(2e),John Wiley & sons, 2007.
2. Speirs H, Introduction to Prepress(2e),Pira International, 2003.
3. Hal Hinderliter, The GATF guide to Desktop Publishing(3e), GATF
Press, 2000.
4. David Bergsland, Printing in a Digital World, Delmar Publishing,
1997.

256
 MED 2153: ELECTRONIC MEDIA [2 1 0 3]
Types of radio, types of television, video hosting / download services,
internet radio and television, digital media production, sound and vision,
image capture techniques, web-based social interaction, transmission /
reception lines and other equipment, various modes of receiving
systems, FM and TV antenna towers, translators and repeaters,
transmitter remote controls, mobile phone media production - SMS,
MMS, mobile phone media delivery, streaming and video on
demand,satellite distribution, uplink terminals, transmitter power
system equipment, masts, towers and antennas, earth station types -
uplink earth stations, downlink earth stations, outside broadcasting
vehicles and mobile control room, microwave links for OB and ENG,
power generators and electrical system for OB, battery systems,
information technology - computer storage, computer networks,
internet streaming, web streaming, audio and video streaming, flash
streaming, mp3 streaming (radio), peer to peer distribution – digital
video broadcasting via satellite services to handhelds (DVB-SH)
technology, WI-FI and WI-MAX, LI-FI, podcasting, i-pod, interactive
portals, virtual and augmented reality-applications, real-time computer
graphics, input devices, output devices
References:
1. Brian Winston, Media Technology and Society: A History from the
Telegraph to the Internet, Rutledge, 2000.
2. Graham Jones, A Broadcast Engineering Tutorial for Non-Engineers,
Focal Press, 2005.
3. E.P.J. Tozer, Broadcasting Engineering Reference Book, Focal Press,
2004.
4. BorkoFurht and Syed A. Ahson, Handbook of Mobile Broadcasting,
Taylor & Francis, 2008.
5. Wes Simpson, Video over IP: IPTV, Internet Video, H.264, P2P, Web
TV, and Streaming: A Complete Guide to Understanding the
Technology, Focal Press, 2008.
MED 2154: MATERIAL SCIENCE [3 1 0 4]
Paper - raw materials, pulping paper making, sizing, calendaring,
finishing operations, packing paper, coating paper, paper recycling,
international paper sizes and advantages, paperproperties and testing,
equipment used, inks – ingredients, properties, types and applications,
stages of ink manufacturing mills used for manufacture of paste ink -
factors affecting the efficiency of milling. ink drying mechanisms,
inkproperties and testing, equipment used, dampening chemistry -
importance, constituents, features, testing the solution, problems,
additives, water treatment, pH and conductivity, surface tension,
determining the specific gravity, reducing the IPA content. dispersion
varnish - basic information on water based varnish and its components,
drying and drying aids, powder - types of powder, powder spray
systems, problems in powder application, other substrates - plastics -
BOPP, HDPE, LDPE, LLDPE, PVC, PP, PET, polyolefins, celluosics,
polyamides, nylon-6 - advantages, functions and applications, tests on
plastics, metals – types, functions, uses, cross-section, manufacturing
of foil, properties, applications, methods of laminating foil to film or
paper, Glass - properties, types, basic approaches to designing a bottle
and production, tests on glass.
References:
1. Bureau H William, What the Printer should know about Paper, GATF,
1989.
2. Finley Charles, Printing Paper and Inks, Delmar Publishers, 1997.
3. Bob Thompson, Printing Materials Science and Technology, PIRA,
1998
4. Ronald E.T., Printing inks formulation principles, manufacture and
quality control testing procedures, PIRA International, 2000.
257
5. Nelson R.E. and Terry Scarlett, What the printer should know about
ink, GATF, 1990.
6. R.H Leach and R.J Pierce, The Printing Ink Manual(5e), Springer,
2008.
MED 2155: OFFSET TECHNOLOGY [3 1 0 4]
Prepress for offset technology - principle, image carriers – surface
plates, offset CTP – plates and equipment, waterless plates, sheet fed
offset technology - sheet feeding - principles, friction and types, sheet
insertion systems, printing unit - configurations, printing cylinders and
transfer cylinder, packing and printing pressure - determining proper
packing, factors affecting packing, arithmetic of packing, print length
adjustment, dampening system - conventional dampening systems and
continuous flow systems, refrigerating dampening systems, inking
system - functions, components, techniques for roller setting,
operation, pre-inking, ink presetting, inking system trouble shooting,
auxiliary equipment, delivery systems - types of delivery systems,
components and setting, delivery assist devices, pre-make-ready &
make-ready, press run sheet-fed offset problems - problems related to
ink, paper and press, maintenance and press room safety, web fed offset
technology - infeed unit, splicers and web turning devices, printing unit -
configurations, cylinder pressure and timing, dampening and inking
system for web offset presses, dryer and chill rolls, folders, in-line
finishing and auxiliary equipment, web tension and control, make-ready
for web offset press, pressrun - web offset problems - problems related
to ink, paper and press, maintenance and press room safety.
References:
1. Dejidas L.P. and Destree T. M., Sheet fed Offset Press Operating,
PIA/GATF Press, 2005.
2. Kipphan Helmut, Hand Book of Print Media, Springer, 2001.
3. Daniel G Wilson and PIA/GATF Staff, Web Offset Press Operating,
PIA/GATF Press, 2005.
4. GATF Staff, Solving Sheet fed Offset Press Problems,GATF, 1994.
5. GATF Staff, Solving Web Offset Press Problems,GATF, 1990
MED 2161: DIGITAL GRAPHIC DESIGN LAB [0 0 6 2]
List of experiments:
Microsoft Office
1. Microsoft Word - table work, tabular work, fonts and type styles,
word-art, column works
2. Microsoft Power Point - working with tools, making good
presentations and seminars
Adobe Photoshop
3. Familiarizing and practice with the toolbar
4. Familiarizing and practice with the toolbar
5. Working with Layers and Masking, converting image formats,
resizing the images
6. Picture and text manipulation
7. Designing and Practicing
CorelDraw
8. Familiarizing and practice with the toolbar
9. Familiarizing and practice with the toolbar
10. Working with text effects, techniques and artistic effects
11. Picture editing and designing
12. Designing and practicing
MINI PROJECT: In addition to the 12 experiments, student must submit a
mini project based on the experiments conducted.
References:
1. Gary David Baouton, CorelDraw – The Official Guide, McGraw Hill,
2016.
2. Joe Cole, Photoshop for Beginners(2e), Imagine Publishing Limited,
2012.
3. Kaj Johansson, Peter Lundberg, Robert Ryberg, A Guide to Graphic
Print Production(2e), John Wiley & sons, 2007.
4. Speirs H, Introduction to Prepress(3e), Pira International, 2003.
MED 2162: MATERIAL QUALITY ANALYSIS LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of Experiments:
Paper Testing:
1. GSM & Ash content
2. Bursting strength
3. Cobb sizing & Moisture content
4. Folding endurance
5. Tearing strength
6. Tensile strength
7. Porosity, Softness and smoothness
8. Brightness, Opacity and gloss
9. Stiffness
10. pH
Ink Testing:
11. Offset ink viscosity and Fineness of grind
12. Ink draw down, Wet ink film thickness and Ink length
References:
1. Ronald E.T., Printing inks formulation principles, manufacture and
quality control testing procedures, PIRA International, 1994.
2. Nelson R.E. and Terry Scarlett, What the printer should know about
ink, GATF, 1990.
3. Bureau H William, What the Printer should know about Paper, GATF,
USA. 1989.
4. Finley Charles, Printing Paper and Inks, Delmar Publishers, 1997.
5. Hugh Speirs, Introduction to Printing and Finishing, Pira
International Ltd, 2003.
6. Sean Smyth, The Print and Manual(11e), Pira International Ltd,
2009.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2262: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – IV [2 1 0 3]
Finite difference solution of boundary valued problems, numerical
solutions of Laplace and Poisson, heat and wave equations, introduction
to probability, finite sample space, conditional probability and
independence, Baye's theorem, one dimensional random variable -
mean and variance, Chebyschev's inequality, two and higher
dimensional random variables, covariance and correlation coefficient,
distributions - binomial, poisson, uniform, normal, exponential gamma
and chi-square, optimization - linear programming problem, graphical
and simplex methods, penalty cost and two phase methods,
transportation problem.
References:
1. P.L.Meyer, Introduction to probability and Statistical applications
(2e), Amerind Publishing Co., 1975.
2. S.S.Sastry, Introductory methods for Numerical Analysis(2e), PHI,
1990.
258
3. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics(5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
4. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engg.Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 1989.
5. Narayanan, Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay, Advanced
Engineering Mathematics, Vol 3.
6. Hamdy A Taha, Operation research(7e), PHI.
MED 2251: ANIMATION TECHNOLOGY [2 0 6 4]
Heritage of animation, types of media for animation, animation
production, principles of animation, the technical development,
animation style, concept design, storytelling, Storyboarding, animatic,
character design, visual and look development, sound design, pipeline
test, model sheet, layout, 2D Animation overview, 2D Animation Basics,
2-D vector animation, the digital computer animation Studio, creative
and production Teams, the Production Process of computer animation.
Practice hours:2-D animation - Software interface - Creating a
document, creating accessible flash content, working with tools, layers,
drawing, creating graphics, symbols, buttons, adding text, adding
animation, masking, key-frame system, parameterized system, action
scripting, using camera, timeline, output, assignments. 3-D animation -
Software interface, 3D modeling and rigging, modeling techniques, file
formats for modeling, advanced modeling and rigging techniques, 3D
rendering, output, types of cameras types of camera shots, types of
lenses, camera animation, lighting strategies and mood, surface
shading techniques, surface color, surface texture, environment-
dependent shading, advanced computer animation techniques. key-
frame interpolation, parameter curves, motion capture, facial animation,
crowd animation, location-based and interactive entertainment,
rotoscoping, blue and green screens and chroma keys set and character
extensions, motion control, motion capture and visual characters,
retouching, compositing, and color grading, basic concepts of image
manipulation.
References:
1. Foley J. D., VanDam A., Feiner S. K., Hughes J. F., Computer
Graphics, Principles and Practice(2e), Addision-Wesley 2006.
2. Tony White, Animation from Pencils to Pixels, Elsevier Focal Press,
2006.
3. Isaac Kerlow, The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects, John
Wiley & Sons Inc., 2009.
4. Jason van Gumster, Blender for Dummies, Wiley Publishing, 2011.
5. Mary Murphy, Beginner's Guide to Animation: Everything you need
to know to get started, Watsom-Guptil Publication, 2008.
6. Richard Williams, The Animator's Survival Kit, Expanded Edition: A
Manual of Methods, Principles and Formulas for Classical,
Computer, Games, Stop Motion and Internet Animators,Farrar,
Straus and Giroux, 2009.
MED 2252: DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY [3 1 0 4]
Brief history and development of photography, famous photographers,
additive colors, subtractive colors, color balance, hue and saturation,
contrasting colors, psychological significance of colors, color
temperature, camera- types, construction & working principle of
photographic cameras, photographic lenses - types, focal length,
construction & working principle, light meters, aperture of diaphragm,
shutter, ISO, depth of field, hyper focal distance, white balance, manual
and auto focus techniques, built in meter, types of built in metering,
external light meter, types of external light metering, grey cards,
composition techniques, choosing lenses, photography tips & tricks.
tackling photographic subjects – people, animals, sports, nature,
landscapes, architecture and interior, travel destinations, product, close-
up and macro photography. color and black & white photography, file
formats - advantage and disadvantages, image compression and
conversion, image processing software – advantages and
disadvantages.
References:
1. Ken Milburn, Digital Photography: Expert Techniques, O'Reilly, 2006.
2. David D. Busch, Mastering Digital Photography, Course Technology,
2006.
3. Joseph Claglia, Absolute Beginner's Guide to Digital Photography,
Que publishing, 2004.
4. Dan Simon, Digital Photography Bible, Wiley Publishing, 2004.
5. Ralph E Jacobson, The Manual of Photography – Photographic &
Digital imaging, Focal Press, 2000.
MED 2253: DIGITAL PRINT SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Creating and processing digital images, screening techniques, file
formats suitable for digital printing, raster image processor (RIP),
workflow integration, preflighting, color management for digital printing.
digital proofing. evolution of digital printing technology,
electrophotography, ink-jet, thermography, computer-to-press (direct
imaging DI), inline operation configurations, environmental implications,
digital workflow & applications in commercial printing, publication
printing, newspaper printing, variable data printing, digital printing on
metal, fabric & wood, black & white photography printing, mono color
digital printing, barcode printing, watermark printing, printed electronics.
image quality attributes, print quality verification tools and print
permanency tests.
References:
1. Martin Graham, Non-Impact Printing, Pira International, 1992.
2. Harald Johnson, Understanding Digital Printing, Thomson
Publishers, 2005.
3. Phil Green, Understanding Digital color, GATF and PIRA, 1999.
4. Constance Sidles, Rick Sutherland and Barb Karg, Graphic
Designer's Print & Color Handbook, Rockport Publishers Inc, 2005.
5. Abhay Sharma, Understanding Color Management, Thomson
Delmar Learning, 2004.
MED 2254: FLEXOGRAPHY, GRAVURE AND
SCREEN PRINTING [3 1 0 4]
Flexographic Printing - principle, flexo products and market, flexo image
carriers, press components and configurations. narrow and wide web
presses. flexographic press - inking system, fountain and anilox roll,
plate cylinder and impression roll/drum. plate mounting and proofing,
flexo dryers, doctor blade, its assembly and loading, flexo trouble
shooting.
Gravure Printing - principle, gravure products and market, sectors of
gravure, gravure image carriers, press components and configurations,
flexo-gravure hybrid presses. gravure press - inking systems, top and
bottom printers, two side gravure printing units, right and left hand
presses, doctor blade assembly and its mounting, impression cylinder,
gravure dryers, gravure trouble shooting, web handling and control -
types of unwind and rewind equipment, web tension creating devices,
tension control systems and web guides.
Screen Printing - principle, essential components of screen printing,
fabrics types and parameters, frames, photographic stencils and laser
imaging of rotary screens screen printing press - parameters for
controlling print quality, squeegee - their function and selection, on and
off contact printing, flood bar, multi-color printing and method of
halftone reproduction, types of presses and components, types of
dryers, applications, troubleshooting screen printing, safety and
environmental concerns in industry.
259
References:
1. Blair Ray and Destree T. M., Flexography - Principle and
Practices(5e), Foundation of Flexographic Technical Association,
1999
2. Mulvihill Donna C, Flexography Primer, GATF Foundation, 1991.
3. Gravure Process & Technology, GAA, 2003.
4. Ray Blair and Thomas M.D., Gravure Process and Technology, GAA,
1991.
5. Samuel B.H., Screen Printing - Contemporary Approach, Delmar
publisher, 1997.
6. Harry and Smith, Modern Gravure Technology – A Literature Review,
Pira International, 1998.
MED 2261: DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of experiments:
1. Pictures under different light conditions
2. Framing and composition
3. Introduction to photo editing in Photoshop
4. Introduction to post processing in Adobe Light room
5. Black & White photography and editing
6. Portrait lighting and photography
7. Macro photography
8. Travel/Architecture photography & editing
9. Product lighting and photography & editing
10. Fashion lighting and photography & editing
11. Focus stacking and processing & editing
12. Time-lapse, long exposure and HDR photography and processing
References:
1. Dan Simson, Digital Photography Bible, Wiley, 2004.
2. WolfganngFreihen, Modern Photography Techniques, J.
Bartholomew, 1996.
MED 2262: MACHINE LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of experiments:
Pre-Press
1. Familiarization and imposition using PolyRIP
2. Offset plate making
3. Linearization of the image carrier
4. Flexo plate making
5. Stencil making
Offset Printing
6. Familiarization of single color machine settings
7. Single color printing and evaluating plate vs. print quality
8. Four color printing and print quality evaluation
Flexography Printing
9. Single color flexo printing and trouble shooting
10. Multi color flexo printing and trouble shooting
Gravure Printing
11. Multicolor gravure printing and trouble shooting
Screen Printing
12. Screen printing using manual method
13. Screen printing using semiautomatic machine
MINI PROJECT: In addition to the 12 experiments, student must
submit a mini project based on the experiments conducted.
References:
1. Dejidas L.P. and Destree T. M., Sheet fed Offset Press Operating,
PIA/GATF Press, Pittsburgh, 2005.
2. GATF Staff, Solving Sheet fed Offset Press Problems, GATF, USA, 1994.
3. Blair Ray and Destree T. M., Flexography - Principle and
Practices(5e),Foundation of Flexographic Technical Association, USA,
1999.
4. Ray Blair and Thomas M.D, Gravure Process and Technology, GAA,
USA, 1992.
5. Samuel B.H., Screen Printing - Contemporary Approach, Delmar
publisher, New York. 1997.
FIFTH SEMESTER
HUM 3052: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process
and tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D. Essentials of Management, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 2004
2. Peter Drucker. Management, Task and Responsibility, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker. The practice of management, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003
MED 3151: COLOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY [3 1 0 4]
Basics of color and light - visual system, structure and functioning of
human eye, electromagnetic response, metamerism, memory color,
color temperature, modern theory of light and color, properties of color -
basic attributes of color, additive and subtractive synthesis and their
practical interpretation, color systems and matching - Munsell color
system, CIEXYZ, CIELAB, CIELUV, pantone, focaltone, trumatch, CIE
Standard Observer, tri-stimulus values, chromaticity diagrams, Color
Management - principles of color management, color management for
display devices, input devices and output devices, ICC profiles,
densitometer, colorimeter and spectrophotometer, color separation and
correction - principles, screen angles and juxtaposition of dots, AM and
FM screening, digital halftones, color correction, color printing using
standard inks, digital color separation, ink color sequence, grey balance
and tone reproduction, press color control - special / spot color,
applications of special color, factors in color printing, Murray Davis
equation and Yule Neilson correction, additivity and proportionality
failure, standard charts, standards - ISO 12647 / GRACoL / SWOP / G7,
solid densities, dot gain / TVI, gray balance, UCR and GCR.
260
References:
1. Jan Peter Homann, Digital Color Management, Springer, 2009.
2. Mark D. Fairchild, Color Appearance Models, John Wiley & Sons Ltd,
2005.
3. Bruce Fraser, Chris Murphy and Fred Bunting, Real World Color
Management, Peachpit Press, 2005.
4. Constance Sidles, Rick Sutherland and Barb Karg, Graphic
Designer's Print & Color Handbook, Rockport Publishers Inc, 2005.
5. Gaurav Sharma, Digital Color Imaging Handbook, CRC Press, 2003.
6. Lindsay W. MacDonald and M. Ronnier Luo, Color Image Science,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2002.
MED 3152: INDUSTRIAL BOOK BINDING AND
PRINT FINISHING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, binding room equipment, classification of binding, bindery
in the new millennium, specialty binding, binders aids, imposition -
planning, various imposition methods, preflight in bindery, postpress
materials - paper and board - classification, adhesives - manufacturing
process, characteristics of an adhesive, uses of adhesives, reinforcing
materials, securing materials, covering materials - types, importance,
application, miscellaneous materials, folding techniques, tipping-in,
creasing and folding -definition, importance, types, advantages &
limitations, principles (buckle, knife folding), folding machine -
components, advancements & developments on folding machine, tips
for smoother folding, maintenance – machine and knife, gluing -
importance, advantages, methods, cutting - guillotine cutting machine,
automation in cutting machines, features of modern cutting machine,
anatomy of a book, end paper, book binding techniques - types of books
- hard case books and soft case books, sewing operations, mechanical
binding types, adhesive binding - quality control, lay-flat adhesive
binding operational procedures. hard-case bounded book – types,
operational procedures securing/thread sewing. saddle stitched book -
insetting, inserting - long folio and short folio, finishing processes on the
book (refinement processes) - embossing, debossing, foiling,
varnishing, die printing, thermography, velvet printing, marbling,
varnishing, graining, laminating, appliqué. edge decoration, dispatch -
bundling, piling, shrink wrapping, labeling, warehousing of semi-
finished products and finished products. safety practices in post-press.
References:
1. Tedesco T.J., Binding, Finishing and Mailing, GATF, 2005.
2. Lyman Ralph, Binding and Finishing, GATF, 2000.
3. Speirs Hugh, Introduction to Printing and Finishing, PIRA, 1998.
4. Mendiratta B.D., Printers Costing and Estimating, Print Trade
Publications, 1999.
5. Speirs Hugh M, Print Estimators - The Hand Book, BPIF, 1996.
6. Mendiratta B.D., Binding and Finishing (Part 1), Printek Publications,
1990.
MED3153: SOUND ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Basics of sound, listening, literal sound, non-literal sound, functions of
sound, outer orientation functions of sound - space, time, situation,
external condition, microphones, introduction to microphone, types of
microphones, general transducer performance characteristics,
directional characteristics, microphone, special-purpose microphones,
microphone accessories, environment and handling, mixing consoles,
tape based audio recording - open reel audiotape recording, cartridge
tape system, cassette recording system, analog audio on video tape,
types of audio – video programs, drama, music, talk, interview, group
discussion, documentary, producing speech, microphone technique,
miking speech in radio, miking speech for Video, MIDI – connections,
channels, modes, editing software, linear and nonlinear editing,
techniques and aesthetic considerations, frequency, volume and
overtones, EQ types - dynamic processors - effect processors, final
mixdown, mastering, audio file preparation.
References:
1. Stanlgy R Alten, Audio in Media, Wads Worth Publisher, 2005.
2. David Miles Huber and Robert E Runstein, Modern Recording
Techniques, Elsevier, 2005.
3. S.P. Bali, Consumer Electronics(1e), Pearson Education, 2005.
4. Glen Ballou, Hand book for Sound Engineers(4e), Elsevier Inc.,
2008.
F. Alton Everest, Ken C. Pohlmann, Master Handbook of Acoustics(5e),
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 2009.
ECE 4092: VIDEO CODECS AND STANDARDS [2 1 0 3]
Principles of color video processing, video display, progressive and
interlaced scan, sampling of video signals, fundamentals of image
processing, histogram equalization and special domain image
enhancement techniques. image compression techniques, discussion
of compression standards, categorization of video coding schemes,
composite video signal NTSC, PAL and SECAM video standards, Bi-level
image compression standards, JPEG image compression standards,
MPEG video compression standards, audio compression, MPEG Block
diagram of audio encoder and decoder, digital audio broadcasting, video
coding and compression, video image representation – quantization of
image data intra-frame compression techniques - DPCM –DCT based
transform coding - motion compensation –H261 video conference
coding standard-MPEG video compression - HDTV-DVB-T, bandwidth
requirements of different media, real time constraints - audio latency,
video data rate, multimedia over LAN and WAN, basic methods of
scalability, video communication network, transport level error control-
error resilient encoding-error concealment.
References:
1. Yao Wang, JoernOstermann, and Ya-Qin zhang, Video processing
and communications, Pearson, 2001.
2. Iain Richardson, Video Codec Design: Developing Image and Video
Compression System, Willey, 2002.
3. Mohammed Ghanbari, Standard Codecs: Image Compression to
Advanced Video Coding, (3e), IET, 2010.
4. Arch C. Luther, Andrew F. Inglis, Video Engineering, McGraw-Hill
Education, 1999.
5. Jan Lee Ozer, Video Encoding by Numbers: Eliminate the guesswork
form your streaming video, Doceo Publication, 2016.
6. Diana Weynad, Vance Piccin, How Video Works: From Broadcast to
Cloud, Focal Press, 2015.
MED 3161: COLOR ANALYSIS LAB [0 0 6 2]
List of experiments:
1. FM Hue Test
2. Impact of Illumination on color perception
3. Characterization of Monitor
4. Characterization of Scanner
5. Characterization of Projector
6. Measuring Hue error, Contrast &Grayness
7. Measurement of printed ink density and trapping (additivity failure)
8. Measuring Dot gain from CIELab values
9. Dot area measurement
(Murray Davis equation & Yule Neilson correction)
10. Characterization of Printer
11. Effect of screen angles and dot shape on color (Lab readings) and
comparing with standard
12. Gray Balance using G7
261
MINI PROJECT: In addition to the 12 experiments, student must submit a
mini project based on the experiments conducted.
References:
1. Mark D. Fairchild, Color Appearance Models, John Wiley & Sons Ltd,
2005.
2. Constance Sidles, Rick Sutherland and Barb Karg, Graphic
Designer's Print & Color Handbook, Rockport Publishers Inc, 2005.
3. Gaurav Sharma, Digital Color Imaging Handbook, CRC Press, 2003.
4. Lindsay W. MacDonald and M. Ronnier Luo, Color Image Science,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2002.
5. Asim Kumar Roy Choudhury, Modern Concept of Color and
Appearance, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd, 2000.
6. Gary G. Field, Color and Its Reproduction, GATF Press Pittsburgh,
1999.
MED 3162: SOUND ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of experiments:
1. Audio Routing in a Studio
2. Introduction to different types of miking
3. Determining the characteristics and frequencies of sound using
mixer
4. Testing the voice quality and direction of different microphones
5. Interview Production Indoor (Single and multi-subject setup)
6. Interview Production Outdoor (Single and multi-subject setup)
7. Recording SFX, Ambiance & Foley using a portable recorder
8. Introduction to DAW
9. Sound editing in DAW
10. Audio Routing and Multi Track Recording in a DAW
11. Audio and music editing for music for video
12. Mixing of Audio Tracks, SFX, BGM
References:
1. Stanlgy R Alten, Audio in Media, Wads Worth Publisher, 2005.
2. David Miles Huber and Robert E Runstein, Modern Recording
Techniques, Elsevier, 2005.
3. S.P. Bali, Consumer Electronics(1e), Pearson Education, 2005.
4. Glen Ballou, Hand book for Sound Engineers(4e), Elsevier Inc. 2008.
5. F. Alton Everest, Ken C. Pohlmann, Master Handbook of
Acoustics(5e), McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 2009.
6. Jeffry P. Fisher, Instant Sound Forge, CMP Books, 2004.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 3051: ENGGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, micro & macro differences, law of demand and
supply, elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply, time value of money,
interest factors for discrete compounding, nominal & effective interest
rates, present and future worth of single, uniform gradient cash flow,
bases for comparison of alternatives, present worth amount, capitalized
equivalent amount, annual equivalent amount, future worth amount,
capital recovery with return, rate of return method, incremental approach
for economic analysis of alternatives, replacement analysis, break even
analysis for single product and multi product firms, break even analysis
for evaluation of investment alternatives, physical & functional
depreciation, straight line depreciation, declining balance method of
depreciation, sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation, sinking
fund and service output methods, introduction to balance sheet and
profit & loss statement, ratio analysis - financial ratios such as liquidity
ratios, leverage ratios, turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
2. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa.,
Engineering Economics, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. T. Ramachandran., Accounting and Financial Management, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
4. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., Fundamentals of Financial Management,
(12e), Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
5. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain., Financial Management, (5e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
6. Thuesen G.J., Engineering Economics, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2005.
7. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J. Engineering Economy, McGraw
Hill, Delhi, 2002.
8. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, (3e), Pearson
Publication, 2013.
MED 3251: PACKAGING DESIGN AND TESTING [2 1 0 3]
Elements of packaging design - factors influencing design of a package,
computer aided package design – ESKO Graphics ArtiosCad and
Deskpacksoftwares, hazards on package tests on package, desiccants,
cushioning materials, cushion design, paper & paperboard packaging -
types and applications, structural design using ESKO ArtiosCad, graphic
design using ESKO Deskpacksoftwares, calculation of corrugated board
combination and stacking strength of corrugated box, glass containers -
types and properties, glass and bottle manufacture, testing, metal cans
and containers - types of metal cans, draw, draw and redraw (DRD), and
draw and iron (D&I) process, impact extrusion, aerosols, shaping
plastics – extrusion, injection molding, thermoforming – principle,
applications and molding methods, Injection blow molding,
compression molding, transfer molding, Vacuum forming.
References:
1. Joseph Kerry & Paul Butler, Smart Packaging Technologies for Fast
Moving Consumer goods, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2008.
2. Brody Aaron L, The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1997.
3. Hanlon Joseph F, Handbook of Package Engineering, CRC Press,
1998.
4. Briston John, Advances in Plastic Packaging Technology, PIRA,
1992.
5. Natarajan S, Fundamentals of packaging technology, PHI, 2009.
MED 3252: VIDEO PRODUCTION [3 1 0 4]
Basics of audio and visual media, types of media and fundamentals of
media production, working of a video camera, types of cameras, cinema
lenses, camera accessories and support systems, concept, ideation,
character design, script writing, script writing software, story board,
production scheduling and planning, cast and crew, camera movement,
camera angles, composition, lights & lighting techniques, studio
recording, audio recording for video, editing theories and modes,
principles of editing-matching actions, compression and expansion of
time. editing equipment and control systems, field production, visual
effects, planning edits and transition. editing workstations and software,
sound design for video, ADR techniques, SFX, BGM, analog and digital
technology, video recording formats, media storage systems, broadcast
standards and transmission technologies, aspect ratios, video
resolution for various broadcasting - online, television, theatre.
262
References:
1. Vasuki Belavadi, Video Production, Oxford University Press, 2013.
2. Robert Mcleish, Radio Production, Focal Press, 1994.
3. Gerald Millerson, Video Production Handbook, Focal Press,1992.
4. Nick Dimbleby Richard, Dimbleby Ken and Whrittington, Practical
Media: A Guide to Production Techniques, Hodder and Stoughton,
1994.
5. Steve R Cartwright, Pre Production Planning for Video Film and
Multimedia, Focal Press, 1996.
6. Gorham Kindemrobert B Musburger, Introduction to Media
Production: From Analog to Digital, Focal Press Boston, 2001.
MED 3261: BINDING AND PACKAGING LAB [0 0 6 2]
List of experiments:
1. Preparation of hard case book
2. Film laminating printed substrates: Thermal/ cold lamination.
3. Coating operations to enhance the properties of paper and
paperboard.
4. Carrying out special effect print finishing processes: Thermography
and foil stamping.
5. Die punching and determining the Compression Strength of cartons
using Mini Carton Compression tester.
6. Measurement of abrasion resistance, edge compression strength
and ring compression strength of packaging board.
7. Measurement of delamination strength of paper board and
evaluating the resistance of paperboard package against rough
handling by using Drop Tester
8. Determining the Co-efficient of friction of various flexible packaging
materials.
9. Designing Straight Tuck End (STE), Reverse Tuck End (RTE) style
cartons and full seal end cartons using ESKO Graphics ArtiosCAD
12.0 software.
10. Working with ESKO ArtiosCAD 3D drafting solution.
11. Graphic designing for Paperboard packaging using ESKO Deskpack
12 and working with Import, Viewer, Preflight, Dynamic barcodes,
instant trapper and boostX.
12. Working with ESKO Deskpack white underprint, Channel mapping,
Screening and Image Extractor.
MINI PROJECT: In addition to the 12 experiments, student must submit a
mini project based on the experiments conducted.
References:
1. Lyman Ralph, Binding and Finishing, GATF, 2000.
2. Speirs Hugh, Introduction to Printing and Finishing, PIRA, 1998.
3. Brody Aaron L. The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1997
4. Hanlon Joseph F., Handbook of Package Engineering, CRC Press,
1998.
5. Chakravarty B., A Hand Book for Printing and Packaging Technology,
Galgotia Publications, 1997.
MED 3262: VIDEO PRODUCTION LAB [0 0 6 2]
List of experiments:
Adobe Premiere
1. Familiarization of tools and workspace
2. Setting up a project
3. Transitions, effects, title and animation
4. Shooting and editing chroma
5. Masking and track key
6. Motion graphics
Adobe After Effects
7. Familiarization of tools and workspace
8. Masking and track key
9. 3D composting
10. Camera shake
11. Sky replacement
12. Time freeze
MINI PROJECT: In addition to the 12 experiments, student must submit a
mini project based on the experiments conducted.
References:
1. Yao Wang, JornOstermann, Ya-Qin Zhang, Video Processing and
Communications, Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Alan C. Bovik, The Essential Guide to Video Processing, Elsevier
Science (2e), 2009.
3. A. Murat Tekalp, Digital Video Processing, Prentice Hall (1e), 1996.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
There are five program electives and one open elective with total of 18
credits to be taught in this semester.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
MED 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period of 4
weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester. Student has to submit to the
department a training report in the prescribed format and also make a
presentation of the same. The report should include the certificates
issued by the industry.
MED 4299: PROJECT WORK/PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/ research
laboratory or any other competent institutions. The duration of the
project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks which may be extended up
to 24 weeks. A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be
done after about 8 weeks. An interim project repor t on the progress of
the work shall be submitted to the department during the mid-semester
evaluation. The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form. Student has
to make a presentation on the work carried out, before the department
committee as part of project evaluation.
PROGRAM ELECTIVES
MED 4051: DIGITAL CINEMATOGRAPHY [2 1 0 3]
Scene, shot & sequence –types of camera angles, subject size, subject
angle & camera height, scene requirements, cinematic time & space,
filming the action, filming techniques, directional continuity, scene
direction, different types of action axis, transitional devices, types of
editing, cross cutting & uses, sound editing problems – sound flow,
editorial requirement, close ups-extreme, over the shoulder, types of
close ups, close up choice – close up look, close up camera angle &
image size – player movements into & out of close up, close up camera
set up & background, composition– still vs. motion picture composition
– composition rules – composition languages – balance, unity & eye
scan – framing – image size, integrated composition, camera angle –
frame & frame requirements – frame focus & movement –
compositional variety, case study.
263
References:
1. Ivan Cury, Directing & Producing for Television. Focal Press, 2007.
2. Mick Hurbis-Cherrier, Voice & Vision-A creative approach to
narrative Film & DV Production, Focal Press, 2012.
3. Joseph V. Mascelli, Silman, The 5Cs of Cinematography (Motion
Picture Filming Techniques), James Press, 1998.
4. David Stump, Digital Cinematography: Fundamentals, Tools,
Techniques, and Workflows, Focal Press, 2014.
5. Barry Anderson, Janie L. Geyen, The DSLR filmmaker's handbook:
Real world production techniques, John Willey & Sons, Inc., 2012.
6. Dan Alban, Digital Cinematography & Directing, New Riders
Publishing, 2003.
HUM 4055: FILM APPRECIATION [2 1 0 3]
Definition and need for film appreciation, understanding cinema,
inductive and deductive approach – economic, social, political, cultural,
comparative study of cinema and other aesthetic expressions, types of
films to be appreciated, appreciation of neo-realistic films with a detailed
analysis of Vittorio-Desica's Bicycle Thieves (1948), structure of
film,Psycho (1960) – structure - dramatic development, psychological
thrills, camera work, lighting, editingstyle, use of sound effects and
music, structure camera work, use of longtakes and deep focus
technique, editing style, use of actors, art direction, appreciation of
epicfilms of David Lean with special reference to the Bridge on the River
Kwai (1959) scripting,study of the characters, The prison commander
and the British Colonel, appreciation of Kriztof Kieslowski films with
special reference to the Colour Trilogy - “Blue”, “White”, “Red”, dramatic
structure, Study of the style, fragmented narrative - mobility of camera,
study of the style and craft - “Shomingeki” tradition - depiction of
domestic culture, use of low angles and long takes.
References:
1. James Monaco, How to read a film, Oxford University Press, 2009.
2. Ernest Lindgren, The Art of Film criticism,Brousson Press, 2006.
3. Jim Piper, The Film Appreciation Book: The Film Course You Always
Wanted to Take, Allworth Press, 2014.
4. Roger Ebert, Roger Ebert's Four-Star Reviews 1967-2007, Andrews
Mc Meel Publishing, 2009.
5. Roger Ebert, The Great Movies IV,University of Chicago Press, 2016.
MED 4052: MEDIA MANAGEMENT AND
ENTREPRENEURSHIP [2 1 0 3]
Types of media organization, design: conceptual issues – media as
business and social institution – media entrepreneurship, India's major
media houses and their holdings, behaviour in media organization –
structure of different media organizations, roles of different persons,
entrepreneurship concept, entrepreneurship as a career, entrepreneur –
personality characteristics of successful. entrepreneur – knowledge and
skills required for anentrepreneur, business environment - role of family
and society, entrepreneurship development training and other support
organizational services, central and state government industrial policies
and regulations, screen writing- story board proposal for getting bank
loan and identifying various sources to generate money, sources of
product for business – pre-feasibility study - criteria for selection of
product - ownership - capital - budgeting project profile preparation -
matching entrepreneur with the project - feasibility report preparation
and evaluation criteria, company creation, processes of registration and
incorporation, company law, company procedure and ethics.
References:
1. Prasama Chandra, Projects - Planning, Analysis, Selection,
Implementation and Reviews, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, 1996.
2. P.C.Jain, Handbook for New Entrepreneurs, (2e), Oxford University
Press, 1999.
3. P. Saravanavel, Entrepreneurial Development, Ess Pee Kay
Publishing House, 1997.
4. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata- McGraw Hill, 2001.
5. S.S.Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development,S.Chand and Company
Limited, 2001.
MED 4053: SCRIPT WRITING FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA [2 1 0 3]
Structure of script Units of Time, A, B and C Plots, screenplay
nomenclature, treatment, plot, character, script form, features,
documentaries, educational programmes, short films, fiction, non-
fictions, time, chunks, children programmes, women programmes,
writing for special audience, idea: what makes a good concept, idea for
television, what are the elements necessary for character for your story,
create obstacles, and dramatic points in the story, scene – introduction,
types of scenes, breaking individual tracks into scenes, opening scene,
write script for 1 minute add promo, 2 minute awareness programme,
radio spot, commercials, 5 minute scriptorama, analysis of a scene
script, generate a script inclusive of all elements of a feature.
References:
1. Antony Friedman, Writing for Visual Media, Focal Press, 2001.
2. Jan Johnson, Reaching Audiences: A Guide to Media Writing,Yopp
and Katherine C. McAdams, 2002.
3. Syd Field, Screenplay: The Foundations of Screenwriting, Random
House Publishing Group, 2007.
4. J Michael Straczynski, The Complete Book of Scriptwriting, Titan
Books, 1997.
5. Robert B. Musburger, An Introduction to Writing for Electronic
Media, Focal Press, 2007.
MED 4054: PACKAGING APPLICATIONS [2 1 0 3]
Food packaging - MAP and CAP - introduction, principles, gases used in
MAP, applications of MAP, packaging of flesh foods, packaging of
horticultural products, packaging of dairy products, packaging of
beverages, legislative and safety aspects, Packaging of cosmetics -
Factors effecting shelf life, cosmetic packaging materials – soda glass,
sulphated glass, neutral glass, borosilicate glass, plastics used in
cosmetic industry - polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride, aerosol packaging,
recent developments, packaging of fertilizers and pesticides - packaging
materials, factors governing selection, types, recent developments,
packaging of pharmaceutical products - types, materials used and
properties, surface treatments, blister, strip and sachet packaging,
printing and decorating, packaging of hazardous chemicals - requisites
for packaging materials, common packages for hazardous chemicals,
recent developments.
References:
1. Gordon L. Robertson, Food Packaging - Principles and Practices,
Marcel Dekker, Inc, 2008.
2. Brody Aaron L, The Wiley Encyclopaedia of Packaging Technology,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1997.
3. Sudhir Gupta, Handbook of Packaging Technology, EIRI Consultants
and Engineers, 2005.
4. David Jairus R D, Aseptic processing and packaging of food, CRC
Press, 1996.
5. Edward J Bauer, Pharmaceutical Packaging Hand Book, Informa
Healthcare USA, Inc., 2009.
MED 4055: PACKAGING MATERIALS SCIENCE [2 1 0 3]
Paper board manufacture, characterization & types, surface treatments
& coatings, paperboard grades, package classifications, wood –
classification, effect of moisture on wood, preservation of wood,
advantages, glass – production, properties and types, metals – types,
264
functional properties, HDPE, LDPE, LLDPE, EVA, PS, PP, PET, PVC,
PVDC, polyamides, miscellaneous packaging polymers – epoxies, PC,
EVAL, PVAL, SAN, additives, applications, properties – tensile, tear
strength, impact strength, heat seal strength, coefficient of friction, haze
and gloss, environmental stress crack resistance (ESCR), chemical
properties, molding processes, adhesive types, properties and
applications, cushioning materials - functions, selection, properties,
purpose, properties of laminates – structural, performance, barrier,
aesthetics and other properties, laminating processes – wet bonding,
dry bonding and hot melt bonding.
References:
1. Brody Aaron L., The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1997.
2. Richard Gendron, Thermoplastic Foam Processing – Principles and
Development, CRC Press, 2005.
3. Athalye A.S., Plastics in Packaging, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1992.
4. Briston John., Advances in Plastic Packaging Technology, PIRA,
1992.
5. Natarajan S, Fundamentals of packaging technology, PHI, 2009.
MED 4056: PACKAGING TECHNIQUES AND PROCESSES [2 1 0 3]
Printing & finishing for packaging - technological aspects of printing
process, image transfer mechanisms, varnishing/lacquering, hot & cold
foil blocking, embossing, heat transfer printing and ceramic/glass decal,
metallizing process, thermography, film laminating, shrink wrapping,
stretch wrapping, aluminum foils and metallizing - properties, selection
of packaging material, foil laminations, estimation of shelf life in flexible
packaging, closures - container and closure dimensioning, types -
screw, lug, child-resistant, pump-type, flip-top closures, paper, foil &
laminated lids, induction seal, packaging machineries - aseptic
packaging systems, heat exchangers, fillers and filling, labels, form, fill
and seal operations, modified atmosphere packaging, coding systems,
techniques available for batch coding.
References:
1. Walter Soroka, Fundamentals of packaging technology(3e), Institute
of packaging professionals, 2002.
2. Joseph F. Hanlon, Robert J. Kelsey, and Hallie Forcinio, Handbook of
Package Engineering(3e), CRC press, 1998.
3. Davis, C.G, Introduction to Packaging Machinery, Packaging
Machinery Manufacturers Institute, 1997.
4. Otto G. Piringer, A. L. Baner, Plastic Packaging: Interactions with
Food and Pharmaceuticals(2e), Wiley-VCH, 2008.
5. A. L. Brody, K. S. Marsh, The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging
Technology(2e), Wiley, 1995.
MED4057: SMART PACKAGING [2 1 0 3]
Smart packaging, active packaging, factors controlling products shelf
life, package integrity test methods, intelligent packaging andindicators,
automatic identification systems, RFID Tags, barcodes and scanner,
smart card technology and production process, laser surface
authentication biometrics for brand protection of goods and packages,
active polymer packaging of non-meat food products, bread and bakery
products, fruits and vegetables, smart technologies for fresh produce,
active packaging for fish and seafood, smart technology for meat &
poultry products, modified atmosphere packaging (MAP), oxygen
scavenging technologies, carbon dioxide scavengers and emitters,
moisture control, antimicrobial packaging, smart packaging for fish and
sea food - mechanisms of fish spoilage, on-pack quality indicators, TTIs
and food quality indicators, packaging technologies for beverage
products, thermochromic labelling,smart branding. legislative issues -
legislation relevant to smart packaging, authorization procedure, general
safety, labelling, regulation of new forms of food packaging produced
using nanotechnology.
References:
1. Joseph Kerry & Paul Butler, Smart Packaging Technologies for Fast
Moving Consumer goods, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2008.
2. Charles L. Wilson, Intelligent and active packaging for fruits and
Vegetables, CRC press, 2007.
3. M.L. Rooney, Active Food Packaging, Blackie Academic &
Professional, an imprint of Chapman & Hall, 1995.
4. Aaron L Brody, Active Packaging for Food Applications, CRC Press,
Florida, 2001.
5. Charles L. Wilson, Intelligent and Active Packaging for Fruits and
Vegetables, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group, 2007.
6. Katina Michael, Innovative Automatic Identification and Location-
Based Services: From Bar Codes to Chip Implants, Information
Science reference, 2009.
MED 4058: CONTINUOUS STATIONERY AND
SPECIALTY PRINTING [2 1 0 3]
Continuous stationery printing - dry offset, wet offset and rubber
printing, printing machines - single roll web offset and multi roll web
offset machines, numbering, designing continuous stationery forms,
collating machines, carbonless and thermal paper - manufacturing
process, compositions of coating materials. converting processes,
hologram and holography - types and manufacturing process, security
features, lenticular printing - process and types, 3d printing methods and
comparison of different 3D printing processes, self-adhesive paper
manufacturing, structure, production process, raw materials, quality
control tests, printing, converting, finishing operations, scent
encapsulated in printed products, scented varnishes and inks, micro-
encapsulation, practical application, smart card technology - structure,
manufacturing processes reliability tests.
References:
1. Narayanan R., Computer Stationery and MICR Cheque Production,
Association for research and development in printing, 1988.
2. YahyaHaghiri and Thomas Tarantino, Smart card manufacturing-A
practical guide, John Wiley & Sons, LTD,1999.
3. Hugh Speirs, Introduction to Printing and Finishing, Pira
International Ltd, Randalls Road, Leatherhead, Surrey KT22 7RU,
2003.
4. Sean Smyth, The Print and Production Manual, (11e), Pira
International Ltd, Cleeve Road, Leatherhead, UK, Pira International
Ltd, 2009.
5. Prakash Shetty, Science and Technology of Printing Materials, MJP
Publishers, 2008.
MED 4059: ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY PRINTING [2 1 0 3]
Environment - Overview and requirements, Pollution Prevention and
Cleaner Production, P2 / CP program, Waste Handling in Pre-press,
press and post-press departments, alternative materials, eco friendly
accessories, Sustainability - process modifications, digitalization,
Speedmaster SM 52 Anicolor, CleanStar, EcoClean, Material Handling
and Storage - equipment, storage conditions and material control, green
printing - introduction, ink, dampening solution and press environment,
reducing VOC emissions from press cleaning solvents, recycling -
possibilities in industry, case studies, environmental management
system - concepts, data collection, evaluation and process operations,
ISO 14000 and Life-cycle concepts.
265
References:
1. Kipphan Helmut, Handbook of Print Media, Springer, 2001.
2. Jones Gary A, Air Pollution Engineering Guide for Graphic Arts
Industry, GATF,1993.
3. F.F.T.A., Flexography: Principles and Practices, Foundation of
Flexographic Technical Association Inc., 1999.
4. John Geis A and Paul Addy L., Materials Handling for the Printer,
GATF Press, 1999.
5. Kenneth Mulholland L and James Dyer, Pollution Prevention:
Methodology, Technologies and Practices, American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, 1999.
6. JuergenBaro, et al., UV Technology: A practical guide for all Printing
Processes, BG, Wiesbaden, 2008.
MED 4060: E-PUBLISHING [2 1 0 3]
Publishing & publication media, definitions, publishing and the
production process, standards, publishers' and metadata. offline, online
and hybrid publication media, content and content formats, content
types, text, content formats – graphics, page facsimiles, structured
data, audio, video and multimedia, software. E-publishing models, E-
books, print-on-demand, electronic ink, email publishing, web
publishing, E-book - content, delivery formats, components,
production, metadata, and encryption, managing E-book content, digital
library - scope, uses, challenges, features, formats, digital asset
management, systems, functionality, infrastructure, types, and benefits,
document management system, capture, indexing & retrieval,
annotations, storage and archival, distribution and workflow, digital
rights management - aim, need, legal requirements, approach,
challenges, limitations, applications, process, intellectual property
rights and copyrights, issues, contracts, challenges and applications, E-
publishing formats, HTML, SGML, XML, PDF and Latex.
References:
1. Georg Peters and Jan Seruga, Cross Media and E-Publishing, Carina
Rogobete, International Journal of u- and e- Service, Science and
Technology Vol. 5, No. 2. 2012.
2. ArchanaSaxena, Electronic Publishing: Impact of ICT on Academic
Libraries, ICAL. 2009.
3. Intellectual Property Rights Issues of Digital Publishing - Presence
and Perspectives, Hamburg University, Scripted, Vol. 2, No. 2, 2005.
4. Digital Asset Management— A Closer Look at the Literature, A
Research Monograph of the Printing Industry Center at RIT, 2005.
5. Wayne Overbeck and GenelleBelmas, Major Principles of Media
Law, Wadsworth - Cengage Learning, 2010.
6. Thakurta and ParanjoyGuha, Media Ethics, Oxford University Press,
2009.
MED 4061: MEDIA ACCOUNTING AND MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Overview, definition, objective, scope and advantages of book keeping
and accounting, journal, ledger and trial balance, nature, scope and
advantages, cost analysis and classification, direct expenses, factory
overheads, office, administration, sellling and distribution overhead,
single / output / unit costing, job and batch costing, human resource
management for printing industry, print marketing and sales, role and
scope of the printing manager and managing changes, estimation - ink,
paper and binding materials used in printing industry, media pricing for
television, and radio.
References:
1. M E Thukaram, Accounting for Managers, New Age International
Publishers, 2007.
2. Prassana Chandra, Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
McGraw hill, 2006.
3. Louderback Joseph G, Managerial Accounting, South Western
College Publication, 2000.
4. Derek Porter, Print Management, PIRA, 2000.
5. Mendiratta, Printers costing and Estimating, Print trade India, 1999.
MED 4062: MEDIA LAW AND ETHICS [2 1 0 3]
Overview of the Indian constitution, fundamental rights, duties of
citizens, directive principles of state policy, functions of executive,
judiciary, legislative, powers and privileges of parliament, provision for
amending the constitution, freedom of the press and restrictions these
upon, centre-state relations, PRB Act 1867, Press Act (objectionable
matters) 1957, Newspaper Act (prices and Pages) 1956, Defense of
India Act, Delivery of Books and Newspaper Act (public libraries), Press
Council Act, Cable TV Networks (regulations) Act, Cinematographic Act
1952, Drugs and magic remedies Act, Contempt of Courts act 1971,
Contempt of legislative, Copyright Act and IPR, TradeMark Act and
Patents Act, Autonomy and PrasarBharati Act, Broadcasting Bill,
recommendations of press commission I and II, press council guide to
journalistic ethics, self-regulation and code of ethics, censorship and
control of the press, press ownership and monopolies, various
committees of broadcasting, broadcasting policies, the right to publish
and right to privacy, digital signature, piracy, domain name registration
issues, convergences bill, media council and media ombudsman in the
world, new IT law IT 2000.
References:
1. Na. Vijayshankar, Cyber laws for every netizen in India, Ujvala
Consultants Pvt. Ltd, 2004.
2. Cess J. Hamelink, Ehics of cyber Space, Sage, 2003.
3. Philip Patterson, Lee Wilking, Media ethics: Issues & Cases, MC
Graw Hill, 2013.
4. Basu, Law of the Press in India, Practice Hall of India, 2003
5. Basu, Introduction to Indian Constitution, Practice hall of India,
2003.
6. R.K Ravindran, Press in the Indian Constitution, Indian Publishers,
Distributors, 1997.
MED 4063: MEDIA RESEARCH [2 1 0 3]
Media research methods, importance and need of media research,
characteristics of scientific research, selection ofresearch topic, review
of literature, hypothesis/research question, qualitative and quantities
approaches, reliability and validity, probability and no probability
samples - sampling error and weight, foot notes, end notes,
bibliography, tools for data collection - observation, interview, schedule,
checklist, questionnaire, achievement test, socio-metric, attitude scale
and content analysis – construction and standardization of tools.
variables: scales of measurement, meaning of population and samples –
sampling method, levels of confidence, degrees of freedom and
sampling error, hypotheses formulation and testing, statistical
significance, one- tailed and two-tailed tests, steps in developing a
research project, selection of a research problem, criteria for selection,
defining objectives, definition of terms variables - research design and
sampling procedure - data collection techniques, research budget,
research in electronic media, research report style and MLA style sheet,
characteristics of the research report ,structure of the research report -
documentation in a research report.
References:
1. Roger D Wimmer, JoesphR.Dominick, Mass Media Research,
Wardsworth Publishing Company, 2000.
2. AjaiS.Gaur, SanjayaS.Gaur Statistical Methods for Practice and
Research, Sage Publications, 2006.
3. Paul D. Leedy, Practical Research: Planning & Design (10e),
Pearson, 2012.
266
4. Michael S. Lewis-Beck, Alan Bryman, Tim F. Liao, The SAGE
Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods, SAGE
Publication, 2003.
5. Arthur A. Berger, Media Research Techniques, (2e), SAGE
Publication, 1998.
MED 4064: OFFSET PRESS OPTIMISATION [2 1 0 3]
Quality and process standardization - print quality, quality assessment,
DIN ISO 12647, process standardization, CtP/CtF process, changes in
prepress, UGRA/FOGRA, FOGRA CtP test form V1.1, CtP test criteria,
parameters influencing dot areas, measuring solid density and
converting with nomogram, FORGRA nomogram to determine the dot
area, characteristic curve, densitometry and colorimetry - densitometry,
DIN and ANSI, calibration, polarizing filters, limitations of densitometry,
densitometry and spectrophotometry, colorimetric values – L*a*b*,
Delta E value, CIELAB color space, Delta E color deviation, measuring
special colors, measuring process colors, color Management - creating
a profile, evaluating a proof, sources of error during proofing, print
related formulas, Murray -Davies equation, Yule- Nielsen equation,
BIS/Bvdm/ISO 12647-2FOGRA, Brunner,GRACOL, IGT, UGRA,GAIN,
DIN, BSI, measuringparameters - Colour, Density,L*a*b* values,dot
gain/loss,registration,print contrast,trapping,ghosting,slur &
doubling,pH,conductivity,hardness,thickness,packing height to
bearer,torque, materials and their impact on Standardisation - blanket,
packing sheets, printing ink, recommended solid densities for process
inks, CIELAB color values for offset printing on 5 different papers, altered
deviations and tolerances for production runs. substrate: gamut of
various substrates, visual properties, standardization - SID/Luchs
Measurement Patch K01, CPC 41_PK register mark, Sheet reversal
register element, CTP Control Wedge, System Burnner, GAFT, IGT
Contrast measurement patches, UGRA/FOGRA media wedge,
BVDM/Fogra ghosting element, HDM Line screen.
References:
1. Kipphan Helmut, Handbook of Print Media, Springer, 2001.
2. Adams J. M. and Dolin P. A., Printing Technology, Delmar, Inc.
Thomson LearningTM, 2002.
3. Dejidas L. P. and Destree T. M., Sheet fed Offset Press Operating,
PIA/GATF Press, 2005.
4. Jan Peter Homann, Digital Color Management, Springer, 2009.
5. Bruce Fraser, Chris Murphy and Fred Bunting, Real World Color
Management, Peachpit Press, 2005.
6. Constance Sidles, Rick Sutherland and Barb Karg, Graphic
Designer's Print & Color Handbook, Rockport Publishers Inc, 2005.
MED 4065: PACKAGING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Packaging prepress management - Introduction to packaging,
fundamentals of Package design, prepress designing software, color
management tools, RIP solutions and Imaging engines, pre-flighting
software, packaging production planning and control - production
planning, scheduling and control, material purchasing, inventory and
quality control, work allocation, scheduling dynamics. packaging
management solution and workflow – JDF, PDF and CIP3/CIP4.
Equipment planning, investing and management, packaging supply
chain management - introduction, objectives, decision phases,
performance drivers and management strategy, demand forecasting,
judgment techniques, inventory control – types, reasons, inventory
models and control, ERP, Packaging Quality Management - introduction
to quality and quality control, scientific quality management tools, value
stream mapping, packaging costing and work measurement - quality
and cost, costs associated with packaging design, production and
transportation, wages and incentives, work measurement and method
study, value analysis, packaging waste management - wastage
management techniques, waste management for food, plastic, corrugated
boards,life cycle assessment for container glass, corrugated packaging -
life cycle inventory and environmental impact, influence of EOL situation on
life-cycle performance, biogenic carbon handling.
References:
1. Martand T Telsang, Production Management, S Chand & Co. Ltd,
2007.
2. Gary G Field, Printing Production Management, Graphics Arts
publishing Inc.,1996.
3. Porter, Dereck, Print Management, Pira International, leatherhead
survey, 1993.
4. Geis, A John, Printing Plant layout and Facility Design Hand book,
GATF, 1991.
5. Salvendy, Gavriel, Hand book of Industrial Engineering, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.(2e), 1991.
6. Merit, Don, Excellence in Scheduling Print Production, 1992.
MED 4066: PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING [2 1 0 3]
Advertising in India, socio-economic effects, advertising as a tool of
communication, need for advertising, functions of advertising, benefits
of advertising, role of advertising in the marketing mix & public relation,
negative and positive effect of advertising, kinds of advertising,
overview of media, selection and buying media time & space,
advertising campaign, corporate advertising, creative process & tactics,
appeals & execution styles, advertising mix, campaign planning, market
research, media planning, market analysis & target, implementation,
evaluation and follow-up, structure & types of advertising agencies,
types of services offered, role & functions, agency selection criteria's,
agency accreditation and client turnover, compensations for agencies,
first amendment of advertising, national advertising review council
(NARC), regulations for advertisers, agencies, and media, Case studies.
References:
1. JethwaneyJaishri and Jain Shruthi, Advertising Management, OUP,
2006.
2. George E. Belch and Michael A. Belch, Adverting and Promotion,
Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2005.
3. Surmanek Jim, Advertising media A to Z, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, 2004.
4. Jefkins Frank and Yadin Daniel, Advertising, Prentice hall, 2000.
5. Chunawalla S.A. and Sethia K.C., Foundations of advertising theory
and practice, Himalaya Publishing House, 2000.
6. Wilmshurst Jhon and Mackay Adrian, Fundamentals of advertising,
MGH, 1999.
MED 4067: PRINT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Maintenance management - factors affecting size, type of maintenance
organization, maintenance evaluation, maintenance approaches,
classification economic life cycle of machine, maintenance scheduling,
condition monitoring and controlling - methods, types, instruments,
frequency and advantages, dynamic effect, shock pulse monitoring,
particle contamination effects, chemical effects, physical effects.
corrosion and surface treatments, lubrication - lubricant types,
functions, characteristics, additives, and applications, lubricating
systems, safety precautions, pneumatics - compressor type, systems,
design factors and accessories, methods to dry the compressed air,
valves problems and troubleshooting, mechanical drives - chains,
sprockets, belts, pulleys, cams and gears, drive failures - wear & tear,
abrasion, hydraulic systems, bushing & bearings, lubrication, different
types of bearing damages, various maintenance activities, dampening
unit maintenance, maintenance of inking unit, evaluating press condition
after maintenance, test target, maintenance scheduling, development of
checklists for maintenance, OEE, inventory management, ABC analysis.
267
References:
1. Rizzo Kenneth E., Total Production Maintenance, GATF, 2002.
2. Sahu G.K. Pumps, New age international Publishers, 2000.
3. Majumdar S.R. Pneumatic Systems Maintenance, Tata Mc GRAW,
1995.
4. Garg H.P., Industrial Maintenance, S. Chand and Company, 1999.
5. Peter Vas, Parameter Estimation, Condition monitoring and
Diagnosis of electrical machines, Oxford science publications,
2001.
6. B.K.N Rao, Hand Book of Condition Monitoring, Elsevier Science
Ltd, 1996.
MED 4068: PRINTRONICS [2 1 0 3]
Printed electronics, applications and advantages, developments in
printed electronics devices, industries and research associations
involved in printed electronics, printing processes and requirements
–flexo, gravure, screen, inkjet, and pad printing, chemical etching and
spin coating. Technical parameters to improve the print quality,
substrates and their properties - paper and flexible substrates, surface
treatment, gauge, strength, stiffness, chemical behavior, temperature
and electrical properties, mechanism of ink drying on absorbent and
non-absorbent substrates. Inks and their properties -polymer and water
based conductive inks, properties - chemical, electrical and printability,
influence of different inks on the electrical and magnetic characteristics
of printed organic devices, nanotechnology - carbon nanotube and silver
nanotube, printed electronic products and quality control, quality control
and measuring devices.
References:
1. GAA, Gravure Process and Technology, Gravure Education
Foundation and Gravure Association of America, 2003.
2. Harrop, P., Das, R., Organic Electronics Forecasts, Players,
Opportunities 2005-2025,IDTechEx Press, 2005.
3. Pudas, M., Halonen, N., Granat, P., Vahakangas, J., Gravure Printing
of Conductive Particulate Polymer Inks on Flexible Substrates,
Progress in Organic Coatings, 2005.
4. MaithieuFenoll,RobertCatusse,ElianeRousset, Gravure Printing:
Material Characterization For All –Organic Capacitor, Iarigai,
Advances In Printing And Media Technology Vol-32, 2009.
5. Timothy C. Claypole, Eifion Jewell, Glyn Davies and V. Vigne, The
Effect of Speed and Viscosity On Line Quality in Rotogravure Printing
with Reference to Printed Electronics, IARIGAI, Advances in Printing
and Media Technology Vol-32, 2009.
MED 4069: QUALITY MANAGEMENT FOR GRAPHIC ARTS [2 1 0 3]
Quality Concepts: TQM models and their applications, quality gurus and
their contribution - PDCA, QFD, Six sigma, 5S, ISO:9000 (2000),
ISO:14000, QS:8000 standards, SPC tools - process re-engineering and
sustaining total quality, team approach - assumptions, employee work
habit changes, perceived threats, facilitating change, quality improvement
teams, quality team effort, quality-oriented projects, action team
development and training, supplier certification process - internal and
external suppliers and customers, analysis of supplier certification
process, services offered by the supplier, case study, economics of quality
improvement - cost of quality and categories, relationship between the cost
element and strategies for cost reduction, implementing a quality cost
measurement system, data collection, principles and analysis,
measurement of critical print variables, case study.
References:
1. Bhat K.S. Total Quality Management, Himalaya Publishing House,
2005.
2. Arora S.C. Applying ISO 9000 Quality Management System,
International Trade Centre, 1996.
3. Herschel L.A. Implementing TQM in Graphic Art, PIRA and GATF,
1995.
4. Thomas McCarty, The Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook, McGraw-
Hill, 2004.
5. Mohamed Zairi, Total quality management for Engineers, Woodhead
Publishing limited, 1991.
6. David L. Goetsch, Quality Management for Organizational
Excellence: Introduction to Total Quality, (7e), Pearson Education
Limited, 2014.
MED 4070: SECURITY PRINTING [2 1 0 3]
Substrate based security - paper substrates, composition and security
features., plastic substrates, plastic cards, synthetic papers. printing
inks and printing techniques - security features and printing processes.
printed security patterns - overt and covert security features, diffraction
based security features, OVD, DOVID, laser transmission holograms,
interference based security features, interference security image
structure (ISIS), single layer structures, multilayer structures, dielectric
thin films, metal dielectric thin films, combinations of DOVIDs and ISISs.
References:
1. Rudolf L. Van Renesse, Optical Document Security, (3e), ARTECH
House, 2005.
2. Warner Richard D, Introduction to security printing, PIA/GATF, 2005.
3. Narayanan R. Computer Stationery and MICR Cheque Production,
Association for research and development in printing, 1988.
4. Helmut Kipphan, Handbook of Print Media Technologies and
Production Methods, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2001.
5. Bureau H William, What the Printer should know about Paper, GATF,
1989.
6. Finley Charles, Printing Paper and Inks, Delmar Publishers, 1997.
OPEN ELECTIVES
MED 4301: FUNDAMENTALS OF ADVERTISING [3 0 0 3]
Advertising theory,growth of advertising in India, advertising as a tool of
communication, functions of advertising, benefits of advertising,
advertising as a marketing tool, advertising as a PR Tool, advertising
theories, relevance to Indian advertising, role of advertising in national
economy, types of advertising agency and types of services offered,
structure of ad agencies, creativity in advertising, appeals & execution
styles, planning & development, creative process & tactics, media
268
planning, advertising medias - television networks, magazines,
newspapers, radio, selection and buying media time & space, support
media – internet, interactive medias, out-door, in-store, direct mail,
miscellaneous and transit advertising, advertising campaign, corporate
advertising, case studies.
References:
1. JethwaneyJaishri and Jain Shruthi, Advertising Management, OUP,
2006.
2. Surmanek Jim, Advertising media A to Z, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, 2004.
3. Wells William, Advertising, Prentice hall, 2002.
4. Jefkins Frank and Yadin Daniel, Advertising, Prentice hall, 2000.
5. Wilmshurst Jhon and Mackay Adrian, Fundamentals of advertising,
MGH, 1999.
MED 4302: GRAPHIC DESIGNING [3 0 0 3]
Good design, impact of a design on various target audience, role of
graphic designer, elements of design, principles of design, language as a
communication tool, legibility and readability. Newspaper -Effect of
television and magazines, design approach, form and format, design
elements, books -anatomy, page layout, cover design, design approach,
magazines - classification, editorial plan, design approach, posters -
Indian context, strengths and weaknesses, rules, creativity, design
approach, direct pieces -letterheads, business cards, envelopes,
brochure, booklet, souvenir items - calendars and diary, website -
factors to consider, importance of a site map, content creation, co-
ordination of work between various departments, selection of color.
advertising commercials, corporate and industrial films -Designing for
advertising - use of appeal, creativity and strategy, Design approach -
SHDA (Stop Hold Desire Act formula), design execution, scratch,
storyboard and final presentation, design approach, job flow and co-
ordination between various departments.
References:
1. Ferrell O.C., Fraedrich J.P. and Ferrell Linda, Business Ethics – Ethical
Decision Making and Cases, Biztantra, 2006.
2. Sarkar N.N., Designing print communication, Sagar Publications,
1998.
3. Albert C. and Schick C. Dennis, Fundamentals of copy and layout,
National Text Book Company, 1997.
4. Lawson Bryan, How designers think, Butterworth Architecture,
1980.
 MED 4303: PACKAGING DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT [3 0 0 3]
Packaging in modern society, packaging and marketing, designer's role,
designer's qualifications, design as an aspect of marketing, packaging
specifications and quality assurance, paper, paper board and structural
design - types of paper and paper board, working with paper and boards,
folding cartons, corrugated containers - designing and manufacturing,
testing corrugated containers, stacking strength, plastics and flexible
packaging: natural plastics, development of synthetic plastics,
chemistry of plastics, classification of polymers, techniques used to
mold and shape plastics, uses of plastics, designing with plastics, rigid
packaging - glass making, producing glass containers, types of glass
containers, decorating glass containers, designing a fragrance bottle,
phases of designing a bottle, cans, tubes and aerosols, designing cans,
metal tubes, plastic tubes, and the aerosol can, environmental
implications of packaging - solid waste disposal, packaging regulations
– weight and measures, food regulations, cosmetic regulations, tamper
evident packaging, other laws and regulations, recycling of packaging,
latest trends in packaging - advancements in package designing tools,
smart packaging technologies, aseptic packaging, advancements in
packaging machineries.
References :
1. Hanlon Joseph F., Handbook of Package Engineering, CRC Press,
1998.
2. Prakash Shetty, Science and Technology of Printing Materials, MJP
Publishers, 2008.
3. Athalye A.S., Plastics in Packaging, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1992.
4. Briston John., Advances in Plastic Packaging Technology, PIRA,
1992.
269
5. Chakravarty B., A Hand Book for Printing and Packaging Technology,
Galgotia Publications, 1997.
6. Aaron l. Brody, Kenneth S. Marsh, Encyclopedia of Packaging
Technology, Wiley, 1998.
MED 4304: PUBLISHING SCIENCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, different methods of publishing, departments in a
publishing house, duties and responsibilities of a publisher, job roles in
publishing company. different medias of publishing, electronic media
versus print media, case study, editing, significance, techniques and
functions. editing tools and symbols, editing magazines and
newspapers - page makeup, design and layout, editing online, editing
radio and television programs. news publication, news values, writing,
structure of a news report, types of news leads, writing leads, choosing
news, attribution and verification, balance and fairness, news sources.
content for media, writing for print - different styles reporting, editorials
and features. writing for radio, television and audio-visual media (CD,
DVD, Web), advertising, promotional writing - advertising copy writing,
corporate writing - newsletters, online writing - website contents
specialized reporting, science and technology reporting, environment,
recent advances and future trends in publishing.
References:
1. Claudette, Reporting and Production for Digital Medi, Surjeet
Publication, 2005.
2. Singh Chandrakanth, Dictionary for Media Journalism, 2004.
3. Dorthy Bowles, Creative Editing, Thompson Learning, 1999.
4. Fred Felder, Reporting for Media, Harcourt Publication, 1997.
5. Julian, Complete reporter Fundamental of News Gathering, Allyn
and Bacon, 1992.
 Department of Computer Applications
The department of Computer Applications was started in 1998 as a part Programs offered
of the department of Mathematics, affiliated to Mangalore University. Post Graduate Program
Subsequently, it was a part of the Information and Communication 4Master of Computer Applications (1998)
Technology engineering department, Manipal University. Since 2009,
PhD
this department has been functioning as an independent department at
MIT offering the 2-year Master of Computer Applications program,
Faculty Strength
located strategically in the Innovation Center of MIT. Over the years, the
department has evolved into a centre for excellence providing Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
opportunities for innovation and research with well-equipped computer
facilities and dedicated faculty, who apart from their regular teaching 4 2 1
schedule, are actively involved in pursuing research in various areas like 7 8
Data Mining, Video Coding, Network Security, Knowledge Engineering
and Cloud Computing. The department has a good record of research
activities with many publications in conferences and journals. The
department has three research groups namely Data and Knowledge PhD Professors
Discovery, Multimedia Computing and Communication and Computer M.Tech/ME/MCA Associate Professors
Vision. The groups are active and are conducting various activities such Assistant Professors
as workshops, seminars etc. Students of the department have
successfully carried out final semester internship with the Cerner
Healthcare, Sapient, Deloitte, Wipro, Accenture, Philips BOP, MDS, MDN,
TCS, Accolade, Robosoft apart from in-semester summer internship
projects The department has an international exchange program as part
of IAESTE for MCA students. To ensure their holistic development of
students, department has various activities such as the Open Source
Technology Forum Club with technical sessions including hands on
experiences conducted by students/faculty and the flagship Annual
National Level Technical department fest: Techno Melange.

270
 Department of Mathematics

The Department of Mathematics at Manipal Institute of Technology was Programs offered

initiated in 1957 with a mere strength of three faculty members. Currently Post Graduate Program
the department has grown and developed into a status of eminence both 4M.Sc in Applied Mathematics and Computing (2009)
in terms of number and quality of its academic output. The department
has a long tradition of excellent teaching and supporting environment for PhD
students and it is a resourceful academic department among others at
MIT, with highly qualified, experienced and motivated faculty members Faculty Strength
who are committed for the advancement in every field of Mathematics. Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
The department has 42 faculty members with 7 Professors, 13
Associate Professors and 22 Assistant Professors of which 26 members 7
have Ph.D.'s. Research strength of the department include Numerical 26 26 22
Methods, Graph Theory, Fluid Dynamics, Algebra, Topology, Number 13
Theory, Functional Analysis, Fuzzy logic and Complex Analysis. Further,
a substantial number of faculty members are pursuing their Ph.D. degree.
A few faculty members have also obtained Post-Doctoral fellowship in PhD Professors
specialized areas of Mathematics. M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
The faculty of Department teaches Mathematics UG/ PG students of all Assistant Professors
constituent institutions of Manipal University. The M.Sc. programme in
Applied Mathematics and Computing was started in the year 2009. The
curriculum designed by the department provides a sound grounding in
underlying mathematical theory, emphasizes a variety of useful
mathematical techniques, and helps students to develop proficiency
in using computers and computational methods.

271
 Minor Specialization: Computational Mathematics
MAT 4051: APPLIED STATISTICS AND
TIME SERIES ANALYSIS [2 1 0 3]
Stochastic and deterministic dynamic mathematical models –
forecasting and control, transfer function models, models for discrete
control systems. Basic ideas in model building- linear and multiple linear
regression. Basic concepts in stochastic processes and Markov chains,
Mean square distance, mean square error prediction, prediction of
covariance stationary process, ergodic theory and stationary process,
applications of ergodic theory, spectral analysis of covariance stationary
processes, Gaussian systems, stationary point processes, level
crossing problems. ARIMA models, Autoregressive models, moving
average models, duality, model properties, parameter estimates,
forecasts.Volatility models: ARCH and GARCH modelling, testing
strategy for heteroscedastic models, volatility forecasts, Black Scholes
model.
References:
1. G.E.P. Box, G. M. Jenkins, G. C. Reinsel and G M Ljung, Time Series
Analysis-Forecasting and Control, (5e), Wiley Series, 2016.
2. Anderson T W, The Statistical Analysis of Time Series, John Wiley,
New York, 1994
3. Samuel Karlin, Howard M Taylor, First Course in Stochastic process,
Academic Press, New York,
4. C. Chatfield, The Analysis of Time Series – An Introduction, Chapman
and Hall / CRC, (4e), 2004
5. David Ruppert, Statistics in Finance, Springer Publications, 2004
MAT 4052: COMPUTATIONAL LINEAR ALGEBRA [2 1 0 3]
Matrix Analysis: Basic Ideas from Linear algebra, vector norms, matrix
norms, orthogonality and SVD, Projections and CS decomposition, the
sensitivity of square linear systems. General Linear Systems: Triangular
systems, The LU factorization, Round off analysis of Gausian elimination,
Pivoting, Improving and estimating accuracy. Orthogonalization and least
squares: Householder and Givens matrices, The QR factorization, The full
rank LS problem, Other orthogonal factorizations, The rank deficient LS
problem, Weighing and iterative improvement, square and
underdetermined systems.The symmetric Eigen value problem: Eigen
values properties and decompositions, Power iterations, the symmetric QR
algorithm, Jacobi methods, Tridiagonal Methods, Computing the SVD,
some generalized eigen value problems.
References:
1. Gene H. Golub and Charles F. Van Loan, Matrix Computations, (4e),
Johns Hopkins University Press, 2013.
2. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its applications, (4e), Wellesley
Cambridge press, 2009.
3. David S. Watkins, Fundamentals of Matrix Computations,(3e), Wiley,
New York, 2010.
4. Roger a Horn, Matrix Analysis, (2e), Cambridge University Press,
2013.
MAT 4053: COMPUTATIONAL PROBABILITY AND
DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS [2 1 0 3]
Sampling and sampling distributions, Most powerful tests, Uniformly
most powerful tests, Likelihood ratio tests, The sequential probability
ratio test, Randomized Designs, Inferences about the differences in
Means, Paired Comparison Designs, Inferences about the variance of
normal distributions, Monte Carlo estimation methods.The analysis of
variance, RCBD, LSD and Related Designs, The Graeco - Latin square
Design, Balanced Incomplete Block Designs, PBIBD Introduction to
Factorial Designs, The Two Factor factorial design, Blocking in a factorial
272
design, 2k Factorial Design, Blocking and Confounding in the 2k Factorial
Design, Partial Confounding. Two level fractional factorial designs, three
level and mixed level factorial and fractional factorial designs, 3k Factorial
Design, Confounding in the 3k Factorial Design, Fractional replication of
the 3k Factorial Design, Factorials with mixed levels.
References:
1. Robert V Hogg and Allen Craig, Introduction to Mathematical
Statistics, (4e), Macmillan
2. M N Murthy, Sampling Theory and Methods, Statistical Publishing
Society, 1967
3. C Radhakrishna Rao, Linear Statitical Inference and its
applications, (2e), Wiley Series.
4. Douglas C Montgomery, Design and Analysis of Experiments, (8e),
Wiley Series, 2012,
5. D D Joshi, Linear Estimation and Design of Experiments, New Age
International Publishers, 2009
MAT 4054: GRAPHS AND MATRICES [2 1 0 3]
Graphs and subgraphs, walks, paths and connectedness, distance as a
metric, degrees, regular graphs, cubic graphs, bipartite graphs, self-
complementary graphs, operations on graphs, extremal graphs, cut
points, bridges and blocks, block graphs and cut point graphs.Trees and
their characterizations, centres and centroids, block-cut point trees,
spanning trees, independent cycles and cocycles, connectivity and line
connectivity, graphical variations of Menger's theorem. Traversability:
Eulerian graphs and Hamiltonian graphs. Line graphs and total graphs.
Line graphs and traversability, coverings and independence, critical
points and lines. Planarity: Plane and planar graphs, outer planar graphs,
Kuratowski's theorem, vertex colouring.Incidence Matrix: Rank, minors,
path matrix, 0-1 incidence matrix. Adjacency Matrix: Eigen values of
some graphs, determinant, bounds, energy of a graph, antiadjacency
matrix of a directed graph, non-singular trees. Laplacian Matrix: Basic
properties, computing Laplacian eigen values, matrix tree theorems,
bounds for Laplacian spectral radius, edge-Laplacian of a tree.
References:
1. F. Harary, Graph Theory, Narosa Publishers, 1988.
2. J.A Bondy and U.S.R Murthy, Graph Theory with Applications,
(5e), Elsevier Publishing Co., 1982.
3. D.B. West, Introduction to Graph Theory, Pearson Education, Inc.,
2001.
4. R.B Bapat, Graphs and Matrices, Hindustan Book Agency, 2010.
5. Lowell W Beineke and Robin J Wilson, Topics in Algebraic Graph
Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
OPEN ELECTIVES
MAT 5281:APPLIED GRAPH THEORY [2 1 0 3]
Graphs and applications of the theorems by Havel and Hakimi, Erdos
and Gallai. Cut points, bridges and blocks, block graphs and cut point
graphs. Trees and their characterizations, centre and centroids, block-
cut points trees, spanning trees, independent cycles and cocycles,
connectivity and line connectivity, Whitney's theorem. Traversability-
Eulerian, Hamiltonian, line graphs and total graphs. Traversability,
coverings and independence, theorem of Gallai, critical points and lines.
Planarity, genus, thickness, crossing number. Colorability, chromatic
number and its bounds, Nordhaus Gaddum theorems, the four and five
colour theorems, chromatic polynomial. Matrix Representation -Incident
matrix, Adjacency matrix, cycle matrix, cutset matrix, path matrix,
Digraphs, Matrix - tree theorem on number of spanning trees.
Tournament. Graph theoretic Algorithms: Computer representation of
graphs-Input and output, Algorithms for connectedness, Spanning Tree,
Fundamental Circuits, Directed Circuits and Shortest paths.
References:
1. F. Harary, Graph theory, Narosa Publishers
2. Narsingh Deo, Graph theory with applications to Engineering and
Computer Science, Prentice Hall.
3. Robin J.Wilson, Introduction to Graph theory, Logman
MAT 5282: APPLIED LINEAR ALGEBRA [2 1 0 3]
Finite dimensional vector spaces, subspaces, linear independence,
basis and dimension. Sum and intersection of subspaces. Algebra of
linear transformations, range and null space of a linear transformation,
Inner-product spaces, metric spaces and banach spaces, Gram Schmidt
orthogonalization, linear operators and their adjoint, self adjoint, unitary
and normal transformations, polar decomposition. Matrix algebra,
simultaneous equations, Eigen values, characteristic vectors, Cayley-
Hamilton theorem, minimal polynomial, Application of eigen values to
solve simultaneous difference and differential equations. Quadratic
forms and their classification, constrained optimization.
Somecomputational methods of linear algebra.
References:
1. Gantmocher F.R., The Theory of Matrices, Cheisea.
2. Gilbert Strang , Linear Algebra and its applications,Thomson learning
3. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and its applications, Pearson Education
MAT 5283:APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS [2 1 0 3]
Matrix Algebra : Solution for linear system of equations – Direct methods:
Gauss elimination method, Gauss Jordon method, Crouts (LU
decomposition) method. Iterative methods, Jacobi Gauss Seidal and
successive over relaxation methods. Computation of inverse of a matrix:
Jordan method, Triangularization method, Choleski's method, partition
method. Eigen value & Eigen vectors: Given's method for real symmetric
matrices, Jocobi's method for real symmetric matrices, Power method.
Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Single step
methods, Runge- Kutta method, Adam Bashforth's predictor corrector
method, Milne's predictor and corrector method. Numerical Solution of
Partial Differential Equations: Finite difference approximation to
derivatives of Parabolic, Elliptic. Explicit finite difference method, implicit
method.
References:
1. Jain, Iyengar and Jain: Numerical methods for Scientific and
Engineering Computations, New Age Publishers
2. Carnahan, Luther and Wikes: Applied Numerical Methods, John
Willey
3. Conte S.D and Be Door, Introduction to Numerical analysis, McGraw
Hill.
MAT 5284:MATHEMATICAL MODELLING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Techniques, classification and characteristics of
mathematical models, mathematical modeling through algebra, ordinary
differential equations of first order. Mathematical modeling through
systems of ordinary differential equations of first order, Prey- Predator
model Mathematical modeling through systems of ordinary differential
equations, modeling in medicine A model for diabetic mellitus. Modelling
273
on population dynamics Mathematical modelling through difference
equations. Some simple models. Modelling of economics and finance
through difference equations, population dynamics and generation of
models through difference equations, modeling in probability theory,
examples. Optimization models: Mathematical modeling through linear
programming. Mathematical modelling through graphs: elements of
graphs, digraphs. Mathematical models for blood flow. Mathematical
model for Peristaltic transport of two layered.
References:
1. J N Kapur, Mathematical Modelling, New age international
publishers,(2e), 2015.
2. J N Kapur Mathematical Models in biology and medicine, East- West
press.
3. J N Kapur Mathematical models of environment, INS Academy, New
Delhi
MAT 5285:OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES [2 1 0 3]
Formulation, Linear programming-simplex method, Penalty coase
methods, 2-phase method. Dual Simplex method. Duality theory
.Transportation problem-Volgel's approximation method, MODI method,
Assignment problem-Hungarian method.Project Management -
Networks, Project planning and control using PERT and CPM. Project
crashing. Game theory - 2persons zero sum games, Minimax principle,
games with mixed strategies. Dominance theory, solution using Linear
programming.
References:
1. Bronson Richard - Theory and Problems of Operations Research-
Schaum series- MGH
2. P.K.Gupta& Man Mohan - Operations Research - Sultan Chand &
Sons
3. HamdyA.Taha - Operations Research PHI
MAT 5286: STOCHASTIC PROCESSES AND RELIABILITY [2 1 0 3]
Static probabilities: Review and prerequisites generating functions,
difference equations.Dynamic probability: definition and description
with examples. Markov chains, transition probabilities, Chapmen
Kolmogrov equations. Classification of states, chains of Markov
process. Stability of Markov systems, limiting behaviour, random walk.
Poisson Processes : assumptions and derivations, related distributions,
birth and death processes. Queueing System, general concepts, Model
M/M/1 and M/M/S, steady state behaviour, transient behaviour. Wiener
processes and Gaussian processes. Differential equations of a wiener
process, Kolmogrov equations, Ornstein – Unlenbeck Process. White
note. Reliability Theory : Definition of Reliability, types of failure, Hazard
rate, Laws of failure - normal, exponential & Weibull failure laws - System
reliability - in series, in parallel series - parallel system, Paralled - series
system & related problems.
References:
1. Medhi. J., Stochastic Processes, Wiley Eastern.
2. Bhat U R, Elements of Applied Stochastic Processes, John Wiley.
3. A Papoulis, Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic
Procesess, McGraw Hill.
 Department of Humanities & Management

The Department of Humanities & Management, MIT was founded in May Programs offered
2009. The department has two disciplines: Management and English.
Post Graduate Program
The department has expertise in System Dynamics Modeling and
4M.Tech in Engineering Management (1989)
Simulation, Organizational Behavior, Econometrics and Marketing,
Research Methodology, Linguistics, Philosophy, English Literature, PhD
German Language, Cultural Studies, and English Communication. Faculty Strength
The modules delivered at the undergraduate and post-graduate courses Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
aim at making the engineering students develop an awareness of social,
cultural, economic, ethical and human values. The Department of
12 5
Humanities & Management plays a distinctive role in moulding the
18 4
careers of engineers, as it provides an opportunity for students to learn 15
managerial skills, communication skills and group dynamics so as to
make them fit into the multi-cultural environment of the industry.
PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
Assistant Professors

274
 Minor Specialization: Business Management
HUM 4051: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction and objectives of financial management, Evolution of
corporate finance, responsibilities. Types of accounts, Golden rules of
accounting, Preparation of Journal, Ledger, Trial balance and final
accounts. Sources of long term finance, Characteristics of equity capital,
Preference capital, Debenture capital & Term loans. Valuation of
securities, Concepts, Bond valuation and related models, Bond value
theorems, Yield to maturity. Equity valuation; Dividend capitalization
approach, Leverage, Operating leverage, Financial leverage, Total
leverage, Indifference point analysis. Working capital management,
Capital budgeting: appraisal criteria, pay-back period, Average rate of
return, Net present value, Benefit cost ratio and Internal rate of return.
Risk analysis in capital budgeting, Cost of capital: introduction, cost of
debt capital, Preference capital and Equity capital, Weighted average cost
of capital, Determination of proportions, Cash management, Dividend
decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra., Fundamentals of Financial Management, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.,,
New Delhi, 2015.
3. N Ramachandran & Ram Kumar Kakani, Financial Accounting for
Management, 3/e, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd., New Delhi,
2011.
4. Eugene F Brigham & Michael C E, Financial Management: Theory and
Practice. 12e, Cengage Learning, India, 2008.
5. Maheshwari S.N., Financial Management, Sultan Chand & Co., New
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4052: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Scope of HRM, Objectives of HRM, Functions, Activities,
Roles, HRD organization and responsibilities. Evolution of HRM,
Influence of various factors on HRM. Human resource planning:
Introduction, Strategic considerations, Nature and scope, Human
Resources Inventory, Job analysis, Job design, Job description, Job
specification and Job evaluation. Employee Recruitment & Selection:
Policy, Process, Tests, modern methods, Interview, Provisional
selection, Medical/Physical examinations, Placement, Induction
programs and socialization. Training and development: Basic concepts,
Employees training Process, Planning, Preparation of trainees,
Implementation, Performance evaluation and Follow-up training.
Competency Mapping and Career development programmes.
Performance appraisal and Merit rating, Promotion, transfers and
separations, Wages and salaries administration, Discipline and
grievances. Industrial and labour relations and Trade Unionism
Overview: Collective bargaining and maintaining Industrial health.
References:
1. Michael Armstrong ., A Handbook of Human Resource Management
Practice: 10th Edition, New Delhi, Kogan Page India,2006
2. Gary Dessler& BijuVarkey .,Human Resource Management:12th
Edition Dorling Kindersley(India),Noida,2011
3. T.V. Rao and Pereira D F., Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
4. Subbrao A., Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
5. Aswathappa K,Human ResourceManagement,Text&Cases
McGrawHill 7th Edition,2006
6. N G Nair and Latha Nair., Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations, S. Chand Company, 1995.
275
HUM 4053: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Marketing definition, scope and concepts, Adapting marketing to the
New Economy, Marketing strategic planning. Market Demand, Marketing
Environment, Marketing Information System, Marketing Research.
Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning, Buying Behaviour: Consumer
Markets and Business Markets, Competition: Identifying competitors,
analysing competitors. Product Life Cycle: Product life-cycle marketing
strategies. New Market Offerings: New product development and
challenges, Branding. Designing and Managing Services, Price
Strategies, Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing
Communications, Digital Marketing and Trends, International Marketing
References:
1. Philip Kotler, Kevil Keller, Abraham Koshy & Mithileshwar Jha,
Marketing Management – A South Asian Perspective, Pearson
Education Inc, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Arun Kumar & N Meenakshi, Marketing Management, Vikas
Publishing House Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L., Marketing Management, Sultan Chand &
Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer., Principles of Marketing, Oxford University Press, New
York, 2000.
HUM 4054: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introductions to operations management – process view and supply
chain view, types of production activities, competitive priorities and
capabilities. Break-even analysis, evaluating services or products,
evaluating processes - make or buy decision, decision making under
risk, and decision trees. Introduction to forecasting, importance and
uses of forecasting, demand patterns, demand management options,
judgement methods, causal methods - linear regression, time series
method – naïve method, moving average, weightage moving average,
and exponential smoothing curve. Planning long-term capacity,
measures of capacity and utilization, economies of scale, diseconomies
of scale, capacity timing and sizing strategies, sizing capacity cushions,
timing and sizing expansion – expansionist strategy, wait and see
strategy, and a systematic approach to long term capacity decision.
Levels inoperations planning and scheduling across the organization,
sales and operation planning strategies- chase strategy, level strategy,
operations planning using linear programming technique, scheduling job
and facility scheduling, and work for scheduling. Theory of constraints,
managing bottle necks in manufacturing and service processes,
identifying bottle necks, relieving bottle necks, drum buffer rope system,
and managing constraints in a line system. Supply chain design across
the organization, supply chains for services and manufacturing,
measures of supply chain performance - inventory measures, financial
measures, inventory and supply chains - pressures for small inventories,
pressures for large inventories, types of inventory, inventory reduction
tactics, and inventory placement. Costs of quality, total quality
management, acceptance sampling, statistical process control - control
charts, and process capability. Continuous improvement using lean
systems, different types of wastes, strategic characteristics of a lean
system, designing lean system layout, and Kanban system.
References:
1. Krajewski L. J., Ritzman L. P., Malhotra M., and Srivastava S. K.,
Operations Management, 11th edition, Pearson Education
(Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2016.
2. Heizer J. and Render B., Operations Management, 11th edition.
Pearson Education India, 2016.
3. Khanna R. B., Production and Operations Management, 2nd edition,
PHI Learning Private Limited, 2015.
 OPEN ELECTIVES
HUM 4301: COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH [3 0 0 3]
(Offered for Lateral Entry Students only)
Common Errors in English: Subject Verb Agreement; Uses of Tenses /
Sequence of Tense; Prepositions; Articles; Special Usages; Creative
Writing Essay: Types of Essays, Argumentative Essay, Descriptive/
Expository/Narrative Essays; Reading Comprehension; Dynamic text;
Critical Evaluation; Group Discussions; Presentation Skills; Essay writing.;
Audio texts/speeches -Practice listening skills- summary, commentary,
listening exercises. Video Speeches -T h e m e b a s e d s p e e c h e s -
motivational, informative, technical, and persuasive, discussions. Speech -
Elements of a good speech, types of speeches, model speech, Speech
exercises, individual presentations, peer and facilitator feedback.
Formal/Informal communication. Communication Styles- formal and
informal, standard English and variations in usages, examples and analysis
of faulty usages; Correspondence: formal/informal letters and emails .
References:
1. Green David., Contemporary English Grammar, Structures and
Composition Chennai: Macmillan Publications.
2. Thompson AJ & Martinet AB., A Practical English Grammar, OUP.
3. Turton N D , Heaton J B., Longman Dictionary of Common Errors,
1998.
4. Meenakshi Raman & Sangita Sharma., Technical Communication;
Principles and Practice, Oxford University Press, 2011.
HUM 4302: FILM STUDIES [2 1 0 3]
History of invention of motion pictures - Daguerre, Muybridge, Edison,
SkaldanowskyBrothers,Lumieres; Evolution of film – Lumieres, Melies,
Porter, Griffith, Basic techniques – Mise-en-scene, Mise-en-shot,
Deepfocus Photography, Longtake, Continuity, Editing, Montage,
German Expressionism; French Impressionism; Soviet Montage cinema;
Hollywood cinema, Italian Neo-realism; French Nouvelle Vague,
Documentary, Directors – Eisenstein, Kurosawa, Godard, Chaplin,
Bergman; Mohsen Makmalbakf, Majid Majidi, Keislowski, Zhang Yimou,
Kim Ki Duk, “New Wave” Cinema in India - Bengali; Malayalam; Kannada;
Hindi, To be screened- Bicycle Thieves, The 400 blows, Rashomon, Wild
strawberries, Battleship Potemkin, Cabinet of Dr.Caligari, The kid,
Children of heaven, Hero, Ghatashraddha, PatherPanchali, Mathilukal.
References:
1. Bordwell, David and Thompson, Kristin., Film Art: an Introduction,
7th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill Co., 2004.
2. Kawin, Bruce., How Movies Work. Berkeley and Los Angeles:
University of California Press, 1992.
3. Cook, David A., A History of Narrative Film, 4th ed. New York: W.W.
Norton & Co., 2004.
HUM 4303:GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS [3 0 0 3]
Text selections, dialogue and exercises which have been designed to give
the absolute beginner grounding in the rudiments of the German
language, as well as providing background information about the history,
life and culture in Germany.Introduction to the German alphabet and the
German language – dialogues & conversations – pronunciation, basic
vocabulary lists - key points of grammar - background information
about the history and culture of Germany - exercises on vocabulary,
grammar and German culture - reading & listening comprehension.
References:
1. Sally Johnson, Natalie Braber., Exploring the German Language,
(2E), Cambridge University Press. 2008.
2. Charles Russ., The German Language Today: A Linguistic
Introduction, Routledge. 1994.
276
HUM 4304: BUILDING BRIDGES: INDO-EUROPEAN
INTERCULTURAL DYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
The challenges of Intercultural communication - interacting in a diverse
world, understanding cultures, alternative views of reality, cultural
stereotyping. Foundational Theories in Intercultural Communication -
Edward Hall, Samovar, G Hofstede, Understanding cultural Dimensions
and Cultural Stereotyping- collectivism/ individualism, power distance,
masculine/feminine, cultural metaphors, Intercultural Business
Communication Competence - The Role of Language in Intercultural
Business Communication , Nonverbal Language in Intercultural
Communication, Cultural influence on interpersonal communication,
Intercultural Dynamics in the multicultural organizations.
References:
1. Dodd, Carley H. Dynamics of Intercultural Communication,
McGraw-Hill, Boston. 1998.
2. Gannon M J and Pillai R. Understanding Global Cultures, Sage
Publications, California. 2010.
3. Hall, E. T. The dance of life: The other dimension of time, Random
House, New York. 1983.
4. Hofstede, Geert., Cultures' Consequences, Comparing Values,
Behaviors, Institutions, and Organizations across Nations, Sage
Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA. 2001.
5. Martin, J.N. & Nakayama, T.K., Intercultural communication in
contexts. 4th Edition. Mountain View, CA: Mayfield. 2007.
6. Samovar, L A and Porter, R., Communication between Cultures,
Cengage Learning, Wadsworth, CA. 2007.
HUM 4305: INTERPRETATION OF LITERARY TEXTS [3 0 0 3]
Texts-static, dynamic, cryptic and delphic ; Language of literature; Form
and structure; Literature verses popular fiction; Text and discourse;
Authors and critics; Theories and approaches to literary texts;
Formalism, Structuralism, Marxism, Feminism, Deconstruction;
Ideational functions and textual Functions; Class, gender and texuality;
Race and nationality; Genre, phonological deviations –sound patterns
and figures of speech ; Pragmatic approach to literature; Understanding
syntax, Lexical and syntactic analysis of literary texts; Point of view in
literary texts and foregrounding; Prediction and making sense of a text;
Stylistic analysis of a novel; Kinds of meaning, Rhetorical structure;
Pragmatics and discourse analysis; Interpreting cohesive devices and
complex functional values; Stylistic approach to literature ; Elements of
literary style; Stylistic analysis of selected short stories, Poems, Novels
and Plays; Genre, the plot setting, characterization, tone and themes;
Stylistics and its implications on narrative techniques; Intertextuality and
conceptual blending; Identifying patterns in the texts; Meaning making
process in literature; Imagery, metaphor as a mode of thought;
Coherence and Cohesion; Context, turn taking and Adjacency Pair; Pro-
forms, Discourse markers, Lexical cohesion and presupposition;
Recognizing text organization; Critical texts, Shared assumptions on
critical texts; The role of schema and the concept of speech acts in
literary texts.
References:
1. Austin, J.L., How to do Things with Words, Longman, London,
1992.
2. Barthes. R., Introduction to the Structural Analysis of Narratives,
Fontana, London, 1977.
3. Blake.N.F., An Introduction to the Language of Literature,
Macmillan, London. .1990.
4. Carter, R. (ed.)., Language and Literature: An introductory Reader
in Stylistics, Allen and Unwin, London, 1982.
5. Cook, G., Discourse and Literature, Oxford University Press,
London, 1994.
6. Harold, C.M.(ed.)., Style in Prose Fiction, Columbia University
Press, New York.
7. Leech, G.N., A Linguistic Guide to English Poetry, Longman,
London, 1969.
 HUM 4306: PUBLIC SPEAKING [3 0 0 3]
Public Speaking -Introduction to Public speaking- Voice modulation,
Sounds/accent (basics), Articulation, Anxiety management, Logical
arguments, Concept of purpose, Audience, Smart use of Body language.
Types of speech-Informative speeches - designing and delivery-
Persuasive speeches – designing and delivery- Impromptu speeches –
designing and delivery -Special occasion speeches- designing and
delivery, Presentations - planning and execution -Types of presentation -
Informative-Planning and delivery - Persuasive - Planning and delivery -
Motivational - Planning and delivery, Other forms of speaking – Debates,
Seminars, Panel Discussion, Group Discussion, Tall Tales, Turn Coat, Art
of Evaluation-Providing feedback- planning, designing and delivering
constructive feedback - Receiving feedback – making use of relevant
feedback -Techniques of providing feedback- Speech analysis –Role of
the Evaluator.
References:
1. Duarte Nancy., Resonate: Present Visual Stories that Transform
Audiences, John John Wiley and Sons, 2010.
2. Minto Barbara., The Pyramid Principle: Logic in writing, thinking and
Problem Solving, Financial Times Prentice Hall, 2002.
3. Berkun Scott., Confessions of a Public Speaker, O'Reily Media,
2009.
4. Goodale Malcolm., Professional Presentations, Cambridge
University Press, 2005.
5. Carnegie Dale., The Art of Public Speaking, 1905.
HUM 4307: INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Psychology - Meaning, Nature and Scope, Defining Psychology,
Meaning of the term Behavior, Nature of Psychology, Scope of
Psychology: Branches and fields of Psychology. Development of
Psychology - Historic Sketch of Psychology, Modern Age of Psychology,
Gestalt Psychology, Psycho Analysis, Contemporary Psychology.
Systems of Psychology- The Nervous System, Nature V/s Nurture,
Sensation and perception, States of Consciousness. Methods of
Psychology - Classical Conditioning, Introspection Method, Naturalistic
Method, Experimental Method, Differential Method, Clinical Method,
Psycho Physical Method. Personality- Personality types, Personality
Disorders, Abnormal psychology, Treatment of personality disorders.
Thinking - Nature of Thinking, Types of Thinking, Language and
Intelligence. Discussion, Presentation and Assignments.
References:
1. Boring, E.G., Langfield,H.S. &Weld,H.P., Foundations of Psychology,
Asia Publishing House, Calcutta, 1963.
2. Carson, R.C., Butcher, J.N. & Coleman, J.C., Abnormal Psychology
& Modern Life, (8th ed) Scoff, Foresman& Co. 1988.
3. Lahey, B.B.,Psychology: An Introduction, 6th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill,
New York, 1965.
4. Olson, M.; Hergenhahn, B.R., Introduction to the Theories of
Learning, Prentice-Hall India, 2009.
HUM 4308: INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY,
RELIGION AND CULTURE [3 0 0 3]
Notions of Philosophy; The Origin and Development of Philosophy;
Ancient Philosophy; Medieval Philosophy; Modern Philosophy;
Contemporary Philosophy; Indian Philosophy; Comparative Religion;
Western Philosophy; The Relevance of Philosophy; Branches of
Philosophy; Methods of Philosophy; Philosophy and other Branches of
Study; Some Problems of Philosophy; Themes of Philosophy; Mind and
Body, and the Problem of Universal; Change/Movement time and place;
Existence of God and Evolution; Indian Culture; Social Ethics; Logic and
Scientific Methods; Philosophy of Language.
277
References:
1. Aquinas, Thomas., On Being and Essence. Trans. Armand Maurer.
Canada: Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 1968.
2. John-Terry, Chris., For the Love of Wisdom: An Explanation of the
meaning and Purpose of Philosophy. New York: Alba House, 1994.
3. Maritain, Jacques., An Introduction to Philosophy, London: Sheed
and Ward. 1979.
4. Radhakrishnan, S. (Ed)., History of Philosophy Eastern and Western
Vol.II George Allen and Unwin Ltd., London, 1953.
5. Wallace, William., The Elements of Philosophy. New York: Alba
House, 1990.
HUM 4309: CREATIVE WRITING [3 0 0 3]
Various literary/prose forms and their characteristics; techniques and
strategies for reading; nuances of language and meaning in reading and
writing; Writing Exercises - techniques and strategies of writing
creatively; Critical Concepts and Terms in Literary Writing; Writing
Exercises; creative writing output.
References:
1. Milan Kundera ., The Art of the Novel.
2. The Art of Fiction: Illustrated from Classic and Modern Texts, David
Lodge
HUM 4310: GRAPHIC NOVELS: HISTORY, FORM
AND CULTURE [3 0 0 3]
Part I:The History of Comic Books, Part 1: Developing a Medium Defining
comic books as a medium-Relationships between comic books and
other forms of sequential art-The (continental) roots of comics as an art
form -The ways in which comic strips and pulps contributed to the
emergence of the comic book. The History of Comic Books, Part 2: The
Maturation of the Medium-Influence of underground movement, ways in
which mainstream publishers began to address more relevant topics,
proliferation of independent comics, the increase in the profile and
prominence of the medium due to ambitious projects. Part II: Creating the
Story: Graphic Storytelling and Visual Narrative-Some narrative
structures commonly found in comic books -The types and techniques
of encapsulation-The nature of the relationship between the pictorial and
linguistic elements of comic books Experiencing the Story: The Power of
Comics - About diegetic images that show the world of the story-
About interpretive images that comment on the story-The impact art style
has on the emotional reactions of the reader; and how the meaning of
each image is affected by the relationship to other images in that
particular book, in other texts, and in the reader's personal experience-
Part III: Comic Book Genres-the definition of genre and the role it plays in
shaping the creation of comics products- the characteristics of genres,
including character types, narrative patterns, themes, and other
conventions-how the example genres of teen humor, romance, funny
animals, horror, and memoir developed in comics, and what
characterizes each-how the hybridization of genres helps
experimentation and expansion of narrative possibilities.
References:
1. Roger Sabin., Comics, Comix and Graphic Novels.
2. Robert Petersen, Allan Moore., Comics, Manga and Graphic Novels:
A History of Graphic Narrative3. Comics as Performance, Fiction as
Scalpel.
3. JeetHeer, Kent Worcester., Arguing Comics: Studies in Popular
culture.
 HUM 4311: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Management information system: Introduction to management,
information and system. System concepts, general model of a system
and types of systems. Evolution of MIS , models and resources used in
the MIS model. Structure of MIS, operating elements of an information
system, synthesis of the structure. Information systems for different
applications: Transaction processing systems, Human resource
management systems and Marketing-application areas. Production
planning and Office automation systems. Role of management
information in decision making: Concepts of decision making, Decision
making process and information needs at different levels of
management. Herbert. A. Simon model. Phases in the decision making
process, Programmed vs non-programmed decisions, General model of
human as an information processor, Allen Newell Simon model. Decision
support systems -structure, elements and working. Information as a
strategic resource. MIS as a technique for making programmed
decisions: Behavioral models of the decision maker and methods. MIS
support for decision making. Role of MIS in Organizations -recent trends
and e-commerce applications. Development of customized
management information system approaches: SDLC -phases in SDLC,
Strategic and project planning for MIS, conceptual design and detailed
design phases: general business planning and MIS response. MIS
Planning and planning cycle. Conceptual system design and Detailed
System design. MIS System Implementation, and Pit falls: Pit Falls in MIS
development, Fundamental weaknesses, soft spots in planning, design
problems and review.
References:
1. Gordon B. D. and Margrethe H. O., (2005), “Management
Information Systems”, McGraw-Hill, New York.
2. Kenneth L. and Price J. P., (2003), “Management Information
Systems”, Macmillan.
3. Jawadekar W. S., (2000) “Management Information System”, Tata
McGraw Hill.
4. Senn J. A., (2003), “Analysis & Design of Information System”,
McGraw Hill International Student Edition.
5. Mudrick; Ross (1997) “Information Systems for Modern
Management “ Prentice Hall of India.
6. James A. O.Brien (1995)“Management Information Systems,
Galgotia Publications.
278
HUM 4312: ENTREPRENEURSHIP [3 0 0 3]
Entrepreneur: Meaning of entrepreneur, evolution of the concept,
functions of an entrepreneur, types of entrepreneur, and intrapreneur.
Concept of entrepreneurship - evolution of entrepreneurship,
development of entrepreneurship, stages in entrepreneurial process, role
of entrepreneurs in economic development, entrepreneurship in India,
barriers for entrepreneurship. Small scale industry: Definition,
characteristics, need and rationale. Objectives, scope, role of Small
Scale Industries (SSI) in economic development, advantages of SSI,
steps to start an SSI - government policy towards SSI, different policies
of SSI, impact of liberalization, privatization, and Globalization. Effect of
WTO/GATT and supporting agencies of government for SSI. Institutional
support: Different Schemes: TECKSOK, KIADB; KSSIDC; KSIMC; DIC
Single Window Agency: SISI, NSIC, SIDBI, and KSFC, New schemes and
support for start-ups and new venture under Govt. of India. Preparation
of Business plan and project report: components of a successful plan.
Meaning of project, project identification, project selection, project
report, need and significance of report, contents, formulation, guidelines
by planning commission for project report. Network analysis, errors in
project report, project appraisal. Identification of business opportunities,
market feasibility study, technical feasibility study, financial feasibility
study and social feasibility study and documentation and evaluation.
References:
1. Vasant Desai., Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development &
Management, Himalaya Publishing House, 2007.
2. David H. Holt Entrepreneurship: New Venture Creation, Published by
prentice Hall,1991.
3. Poornima. M. Charantimath., Entrepreneurship Development, Pearson
Education, 2006.
4. S.S. Khanka., Entrepreneurship Development, S.Chand& Co, 2007.
 Department of Physics

The department offers a compulsory course on Engineering Physics and Programs offered
Engg. Physics Lab (PHY1001/PHY1011) to all branches of first year Post Graduate Program
B.Tech. and also offers open electives to students of B.Tech. and 4
M.Tech. The department offers P.G. program in Physics leading to M.Sc. PhD
(Physics) in five specializations viz. Condensed Matter Physics,
Optoelectronics, Nuclear Physics, Electronics & Theoretical Physics. Faculty Strength
The Department offers PhD program in Physics in different areas like Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
Condensed Matter Physics, Radiation and Nuclear Physics, Nano-
materials, Thin film based devices, Solar cells, Non-linear optics and
3
High Energy Physics. The department has received several externally 19 10 6
funded projects from Government of India and State Governments(Rs.
400 in lacs). Currently20 Research Scholars are perusing their PhD in
Physics. The departmental laboratories are equipped with sophisticated
instruments like vacuum coating units (PVD and Sputtering), SILAR, spin PhD Professors
coating unit, crystal growth unit, Optical closed cycle variable Associate Professors
temperature cryogenic system, He: Ne laser-Scan System, XRD, Assistant Professors
profilometer and UV-visible NIR spectrophotometer, Keithley
source/multi-meters and particle detectors.

279
 Minor Specialization: Material Science
PHY 4051: PHYSICS OF LOW DIMENSIONAL MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Thin films: Thick and Thin Film Materials, preparation by physical and
chemical methods. Thickness measurement techniques. Theories of
nucleation - Capillarity and atomistic theory, effect of deposition
parameters on nucleation and growth of thin films. Epitaxial growth.
Reflection and Transmission at interface between isotropic transparent
media. Reflectance and Transmittance in thin films. Antireflection
coatings. Electrical conduction in discontinuous metal films - Quantum
mechanical tunneling model. Conduction in continuous metal and
semiconducting films. Thermoelectric power in metal films. thin film
resistors, thermopiles. Quantum well devices.
Nanomaterials: Chemical Synthesis of Nanoparticles: Bottom up
approach. Functionalized nanoparticles in different medium. Size
control. Self assembly. Nanopar ticle arrays. Semiconductor
nanoparticles- synthesis, characterization and applications of quantum
dots. Magnetic nanoparticles- assembly and nanoastructures.
Manipulation of nanoscale biological assemblies. Carbon nanotubes and
fullerene as nanoclustures. Nanostructured films. Physical Methods of
Nanostructure Fabrication: Top down approach. Nanopatterning-
Lithography- Optical, X-ray and Electron beam lithography. Ion- beam
lithography.
References:
1. Chopra K. L., Thin Film Phenomena, Mc Graw Hill, 1969
2. Milton Ohring, Materials Science of Thin Films, Elsevier, 2001
3. Heavens O. S., Optical Properties of Thin Solid Films, Dover, 1955
4. Liz-Marzan L. M. and Kamat P. V. (Eds), Nanoscale Materials,
Kluwer, 2003
5. Nalwa H. S. (Ed), Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology,
Academic, 2002
PHY 4052: PHYSICS OF PHOTONIC AND
ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES [3 0 0 3]
Semiconductors: Direct and indirect band gaps. Carrier concentrations
at thermal equilibrium. Fermi level. Degenerate and non-degenerate
semiconductors. Semiconductor Crystal growth techniques Contact
phenomenon- semiconductor-semiconductor, metal-semiconductor
contacts. Schottky and Ohmic contacts. Preparation of semiconductor
devices. IC technology, elements of lithography.
Photonic Devices: LED and semiconductor lasers: Radiative and non-
radiative transitions, diode laser, population inversion, laser operating
characteristics, efficiency, photoconductor, photodiode, avalanche
photodiode, phototransistor, material requirement for solar cells, theory
and types of solar cells.
Fuel cells: Hydrogen energy – merits as a fuel – production of hydrogen,
Hydrogen Fuel cells – introduction – difference between batteries and
fuel cells, components of fuel cells, principle of working of fuel cell, fuel
cell stack, fuel cell power plant: fuel processor, fuel cell power section,
power conditioner, Advantages and disadvantages of fuel cell power
plant. Types of fuel cells. Application of fuel cells – commercially
available fuel cells.
References:
1. Neamen Donald A., Semiconductor Physics and Devices, basic
principles, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002
2. Sze S. M., Physics of Semiconductor Devices, John Wiley & Sons,
2007
3. Larminie J. and Dicks A., Fuel Cell Systems Explained, Wiley, 2003
4. Xianguo Li, Principles of Fuel Cells, Taylor and Francis, 2005
5. S. Srinivasan, Fuel Cells: From Fundamentals to Applications,
Springer, 2006
280
OPEN ELECTIVES
PHY 4301: FUNDAMENTALS OF ASTRONOMY AND
ASTROPHYSICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to astronomy and astrophysics. Properties of ordinary
stars: Brightness of starlight; the electromagnetic spectrum; Colours of
stars; stellar distances; absolute magnitudes; HR diagram. Stellar
evolution: Formation of star; the main sequence; stellar structure;
evolution off the main sequence; planetary nebulae; white dwarfs. The
death of high mass stars: Supernovae; neutron stars; pulsars; stellar
black holes. Normal Galaxies: Types of galaxies; Dark matter in galaxies.
Cosmology: The scale of universe; expansion of the universe; open or
closed universe; the big bang; the cosmic background radiation; big
bang nucleosynthesis. Astronomical instruments.
References:
1. Marc L Kutner, Astronomy: A physical Perspective (2e) Cambridge
University Press,2003
2. BaidyanathBasu, An Introduction to Astrophysics (2e), PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd, 2011.
3. Michael Zeilik, Introductory Astronomy and Astrophysics (4e),
Saunders College Pub. 1992.
PHY 4302: PHYSICS OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Types of magnetism, ferromagnetic domains, soft and hard magnetic
materials, ferrites, magnetic storage, Superconducting materials,
Applications of superconductors, Nano-materials, bottom-up and top-
down methods, Quantum dots and nano-carbon tubes, Composite
materials, micromechanics of composites - Density, Mechanical and
Thermal properties, Semiconductors, Metals, semiconductors and
insulators, Direct and indirect band-gap semiconductors, Intrinsic and
extrinsic semiconductors, Diffusion and drift processes, Crystal growth
techniques, Preparation of semiconductor devices.
References:
1. William F. Smith, Principles of Materials Science and Engineering
(2e), McGraw-Hill International Edition, 1990.
2. Nalwa H.S., Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology (2e),
Academic, 2002.
3. Chawla K. K. Composite Materials- Science & Engineering (3e),
Springer-Verlag, 2012.
4. Streetman Ben G. and Banerjee Sanjay Kumar, Solid State Electronic
Devices (6e) PHI learning Private Limited, 2012.
PHY 4303: RADIATION PHYSICS [3 0 0 3]
Radiation Sources: Fast electron sources-Heavy charged particle
sources-Sources of electromagnetic radiation-Neutron sources.
Radiation Interaction: Photoelectric and Compton process -pair
production. Interaction of heavy charged particles-stopping power-
Energy loss characteristics- Bragg curve-Particle range-range
straggling- stopping time-energy loss in thin absorbers-Interaction of
fast electrons-absorption of beta particles-interaction of gamma rays-
gamma ray attenuation-Interaction of neutrons-neutron cross section-
neutron induced nuclear reactions. Radiation Detectors and
Instrumentation: Semiconductors diodes-JFET-MOSFET-Integrated
Circuits-OPAMP and their characteristics-Differential Amplifier-
Operational amplifier systems-Pulse Amplifiers. Principles of radiation
detection and measurements-Gas filled detectors-Ionisation chambers-
Propor tional counters-GM counters-Scintillation detectors-
Semiconductor detectors-Thermo luminescent Dosimeters-Radiation
spectroscopy with scintillators-Gamma spectroscopy-Multichannel
pulse analyzer-Slow neutron detection methods-Reactor
instrumentation. Industrial uses of nuclear measurements: Radiation
detection in industrial environments-Measuring systems for industrial
problems-Determination of physical material characteristics by nuclear
measurements-Level height determination-Density measurements-
Quantity measurements-Thickness measurement-coating thickness
measurement.
References:
1. Knoll G. F., Radiation Detection and Measurement (3e), Wiley 2010
2. Boylestad R. L., Electronic Devices and Circuit theory (11e),
Pearson Education 2016
3. Malvino A. P., Electronic Principles (7e), TMH 2010
4. Foldiak G., Industrial Applications of Radioisotopes, Elsevier
Science Ltd 1986
PHY 4304: SOLID STATE PHYSICS [3 0 0 3]
Review of Crystal structure: Lattice, basis and unit cell, crystal system,
symmetry, crystal planes and miller indices, reciprocal lattice, Bragg's
law, experimental methods of x-raydiffraction, types of crystal binding,
analysis of stress and strain in crysals. Electrical conduction: Free
electron gas model, Sommerfield quantum theory, Fermi energy,
parameters of free electron gas at absolute zero, electrical conductivity,
Drude-Lorentz theory and Sommerfield theory of electrical conductivity,
Band theory of solids, electrical conduction in metals, insulators and
semiconductorsDielectrics: Static dielectric constant, polarization and
polarizability, local field, ferro electricity, piezo electricity, frequency
dependence of polarizability (electronic, ionic and dipolar), dielectric
losses, requirements of insulating materials, applications of dielectric
materialsMagnetism: Classification of magnetic materials, classical
theory of diamagnetism and paramagnetism, Weiss theory of
ferromagnetism, ferrites, hard and soft magnetic materials, garnets,
magnetic bubbles, ceramic magnets, applications of magnetic materials
References:
1. Kittel C., Introduction to Solid State Physics (7e), Wiley 1996.
2. Rao A., A first course Solid State Physics, Asiatech publications
2000.
3. Pillai S.O., Solid State Physics (6e), New age international
publications 2006.
4. Wahab M. A., Numerical problems in Solid State Physics, Alpha
science international publications 2011.
5. Gupta H. C., Solid State Physics, Vikas publishing house Pvt. Ltd.
1996.
PHY 4305: MODERN OPTICS [3 0 0 3]
Optics: Review of geometrical and physical optics, Dual nature of light,
Electromagnetic spectrum, Optical devices, mirrors, lenses, prisms,
grating, beam splitters, zone plate, polaroids. Light sources, emission
profile. Elements of lasers: Basic requirements in a laser, characteristic
properties of lasers. Q-switched and mode locked lasers. CO2, Nd: YAG
lasers. Applications. Introduction to Non-linear optics. Optoelectronic
devices and its application: Photo diodes, solar cells, LED, and diode
lasers. DBR and DFB lasers, CCD. Optical Communication: Conceptual
picture of the optical communication system, Modulation and Detection
281
Schemes, properties of optical fibers, discussion on device
requirements, OEICS. Optical storage devices: Data recording and read
out from optical discs. Holographic data storage systems.
References:
1. Ghatak A., OPTICS (4e), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
2009.
2. Singh J., Optoelectronics: An Introduction to Materials and Devices,
TATA McGraw- Hill Companies, Inc. 2014.
3. Wilson & Hawkes, LASERS, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 1987.
4. Hugh Bennett, Understanding Recordable & Rewritable DVD,
OSTA.org.
5. Hugh Bennett, Understanding CD-R & CD-RW, OSTA.org.
PHY 4306: INTRODUCTORY QUANTUM MECHANICS [3 0 0 3]
Review of certain basics : Limitations of classical physics, wave-particle
duality, De Broglie's hypothesis, matter as wavepacket, Heisenberg's
uncertainty principle, Mathematical Formalism : operators; commutation
relation; orthonormal functions; eigenvalues and eigenfunctions; the
Dirac notation; the postulates of quantum mechanics.The Schrödinger
Equation : Introduction, wavefunctions , time dependent Schrödinger
equation, conservation of probability, expectation values, Ehrenfest's
theorem, time independent Schroedinger equation, stationary states,
Schroedinger equation in one dimension : the infinite square potential
well; the finite square potential well; the potential barrier; tunneling; the
harmonic oscillator.Quantum mechanics in three dimensions:
Schrödinger equation in spherical coordinates, separation of variables,
the angular equation, the radial equation, Applications (energy
eigenvalues and eigenfunctions): the rigid rotator; the hydrogen atom;
angular momentum. Identical Particles.Some applications of quantum
mechanics in nuclear physics, condensed matter physics, and
spectroscopy: alpha decay, nanostructures, STM, vibrational and
rotational spectra of molecules etc.
References:
1. Verma H.C., Quantum Physics (2e), Surya Publications. 2016.
2. Gasiorowicz S., Quantum Physics (3e), Wiley India Pvt Limited.
2007.
3. Jain M. C., Quantum Mechanics: A Textbook for Undergraduates,
PHI Learning Private Limited 2012.
4. Griffiths D. J., Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2e), Pearson
Education.
5. Eisberg R. and Resnick R., Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecules,
Solids, Nuclei, and Particles (2e), Wiley-India Pvt Limited. 2009.
 Department of Chemistry

Chemistry department started its functioning since the inception of MIT. Programs offered
The department has made significant contribution in education and Post Graduate Program
research in all areas of chemistry and allied branches. It offers M.Sc. and 4M.Sc in Chemistry (since 2009)
Ph.D. programs in major areas of chemistry. Dept. offers engineering PhD
chemistry for undergraduate students of engineering. Students are
Faculty Strength
provided with comprehensive practical and theoretical exposure of the
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
subject. Research in the areas such as synthetic chemistry, medicinal
Chemistry, Green Chemistry, Corrosion control, Polymers, Natural
Products, Liquid crystals are being pursued. The faculty members have 2 10 5
published large no. of research articles and patents.
19
6

PhD Professors
M.Sc Associate Professors
Assistant Professors

282
 Minor Specialization: Material Science
CHM 4051: CHEMICAL BONDING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to bonding, Classification. Ionic bond- Lattice energy, Born
Haber cycle, Radius-ratio rules, Properties of ionic compounds,
Covalent character in ionic bonds. Covalent bond-Covalency, Valence
bond theory, Sigma and pi bond, Hybridization, VSEPR Theory,
Molecular orbital theory, Bond order, Properties of covalent compounds.
Coordination bond - Primary and Secondary valencies, ligands, Valence
bond theory of complexes, Crystal field theory of octahedral and
tetrahedral complexes, Low and high spin complexes. Metallic bond-
Band theory of metals, Conductors, semiconductors and insulators.
Secondary bonding- Hydrogen bonding, London forces and dipole-
dipole interactions.
References:
1. J D Lee, “Concise Inorganic chemistry”, Wiley India, 2012
2. B R Puri , L R sharma and K C Kalia, “Principle of Inorganic
chemistry”, Vishal Publishing Co., Punjab, 2017.
3. D F Shriver, P W Atkins, “Inorganic chemistry”, Oxford India, 2014
4. A F Cotton, “Basic Inorganic chemistry”, Wiley Publishers, 2007
CHM 4052: CHEMISTRY OF CARBON COMPOUNDS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Organic Compounds: Classification, Nomenclature;
Alkanes: Homologous series, Preparation; Cycloalkanes: Ring size and
strain, Applications; Alkenes: Markovnikov and anti-Markovnikov
addition reactions, Reduction, applications; Alkynes: Acidity,
preparation, Reduction of alkynes, applications; Alkyl halides: SN1, SN2,
E1 and E2 reaction mechanisms; Alcohols: Classification, Acidity,
organo-metallic reagents; Aromatic compounds: Electrophilic and
nucleophilic substitution reactions; Mechanism of some named
reactions; Carbonyl compounds: aldehydes and ketones, carboxylic
acids and carboxylic acid derivatives; Heterocyclic compounds:
Nomenclature, synthesis and reactivity of thiophene, pyrrole and furan;
Carbon materials: Fullerenes, carbon thin films, nanotubes and carbon
fibers; Carbon nanotubes: SWNT, MWNT, synthesis, properties and
applications; Carbon nanomaterials applications.
References:
1. B S Bahl and Arun Bahl, “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, S Chand,
New Delhi, 2012.
2. Robert T. Morrison and Robert N. Boyd, “Organic Chemistry”,
Pearson, New Delhi, 2016.
3. P.S. Kalsi, “Organic Reactions and Their Mechanisms”, New Age
International Private Limited, New Delhi, 2017.
4. Ashutosh Tiwari and S. K. Shukla, “Advanced Carbon Materials and
Technology”, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
B. Bhushan ed., “Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology”, Springer
Publishers, Berlin, 2004.
OPEN ELECTIVES
CHM 4301: ANALYTICAL METHODS AND
INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Spectroscopic methods of analysis: Properties of EMR, General features
of spectroscopy, Types of molecular spectra, Interaction of EMR with
matter, Instrumentation, Applications, Theory, Instrumentation and
applications of Microwave, Raman, Infrared, UV-Visible, NMR
spectroscopic techniques. Chromatographic Techniques: General
283
concepts, Classification, Principles, Experimental techniques of CC,
HPLC, TLC, GC and their applications. Electroanalytical methods: Basic
principles and applications of conductometric, potentiometric titrations.
References:
1. D.A. Skoog, J. Holler, F.T.A. Nieman, Principles of Instrumental
Analysis, 5thEdn, Saunders, Philadelphia, 1992
2. D. A. Skoog, D. M. West and F. J. Holler, Fundamentals of Analytical
Chemistry, 5thEdn, Saunders College Publishing, Philadelphia, 1988
3. Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, GH Jeffery, John
Wiley & Sons Inc, 5thEdn, 1989
CHM 4302: FUNDAMENTALS OF INDUSTRIAL
CATALYTIC PROCESSES [3 0 0 3]
Adsorption & Catalysis: Physisorption and chemisorption, Adsorption
isotherms, Factors influencing adsorption, Adsorption of gases by
solids, Adsorption from solution, Introduction to catalysis, Energetics,
Catalytic cycles Solutions & Solubility: Ideal and non-ideal solutions,
Raoult's law, Thermodynamics of ideal solutions, Vapor pressure and
boiling point composition curves, Distillation behaviour of completely
miscible & immiscible liquid systems, Azeotropes Colligative Properties:
Determination of molar masses from vapor pressure lowering, Osmotic
pressure, Boiling point elevation and Depression of freezing point, Vant
Hoff's factor Colloids: Types, Preparation and purification of sols,
General properties, Optical, Electrical & Kinetic properties of sols,
stability of sols, Application of colloids, Emulsions & Gels- Types,
Preparation, Properties and their applications.
References:
1. Principles of Physical Chemistry, B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma, M.S.
Pathania, Vishal Publications, New Delhi, (23e), 2008
2. Principles of Physical Chemistry, S.H. Maron, C.F. Prutton, IBH
Publishing co. New Delhi, (4e), 1985
3. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, D.A. Skoog, D.M. West, F.J.
Holler, R. Crouch, (4e),Thomson-Brooks, 2007
CHM 4303: SUSTAINABLE CHEMICAL PROCESSES
AND PRODUCTS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction and principles of green chemistry, Examples, Atom
economy, carbon efficiency, life cycle analysis, sustainable products,
process and synthesis catalysis and green chemistry, examples of fine
and bulk chemicals production, catalysts for clean technology.
Application of ecofriendly approach to waste treatment. Cleaner
production processes, clean synthesis in lab Scale, industrial examples,
use of ecofriendly energies. Bio-pesticides, polymers & pharmaceutical
products. Electrochemical synthesis, Alternate reaction media using
water and other green solvents, ionic liquids & supercritical fluids; phase
transfer catalysis.
References:
1. P.T. Anastas, J. C. Warner, Green Chemistry: Theory and Practice,
Oxford Univ. Press, Oxford, 2008
2. A.S. Matlack, Introduction to Green Chemistry, Marcel Dekker, New
York, 2001
3. P. T. Anastas, R. H. Crabtree, Handbook of Green Chemistry and
Catalysis, Wiely-VCH, Weinheim, 2009
 Inter Institute Open Electives
Centre for Creative and Cultural
Studies (CCCS), Manipal
IIE 4301: ART APPRECIATION [3 0 0 3]
How to read a visual, how to enjoy or feel an art form, what is Creative
Thinking? Indian Art: Heritage & Culture; Art Appreciation: Western
Art, Artist & Art Movements: Raja Ravi Verma, Tagore, Da Vinci, Van
Gogh; Aesthetics: Beauty, Feel & Expression; Art & Science; Art &
Film; Art: Freedom & Society, to be an art literate. A journey to immerse
in the world of Art.
IIE 4302: INDIAN CULTURE AND CINEMA
- AN INTRODUCTION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Idea of Culture, Identity and tradition, Indian Cultural
History, Indian cultural history, Time and space, Indian Art and heritage,
Indus valley civilization – Indian Independence, Post-colonial India,
Modern India, Indian Cinema, Body, language and feel, Film and culture,
Evolution, Interpretation and Reflection, Indian Cinema, Media and the
medium, Pioneers and classical films, Culture and art of cinema, Culture,
Cinema and Society, Revolutions, ideas, innovations, Culture, Cinema
and Peace, Message, purpose and the challenge.
School of Management, Manipal
IIE 4304: CORPORATE FINANCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Corporate Finance, Financial Goal, Agency Problems,
Managers vs Shareholders Goals, Concepts of Value and Return, Capital
Budgeting Decisions, Cost of Capital, Calculation of the Cost of Capital in
Practice, Financial and Operating Leverage, Capital Structure, Relevance
of Capital Structure, Irrelevance of Capital Structure, Relevance of
Capital Structure, Dividend Theory, Dividend Relevance, Dividend
Relevance, Dividend and Uncertainty, Dividend Irrelevance, Principles of
Working Capital Management.
References:
1. Brealey, R., Myers, S., Allen, F., & Mohanty, P. (2014). Principles of
Corporate Finance (11e). New Delhi : Mc Graw Hill Education (India)
Private Limited,.
2. Pandey, I. M. (2014). Financial Management (10e). New Delhi: Vikas
publishers.
3. Ross, S. A., Westerfield, R. W., Jaffe, J., & Kakani, R. K. (2014).
Corporate Finance (10e). New Delhi: Mc Graw Hill Education (India)
Private Limited.
4. Parasuraman, N. R. (2014). Financial Management - A Step-by-Step
Approach (1e.). New Delhi: Cengage Learning India Private Limited.
IIE 4305: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Historical perspective of international business, International business
environment, Modes of entering international business, Cross-Culture
and dynamic market understanding, Differences in Culture, Theories of
international business, World Bank, World trade organization,
Multinational Corporations and their involvement in International
Business, Tariffs and quotas, Balance of Payment Account.
References:
1. Hill Charles, W. L., & Jain Arun, K. (2011). International Business:
Competing in the Global Marketplace. (8e), Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Kumar, S. P., & Sanchari, S. (2012). International Business
Management-AGlobal Perspective. New Delhi: Excel Books.
284
IIE 4306: BRAND MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to brand management, Developing a brand strategy, Brand
resonance and brand value chain, Designing and implementing brand
marketing programs to build brand equity, Measuring and interpreting
brand performance, Designing and implementing brand architecture
strategies, Managing brands.
References:
1. Keller, K. L., Parameswaran, M. G., Jacob, I. (2015). Strategic Brand
Management (4e). Noida, India: Pearson Prentice Hall Publication.
2. Rowles, D., (2014). Digital Branding (1e.). UK: Kogan Page Limited.
3. Kapferer, J. N., (2012). The New Strategic Brand Management:
Advanced Insights and Strategic Thinking (5e). UK: Kogan Page
Limited
Centre for Integrative Medicine &
Research (CIMR)
IIE 4307: YOGA [3 0 0 3]
Aim, Obiectives, Meanings and Definitions of Yoga, History of Yoga,
Concepts and misconcepts of Yoga, Schools of Yoga, Ashtanga Yoga
Subjects by Industry Experts
IIE 4308: HEALTH ECONOMICS [3 0 0 3]
Economics: Understanding Economics, Efficiency, Rational decision
making, Opportunity costs, Supply and demand, Price discovery, Health
economics: Defining health, Human capital, what does supply and
demand mean in the context of health? Arrow on the uncertainty and
welfare economics, The Moral hazard, DALY and QALY, Efficiency: The
Production possibility frontiers. The production function for health care.
Health policy, Defining equity, Standards of healthcare provision
Epidemiology, The Healthcare sector, The demand for health, Disease
prevalence, The pharmaceuticals market, Cross country case studies.
References:
1. Sloan, Frank A., and Chee-Ruey Hsieh. Health economics. MIT Press,
2012
2. Annemans, L. Health economics for non-economists. An
introduction to the concepts, methods and pitfalls of health economic
evaluations. Academia Press, 2008
3. Jeffery, Roger. The politics of health in India. University of California
Press, 1988.
IIE 4309: DIGITAL MEDICINE [3 0 0 3]
Present day practice of medicine. Limitations of scalability in the present
framework. Introduction to computing, algorithms, big data, semantic
web, mobility. Communication-WAN/LAN, 3G/4G and 5G.
Patient/Electronic Health records. Experience with these records
elsewhere Wearables, the physics of data capture. Practical
demonstration of wearables Genomics, an introduction. Computational
genomics including the software. Imaging –an introduction-ionizing and
non-ionizing. Imaging software and science of diagnosis. How all the
four 4 pillars-PHR/EHR, Wearables, Genomics and Imaging come
together with software as the glue to change the world of medicine.
References:
1. David Mount. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis.
CSHL, 2001
2. Durbin, Richard, Sean Eddy, Anders Krogh, and Graeme. Biological
Sequence Analysis: Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic
Acids. Cambridge University Press, 1999

Manipal College of Nursing Manipal
IIE 4310: MEDICAL EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID [3 0 0 3]
Principles of First Aid, First aid kit and equipment, emergency drugs,
scene assessment, safety and identifying hazards, patient assessment,
Basic Life Support and AED, triage, extrication/stretchers, ambulance.
Describe the causes, signs and symptoms and management of
respiratory emergencies, acute gastro-intestinal emergencies,
musculoskeletal emergencies, dental, ENT and eye emergencies, renal
emergencies, nervous system emergencies, hematological
emergencies, endocrine emergencies, toxicological emergencies,
environmental emergencies, pediatric emergencies, psychiatric
emergencies, obstetrical emergencies
References:
1. Pollak, A.N. (2005). Emergency care and transportation of the sick
and injured. Massachusetts: Jones and Bartlett publishers.
2. Keen, J. H. (1996). Mosby's Critical Care and Emergency Drug
Reference. Missouri: Mosby's year book.
3. Walsh, M. (1990). Accident and emergency nursing. A new approach.
Oxford: Butterworth Heinemann Ltd.
4. Sbaih, L. (1992). Accident and emergency Nursing. A nursing model.
London: Chapman and Hall.
5. Sbaih, L. (1994). Issues in accident and emergency Nursing. London:
Chapman and Hall.
6. Bourg, P., & Rosen, S. P. (1986). Standardized nursing care plans for
emergency departments. Missouri: The C. V. Mosby Company.
7. Howard, P.K., &Steinmann, R. A. (2010). Sheehy's Emergency
Nursing principles and practice. Missouri: Mosby Elsevier.
IIE 4311: LIFE STYLE MODIFICATION AND COMPLEMENTARY
AND ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES [3 0 0 3]
Principles and concepts of life style modification and various
complementary and alternative therapies, Demonstrate skill in
performing different yoga aasanas, guided imagery/Progressive muscle
relaxation, meditation & Pranayama, reflexology, massage therapy,
aerobics, laughter therapy
References:
1. Bhat Krishna K. The power of yoga. Suyoga publications; DK, 2006
2. M.M.Gore. Anatomy & Physiology of yogic practices; (5e), New age
book.
3. K N Udupa. Stress and its management by yoga. (2e). Motilal
Banarsidas publishers Pvt. Ltd, Delhi, 2007.
4. Yoga and total health. A monthly journal on the yoga a way of life.
5. Swami Satyananda Saraswati. Dynamics of yoga. (2e), Bihar school
of yoga, Bihar 1997.
Welcomegroup Graduate School of Hotel
Administration, Manipal
IIE 4312: INDIAN CUISINE AND CULTURE PRACTICAL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Indian cuisine, Basic Indian gravies, Rice cooking,
Preparation of various rice products, Tandoor Cooking, Indian sweets,
Comfort Food, Regional and sub-regional cuisine.
IIE 4313: FOUNDATION COURSE IN BAKING AND PATISSERIE
PRACTICAL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Patisserie and Baking Principles, Special emphasis
placed on the study of ingredient functions, Students will have the
opportunity to apply basic baking techniques, Understanding fundamentals
of yeast dough production, Emphasis on the application of ingredient
functions, product identification and recipe interpretation occurs
throughout the course, Pastry Basics and Pie dough, The fundamental
285
production of classical European pastry based desserts are included,
Techniques of Cake Making, Techniques of Cookie making, The course
emphasizes the preparation and makeup techniques of various cookies.
References:
1. Wayne Gisslen – Professional Baking, (5e), John Wiley USA.
2. Haneman L.J. Bakery: Flour Confectionery HEINMAN.
3. Mermaid Books The Book Of Ingredients DOWELL PHILIP.
4. John Wiley Understanding Baking AMENDOLA JOSEPH.
5. New Age International, A Professional Text to Bakery and
Confectionery, KINGSLEE JOHN.
6. Virtue And Company Ltd., The New International Confectioner:
WILFRED J. FRANCE.
7. Charrette Jacques, Great Cakes and Pastries, TEUBNER CHRISTIAN.
8. Joseph Amendola, Baker's Manual, (5e), NICOLE REES.
9. Joseph Amendola, Understanding Baking, (3e), NICOLE REES.
10. Culinary Institute Of America, Baking and Pastry: Mastering the Art
and Craft, JOHN WILEY.
IIE 4314: GLOBAL CUISINE & CULTURE- PRACTICAL [3 0 0 3]
European Cuisine: Familiarization of ingredients, recipes and preparation
of different countries. North American Cuisine: Familiarization of
ingredients, recipes and preparation of different countries. South
American Cuisine: Familiarization of ingredients, recipes and preparation
of different countries. Asian Cuisine: Familiarization of ingredients,
recipes and preparation of different countries. Australian Cuisine:
Familiarization of ingredients, recipes and preparation of different
countries. African Cuisine: Familiarization of ingredients, recipes and
preparation of different countries. Molecular Gastronomy: Additives,
Tools, and Recipes. Processed Food: Comparison and Critiquing.
Mediterranean and European cuisine: Familiarization of ingredients,
recipes and preparation of different countries.
References:
1. The Professional Chef - The Culinary Institute of America
2. Practical Cookery - Kinton, Ceserani and Foskett
3. Food Production Operation - Parvinder S. Bali
4. Professional Cooking - Wayne Gisslen
5. Cookery for the Hospitality Industry - Dodgshun Peters
6. Modern Cookery - Thangam E Phillips
School of Communication, Manipal
IIE 4315: REPORTING AND WRITING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to news writing news in different media, news, definition of
news, news values; types of news other theoretical issues relating to
news writing. News Reporting Basic of news writing: structure of news
reports; writing the lead; the changes in the composition of the lead;
techniques of news gathering; sources of news. Reporting various types
of reporting (Objective, Interpretative, Investigative,) General assignment
reporting/working on a beat. Reporting for news agency, periodicals and
magazines. Interviewing: doing the research, conducting the interview,
types and formats of interviews, writing interviews
References:
1. Mencher, Melvin (2006): News Reporting and Writing, Mac-Graw
Hill, Boston.
2. Scalnan, Christopher (2000): Reporting and Writing: Basics for the
21st Century, Harcourt College Publishers.
3. Harrington Walt (1997) Intimate Journalism: The Art and Craft of
Reporting Everyday Life, Sage Publications.
4. Carole, Rich (2007), Writing and Reporting News: A Coaching
Method, Thomson Learning Inc.Kamath, K.V. (1993): Journalists'
Handbook, Vikas Publishing House.
5. Aggarwal, Vir Bala (2006): Essentials of Practical Journalism,
Concept Publishing Company.

IIE 4316: INTRODUCTION TO ADVERTISING &
PUBLIC RELATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to advertising; Evolution and history of advertising; Influence of
advertising on society and ethics. Advertising as part of marketing mix;
Structure and types of ad agencies; Advertising planning; creative strategy
and implementation (media strategy). The essentials of advertising on
different media platforms – print, broadcast, internet and new media; discuss
the difference in planning and execution using examples or campaign case
studies. Public Relations-scope; definition; evolution; establish difference
between PR and advertising; Identifying stakeholders and various Public
Relation tools. Steps in developing a PR program/campaign-stating the
problem, planning and programming, action and evaluation; Crisis
communication; Ethical issues in Public Relations.
References:
1. Butterick, K (2012): Introducing Public Relations: Theory and
Practice. New Delhi: SAGE Publications India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Cutlip, Center & Broom, (2000): Effective Public Relations.USA:
Prentice Hall International.
3. Jaishri Jethwaney and Shruti Jain, (2012): Advertising Management.
New Delhi: Oxford University Press
4. Reddi, C.V.N. (2009): Effective Public Relations and Media Strategy.
New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
5. Sharma, S. & Singh, R. (2009): Advertising Planning and
Implementation. New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
IIE 4317: BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY [3 0 0 3]
Photo Journalism: History of Photography and Photo Journalism. Photo
Journalism: Definition, Nature, Scope and Functions of Photo Journalism
– Qualification and Responsibilities of Photo Journalists, News
Photographers and News Value, Types and Sources. Selection, Criteria
for News Photographs – Channels of News Pictures – viz., Wire, Satellite,
Agency, Stock, Picture Library, Freelancer, Photo Editing, Caption
Writing, Photo – Presentation. Legal and Ethical aspects of Photography
– Professional Organizations – Camera – Components and Types of
Camera – Types of Lens, Types of Films, Types of Filters – Importance of
Light and Lighting Equipments – Camera Accessories – Picture
appreciation. Digital Camera – Digital Technology and its future –
Darkroom Infrastructure – Film developing and Printing
References:
1. Basic Photography – Newnes
2. The Hamlyn Basic Guide to Photography – Hamlyn
3. Hamlyn Encyclopedia of Photography – Hamlyn
4. Photographing People – Guglielmezei
5. History of Photography – Cyernshem G R
6. Photo Journalism – Rothsteline
7. Techniques of Photo Journalism – Milten Feinberg
8. Freelance Photography – Jechsend Gedsey
9. Picture Editing – Stanley E Kalish and Clifton C Edom
10. News Photography – Jack Price
11. 1000 Ideas for better News Picture – High Sidley and Rodney Fox
IIE 4318: MEDIA PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Print design elements – typography, colours, spacing, pictures, logos,
graphics, principles of layout and design – basic writing skills.
Photography – SLR camera, Lenses, Apertures and Shutter speeds,
Exposure, Understanding light, Filters and assessories, composing a
picture, developing and printing, creating special effects. Digital
photography – digital camera – digital technology and its future.
Television – Introduction to AV Media-pre-production, production, post-
production. Show packaging-Camera-characteristics, parts and
286
functions; Mounting accessories and movements. Shots-Types and
Uses; Basic composition. Practical video recording process. Radio –
Introduction to Radio-Microphone types, characteristics and uses;
Cables and Connectors. Recording device-Types and Characters, Audio
editing, Programme formats-news, drama, feature and PSA's and
Advertising.
References:
1. Gerald Millerson, “Effective TV production”
2. Peter Jarvis, “The Essential TV director's Handbook
3. Hamlyn “Basic guide to photography”
4. Ralph Milton “Radio programming – a basic training manual”
5. Tomlinson Holman “Sound for film and television”
6. Reporting and writing by Melwin Mencher
IIE 4319: GRAPHIC & SKETCHING [3 0 0 3]
Basic Art Principles: Element of Art & Design, Contour Drawing,
Composition Principles, Pencil shading, creating geometry model and
shading. Basic Perspective: Still life sketching & Drawing, Styles of
shading, Introduction to colors, color still life painting, Layout Design,
Creating concepts for Design. Skeleton System, Body Proportions,
Upper Body, Lower Body, Back, Hands and Legs. Text: Human Anatomy
by Victor Perard, Dynamic Anatomy by Burne Hogarth. Gesture Drawing
Tips, Line of Action, Dynamic Poses, Body Weight and Gravity, Clothing.
Text: Figure Drawing by Anthony Ryder.
List of Practical's:
4 10 Drawings of Human Anatomy Study In Pencil
4 50 Drawings of Gesture Drawing In Pencil
4 5 Contour Drawing
4 2 Still Life Pencil Shading
4 2 Color Still Life
4 2 Layout Design
References:
1. Mastering Composition: Techniques and Principles to Dramatically
Improve Your Painting (Mastering (North Light Books)) Hardcover –
25 Jan 2008 by Ian Roberts
2. Layout Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Using Grids (Design
Essentials) Paperback – 1 by Beth Tondreau
3. Pencil Drawing: Learn how to develp drawings from start to finish with
techniques for shading, contrast, texture, and detail (Artist's Library)
Paperback – 1 Jan 1988 by Gene Franks
4. Drawing the Head and Figure – Jack Hamm
5. Dynamic Anatomy – Burne Hogarth
6. The artists complete guide to Human figure Drawing – Anthony Ryder
7. Human Anatomy – Victor Perard